Page 1
Page 2
Page 3
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Philosophy of Fine Art,
volume 3 (of 4)
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
will have to check the laws of the country where you are located
before using this eBook.
Title: The Philosophy of Fine Art, volume 3 (of 4)
Author: Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel
Translator: Francis Plumptre Beresford Osmaston
Release date: September 25, 2017 [eBook #55623]
Most recently updated: October 23, 2024
Language: English
Other information and formats: www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/55623
Credits: Produced by Laura Natal Rodriguez and Marc D'Hooghe at
Free Literature (online soon in an extended version,also
linking to free sources for education worldwide ... MOOC's,
educational materials,...) Images generously made available
by the Internet Archive.)
*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE
PHILOSOPHY OF FINE ART, VOLUME 3 (OF 4) ***
volume 3 (of 4)
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
will have to check the laws of the country where you are located
before using this eBook.
Title: The Philosophy of Fine Art, volume 3 (of 4)
Author: Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel
Translator: Francis Plumptre Beresford Osmaston
Release date: September 25, 2017 [eBook #55623]
Most recently updated: October 23, 2024
Language: English
Other information and formats: www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/55623
Credits: Produced by Laura Natal Rodriguez and Marc D'Hooghe at
Free Literature (online soon in an extended version,also
linking to free sources for education worldwide ... MOOC's,
educational materials,...) Images generously made available
by the Internet Archive.)
*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE
PHILOSOPHY OF FINE ART, VOLUME 3 (OF 4) ***
Page 4
THE PHILOSOPHY OF
FINE ART
BY
FINE ART
BY
Page 5
G. W. F. HEGEL
TRANSLATED, WITH NOTES, BY
F. P. B. OSMASTON, B.A.
AUTHOR OF "THE ART AND GENIUS OF TINTORET," "AN ESSAY
ON THE FUTURE OF POETRY," AND OTHER WORKS
VOL III
LONDON
G. BELL AND SONS, LTD.
1920
TRANSLATED, WITH NOTES, BY
F. P. B. OSMASTON, B.A.
AUTHOR OF "THE ART AND GENIUS OF TINTORET," "AN ESSAY
ON THE FUTURE OF POETRY," AND OTHER WORKS
VOL III
LONDON
G. BELL AND SONS, LTD.
1920
Page 6
CONTENTS OF VOL. III
THIRD PART
THE SYSTEM OF THE PARTICULAR ARTS
INTRODUCTION
[Summary. Nature of the relation between the system of Art-types, or
the collective totality of ideal world-presentments, and their objective
realization in independent works of art. Nature of the process in the
evolution of the specific arts themselves, and of the aspects identical in
all. The origins of art. Grace, Charm, and severe or agreeable Style] 3
THIRD PART
THE SYSTEM OF THE PARTICULAR ARTS
INTRODUCTION
[Summary. Nature of the relation between the system of Art-types, or
the collective totality of ideal world-presentments, and their objective
realization in independent works of art. Nature of the process in the
evolution of the specific arts themselves, and of the aspects identical in
all. The origins of art. Grace, Charm, and severe or agreeable Style] 3
Page 7
DIVISION OF THE SUBJECT
[The principle of differentiation as determined by the sensuous aspect
of the subject-matter, and the relation thereto of the human senses of
Sight, Hearing, and intellectual Conception. Insufficiency of such a
principle of classification. Alternative principle discussed and
illustrated of more concrete nature, in which the evolution of truth as
the reality of the Idea itself is presented] 14
SUBSECTION I
ARCHITECTURE
INTRODUCTION
[Of the beginnings of human art, and that of building in particular. Of
the nature of the subordinate classification of architecture viewed as
symbolic, classical and romantic] 25
Division of Subject 26
CHAPTER I
INDEPENDENT AND SYMBOLIC ARCHITECTURE
Introduction and Subdivision 32
1. Works of architecture erected in order to unite peoples 36
2. Works of architecture intermediate between the arts of building and
sculpture 38
(a) The influence of the generative activity of Nature on the form of
buildings 39
(b) Further modification of similar conceptions in the obelisks of
Egypt and other examples 40
(c) Temple enclosures, labyrinths, etc. 42
3. The transition from self-substantive architecture to the classical type
48
[The principle of differentiation as determined by the sensuous aspect
of the subject-matter, and the relation thereto of the human senses of
Sight, Hearing, and intellectual Conception. Insufficiency of such a
principle of classification. Alternative principle discussed and
illustrated of more concrete nature, in which the evolution of truth as
the reality of the Idea itself is presented] 14
SUBSECTION I
ARCHITECTURE
INTRODUCTION
[Of the beginnings of human art, and that of building in particular. Of
the nature of the subordinate classification of architecture viewed as
symbolic, classical and romantic] 25
Division of Subject 26
CHAPTER I
INDEPENDENT AND SYMBOLIC ARCHITECTURE
Introduction and Subdivision 32
1. Works of architecture erected in order to unite peoples 36
2. Works of architecture intermediate between the arts of building and
sculpture 38
(a) The influence of the generative activity of Nature on the form of
buildings 39
(b) Further modification of similar conceptions in the obelisks of
Egypt and other examples 40
(c) Temple enclosures, labyrinths, etc. 42
3. The transition from self-substantive architecture to the classical type
48
Page 8
(a) The nature of subterranean dwellings 48
(b) Construction raised to house the dead in Egypt and elsewhere. The
Pyramids 50
(c) Buildings that directly subserve a purpose as the point of transition
to the classical type. The ordinary dwelling. The environment of the
sculptured image. The adoption of the principle of expediency. The
abstraction of parts of a building from the organic form, e.g., in the
column 55
CHAPTER II
CLASSICAL ARCHITECTURE
Introduction and Subdivision 62
1. The general character of classical architecture 63
(a) Serviceableness to a definite end 63
(b) The nature of the fitness or power of adaptation of such a structure
to such an end 64
(c) The relatively greater artistic freedom of such architecture.
Architecture as frozen music. The dwelling-house 64
2. The fundamental determinants of architectural forms in their
separation 66
(a) Buildings of wood and stone. The question of their historical
priority 66
(b) The specific forms of the parts of a temple-dwelling. 68
[(α) Features of support. The column 69
(β) The thing supported. The entablature, in its architecture, cornice,
etc. 72
(γ) That which encloses. The walls and partitions] 74
(c) The classical temple in its entirety 77
[(α) The horizontal rather than soaring-up character 78
(b) Construction raised to house the dead in Egypt and elsewhere. The
Pyramids 50
(c) Buildings that directly subserve a purpose as the point of transition
to the classical type. The ordinary dwelling. The environment of the
sculptured image. The adoption of the principle of expediency. The
abstraction of parts of a building from the organic form, e.g., in the
column 55
CHAPTER II
CLASSICAL ARCHITECTURE
Introduction and Subdivision 62
1. The general character of classical architecture 63
(a) Serviceableness to a definite end 63
(b) The nature of the fitness or power of adaptation of such a structure
to such an end 64
(c) The relatively greater artistic freedom of such architecture.
Architecture as frozen music. The dwelling-house 64
2. The fundamental determinants of architectural forms in their
separation 66
(a) Buildings of wood and stone. The question of their historical
priority 66
(b) The specific forms of the parts of a temple-dwelling. 68
[(α) Features of support. The column 69
(β) The thing supported. The entablature, in its architecture, cornice,
etc. 72
(γ) That which encloses. The walls and partitions] 74
(c) The classical temple in its entirety 77
[(α) The horizontal rather than soaring-up character 78
Page 9
(β) The simplicity and proportion 78
(γ) The nature of its elaboration] 79
3. The different constructive types of classical architecture
(a) The Doric, Ionian, and Corinthian types, compared
and contrasted 80
(b) The Roman type of building. The vault 86
(c) General character of Roman architecture 88
CHAPTER III
ROMAN ARCHITECTURE
1. General Architecture 89
2. Particular architectural modes of configuration 91
(a) As the basic form we have the wholly shut away dwelling-house 91
[(α) Relation of this form to the ideal character of the Christian
religion 91
(β) Exclusion of light and access to mundane life
(γ) The aspect of soaring in tower and pinnacle] 92
(b) The form of the exterior and interior 92
[(α) The figure of the square and rectangular roofing not appropriate.
Parallel between the vaulting of a Gothic church and a roofing of
forest trees. Distinction between piers and columns. The pointed arch.
Distinction between choir, transept, nave, and aisles. The baptismal
font and entrance 93
(β) In contrast to the Greek temple decoration and and general co-
ordination of parts determined from within outwards. The form of
Cross. The doors. Flying buttresses, pinnacles, and towers] 100
(c) The mode of decoration 102
[(α) Importance of ornament to Gothic architecture 102
(γ) The nature of its elaboration] 79
3. The different constructive types of classical architecture
(a) The Doric, Ionian, and Corinthian types, compared
and contrasted 80
(b) The Roman type of building. The vault 86
(c) General character of Roman architecture 88
CHAPTER III
ROMAN ARCHITECTURE
1. General Architecture 89
2. Particular architectural modes of configuration 91
(a) As the basic form we have the wholly shut away dwelling-house 91
[(α) Relation of this form to the ideal character of the Christian
religion 91
(β) Exclusion of light and access to mundane life
(γ) The aspect of soaring in tower and pinnacle] 92
(b) The form of the exterior and interior 92
[(α) The figure of the square and rectangular roofing not appropriate.
Parallel between the vaulting of a Gothic church and a roofing of
forest trees. Distinction between piers and columns. The pointed arch.
Distinction between choir, transept, nave, and aisles. The baptismal
font and entrance 93
(β) In contrast to the Greek temple decoration and and general co-
ordination of parts determined from within outwards. The form of
Cross. The doors. Flying buttresses, pinnacles, and towers] 100
(c) The mode of decoration 102
[(α) Importance of ornament to Gothic architecture 102
Page 10
(β) Lightness and delicacy a prevailing feature, especially on the
outside 103
(γ) Display of romantic imagination therein] 104
3. Different types of building in romantic architecture 104
(a) The pre-Gothic architecture distinct from it. The basilica 105
(b) Genuine Gothic architecture of the thirteenth century 105
(c) Secular architecture of the Middle Ages. The art of garden-making
106
SUBSECTION II
SCULPTURE
INTRODUCTION
[Sculpture makes a direct use of the human form instead of accepting a
symbolical mode of expression merely suggestive of spiritual import.
Does not primarily express emotion or spiritual life in action or the
focus of soul-life. Absence of colour] 109
Division of subject 118
CHAPTER I
THE PRINCIPLE OF GENUINE SCULPTURE
1. The essential content of sculpture 121
[(a) The twofold aspect of subjectivity. The province of subjective life
as such to be excluded from sculpture. The Divine presented in its
infinite repose and sublimity 122
(b) Presents a spiritual content only as explicit in bodily shape] 125
2. The beautiful form of sculpture 126
(a) The exclusion of the particularity of the appearance. How far
relative 130
outside 103
(γ) Display of romantic imagination therein] 104
3. Different types of building in romantic architecture 104
(a) The pre-Gothic architecture distinct from it. The basilica 105
(b) Genuine Gothic architecture of the thirteenth century 105
(c) Secular architecture of the Middle Ages. The art of garden-making
106
SUBSECTION II
SCULPTURE
INTRODUCTION
[Sculpture makes a direct use of the human form instead of accepting a
symbolical mode of expression merely suggestive of spiritual import.
Does not primarily express emotion or spiritual life in action or the
focus of soul-life. Absence of colour] 109
Division of subject 118
CHAPTER I
THE PRINCIPLE OF GENUINE SCULPTURE
1. The essential content of sculpture 121
[(a) The twofold aspect of subjectivity. The province of subjective life
as such to be excluded from sculpture. The Divine presented in its
infinite repose and sublimity 122
(b) Presents a spiritual content only as explicit in bodily shape] 125
2. The beautiful form of sculpture 126
(a) The exclusion of the particularity of the appearance. How far
relative 130
Page 11
(b) The exclusion of incidental facial expression 130
(c) Substantive individuality 131
3. Sculpture as the art of the classical Ideal 132
CHAPTER II
THE IDEAL OF SCULPTURE
Introduction and division of subject 135
1. The general character of the ideal form of sculpture 137
(a) The free product of the genius of the artist. General content
borrowed from mythology, etc. 139
(b) The animation which results from the plastic perfection of the
integrated coalescence of the whole throughout its definition and relief
140
(c) No mere imitation of Nature. The external shape must be suffused
with ideal content] 141
2. The particular aspects of the ideal form of sculpture as such 142
(a) The Greek profile. Contrast of the human mouth with that of
animals. The projection of the forehead. Position of nose.
Consideration of the human eye and ear. Beauty of the human mouth.
Treatment of the chin in sculpture, also the hair 143
(b) Position of other parts of the human body and the motion thereof
147
[(α) The nature of the relation under which the limbs are associated in
their contribution to spiritual ideality. The upright position 156
(β) The motion and repose of the same in their freedom and beauty 159
(γ) The type of position and motion adapted to a situation (habitus) or
bodily habit under which the Ideal is expressed] 160
(c) Drapery 160
[(α) Ethical origin and artistic justification of, in sculpture 161
(c) Substantive individuality 131
3. Sculpture as the art of the classical Ideal 132
CHAPTER II
THE IDEAL OF SCULPTURE
Introduction and division of subject 135
1. The general character of the ideal form of sculpture 137
(a) The free product of the genius of the artist. General content
borrowed from mythology, etc. 139
(b) The animation which results from the plastic perfection of the
integrated coalescence of the whole throughout its definition and relief
140
(c) No mere imitation of Nature. The external shape must be suffused
with ideal content] 141
2. The particular aspects of the ideal form of sculpture as such 142
(a) The Greek profile. Contrast of the human mouth with that of
animals. The projection of the forehead. Position of nose.
Consideration of the human eye and ear. Beauty of the human mouth.
Treatment of the chin in sculpture, also the hair 143
(b) Position of other parts of the human body and the motion thereof
147
[(α) The nature of the relation under which the limbs are associated in
their contribution to spiritual ideality. The upright position 156
(β) The motion and repose of the same in their freedom and beauty 159
(γ) The type of position and motion adapted to a situation (habitus) or
bodily habit under which the Ideal is expressed] 160
(c) Drapery 160
[(α) Ethical origin and artistic justification of, in sculpture 161
Page 12
(β) Treatment of it by Greek sculpture 162
(γ) Artistic principle as determining the right emphasis on ideal
significance. Contrast between antique and modern sculpture in the use
of it] 165
3. The individuality of the ideal figures of Sculpture 171
(a) Incidental attributes and style of drapery, armour, etc., treated by
sculpture. Distinguishing symbolic accessories of Greek gods 173
(b) Distinctions of age and sex in gods, heroes, human figures, and
animals 177
(c) Representation of particular gods 183
CHAPTER III
THE VARIOUS KINDS OF REPRESENTATION, MATERIAL, AND THE
HISTORICAL STAGES OF THE EVOLUTION OF SCULPTURE
Introduction and division of subject 187
1. Modes of Representation 187
(a) The single statue 188
(b) The group. Tranquil juxtaposition. Conflicting actions. Niobe.
Lacoon 190
(c) The relief 193
2. The material of sculpture 194
(a) Wood 195
(b) Ivory, gold, bronze, and marble 195
(c) Precious stones and glass 200
3. The historical evolution of sculpture 201
(a) Egyptian sculpture. Deficiency of ideal spontaneity. Position of
hands and arms. Position of eyes 202
(b) Sculpture of the Greeks and Romans 205
(γ) Artistic principle as determining the right emphasis on ideal
significance. Contrast between antique and modern sculpture in the use
of it] 165
3. The individuality of the ideal figures of Sculpture 171
(a) Incidental attributes and style of drapery, armour, etc., treated by
sculpture. Distinguishing symbolic accessories of Greek gods 173
(b) Distinctions of age and sex in gods, heroes, human figures, and
animals 177
(c) Representation of particular gods 183
CHAPTER III
THE VARIOUS KINDS OF REPRESENTATION, MATERIAL, AND THE
HISTORICAL STAGES OF THE EVOLUTION OF SCULPTURE
Introduction and division of subject 187
1. Modes of Representation 187
(a) The single statue 188
(b) The group. Tranquil juxtaposition. Conflicting actions. Niobe.
Lacoon 190
(c) The relief 193
2. The material of sculpture 194
(a) Wood 195
(b) Ivory, gold, bronze, and marble 195
(c) Precious stones and glass 200
3. The historical evolution of sculpture 201
(a) Egyptian sculpture. Deficiency of ideal spontaneity. Position of
hands and arms. Position of eyes 202
(b) Sculpture of the Greeks and Romans 205
Page 13
(c) Christian sculpture 213
SUBSECTION III
THE ROMANTIC ARTS
INTRODUCTION
[The principle of subjectivity as such. How it is accepted as the
essential principle by romantic art. The contrast presented by romantic
and classical art in the changed point of view. The effect of such a
change on both the subjective side of soul-life and the external aspect
of objective presentment. The process of the gradual idealization of the
external medium of art itself as illustrated by the particular romantic
arts and the necessity thereof] 217
CHAPTER I
THE ART OF PAINTING
Introduction and division of subject 223
I. General character of Painting 225
(a) Fundamental definition of the art. Combines the subject-matter of
architecture and sculpture. More popular than sculpture 230
[(α) Individuality must not be suffered to pass wholly into the
universality of its substance. Introduction of accidental features as in
Nature 230
(β) Greatly extended field of subject-matter. The entire world of the
religious idea, history, Nature, all that concerns humanity included 231
(γ) A revelation further of the objective existence of soul-life. Vitality
of artist imported into his presentation of natural objects] 231
(b) The sensuous medium of Painting 232
[(α) Compresses the three dimensions of Space into two. Its greater
abstraction, as compared with sculpture, implies an advance ideally. Its
SUBSECTION III
THE ROMANTIC ARTS
INTRODUCTION
[The principle of subjectivity as such. How it is accepted as the
essential principle by romantic art. The contrast presented by romantic
and classical art in the changed point of view. The effect of such a
change on both the subjective side of soul-life and the external aspect
of objective presentment. The process of the gradual idealization of the
external medium of art itself as illustrated by the particular romantic
arts and the necessity thereof] 217
CHAPTER I
THE ART OF PAINTING
Introduction and division of subject 223
I. General character of Painting 225
(a) Fundamental definition of the art. Combines the subject-matter of
architecture and sculpture. More popular than sculpture 230
[(α) Individuality must not be suffered to pass wholly into the
universality of its substance. Introduction of accidental features as in
Nature 230
(β) Greatly extended field of subject-matter. The entire world of the
religious idea, history, Nature, all that concerns humanity included 231
(γ) A revelation further of the objective existence of soul-life. Vitality
of artist imported into his presentation of natural objects] 231
(b) The sensuous medium of Painting 232
[(α) Compresses the three dimensions of Space into two. Its greater
abstraction, as compared with sculpture, implies an advance ideally. Its
Page 14
object is semblance merely, its interest that of contemplation. The
nature of its locale 233
(β) Its higher power of differentiation. Light its medium. This implies,
even in Nature, a movement towards ideality. The appearance of light
and shadow in painting intentional. Form is the creation of light and
shadow simply. This fact supplies rationale of the removal of one
dimension from spatial condition 236
(γ) This medium enables the art to elaborate the entire extent of the
phenomenal world] 240
(c) The principle of the artistic mode of treatment 241
[Two opposed directions in painting, one the expression of spiritual
significance by interfusion with or abstraction from objective
phenomena, the other the reproduction of every kind of detail as not
alien to its fundamental principle. Illustrations of the two methods and
their relative opposition, or reconciliation]
2. Particular modes in the definition of Painting 244
(a) The romantic content 245
[(α) The Ideal which consists in the reconciliation of the soul with God
as revealed in His human passage through suffering. The religious
content. The Love of religion 247
(αα) The representation of God the Father. Generally beyond the scope
of painting. The famous picture of Van Eyck at Ghent 251
(ββ) Christ the more essential object. Modes of depicting him in his
absolute Godhead or his humanity. Scenes of Childhood and Passion
most fitted to express religious aspect. Love of the Virgin Mary.
Contrast with Niobe 253
(γγ) The ideas of devotion, repentance, and conversion as such affect
humanity in general when included in the religious sphere. The
pictorial treatment of martyrdom 260
(β) The pictorial treatment of landscape 266
(γγ) The pictorial treatment of objects in natural or secular
associations. The vitality and delight of independent human existence.
nature of its locale 233
(β) Its higher power of differentiation. Light its medium. This implies,
even in Nature, a movement towards ideality. The appearance of light
and shadow in painting intentional. Form is the creation of light and
shadow simply. This fact supplies rationale of the removal of one
dimension from spatial condition 236
(γ) This medium enables the art to elaborate the entire extent of the
phenomenal world] 240
(c) The principle of the artistic mode of treatment 241
[Two opposed directions in painting, one the expression of spiritual
significance by interfusion with or abstraction from objective
phenomena, the other the reproduction of every kind of detail as not
alien to its fundamental principle. Illustrations of the two methods and
their relative opposition, or reconciliation]
2. Particular modes in the definition of Painting 244
(a) The romantic content 245
[(α) The Ideal which consists in the reconciliation of the soul with God
as revealed in His human passage through suffering. The religious
content. The Love of religion 247
(αα) The representation of God the Father. Generally beyond the scope
of painting. The famous picture of Van Eyck at Ghent 251
(ββ) Christ the more essential object. Modes of depicting him in his
absolute Godhead or his humanity. Scenes of Childhood and Passion
most fitted to express religious aspect. Love of the Virgin Mary.
Contrast with Niobe 253
(γγ) The ideas of devotion, repentance, and conversion as such affect
humanity in general when included in the religious sphere. The
pictorial treatment of martyrdom 260
(β) The pictorial treatment of landscape 266
(γγ) The pictorial treatment of objects in natural or secular
associations. The vitality and delight of independent human existence.
Page 15
Art secures the stability of evanescent phenomena. The influence of
artistic personality on the interest] 268
(b) The more detailed definition of the material of pictorial
representation 273
[(α) Linear perspective 274
(β) Accuracy of drawing of form. The plastic aspect of a pictorial work
274
(γ) The significance of colour. Modelling. Of gradations of colour and
its symbolism. Of various schemes of colour. Colour harmony. The
painting of the human flesh. The mystery of colour The creative
impulse of the artist] 275
(c) Artistic conception, composition, and characterization 290
[Painting can only embody one moment of time. Concentration of
interest. The law of intelligibility. Religious subjects, their advantage
in this respect. Historical scenes as appropriate to particular buildings.
Unity of entire effect. Raphael's Transfiguration. Of the treatment of
landscape as subordinate. The grouping of figures. The form of the
pyramid. Comparison of the characteristic in painting and sculpture.
The treatment of love's expression in religious subjects. The gradual
elaboration of the portrait. The situation which is itself a critical
moment in characterization] 291
3. The historical development of Painting 313
(a) Byzantine painting 315
(b) Italian painting. General review of its spirit in religious and
romantic subject-matter 317
[(α) Characteristic features of early type: austerity, solemnity, and
religious elevation 321
(β) The free acceptance of all that is human and individual. The
influence of Giotto. Later schools mark a still further advance in
naturalism. Masaccio and Fra Angelico. The pictorial representation of
secular subjects 322
artistic personality on the interest] 268
(b) The more detailed definition of the material of pictorial
representation 273
[(α) Linear perspective 274
(β) Accuracy of drawing of form. The plastic aspect of a pictorial work
274
(γ) The significance of colour. Modelling. Of gradations of colour and
its symbolism. Of various schemes of colour. Colour harmony. The
painting of the human flesh. The mystery of colour The creative
impulse of the artist] 275
(c) Artistic conception, composition, and characterization 290
[Painting can only embody one moment of time. Concentration of
interest. The law of intelligibility. Religious subjects, their advantage
in this respect. Historical scenes as appropriate to particular buildings.
Unity of entire effect. Raphael's Transfiguration. Of the treatment of
landscape as subordinate. The grouping of figures. The form of the
pyramid. Comparison of the characteristic in painting and sculpture.
The treatment of love's expression in religious subjects. The gradual
elaboration of the portrait. The situation which is itself a critical
moment in characterization] 291
3. The historical development of Painting 313
(a) Byzantine painting 315
(b) Italian painting. General review of its spirit in religious and
romantic subject-matter 317
[(α) Characteristic features of early type: austerity, solemnity, and
religious elevation 321
(β) The free acceptance of all that is human and individual. The
influence of Giotto. Later schools mark a still further advance in
naturalism. Masaccio and Fra Angelico. The pictorial representation of
secular subjects 322
Page 16
(γ) Further advance in power of emotional expression. Leonardo da
Vinci, Perugino, Raphael, and Correggio.] 327
(c) The Flemish, Dutch, and German schools 330
[(α) The brothers Van Eyck. Innocence, naïveté, and piety of early
Flemish School. Contrast with Italian masters 330
(β) The emphasis by North German painting on ugliness and brutality
332
(γ) Dutch painting. Historical conditions of its appearance. General
characteristics of Dutch art] 333
CHAPTER II
MUSIC
INTRODUCTION
[Summary. The principle of subjectivity, as realized in painting,
contrasted with its complete emancipation in the art of music.
Annihilation of spatial objectivity. Motion with its resultant effect in
musical tone. Analysis of the twofold negation of externality in which
the fundamental principle of musical tone consists. The inner soul-life
exclusively the subject-matter of music. Addressed also in its effect to
such] 338
Division of subject 344
1. The General Character of Music 345
(a) Comparison of music with the plastic arts and poetry
[(α) Both affiliated to and strongly contrasted with architecture. It
resembles architecture in the nature of the configuration of its content
as based on rigorously rational principles directed by human invention.
It supplies the architectonic of the extreme of ideality as architecture
supplies that of the external material of sense. The quantitative or
measure relation is the basis of both 345
(β) Music further removed from sculpture than painting. This is not
merely due to the greater ideality of latter, but also to its treatment of
Vinci, Perugino, Raphael, and Correggio.] 327
(c) The Flemish, Dutch, and German schools 330
[(α) The brothers Van Eyck. Innocence, naïveté, and piety of early
Flemish School. Contrast with Italian masters 330
(β) The emphasis by North German painting on ugliness and brutality
332
(γ) Dutch painting. Historical conditions of its appearance. General
characteristics of Dutch art] 333
CHAPTER II
MUSIC
INTRODUCTION
[Summary. The principle of subjectivity, as realized in painting,
contrasted with its complete emancipation in the art of music.
Annihilation of spatial objectivity. Motion with its resultant effect in
musical tone. Analysis of the twofold negation of externality in which
the fundamental principle of musical tone consists. The inner soul-life
exclusively the subject-matter of music. Addressed also in its effect to
such] 338
Division of subject 344
1. The General Character of Music 345
(a) Comparison of music with the plastic arts and poetry
[(α) Both affiliated to and strongly contrasted with architecture. It
resembles architecture in the nature of the configuration of its content
as based on rigorously rational principles directed by human invention.
It supplies the architectonic of the extreme of ideality as architecture
supplies that of the external material of sense. The quantitative or
measure relation is the basis of both 345
(β) Music further removed from sculpture than painting. This is not
merely due to the greater ideality of latter, but also to its treatment of
Page 17
its medium. The unity realized by a musical composition of a different
kind to that realized by the plastic arts. In the former case subject to
the condition of a time-series 347
(γ) Most nearly related to poetry. Employ the same medium of tone.
Poetry possible without speech-utterance. Ideal objectivity of poetry as
contrasted with the independence of musical tone as the sensuous
medium of music. Music as an accompaniment of the voice] 352
(b) Musical grasp and expression of Content 357
[(α) Primarily must not minister to sense-perception. Must make soul-
life intelligible to soul. This abstract inwardness differentiated in
human feeling, of every description 358
(β) Natural interjections not music. They are the point of departure. To
music belongs intelligible structure, a totality of differences capable of
union and disunion in concords, discords, oppositions and transitions.
The nature of its relation to positive ideas] 359
(c) Effect of music 361
[(α) The evanescent character of the objectivity of music. It seizes on
conscious life where it is not confronted with an object. Its effect due
to an elementary force. Appeal to man as a particular person. The soul
made aware of its association with Time. Analysis of the notion of
Time 361
(β) Must also possess a content. Orpheus. Incentive to martial ardour
and enthusiasm 365
(γ) Necessity of repeated reproduction. Personal relation of the
executive artist to the same. Excess of this influence] 367
2. The particular definition of the means of expression in music 368
(a) Time-measure, beat, and rhythm 371
[The relation of Time to the fundamental principle of subjective life.
Time-measure prevents the series being indefinite and devoid of
content, and further regulates by intelligible division the nature of its
advance. Time-beat possesses the same function as the principle of
symmetry in architecture. Coordinates a fortuitous variety. Distinct
kind to that realized by the plastic arts. In the former case subject to
the condition of a time-series 347
(γ) Most nearly related to poetry. Employ the same medium of tone.
Poetry possible without speech-utterance. Ideal objectivity of poetry as
contrasted with the independence of musical tone as the sensuous
medium of music. Music as an accompaniment of the voice] 352
(b) Musical grasp and expression of Content 357
[(α) Primarily must not minister to sense-perception. Must make soul-
life intelligible to soul. This abstract inwardness differentiated in
human feeling, of every description 358
(β) Natural interjections not music. They are the point of departure. To
music belongs intelligible structure, a totality of differences capable of
union and disunion in concords, discords, oppositions and transitions.
The nature of its relation to positive ideas] 359
(c) Effect of music 361
[(α) The evanescent character of the objectivity of music. It seizes on
conscious life where it is not confronted with an object. Its effect due
to an elementary force. Appeal to man as a particular person. The soul
made aware of its association with Time. Analysis of the notion of
Time 361
(β) Must also possess a content. Orpheus. Incentive to martial ardour
and enthusiasm 365
(γ) Necessity of repeated reproduction. Personal relation of the
executive artist to the same. Excess of this influence] 367
2. The particular definition of the means of expression in music 368
(a) Time-measure, beat, and rhythm 371
[The relation of Time to the fundamental principle of subjective life.
Time-measure prevents the series being indefinite and devoid of
content, and further regulates by intelligible division the nature of its
advance. Time-beat possesses the same function as the principle of
symmetry in architecture. Coordinates a fortuitous variety. Distinct
Page 18
kinds of time-measure. Rhythm gives vital significance to the time-
measure and beat. The accent. The rhythm of melody. The analogous
example of verse. Handelian music]
(b) Harmony 379
[(α) Difference of sound through different instruments of music.
Artificially made. Instruments which possess an oscillating column of
air, or a stretched string of gut or metal which vibrates. The kettledrum
and harmonica. The human voice. Can be employed in separation or
combination 381
(β)Tone in its own essential definition. The constitution of harmony as
such. The theory of intervals. The scales and keys. Numerical relations
of tones and their pitch. Accordant and discordant tones. The octave
and other intervals 385
(γ) The system of chords. The triad. Dissonant chords of the seventh
and ninth. The resolution of a dissonance. Transitions and modulations
of harmony] 389
(c) Melody 393
[(α) The more poetic aspect of music. Inseparable from the theoretical
means which creates it. No real surrender involved in its subjection to
rules of harmony 395
(β) Simple melodies. Folk-songs. Part chorales where each note of
melody represented by a chord. Musical composition as an illustration
of the conflict between the principles of freedom and necessity 395
(γ) General character of genuine melody. As such reflects free self-
consciousness of soul-life] 398
3. The relation between means of expression in music and its content
398
(a) Music as an accompaniment 403
[(α) The melodic expression of such music. Ought not to fall into
excess of tumult. Palestrina, Durante, Haydn, Mozart, etc. Beauty of
Italian music 404
measure and beat. The accent. The rhythm of melody. The analogous
example of verse. Handelian music]
(b) Harmony 379
[(α) Difference of sound through different instruments of music.
Artificially made. Instruments which possess an oscillating column of
air, or a stretched string of gut or metal which vibrates. The kettledrum
and harmonica. The human voice. Can be employed in separation or
combination 381
(β)Tone in its own essential definition. The constitution of harmony as
such. The theory of intervals. The scales and keys. Numerical relations
of tones and their pitch. Accordant and discordant tones. The octave
and other intervals 385
(γ) The system of chords. The triad. Dissonant chords of the seventh
and ninth. The resolution of a dissonance. Transitions and modulations
of harmony] 389
(c) Melody 393
[(α) The more poetic aspect of music. Inseparable from the theoretical
means which creates it. No real surrender involved in its subjection to
rules of harmony 395
(β) Simple melodies. Folk-songs. Part chorales where each note of
melody represented by a chord. Musical composition as an illustration
of the conflict between the principles of freedom and necessity 395
(γ) General character of genuine melody. As such reflects free self-
consciousness of soul-life] 398
3. The relation between means of expression in music and its content
398
(a) Music as an accompaniment 403
[(α) The melodic expression of such music. Ought not to fall into
excess of tumult. Palestrina, Durante, Haydn, Mozart, etc. Beauty of
Italian music 404
Page 19
(β) The differentiation of the mode of musical expression must
correspond with the nature of a specific content and its situation. Such
a content supplied by the libretto. Distinction from this of a song. The
recitative. Defective unity 408
(γ) The nature of the condition of concrete unity in the libretto and
declamatory recitative. A good libretto not wholly unimportant. Must
be stamped with self-consistency. The libretto of Mozart's "Magic
Flute." Comparison of the sustaining soul of music with the
fundamental beauty of Raphael's paintings. Different forms of music
as accompaniment. Church, lyrical, and dramatic music] 412
(b) Independent music 421
(c) The artist as Executant 426
[(α) The ordinary executant who simply executes what lies before him.
Comparison with the rhapsodist or reciter of Epos. Player must lose
himself in music and reproduce composer 426
(β) The virtuoso, who himself creates and makes the music a means of
personal display. Must not merely show eccentricity, but reveal the life
of music and the force of a personality] 427
THIRD PART
THE SYSTEM OF THE PARTICULAR ARTS
THE PHILOSOPHY OF FINE ART
INTRODUCTION
The objects treated by our science in the first part were the general notion
and the reality of beauty in Nature and art, in other words beauty in its truth,
correspond with the nature of a specific content and its situation. Such
a content supplied by the libretto. Distinction from this of a song. The
recitative. Defective unity 408
(γ) The nature of the condition of concrete unity in the libretto and
declamatory recitative. A good libretto not wholly unimportant. Must
be stamped with self-consistency. The libretto of Mozart's "Magic
Flute." Comparison of the sustaining soul of music with the
fundamental beauty of Raphael's paintings. Different forms of music
as accompaniment. Church, lyrical, and dramatic music] 412
(b) Independent music 421
(c) The artist as Executant 426
[(α) The ordinary executant who simply executes what lies before him.
Comparison with the rhapsodist or reciter of Epos. Player must lose
himself in music and reproduce composer 426
(β) The virtuoso, who himself creates and makes the music a means of
personal display. Must not merely show eccentricity, but reveal the life
of music and the force of a personality] 427
THIRD PART
THE SYSTEM OF THE PARTICULAR ARTS
THE PHILOSOPHY OF FINE ART
INTRODUCTION
The objects treated by our science in the first part were the general notion
and the reality of beauty in Nature and art, in other words beauty in its truth,
Page 20
and art in its truth, the Ideal in the as yet undeveloped unity of its
fundamental principles, independent of its specific content and its
distinguishing modes of envisagement.
This essentially genuine[1] unity of the beautiful in art, in the second place,
unfolded itself within its own resources in a totality of art-forms, whose
determinate structure defined at the same time the content which the art-
spirit was impelled to fashion from itself in an essentially articulate system
of manifestations of beauty under which the Divine and human is envisaged
to the world.
What still is absent from both these spheres is the reality that is present
within the elementary substance of the external phenomenon itself. For
although both in our examination of the Ideal as such, and in that of the
specific modes of symbolic, classical, and romantic art, we throughout
referred to the relation or complete mediation which obtains between the
significance conceived as an ideal principle and its embodiment in the
external or phenomenal materia, yet this realization merely retained its
validity as that which was still exclusively the ideal art-activity in the
sphere of general world-impressions[2] of beauty, in and through which it is
diffused. Inasmuch, however, as the fundamental conception of beautiful
implies, that it make itself objective for the immediate vision, that is to say
for the senses and sensuous perception as an external work of art, so that
what is beautiful becomes only then itself through such a definite form
appropriate to itself explicitly united with the beautiful and the Ideal, we
have in the third place to review this territory of the art-product as actually
self-realized in the entirely sensuous medium. For it is only through this
final configuration that the work of art is truly concrete, an individual entity
which is at once real, self-contained, and singular. The Ideal can only
constitute the content of this third sphere of our aesthetic philosophy for the
reason that it is the idea of the beautiful, in the collective totality of all its
world presentments, which is thus self-realized in objective form[3]. For this
reason the art-product is still, even up to this point, to be conceived as a
totality articulated in itself, nevertheless as an organism, whose organic
parts, which—while in the second part of our inquiry they were
differentiated under a collective concept of essentially disparate world-
aspects—now fall asunder as isolated members, every one of which
becomes independently a self-subsistent whole, and in this singularity is
fundamental principles, independent of its specific content and its
distinguishing modes of envisagement.
This essentially genuine[1] unity of the beautiful in art, in the second place,
unfolded itself within its own resources in a totality of art-forms, whose
determinate structure defined at the same time the content which the art-
spirit was impelled to fashion from itself in an essentially articulate system
of manifestations of beauty under which the Divine and human is envisaged
to the world.
What still is absent from both these spheres is the reality that is present
within the elementary substance of the external phenomenon itself. For
although both in our examination of the Ideal as such, and in that of the
specific modes of symbolic, classical, and romantic art, we throughout
referred to the relation or complete mediation which obtains between the
significance conceived as an ideal principle and its embodiment in the
external or phenomenal materia, yet this realization merely retained its
validity as that which was still exclusively the ideal art-activity in the
sphere of general world-impressions[2] of beauty, in and through which it is
diffused. Inasmuch, however, as the fundamental conception of beautiful
implies, that it make itself objective for the immediate vision, that is to say
for the senses and sensuous perception as an external work of art, so that
what is beautiful becomes only then itself through such a definite form
appropriate to itself explicitly united with the beautiful and the Ideal, we
have in the third place to review this territory of the art-product as actually
self-realized in the entirely sensuous medium. For it is only through this
final configuration that the work of art is truly concrete, an individual entity
which is at once real, self-contained, and singular. The Ideal can only
constitute the content of this third sphere of our aesthetic philosophy for the
reason that it is the idea of the beautiful, in the collective totality of all its
world presentments, which is thus self-realized in objective form[3]. For this
reason the art-product is still, even up to this point, to be conceived as a
totality articulated in itself, nevertheless as an organism, whose organic
parts, which—while in the second part of our inquiry they were
differentiated under a collective concept of essentially disparate world-
aspects—now fall asunder as isolated members, every one of which
becomes independently a self-subsistent whole, and in this singularity is
Page 21
capable of bringing into display the totality of the different art-types.
Essentially and in accordance with its notion it is quite true that the
collective result of this new reality of art belongs to one single totality.
Inasmuch, however, as it is a portion of the realm of the sensuous[4] present,
in which the same is made real to itself, the Ideal is now resolved into its
phasal states as a process[5], and confers on them an independent and self-
subsistent stability, albeit they are capable of coming into juxtaposition,
essential relation, and reciprocal reintegration with one another. And this
real world of art is the system of the separate arts. Just as then the particular
types of art, regarded throughout as totality, expose intrinsically a process,
an evolution, that is, of the symbolical to the classical and romantic types,
we find also, on the one hand, a similar advance in the particular arts, in so
far as it is the very art-types themselves which receive their determinate
existence through these specific arts. From another point of view, however,
the particular arts have also themselves within them a process, a
progression, independently of the art-types to which they attach an
objective reality, a process which in this its more abstract relation is
common to all. Every art possesses its spring-time of perfected elaboration
as art, and on the one side or the other a history that precedes or follows this
period of full-bloom. For the products of the arts collectively are spiritual
products, and consequently are not at once to hand in their own specialized
province respectively, as are the forms of Nature, but are subject to a
beginning, progression, completion, and termination, a growth, a blooming,
and a decay.
These more abstract differences, whose devolution we propose at the very
commencement of our inquiry briefly to indicate, since it asserts itself
equally in all the arts, are identical with that which it is usual to define
under the name of rigorous, ideal, and approved style, when indicating the
specific styles of art in each case, which are mainly related to the general
mode of embodiment and representation, partly as considered in its external
shape, and its possession or lack of spontaneity, its simplicity, its surfeit of
detail, briefly in all its various aspects, according to which the definition of
the content emerges in the external appearance; partly no less in its aspect
of the technical elaboration of its sensuous material, in which the art in
question gives determinate existence to its content.
Essentially and in accordance with its notion it is quite true that the
collective result of this new reality of art belongs to one single totality.
Inasmuch, however, as it is a portion of the realm of the sensuous[4] present,
in which the same is made real to itself, the Ideal is now resolved into its
phasal states as a process[5], and confers on them an independent and self-
subsistent stability, albeit they are capable of coming into juxtaposition,
essential relation, and reciprocal reintegration with one another. And this
real world of art is the system of the separate arts. Just as then the particular
types of art, regarded throughout as totality, expose intrinsically a process,
an evolution, that is, of the symbolical to the classical and romantic types,
we find also, on the one hand, a similar advance in the particular arts, in so
far as it is the very art-types themselves which receive their determinate
existence through these specific arts. From another point of view, however,
the particular arts have also themselves within them a process, a
progression, independently of the art-types to which they attach an
objective reality, a process which in this its more abstract relation is
common to all. Every art possesses its spring-time of perfected elaboration
as art, and on the one side or the other a history that precedes or follows this
period of full-bloom. For the products of the arts collectively are spiritual
products, and consequently are not at once to hand in their own specialized
province respectively, as are the forms of Nature, but are subject to a
beginning, progression, completion, and termination, a growth, a blooming,
and a decay.
These more abstract differences, whose devolution we propose at the very
commencement of our inquiry briefly to indicate, since it asserts itself
equally in all the arts, are identical with that which it is usual to define
under the name of rigorous, ideal, and approved style, when indicating the
specific styles of art in each case, which are mainly related to the general
mode of embodiment and representation, partly as considered in its external
shape, and its possession or lack of spontaneity, its simplicity, its surfeit of
detail, briefly in all its various aspects, according to which the definition of
the content emerges in the external appearance; partly no less in its aspect
of the technical elaboration of its sensuous material, in which the art in
question gives determinate existence to its content.
Page 22
It is a common assumption that art finds its beginnings in what is devoid of
complexity and is natural. In a certain sense, no doubt, we may accept this
as true. In other words what is rude and barbarous is without question, when
contrasted with the genuine spirit of art, something both nearer to Nature
and less complex. What is, however, natural, vital, and simple in art,
regarded as fine art, is something quite different to this. All beginnings
which are merely simple and natural, in the sense of uncouthness, do not as
yet belong to the province of art and the beautiful at all as, for example, in
the case where children scrawl simple figures, and with a few formless
strokes would indicate thereby a human form, a horse, and so forth. Beauty,
considered as a spiritual product, demands even from the start an elaborate
technique, implies a long series of experiment and practice. Simplicity,
when we refer to it as the simplicity of the beautiful, its ideal proportions, is
rather a result, which only succeeds in overcoming the variety, medley,
confusion, excess and incumbrance of its matter, and in concealing and
effacing its preparatory studies, after much mediating work, so that at last
Beauty, with all its unfettered spontaneity, appears to us as though liberated
in one cast[6]. What we find here is very analogous to the behaviour of a
man of education, who, in all that he says and does, moves simply,
spontaneously, and with ease, albeit he did not by any means start in the
possession of such simple spontaneity, but rather has only secured such as
the result of a thorough self-training.
For this reason it is no less in accordance with the nature of the fact than it
is with the actual course of history that art in its beginnings rather presents
us the appearance of artificiality and clumsiness, running largely into
incidental detail, and generally overloaded with the elaboration of drapery
and the environment of its subject-matter; and precisely in the degree that
this external material is more compact and multifarious, to that extent that
which is really expressive is reduced to its baldest terms; in other words
what is truly the free and vital expression of Spirit in its forms and motion
is that which is here least in evidence.
In this respect consequently the primitive and most ancient art-products in
all the particular arts are the vehicle of a content that is essentially most
abstract, such as simple tales in poetry, theogonies effervescent with
abstract thoughts and their incomplete elaboration, single objects of sacred
association in stone and wood and so forth, and the representation remains
complexity and is natural. In a certain sense, no doubt, we may accept this
as true. In other words what is rude and barbarous is without question, when
contrasted with the genuine spirit of art, something both nearer to Nature
and less complex. What is, however, natural, vital, and simple in art,
regarded as fine art, is something quite different to this. All beginnings
which are merely simple and natural, in the sense of uncouthness, do not as
yet belong to the province of art and the beautiful at all as, for example, in
the case where children scrawl simple figures, and with a few formless
strokes would indicate thereby a human form, a horse, and so forth. Beauty,
considered as a spiritual product, demands even from the start an elaborate
technique, implies a long series of experiment and practice. Simplicity,
when we refer to it as the simplicity of the beautiful, its ideal proportions, is
rather a result, which only succeeds in overcoming the variety, medley,
confusion, excess and incumbrance of its matter, and in concealing and
effacing its preparatory studies, after much mediating work, so that at last
Beauty, with all its unfettered spontaneity, appears to us as though liberated
in one cast[6]. What we find here is very analogous to the behaviour of a
man of education, who, in all that he says and does, moves simply,
spontaneously, and with ease, albeit he did not by any means start in the
possession of such simple spontaneity, but rather has only secured such as
the result of a thorough self-training.
For this reason it is no less in accordance with the nature of the fact than it
is with the actual course of history that art in its beginnings rather presents
us the appearance of artificiality and clumsiness, running largely into
incidental detail, and generally overloaded with the elaboration of drapery
and the environment of its subject-matter; and precisely in the degree that
this external material is more compact and multifarious, to that extent that
which is really expressive is reduced to its baldest terms; in other words
what is truly the free and vital expression of Spirit in its forms and motion
is that which is here least in evidence.
In this respect consequently the primitive and most ancient art-products in
all the particular arts are the vehicle of a content that is essentially most
abstract, such as simple tales in poetry, theogonies effervescent with
abstract thoughts and their incomplete elaboration, single objects of sacred
association in stone and wood and so forth, and the representation remains
Page 23
unaccommodating, monotonous or confused, stiff and dry. More especially
in plastic art the facial expression is insipid with a repose which does not so
much express spirituality in its essential penetration as a purely animal
emptiness, or conversely is remorseless and exaggerated in its emphasis on
characteristic traits. In the same way the bodily forms and their motion are
devoid of life, the arms, for example, are glued to the body, the legs are not
divided, or are clumsily moved, or in angular and constrained modes; and in
other respects such figures are ill-shaped, suffer from narrow compression,
or are excessively lank and extended. On the other hand we find that much
more devotion and industry is spent upon accessories such as drapery, hair,
weapons, and ornaments of a similar nature; the folds of the drapery remain
wooden and independent, without being able to accommodate themselves to
the limbs, just as we may often see for ourselves in images of the Virgin and
saints of early times, where they are in part run together in monotonous
regularity, and in part are continually broken up in harsh corners, not
flowing freely in their lines, but scattered about with diffuseness over too
wide a surface. And in the same way the first attempts at poetry are full of
breaks, devoid of connection, monotonous, dominated in an abstract way by
one idea or emotion, or elsewhere wild, violent, the particular being
obscurely assimilated, and the whole as yet not bound together in a secure
and ideal organic unity.
It is only, however, after such preparatory work as the above that the style
which is the main subject of our present inquiry commences with what is
truly genuine fine art. In this it is no doubt in the first instance at the same
time still austere, but already moderated with more beauty in its severity.
This severe style is the more lofty abstraction of the beautiful, which comes
to a stop with that which is of real importance, expresses and reproduces the
same in its broad outlines, still disdains all amiability and grace, suffers the
main subject-matter alone to assert itself, and pre-eminently expends very
little industry and elaboration on what is incidental. And in doing so, this
severe style also still adheres to the imitation of that which is immediately
given to sense. In other words, just as, in regard to content, it takes its stand,
so far as ideas and representation are concerned, in what is given it, in the
tradition, for example, of a revered religion, so also, to take the opposite
point of view, namely, that of external form, it will merely render assured
the fact itself, and not its own invention. It is, in short, satisfied with the
general broad effect that is educed from the fact, and follows in expression
in plastic art the facial expression is insipid with a repose which does not so
much express spirituality in its essential penetration as a purely animal
emptiness, or conversely is remorseless and exaggerated in its emphasis on
characteristic traits. In the same way the bodily forms and their motion are
devoid of life, the arms, for example, are glued to the body, the legs are not
divided, or are clumsily moved, or in angular and constrained modes; and in
other respects such figures are ill-shaped, suffer from narrow compression,
or are excessively lank and extended. On the other hand we find that much
more devotion and industry is spent upon accessories such as drapery, hair,
weapons, and ornaments of a similar nature; the folds of the drapery remain
wooden and independent, without being able to accommodate themselves to
the limbs, just as we may often see for ourselves in images of the Virgin and
saints of early times, where they are in part run together in monotonous
regularity, and in part are continually broken up in harsh corners, not
flowing freely in their lines, but scattered about with diffuseness over too
wide a surface. And in the same way the first attempts at poetry are full of
breaks, devoid of connection, monotonous, dominated in an abstract way by
one idea or emotion, or elsewhere wild, violent, the particular being
obscurely assimilated, and the whole as yet not bound together in a secure
and ideal organic unity.
It is only, however, after such preparatory work as the above that the style
which is the main subject of our present inquiry commences with what is
truly genuine fine art. In this it is no doubt in the first instance at the same
time still austere, but already moderated with more beauty in its severity.
This severe style is the more lofty abstraction of the beautiful, which comes
to a stop with that which is of real importance, expresses and reproduces the
same in its broad outlines, still disdains all amiability and grace, suffers the
main subject-matter alone to assert itself, and pre-eminently expends very
little industry and elaboration on what is incidental. And in doing so, this
severe style also still adheres to the imitation of that which is immediately
given to sense. In other words, just as, in regard to content, it takes its stand,
so far as ideas and representation are concerned, in what is given it, in the
tradition, for example, of a revered religion, so also, to take the opposite
point of view, namely, that of external form, it will merely render assured
the fact itself, and not its own invention. It is, in short, satisfied with the
general broad effect that is educed from the fact, and follows in expression
Page 24
closely upon the growth and definite existence of this. In the same way
everything that is accidental is held aloof from this type of style, in order
that the caprice and spontaneity of the individual mind[7] may not appear to
be involved in it. The motives are simple, the objects of representation
few[8]; and for this reason no considerable variety in the detail of
configuration, muscles and motion, is apparent.
Secondly, the ideal, purely beautiful style hovers between the simply
substantive expression of fact and the fullest exposition of all that
immediately pleases. We may define the character of this style as the
highest degree of vitality compatible with a beautiful and reposeful
greatness, such as we admire in the works of Pheidias or Homer. It is a
living presentment of all traits, shapes, modifications of such, motions,
limbs, in which there is nothing without significance and expression, but
everything is instinct with life and action, and testifies to the breath, or very
pulse of free life itself on the merest glance at the work of art in question; a
vitality, however, which essentially makes visible one totality, and only one,
is the expression of one content, of one individuality of action.
It is in such a truly vital atmosphere that we find moreover the breath of
grace poured forth over the entire work. Grace is indeed a concession to the
hearer and spectator, which the severe style despises. At the same time,
whenever Charis, that is Grace, is asserted in the presence of an onlooker, if
only as an acknowledgement, a means of conveying pleasure, yet in the
ideal style we find that such a presence appears entirely divested of any
craving to confer merely pleasure. We may perhaps explain our meaning in
more technical language. The fact or subject-matter is here the substantive
in its concentration and self-absorption. During the process, however, that it
is manifested through the medium of art, and is, so to speak, concerned to
actually exist for others, to pass over, that is, from its simplicity and
essential solidarity to particularization, articulation, and individualization,
we may regard this development to an existent form for others as at the
same time a kind of complaisance on the part of the predominant matter, in
so far, that is, as it does not appear to require this more concrete mode of
existence, and yet is wholly poured forth into it for us. Such a charm as this
is only entitled to assert itself in such a style so long as what is really
substantive also persists in undisturbed self-possession, as we may call it,
over against the grace of its manifestation, which blooms forth entirely in
everything that is accidental is held aloof from this type of style, in order
that the caprice and spontaneity of the individual mind[7] may not appear to
be involved in it. The motives are simple, the objects of representation
few[8]; and for this reason no considerable variety in the detail of
configuration, muscles and motion, is apparent.
Secondly, the ideal, purely beautiful style hovers between the simply
substantive expression of fact and the fullest exposition of all that
immediately pleases. We may define the character of this style as the
highest degree of vitality compatible with a beautiful and reposeful
greatness, such as we admire in the works of Pheidias or Homer. It is a
living presentment of all traits, shapes, modifications of such, motions,
limbs, in which there is nothing without significance and expression, but
everything is instinct with life and action, and testifies to the breath, or very
pulse of free life itself on the merest glance at the work of art in question; a
vitality, however, which essentially makes visible one totality, and only one,
is the expression of one content, of one individuality of action.
It is in such a truly vital atmosphere that we find moreover the breath of
grace poured forth over the entire work. Grace is indeed a concession to the
hearer and spectator, which the severe style despises. At the same time,
whenever Charis, that is Grace, is asserted in the presence of an onlooker, if
only as an acknowledgement, a means of conveying pleasure, yet in the
ideal style we find that such a presence appears entirely divested of any
craving to confer merely pleasure. We may perhaps explain our meaning in
more technical language. The fact or subject-matter is here the substantive
in its concentration and self-absorption. During the process, however, that it
is manifested through the medium of art, and is, so to speak, concerned to
actually exist for others, to pass over, that is, from its simplicity and
essential solidarity to particularization, articulation, and individualization,
we may regard this development to an existent form for others as at the
same time a kind of complaisance on the part of the predominant matter, in
so far, that is, as it does not appear to require this more concrete mode of
existence, and yet is wholly poured forth into it for us. Such a charm as this
is only entitled to assert itself in such a style so long as what is really
substantive also persists in undisturbed self-possession, as we may call it,
over against the grace of its manifestation, which blooms forth entirely in
Page 25
outward guise as an original type of superfluity. This indifference of the
ideal or inner self-assurance[9] for its existence, this repose of itself on itself
is precisely that which constitutes the beautiful negligence of the grace,
which attributes no immediate value to this, its mode of manifestation. And
it is just in this that we must look for the loftiness of the beautiful style.
Beautiful free art is careless in its attitude to the external form, in which it
refuses to let us see any peculiar movement of the mind, or any end or
intention. Rather in every expression, every modification, it points to one
thing only, and that is the idea and vital principle of the whole. It is only by
this means that the Ideal of the beautiful style asserts itself, which is neither
harsh nor severe, but already shows the softening influence of the cheerful
notes of the beautiful. Though no violence is done either to any feature of
expression, any part of the whole, and every member appears in its
independence, and rejoices in its own existence, yet each and all is content
at the same time to be only an aspect in the total evolved presentment. This
it is which alone displays, alongside of the depth and determinacy of
individuality and character, the grace of Life itself. On the one side we have
indeed merely the substantial subject-matter predominant, but in the
detailed exposition, in the lucid, and at the same time exhaustive variety of
traits, which complete the definition of the appearance, and place it before
us in its transparent vitality, the spectator is at the same time freed from the
thing in its baldness, in so far as he possesses and is wholly face to face
with its concrete life. By virtue, however, of the last mentioned fact, this
ideal style, so soon as it carries this modification in its external aspect to yet
further lengths, passes over into the so-called agreeable or pleasing style.
Here we have the assertion of another intent than the mere vitality of the
fact[10]. The giving of pleasure, the active elaboration in the direction of
externality is asserted as itself an object, and is a matter of independent
concern. As an example we may take the famous Belvedere Apollo, not
indeed as itself belonging to this latter style, but at least marking the
transition from the lofty style to that of sensuous attraction. And inasmuch
as in an art of this kind it is no longer the single actuality itself to which the
entire embodiment is referable, the particular details become under this
mode, even though in the first instance still deducible from the central
object itself and rendered necessary by means of it, more and more for all
that independent. We feel that they are introduced, or interpolated, as
ornaments, intentional additions of episodical import. And yet for the very
ideal or inner self-assurance[9] for its existence, this repose of itself on itself
is precisely that which constitutes the beautiful negligence of the grace,
which attributes no immediate value to this, its mode of manifestation. And
it is just in this that we must look for the loftiness of the beautiful style.
Beautiful free art is careless in its attitude to the external form, in which it
refuses to let us see any peculiar movement of the mind, or any end or
intention. Rather in every expression, every modification, it points to one
thing only, and that is the idea and vital principle of the whole. It is only by
this means that the Ideal of the beautiful style asserts itself, which is neither
harsh nor severe, but already shows the softening influence of the cheerful
notes of the beautiful. Though no violence is done either to any feature of
expression, any part of the whole, and every member appears in its
independence, and rejoices in its own existence, yet each and all is content
at the same time to be only an aspect in the total evolved presentment. This
it is which alone displays, alongside of the depth and determinacy of
individuality and character, the grace of Life itself. On the one side we have
indeed merely the substantial subject-matter predominant, but in the
detailed exposition, in the lucid, and at the same time exhaustive variety of
traits, which complete the definition of the appearance, and place it before
us in its transparent vitality, the spectator is at the same time freed from the
thing in its baldness, in so far as he possesses and is wholly face to face
with its concrete life. By virtue, however, of the last mentioned fact, this
ideal style, so soon as it carries this modification in its external aspect to yet
further lengths, passes over into the so-called agreeable or pleasing style.
Here we have the assertion of another intent than the mere vitality of the
fact[10]. The giving of pleasure, the active elaboration in the direction of
externality is asserted as itself an object, and is a matter of independent
concern. As an example we may take the famous Belvedere Apollo, not
indeed as itself belonging to this latter style, but at least marking the
transition from the lofty style to that of sensuous attraction. And inasmuch
as in an art of this kind it is no longer the single actuality itself to which the
entire embodiment is referable, the particular details become under this
mode, even though in the first instance still deducible from the central
object itself and rendered necessary by means of it, more and more for all
that independent. We feel that they are introduced, or interpolated, as
ornaments, intentional additions of episodical import. And yet for the very
Page 26
reason that they are only related to the object accidentally and only receive
their essential definition in a personal relation to the spectator or reader,
they flatter the individual taste[11] of such, to which their workmanship is
primarily directed. Virgil and Horace, for example, delight us in this respect
by an educated style, in which we can trace a variety of things aimed at, and
an effort deliberately made to give pleasure. In architecture, sculpture, and
painting, owing to this spirit of complaisance, simple and imposing effects
of size disappear, and we find on every side small pictures standing by
themselves, ornamentation, fineries, dimples on cheeks, elegant hair-dress,
smiles, all the varied folding of draperies, enchanting colours and shapes,
exceptional, difficult, but for all that unconstrained movements in the pose
of the figure[12]. In the so-called Gothic or German art of building, where
the same is carried in the direction of this spirit, we find decoration
elaborated without limit, so that the whole appears to be little more than a
collection of little columns with all the utmost variety of ornamentations,
diminutive towers, spires, and so forth, which, in their isolation, please us,
without, however, destroying the impression of the larger connections of the
whole and the still insistent masses of the same.
In so far, however, as the province of art we have been discussing in its
entirety gives way to this activity of externalization, this presentment of
what is purely exterior, we may emphasize it in its further generalization as
the effect, which makes use of as a means of expression what is unpleasing,
strained, and colossal, the type of uncouth contrasts such as the prodigious
genius of Michael Angelo often exploits to excess. The effect may be
generally indicated as the excessive leaning towards an ulterior public,
which results in the form no longer being asserted in its independent, self-
sufficient and buoyant repose. Rather it turns round, as it were, and makes
an appeal at the same time to the onlooker, and strives to place itself in a
relation to him by means of this manner of presentment. Both aspects,
namely essential repose and the address to the spectator, must no doubt be
present in a work of art; but these aspects should fall together in complete
equilibrium. If the work of art in the severe style is wholly without
qualification self-contained, without any appeal to the spectator, it leaves
him cold. If, on the other hand, the appeal is made too directly to him, it
creates indeed a sensuous pleasure, but loses to that extent its substantive
thoroughness[13], or it does so without this thoroughness of content and the
their essential definition in a personal relation to the spectator or reader,
they flatter the individual taste[11] of such, to which their workmanship is
primarily directed. Virgil and Horace, for example, delight us in this respect
by an educated style, in which we can trace a variety of things aimed at, and
an effort deliberately made to give pleasure. In architecture, sculpture, and
painting, owing to this spirit of complaisance, simple and imposing effects
of size disappear, and we find on every side small pictures standing by
themselves, ornamentation, fineries, dimples on cheeks, elegant hair-dress,
smiles, all the varied folding of draperies, enchanting colours and shapes,
exceptional, difficult, but for all that unconstrained movements in the pose
of the figure[12]. In the so-called Gothic or German art of building, where
the same is carried in the direction of this spirit, we find decoration
elaborated without limit, so that the whole appears to be little more than a
collection of little columns with all the utmost variety of ornamentations,
diminutive towers, spires, and so forth, which, in their isolation, please us,
without, however, destroying the impression of the larger connections of the
whole and the still insistent masses of the same.
In so far, however, as the province of art we have been discussing in its
entirety gives way to this activity of externalization, this presentment of
what is purely exterior, we may emphasize it in its further generalization as
the effect, which makes use of as a means of expression what is unpleasing,
strained, and colossal, the type of uncouth contrasts such as the prodigious
genius of Michael Angelo often exploits to excess. The effect may be
generally indicated as the excessive leaning towards an ulterior public,
which results in the form no longer being asserted in its independent, self-
sufficient and buoyant repose. Rather it turns round, as it were, and makes
an appeal at the same time to the onlooker, and strives to place itself in a
relation to him by means of this manner of presentment. Both aspects,
namely essential repose and the address to the spectator, must no doubt be
present in a work of art; but these aspects should fall together in complete
equilibrium. If the work of art in the severe style is wholly without
qualification self-contained, without any appeal to the spectator, it leaves
him cold. If, on the other hand, the appeal is made too directly to him, it
creates indeed a sensuous pleasure, but loses to that extent its substantive
thoroughness[13], or it does so without this thoroughness of content and the
Page 27
simple character of the conception and delineation therein contained. This
passage from itself then merges in the accidental characterization of the
appearance; as a result the image itself shares this accidental character, in
which we no longer recognize the actual subject-matter and the form which
is imperatively rooted in itself, but rather the poet and artist with his own
personal designs, his peculiar type of production and skill. And for this
reason the public is entirely released from the essential content of the work,
finding itself by means of it placed in a personal relation[14] to the artist,
inasmuch as everything now wholly depends on its seeing that which the
artist through his art intended, that is, the cunning and personal skill which
is embodied in his grasp of his subject and its execution. To be thus brought
into personal community of insight and critical acumen with the artist is for
most people a flattering concession; and our reader or audience, and very
possibly the spectator of plastic art, with even more readiness wonder at
their poet, musician, or painter or sculptor respectively; and the vanity of
such is all the better satisfied in proportion as the work invites them to this
personal criticism, and supplies them openly with hints of such designs and
points of view. In the severe style, on the contrary, no such confidences are
made over to the spectator at all. What we have is just the substantive
nature of the content, which in its representation austerely, and even
harshly, repulses the purely personal quest. A repulse of this kind will often
be no doubt merely indicative of the spleen of the artist, who, after
entrusting a profound significance to his work, instead of making the
exposition of the same free, transparent, and buoyant, deliberately makes it
hard to follow. A trade in mysteries of this kind is also nothing but another
form of affectation, and a spurious alternative to the complaisance we have
criticized.
It is pre-eminently in the work of the French school that we find this
tendency to flatter, attract, and create effect, and they have in this way
elaborated this easy-going and complaisant attitude to the public as the
main object of their efforts. They seek to find the real importance of their
artistic work in the satisfaction such affords others, whose interest they
would arouse and whom they would duly impress. This tendency is
particularly marked in their dramatic poetry. Marmontel, for example, gives
us the following anecdote in connection with the performance of his drama
"Dénis, the Tyrant." The crisis culminated in a question asked the Tyrant.
Clairon, in whose mouth this question was put, when the moment for asking
passage from itself then merges in the accidental characterization of the
appearance; as a result the image itself shares this accidental character, in
which we no longer recognize the actual subject-matter and the form which
is imperatively rooted in itself, but rather the poet and artist with his own
personal designs, his peculiar type of production and skill. And for this
reason the public is entirely released from the essential content of the work,
finding itself by means of it placed in a personal relation[14] to the artist,
inasmuch as everything now wholly depends on its seeing that which the
artist through his art intended, that is, the cunning and personal skill which
is embodied in his grasp of his subject and its execution. To be thus brought
into personal community of insight and critical acumen with the artist is for
most people a flattering concession; and our reader or audience, and very
possibly the spectator of plastic art, with even more readiness wonder at
their poet, musician, or painter or sculptor respectively; and the vanity of
such is all the better satisfied in proportion as the work invites them to this
personal criticism, and supplies them openly with hints of such designs and
points of view. In the severe style, on the contrary, no such confidences are
made over to the spectator at all. What we have is just the substantive
nature of the content, which in its representation austerely, and even
harshly, repulses the purely personal quest. A repulse of this kind will often
be no doubt merely indicative of the spleen of the artist, who, after
entrusting a profound significance to his work, instead of making the
exposition of the same free, transparent, and buoyant, deliberately makes it
hard to follow. A trade in mysteries of this kind is also nothing but another
form of affectation, and a spurious alternative to the complaisance we have
criticized.
It is pre-eminently in the work of the French school that we find this
tendency to flatter, attract, and create effect, and they have in this way
elaborated this easy-going and complaisant attitude to the public as the
main object of their efforts. They seek to find the real importance of their
artistic work in the satisfaction such affords others, whose interest they
would arouse and whom they would duly impress. This tendency is
particularly marked in their dramatic poetry. Marmontel, for example, gives
us the following anecdote in connection with the performance of his drama
"Dénis, the Tyrant." The crisis culminated in a question asked the Tyrant.
Clairon, in whose mouth this question was put, when the moment for asking
Page 28
it had arrived, and when actually in conversation with Dionysius, made a
forward step in front of the audience and dramatically addressed them
instead. By this rhetorical effect the enthusiastic support of the entire piece
was assured.
We Germans, on the other hand, require too much a content in our works of
art, in the depths of which the artist finds a deliverance from himself,
without troubling himself about the public, who is just left to look at it, take
trouble over it, and help himself out with it, as he pleases or is able.
DIVISION OF SUBJECT
Approaching now, after these general observations we have made with
reference to the distinctions of style common to all the arts, the division of
the third fundamental section of our inquiry we may observe that the one-
sided understanding has looked about in many directions for various
principles of differentiation in its classification of the specific arts severally.
The true division can, however, only be deduced from the nature of the
work of art, which in the entire complexus of its forms[15] explicitly unfolds
the totality of the aspects and phases which are referable to its own notion.
And the first thing which asserts itself in this connection as important is the
consideration that art, in accordance with the fact that its presentments now
have definitely to pass into sensuous reality, becomes on account of this
also art for the senses, so that the definition of this sense and the material
medium which is applicable to it, and in which the work of art is made
objective, must necessarily furnish us with the principles of subdivision in
the several arts. Now the senses, for the reason that they are senses, or in
other words, are related to a given material, a disparate exterior medium[16]
and an essential multiplicity, are themselves different, namely, feeling,
smell, taste, hearing, and sight. It is not our business in this place to
demonstrate the ideal necessity of this totality and its disparate parts; that is
the function of the philosophy of Nature. Our problem is limited to the
inquiry whether all these senses, or if not, which of them are capable, by
virtue of their notional significance, of being organs for the reception of
works of art. We have already at a previous stage excluded feeling, taste,
and smell. Botticher's mere feeling with the hand of the effeminately
smooth portions of statues of goddesses is not a part of artistic
forward step in front of the audience and dramatically addressed them
instead. By this rhetorical effect the enthusiastic support of the entire piece
was assured.
We Germans, on the other hand, require too much a content in our works of
art, in the depths of which the artist finds a deliverance from himself,
without troubling himself about the public, who is just left to look at it, take
trouble over it, and help himself out with it, as he pleases or is able.
DIVISION OF SUBJECT
Approaching now, after these general observations we have made with
reference to the distinctions of style common to all the arts, the division of
the third fundamental section of our inquiry we may observe that the one-
sided understanding has looked about in many directions for various
principles of differentiation in its classification of the specific arts severally.
The true division can, however, only be deduced from the nature of the
work of art, which in the entire complexus of its forms[15] explicitly unfolds
the totality of the aspects and phases which are referable to its own notion.
And the first thing which asserts itself in this connection as important is the
consideration that art, in accordance with the fact that its presentments now
have definitely to pass into sensuous reality, becomes on account of this
also art for the senses, so that the definition of this sense and the material
medium which is applicable to it, and in which the work of art is made
objective, must necessarily furnish us with the principles of subdivision in
the several arts. Now the senses, for the reason that they are senses, or in
other words, are related to a given material, a disparate exterior medium[16]
and an essential multiplicity, are themselves different, namely, feeling,
smell, taste, hearing, and sight. It is not our business in this place to
demonstrate the ideal necessity of this totality and its disparate parts; that is
the function of the philosophy of Nature. Our problem is limited to the
inquiry whether all these senses, or if not, which of them are capable, by
virtue of their notional significance, of being organs for the reception of
works of art. We have already at a previous stage excluded feeling, taste,
and smell. Botticher's mere feeling with the hand of the effeminately
smooth portions of statues of goddesses is not a part of artistic
Page 29
contemplation or enjoyment at all. By the sense of touch the individual
merely comes, as an individual endowed with sense, into contact with the
purely sensuous particular thing and its gravity, hardness, softness, and
material resistance. A work of art is, however, not merely a sensuous thing,
but Spirit manifested through a sensuous medium. As little can we exercise
our sense of taste on a work of art as such, because taste is unable to leave
the object in its free independence, but is concerned with it in a wholly
active way, resolves it, in fact, and consumes it. A cultivation and
refinement of taste is only possible and desirable in connection with dishes
of food and their preparation, or the chemical qualities of objects. An object
of art, however, should be contemplated in its independent and self-
contained objective presence, which no doubt is there for the mind that
perceives it, but only as an appeal to soul and intelligence, not in some
active relation, and with none whatever to the appetites and volition. As for
the sense of smell it is just as little able to become an organ of artistic
enjoyment, inasmuch as things are only presented to this sense in so far as
they are themselves in a condition of process, and are dissolved through the
air and its direct influence.
Sight, on the other hand, possesses a purely ideal relation to objects by
means of light, a material, which is at the same time immaterial, and which
suffers on its part the objects to continue in their free self-subsistence,
making them appear and re-appear, but which does not, as the atmosphere
or fire does, consume them actively either by imperceptible degrees or
patently. Everything, then, is an object of the appetiteless vision, which
materially exists in Space as a disparate aggregate, which, however, in so
far as it remains unimpaired in its integrity, merely is disclosed in its form
and colour.
The remaining ideal sense is hearing. This is in signal contrast to the one
just described. Hearing is concerned with the tone, rather than the form and
colour of an object, with the vibration of what is corporeal; it requires no
process of dissolution, as the sense of smell requires, but merely a
trembling of the object, by which the same is in no wise impoverished. This
ideal motion, in which through its sound what is as it were the simple
individuality[17], the soul of the material thing expresses itself, the ear
receives also in an ideal way, just as the eye shape and colour, and suffers
merely comes, as an individual endowed with sense, into contact with the
purely sensuous particular thing and its gravity, hardness, softness, and
material resistance. A work of art is, however, not merely a sensuous thing,
but Spirit manifested through a sensuous medium. As little can we exercise
our sense of taste on a work of art as such, because taste is unable to leave
the object in its free independence, but is concerned with it in a wholly
active way, resolves it, in fact, and consumes it. A cultivation and
refinement of taste is only possible and desirable in connection with dishes
of food and their preparation, or the chemical qualities of objects. An object
of art, however, should be contemplated in its independent and self-
contained objective presence, which no doubt is there for the mind that
perceives it, but only as an appeal to soul and intelligence, not in some
active relation, and with none whatever to the appetites and volition. As for
the sense of smell it is just as little able to become an organ of artistic
enjoyment, inasmuch as things are only presented to this sense in so far as
they are themselves in a condition of process, and are dissolved through the
air and its direct influence.
Sight, on the other hand, possesses a purely ideal relation to objects by
means of light, a material, which is at the same time immaterial, and which
suffers on its part the objects to continue in their free self-subsistence,
making them appear and re-appear, but which does not, as the atmosphere
or fire does, consume them actively either by imperceptible degrees or
patently. Everything, then, is an object of the appetiteless vision, which
materially exists in Space as a disparate aggregate, which, however, in so
far as it remains unimpaired in its integrity, merely is disclosed in its form
and colour.
The remaining ideal sense is hearing. This is in signal contrast to the one
just described. Hearing is concerned with the tone, rather than the form and
colour of an object, with the vibration of what is corporeal; it requires no
process of dissolution, as the sense of smell requires, but merely a
trembling of the object, by which the same is in no wise impoverished. This
ideal motion, in which through its sound what is as it were the simple
individuality[17], the soul of the material thing expresses itself, the ear
receives also in an ideal way, just as the eye shape and colour, and suffers
Page 30
thereby what is ideal or not external in the object to appeal to what is
spiritual or non-corporeal.
As a third accretion to these two senses we have the sensuous conception,
memory, the retention of images, which appear in consciousness by means
of the isolated perception, in this way subsumed under universals, and
become related and united to the same by means of the imagination, so that
now in one particular aspect the external reality itself exists both as ideal
and spiritual, while that which is spiritual from another point of view
accepts under the imaginative conception the form of what is external, and
is brought to consciousness as a disparate and correlated aggregate.
This triple mode of seizing on reality offers art the well-known division into
first, the plastic arts, which elaborate their content for vision in the external
form and colour of objects, secondly, in the art of sound, music, and thirdly,
into poetry, which as the art of speech uses tone merely as a symbol, in
order, by means of it, to address itself directly to what is ideal in the
contemplation, emotion, and imagination of our spiritual life. If we rest
satisfied with this sensuous aspect of our subject-matter, as the final
principle of its differentiation, we shall, in respect to our first principles,
find ourselves in a difficulty, because the grounds of this division, instead of
being deduced from the concrete notion of our subject-matter, are merely
borrowed from the most abstract features of it. We have consequently to
look about us once more for a principle of division that has deeper roots,
which has, in fact, already been put forward in the introduction of this work
as the truly systematic mode of dividing this third section of it. The function
of art is just this and only this, namely, to bring before the grasp of the
senses truth, as it is in the world of spirit, reconciled, that is, in its unity as a
whole with objectivity and the sensuous material. In so far, then, as this is
possible at this stage in the element of the external reality of the art-product
to that extent the totality, which the Absolute is in its very truth, breaks
apart into the various modes that differentiate it as a process.
The middle point, the truly substantive centrum, is given us here in the
representation of the Absolute, God Himself as God, in His independent
self-subsistence, not as yet developed to the point of motion and difference,
or advanced to the active operation of and separation from what is His, but
presented essentially self-absorbed in supreme divine repose and stillness,
briefly the Ideal embodied in a form essentially adequate to itself, which
spiritual or non-corporeal.
As a third accretion to these two senses we have the sensuous conception,
memory, the retention of images, which appear in consciousness by means
of the isolated perception, in this way subsumed under universals, and
become related and united to the same by means of the imagination, so that
now in one particular aspect the external reality itself exists both as ideal
and spiritual, while that which is spiritual from another point of view
accepts under the imaginative conception the form of what is external, and
is brought to consciousness as a disparate and correlated aggregate.
This triple mode of seizing on reality offers art the well-known division into
first, the plastic arts, which elaborate their content for vision in the external
form and colour of objects, secondly, in the art of sound, music, and thirdly,
into poetry, which as the art of speech uses tone merely as a symbol, in
order, by means of it, to address itself directly to what is ideal in the
contemplation, emotion, and imagination of our spiritual life. If we rest
satisfied with this sensuous aspect of our subject-matter, as the final
principle of its differentiation, we shall, in respect to our first principles,
find ourselves in a difficulty, because the grounds of this division, instead of
being deduced from the concrete notion of our subject-matter, are merely
borrowed from the most abstract features of it. We have consequently to
look about us once more for a principle of division that has deeper roots,
which has, in fact, already been put forward in the introduction of this work
as the truly systematic mode of dividing this third section of it. The function
of art is just this and only this, namely, to bring before the grasp of the
senses truth, as it is in the world of spirit, reconciled, that is, in its unity as a
whole with objectivity and the sensuous material. In so far, then, as this is
possible at this stage in the element of the external reality of the art-product
to that extent the totality, which the Absolute is in its very truth, breaks
apart into the various modes that differentiate it as a process.
The middle point, the truly substantive centrum, is given us here in the
representation of the Absolute, God Himself as God, in His independent
self-subsistence, not as yet developed to the point of motion and difference,
or advanced to the active operation of and separation from what is His, but
presented essentially self-absorbed in supreme divine repose and stillness,
briefly the Ideal embodied in a form essentially adequate to itself, which
Page 31
persists in its determinate existence in correspondent identity with itself.
And in order that it may appear in infinite self-subsistency the Absolute
must be conceived as Spirit, as conscious Subject, but as Subject which
possesses essentially itself its own adequate mode of external appearance.
As divine subject, however, which passes forth into actual reality, it has
confronting it an external world for environment, which, in conformity with
the Absolute, must be built up to an appearance harmonious with the same,
an appearance permeated with the Absolute. This environing world is then
on one side the objective as such, the basis, the embrace of external Nature,
which, taken by itself, possesses no absolute significance for Spirit, nor any
ideality such as is present to individual consciousness[18], and consequently
is only able to express by suggestion the spiritual Ideal which its
appearance must seek to secure by embodying its embraced content in a
world of Beauty.
In opposition to external Nature we find the ideal realm of
consciousness[19], the human soul as the medium[20] for the existence and
manifestation of the Absolute. Together with this subjectivity is conjoined
the multiplicity and differentiation of individuality, particularization,
distinction, action, and development, that is, in general terms the full and
varied world of the reality of Spirit[21], in which the Absolute is known,
willed, experienced, and actively present. We may already infer from what
we have indicated above that the differences under which the total content
of art is differentiated are in essential consonance, both for our grasp and
presentation of them, with what we have previously in the second portion of
our inquiry examined as the symbolical, classical, and romantic types of art.
In other words symbolic art only carries the art-process to the point of
marking an affinity between content and form, instead of their identity, of
only suggesting the ideal significance in itself and the content which that
suggestion purports to express, in other words the external appearance[22]. It
furnishes consequently the fundamental type to that specific art, whose
function it is to elaborate the objective world as such, Nature's environment
in the beautiful conclusion given by Art to Spirit (mind), and to image by
suggestion the ideal significance of what is spiritual in this external
medium. The classical Ideal, on the contrary, meets the case of the
presentation of the Absolute as such, in its self-subsistent external reality, its
essential self-repose, while the romantic Spirit (mind) type of art is, both in
And in order that it may appear in infinite self-subsistency the Absolute
must be conceived as Spirit, as conscious Subject, but as Subject which
possesses essentially itself its own adequate mode of external appearance.
As divine subject, however, which passes forth into actual reality, it has
confronting it an external world for environment, which, in conformity with
the Absolute, must be built up to an appearance harmonious with the same,
an appearance permeated with the Absolute. This environing world is then
on one side the objective as such, the basis, the embrace of external Nature,
which, taken by itself, possesses no absolute significance for Spirit, nor any
ideality such as is present to individual consciousness[18], and consequently
is only able to express by suggestion the spiritual Ideal which its
appearance must seek to secure by embodying its embraced content in a
world of Beauty.
In opposition to external Nature we find the ideal realm of
consciousness[19], the human soul as the medium[20] for the existence and
manifestation of the Absolute. Together with this subjectivity is conjoined
the multiplicity and differentiation of individuality, particularization,
distinction, action, and development, that is, in general terms the full and
varied world of the reality of Spirit[21], in which the Absolute is known,
willed, experienced, and actively present. We may already infer from what
we have indicated above that the differences under which the total content
of art is differentiated are in essential consonance, both for our grasp and
presentation of them, with what we have previously in the second portion of
our inquiry examined as the symbolical, classical, and romantic types of art.
In other words symbolic art only carries the art-process to the point of
marking an affinity between content and form, instead of their identity, of
only suggesting the ideal significance in itself and the content which that
suggestion purports to express, in other words the external appearance[22]. It
furnishes consequently the fundamental type to that specific art, whose
function it is to elaborate the objective world as such, Nature's environment
in the beautiful conclusion given by Art to Spirit (mind), and to image by
suggestion the ideal significance of what is spiritual in this external
medium. The classical Ideal, on the contrary, meets the case of the
presentation of the Absolute as such, in its self-subsistent external reality, its
essential self-repose, while the romantic Spirit (mind) type of art is, both in
Page 32
content and form, identical with the internal life of the soul, and the
emotional life both in its infinite aspect and its finite particularity.
It is, then, on a principle such as the above that the system of the particular
arts is differentiated as follows:
First, we have architecture, the beginning of all, whose foundation reposes
in the very nature of its subject-matter. It is the commencement of art for
this reason, that art at the start has in general terms neither discovered for
the presentation of its spiritual content the adequate material, nor the forms
that fully express it, and is consequently compelled to rest content in the
mere search after such true satisfaction, and to do so in the externality of its
content and its mode of presentation. The medium of this primary art is that
which is essentially unspiritual, gross matter, that is, only capable of
configuration according to physical laws of gravity. Its form is the image of
external Nature, united by its regularity and symmetry in the whole of a
work of art to express merely an external reflection of Spirit.
The second art is sculpture. Both for its principle and content it possesses
spiritual individuality under the mode of the classic Ideal in the sense,
namely, that the ideal and spiritual finds its expression in the corporeal
appearance pertinent to spiritual life, which it is the function here of Art to
present in existent artistic actuality. It consequently still accepts for its
material gross matter in its spatial extension, without, however, shaping the
same in conformity to rule merely in respect to its gravity and its natural
conditions according to the forms of the organic or inorganic, or in relation
to its visibility in bringing it down to, and in all essential respects
particularizing it in, a simple repetition of the external appearance. The
form which is here, however, determined by virtue of the content itself is
the actual life of Spirit, human form, and its objective organism permeated
with Spirit's own breath, whose function it is to embody in adequate shape
the self-subsistence of the Divine in its supreme repose and unperturbed
greatness, unaffected by the divisions and limitations of human affairs, their
conflicts and endurances.
Thirdly, we have to render intelligible in one final whole those arts whose
province it is to give form to the ideal content of the individual soul-life.
The art of painting marks the beginning of this final totality. It converts the
external form itself entirely into an expression of what is ideal[23], which
emotional life both in its infinite aspect and its finite particularity.
It is, then, on a principle such as the above that the system of the particular
arts is differentiated as follows:
First, we have architecture, the beginning of all, whose foundation reposes
in the very nature of its subject-matter. It is the commencement of art for
this reason, that art at the start has in general terms neither discovered for
the presentation of its spiritual content the adequate material, nor the forms
that fully express it, and is consequently compelled to rest content in the
mere search after such true satisfaction, and to do so in the externality of its
content and its mode of presentation. The medium of this primary art is that
which is essentially unspiritual, gross matter, that is, only capable of
configuration according to physical laws of gravity. Its form is the image of
external Nature, united by its regularity and symmetry in the whole of a
work of art to express merely an external reflection of Spirit.
The second art is sculpture. Both for its principle and content it possesses
spiritual individuality under the mode of the classic Ideal in the sense,
namely, that the ideal and spiritual finds its expression in the corporeal
appearance pertinent to spiritual life, which it is the function here of Art to
present in existent artistic actuality. It consequently still accepts for its
material gross matter in its spatial extension, without, however, shaping the
same in conformity to rule merely in respect to its gravity and its natural
conditions according to the forms of the organic or inorganic, or in relation
to its visibility in bringing it down to, and in all essential respects
particularizing it in, a simple repetition of the external appearance. The
form which is here, however, determined by virtue of the content itself is
the actual life of Spirit, human form, and its objective organism permeated
with Spirit's own breath, whose function it is to embody in adequate shape
the self-subsistence of the Divine in its supreme repose and unperturbed
greatness, unaffected by the divisions and limitations of human affairs, their
conflicts and endurances.
Thirdly, we have to render intelligible in one final whole those arts whose
province it is to give form to the ideal content of the individual soul-life.
The art of painting marks the beginning of this final totality. It converts the
external form itself entirely into an expression of what is ideal[23], which
Page 33
within the limits of the environing world not merely reproduces the ideal
self-containedness of the Absolute, but also brings to the vision the same as
essentially a personal possession[24] in its spiritual existence, volition,
feeling, action, in its activity and relation to another, and consequently also
in its sufferings, pain, death, in the entire series of passions and satisfaction.
Its object is for this reason no longer God simply, that is, as object of the
human consciousness, but this consciousness itself, God, that is, either in
His reality present in the action and suffering of individual life, or as spirit
of the community, as the spiritual related through feeling to itself, soul-life
in its resignation, its sacrifice of, or joy and blessedness in, life and action
within the limits of the natural world. As a means to the presentation of this
content the art of painting is bound to utilize the external phenomenon in
respect to its form, not merely the human organism, but also Nature in its
simplicity in so far as the same suffers what is of spirit to shine through
with clarity. It is, however, unable to utilize as material physical matter and
its spatial existence just as it is; it is compelled, in working it up into its
forms, essentially to idealize the same. The first step by means of which the
sensuous material is raised in this respect to confront mind[25], consists, on
the one hand, in the uplifting of the actual sensuous appearance, whose
visibility is converted into the mere show by art, and on the other in colour
by means of the distinctions, transitions, and modulations of which this
transformation is effected. The art of painting, consequently, in order to
express the soul in its ideality, resolves the three dimensions of space into
that of superficies as that which most intimately asserts the ideality of what
is external, and represents spatial distance and form by means of the
phenomena of colour. For painting is not concerned with producing mere
visibility in its general significance, but with that form of visibility which, if
it is ideally produced, is also quite as much essentially particularized. In
sculpture and the art of building forms are visible by means of external
light. In the art of painting, on the contrary, the material which is itself
essentially obscure possesses intrinsically within itself its inward or ideal,
light in short. It is itself transfused in its own medium, and mere light is to
that extent essentially obscured. The unity, however, and blending of light
and dark is colour[26].
Secondly, the art of music offers a contrast to that of painting in one and the
same sphere as the latter. Its real element is the ideal realm as such, emotion
self-containedness of the Absolute, but also brings to the vision the same as
essentially a personal possession[24] in its spiritual existence, volition,
feeling, action, in its activity and relation to another, and consequently also
in its sufferings, pain, death, in the entire series of passions and satisfaction.
Its object is for this reason no longer God simply, that is, as object of the
human consciousness, but this consciousness itself, God, that is, either in
His reality present in the action and suffering of individual life, or as spirit
of the community, as the spiritual related through feeling to itself, soul-life
in its resignation, its sacrifice of, or joy and blessedness in, life and action
within the limits of the natural world. As a means to the presentation of this
content the art of painting is bound to utilize the external phenomenon in
respect to its form, not merely the human organism, but also Nature in its
simplicity in so far as the same suffers what is of spirit to shine through
with clarity. It is, however, unable to utilize as material physical matter and
its spatial existence just as it is; it is compelled, in working it up into its
forms, essentially to idealize the same. The first step by means of which the
sensuous material is raised in this respect to confront mind[25], consists, on
the one hand, in the uplifting of the actual sensuous appearance, whose
visibility is converted into the mere show by art, and on the other in colour
by means of the distinctions, transitions, and modulations of which this
transformation is effected. The art of painting, consequently, in order to
express the soul in its ideality, resolves the three dimensions of space into
that of superficies as that which most intimately asserts the ideality of what
is external, and represents spatial distance and form by means of the
phenomena of colour. For painting is not concerned with producing mere
visibility in its general significance, but with that form of visibility which, if
it is ideally produced, is also quite as much essentially particularized. In
sculpture and the art of building forms are visible by means of external
light. In the art of painting, on the contrary, the material which is itself
essentially obscure possesses intrinsically within itself its inward or ideal,
light in short. It is itself transfused in its own medium, and mere light is to
that extent essentially obscured. The unity, however, and blending of light
and dark is colour[26].
Secondly, the art of music offers a contrast to that of painting in one and the
same sphere as the latter. Its real element is the ideal realm as such, emotion
Page 34
in its formless independence, capable of asserting itself not in externality
and its reality, but purely through the external medium which disappears
immediately when it is expressed and thereby cancels itself. Its content
consequently consists of the internal life of Spirit in its immediate, essential
subjective unity, emotion simply; its material is musical tone, its form and
configuration, the concord, discord, harmony, contrast, opposition, and
resolution of such tones according to the laws of their quantitative intervals
respectively and their artistically elaborated time measure.
Finally, in the third place, after painting and music we get the art of speech,
poetry in its general terms, the absolutely genuine art of Spirit and its
expression as such. For everything which the human consciousness
conceives and spiritually embodies in the chamber of spirit speech is able to
accept, express, and bring imaginatively before us, and only speech is thus
able. In respect to its content, therefore, poetry is the richest and its
boundaries are the widest. But in proportion as it gains as the vehicle of
Spirit it loses on the side of the material object. In other words, for the
reason that it neither works for the perception of the sense as the plastic
arts, nor merely for the ideal emotion, as music does, but is concerned to
create its spiritual significances under the form of its own spiritual medium
merely for the conception and contemplation of mind, the material through
which its constructive activity is asserted only retains for it the value of a
means, however much it may be elaborated in an artistic sense, by which
Spirit is expressed for Spirit, and no longer counts as a sensuous mode of
existence, in which the spiritual content is capable of finding a reality
adequate to it. Such a means can in the light of our previous consideration
only be tone regarded as the still relatively most adequate material of
spiritual expression. Tone here, however, does not in the present case
preserve, as was the case with music, an independent validity of its own for
which the unique and essential aim of art could be exhausted in finding an
artistic form, but conversely is entirely steeped in the world of Spirit and
the definite content of conception and contemplation, and appears simply as
the external symbol of this content. So far as the embodiment which the
poetry receives is concerned, in this respect poetry may claim to include the
whole field of art in the sense, that is, that it repeats in its own province the
modes of presentation adopted by the other arts, which is only in a qualified
degree the case with painting and music.
and its reality, but purely through the external medium which disappears
immediately when it is expressed and thereby cancels itself. Its content
consequently consists of the internal life of Spirit in its immediate, essential
subjective unity, emotion simply; its material is musical tone, its form and
configuration, the concord, discord, harmony, contrast, opposition, and
resolution of such tones according to the laws of their quantitative intervals
respectively and their artistically elaborated time measure.
Finally, in the third place, after painting and music we get the art of speech,
poetry in its general terms, the absolutely genuine art of Spirit and its
expression as such. For everything which the human consciousness
conceives and spiritually embodies in the chamber of spirit speech is able to
accept, express, and bring imaginatively before us, and only speech is thus
able. In respect to its content, therefore, poetry is the richest and its
boundaries are the widest. But in proportion as it gains as the vehicle of
Spirit it loses on the side of the material object. In other words, for the
reason that it neither works for the perception of the sense as the plastic
arts, nor merely for the ideal emotion, as music does, but is concerned to
create its spiritual significances under the form of its own spiritual medium
merely for the conception and contemplation of mind, the material through
which its constructive activity is asserted only retains for it the value of a
means, however much it may be elaborated in an artistic sense, by which
Spirit is expressed for Spirit, and no longer counts as a sensuous mode of
existence, in which the spiritual content is capable of finding a reality
adequate to it. Such a means can in the light of our previous consideration
only be tone regarded as the still relatively most adequate material of
spiritual expression. Tone here, however, does not in the present case
preserve, as was the case with music, an independent validity of its own for
which the unique and essential aim of art could be exhausted in finding an
artistic form, but conversely is entirely steeped in the world of Spirit and
the definite content of conception and contemplation, and appears simply as
the external symbol of this content. So far as the embodiment which the
poetry receives is concerned, in this respect poetry may claim to include the
whole field of art in the sense, that is, that it repeats in its own province the
modes of presentation adopted by the other arts, which is only in a qualified
degree the case with painting and music.
Page 35
In other words poetry gives, on the one hand, as epic poetry the form of
objectivity to its content, which no doubt here does not, as in the plastic arts,
attain to an external existence. It is none the less a world conceived by the
mind in the form of the objective world and represented as objective for the
individual imagination. This it is which constitutes human speech as such,
which finds satisfaction in its own content and its expression by means of
speech.
On the other hand, however, poetry is conversely to an equal degree speech
of the soul, the ideal medium, which, as that inward content returns to itself,
is lyrical poetry, which invokes the aid of music in order to penetrate yet
more deeply the world of souls and emotion.
Finally, to take the third example, poetry proceeds through speech within
the limits of a self-contained action, which it at the same time makes an
object of its presentment, and consequently is able to ally itself closely to
music, gesture, mimicry, and the dance. This is dramatic art, in which man,
in all that the term implies[27], creatively presents the work of art which is
the product of human life. These five arts form the system of realized and
actual art, essentially determined by itself and differentiated as such. In
addition to them there are no doubt other incomplete arts, for example, the
arts of gardening and dance. These we shall only refer to incidentally as the
opportunity recurs. A philosophical investigation must perforce restrict
itself entirely to distinctions referable to the notion, and develop and grasp
these adequate and veritable modes of embodiment. Nature and reality is
not, it is true, confined to these circumscribed limits, but is more liberal in
its movement, and we not unfrequently hear it made a matter of praise that
in this respect the products of genius are perforce compelled to expand
themselves beyond just such limitations. In Nature, however, transitional
organisms of either hybrid or amphibian type, instead of emphasizing the
spontaneity and excellence of Nature, merely demonstrate its inability to
hold fast to the essential differentiations of species which are rooted in that
process, or to prevent their deterioration before external conditions and
influences. The same thing may be affirmed in art with regard to these
intermediate forms, although the same are capable of producing much, too,
that delights us, is full of charm and utility, albeit not in the highest class of
perfection.
objectivity to its content, which no doubt here does not, as in the plastic arts,
attain to an external existence. It is none the less a world conceived by the
mind in the form of the objective world and represented as objective for the
individual imagination. This it is which constitutes human speech as such,
which finds satisfaction in its own content and its expression by means of
speech.
On the other hand, however, poetry is conversely to an equal degree speech
of the soul, the ideal medium, which, as that inward content returns to itself,
is lyrical poetry, which invokes the aid of music in order to penetrate yet
more deeply the world of souls and emotion.
Finally, to take the third example, poetry proceeds through speech within
the limits of a self-contained action, which it at the same time makes an
object of its presentment, and consequently is able to ally itself closely to
music, gesture, mimicry, and the dance. This is dramatic art, in which man,
in all that the term implies[27], creatively presents the work of art which is
the product of human life. These five arts form the system of realized and
actual art, essentially determined by itself and differentiated as such. In
addition to them there are no doubt other incomplete arts, for example, the
arts of gardening and dance. These we shall only refer to incidentally as the
opportunity recurs. A philosophical investigation must perforce restrict
itself entirely to distinctions referable to the notion, and develop and grasp
these adequate and veritable modes of embodiment. Nature and reality is
not, it is true, confined to these circumscribed limits, but is more liberal in
its movement, and we not unfrequently hear it made a matter of praise that
in this respect the products of genius are perforce compelled to expand
themselves beyond just such limitations. In Nature, however, transitional
organisms of either hybrid or amphibian type, instead of emphasizing the
spontaneity and excellence of Nature, merely demonstrate its inability to
hold fast to the essential differentiations of species which are rooted in that
process, or to prevent their deterioration before external conditions and
influences. The same thing may be affirmed in art with regard to these
intermediate forms, although the same are capable of producing much, too,
that delights us, is full of charm and utility, albeit not in the highest class of
perfection.
Page 36
If we turn our attention now after these introductory remarks and
considerations to the more specific examination of the separate arts, we
shall find ourselves from another point of view in some difficulty. For
inasmuch as we have hitherto concerned ourselves with art as such, the
Ideal and the general types, under which its evolution according to its
notion proceeds, it is imperative to pass over into the concrete existence of
art, and by doing so into the world of experience. Here we find a condition
very analogous to that we observe in Nature, the provinces of which are
readily grasped in their generality and the necessary laws which distinguish
them, in whose actual material existence, however, the individual objects
and their species, not merely in the aspects which they present to
observation, but also in the form under which they exist, are of such a
wealth of variety that, as a part of the difficulty, they offer as feasible every
conceivable way of approaching them; and in addition to this the
philosophical notion, when we are desirous of applying the standard of its
simple lines of distinction, appears as insufficient for this purpose and the
mere grasp of thought incapable of taking in the breath of such fulness. If,
however, we merely rest satisfied with mere description and superficial
reflections we fall short no less of the object we have set before us, that is, a
development which is both scientific and systematic. Added to which
difficulties we have the further one that nowadays every particular art
makes the independent demand for a special science, inasmuch as with the
continuous growth of connoisseurship in art the range of such special
knowledge has become ever more rich and extensive. This science of the
connoisseur, or dilettante, has, however, in our own times become
fashionable under the direct teaching of philosophy itself. It has, in short,
been maintained that it is in art we must look for real religion, the discovery
of truth and the Absolute, that, in short, it stands on a loftier pedestal than
philosophy for the reason that it is not abstract, but receives at the same
time the Idea in reality and for a contemplation and emotion which are
concrete[28]. And on the other hand it is regarded nowadays as of august
importance in art[29] to occupy one's attention with an infinite superfluity of
detail of this kind, in the interests of which the demand is made from
everyone that he should have observed some novelty or other. Such critical
labour is a kind of learned trifling which may very readily be overdone. It
causes, no doubt, considerable pleasure to examine works of art, to grasp
the thoughts and reflections which such may suggest, to give currency to
considerations to the more specific examination of the separate arts, we
shall find ourselves from another point of view in some difficulty. For
inasmuch as we have hitherto concerned ourselves with art as such, the
Ideal and the general types, under which its evolution according to its
notion proceeds, it is imperative to pass over into the concrete existence of
art, and by doing so into the world of experience. Here we find a condition
very analogous to that we observe in Nature, the provinces of which are
readily grasped in their generality and the necessary laws which distinguish
them, in whose actual material existence, however, the individual objects
and their species, not merely in the aspects which they present to
observation, but also in the form under which they exist, are of such a
wealth of variety that, as a part of the difficulty, they offer as feasible every
conceivable way of approaching them; and in addition to this the
philosophical notion, when we are desirous of applying the standard of its
simple lines of distinction, appears as insufficient for this purpose and the
mere grasp of thought incapable of taking in the breath of such fulness. If,
however, we merely rest satisfied with mere description and superficial
reflections we fall short no less of the object we have set before us, that is, a
development which is both scientific and systematic. Added to which
difficulties we have the further one that nowadays every particular art
makes the independent demand for a special science, inasmuch as with the
continuous growth of connoisseurship in art the range of such special
knowledge has become ever more rich and extensive. This science of the
connoisseur, or dilettante, has, however, in our own times become
fashionable under the direct teaching of philosophy itself. It has, in short,
been maintained that it is in art we must look for real religion, the discovery
of truth and the Absolute, that, in short, it stands on a loftier pedestal than
philosophy for the reason that it is not abstract, but receives at the same
time the Idea in reality and for a contemplation and emotion which are
concrete[28]. And on the other hand it is regarded nowadays as of august
importance in art[29] to occupy one's attention with an infinite superfluity of
detail of this kind, in the interests of which the demand is made from
everyone that he should have observed some novelty or other. Such critical
labour is a kind of learned trifling which may very readily be overdone. It
causes, no doubt, considerable pleasure to examine works of art, to grasp
the thoughts and reflections which such may suggest, to give currency to
Page 37
the points of view, which others have pointed out, and by this means to
become judges and critics. The more rich, however, by this means, namely,
that everybody is intent on having discovered on his own account
something uniquely his own, a learning and process of reflection has
become, the more every particular art, nay, every branch of the same, now
renders necessary the completeness of a treatment of it from the individual's
standpoint. As a corollary the historical aspect of such a survey and the
criticism of works of art, which becomes inevitable, only add yet further to
the learning and range of the subject. It is, moreover, essential before we
take part in any discussion over the details of matters of artistic import that
we should already have seen much and many times. Personally I have no
doubt seen a considerable amount, but by no means all that is necessary to
enable me to discuss the material of art exhaustively. All such difficulties,
however, we may meet with the simple response that it does not lie within
the aim of the present work to teach art-criticism, or to bring forward an
historical review of such learning, or only to the extent such is necessary to
apprehend on philosophical principles the essential and universal aspects of
our subject, and their relation to the idea of the beautiful in its realization
within the sensuous medium of art. If we keep this aim before us the variety
of artistic effects we above indicated need cause us no embarrassment; for
despite this complexity the essential character of the subject-matter
according to its notional idea is the controlling factor; and although this is
frequently lost in accidental matter by virtue of the medium in which it is
realized, points of view are none the less in evidence, in which it is as
clearly proclaimed. To grasp these aspects, and to develop them in a
scientific way, is the very problem which it is the function of philosophy to
elucidate.
FIRST SUBSECTION
ARCHITECTURE
Art, by enabling its content to attain a realized existence under a definite
form, becomes a particular art. We may therefore now for the first time
refer to it as an actual art and find therein the real beginning of art. With
this particularity, however, in so far as it purports to bring before us the
objectivity of the Idea of the beautiful and art, we have presented to us at
become judges and critics. The more rich, however, by this means, namely,
that everybody is intent on having discovered on his own account
something uniquely his own, a learning and process of reflection has
become, the more every particular art, nay, every branch of the same, now
renders necessary the completeness of a treatment of it from the individual's
standpoint. As a corollary the historical aspect of such a survey and the
criticism of works of art, which becomes inevitable, only add yet further to
the learning and range of the subject. It is, moreover, essential before we
take part in any discussion over the details of matters of artistic import that
we should already have seen much and many times. Personally I have no
doubt seen a considerable amount, but by no means all that is necessary to
enable me to discuss the material of art exhaustively. All such difficulties,
however, we may meet with the simple response that it does not lie within
the aim of the present work to teach art-criticism, or to bring forward an
historical review of such learning, or only to the extent such is necessary to
apprehend on philosophical principles the essential and universal aspects of
our subject, and their relation to the idea of the beautiful in its realization
within the sensuous medium of art. If we keep this aim before us the variety
of artistic effects we above indicated need cause us no embarrassment; for
despite this complexity the essential character of the subject-matter
according to its notional idea is the controlling factor; and although this is
frequently lost in accidental matter by virtue of the medium in which it is
realized, points of view are none the less in evidence, in which it is as
clearly proclaimed. To grasp these aspects, and to develop them in a
scientific way, is the very problem which it is the function of philosophy to
elucidate.
FIRST SUBSECTION
ARCHITECTURE
Art, by enabling its content to attain a realized existence under a definite
form, becomes a particular art. We may therefore now for the first time
refer to it as an actual art and find therein the real beginning of art. With
this particularity, however, in so far as it purports to bring before us the
objectivity of the Idea of the beautiful and art, we have presented to us at
Page 38
the same time in its notional significance a totality of what is particular. For
this reason when we now, in the sphere of the specific arts, begin our
examination of the same with the art of building this must not merely be
accepted in the sense that architecture asserts itself as the art which, by
virtue of its notional definition, is first presented to us as such an object of
inquiry, but we may equally accept as a result, that it is also in relation to its
existence the art first to be considered. In supplying, however, an answer to
the question, what the mode of origin was, which fine art, relatively to its
notion and realized form, has received, we must exclude the experience of
history no less than reflections, conjectures, and ordinary conceptions,
which merely have reference to objective history, and are so readily and in
such variety propounded. In other words, men are ordinarily actuated by an
impulse, to bring before their mental vision anything in its original mode of
appearance for the reason that the beginning is the simplest mode, under
which the fact asserts itself. And connected with this impulse we have
present behind it the covert conviction that the simple mode of appearance
informs us of the fact in its notional significance and real origin, and the
further amplification of such a beginning to the actual point in the process
which only really concerns us is further with a like readiness conceived
under the trivial mode of thought, that a process so understood has
gradually brought art forward to the crucial stage above indicated. A
beginning, however, of this simplicity is, if we look at its content,
something which, taken by itself, is so unimportant, that for philosophical
thought it can only appear as wholly accidental, albeit it is for the ordinary
consciousness only just in such a way that the origin can be readily grasped.
For example, we have the story, as an explanation of the origin of the art of
painting, told us of a maiden who followed the dim outline of the shadow of
her sleeping lover. In the same way we have sometimes a cave and
sometimes a hollow tree adduced as the point of departure in the art of
building. Beginnings of this kind are so intelligible in themselves that
further comment on the fact appears unnecessary[30]. In particular the
Greeks invented many charming tales to explain the origins not merely of
fine art, but also ethical institutions and other conditions of life, all of which
satisfied the primary need to make such beginnings visible to the
imagination. Such beginnings are not substantiated by history, and yet they
do not aim at making the manner of origin intelligible directly as a process
this reason when we now, in the sphere of the specific arts, begin our
examination of the same with the art of building this must not merely be
accepted in the sense that architecture asserts itself as the art which, by
virtue of its notional definition, is first presented to us as such an object of
inquiry, but we may equally accept as a result, that it is also in relation to its
existence the art first to be considered. In supplying, however, an answer to
the question, what the mode of origin was, which fine art, relatively to its
notion and realized form, has received, we must exclude the experience of
history no less than reflections, conjectures, and ordinary conceptions,
which merely have reference to objective history, and are so readily and in
such variety propounded. In other words, men are ordinarily actuated by an
impulse, to bring before their mental vision anything in its original mode of
appearance for the reason that the beginning is the simplest mode, under
which the fact asserts itself. And connected with this impulse we have
present behind it the covert conviction that the simple mode of appearance
informs us of the fact in its notional significance and real origin, and the
further amplification of such a beginning to the actual point in the process
which only really concerns us is further with a like readiness conceived
under the trivial mode of thought, that a process so understood has
gradually brought art forward to the crucial stage above indicated. A
beginning, however, of this simplicity is, if we look at its content,
something which, taken by itself, is so unimportant, that for philosophical
thought it can only appear as wholly accidental, albeit it is for the ordinary
consciousness only just in such a way that the origin can be readily grasped.
For example, we have the story, as an explanation of the origin of the art of
painting, told us of a maiden who followed the dim outline of the shadow of
her sleeping lover. In the same way we have sometimes a cave and
sometimes a hollow tree adduced as the point of departure in the art of
building. Beginnings of this kind are so intelligible in themselves that
further comment on the fact appears unnecessary[30]. In particular the
Greeks invented many charming tales to explain the origins not merely of
fine art, but also ethical institutions and other conditions of life, all of which
satisfied the primary need to make such beginnings visible to the
imagination. Such beginnings are not substantiated by history, and yet they
do not aim at making the manner of origin intelligible directly as a process
Page 39
involved in the notion, but purport to confine their explanation to the field
of objective history.
DIVISION OF SUBJECT
We have, then, in such a way to establish the beginning of art from its
notional significance, that the first problem of art is made to consist in
giving form to that which is essentially objective, the ground, that is, of
Nature, the external environment, and by doing so to make that which is
without ideal import to conform both to significance and form, both of
which still remain external to it, for the reason that they are not either the
form or significance inherent in the objective material. The art, which has
set before it this task is, as we have seen, an architecture which has already
discovered its first elaboration under the modes of sculpture, or painting
and music[31].
If we now direct our attention to the most primitive origins of the art of
building, we find at the earliest stage that we can accept for such a
beginning the hut, regarded as the human dwelling, and the temple, as the
exterior enclosure of the god and his community. With a view to define this
commencement more closely a dispute has been raised with reference to the
nature of the material employed for building, whether, that is to say, it
originated in buildings of wood, which is the opinion of Vitruvius, and is
supported by Hirt in a similar reference, or rather from those of stone. This
contrast of original material is no doubt of importance, for it does not
merely concern its external quality as one might at first sight suppose, but
rather the architectonic character of fundamental forms; for instance, the
kind of decoration united with it is essentially bound up with this external
material. We may, however, entirely set aside the distinction as a purely
subordinate aspect of the matter rather referable to what is accidental and
empirical, and devote our attention to a point of more importance.
In other words, in dealing with houses, temples, and other buildings we are
confronted with the essential condition, to which we attribute the fact that
buildings of this kind are merely means which presuppose an external end.
Hut and house of God alike presuppose those who dwell in them, and for
whom they have been erected, men and the images of gods. Man is also
prompted by a desire to leap and sing; he requires the mediacy of human
of objective history.
DIVISION OF SUBJECT
We have, then, in such a way to establish the beginning of art from its
notional significance, that the first problem of art is made to consist in
giving form to that which is essentially objective, the ground, that is, of
Nature, the external environment, and by doing so to make that which is
without ideal import to conform both to significance and form, both of
which still remain external to it, for the reason that they are not either the
form or significance inherent in the objective material. The art, which has
set before it this task is, as we have seen, an architecture which has already
discovered its first elaboration under the modes of sculpture, or painting
and music[31].
If we now direct our attention to the most primitive origins of the art of
building, we find at the earliest stage that we can accept for such a
beginning the hut, regarded as the human dwelling, and the temple, as the
exterior enclosure of the god and his community. With a view to define this
commencement more closely a dispute has been raised with reference to the
nature of the material employed for building, whether, that is to say, it
originated in buildings of wood, which is the opinion of Vitruvius, and is
supported by Hirt in a similar reference, or rather from those of stone. This
contrast of original material is no doubt of importance, for it does not
merely concern its external quality as one might at first sight suppose, but
rather the architectonic character of fundamental forms; for instance, the
kind of decoration united with it is essentially bound up with this external
material. We may, however, entirely set aside the distinction as a purely
subordinate aspect of the matter rather referable to what is accidental and
empirical, and devote our attention to a point of more importance.
In other words, in dealing with houses, temples, and other buildings we are
confronted with the essential condition, to which we attribute the fact that
buildings of this kind are merely means which presuppose an external end.
Hut and house of God alike presuppose those who dwell in them, and for
whom they have been erected, men and the images of gods. Man is also
prompted by a desire to leap and sing; he requires the mediacy of human
Page 40
speech; but speech, leaping, shouting, and singing are not as yet poetry, the
dance and music. And when within the architectonic adaptation of means to
ends in order to satisfy specific needs, in part referable to daily life and in
part to the religious cultus or the state, the impulse in the direction of
artistic form and beauty asserts itself, we find at the same time a division
apparent in the kind of building above mentioned. On the one hand we have
man, thinking man, or the image of the god as the essential object, for
which, from the other point of view, architecture merely supplies the means
of environment and covering. With such a divided point of view we are
unable to constitute our beginning, which is in its nature the immediate, and
simple, not a relativity or essential relation of this sort; rather we must look
for a point of departure, where a distinction of this kind does not yet arise.
In this respect we have already at an earlier stage stated that the art of
building corresponds to the symbolic type of art, and in a unique degree
gives realization to the principle of the same as particular art because
architecture generally is adapted to suggest the significances implanted in it
purely in the external framework of the environment. If the distinction,
then, above referred to between the object of the external cover
independently presented in the living man, or the temple's image, and the
building regarded as the fulfilment of such an object, is to be absent from
our earliest stage, we shall have to look about us for buildings which
precisely, as works of sculpture, do stand up in independent self-
subsistence, which in short carry their significance in themselves rather than
in some other object or necessity. This is a point of the highest importance,
which I have never found raised hitherto, although it goes to the root of the
matter, and alone is capable of disclosing the manifold nature of external
forms, and of supplying a thread to conduct us through the maze of
architectonic configuration. A self-subsistent art of building of this kind will
also to a similar degree differ from sculpture on this ground, namely, that it,
as architecture, does not create images, whose significance is that which is
essentially spiritual and personal, and which itself intrinsically possesses
the principle of an appropriated embodiment throughout adequate to its
ideal import, but builds up works which, in their exterior form, can merely
give an impress of the significance in a symbolic way. And for this reason
this type of architecture, both in respect to its content and, its presentation,
is really of a symbolic type.
dance and music. And when within the architectonic adaptation of means to
ends in order to satisfy specific needs, in part referable to daily life and in
part to the religious cultus or the state, the impulse in the direction of
artistic form and beauty asserts itself, we find at the same time a division
apparent in the kind of building above mentioned. On the one hand we have
man, thinking man, or the image of the god as the essential object, for
which, from the other point of view, architecture merely supplies the means
of environment and covering. With such a divided point of view we are
unable to constitute our beginning, which is in its nature the immediate, and
simple, not a relativity or essential relation of this sort; rather we must look
for a point of departure, where a distinction of this kind does not yet arise.
In this respect we have already at an earlier stage stated that the art of
building corresponds to the symbolic type of art, and in a unique degree
gives realization to the principle of the same as particular art because
architecture generally is adapted to suggest the significances implanted in it
purely in the external framework of the environment. If the distinction,
then, above referred to between the object of the external cover
independently presented in the living man, or the temple's image, and the
building regarded as the fulfilment of such an object, is to be absent from
our earliest stage, we shall have to look about us for buildings which
precisely, as works of sculpture, do stand up in independent self-
subsistence, which in short carry their significance in themselves rather than
in some other object or necessity. This is a point of the highest importance,
which I have never found raised hitherto, although it goes to the root of the
matter, and alone is capable of disclosing the manifold nature of external
forms, and of supplying a thread to conduct us through the maze of
architectonic configuration. A self-subsistent art of building of this kind will
also to a similar degree differ from sculpture on this ground, namely, that it,
as architecture, does not create images, whose significance is that which is
essentially spiritual and personal, and which itself intrinsically possesses
the principle of an appropriated embodiment throughout adequate to its
ideal import, but builds up works which, in their exterior form, can merely
give an impress of the significance in a symbolic way. And for this reason
this type of architecture, both in respect to its content and, its presentation,
is really of a symbolic type.
Page 41
All that we have said with reference to the principle of this stage of art
applies equally to its mode of presentation. Here, too, we find that the mere
distinction between buildings of wood and stone is not sufficient, in so far
as the same points to a means of limiting and enclosing a defined space for
a specific religious or other human purposes, as is the case with dwellings,
palaces, and temples. Such a space, may be obtained either by hollowing
out essentially solid and stable masses, or conversely, by preparing walls
and roofs to enclose it. We can make our beginning of the art of building
with neither of these alternatives, which we should consequently define as
an inorganic form of sculpture; such a type no doubt piles up independently
stable images, but while doing so does not in any way make the end of free
beauty and the manifestation of Spirit in the bodily form commensurate
with the end it pursues, but in general terms sets up a purely symbolic form,
which purports in itself to indicate and express a particular idea.
Architecture is, however, unable to remain standing at such a point of
departure. Its function indeed consists just in this, namely, to build up
external Nature as an environment which emanates from Spirit itself
through the gates of art under the forms of beauty, and to build it for the
independently present life of mind, that is mankind, or for the images of the
gods that are set up and clothed by man in objective form, and to build up
the same as that which no longer carries its significance in itself, but
discovers the same in another, that is man, and his necessities and objects of
family and State-life, culture and so forth, and by so doing surrenders the
self-subsistency of such buildings.
Regarded under this aspect we may assume the advance of architecture to
consist in this, that it suffers the above indicated distinction between end
and means to appear in separation, and constructs for man, or the individual
human form of gods, which is the work of sculpture, an architectural
dwelling, palace, or temple analogous to the significance of the same.
And, thirdly, the termination[32] unites both phases in the process, and
appears within this aspect of division as at the same time self-subsistent.
These points of view present to us, as the classification of the entire art of
building, the following heads of division, which essentially comprehend the
notional distinctions of the matter in question no less than the historical
development of the same.
applies equally to its mode of presentation. Here, too, we find that the mere
distinction between buildings of wood and stone is not sufficient, in so far
as the same points to a means of limiting and enclosing a defined space for
a specific religious or other human purposes, as is the case with dwellings,
palaces, and temples. Such a space, may be obtained either by hollowing
out essentially solid and stable masses, or conversely, by preparing walls
and roofs to enclose it. We can make our beginning of the art of building
with neither of these alternatives, which we should consequently define as
an inorganic form of sculpture; such a type no doubt piles up independently
stable images, but while doing so does not in any way make the end of free
beauty and the manifestation of Spirit in the bodily form commensurate
with the end it pursues, but in general terms sets up a purely symbolic form,
which purports in itself to indicate and express a particular idea.
Architecture is, however, unable to remain standing at such a point of
departure. Its function indeed consists just in this, namely, to build up
external Nature as an environment which emanates from Spirit itself
through the gates of art under the forms of beauty, and to build it for the
independently present life of mind, that is mankind, or for the images of the
gods that are set up and clothed by man in objective form, and to build up
the same as that which no longer carries its significance in itself, but
discovers the same in another, that is man, and his necessities and objects of
family and State-life, culture and so forth, and by so doing surrenders the
self-subsistency of such buildings.
Regarded under this aspect we may assume the advance of architecture to
consist in this, that it suffers the above indicated distinction between end
and means to appear in separation, and constructs for man, or the individual
human form of gods, which is the work of sculpture, an architectural
dwelling, palace, or temple analogous to the significance of the same.
And, thirdly, the termination[32] unites both phases in the process, and
appears within this aspect of division as at the same time self-subsistent.
These points of view present to us, as the classification of the entire art of
building, the following heads of division, which essentially comprehend the
notional distinctions of the matter in question no less than the historical
development of the same.
Page 42
First, we have the genuine symbolic or self-subsistent type of architecture.
Secondly, there is the classical type, which gives independent form to
spiritual individuality, divesting on the other hand the art of building of its
self-subsistency, and degrading it in the intent to set up an inorganic
environment under the forms of art, for the spiritual significances which are
now on their part independently realized.
Thirdly, romantic architecture, in other words the so-called Moorish,
Gothic, and German, in which, it is true, houses, churches, and palaces are
also merely the dwellings and places in which civic and religious needs and
activities are concentrated; which, however, conversely are also shaped and
raised without let or hindrance for the express object of emphasizing their
self-subsistency.
Although on the grounds already advanced architecture in respect to its
fundamental character remains of a symbolic type, yet the artistic types
known as the truly symbolic, classical, and romantic constitute the closest
means of defining it, and are here of greater importance than in the other
arts. For in sculpture the classical, and in music and painting the romantic,
penetrates so profoundly to the entire root-basis of these arts respectively,
that for the elaboration of the type of the other arts[33], to a more or less
degree, but little room is left for other aspects. And, finally, in poetry,
though it is the fact that it gives the most complete impress in its art-
products of the entire series of art-types, we shall find it necessary to make
our classification not by means of the distinction between symbolic, classic,
and romantic poetry, but according to the specific differentiation applicable
to poetry as a particular art in epic, lyrical, and dramatic poetry.
Architecture is, on the other hand, art in its immediate relation to the
external medium, so that in this case the essential differences consist in this,
whether this external matter receives its significance intrinsically, or is
treated as a means for an object other than it, or finally asserts itself in this
subservience as at the same time independent. The first case is identical
with the symbolic type simply, the second with the classical, the real
significance attaining here an independent presentation, and in doing this
the symbolic is attached as an environment wholly external to it, a type
which is exemplified in the principle of classical art. The union of these two
types is coincident with the romantic, in so far, that is, as romantic art
makes use of the exterior medium as a means of expression, yet withdraws
Secondly, there is the classical type, which gives independent form to
spiritual individuality, divesting on the other hand the art of building of its
self-subsistency, and degrading it in the intent to set up an inorganic
environment under the forms of art, for the spiritual significances which are
now on their part independently realized.
Thirdly, romantic architecture, in other words the so-called Moorish,
Gothic, and German, in which, it is true, houses, churches, and palaces are
also merely the dwellings and places in which civic and religious needs and
activities are concentrated; which, however, conversely are also shaped and
raised without let or hindrance for the express object of emphasizing their
self-subsistency.
Although on the grounds already advanced architecture in respect to its
fundamental character remains of a symbolic type, yet the artistic types
known as the truly symbolic, classical, and romantic constitute the closest
means of defining it, and are here of greater importance than in the other
arts. For in sculpture the classical, and in music and painting the romantic,
penetrates so profoundly to the entire root-basis of these arts respectively,
that for the elaboration of the type of the other arts[33], to a more or less
degree, but little room is left for other aspects. And, finally, in poetry,
though it is the fact that it gives the most complete impress in its art-
products of the entire series of art-types, we shall find it necessary to make
our classification not by means of the distinction between symbolic, classic,
and romantic poetry, but according to the specific differentiation applicable
to poetry as a particular art in epic, lyrical, and dramatic poetry.
Architecture is, on the other hand, art in its immediate relation to the
external medium, so that in this case the essential differences consist in this,
whether this external matter receives its significance intrinsically, or is
treated as a means for an object other than it, or finally asserts itself in this
subservience as at the same time independent. The first case is identical
with the symbolic type simply, the second with the classical, the real
significance attaining here an independent presentation, and in doing this
the symbolic is attached as an environment wholly external to it, a type
which is exemplified in the principle of classical art. The union of these two
types is coincident with the romantic, in so far, that is, as romantic art
makes use of the exterior medium as a means of expression, yet withdraws
Page 43
itself into itself out of this reality, and is consequently able once more by
doing so to let objective existence stand forth in self-subsistent
embodiment.
[1] Gediegene here seems to mean that the unity is a real one throughout all its
manifestations—it is one of sterling efficacy.
[2] By the words die innere Produktion der Kunst is meant apparently "the
creative activity of art-production as ideally conceived in a series of general
world-impressions (Weltanschauungen)." The main contrast between the
theoretic apprehension of such an evolution of art as a series, held in its broad
generic outlines by mind, and its practical realization as differentiated in the
actual products of different arts is sufficiently clear. The difficulty remains,
however, as to how far Hegel regarded these Weltanschauungen in their
universality to have themselves an objective significance no less than a
subjective one—how far, in other words, are they merely abstract concepts of the
observer, the schemata of scientific generalization, or do actually unfold an
objective, if ideal process—how far is the thought one with the revelation of the
Absolute itself. It is, of course, a difficulty not unknown to the student of Hegel
in other directions. At least, as translator, I must content myself, as an excuse for
obscurity in this and other passages, with drawing attention (a) To the main
contrast which is quite clear, and (b) To the fundamental difficulty which
remains. As a rule the word Weltanschauung is generally used rather in the sense
of a world-outlook as from the point of view of an observer. In this passage, and
still more obviously a little lower down, the sense appears to be rather world-
presentment or manifestation—and the emphasis certainly on the objective
aspect. Thus the Ideal of Beauty is defined as "the collective totality of its
Weltanschauungen." How far within such, which have previously been called
exclusively ideal (innere) can be incorporated the positive concrete embodiments
of definite works of art is for myself the difficulty, which I do not profess myself
to be able to solve. I am in fact not entirely clear as to the entire meaning of
Hegel myself. The mere statement that the one is made objective by the other
does not appear to me to remove the difficulty; for, to mention no other
objection, a particular work of art is not exclusively either concrete or objective
in the sense that an ideal process is so, or an Ideal which combines the ideal
stages or moments in such a process.
[3] Welche sich objectivirt. See note above.
[4] The present, that is, which is objective to sense.
[5] So löst sich das Ideal in seine Momente auf. According to this it would
appear that the process is wholly identified with the system of the particular arts.
But the universal world-presentments are surely equally a process or at least an
abstract of such a process. And this is in fact affirmed lower down.
[6] A favourite metaphor of Hegel. The idea is that the metal is all one infusion
producing a result that is like the appearance of Athene from the brow of Zeus.
[7] Der Subjektivität. The mind of the artist.
[8] A misprint. Der should be die.
doing so to let objective existence stand forth in self-subsistent
embodiment.
[1] Gediegene here seems to mean that the unity is a real one throughout all its
manifestations—it is one of sterling efficacy.
[2] By the words die innere Produktion der Kunst is meant apparently "the
creative activity of art-production as ideally conceived in a series of general
world-impressions (Weltanschauungen)." The main contrast between the
theoretic apprehension of such an evolution of art as a series, held in its broad
generic outlines by mind, and its practical realization as differentiated in the
actual products of different arts is sufficiently clear. The difficulty remains,
however, as to how far Hegel regarded these Weltanschauungen in their
universality to have themselves an objective significance no less than a
subjective one—how far, in other words, are they merely abstract concepts of the
observer, the schemata of scientific generalization, or do actually unfold an
objective, if ideal process—how far is the thought one with the revelation of the
Absolute itself. It is, of course, a difficulty not unknown to the student of Hegel
in other directions. At least, as translator, I must content myself, as an excuse for
obscurity in this and other passages, with drawing attention (a) To the main
contrast which is quite clear, and (b) To the fundamental difficulty which
remains. As a rule the word Weltanschauung is generally used rather in the sense
of a world-outlook as from the point of view of an observer. In this passage, and
still more obviously a little lower down, the sense appears to be rather world-
presentment or manifestation—and the emphasis certainly on the objective
aspect. Thus the Ideal of Beauty is defined as "the collective totality of its
Weltanschauungen." How far within such, which have previously been called
exclusively ideal (innere) can be incorporated the positive concrete embodiments
of definite works of art is for myself the difficulty, which I do not profess myself
to be able to solve. I am in fact not entirely clear as to the entire meaning of
Hegel myself. The mere statement that the one is made objective by the other
does not appear to me to remove the difficulty; for, to mention no other
objection, a particular work of art is not exclusively either concrete or objective
in the sense that an ideal process is so, or an Ideal which combines the ideal
stages or moments in such a process.
[3] Welche sich objectivirt. See note above.
[4] The present, that is, which is objective to sense.
[5] So löst sich das Ideal in seine Momente auf. According to this it would
appear that the process is wholly identified with the system of the particular arts.
But the universal world-presentments are surely equally a process or at least an
abstract of such a process. And this is in fact affirmed lower down.
[6] A favourite metaphor of Hegel. The idea is that the metal is all one infusion
producing a result that is like the appearance of Athene from the brow of Zeus.
[7] Der Subjektivität. The mind of the artist.
[8] A misprint. Der should be die.
Page 44
[9] Zuversicht. Confidence in itself.
[10] Die Sache. The fact, the artistic object primarily treated.
[11] Die Subjektivität. What is personal in the perception of judgment.
[12] A fine illustration of this passage is to be found in Miss Harrison's
description of the Praxiteles Hermes in her admirable "Introductory Studies in
Greek Art" (see chap, VI), a work every student of Greek Art should peruse.
[13] Gediegenheit. Sterling solidity. To understand all that is implied the above
cited work of Miss Harrison is the clearest and most useful I know.
[14] In Unterhaltung. Finds himself, so to speak, directly conversing with him.
[15] Der Gattungen, i.e., specific types.
[16] Das Aussereinander. A differentiated exteriority.
[17] Subjektivität, the ideal unity that is—not so much as soul or personality.
[18] Kein subjektives Inneres. No ideal content that implies a unifying subject.
[19] Same expression as last note. An ideal realm in its aspect of relation to an
individual soul.
[20] Als Element.
[21] Or reason (Geist.)
[22] As such content.
[23] This must be taken subject to qualifications which appear further on.
[24] An sich selbst subjektiv. As essentially appertinent to the individual soul.
[25] Sich entgegenheit dem Geist, i.e., raises itself as a medium opposed to—or,
as we should say, subservient to.
[26] This is obviously a reference to the false theory of light advanced by Goethe
and accepted by Hegel.
[27] Das ganze Mensch. The entire man with all his faculties.
[28] This is a reference, of course, to the Art Philosophy of Schelling.
[29] Zum vornehmen Wesen. Ironical, of course. It is part of the aristocratic
pretensions of the connoisseur.
[30] He means that as an explanation they are obvious provided the facts are
true, which he then points out in such cases is not so.
[31] I am not sure I follow the sense here. I presume the meaning is that, as
notionally considered, we have to commence with an architecture to which other
arts are already subservient. The process of elaboration has already been carried
beyond mere architecture. And in this sense he calls sculpture an elaboration
(Ausbildung) of architecture. But the addition of painting and music as such
elaboration is, to say the least, an unnecessary obscurity. Such an elaboration of a
primitive form of music is suggested lower down. But the conception appears to
me rather confusing.
[32] That is the final phase, romantic architecture.
[33] Other than architecture.
[10] Die Sache. The fact, the artistic object primarily treated.
[11] Die Subjektivität. What is personal in the perception of judgment.
[12] A fine illustration of this passage is to be found in Miss Harrison's
description of the Praxiteles Hermes in her admirable "Introductory Studies in
Greek Art" (see chap, VI), a work every student of Greek Art should peruse.
[13] Gediegenheit. Sterling solidity. To understand all that is implied the above
cited work of Miss Harrison is the clearest and most useful I know.
[14] In Unterhaltung. Finds himself, so to speak, directly conversing with him.
[15] Der Gattungen, i.e., specific types.
[16] Das Aussereinander. A differentiated exteriority.
[17] Subjektivität, the ideal unity that is—not so much as soul or personality.
[18] Kein subjektives Inneres. No ideal content that implies a unifying subject.
[19] Same expression as last note. An ideal realm in its aspect of relation to an
individual soul.
[20] Als Element.
[21] Or reason (Geist.)
[22] As such content.
[23] This must be taken subject to qualifications which appear further on.
[24] An sich selbst subjektiv. As essentially appertinent to the individual soul.
[25] Sich entgegenheit dem Geist, i.e., raises itself as a medium opposed to—or,
as we should say, subservient to.
[26] This is obviously a reference to the false theory of light advanced by Goethe
and accepted by Hegel.
[27] Das ganze Mensch. The entire man with all his faculties.
[28] This is a reference, of course, to the Art Philosophy of Schelling.
[29] Zum vornehmen Wesen. Ironical, of course. It is part of the aristocratic
pretensions of the connoisseur.
[30] He means that as an explanation they are obvious provided the facts are
true, which he then points out in such cases is not so.
[31] I am not sure I follow the sense here. I presume the meaning is that, as
notionally considered, we have to commence with an architecture to which other
arts are already subservient. The process of elaboration has already been carried
beyond mere architecture. And in this sense he calls sculpture an elaboration
(Ausbildung) of architecture. But the addition of painting and music as such
elaboration is, to say the least, an unnecessary obscurity. Such an elaboration of a
primitive form of music is suggested lower down. But the conception appears to
me rather confusing.
[32] That is the final phase, romantic architecture.
[33] Other than architecture.
Page 45
CHAPTER I
INDEPENDENT SYMBOLICAL ARCHITECTURE
The primary and original necessity of art is this, that a conception, a thought
emanate from mind, be produced and emphasized by man as the result of
his activity, just as in speech there are simple ideas which man
communicates thereby and makes intelligible to others. In human speech,
however, the means of communication is accepted merely as a sign, and for
this reason is an entirely arbitrary mode of externalization. The function of
art, on the contrary, is not only to make use of the mere symbolic sign, but,
in contrast to this, to supply a sensuous presence correspondent to
significances. On the one hand, therefore, the sensuous product, which art
presents to us, must afford lodging for an ideal content; on the other it has
to represent this content in a manner which enables us to see that it is itself
as its content not merely a realization of immediate reality, but an actual
product of human conception and its spiritual activity. If I see, for example,
an actually living lion I deduce from the unique presentment of the same the
concept of lion precisely as I should in the case of a picture of it. In the
picture, however, we find something more than this. It demonstrates to us
that the form has been conceived in the mind, and has found the origination
of its existence in the human spirit and its productive activity, so that now
we not only receive the idea of an object, but the idea of a human
conception of that object. There is, however, no original artistic necessity
that either a lion, merely as such[34], a tree, or any other single object be
added for the success of such reproduction. We have seen, on the contrary,
that art, and pre-eminently plastic art, proceeds with the presentation of
such objects in order to affirm in them the dexterity of the counterfeit from
the artist's own point of view. The interest in its first origination is directed
to bringing before the vision of the artist himself and others the primary
impressions of the objective facts, and the universal or essential thoughts
thus stimulated. Such popular impressions are, however, in the first instance
abstract and in themselves of indefinite character, so that man, in order that
INDEPENDENT SYMBOLICAL ARCHITECTURE
The primary and original necessity of art is this, that a conception, a thought
emanate from mind, be produced and emphasized by man as the result of
his activity, just as in speech there are simple ideas which man
communicates thereby and makes intelligible to others. In human speech,
however, the means of communication is accepted merely as a sign, and for
this reason is an entirely arbitrary mode of externalization. The function of
art, on the contrary, is not only to make use of the mere symbolic sign, but,
in contrast to this, to supply a sensuous presence correspondent to
significances. On the one hand, therefore, the sensuous product, which art
presents to us, must afford lodging for an ideal content; on the other it has
to represent this content in a manner which enables us to see that it is itself
as its content not merely a realization of immediate reality, but an actual
product of human conception and its spiritual activity. If I see, for example,
an actually living lion I deduce from the unique presentment of the same the
concept of lion precisely as I should in the case of a picture of it. In the
picture, however, we find something more than this. It demonstrates to us
that the form has been conceived in the mind, and has found the origination
of its existence in the human spirit and its productive activity, so that now
we not only receive the idea of an object, but the idea of a human
conception of that object. There is, however, no original artistic necessity
that either a lion, merely as such[34], a tree, or any other single object be
added for the success of such reproduction. We have seen, on the contrary,
that art, and pre-eminently plastic art, proceeds with the presentation of
such objects in order to affirm in them the dexterity of the counterfeit from
the artist's own point of view. The interest in its first origination is directed
to bringing before the vision of the artist himself and others the primary
impressions of the objective facts, and the universal or essential thoughts
thus stimulated. Such popular impressions are, however, in the first instance
abstract and in themselves of indefinite character, so that man, in order that
Page 46
he may present them to the imagination, lays hold of that which is
essentially just as abstract, the material medium as it is—which is at once
massive and ponderous—a material which is no doubt capable of a definite,
but not of an intrinsically concrete and veritably spiritual, content. The
relation between content and sensuous reality, by virtue of which the
content is to pass from the concipient world into that of imagination, can
consequently only be of a symbolical type. At the same time, however, a
building, which purports to declare a general significance for others, stands
there for no other purpose save that of essentially expressing this loftier
aspect, and is consequently an independent symbol of a thought that goes
straight to its essential import, and is of universal validity, a kind of speech
which is present to spiritual life on its own account, however much it may
not be expressed through sound. The products, therefore, of this type of
architecture are necessarily stimulating to thought of themselves, and
arouse universal concepts, albeit they fail to be the mere envelope and
environment of significances which otherwise possess independent form.
For this reason, however, the form which permits a content of this kind to
appear through it cannot perforce merely pass as symbolic sign, as, for
example, in the case when we raise a cross to a deceased person, or erect
stones in memory of battles. For signs of this character are doubtless
qualified to stimulate ideas, but a cross, or a pile of stones, do not suggest,
in virtue of their own nature, the idea which it is our object to awake, but
are just as able to remind us of much else entirely different. This distinction
constitutes the general notion of the stage now discussed[35].
With regard to this it may be affirmed that entire nations have known how
to express their profoundest requirements in no other way than by the arts
of building, or at least pre-eminently in an architectonic way. This has been,
however, to an essential degree only in the East, as will appear from what
we have already seen when we were called on to discuss the symbolic type
of art. To an exceptional degree we may say that the constructions of the
more ancient art of Babylonia, India, and Egypt—which we have now
before us to some extent only in ruins, ruins which have been able to defy
all ages and their revolutions, and which excite our wonder and
astonishment as much on account of what is wholly fantastic in their forms
as in virtue of their extraordinary proportions and mass—either completely
bear this character, or in great measure are derived from it. They are works
essentially just as abstract, the material medium as it is—which is at once
massive and ponderous—a material which is no doubt capable of a definite,
but not of an intrinsically concrete and veritably spiritual, content. The
relation between content and sensuous reality, by virtue of which the
content is to pass from the concipient world into that of imagination, can
consequently only be of a symbolical type. At the same time, however, a
building, which purports to declare a general significance for others, stands
there for no other purpose save that of essentially expressing this loftier
aspect, and is consequently an independent symbol of a thought that goes
straight to its essential import, and is of universal validity, a kind of speech
which is present to spiritual life on its own account, however much it may
not be expressed through sound. The products, therefore, of this type of
architecture are necessarily stimulating to thought of themselves, and
arouse universal concepts, albeit they fail to be the mere envelope and
environment of significances which otherwise possess independent form.
For this reason, however, the form which permits a content of this kind to
appear through it cannot perforce merely pass as symbolic sign, as, for
example, in the case when we raise a cross to a deceased person, or erect
stones in memory of battles. For signs of this character are doubtless
qualified to stimulate ideas, but a cross, or a pile of stones, do not suggest,
in virtue of their own nature, the idea which it is our object to awake, but
are just as able to remind us of much else entirely different. This distinction
constitutes the general notion of the stage now discussed[35].
With regard to this it may be affirmed that entire nations have known how
to express their profoundest requirements in no other way than by the arts
of building, or at least pre-eminently in an architectonic way. This has been,
however, to an essential degree only in the East, as will appear from what
we have already seen when we were called on to discuss the symbolic type
of art. To an exceptional degree we may say that the constructions of the
more ancient art of Babylonia, India, and Egypt—which we have now
before us to some extent only in ruins, ruins which have been able to defy
all ages and their revolutions, and which excite our wonder and
astonishment as much on account of what is wholly fantastic in their forms
as in virtue of their extraordinary proportions and mass—either completely
bear this character, or in great measure are derived from it. They are works
Page 47
whose construction enlists at certain periods of history the entire activity
and life of nations.
If, however, we inquire more closely into the classification proposed by this
chapter and the heads of subject-matter comprised in it, we shall find that
the point of departure in this kind of architecture is not, as in the case of the
classic or romantic type, from definite forms similar to that of the house. In
other words we have here no independently secure content, and with it no
secure mode of embodiment, advanced as the principle thereof, which is
forthwith related in its further development to the entire range of the
different constructions. Rather the significances which are accepted as
content remain, as in the case of the symbolic type generally, likewise
inchoate and general conceptions, elementary, in many respects separated
and interfused abstractions of natural life mingled with thoughts of spiritual
activity, without being, ideally concentrated to a focus as the evolved states
of one mind[36]. This aspect of dissolution gives them the appearance of the
greatest variety and change, and the object of such architecture merely
consists in emphasizing in its presentation first one aspect and then another,
in making such symbolical, and, by means of human labour, making such
symbolism apparent to us. Before a multiplicity of content such as this we
cannot pretend in this discussion to be either exhaustive or systematic. I
shall limit myself to an attempt, so far as this is possible, to bring simply
that which is of most importance into connection with a rational
classification.
The prominent features of such a survey may be thus briefly enumerated.
As content our demand was for modes of view of a wholly general
character, in which peoples and individuals possess an ideal resting-place, a
point, a unity for consciousness. The proximate object, therefore, of such
independent and self-substantive construction is simply to raise some work,
which forms the unity of a nation or nations, a place in which its life may be
concentrated. We may also find along with this the further object more
nearly associated, to present by means of this very embodiment, that which
generally unites mankind, in other words the religious ideas of nations, by
virtue of which works of this kind receive likewise a more definite content
for their symbolical expression.
and life of nations.
If, however, we inquire more closely into the classification proposed by this
chapter and the heads of subject-matter comprised in it, we shall find that
the point of departure in this kind of architecture is not, as in the case of the
classic or romantic type, from definite forms similar to that of the house. In
other words we have here no independently secure content, and with it no
secure mode of embodiment, advanced as the principle thereof, which is
forthwith related in its further development to the entire range of the
different constructions. Rather the significances which are accepted as
content remain, as in the case of the symbolic type generally, likewise
inchoate and general conceptions, elementary, in many respects separated
and interfused abstractions of natural life mingled with thoughts of spiritual
activity, without being, ideally concentrated to a focus as the evolved states
of one mind[36]. This aspect of dissolution gives them the appearance of the
greatest variety and change, and the object of such architecture merely
consists in emphasizing in its presentation first one aspect and then another,
in making such symbolical, and, by means of human labour, making such
symbolism apparent to us. Before a multiplicity of content such as this we
cannot pretend in this discussion to be either exhaustive or systematic. I
shall limit myself to an attempt, so far as this is possible, to bring simply
that which is of most importance into connection with a rational
classification.
The prominent features of such a survey may be thus briefly enumerated.
As content our demand was for modes of view of a wholly general
character, in which peoples and individuals possess an ideal resting-place, a
point, a unity for consciousness. The proximate object, therefore, of such
independent and self-substantive construction is simply to raise some work,
which forms the unity of a nation or nations, a place in which its life may be
concentrated. We may also find along with this the further object more
nearly associated, to present by means of this very embodiment, that which
generally unites mankind, in other words the religious ideas of nations, by
virtue of which works of this kind receive likewise a more definite content
for their symbolical expression.
Page 48
Furthermore, in the second place, such an architecture is unable to remain
fixed within the limits of this incipient determination of its entire content;
the symbolical images tend to become isolated; the symbolical content of
their signification is more closely defined, and by this means we find that
the distinctions of their forms tend to come into more assured prominence,
as for instance we see in the case of the Lingam columns, obelisks, and
other examples of this kind. From another point of view the art of building,
in the spirit of such isolated self-subsistency, presses forward in its passage
to sculpture, its acceptance of organic animal forms or human figures, its
enlargement of either and association of both of them, however, on a
prodigious scale, in its further addition of walls, doors and passages, and
throughout in its treatment of what is adapted to sculpture in such objects in
an entirely architectonic manner. The Sphinxes, Memnons, and enormous
temples of Egypt come under this category.
Thirdly, this symbolical art of building begins to present the transitional
stage to the classic type. In other words it excludes sculpture from its
immediate province, and sets about constructing itself as a receptacle for
other significances, which are themselves not merely expressed under an
architectonic mode. That the reader may better understand the process thus
indicated I will recall to memory a few famous examples of such buildings.
1. ARCHITECTURAL WORKS ERECTED WITH THE OBJECT OF UNITING PEOPLES
"What is holy?" is a question raised by Goethe in a certain distich, and the
answer he gives is: "that which binds together many souls." In this sense we
may affirm that what is sacred, together with the end expressed in the above
association, and as such association, has actually formed the primary
content of self-subsistent building and the art of such. The earliest example
of this we may take from the story of the building of the tower of Babylon.
In the broad expanse of the Euphrates valley we are told that mankind
erected an enormous architectural work. It is built by the labour of a
community, and this public character of its construction is at the same time
the end and content of the work itself. And what is equally true is this, that
this foundation of an association of communal labour is no mere unity of a
patriarchal stamp; on the contrary we find here that the mere unity of the
family is precisely that which is set on one side, and this building, which is
raised to the heavens, is the objective presentment of the dissolution of the
fixed within the limits of this incipient determination of its entire content;
the symbolical images tend to become isolated; the symbolical content of
their signification is more closely defined, and by this means we find that
the distinctions of their forms tend to come into more assured prominence,
as for instance we see in the case of the Lingam columns, obelisks, and
other examples of this kind. From another point of view the art of building,
in the spirit of such isolated self-subsistency, presses forward in its passage
to sculpture, its acceptance of organic animal forms or human figures, its
enlargement of either and association of both of them, however, on a
prodigious scale, in its further addition of walls, doors and passages, and
throughout in its treatment of what is adapted to sculpture in such objects in
an entirely architectonic manner. The Sphinxes, Memnons, and enormous
temples of Egypt come under this category.
Thirdly, this symbolical art of building begins to present the transitional
stage to the classic type. In other words it excludes sculpture from its
immediate province, and sets about constructing itself as a receptacle for
other significances, which are themselves not merely expressed under an
architectonic mode. That the reader may better understand the process thus
indicated I will recall to memory a few famous examples of such buildings.
1. ARCHITECTURAL WORKS ERECTED WITH THE OBJECT OF UNITING PEOPLES
"What is holy?" is a question raised by Goethe in a certain distich, and the
answer he gives is: "that which binds together many souls." In this sense we
may affirm that what is sacred, together with the end expressed in the above
association, and as such association, has actually formed the primary
content of self-subsistent building and the art of such. The earliest example
of this we may take from the story of the building of the tower of Babylon.
In the broad expanse of the Euphrates valley we are told that mankind
erected an enormous architectural work. It is built by the labour of a
community, and this public character of its construction is at the same time
the end and content of the work itself. And what is equally true is this, that
this foundation of an association of communal labour is no mere unity of a
patriarchal stamp; on the contrary we find here that the mere unity of the
family is precisely that which is set on one side, and this building, which is
raised to the heavens, is the objective presentment of the dissolution of the
Page 49
more primitive type of unity and the realization of another of more
expansive range. The collective activity of peoples belonging to that age
worked in it; and, in proportion as they came together in order to
accomplish a building of prodigious size, the product of their activity came
to be the band, which, on the ground and soil they had thus selected, and by
means of the accumulated mass of stone and the architectural construction
on the land—just as in our case morality, custom, and the lawful
constitution of State-life—bound them in unity together. A building of this
kind is in consequence also symbolical for the reason that it merely
suggests the band of unity which it is, because it is only able, by means of
its form and content, to express the sacred unity which unites men in an
external way. It is also equally a part of this tradition that the communities
have once more split apart from the centre of attraction which united them
on a work of this external character.
A further and yet more important building, which has, too, already a more
reliable historical basis, is the temple of Belus, of which Herodotus informs
us[37]. We will not here inquire in what relation this stands to that of
Biblical tradition. It is impossible to call this structure, taking it as a whole,
a temple in any ordinary meaning of that term; rather we should call it a
temple enclosure in the form of a square, each side of which was two stadia
long, with brazen gates for means of entry. In the centre of this sacred place,
according to Herodotus, who had actually seen this colossal work, a tower
of thick walls (with no interior, solid throughout, in other words a πέργος
στερεός) was built, both in length and breadth a stadium: on this was placed
yet another, and again another on that, and so on, eight towers in all. On the
outside of this a roadway was made to the top; and it appears that halfway
up to the summit was a place of rest with benches on which all who
ascended could rest themselves. On the summit, however, of the last tower
there was a huge temple, and in the temple was a great bench, well
cushioned, and before it stood a gold table. No statue, however, was placed
in the temple. No one was permitted to be there at night with the exception
of the attendant women, who, according to the statements of the
Chaldaeans, the priests of this god, were selected by him pre-eminently for
service. The priests further maintained (c. 182) that the temple was visited
by the god, who rested on the bench made for him. Herodotus, it is true,
also states (c. 183) that below within this sanctuary there was yet another
temple, in which was placed a great image of the god of gold, together with
expansive range. The collective activity of peoples belonging to that age
worked in it; and, in proportion as they came together in order to
accomplish a building of prodigious size, the product of their activity came
to be the band, which, on the ground and soil they had thus selected, and by
means of the accumulated mass of stone and the architectural construction
on the land—just as in our case morality, custom, and the lawful
constitution of State-life—bound them in unity together. A building of this
kind is in consequence also symbolical for the reason that it merely
suggests the band of unity which it is, because it is only able, by means of
its form and content, to express the sacred unity which unites men in an
external way. It is also equally a part of this tradition that the communities
have once more split apart from the centre of attraction which united them
on a work of this external character.
A further and yet more important building, which has, too, already a more
reliable historical basis, is the temple of Belus, of which Herodotus informs
us[37]. We will not here inquire in what relation this stands to that of
Biblical tradition. It is impossible to call this structure, taking it as a whole,
a temple in any ordinary meaning of that term; rather we should call it a
temple enclosure in the form of a square, each side of which was two stadia
long, with brazen gates for means of entry. In the centre of this sacred place,
according to Herodotus, who had actually seen this colossal work, a tower
of thick walls (with no interior, solid throughout, in other words a πέργος
στερεός) was built, both in length and breadth a stadium: on this was placed
yet another, and again another on that, and so on, eight towers in all. On the
outside of this a roadway was made to the top; and it appears that halfway
up to the summit was a place of rest with benches on which all who
ascended could rest themselves. On the summit, however, of the last tower
there was a huge temple, and in the temple was a great bench, well
cushioned, and before it stood a gold table. No statue, however, was placed
in the temple. No one was permitted to be there at night with the exception
of the attendant women, who, according to the statements of the
Chaldaeans, the priests of this god, were selected by him pre-eminently for
service. The priests further maintained (c. 182) that the temple was visited
by the god, who rested on the bench made for him. Herodotus, it is true,
also states (c. 183) that below within this sanctuary there was yet another
temple, in which was placed a great image of the god of gold, together with
Page 50
a huge golden table before it, and at the same time refers to two great altars
outside the temple on which the sacrifices were made. Notwithstanding
these facts it is impossible to picture this gigantic building as a temple
either in the Greek or modern sense of the term. For the first seven cubic
towers are solid throughout, and it is only the eighth one at the summit
which serves as a resting-chamber for the invisible god, who received
therein no obeisance either from priesthood or the community. His image
was below outside the building, so that the entire construction was raised in
really independent and self-contained form, and did not subserve the objects
of religious ritual, although it is no longer a purely abstract point of unity
that we find here but a sanctuary. The form remains no doubt subject to
accidental causes, or it receives its determinate character purely on account
of the material security of the cube form; at the same time we have
evidence of a demand which seeks for a significance which may supply a
determinate relation to it more directly symbolical and applicable to the
work taken as a whole. We must look for this, though this is not a point
expressly adverted to by Herodotus, in the number of the massive floors.
There are seven of them with an eighth superposed for the nightly abode of
the god. This number of seven in all probability symbolizes the seven
planets and spheres of heaven.
We find also in Media cities built in accordance with such a symbolism.
There is, for example, Ecbatana with its seven encircling walls, of which
Herodotus[38] states that in part by virtue of the height of the elevation on
the slope of which the city was built, and in part intentionally and by
artificial means, they were higher one than the other, and their battlements
were coloured differently. White was on the first, black on the second,
purple on the third, blue on the fourth, red on the fifth; the sixth, however,
was coated with silver, and the seventh with gold, and within this last stood
the royal stronghold and its treasure. "Ecbatana," remarks Creuzer, in his
work on Symbolism, when referring to this type of building[39], "that
Median city, and its royal stronghold in the centre, with its seven circles of
walls and its battlements of seven different colours, represents the spheres
of heaven which enclose the stronghold of the sun."
2. ARCHITECTURAL WORKS INTERMEDIATE BETWEEN THE ARTS OF BUILDING AND SCULPTURE
outside the temple on which the sacrifices were made. Notwithstanding
these facts it is impossible to picture this gigantic building as a temple
either in the Greek or modern sense of the term. For the first seven cubic
towers are solid throughout, and it is only the eighth one at the summit
which serves as a resting-chamber for the invisible god, who received
therein no obeisance either from priesthood or the community. His image
was below outside the building, so that the entire construction was raised in
really independent and self-contained form, and did not subserve the objects
of religious ritual, although it is no longer a purely abstract point of unity
that we find here but a sanctuary. The form remains no doubt subject to
accidental causes, or it receives its determinate character purely on account
of the material security of the cube form; at the same time we have
evidence of a demand which seeks for a significance which may supply a
determinate relation to it more directly symbolical and applicable to the
work taken as a whole. We must look for this, though this is not a point
expressly adverted to by Herodotus, in the number of the massive floors.
There are seven of them with an eighth superposed for the nightly abode of
the god. This number of seven in all probability symbolizes the seven
planets and spheres of heaven.
We find also in Media cities built in accordance with such a symbolism.
There is, for example, Ecbatana with its seven encircling walls, of which
Herodotus[38] states that in part by virtue of the height of the elevation on
the slope of which the city was built, and in part intentionally and by
artificial means, they were higher one than the other, and their battlements
were coloured differently. White was on the first, black on the second,
purple on the third, blue on the fourth, red on the fifth; the sixth, however,
was coated with silver, and the seventh with gold, and within this last stood
the royal stronghold and its treasure. "Ecbatana," remarks Creuzer, in his
work on Symbolism, when referring to this type of building[39], "that
Median city, and its royal stronghold in the centre, with its seven circles of
walls and its battlements of seven different colours, represents the spheres
of heaven which enclose the stronghold of the sun."
2. ARCHITECTURAL WORKS INTERMEDIATE BETWEEN THE ARTS OF BUILDING AND SCULPTURE
Page 51
The first point we have to consider in the further development of our
subject consists in this, that architecture accepts for its content significances
that are more concrete, and aims at their more symbolical presentation in
accordance with forms that are similarly more concrete, which, however,
whether we take the case of their insulation[40], or collective accretion in
gigantic buildings, they do not make use of in the way sculpture makes use
of them, but architectonically in their own independent province. In the case
of this present type we have to direct our attention to more specific facts,
although all that we advance can put in no pretension to completeness, or an
a priori development for the reason that art in so far as it proceeds in its
products to embrace the full range of the actual, that is the historical ways
of comprehending the world and its religious conceptions, is lost in aspects
of a contingent character. The fundamental definition of the type is simply
this, that we have a confused blend of sculpture and architecture, albeit the
art of building is that which permeates all and predominates.
(a) We had occasion before, when discussing the symbolic type of art, to
mention the fact that in the East it is frequently the universal living force of
Nature, that is, not the spirituality and might of consciousness, but the
productive energy of generation, which is emphasized and revered. More
particularly in India this religious attitude was universal; also from its
sources in Phrygia and Syria under the image of the great goddess, the
fructifyer, a conception was derived which the Greeks themselves accepted.
Still more closely considered this conception of the universally productive
energy of Nature was represented and held sacred in the form of the organs
of sex, Phallus and Lingam. This cultus was in the main promulgated in
India, albeit also, as we learn from Herodotus, it was not wholly foreign to
Egypt. At any rate we meet with something of the kind in the festivals of
Dionysus. According to the statement of Herodotus, "they have invented
other puppets as substitutes for the phalli of an ell's length, which the
women draw about with a string, on which we find the sexual member no
smaller in size than the rest of the body." The Greeks accepted a similar
ministration, and Herodotus expressly informs us (c. 49) that Melampus had
knowledge of the Egyptian sacrificial festival of Dionysus, and had
introduced the phallus which was carried about in honour of the god. It was
in India especially that the worship of the energy of generation assumed the
exterior shape and significance of the organs of sex. Enormous columnar
images were in this respect raised of stone as massive as towers and
subject consists in this, that architecture accepts for its content significances
that are more concrete, and aims at their more symbolical presentation in
accordance with forms that are similarly more concrete, which, however,
whether we take the case of their insulation[40], or collective accretion in
gigantic buildings, they do not make use of in the way sculpture makes use
of them, but architectonically in their own independent province. In the case
of this present type we have to direct our attention to more specific facts,
although all that we advance can put in no pretension to completeness, or an
a priori development for the reason that art in so far as it proceeds in its
products to embrace the full range of the actual, that is the historical ways
of comprehending the world and its religious conceptions, is lost in aspects
of a contingent character. The fundamental definition of the type is simply
this, that we have a confused blend of sculpture and architecture, albeit the
art of building is that which permeates all and predominates.
(a) We had occasion before, when discussing the symbolic type of art, to
mention the fact that in the East it is frequently the universal living force of
Nature, that is, not the spirituality and might of consciousness, but the
productive energy of generation, which is emphasized and revered. More
particularly in India this religious attitude was universal; also from its
sources in Phrygia and Syria under the image of the great goddess, the
fructifyer, a conception was derived which the Greeks themselves accepted.
Still more closely considered this conception of the universally productive
energy of Nature was represented and held sacred in the form of the organs
of sex, Phallus and Lingam. This cultus was in the main promulgated in
India, albeit also, as we learn from Herodotus, it was not wholly foreign to
Egypt. At any rate we meet with something of the kind in the festivals of
Dionysus. According to the statement of Herodotus, "they have invented
other puppets as substitutes for the phalli of an ell's length, which the
women draw about with a string, on which we find the sexual member no
smaller in size than the rest of the body." The Greeks accepted a similar
ministration, and Herodotus expressly informs us (c. 49) that Melampus had
knowledge of the Egyptian sacrificial festival of Dionysus, and had
introduced the phallus which was carried about in honour of the god. It was
in India especially that the worship of the energy of generation assumed the
exterior shape and significance of the organs of sex. Enormous columnar
images were in this respect raised of stone as massive as towers and
Page 52
broadening out at the base. Originally they were themselves independently
the aim and objects of such worship; only at a later time it became
customary to make openings and hollow chambers within them and deposit
in these divine images, a custom which was maintained in the Hermes
figures of the Greeks, little temple shrines that could be carried. The point
of departure, however, in India was the phallus pillars, which had no such
hollows, and which only at a later date were divided into a shell and kernel,
growing thus into pagodas. For the genuine Indian pagodas, which should
be distinguished essentially from later Mohammedan or other imitations, do
not originate in the form of the dwelling, but are narrow and lofty, and
receive their fundamental type from these columnar constructions. We find
a similar significance and form also once more in the conception of the
mountain Meru as expanded by Hindoo imagination, which is conceived as
twirling stick in the sea of milk, and is the creative source of the world.
Herodotus mentions similar columns, some constructed in the shape of the
male, others in that of the female organ. He ascribes their construction[41] to
Sesostris, who erected them everywhere on his military expeditions against
all the peoples he conquered. The majority of such pillars no longer existed
in the days of Herodotus. It was only in Syria that the historian[42] had
himself seen them. However, the fact that he ascribes them all to Sesostris is
merely based on the tradition he adopts. Moreover, his explanation is
wholly Greek in its colour; he converts the natural significance into one of
ethical import and in this sense informs us: "In cases where Sesostris during
his expedition crossed nations which were brave in battle, he set up pillars
in their land together with inscriptions, which gave his own name and
nation, and indicated that he had subdued these peoples. Where, on the
contrary, he overcame without opposition, he indicated on such pillars the
female organ of sex without attaching an inscription in order to declare the
fact that these nations had been cowards in battle."
(b) We find further constructions of a similar nature, intermediate, that is,
between sculpture and architecture, principally in Egypt. With these we
may include, for example, the obelisks, which do not, it is true, borrow their
form from the living organisms of Nature, such as plants, animals, or the
human form, but are of a form wholly subject to geometrical rule, yet at the
same time no longer constructed expressly as subservient to the human
dwelling or temple, but are erected in free and independent self-subsistency,
the aim and objects of such worship; only at a later time it became
customary to make openings and hollow chambers within them and deposit
in these divine images, a custom which was maintained in the Hermes
figures of the Greeks, little temple shrines that could be carried. The point
of departure, however, in India was the phallus pillars, which had no such
hollows, and which only at a later date were divided into a shell and kernel,
growing thus into pagodas. For the genuine Indian pagodas, which should
be distinguished essentially from later Mohammedan or other imitations, do
not originate in the form of the dwelling, but are narrow and lofty, and
receive their fundamental type from these columnar constructions. We find
a similar significance and form also once more in the conception of the
mountain Meru as expanded by Hindoo imagination, which is conceived as
twirling stick in the sea of milk, and is the creative source of the world.
Herodotus mentions similar columns, some constructed in the shape of the
male, others in that of the female organ. He ascribes their construction[41] to
Sesostris, who erected them everywhere on his military expeditions against
all the peoples he conquered. The majority of such pillars no longer existed
in the days of Herodotus. It was only in Syria that the historian[42] had
himself seen them. However, the fact that he ascribes them all to Sesostris is
merely based on the tradition he adopts. Moreover, his explanation is
wholly Greek in its colour; he converts the natural significance into one of
ethical import and in this sense informs us: "In cases where Sesostris during
his expedition crossed nations which were brave in battle, he set up pillars
in their land together with inscriptions, which gave his own name and
nation, and indicated that he had subdued these peoples. Where, on the
contrary, he overcame without opposition, he indicated on such pillars the
female organ of sex without attaching an inscription in order to declare the
fact that these nations had been cowards in battle."
(b) We find further constructions of a similar nature, intermediate, that is,
between sculpture and architecture, principally in Egypt. With these we
may include, for example, the obelisks, which do not, it is true, borrow their
form from the living organisms of Nature, such as plants, animals, or the
human form, but are of a form wholly subject to geometrical rule, yet at the
same time no longer constructed expressly as subservient to the human
dwelling or temple, but are erected in free and independent self-subsistency,
Page 53
and possess the symbolical significance of the solar rays. "Mithras,"
maintains Creuzer, "the Mede or Persian, rules in the solar city of Egypt[43],
and is there prompted by a dream to build obelisks, that is to say solar rays
in stone, and to inscribe on them letters which are known as Egyptian."
Pliny had already attached this import to obelisks[44]. They were dedicated
to the sun's divinity, whose rays they were intended to catch and at the same
time to reflect. Also we find that in the images set up in Persia we have rays
of fire which ascend from columns[45].
After obelisks we should mention as most important the sculptured
Memnons. The huge statues of Memnon of Thebes, of which Strabo was
still able to see one fully preserved and made from a single stone, while the
other, which uttered a sound at setting of the sun, was already in his day
mutilated, possessed the human form. They were two seated colossal human
figures in their grandiose and massive proportions rather inorganically and
architectonically designed than in the strict sense sculptured, as also appears
in the case of the linear arrangement of the Memnon columns, and,
inasmuch as they are only valid in such equable order and size, they wholly
digress from the aim of sculpture and are subject to the art of building.
Hirt[46] refers the colossal melodious statue, which Pausanias states the
Egyptians regarded as the image of Phamenoph, not so much to deity as to a
king, who possessed in it his monument, as Osymandyas and others in a
similar way. It is, however, quite possible that these imposing images
supplied a more definite or indefinite conception of something universal.
Both Egyptians and Aethiopians worshipped Memnon, the son of the Dawn,
and sacrificed to him on the first appearance of the solar rays by means of
which the image greeted with its vocal sound the worshippers. Producing as
it did vocal sound it is not merely in virtue of its form of importance and
interest, but by reason of its nature as a living, significant and revealing
thing, albeit the mode of revelation is purely one of symbolic suggestion.
This relation we have pointed out in the case of these statues of Memnon is
equally true in that of the Sphinxes, which we have already discussed in our
reference to their symbolic significance. We find these Sphinxes in Egypt
not merely in extraordinary numbers but also of stupendous size. One of the
most famous of them is the one which is situated in close proximity to the
Cairo group of pyramids. Its length is 148 metres, its height from the claws
to the head is 65 metres; the feet that repose in front, measured from the
maintains Creuzer, "the Mede or Persian, rules in the solar city of Egypt[43],
and is there prompted by a dream to build obelisks, that is to say solar rays
in stone, and to inscribe on them letters which are known as Egyptian."
Pliny had already attached this import to obelisks[44]. They were dedicated
to the sun's divinity, whose rays they were intended to catch and at the same
time to reflect. Also we find that in the images set up in Persia we have rays
of fire which ascend from columns[45].
After obelisks we should mention as most important the sculptured
Memnons. The huge statues of Memnon of Thebes, of which Strabo was
still able to see one fully preserved and made from a single stone, while the
other, which uttered a sound at setting of the sun, was already in his day
mutilated, possessed the human form. They were two seated colossal human
figures in their grandiose and massive proportions rather inorganically and
architectonically designed than in the strict sense sculptured, as also appears
in the case of the linear arrangement of the Memnon columns, and,
inasmuch as they are only valid in such equable order and size, they wholly
digress from the aim of sculpture and are subject to the art of building.
Hirt[46] refers the colossal melodious statue, which Pausanias states the
Egyptians regarded as the image of Phamenoph, not so much to deity as to a
king, who possessed in it his monument, as Osymandyas and others in a
similar way. It is, however, quite possible that these imposing images
supplied a more definite or indefinite conception of something universal.
Both Egyptians and Aethiopians worshipped Memnon, the son of the Dawn,
and sacrificed to him on the first appearance of the solar rays by means of
which the image greeted with its vocal sound the worshippers. Producing as
it did vocal sound it is not merely in virtue of its form of importance and
interest, but by reason of its nature as a living, significant and revealing
thing, albeit the mode of revelation is purely one of symbolic suggestion.
This relation we have pointed out in the case of these statues of Memnon is
equally true in that of the Sphinxes, which we have already discussed in our
reference to their symbolic significance. We find these Sphinxes in Egypt
not merely in extraordinary numbers but also of stupendous size. One of the
most famous of them is the one which is situated in close proximity to the
Cairo group of pyramids. Its length is 148 metres, its height from the claws
to the head is 65 metres; the feet that repose in front, measured from the
Page 54
breast to the points of the claws, are 57 metres, and the height of the claws
8 metres. This enormous mass of rock, however, has not in the first instance
been excavated and then carried to the place now occupied by it. On the
contrary, the excavations which have been made to its foundations prove
that the foundation consists of limestone, and in a manner which showed
that the entire huge work was hewn from one rock of which it only forms a
portion. This enormous image more nearly approaches, it is true, genuine
sculpture in its colossal proportions; it is, however, equally true that the
Sphinxes were also set side by side linearly in passages, in which position
they, too, receive a wholly architectonic character.
(c) Such independent figures are, as a rule, not only to be found in isolation,
but are supplemented by the construction of large buildings resembling the
temple type, labyrinths, subterranean excavations of every kind, or amongst
other things are utilized in masses and surrounded by walls.
The first thing we may remark with regard to the temple enclosures of
Egypt is this that the fundamental character of this huge type of
architecture, detailed information as to which we have latterly received in
the main from French writers, consists in this that they are constructions
open to the day, without roofing, doors, passages between partitions[47], and
above all, between columned halls, entire forests of columns. They are
works, in short, of the greatest range and variety of interior construction
which, without serving as the habitation of a god, or a communion of
worshippers, independently by this self-consistent operation appeal to the
wonder of our imaginations quite as much in the colossal size of their
proportions and masses, as through the fact that their isolated forms and
images make an independent and exclusive claim to our interest. Such
forms and images are in truth placed there as symbols for significances
which are strictly universal in their import, or in the position they occupy as
representing literature, in so far, that is, as they declare such significances
not through the manner of their form, but by means of writings, works of
imaginative form which are engraved on their surfaces. We may in part
describe these gigantic buildings as a collection of sculptured images; for
the most part, however, these appear in such a number and with such
repetition of one and the same form, that the arrangement becomes one of a
series, and it is only in this kind of line and order that they receive what is
precisely their architectonic definition, which becomes, however, once more
8 metres. This enormous mass of rock, however, has not in the first instance
been excavated and then carried to the place now occupied by it. On the
contrary, the excavations which have been made to its foundations prove
that the foundation consists of limestone, and in a manner which showed
that the entire huge work was hewn from one rock of which it only forms a
portion. This enormous image more nearly approaches, it is true, genuine
sculpture in its colossal proportions; it is, however, equally true that the
Sphinxes were also set side by side linearly in passages, in which position
they, too, receive a wholly architectonic character.
(c) Such independent figures are, as a rule, not only to be found in isolation,
but are supplemented by the construction of large buildings resembling the
temple type, labyrinths, subterranean excavations of every kind, or amongst
other things are utilized in masses and surrounded by walls.
The first thing we may remark with regard to the temple enclosures of
Egypt is this that the fundamental character of this huge type of
architecture, detailed information as to which we have latterly received in
the main from French writers, consists in this that they are constructions
open to the day, without roofing, doors, passages between partitions[47], and
above all, between columned halls, entire forests of columns. They are
works, in short, of the greatest range and variety of interior construction
which, without serving as the habitation of a god, or a communion of
worshippers, independently by this self-consistent operation appeal to the
wonder of our imaginations quite as much in the colossal size of their
proportions and masses, as through the fact that their isolated forms and
images make an independent and exclusive claim to our interest. Such
forms and images are in truth placed there as symbols for significances
which are strictly universal in their import, or in the position they occupy as
representing literature, in so far, that is, as they declare such significances
not through the manner of their form, but by means of writings, works of
imaginative form which are engraved on their surfaces. We may in part
describe these gigantic buildings as a collection of sculptured images; for
the most part, however, these appear in such a number and with such
repetition of one and the same form, that the arrangement becomes one of a
series, and it is only in this kind of line and order that they receive what is
precisely their architectonic definition, which becomes, however, once more
Page 55
an object in itself, and does not merely mean beams and roofing and
nothing beyond them.
The larger constructions of this type start with a paved passage, one
hundred feet broad, according to Strabo's statement, and three or four times
as long. On either side of this approach (δρόμος) stand Sphinxes, in rows of
fifty to a hundred, in height from twenty to thirty feet. After this comes an
imposing and splendid portal (πρόπυλον), narrower at the top than at the
base, with piers and columns of enormous bulk, ten or twenty times higher
than the height of a man; partially isolate and independent, and in part fixed
in walls and gorgeously decorated structures[48], which also stand up
perpendicularly in independence to the height of from fifty to sixty feet,
broader at the bottom than at the top, without being connected with
transverse walls, or carrying entablatures[49], and so constituting a dwelling.
On the contrary, what we find is that, in contrast to vertical walls, which
rather suggest they are built to support a weight, they belong to the
independent mode of architecture. Here and there Memnon images lean
against these walls, which also constitute passages, and are entirely covered
with hieroglyphics and enormous pictures on stone, so that they appeared to
the Frenchmen who recently saw them like printed calico. We may regard
them as so many leaves of books, which by means of their spatial and
limited superficies arouse unlimited astonishment, feeling, and reflection in
the human soul. Doors follow at frequent intervals, and alternate with each
series of Sphinxes; or we find an open spot engirt throughout by a wall with
columned passages to these walls. After that we get a covered place, which
does not serve as a dwelling, but is a forest of pillars, the columns of which
have no roofing but carry slabs of stone. After these Sphinx passages, series
of columns, and structural walls over-flowered with hieroglyphics, after
them a frontage building with wings, before which obelisks are erected and
lions couched; or also, after forecourts, or a cincture of yet more narrow
approaches, we reach the culmination of the entire construction, the real
temple, the sanctuary (σηκὸς), according to Strabo of moderate proportions,
which either contained no image of the god, or merely an animal image.
This dwelling of godhead was now and again a monolith, as Herodotus, for
example, narrates[50] in respect of the temple of Buto. This temple was
worked out of one piece of stone to a length and breadth, which in each of
its walls of equal size measured forty cubits, and as final roof to the same
nothing beyond them.
The larger constructions of this type start with a paved passage, one
hundred feet broad, according to Strabo's statement, and three or four times
as long. On either side of this approach (δρόμος) stand Sphinxes, in rows of
fifty to a hundred, in height from twenty to thirty feet. After this comes an
imposing and splendid portal (πρόπυλον), narrower at the top than at the
base, with piers and columns of enormous bulk, ten or twenty times higher
than the height of a man; partially isolate and independent, and in part fixed
in walls and gorgeously decorated structures[48], which also stand up
perpendicularly in independence to the height of from fifty to sixty feet,
broader at the bottom than at the top, without being connected with
transverse walls, or carrying entablatures[49], and so constituting a dwelling.
On the contrary, what we find is that, in contrast to vertical walls, which
rather suggest they are built to support a weight, they belong to the
independent mode of architecture. Here and there Memnon images lean
against these walls, which also constitute passages, and are entirely covered
with hieroglyphics and enormous pictures on stone, so that they appeared to
the Frenchmen who recently saw them like printed calico. We may regard
them as so many leaves of books, which by means of their spatial and
limited superficies arouse unlimited astonishment, feeling, and reflection in
the human soul. Doors follow at frequent intervals, and alternate with each
series of Sphinxes; or we find an open spot engirt throughout by a wall with
columned passages to these walls. After that we get a covered place, which
does not serve as a dwelling, but is a forest of pillars, the columns of which
have no roofing but carry slabs of stone. After these Sphinx passages, series
of columns, and structural walls over-flowered with hieroglyphics, after
them a frontage building with wings, before which obelisks are erected and
lions couched; or also, after forecourts, or a cincture of yet more narrow
approaches, we reach the culmination of the entire construction, the real
temple, the sanctuary (σηκὸς), according to Strabo of moderate proportions,
which either contained no image of the god, or merely an animal image.
This dwelling of godhead was now and again a monolith, as Herodotus, for
example, narrates[50] in respect of the temple of Buto. This temple was
worked out of one piece of stone to a length and breadth, which in each of
its walls of equal size measured forty cubits, and as final roof to the same
Page 56
was placed a single stone with a cornice of four cubits' breadth. In general,
however, these sanctuaries are so small, that no communion of worshippers
could find room inside. Such a communion, however, is an essential
concomitant of a temple; otherwise the same is merely a box, a treasury, a
place where sacred images are conserved.
To such an extent buildings of this type run on for miles with their rows of
animal figures, their Memnons, their immense doors, their walls and
colonnades of the most stupendous dimensions, some of greater breadth,
some of less, their isolated obelisks and much else, that while we wander
within works so huge and so calculated to excite our surprise, which in part
possess merely a more restricted purpose in the diverse activities of the
system of culture to which they belong the question is irresistible, what
these masses of stone have to tell us of the Divine they secrete. For on
closer inspection symbolical meanings are everywhere in-woven in these
constructions in that the number of Sphinxes and Memnons, the position of
columns and passages have relation to the days of the year, the twelve signs
of the Zodiac, the seven planets, the great periods of the lunar cycle and
other phenomena. To some extent we find here that sculpture has not yet
freed itself from architecture; and in some degree again the really
architectonic aspect of measure, interval, number of columns, walls, steps,
and so forth is so treated, that the real object of these relations is not to be
found in their own intrinsic character, that is, in their symmetry, harmony,
and beauty, but is referable to their symbolical definition. And in this way
all this work of construction asserts itself independently as an object in
itself, as itself a cultus, in which both nation and king are united. Many
works, such as canals, the lake Maeotis, and generally waterworks have a
particular relation to agriculture and the floods of the Nile. An example of
this we have in the statement of Herodotus[51] to the effect that Sesostris
had the entire country, which up to this time had been ridden and driven
over, cut up into canals to provide drinking-water, and in this way made
horses and wagons useless. The main constructions, however, remained
those buildings with a religious purpose, which the Egyptians instinctively
piled up much as the bees do their cells. Their property was regulated[52],
their other social conditions equally so, the soil of the country was
extraordinarily fruitful, and required no laborious cultivation, so that we
may almost say their agriculture merely consisted in sowing and harvest.
however, these sanctuaries are so small, that no communion of worshippers
could find room inside. Such a communion, however, is an essential
concomitant of a temple; otherwise the same is merely a box, a treasury, a
place where sacred images are conserved.
To such an extent buildings of this type run on for miles with their rows of
animal figures, their Memnons, their immense doors, their walls and
colonnades of the most stupendous dimensions, some of greater breadth,
some of less, their isolated obelisks and much else, that while we wander
within works so huge and so calculated to excite our surprise, which in part
possess merely a more restricted purpose in the diverse activities of the
system of culture to which they belong the question is irresistible, what
these masses of stone have to tell us of the Divine they secrete. For on
closer inspection symbolical meanings are everywhere in-woven in these
constructions in that the number of Sphinxes and Memnons, the position of
columns and passages have relation to the days of the year, the twelve signs
of the Zodiac, the seven planets, the great periods of the lunar cycle and
other phenomena. To some extent we find here that sculpture has not yet
freed itself from architecture; and in some degree again the really
architectonic aspect of measure, interval, number of columns, walls, steps,
and so forth is so treated, that the real object of these relations is not to be
found in their own intrinsic character, that is, in their symmetry, harmony,
and beauty, but is referable to their symbolical definition. And in this way
all this work of construction asserts itself independently as an object in
itself, as itself a cultus, in which both nation and king are united. Many
works, such as canals, the lake Maeotis, and generally waterworks have a
particular relation to agriculture and the floods of the Nile. An example of
this we have in the statement of Herodotus[51] to the effect that Sesostris
had the entire country, which up to this time had been ridden and driven
over, cut up into canals to provide drinking-water, and in this way made
horses and wagons useless. The main constructions, however, remained
those buildings with a religious purpose, which the Egyptians instinctively
piled up much as the bees do their cells. Their property was regulated[52],
their other social conditions equally so, the soil of the country was
extraordinarily fruitful, and required no laborious cultivation, so that we
may almost say their agriculture merely consisted in sowing and harvest.
Page 57
We hear little of other interests and exploits, such as are common to nations,
and, with the exception of the tales of the priesthood with reference to the
maritime undertakings of Sesostris, we have no account of sea voyages.
Speaking generally, the Egyptians restricted their efforts to this work of
construction within their own country. It is, however, what we have called
self-substantive and symbolical architecture which forms the fundamental
type of their imposing works and for this reason that the human ideal, the
spiritual in its aims and external forms, has not as yet come to self-
knowledge, or constituted itself the object and product of its free activity.
Self-consciousness has not as yet ripened in the fruit, is not yet
independently secured, but is restless, seeking, surmising, ever for
producing without absolute satisfaction, and consequently without repose. It
is only in the form that is commensurate with Spirit that mind essentially at
home with itself finds satisfaction and finds its true definition in what it
produces. The symbolical work of art on the contrary remains more or less
indefinite. Among such creations of the Egyptian art of building we may
include the so-called labyrinths, courts with columned approaches,
circumambient paths between partitions, which entwine about in a
mysterious fashion, but whose confusing intricacy is not constructed with
the puerile object to make the means of exit a problem, but to create for the
senses an intricate mode of motion that is dominated by mysteries of
symbolical import. For these paths, as we have already indicated, imitate in
their course that of the heavenly bodies and embody the same for
imagination. They are in part constructed above the ground and in part
underneath it, and in addition to their passages are furnished with chambers
and halls of enormous size, whose walls are covered with hieroglyphics.
The largest labyrinth which Herodotus himself saw was not far from the
lake Maeris. He affirms[53] that its size exceeded his powers of description,
and it surpassed the pyramids themselves. The building he ascribes to the
twelve kings, and he describes it in the following terms. The entire building
surrounded by one and the same wall consisted of two stories, the one
above and the other beneath the level of the ground. Taken together they
enclosed three thousand chambers, each story containing fifteen hundred.
The upper story which alone Herodotus was able to see was divided into
twelve adjacent courts[54], with doors placed opposite to each other, six
facing the North and six the South, and every court was engirt with a
colonnade, constructed of white and carefully worked stone. From these
and, with the exception of the tales of the priesthood with reference to the
maritime undertakings of Sesostris, we have no account of sea voyages.
Speaking generally, the Egyptians restricted their efforts to this work of
construction within their own country. It is, however, what we have called
self-substantive and symbolical architecture which forms the fundamental
type of their imposing works and for this reason that the human ideal, the
spiritual in its aims and external forms, has not as yet come to self-
knowledge, or constituted itself the object and product of its free activity.
Self-consciousness has not as yet ripened in the fruit, is not yet
independently secured, but is restless, seeking, surmising, ever for
producing without absolute satisfaction, and consequently without repose. It
is only in the form that is commensurate with Spirit that mind essentially at
home with itself finds satisfaction and finds its true definition in what it
produces. The symbolical work of art on the contrary remains more or less
indefinite. Among such creations of the Egyptian art of building we may
include the so-called labyrinths, courts with columned approaches,
circumambient paths between partitions, which entwine about in a
mysterious fashion, but whose confusing intricacy is not constructed with
the puerile object to make the means of exit a problem, but to create for the
senses an intricate mode of motion that is dominated by mysteries of
symbolical import. For these paths, as we have already indicated, imitate in
their course that of the heavenly bodies and embody the same for
imagination. They are in part constructed above the ground and in part
underneath it, and in addition to their passages are furnished with chambers
and halls of enormous size, whose walls are covered with hieroglyphics.
The largest labyrinth which Herodotus himself saw was not far from the
lake Maeris. He affirms[53] that its size exceeded his powers of description,
and it surpassed the pyramids themselves. The building he ascribes to the
twelve kings, and he describes it in the following terms. The entire building
surrounded by one and the same wall consisted of two stories, the one
above and the other beneath the level of the ground. Taken together they
enclosed three thousand chambers, each story containing fifteen hundred.
The upper story which alone Herodotus was able to see was divided into
twelve adjacent courts[54], with doors placed opposite to each other, six
facing the North and six the South, and every court was engirt with a
colonnade, constructed of white and carefully worked stone. From these
Page 58
courts, Herodotus continues, you have ingress to the chambers, and from
these into the halls, and from the halls into other chambers, and from these
chambers into the courts. According to Hirt[55] Herodotus only so far
defines this latter relation to the extent that he places in the first instance the
chambers in juxtaposition to the courts. With regard to the labyrinthine
passages, Herodotus states that the numerous passages through the roofed-
in chambers and the multitudinous incurvations between the courts had
filled him with infinite astonishment. Pliny[56] describes them as obscure
and tedious for a stranger on account of their windings, and when their
doors were opened there was a noise in them like thunder; we also learn
from Strabo, an evidence of importance, for he was an eye-witness no less
than Herodotus, that the labyrinthine passages encircled the court spaces. It
was the Egyptians who mainly built such labyrinths: but we find in
imitation of Egypt a similar one in Crete, though of smaller extent, and also,
too, in the Morea and Malta. Taking into consideration the fact, however,
that, on the one hand, an art of building of this kind in its chambers and
halls already approximated to the dwelling type, while, on the other,
according to the delineation of Herodotus, the subterranean portion of the
labyrinth, an entrance into which was forbidden him, had for its definite
object the sepulchre of the founders of the building and sacred crocodiles—
so that here the essential characteristic of the labyrinth was entirely the
symbolic import in an independent sense—we may find in such works a
point of transition to the form of symbolical architecture, which in its own
constituent parts begins already to approach the classic type of building.
3. THE TRANSITION FROM SELF-SUBSTANTIVE ARCHITECTURE TO THE CLASSICAL TYPE
However stupendous in size the construction we have just considered are
the subterranean architecture of Oriental peoples such as the Hindoos and
Egyptians, which offer many features of resemblance, are still more
imposing and calculated to excite our wonder. Whatever aspect of grandeur
and nobility is in this respect discoverable above ground presents no
parallel to that which among the Hindoos is presented us beneath the earth
in Salsette, which faces Bombay, and in Ellora, that is, in Upper Egypt and
Nubia. In these extraordinary excavations what we have in the earliest
examples exposed is the immediate necessity of an enclosure. The fact that
mankind have sought protection in caves, and made their dwelling there and
these into the halls, and from the halls into other chambers, and from these
chambers into the courts. According to Hirt[55] Herodotus only so far
defines this latter relation to the extent that he places in the first instance the
chambers in juxtaposition to the courts. With regard to the labyrinthine
passages, Herodotus states that the numerous passages through the roofed-
in chambers and the multitudinous incurvations between the courts had
filled him with infinite astonishment. Pliny[56] describes them as obscure
and tedious for a stranger on account of their windings, and when their
doors were opened there was a noise in them like thunder; we also learn
from Strabo, an evidence of importance, for he was an eye-witness no less
than Herodotus, that the labyrinthine passages encircled the court spaces. It
was the Egyptians who mainly built such labyrinths: but we find in
imitation of Egypt a similar one in Crete, though of smaller extent, and also,
too, in the Morea and Malta. Taking into consideration the fact, however,
that, on the one hand, an art of building of this kind in its chambers and
halls already approximated to the dwelling type, while, on the other,
according to the delineation of Herodotus, the subterranean portion of the
labyrinth, an entrance into which was forbidden him, had for its definite
object the sepulchre of the founders of the building and sacred crocodiles—
so that here the essential characteristic of the labyrinth was entirely the
symbolic import in an independent sense—we may find in such works a
point of transition to the form of symbolical architecture, which in its own
constituent parts begins already to approach the classic type of building.
3. THE TRANSITION FROM SELF-SUBSTANTIVE ARCHITECTURE TO THE CLASSICAL TYPE
However stupendous in size the construction we have just considered are
the subterranean architecture of Oriental peoples such as the Hindoos and
Egyptians, which offer many features of resemblance, are still more
imposing and calculated to excite our wonder. Whatever aspect of grandeur
and nobility is in this respect discoverable above ground presents no
parallel to that which among the Hindoos is presented us beneath the earth
in Salsette, which faces Bombay, and in Ellora, that is, in Upper Egypt and
Nubia. In these extraordinary excavations what we have in the earliest
examples exposed is the immediate necessity of an enclosure. The fact that
mankind have sought protection in caves, and made their dwelling there and
Page 59
that entire peoples have possessed no other mode of dwelling is due to the
compelling force of their needs. Caves of this kind existed in the land of
Judaea, where in works of many stories there was room for thousands.
There were also in the Harz mountains in the Rammelsberg near Goslar
chambers, into which men crept for cover, and used to bring their
provisions for safety.
(a) Of an entirely different type, however, are the Hindoo and Egyptian
subterranean constructions to which we have alluded. In some degree they
served as places of assemblage, subterranean cathedrals, and are
constructions whose object was to excite religious wonder and concentrate
the communion of spiritual life; they are united to designs and suggestions
of a symbolical character, colonnades, sphinxes, Memnons, elephants,
colossal images of idols, which, hewn from the bare rock, were as fully left
a component growth of the formless stone as the columns in such
excavations were made to stand out in isolation from it. In front of the walls
of rock these buildings were here and there wholly exposed to the light, in
other parts they were entirely devoid of it, and illuminated merely with
torches, while in other portions light was introduced from above.
Relatively to the super-terranean constructions these excavations appear as
prior in time, so that we may regard the enormous spaces laid out above the
soil as an imitation and efflorescence of similar tracts of land beneath it. In
excavations there is no positive building, but we have rather a given
material taken away. And to nest thus in the ground, to excavate is more
natural to man than to seek for a material, and with it to construct and
inform a mass of buildings. In this respect we may assume the cave to be
utilized prior to the hut or dwelling. Caves are the extension of spatial
covering instead of a limitation of such, or an extension which grows up as
a limit and enclosure, in which the enclosure is already present. The
subterranean construction consequently inclines to start with what is already
present, and, in so far as it leaves the fundamental material as it finds it, is
not erected with the freedom applicable to a configuration raised above the
surface of the soil. In our view, however, these constructions already belong
to a further stage of the art of building, however much they may also have
features of a symbolical type, because they no longer are placed there as
independently symbolical, but already possess the aim or purpose of an
enclosure, a partition, a roof, within which more symbolical figures as such
compelling force of their needs. Caves of this kind existed in the land of
Judaea, where in works of many stories there was room for thousands.
There were also in the Harz mountains in the Rammelsberg near Goslar
chambers, into which men crept for cover, and used to bring their
provisions for safety.
(a) Of an entirely different type, however, are the Hindoo and Egyptian
subterranean constructions to which we have alluded. In some degree they
served as places of assemblage, subterranean cathedrals, and are
constructions whose object was to excite religious wonder and concentrate
the communion of spiritual life; they are united to designs and suggestions
of a symbolical character, colonnades, sphinxes, Memnons, elephants,
colossal images of idols, which, hewn from the bare rock, were as fully left
a component growth of the formless stone as the columns in such
excavations were made to stand out in isolation from it. In front of the walls
of rock these buildings were here and there wholly exposed to the light, in
other parts they were entirely devoid of it, and illuminated merely with
torches, while in other portions light was introduced from above.
Relatively to the super-terranean constructions these excavations appear as
prior in time, so that we may regard the enormous spaces laid out above the
soil as an imitation and efflorescence of similar tracts of land beneath it. In
excavations there is no positive building, but we have rather a given
material taken away. And to nest thus in the ground, to excavate is more
natural to man than to seek for a material, and with it to construct and
inform a mass of buildings. In this respect we may assume the cave to be
utilized prior to the hut or dwelling. Caves are the extension of spatial
covering instead of a limitation of such, or an extension which grows up as
a limit and enclosure, in which the enclosure is already present. The
subterranean construction consequently inclines to start with what is already
present, and, in so far as it leaves the fundamental material as it finds it, is
not erected with the freedom applicable to a configuration raised above the
surface of the soil. In our view, however, these constructions already belong
to a further stage of the art of building, however much they may also have
features of a symbolical type, because they no longer are placed there as
independently symbolical, but already possess the aim or purpose of an
enclosure, a partition, a roof, within which more symbolical figures as such
Page 60
are set up. That which is connoted under the conception of temple and
dwelling, both in the Greek and more modern use of the terms, we have
here in their most natural form.
We may include in the above class the caves of Mithras, although we find
them in a very different locality. The worship and ritual of Mithras
originates in Persia. A cultus, however, of a similar kind was also
promulgated in the Roman Empire. In the Paris Museum we find a very
famous bas-relief, which represents a youth in the act of striking an ox with
a steel weapon. It was discovered in the Roman Capitol in a deep grotto
beneath the temple of Jupiter. In these Mithras caves vaults are also met
with, and passages which on the one hand appear definitely to symbolize by
suggestion the course of the stars, and from another point of view also
(precisely as still in our own time takes place in our free-mason lodges,
where people are conducted through many passages and have to see
dramatic scenes and much else) the ways, which the soul must pass through
in its purification, albeit it may be true enough that this fundamental
meaning is more fully and directly expressed in sculpture and other work
than in architecture simply. In a connection somewhat similar we may also
mention the Roman catacombs, the fundamental idea of whose construction
was certainly something quite other than that of being subservient to
aqueducts, sepulchres or any system of drainage.
(b) In the second place we may seek for our present use a more definite
point of transition from the architecture of independent type in those
constructions which have been raised as housings of the dead, partly in the
form of excavations beneath the ground, and partly as buildings above it.
More particularly among the Egyptians this kind of construction, whether
subterranean or super-terranean, was associated with a realm of the dead,
just as in general among the Egyptians it is a realm of the invisible which in
the first instance receives a habitation and is placed before us. The Hindoo
burns his dead, or suffers their bones to lie and moulder on the earth.
According to the Hindoo's point of view mankind are, or become, god or
gods, whichever way one cares to put it, and we are unable to find in their
case this assured distinction between the living and the dead regarded as
dead. Hindoo constructions, consequently, so far as they do not originate in
Mohammedanism, are not dwellings for the dead, and appear generally to
belong to an earlier period as we assumed was true of the astonishing
dwelling, both in the Greek and more modern use of the terms, we have
here in their most natural form.
We may include in the above class the caves of Mithras, although we find
them in a very different locality. The worship and ritual of Mithras
originates in Persia. A cultus, however, of a similar kind was also
promulgated in the Roman Empire. In the Paris Museum we find a very
famous bas-relief, which represents a youth in the act of striking an ox with
a steel weapon. It was discovered in the Roman Capitol in a deep grotto
beneath the temple of Jupiter. In these Mithras caves vaults are also met
with, and passages which on the one hand appear definitely to symbolize by
suggestion the course of the stars, and from another point of view also
(precisely as still in our own time takes place in our free-mason lodges,
where people are conducted through many passages and have to see
dramatic scenes and much else) the ways, which the soul must pass through
in its purification, albeit it may be true enough that this fundamental
meaning is more fully and directly expressed in sculpture and other work
than in architecture simply. In a connection somewhat similar we may also
mention the Roman catacombs, the fundamental idea of whose construction
was certainly something quite other than that of being subservient to
aqueducts, sepulchres or any system of drainage.
(b) In the second place we may seek for our present use a more definite
point of transition from the architecture of independent type in those
constructions which have been raised as housings of the dead, partly in the
form of excavations beneath the ground, and partly as buildings above it.
More particularly among the Egyptians this kind of construction, whether
subterranean or super-terranean, was associated with a realm of the dead,
just as in general among the Egyptians it is a realm of the invisible which in
the first instance receives a habitation and is placed before us. The Hindoo
burns his dead, or suffers their bones to lie and moulder on the earth.
According to the Hindoo's point of view mankind are, or become, god or
gods, whichever way one cares to put it, and we are unable to find in their
case this assured distinction between the living and the dead regarded as
dead. Hindoo constructions, consequently, so far as they do not originate in
Mohammedanism, are not dwellings for the dead, and appear generally to
belong to an earlier period as we assumed was true of the astonishing
Page 61
excavations described. In the case of the Egyptians, however, the contrast
between living and dead asserts itself predominantly. That which is spiritual
begins to separate itself essentially from what is material. We have here the
resurrection of spirit in concrete individuality, the movement of that
process. The dead are therefore retained fast as personality[57], and are
secured and preserved securely above the conception of dissolution into
Nature, that is into universal evanescence, flood and extinction. Singularity
is the principle of the spiritual in its notion of independence, because spirit
is only able to exist as individuality, that is personality. Consequently this
honour paid to and preservation of the dead can only appear to ourselves as
a first and important element in the definition of the existence of spiritual
individuality, since it is here that singularity is asserted as maintained rather
than abandoned, inasmuch as the body at any rate is treasured and respected
as this Nature's own mode of individuality. Herodotus assures us, a fact we
have already noticed, that the Egyptians were the first to declare that the
souls of men were immortal, and despite the fact that the grasp on spiritual
individuality is in their case very incomplete, in so far as in their view the
deceased must for three thousand years pass through a whole series of
animals belonging to land, water, and air, yet for all that in this conception,
and in the embalming of the body, we find fixedly the notion of bodily
individuality, and of the independent self-existence as separate from that
body.
It is therefore also of importance in the arts of building that in these the
separation of the spiritual, no less than the ideal significance, which[58] is
independently represented, be carried into effect while the corporeal shell is
set round it as a purely architectonic environment. The dwellings of the
dead of the Egyptians constitute for this reason the earliest examples of the
temple type. The essential feature, the central core of worship is a subject,
an individual object which appears of significance by itself, and expresses
itself as distinct from its dwelling, which is thereby interpreted as purely a
subservient covering. And no doubt it is not an actual man, for whose
requirements a house or palace had to be built, but deceased objects that are
without such needs, kings, sacred animals, around whom immeasurable
constructions are enclosed.
Just as agriculture fixes the wandering of nomads in the stable possession of
a definite locality, we may say that generally sepulchres, monuments, and
between living and dead asserts itself predominantly. That which is spiritual
begins to separate itself essentially from what is material. We have here the
resurrection of spirit in concrete individuality, the movement of that
process. The dead are therefore retained fast as personality[57], and are
secured and preserved securely above the conception of dissolution into
Nature, that is into universal evanescence, flood and extinction. Singularity
is the principle of the spiritual in its notion of independence, because spirit
is only able to exist as individuality, that is personality. Consequently this
honour paid to and preservation of the dead can only appear to ourselves as
a first and important element in the definition of the existence of spiritual
individuality, since it is here that singularity is asserted as maintained rather
than abandoned, inasmuch as the body at any rate is treasured and respected
as this Nature's own mode of individuality. Herodotus assures us, a fact we
have already noticed, that the Egyptians were the first to declare that the
souls of men were immortal, and despite the fact that the grasp on spiritual
individuality is in their case very incomplete, in so far as in their view the
deceased must for three thousand years pass through a whole series of
animals belonging to land, water, and air, yet for all that in this conception,
and in the embalming of the body, we find fixedly the notion of bodily
individuality, and of the independent self-existence as separate from that
body.
It is therefore also of importance in the arts of building that in these the
separation of the spiritual, no less than the ideal significance, which[58] is
independently represented, be carried into effect while the corporeal shell is
set round it as a purely architectonic environment. The dwellings of the
dead of the Egyptians constitute for this reason the earliest examples of the
temple type. The essential feature, the central core of worship is a subject,
an individual object which appears of significance by itself, and expresses
itself as distinct from its dwelling, which is thereby interpreted as purely a
subservient covering. And no doubt it is not an actual man, for whose
requirements a house or palace had to be built, but deceased objects that are
without such needs, kings, sacred animals, around whom immeasurable
constructions are enclosed.
Just as agriculture fixes the wandering of nomads in the stable possession of
a definite locality, we may say that generally sepulchres, monuments, and
Page 62
the service of the dead unite mankind, and even offer to those who possess
no States, no limitations of property, a place of rendez-vous, sacred places
which they defend and refuse to have taken away from them. As an
illustration we may cite the case of the Scythians, a nomad people, who
retired everywhere, according to the narration of Herodotus[59], before
Darius. And when Darius sent an embassage to them with the message that
if their king deemed himself strong enough to offer resistance he should
come forth to battle, but if he did not he ought to recognize Darius as his
lord, Idanthyrsus met the same with the reply that they possessed neither
cities nor tilled land, and had nothing to defend for the reason that Darius
had nothing to ravage; if, however, Darius made a point of having a fight
they possessed the sepulchres of their fathers, let him therefore dare to
advance against these, he will then discover whether they will fight for their
sepulchres or not.
The most ancient and imposing monuments erected to the dead we find in
Egypt. They are the Pyramids. What most excites our wonder at first sight
of these astonishing constructions is their extraordinary magnitude, which
at once makes us reflect upon the duration of time, the variety,
superabundance and persistence of human energies which is inseparable
from the completion of such colossal buildings. From the point of view of
form there is nothing in them to protract attention: in a few minutes we
have surveyed and taken in the entire effect. With this simplicity and
uniformity of their form in view their object has ever been a subject of
controversy. It is true that even the ancients, as for example Herodotus and
Strabo, adduced the aim, which they subserved; but for all that both in
former and more recent times, travellers and writers have contributed much
that is fabulous and unwarranted in their reflections. The Arabs
endeavoured to effect entrance by force, hoping to discover treasure in the
interior of the Pyramids; such assaults, however, beyond disturbing much,
have failed in their object to reach the actual passages and chambers.
Europeans of a later date, among whom we may mention in particular for
distinction, Belzoni, a native of Rome, and Caviglia of Genoa, have at last
succeeded in ascertaining more accurate information with respect to the
interior of these fabrics. Belzoni discovered the royal sepulchre in the
Pyramid of Chephren. The entrances to the Pyramids were closed in the
securest way by square blocks of stone, and it appears that Egyptians
endeavoured in their construction so to effect matters that the entrance, even
no States, no limitations of property, a place of rendez-vous, sacred places
which they defend and refuse to have taken away from them. As an
illustration we may cite the case of the Scythians, a nomad people, who
retired everywhere, according to the narration of Herodotus[59], before
Darius. And when Darius sent an embassage to them with the message that
if their king deemed himself strong enough to offer resistance he should
come forth to battle, but if he did not he ought to recognize Darius as his
lord, Idanthyrsus met the same with the reply that they possessed neither
cities nor tilled land, and had nothing to defend for the reason that Darius
had nothing to ravage; if, however, Darius made a point of having a fight
they possessed the sepulchres of their fathers, let him therefore dare to
advance against these, he will then discover whether they will fight for their
sepulchres or not.
The most ancient and imposing monuments erected to the dead we find in
Egypt. They are the Pyramids. What most excites our wonder at first sight
of these astonishing constructions is their extraordinary magnitude, which
at once makes us reflect upon the duration of time, the variety,
superabundance and persistence of human energies which is inseparable
from the completion of such colossal buildings. From the point of view of
form there is nothing in them to protract attention: in a few minutes we
have surveyed and taken in the entire effect. With this simplicity and
uniformity of their form in view their object has ever been a subject of
controversy. It is true that even the ancients, as for example Herodotus and
Strabo, adduced the aim, which they subserved; but for all that both in
former and more recent times, travellers and writers have contributed much
that is fabulous and unwarranted in their reflections. The Arabs
endeavoured to effect entrance by force, hoping to discover treasure in the
interior of the Pyramids; such assaults, however, beyond disturbing much,
have failed in their object to reach the actual passages and chambers.
Europeans of a later date, among whom we may mention in particular for
distinction, Belzoni, a native of Rome, and Caviglia of Genoa, have at last
succeeded in ascertaining more accurate information with respect to the
interior of these fabrics. Belzoni discovered the royal sepulchre in the
Pyramid of Chephren. The entrances to the Pyramids were closed in the
securest way by square blocks of stone, and it appears that Egyptians
endeavoured in their construction so to effect matters that the entrance, even
Page 63
when discovered, could only be followed up and opened with the greatest
difficulty. This proves to us that the Pyramids remained closed and could
not be again used. Within their interior explorers have found chambers,
passages, which point by suggestion to the ways, which the soul undertakes
after death in its course and transmigration, great halls, channels beneath
the earth at one time descending, at another mounting up. The royal
sepulchre of Belzoni runs on in this way hewn out of the rock for a mile. In
the principal hall stood a sarcophagus of granite, sunk in the ground; but all
that was discovered in it was the remains of animal bones of a mummy,
probably that of an Apis. The whole, however, proved beyond a doubt that
the object in view was that of being a dwelling for the dead. The Pyramids
differ in age, form, and size. The most ancient appear to be stones piled on
one another in a more or less pyramidal shape. The more recent ones are
constructed with uniformity; some are somewhat flattened out at the
summit, others run up entirely to a point. On others have been found
deposits, an explanation of which may be gathered from the description
Herodotus[60] gives us when referring to the Pyramid of Cheops of the
manner in which the Egyptians carried out such works, so that Hirt includes
such among the Pyramids which remained unfinished[61]. In the older
Pyramids according to the latest evidence of Frenchmen the chambers and
passages are more winding; in the more recent ones they are simpler, but
entirely covered with hieroglyphics, to interpret which throughout will take
several years.
In this way the Pyramids, despite all the wonder they arouse of their own
accord, are really nothing but crystals, mere shells, which enclose a kernel,
that is a departed spirit, and serve as custodians of his still consistent bodily
presence and form. In this departed and deceased person, who secures an
independent reproduction, we fail to find consequently any significance[62];
the architecture, however, which up to this point independently possessed
its significance in itself as architecture, is now divided in its aim, and in this
division is subservient to something else, whereas sculpture receives the
function to give body to the genuine ideal aspect, although in the first
instance the individual figure in its unique and immediate natural shape is
retained. We find consequently, on a general survey of the Egyptian art of
building, on the one hand, the self-subsistent symbolical buildings; on the
other, however, and more particularly in everything which is attached to the
difficulty. This proves to us that the Pyramids remained closed and could
not be again used. Within their interior explorers have found chambers,
passages, which point by suggestion to the ways, which the soul undertakes
after death in its course and transmigration, great halls, channels beneath
the earth at one time descending, at another mounting up. The royal
sepulchre of Belzoni runs on in this way hewn out of the rock for a mile. In
the principal hall stood a sarcophagus of granite, sunk in the ground; but all
that was discovered in it was the remains of animal bones of a mummy,
probably that of an Apis. The whole, however, proved beyond a doubt that
the object in view was that of being a dwelling for the dead. The Pyramids
differ in age, form, and size. The most ancient appear to be stones piled on
one another in a more or less pyramidal shape. The more recent ones are
constructed with uniformity; some are somewhat flattened out at the
summit, others run up entirely to a point. On others have been found
deposits, an explanation of which may be gathered from the description
Herodotus[60] gives us when referring to the Pyramid of Cheops of the
manner in which the Egyptians carried out such works, so that Hirt includes
such among the Pyramids which remained unfinished[61]. In the older
Pyramids according to the latest evidence of Frenchmen the chambers and
passages are more winding; in the more recent ones they are simpler, but
entirely covered with hieroglyphics, to interpret which throughout will take
several years.
In this way the Pyramids, despite all the wonder they arouse of their own
accord, are really nothing but crystals, mere shells, which enclose a kernel,
that is a departed spirit, and serve as custodians of his still consistent bodily
presence and form. In this departed and deceased person, who secures an
independent reproduction, we fail to find consequently any significance[62];
the architecture, however, which up to this point independently possessed
its significance in itself as architecture, is now divided in its aim, and in this
division is subservient to something else, whereas sculpture receives the
function to give body to the genuine ideal aspect, although in the first
instance the individual figure in its unique and immediate natural shape is
retained. We find consequently, on a general survey of the Egyptian art of
building, on the one hand, the self-subsistent symbolical buildings; on the
other, however, and more particularly in everything which is attached to the
Page 64
monuments of the dead, the specific determination of architecture to be an
enclosure and nothing more, already clearly asserts itself. It is an essential
concomitant of this, that architecture not only be limited to the construction
of excavations and caves, but attest itself as an inorganic Nature built by
human hands on the spot where men have actual need of it, and for a
definite purpose will it to be.
Other nations have raised monuments of the same kind, sacred buildings as
dwellings of the dead bodies, over whom they happen to be erected. As
examples we may instance the mausoleum in Curia, and of more recent date
that of Hadrian, the still existing Englesburg in Rome, a palace of careful
construction raised in honour of a dead person, all of which were even in
antiquity famous works. According to the description of Uhden[63] we may
also mention in this connection a type of mortuary, which in its arrangement
and environment imitated in its smaller aspects temples dedicate to gods. A
temple of this kind possessed a garden, arbours, a spring, a vineyard, and
moreover chapels, in which portrait statues of gods were placed. More
particularly in the time of the Roman Empire were such monuments to the
dead built with statues of the deceased under the image of gods such as
Apollo, Venus, and Minerva. Figures like the above, no less than the entire
construction, consequently received during that age the significance of an
apotheosis and a temple in honour of the dead man, just as also among the
Egyptians the process of embalming, the emblems placed thereby, and the
sarcophagus attest that the deceased was treated as a god-like Osiris[64].
The most imposing and least complex constructions of this kind, however,
are the Egyptian Pyramids. In this type we have the peculiar and essential
line of the art of building, that is the straight one, and in general terms the
uniformity and abstract simplicity[65] of forms. For architecture, as merely
enclosure and inorganic Nature, or Nature that is not itself vitally and
essentially suffused by the indwelling spirit in an independent mode, is
unable to possess form except as one which is external to itself; external
form, however, is not organic, but abstract and purely referable to the
organs of sense[66]. However much the Pyramid already begins to receive
the determining characteristics of the dwellings, yet the rectangular
principle is still not throughout predominant, as it is in a real dwelling-
house; it has still an independent determinacy, which is not merely of
enclosure and nothing more, already clearly asserts itself. It is an essential
concomitant of this, that architecture not only be limited to the construction
of excavations and caves, but attest itself as an inorganic Nature built by
human hands on the spot where men have actual need of it, and for a
definite purpose will it to be.
Other nations have raised monuments of the same kind, sacred buildings as
dwellings of the dead bodies, over whom they happen to be erected. As
examples we may instance the mausoleum in Curia, and of more recent date
that of Hadrian, the still existing Englesburg in Rome, a palace of careful
construction raised in honour of a dead person, all of which were even in
antiquity famous works. According to the description of Uhden[63] we may
also mention in this connection a type of mortuary, which in its arrangement
and environment imitated in its smaller aspects temples dedicate to gods. A
temple of this kind possessed a garden, arbours, a spring, a vineyard, and
moreover chapels, in which portrait statues of gods were placed. More
particularly in the time of the Roman Empire were such monuments to the
dead built with statues of the deceased under the image of gods such as
Apollo, Venus, and Minerva. Figures like the above, no less than the entire
construction, consequently received during that age the significance of an
apotheosis and a temple in honour of the dead man, just as also among the
Egyptians the process of embalming, the emblems placed thereby, and the
sarcophagus attest that the deceased was treated as a god-like Osiris[64].
The most imposing and least complex constructions of this kind, however,
are the Egyptian Pyramids. In this type we have the peculiar and essential
line of the art of building, that is the straight one, and in general terms the
uniformity and abstract simplicity[65] of forms. For architecture, as merely
enclosure and inorganic Nature, or Nature that is not itself vitally and
essentially suffused by the indwelling spirit in an independent mode, is
unable to possess form except as one which is external to itself; external
form, however, is not organic, but abstract and purely referable to the
organs of sense[66]. However much the Pyramid already begins to receive
the determining characteristics of the dwellings, yet the rectangular
principle is still not throughout predominant, as it is in a real dwelling-
house; it has still an independent determinacy, which is not merely of
Page 65
service to the purpose for which it is erected, and consequently closes up of
itself by a process of gradation directly from the foundation to the apex.
(c) It is from this point that we may make the transition from the
independent type of building to that of an art of construction, which is
serviceable of a purpose.
There are two points of departure to this later type. There is on the one hand
symbolic architecture, and on the other practical necessity and the impulse
of purpose to subserve that necessity. In the case of symbolical forms, as we
have already had occasion to observe, architectonic purpose is merely an
incidental feature, merely an external mode of co-ordination. The dwelling-
house, on the contrary, erected as necessity itself, requires posts of wood, or
just walls standing up straight with beams, which are laid across them at
right angles, and a roofing, and constitutes, the other extreme. There can be
no question that the necessity of this real and effective expediency makes its
appearance as the result of its own demand. The distinction that may be
raised, however, in answer to the question, whether genuine architecture—
as we shall shortly have to consider it as the classic art of building—takes
its rise solely in this necessity, or is to be deduced from independent and
symbolical works, which conducted us of their own accord to buildings
devoted to service, is the point in essential dispute.
(α) It is the force of circumstances which brings to the fore forms in
architecture which are wholly stamped with a useful purpose, and the
abstract deductions of science, such as the rectilinear line, the right angle,
and the smooth surface. For in serviceable architecture that which
constitutes the real object, is, in its independence, as a statue, or more
closely as human individuals, that is community, a people, brought together
for objects of general significance, which no longer have as their aim the
satisfaction of physical wants, but are such in a religious and political sense.
In a special degree the need asserts itself to shape an enclosure for the
image, the statue of the gods, or generally for that which is independently
placed before us and actually present as sacred. Memnons, Sphinxes, and
the like stand up in the open, or in a grove, that is in the external
environment of nature. Images of this kind, however, and still more human
images of gods, are borrowed from another realm than that of immediate
Nature. They belong to the world of imagination, and come into existence
through the artistic powers of mankind. The purely natural environment is
itself by a process of gradation directly from the foundation to the apex.
(c) It is from this point that we may make the transition from the
independent type of building to that of an art of construction, which is
serviceable of a purpose.
There are two points of departure to this later type. There is on the one hand
symbolic architecture, and on the other practical necessity and the impulse
of purpose to subserve that necessity. In the case of symbolical forms, as we
have already had occasion to observe, architectonic purpose is merely an
incidental feature, merely an external mode of co-ordination. The dwelling-
house, on the contrary, erected as necessity itself, requires posts of wood, or
just walls standing up straight with beams, which are laid across them at
right angles, and a roofing, and constitutes, the other extreme. There can be
no question that the necessity of this real and effective expediency makes its
appearance as the result of its own demand. The distinction that may be
raised, however, in answer to the question, whether genuine architecture—
as we shall shortly have to consider it as the classic art of building—takes
its rise solely in this necessity, or is to be deduced from independent and
symbolical works, which conducted us of their own accord to buildings
devoted to service, is the point in essential dispute.
(α) It is the force of circumstances which brings to the fore forms in
architecture which are wholly stamped with a useful purpose, and the
abstract deductions of science, such as the rectilinear line, the right angle,
and the smooth surface. For in serviceable architecture that which
constitutes the real object, is, in its independence, as a statue, or more
closely as human individuals, that is community, a people, brought together
for objects of general significance, which no longer have as their aim the
satisfaction of physical wants, but are such in a religious and political sense.
In a special degree the need asserts itself to shape an enclosure for the
image, the statue of the gods, or generally for that which is independently
placed before us and actually present as sacred. Memnons, Sphinxes, and
the like stand up in the open, or in a grove, that is in the external
environment of nature. Images of this kind, however, and still more human
images of gods, are borrowed from another realm than that of immediate
Nature. They belong to the world of imagination, and come into existence
through the artistic powers of mankind. The purely natural environment is
Page 66
therefore not sufficient; they require for their external frame a ground and
an enclosure, which shall be derived from the same source as their own, in
other words, such as are the product of the imagination, and have received
their form by means of artistic effort. It is only in an environment created
by art that the gods find themselves at home[67]. In such a case, however,
this external frame does not possess its object in itself, but it subserves
something other than itself, and is subject to the principle of purpose or
expediency.
If, however, these, in the first instance, purely serviceable forms are exalted
to an expression of beauty they are unable to persist in their original
abstract mode, and are forced to accept, in addition to what is merely
symmetrical and harmonious, that which is organic, concrete, essentially
itself conclusive and varied. And because this is so men are forced to reflect
over distinctions of determinating form, no less than the express emphasis
to be made on certain aspects of form, which is wholly superfluous where
the question is only one of a definite purpose to be attained. A beam, for
example, is from one point of view that which is carried forward in a
straight line; at the same time, however, it terminates at both extremes. In
the same way a post which has to support either rafter or roof stands on the
ground and reaches its terminating point where the rafter rests upon it. The
architecture of service asserts distinctions of this kind and gives form to
them by means of art; an organic design, on the contrary, such as a plant, or
a human being, ay, whether we look at such above or below, but in any case
throughout, has to be organically embodied, to be differentiated in the latter
case consequently by feet and head, or in the former by roots and corona.
(β) Conversely symbolic architecture takes its point of departure more or
less from organic forms of this kind, as we see is the case with sphinxes,
memnons, and so forth; yet it is also unable wholly to exclude in its walls,
doors, beams, obelisks, and the rest, the principle of the straight line and
uniformity, and is generally obliged to accept the assistance of such
principles appertinent to the genuine art of building as equality of size,
interval of relative position, rectilinear progression of rows, in short, order
and regularity when it proposes to place in a series and to set up in
accordance with architectural design the colossal sculptured figures to
which we have referred. By doing so it unites in itself both principles[68],
whose union brings for result an architecture, the beauty of which is
an enclosure, which shall be derived from the same source as their own, in
other words, such as are the product of the imagination, and have received
their form by means of artistic effort. It is only in an environment created
by art that the gods find themselves at home[67]. In such a case, however,
this external frame does not possess its object in itself, but it subserves
something other than itself, and is subject to the principle of purpose or
expediency.
If, however, these, in the first instance, purely serviceable forms are exalted
to an expression of beauty they are unable to persist in their original
abstract mode, and are forced to accept, in addition to what is merely
symmetrical and harmonious, that which is organic, concrete, essentially
itself conclusive and varied. And because this is so men are forced to reflect
over distinctions of determinating form, no less than the express emphasis
to be made on certain aspects of form, which is wholly superfluous where
the question is only one of a definite purpose to be attained. A beam, for
example, is from one point of view that which is carried forward in a
straight line; at the same time, however, it terminates at both extremes. In
the same way a post which has to support either rafter or roof stands on the
ground and reaches its terminating point where the rafter rests upon it. The
architecture of service asserts distinctions of this kind and gives form to
them by means of art; an organic design, on the contrary, such as a plant, or
a human being, ay, whether we look at such above or below, but in any case
throughout, has to be organically embodied, to be differentiated in the latter
case consequently by feet and head, or in the former by roots and corona.
(β) Conversely symbolic architecture takes its point of departure more or
less from organic forms of this kind, as we see is the case with sphinxes,
memnons, and so forth; yet it is also unable wholly to exclude in its walls,
doors, beams, obelisks, and the rest, the principle of the straight line and
uniformity, and is generally obliged to accept the assistance of such
principles appertinent to the genuine art of building as equality of size,
interval of relative position, rectilinear progression of rows, in short, order
and regularity when it proposes to place in a series and to set up in
accordance with architectural design the colossal sculptured figures to
which we have referred. By doing so it unites in itself both principles[68],
whose union brings for result an architecture, the beauty of which is
Page 67
promoted along with the object to which it is subservient, albeit in the
symbolic type these two aspects[69] still lie in separation side by side instead
of being fused in unity.
(γ) We may therefore so conceive the transition that on the one side the art
of building, hitherto self-subsistent in type, is forced to modify under
scientific principles[70] the forms of organisms in the direction of regularity,
and to pass into the province of proposed expediency; while conversely
what is entirely such intended purpose in the form moves in opposition to
the principle of the organic world. Where these two extremes come
together, and mutually pass into one another, we get what is really beautiful
classic architecture.
We may recognize this union, as it actually arises, clearly in the
transformation now introduced of that which we already have met with in
the architecture which was anterior under the form of columns. In other
words, it is true that from one point of view walls are necessary to make an
enclosure; but walls, too, can stand up independent, as we have already
proved with examples, without making the enclosure complete, to which a
roofing, no less than an enclosure of the sides, essentially contributes. But a
roofing of this kind has to be supported. The simplest way of doing this is
by columns, whose essential and, at the same time exclusive, rationale
consists here in being simply supports. For this reason walls are really a
superfluity is so far as it is only a question of support. For supporting is a
mechanical relation, and belongs to a province of gravity and its laws. And
in this[71] gravity the weight of a particular body is concentrated in its point
of gravity, and must be assisted at this centre in remaining horizontal
without a fall. This is precisely what the column does, so that with it the
power of support appears to be reduced to the minimum limit of exterior
means to effect this. What a wall at great cost[72] effects, is equally effected
by a few columns. It is a very beautiful characteristic of classic architecture
not to set up more columns than are actually necessary to carry the weight
of the rafter and that which reposes thereon. In genuine architecture
columns, for purposes of mere decoration, are not truly beautiful. For the
same reason also columns which stand up entirely alone do not perform
their true function. No doubt triumphal columns have been erected, such as
the famous ones in honour of Trajan and Napoleon: but these, too, are really
but a pedestal for statues, and moreover covered with sculptured reliefs to
symbolic type these two aspects[69] still lie in separation side by side instead
of being fused in unity.
(γ) We may therefore so conceive the transition that on the one side the art
of building, hitherto self-subsistent in type, is forced to modify under
scientific principles[70] the forms of organisms in the direction of regularity,
and to pass into the province of proposed expediency; while conversely
what is entirely such intended purpose in the form moves in opposition to
the principle of the organic world. Where these two extremes come
together, and mutually pass into one another, we get what is really beautiful
classic architecture.
We may recognize this union, as it actually arises, clearly in the
transformation now introduced of that which we already have met with in
the architecture which was anterior under the form of columns. In other
words, it is true that from one point of view walls are necessary to make an
enclosure; but walls, too, can stand up independent, as we have already
proved with examples, without making the enclosure complete, to which a
roofing, no less than an enclosure of the sides, essentially contributes. But a
roofing of this kind has to be supported. The simplest way of doing this is
by columns, whose essential and, at the same time exclusive, rationale
consists here in being simply supports. For this reason walls are really a
superfluity is so far as it is only a question of support. For supporting is a
mechanical relation, and belongs to a province of gravity and its laws. And
in this[71] gravity the weight of a particular body is concentrated in its point
of gravity, and must be assisted at this centre in remaining horizontal
without a fall. This is precisely what the column does, so that with it the
power of support appears to be reduced to the minimum limit of exterior
means to effect this. What a wall at great cost[72] effects, is equally effected
by a few columns. It is a very beautiful characteristic of classic architecture
not to set up more columns than are actually necessary to carry the weight
of the rafter and that which reposes thereon. In genuine architecture
columns, for purposes of mere decoration, are not truly beautiful. For the
same reason also columns which stand up entirely alone do not perform
their true function. No doubt triumphal columns have been erected, such as
the famous ones in honour of Trajan and Napoleon: but these, too, are really
but a pedestal for statues, and moreover covered with sculptured reliefs to
Page 68
commemorate and glorify the hero, whose image they carry. In the case of
the column, then, it is of exceptional importance to see how in the course of
architectural development it is compelled to divest itself of the concrete
form of Nature before it can secure its more abstract form, the form, that is,
which is as compatible with a definite object as it is with beauty.
(αα) Independent architecture, on account of the fact that it starts with
organic images, makes use of human shapes, as, for example, we find in
Egypt figures in some measure at least human, such as Memnons and the
like, are utilized. This is, however, a mere superfluity, in so far, that is, as a
definition of this character is not the true medium of support. We find
among the Greeks that Caryatides are used in another mode and under a
more severe obedience to rule to support superimposed weight, but such
cannot be extensively employed. Moreover, we can only regard it as a
misuse of the human form to crush it together under such burdens, and it is
for this reason that Caryatides receive the character of the oppressed; their
drapery suggests a state of slavery under which it is a degradation to carry
such burdens.
(ββ) The more natural organic form for pillars and supports which have to
bear a weight is consequently the tree, plant-life generally, a stem, a thin
stalk which strives upwards in a vertical direction. The hole of a tree
already carries of its own nature its crown of branches, the blade of corn the
ear, the stem the flower. These forms, too, the Egyptian art of building,
which has not as yet attained the liberty of viewing them in their abstract
intension, borrows directly from Nature. In this respect the grandiose
quality which we discover in the style of Egyptian palaces or temples—the
colossal proportions of its rows of columns, the huge number of them, and
withal the imposing mutual relations of the entire structure, has ever filled
the spectator with wonder and astonishment. In these colonnades we do not
find that all columns have the same form; they alternate between one, two,
or three types. Denon, in his work on the Egyptian expedition, has collected
a great number of such types. The combined effect is not as yet any uniform
shape based on abstract principles of selection; rather the foundation is the
shape of an onion, a reed-like efflorescence of leaf from the bulb, or, in
other examples, a compression together of the root-leaves according to the
manner of several kinds of plant. From this base, then, the thin stem breaks
upwards straight, or mounts as column with twisted coils, and the capital is
the column, then, it is of exceptional importance to see how in the course of
architectural development it is compelled to divest itself of the concrete
form of Nature before it can secure its more abstract form, the form, that is,
which is as compatible with a definite object as it is with beauty.
(αα) Independent architecture, on account of the fact that it starts with
organic images, makes use of human shapes, as, for example, we find in
Egypt figures in some measure at least human, such as Memnons and the
like, are utilized. This is, however, a mere superfluity, in so far, that is, as a
definition of this character is not the true medium of support. We find
among the Greeks that Caryatides are used in another mode and under a
more severe obedience to rule to support superimposed weight, but such
cannot be extensively employed. Moreover, we can only regard it as a
misuse of the human form to crush it together under such burdens, and it is
for this reason that Caryatides receive the character of the oppressed; their
drapery suggests a state of slavery under which it is a degradation to carry
such burdens.
(ββ) The more natural organic form for pillars and supports which have to
bear a weight is consequently the tree, plant-life generally, a stem, a thin
stalk which strives upwards in a vertical direction. The hole of a tree
already carries of its own nature its crown of branches, the blade of corn the
ear, the stem the flower. These forms, too, the Egyptian art of building,
which has not as yet attained the liberty of viewing them in their abstract
intension, borrows directly from Nature. In this respect the grandiose
quality which we discover in the style of Egyptian palaces or temples—the
colossal proportions of its rows of columns, the huge number of them, and
withal the imposing mutual relations of the entire structure, has ever filled
the spectator with wonder and astonishment. In these colonnades we do not
find that all columns have the same form; they alternate between one, two,
or three types. Denon, in his work on the Egyptian expedition, has collected
a great number of such types. The combined effect is not as yet any uniform
shape based on abstract principles of selection; rather the foundation is the
shape of an onion, a reed-like efflorescence of leaf from the bulb, or, in
other examples, a compression together of the root-leaves according to the
manner of several kinds of plant. From this base, then, the thin stem breaks
upwards straight, or mounts as column with twisted coils, and the capital is
Page 69
also a separation of leaves from branches which suggests the process of a
flower. The imitation, however, is not true to Nature, but the plant-like
forms are drained off under the architectural impulse, and made to
approximate to circular, geometrical, and regular forms, or straight lines, so
that such columns, in their entirety, resemble what are usually described as
arabesques.
(γγ) This is not the place to enter into a general discussion of the arabesque
for the reason that notionally it marks precisely the transition from the
architecture which adopts as its basic form the natural organism to that
which by its adoption of a more severe regularity is more strictly
architectonic. When, however, the art of building has become free in its
definitive character it relegates arabesques to the function of decoration and
ornament. They are then pre-eminently forms of plants strained off, so to
speak, or forms which originate from plants together with entwined forms
of animals and human beings, or forms of animals in their passage over to
plant-life. In so far as they purport to authenticate a symbolical significance
the transitional passage between the different spheres of the animal
kingdom hold good for it. Apart from such an interpretation they are simply
the play of the imagination in the selection, combination and articulation of
the most diverse forms of Nature. For architectural ornamentation of this
kind, in the invention of which the imagination finds scope for its activity in
the most varied creations of every kind, not even excluding utensils and
drapery, the fundamental determinant and type is this, that whether it be
plants, leaves, flowers, or animals, all are made to approximate to the
abstract figures of science, in other words the inorganic. For this reason we
frequently find arabesques to be stiff, untrue to organic life; and it is on this
account that they are not unfrequently condemned and art is blamed for the
use of them. This is exceptionally true of painting, though Raphael himself
did not scruple to paint arabesques in great profusion, characterized with
the highest charm, nobility of feeling, variety, and grace. No doubt
arabesques are an antithesis to nature, whether we compare them with
organic forms or the rigid laws of mechanics; but an opposition of this kind
is not merely a right of art generally, but even an obligation under which
architecture is bound. It is only by this means that living forms in other
respects unfitted for the art of building are made adaptable to the truly
architectural style and brought into harmony with it. Such an adaptability is
offered in an exceptionally close degree by vegetable Nature, which is also
flower. The imitation, however, is not true to Nature, but the plant-like
forms are drained off under the architectural impulse, and made to
approximate to circular, geometrical, and regular forms, or straight lines, so
that such columns, in their entirety, resemble what are usually described as
arabesques.
(γγ) This is not the place to enter into a general discussion of the arabesque
for the reason that notionally it marks precisely the transition from the
architecture which adopts as its basic form the natural organism to that
which by its adoption of a more severe regularity is more strictly
architectonic. When, however, the art of building has become free in its
definitive character it relegates arabesques to the function of decoration and
ornament. They are then pre-eminently forms of plants strained off, so to
speak, or forms which originate from plants together with entwined forms
of animals and human beings, or forms of animals in their passage over to
plant-life. In so far as they purport to authenticate a symbolical significance
the transitional passage between the different spheres of the animal
kingdom hold good for it. Apart from such an interpretation they are simply
the play of the imagination in the selection, combination and articulation of
the most diverse forms of Nature. For architectural ornamentation of this
kind, in the invention of which the imagination finds scope for its activity in
the most varied creations of every kind, not even excluding utensils and
drapery, the fundamental determinant and type is this, that whether it be
plants, leaves, flowers, or animals, all are made to approximate to the
abstract figures of science, in other words the inorganic. For this reason we
frequently find arabesques to be stiff, untrue to organic life; and it is on this
account that they are not unfrequently condemned and art is blamed for the
use of them. This is exceptionally true of painting, though Raphael himself
did not scruple to paint arabesques in great profusion, characterized with
the highest charm, nobility of feeling, variety, and grace. No doubt
arabesques are an antithesis to nature, whether we compare them with
organic forms or the rigid laws of mechanics; but an opposition of this kind
is not merely a right of art generally, but even an obligation under which
architecture is bound. It is only by this means that living forms in other
respects unfitted for the art of building are made adaptable to the truly
architectural style and brought into harmony with it. Such an adaptability is
offered in an exceptionally close degree by vegetable Nature, which is also
Page 70
in the East utilized to an extravagant extent in arabesques; in other words
plants are not as yet individual objects which possess feeling, but naturally
present themselves as adapted to architectural design, by virtue of the fact
that they form coverings and protection against rain, sunlight, and wind,
and, generally speaking, do not possess the free oscillation[73] of lines
which breaks forth from the regularity of scientific conceptions[74].
Architecturally used the regularity of leaves already present is yet further
subjected to rule in the definition of rondure and straight line, so that by this
means everything which it is possible to regard as distortion, unnaturalness,
or stiffness in the plant-forms is fundamentally to be considered as a
transformation adapted to the requirements of what is genuinely
architectural.
In some such way in the column the real art of building passes from that
which is purely organic imitation to the definite purpose of scientific rule,
and from this to a position which again approximates to the organic result.
We find it necessary to draw attention to this twofold point of departure
from the actual necessities and the purposeless self-subsistency of
architecture, because the true type unites both principles. The beautiful
column originates in the natural form, which is then transformed into the
post, that is, it submits to the uniformity and scientific precision of form.
CHAPTER II
CLASSICAL ARCHITECTURE
The art of building, when it has attained the position peculiarly its own and
adequate to its notional content is subservient in its products to an end, and
a significance which it does not itself essentially possess. It becomes an
inorganic environment, a whole that is co-ordinated and built conformably
to the laws of gravity, whose configurations are subject to that which is
severely regular, straight, rectangular, circular, the relations of definite
number and quantity, that which is essentially limited measure and strict
conformity to rule. Its beauty consists in this very relation to purpose,
which, in its freedom from direct[75] admixture with what is organic,
plants are not as yet individual objects which possess feeling, but naturally
present themselves as adapted to architectural design, by virtue of the fact
that they form coverings and protection against rain, sunlight, and wind,
and, generally speaking, do not possess the free oscillation[73] of lines
which breaks forth from the regularity of scientific conceptions[74].
Architecturally used the regularity of leaves already present is yet further
subjected to rule in the definition of rondure and straight line, so that by this
means everything which it is possible to regard as distortion, unnaturalness,
or stiffness in the plant-forms is fundamentally to be considered as a
transformation adapted to the requirements of what is genuinely
architectural.
In some such way in the column the real art of building passes from that
which is purely organic imitation to the definite purpose of scientific rule,
and from this to a position which again approximates to the organic result.
We find it necessary to draw attention to this twofold point of departure
from the actual necessities and the purposeless self-subsistency of
architecture, because the true type unites both principles. The beautiful
column originates in the natural form, which is then transformed into the
post, that is, it submits to the uniformity and scientific precision of form.
CHAPTER II
CLASSICAL ARCHITECTURE
The art of building, when it has attained the position peculiarly its own and
adequate to its notional content is subservient in its products to an end, and
a significance which it does not itself essentially possess. It becomes an
inorganic environment, a whole that is co-ordinated and built conformably
to the laws of gravity, whose configurations are subject to that which is
severely regular, straight, rectangular, circular, the relations of definite
number and quantity, that which is essentially limited measure and strict
conformity to rule. Its beauty consists in this very relation to purpose,
which, in its freedom from direct[75] admixture with what is organic,
Page 71
spiritual, and symbolical, and despite the fact that it subserves an end,
nevertheless combines in an essentially exclusive totality, which suffers its
own aim to appear through all its modifications, and in the harmonious co-
ordination of its relations clothes that which is purely adapted to purpose in
the forms of beauty. Architecture, however, at this stage[76] corresponds to
its real notion, for the reason that it is not in a position to endow that which
is in the most explicit sense spiritual with a fully adequate existence, and is
consequently only able to inform what is external and devoid of spirit in its
contrasted appearance with that which is spiritual.
We propose, in our consideration of this art of building, in which the
relation of service is as truly a characteristic as that of beauty, to adopt the
following course of argument.
In the first instance we have to establish the general notion and character of
the same.
Secondly, we shall have to adduce the particular fundamental determinants
of the architectonic types which are deducible from the ulterior purpose
which the classical work of art is erected to subserve.
Thirdly, we propose to survey the concrete reality which results from the
development of classical architecture.
I do not, however, propose in discussing any of the above relations to enter
into detail, but will limit myself to points of most general significance, a
restriction more easy to observe in the present case than it was in that of the
symbolical type of building.
1. THE GENERAL CHARACTER OF CLASSICAL ARCHITECTURE
(a) In conformity with the principle I have already more than once adverted
to the fundamental idea of the genuine art of building consists in this, that
the spiritual import is not exclusively reposed in the work of construction
itself, which by this means becomes an independent symbol of ideal
signification[77], but, with the converse result, that this significance secures
its free existence outside the limits of architecture. This existence may be of
a twofold character, to the extent in other words that another art of
extensive range—I refer, above all, to the art of sculpture of the true
classical type—sets before us and gives independent form to the
nevertheless combines in an essentially exclusive totality, which suffers its
own aim to appear through all its modifications, and in the harmonious co-
ordination of its relations clothes that which is purely adapted to purpose in
the forms of beauty. Architecture, however, at this stage[76] corresponds to
its real notion, for the reason that it is not in a position to endow that which
is in the most explicit sense spiritual with a fully adequate existence, and is
consequently only able to inform what is external and devoid of spirit in its
contrasted appearance with that which is spiritual.
We propose, in our consideration of this art of building, in which the
relation of service is as truly a characteristic as that of beauty, to adopt the
following course of argument.
In the first instance we have to establish the general notion and character of
the same.
Secondly, we shall have to adduce the particular fundamental determinants
of the architectonic types which are deducible from the ulterior purpose
which the classical work of art is erected to subserve.
Thirdly, we propose to survey the concrete reality which results from the
development of classical architecture.
I do not, however, propose in discussing any of the above relations to enter
into detail, but will limit myself to points of most general significance, a
restriction more easy to observe in the present case than it was in that of the
symbolical type of building.
1. THE GENERAL CHARACTER OF CLASSICAL ARCHITECTURE
(a) In conformity with the principle I have already more than once adverted
to the fundamental idea of the genuine art of building consists in this, that
the spiritual import is not exclusively reposed in the work of construction
itself, which by this means becomes an independent symbol of ideal
signification[77], but, with the converse result, that this significance secures
its free existence outside the limits of architecture. This existence may be of
a twofold character, to the extent in other words that another art of
extensive range—I refer, above all, to the art of sculpture of the true
classical type—sets before us and gives independent form to the
Page 72
significance, or the individual man in himself receives and gives effect to
the same in the active verity of his life. Apart from this[78], these two
aspects may still appear together. When, therefore, the Oriental architecture
of the Babylonians, Hindoos, and Egyptians, on the one hand, gave
symbolical form, in images of independent consistency, to that which was
reckoned among these people as the absolute and true, or, from another
aspect, enclosed, despite its external natural form, that which was conserved
after death—in contrast to this what we find now is—whether we regard it
relatively to art's activity, or to the life of actual existence—that the spiritual
is separated from the work of construction in independent guise for itself,
and architecture becomes the vassal of what is spiritual, which constitutes
the real significance and the determinating end. This end is consequently
predominant. It controls the entire work; it determines the fundamental
form of the same no less than its external skeleton, and neither suffers the
material nor the individual's imagination and caprice to assert their
independence in a self-substantive way, as was the case in symbolical
architecture, or to develop, over and beyond the true purpose of the work, a
superfluity of manifold parts and configurations, as is the case in the
romantic type.
(b) In considering a construction of this character we have, then, first to ask
ourselves not merely what are the circumstances under which it was
erected, but what is its aim and purpose. To make its construction
compatible with such considerations, to have a due regard for climate,
position, and the environing landscape, to create a whole, one in
spontaneous co-ordination, by a regard for all these aspects as subservient
to one purpose, this is the task stated broadly, in the entire fulfilment of
which the instincts and genius of the artist will appear conspicuous. Among
the Greeks we find that it is public buildings, temples, colonnades, and halls
utilized for the ordinary rest and commerce of the day, approaches, such as
the famous ascent of the Acropolis in Athens, which are pre-eminently the
objects of the builder's art. Private residences, on the other hand, were of a
very simple character. With the Romans, on the contrary, it is the luxurious
character of private houses, especially villas, which becomes prominent;
and we may say the same thing of imperial palaces, public baths, theatres,
circuses, amphitheatres, aqueducts, and springs. Buildings of this type,
however, the utility of which throughout remains the commanding and
directing principle, are merely able to accept beauty in a more or less
the same in the active verity of his life. Apart from this[78], these two
aspects may still appear together. When, therefore, the Oriental architecture
of the Babylonians, Hindoos, and Egyptians, on the one hand, gave
symbolical form, in images of independent consistency, to that which was
reckoned among these people as the absolute and true, or, from another
aspect, enclosed, despite its external natural form, that which was conserved
after death—in contrast to this what we find now is—whether we regard it
relatively to art's activity, or to the life of actual existence—that the spiritual
is separated from the work of construction in independent guise for itself,
and architecture becomes the vassal of what is spiritual, which constitutes
the real significance and the determinating end. This end is consequently
predominant. It controls the entire work; it determines the fundamental
form of the same no less than its external skeleton, and neither suffers the
material nor the individual's imagination and caprice to assert their
independence in a self-substantive way, as was the case in symbolical
architecture, or to develop, over and beyond the true purpose of the work, a
superfluity of manifold parts and configurations, as is the case in the
romantic type.
(b) In considering a construction of this character we have, then, first to ask
ourselves not merely what are the circumstances under which it was
erected, but what is its aim and purpose. To make its construction
compatible with such considerations, to have a due regard for climate,
position, and the environing landscape, to create a whole, one in
spontaneous co-ordination, by a regard for all these aspects as subservient
to one purpose, this is the task stated broadly, in the entire fulfilment of
which the instincts and genius of the artist will appear conspicuous. Among
the Greeks we find that it is public buildings, temples, colonnades, and halls
utilized for the ordinary rest and commerce of the day, approaches, such as
the famous ascent of the Acropolis in Athens, which are pre-eminently the
objects of the builder's art. Private residences, on the other hand, were of a
very simple character. With the Romans, on the contrary, it is the luxurious
character of private houses, especially villas, which becomes prominent;
and we may say the same thing of imperial palaces, public baths, theatres,
circuses, amphitheatres, aqueducts, and springs. Buildings of this type,
however, the utility of which throughout remains the commanding and
directing principle, are merely able to accept beauty in a more or less
Page 73
decorative sense. The object most compatible with freedom of treatment in
this sphere is that of religion—the temple-house as the enclosure of an
individual which itself is appropriated by fine art, and placed before us by
sculpture as the statue of the god.
(c) In the pursuit of aims such as those above mentioned, then, genuine
architecture appears to be more free than the symbolic type of the previous
stage, which seizes on the organic forms from Nature, nay, more free than
sculpture, which is compelled to accept the human form it finds, and unites
itself with them and their general relations as presented it. Classical
architecture rather invents its forms and their configuration, so far as the
content is concerned, from ends of spiritual import and in respect to form
from human reason without any prototype. This greater freedom must, in a
relative sense, be admitted; but the province in which it is exercised remains
restricted, and the treatment which belongs to the classical art of building,
on account of the rationality[79] of its forms is, taken as a whole, somewhat
of an abstract and dry character.
Frederich von Schlegel has described architecture as a frozen music; and in
truth both these arts repose on a harmony of relations, which admit of being
referred to number, and are consequently readily grasped in their
fundamental characteristics. In our own case the fundamental determinant
for these essential traits and their simple, more serious and imposing, or
more charming and elegant relations is supplied by the dwelling-house, that
is, walls, columns, beams brought together in the wholly crystalline forms
of scientific deduction. What the relations are we are not permitted to
reduce to the bare determinants of number and measure. But an oblong,
quadrilateral figure with right angles is more pleasing than a square,
because in the case of the oblong we are more thus affected both by equality
and inequality[80]. If the one dimension, namely breadth, is half as large as
the other, we have a relation which pleases; with an oblong which is long
and narrow the reverse is the case. Along with this the mechanical relations
of support and being supported must likewise be maintained in their
genuine measure and law; a heavy entablature, for instance, cannot rest on
slender and delicate columns, or conversely great structures be prepared in
order after all to lay on them something very light. In all these mutual
relations, such as that of the breadth to the length and height of the building,
the height of the columns to their thickness, the intervals and number of the
this sphere is that of religion—the temple-house as the enclosure of an
individual which itself is appropriated by fine art, and placed before us by
sculpture as the statue of the god.
(c) In the pursuit of aims such as those above mentioned, then, genuine
architecture appears to be more free than the symbolic type of the previous
stage, which seizes on the organic forms from Nature, nay, more free than
sculpture, which is compelled to accept the human form it finds, and unites
itself with them and their general relations as presented it. Classical
architecture rather invents its forms and their configuration, so far as the
content is concerned, from ends of spiritual import and in respect to form
from human reason without any prototype. This greater freedom must, in a
relative sense, be admitted; but the province in which it is exercised remains
restricted, and the treatment which belongs to the classical art of building,
on account of the rationality[79] of its forms is, taken as a whole, somewhat
of an abstract and dry character.
Frederich von Schlegel has described architecture as a frozen music; and in
truth both these arts repose on a harmony of relations, which admit of being
referred to number, and are consequently readily grasped in their
fundamental characteristics. In our own case the fundamental determinant
for these essential traits and their simple, more serious and imposing, or
more charming and elegant relations is supplied by the dwelling-house, that
is, walls, columns, beams brought together in the wholly crystalline forms
of scientific deduction. What the relations are we are not permitted to
reduce to the bare determinants of number and measure. But an oblong,
quadrilateral figure with right angles is more pleasing than a square,
because in the case of the oblong we are more thus affected both by equality
and inequality[80]. If the one dimension, namely breadth, is half as large as
the other, we have a relation which pleases; with an oblong which is long
and narrow the reverse is the case. Along with this the mechanical relations
of support and being supported must likewise be maintained in their
genuine measure and law; a heavy entablature, for instance, cannot rest on
slender and delicate columns, or conversely great structures be prepared in
order after all to lay on them something very light. In all these mutual
relations, such as that of the breadth to the length and height of the building,
the height of the columns to their thickness, the intervals and number of the
Page 74
columns, the character and variety or simplicity of decorations, the size of
many plinths, borders, and so forth, a secret principle of rhythm[81] prevails
among the ancients, which the instinct of the Greeks before all others has
discovered; from which he may no doubt now and again deviate in points of
detail, but the fundamental relations of which he is in general bound to
preserve in order that he may not fall away from beauty.
2. THE FUNDAMENTAL DETERMINANTS OF ARCHITECTURAL FORMS TAKEN SEVERALLY
(a) We have already alluded to the old controversy whether the material of
wood or stone is to be accepted as the point of departure in building, and
whether also it is from this difference of material that the architectural types
proceed. For the real art of building at least, in so far as it lays emphasis on
the aspect of ultimate purpose and elaborates the fundamental type of the
dwelling on the lines of beauty we may accept wood as the more original of
the two.
This is the conclusion of Hirt, following in this respect Vitruvius, and his
conclusion has been much disputed. I will in a few words offer my own
view on the matter in dispute, In the ordinary course of such reflections we
seek to discover the abstract and simple law for a concrete result assumed
as already present. It is in this way that Hirt looks for the basic model of
Greek buildings, in like manner the design[82], the anatomical framework,
and finds it, so far as form and the material connected with it is concerned,
in the dwelling and building of wood. No doubt a house as such is built
mainly as a dwelling, a protection against storm, rain, weather, animals, and
human beings, and requires an enclosure that is complete, in order that a
family or a larger community of men may collect in independent seclusion
and may look after their necessities and pursue their avocations in such
seclusion. The house is a structure throughout with a definite purpose, a
creation of mankind for human objects. For this reason we find him
occupied upon it in many ways and with many objects, and the structure is
articulated in an aggregate pile of all kinds of mechanical ways of mutual
interlacement and imposition[83] in order to hold in position and secure,
according to the laws of gravity, what men are compelled to look after, that
is, the making stable what is erected[84], the closing it in, the support of
what is superimposed, and not merely in the way of support, but, where the
many plinths, borders, and so forth, a secret principle of rhythm[81] prevails
among the ancients, which the instinct of the Greeks before all others has
discovered; from which he may no doubt now and again deviate in points of
detail, but the fundamental relations of which he is in general bound to
preserve in order that he may not fall away from beauty.
2. THE FUNDAMENTAL DETERMINANTS OF ARCHITECTURAL FORMS TAKEN SEVERALLY
(a) We have already alluded to the old controversy whether the material of
wood or stone is to be accepted as the point of departure in building, and
whether also it is from this difference of material that the architectural types
proceed. For the real art of building at least, in so far as it lays emphasis on
the aspect of ultimate purpose and elaborates the fundamental type of the
dwelling on the lines of beauty we may accept wood as the more original of
the two.
This is the conclusion of Hirt, following in this respect Vitruvius, and his
conclusion has been much disputed. I will in a few words offer my own
view on the matter in dispute, In the ordinary course of such reflections we
seek to discover the abstract and simple law for a concrete result assumed
as already present. It is in this way that Hirt looks for the basic model of
Greek buildings, in like manner the design[82], the anatomical framework,
and finds it, so far as form and the material connected with it is concerned,
in the dwelling and building of wood. No doubt a house as such is built
mainly as a dwelling, a protection against storm, rain, weather, animals, and
human beings, and requires an enclosure that is complete, in order that a
family or a larger community of men may collect in independent seclusion
and may look after their necessities and pursue their avocations in such
seclusion. The house is a structure throughout with a definite purpose, a
creation of mankind for human objects. For this reason we find him
occupied upon it in many ways and with many objects, and the structure is
articulated in an aggregate pile of all kinds of mechanical ways of mutual
interlacement and imposition[83] in order to hold in position and secure,
according to the laws of gravity, what men are compelled to look after, that
is, the making stable what is erected[84], the closing it in, the support of
what is superimposed, and not merely in the way of support, but, where the
Page 75
structure rests horizontally, the preservation of it in such a position, and,
further, the uniting of all that clashes together at nooks and corners and so
on. Now it is quite true that the house makes it necessary that the enclosure
should be complete; and for this walls are most serviceable and safest; and
from this point of view the building of stone appears most to answer the
purpose. We may, however, with equal ease construct our fence with posts
standing in juxtaposition, upon which then beams will rest, which at the
same time both bind together and secure the perpendicular posts. Finally we
come to the cover of all and roofing. In the temple house, moreover, the fact
of enclosure is not the main fact of importance, but the feature of support
and being supported. For this mechanical result the wooden structure is
obviously the nearest to hand and the most natural. For the post, as that
which supports, which at the same time requires a means of conjunction,
and suffers the same to weigh on it in the shape of the cross-beam,
constitutes here all that goes to the root of the matter. This essential division
of parts and connection as well as the association of these aspects for a
definite purpose belongs to the very nature of a wooden structure, which
has its necessary material directly supplied it by the tree. In the tree we find
already, without working upon it to any considerable or laborious extent,
both post and beam, in so far as, that is, the wood already by itself
possesses a definite form and consists of separate lengths, more or less in
the straight line, lengths which can be brought together into rectangular
corners no less than those which are acute or obtuse, and in this way
provide corner pillars, supports, cross-beams and roof. Stone, on the
contrary, never at any time possesses a form so definite. In contrast to the
tree it is a formless mass, which first must be intentionally isolated and
worked upon, in order that it may fit in juxtaposition to or superposition on
other pieces and so once more be brought together with such. It requires, in
short, several processes before it receives the form and serviceableness
which wood already possesses independently. Moreover, stone material,
when it is used in great masses, invites rather excavations and generally
speaking, being ab initio relatively formless, is capable of every kind of
form, for which reason it is rather the congenial material for the symbolical
as also the romantic types of building, while wood, by reason of its natural
form of straight stems, is demonstrably without mediation more serviceable
to that more severe type of purpose and observance of rule, which is the
fountain-head of classical architecture. In this respect the structure of stone
further, the uniting of all that clashes together at nooks and corners and so
on. Now it is quite true that the house makes it necessary that the enclosure
should be complete; and for this walls are most serviceable and safest; and
from this point of view the building of stone appears most to answer the
purpose. We may, however, with equal ease construct our fence with posts
standing in juxtaposition, upon which then beams will rest, which at the
same time both bind together and secure the perpendicular posts. Finally we
come to the cover of all and roofing. In the temple house, moreover, the fact
of enclosure is not the main fact of importance, but the feature of support
and being supported. For this mechanical result the wooden structure is
obviously the nearest to hand and the most natural. For the post, as that
which supports, which at the same time requires a means of conjunction,
and suffers the same to weigh on it in the shape of the cross-beam,
constitutes here all that goes to the root of the matter. This essential division
of parts and connection as well as the association of these aspects for a
definite purpose belongs to the very nature of a wooden structure, which
has its necessary material directly supplied it by the tree. In the tree we find
already, without working upon it to any considerable or laborious extent,
both post and beam, in so far as, that is, the wood already by itself
possesses a definite form and consists of separate lengths, more or less in
the straight line, lengths which can be brought together into rectangular
corners no less than those which are acute or obtuse, and in this way
provide corner pillars, supports, cross-beams and roof. Stone, on the
contrary, never at any time possesses a form so definite. In contrast to the
tree it is a formless mass, which first must be intentionally isolated and
worked upon, in order that it may fit in juxtaposition to or superposition on
other pieces and so once more be brought together with such. It requires, in
short, several processes before it receives the form and serviceableness
which wood already possesses independently. Moreover, stone material,
when it is used in great masses, invites rather excavations and generally
speaking, being ab initio relatively formless, is capable of every kind of
form, for which reason it is rather the congenial material for the symbolical
as also the romantic types of building, while wood, by reason of its natural
form of straight stems, is demonstrably without mediation more serviceable
to that more severe type of purpose and observance of rule, which is the
fountain-head of classical architecture. In this respect the structure of stone
Page 76
is mainly predominant with the self-substantive type of building, although
even among the Egyptians, in their colonnades bordered with plinths, other
considerations supervene, which the structure of wood is able more readily
and in the first instance to satisfy. Conversely we do not find that classical
architecture restricts itself entirely to buildings of wood, but, on the
contrary, where it is elaborated in conformity with beauty, executes its
buildings in stone; but in such a way, however, that we are from a certain
point of view still able to recognize in the architectural forms the original
principle of the wood structure, if also from a further one definite relations
attach which do not belong to that kind of building as such.
(b) The points of fundamental importance, which emphasize the dwelling-
house as the basic type of the temple, may be in all essential particulars
enumerated as follows. If we consider with closer attention the house in its
mechanical relation to itself we shall find, in accordance with what we have
already stated, on the one hand, masses of architectural form which serve as
support and, on the other, those that are supported both being united for
stability and security. Thirdly, we have before us the definite aspect of
enclosure and limitation according to the three dimensions of length,
breadth, and height. A construction, moreover, which, by the fact of its
being a mutual correlation of definite aspects distinct from each other, is a
concrete whole, is bound to declare this unity in its constitution. So we find
here that essential differences arise which perforce assert themselves no less
in their division and specific elaboration than they do in their rational
connexus.
(α) Of first importance in this respect to consider is the aspect of service in
the way of support. When we speak of masses that support we commonly,
under the influence of every-day needs, think of the wall as the most secure
and reliable means of support. Support as such, however, as we have
already seen, is not the exclusive principle of the wall; for the wall serves
essentially as a means of enclosure and connection, and for this reason is a
predominant feature in the romantic type of building. What is the
peculiarity of Greek architecture is this, that it gives direct form to the
principle of support by itself, and for this object employs columns as a
fundamental contribution to the purpose and beauty of its architecture.
(αα) The aim of the column is to support and only this; and although a
series of columns set up in a straight line make a boundary, such an
even among the Egyptians, in their colonnades bordered with plinths, other
considerations supervene, which the structure of wood is able more readily
and in the first instance to satisfy. Conversely we do not find that classical
architecture restricts itself entirely to buildings of wood, but, on the
contrary, where it is elaborated in conformity with beauty, executes its
buildings in stone; but in such a way, however, that we are from a certain
point of view still able to recognize in the architectural forms the original
principle of the wood structure, if also from a further one definite relations
attach which do not belong to that kind of building as such.
(b) The points of fundamental importance, which emphasize the dwelling-
house as the basic type of the temple, may be in all essential particulars
enumerated as follows. If we consider with closer attention the house in its
mechanical relation to itself we shall find, in accordance with what we have
already stated, on the one hand, masses of architectural form which serve as
support and, on the other, those that are supported both being united for
stability and security. Thirdly, we have before us the definite aspect of
enclosure and limitation according to the three dimensions of length,
breadth, and height. A construction, moreover, which, by the fact of its
being a mutual correlation of definite aspects distinct from each other, is a
concrete whole, is bound to declare this unity in its constitution. So we find
here that essential differences arise which perforce assert themselves no less
in their division and specific elaboration than they do in their rational
connexus.
(α) Of first importance in this respect to consider is the aspect of service in
the way of support. When we speak of masses that support we commonly,
under the influence of every-day needs, think of the wall as the most secure
and reliable means of support. Support as such, however, as we have
already seen, is not the exclusive principle of the wall; for the wall serves
essentially as a means of enclosure and connection, and for this reason is a
predominant feature in the romantic type of building. What is the
peculiarity of Greek architecture is this, that it gives direct form to the
principle of support by itself, and for this object employs columns as a
fundamental contribution to the purpose and beauty of its architecture.
(αα) The aim of the column is to support and only this; and although a
series of columns set up in a straight line make a boundary, such an
Page 77
enclosure falls short of a secure wall or partition, and is, in fact, expressly
cancelled by the genuine partition and placed in a position of free
independence. Owing to this exclusive object of support which pertains to
the column, it is of first importance that it should display the aspect of such
a purpose relatively to the weight which rests upon it. Consequently it
should neither be too strong nor too slender, nor again too compressed, not
mount upwards to such a height and with such ease as though the weight
upon it was not treated seriously.
(ββ) And just as this column is thus differentiated from the enclosing wall,
or fence, it is further from another point of view distinct from the mere post.
In other words, the post is fixed directly in the ground and ceases with like
directness at the precise point where a weight is reposed upon it. For which
reason its determinate length, its commencement and termination equally
appear as a negative limitation by means of something else, as a
determinacy which is the result of chance, which it does not possess in its
own right. Commencement and termination, however, are defining
characteristics, which are part of the very notion of the supporting column,
and consequently must declare themselves in it as the conditions[85] of its
own substance. This is the ground of the fact that architecture, in the
elaboration of its beauty, assigns to the column a base and a capital. In the
Tuscan order, no doubt, we find no base; the column springs immediately
from the ground. This being so, however, the length appears to the vision as
something accidental. We are ignorant whether the column has not been to
some undefined extent driven into the soil by the superimposed weight. In
order that its commencement must not expose this undefined and accidental
appearance it must with intention have the foot assigned to it, on which it
stands, and which expressly enables us to recognize the commencement as
in reality such. Art will therefore affirm as part of its function that the
column begins at a certain place and for the rest it will make the security,
and stable subsistence obvious to the eyes, and set the vision at rest in this
respect also. For similar reasons our column should terminate in a capital,
which is quite as much evidence of the real function of being a support as it
is an affirmation of the fact that the column terminates here. This
conception of a commencement and conclusion which are both deliberate is
what affords us, in fact, the profounder explanation of base and capital. An
analogous case is that of a cadence in music, which requires a secure
resolution, or that of a book which should terminate without a full stop, or
cancelled by the genuine partition and placed in a position of free
independence. Owing to this exclusive object of support which pertains to
the column, it is of first importance that it should display the aspect of such
a purpose relatively to the weight which rests upon it. Consequently it
should neither be too strong nor too slender, nor again too compressed, not
mount upwards to such a height and with such ease as though the weight
upon it was not treated seriously.
(ββ) And just as this column is thus differentiated from the enclosing wall,
or fence, it is further from another point of view distinct from the mere post.
In other words, the post is fixed directly in the ground and ceases with like
directness at the precise point where a weight is reposed upon it. For which
reason its determinate length, its commencement and termination equally
appear as a negative limitation by means of something else, as a
determinacy which is the result of chance, which it does not possess in its
own right. Commencement and termination, however, are defining
characteristics, which are part of the very notion of the supporting column,
and consequently must declare themselves in it as the conditions[85] of its
own substance. This is the ground of the fact that architecture, in the
elaboration of its beauty, assigns to the column a base and a capital. In the
Tuscan order, no doubt, we find no base; the column springs immediately
from the ground. This being so, however, the length appears to the vision as
something accidental. We are ignorant whether the column has not been to
some undefined extent driven into the soil by the superimposed weight. In
order that its commencement must not expose this undefined and accidental
appearance it must with intention have the foot assigned to it, on which it
stands, and which expressly enables us to recognize the commencement as
in reality such. Art will therefore affirm as part of its function that the
column begins at a certain place and for the rest it will make the security,
and stable subsistence obvious to the eyes, and set the vision at rest in this
respect also. For similar reasons our column should terminate in a capital,
which is quite as much evidence of the real function of being a support as it
is an affirmation of the fact that the column terminates here. This
conception of a commencement and conclusion which are both deliberate is
what affords us, in fact, the profounder explanation of base and capital. An
analogous case is that of a cadence in music, which requires a secure
resolution, or that of a book which should terminate without a full stop, or
Page 78
should start off without a capital letter, in the making of which, however,
especially in the Middle Ages, large illuminated letters have been
employed, with similar decorations at the work's conclusion, in order to
bring prominently before the mind the facts of commencement and
termination. However much, therefore, both base and capital appear to
exceed what is obviously required we must not regard them as a decorative
superfluity, or think of simply deducing them from the example of Egyptian
columns, which still imitate the type of the vegetable kingdom. Figures of
organic design, such as are represented by sculpture in animal and human
form, begin and terminate in the free outlines they themselves present, for it
is the rational organism itself, which gives outline to the form working
thereon from its own intrinsic nature. Architecture, on the contrary,
possesses for the column and its shapes nothing beyond the mechanical
relation of support, and the spatial distance from the ground to the point
where the weight that is supported terminates the column. Art, however, is
bound to emphasize and disclose the particular aspects which lie together in
this determinate relation for the reason that they are essential features of the
column. Its precise length and its twofold boundary both above and below,
that is, no less than its relation as support, must consequently not appear as
coming to it incidentally and by virtue of something else, but must also be
represented as immanent in its very being.
With respect to the form of column other than its base and capital, it is in
the first place round, circular-shaped, for it has to stand up in free and
independent self-seclusion. The most essentially simple, securely exclusive,
rationally defined[86], and most regular line is in fact the circle. For this
reason the column already proves from its shape that it is not adapted to
form an even surface when placed in adjacent rows, as is the case with
adjacent posts which are squared to the rectangular corner, and so present
walls and partitions, but it has merely the object to offer a support under its
own self-limitation. Moreover the columnar structure is ordinarily reduced
in size gradually, as it ascends from one-third of its height, it becomes less
in circumference and thickness, because the portions beneath have to carry
that above, and it is felt necessary to emphasize and make obvious also this
mechanical relation of the several parts of the column itself. Finally, we
frequently find that columns are grooved; the reason of this is twofold, first,
essentially to diversify the simple form, and secondly to make the columns
appear more thick by means of such a division where this is necessary.
especially in the Middle Ages, large illuminated letters have been
employed, with similar decorations at the work's conclusion, in order to
bring prominently before the mind the facts of commencement and
termination. However much, therefore, both base and capital appear to
exceed what is obviously required we must not regard them as a decorative
superfluity, or think of simply deducing them from the example of Egyptian
columns, which still imitate the type of the vegetable kingdom. Figures of
organic design, such as are represented by sculpture in animal and human
form, begin and terminate in the free outlines they themselves present, for it
is the rational organism itself, which gives outline to the form working
thereon from its own intrinsic nature. Architecture, on the contrary,
possesses for the column and its shapes nothing beyond the mechanical
relation of support, and the spatial distance from the ground to the point
where the weight that is supported terminates the column. Art, however, is
bound to emphasize and disclose the particular aspects which lie together in
this determinate relation for the reason that they are essential features of the
column. Its precise length and its twofold boundary both above and below,
that is, no less than its relation as support, must consequently not appear as
coming to it incidentally and by virtue of something else, but must also be
represented as immanent in its very being.
With respect to the form of column other than its base and capital, it is in
the first place round, circular-shaped, for it has to stand up in free and
independent self-seclusion. The most essentially simple, securely exclusive,
rationally defined[86], and most regular line is in fact the circle. For this
reason the column already proves from its shape that it is not adapted to
form an even surface when placed in adjacent rows, as is the case with
adjacent posts which are squared to the rectangular corner, and so present
walls and partitions, but it has merely the object to offer a support under its
own self-limitation. Moreover the columnar structure is ordinarily reduced
in size gradually, as it ascends from one-third of its height, it becomes less
in circumference and thickness, because the portions beneath have to carry
that above, and it is felt necessary to emphasize and make obvious also this
mechanical relation of the several parts of the column itself. Finally, we
frequently find that columns are grooved; the reason of this is twofold, first,
essentially to diversify the simple form, and secondly to make the columns
appear more thick by means of such a division where this is necessary.
Page 79
(γγ) Although, then, the column is set up in independent isolation it has
none the less to make it appear evident that it is not placed there for its own
sake, but as subservient to the mass which it is erected to support. In so far
as the house requires a boundary on every side the singular column is
therefore not sufficient, but others have to be placed adjacent to it, in other
words we come upon the definite conception of a diversity of columns
placed in a series. And when several columns support the same weight this
common service is at the same time that which determines the equal height
which they all possess and which unites them together, in other words the
beam. This marks the transition from the aspect of support to the opposed
object supported.
none the less to make it appear evident that it is not placed there for its own
sake, but as subservient to the mass which it is erected to support. In so far
as the house requires a boundary on every side the singular column is
therefore not sufficient, but others have to be placed adjacent to it, in other
words we come upon the definite conception of a diversity of columns
placed in a series. And when several columns support the same weight this
common service is at the same time that which determines the equal height
which they all possess and which unites them together, in other words the
beam. This marks the transition from the aspect of support to the opposed
object supported.
Page 80
(β) That which columns support is the entablature superimposed. The
relation of most importance to be considered here is that of rectangularity.
Not merely in its relation to the ground, but also in that to the entablature
the supporting structure must be rectangular. For the horizontal position is
by the laws of gravity that which is alone intrinsically the most stable and
fitting, and the right angle the only definitely secure one. The acute and
obtuse angles are, on the contrary, indefinite, and both vary in their degree
and are subject to contingency.
We may differentiate between the component parts of the entablature as
follows:
(αα) The architrave, that is, the main beam, rests immediately upon the
columns which stand adjacent in a direct line of equal height; this unites the
columns together and places on them a weight shared equally. As beam, and
nothing more, it merely requires the form of four level surfaces mutually
related as rectangular in all three dimensions and their abstract regularity.
Owing to the fact, however, that the architrave as to one part of it is
supported by the columns, and in another constitutes the stay of the rest of
the entablature, and it is from this latter again that itself receives the
necessary relation of being a support, progressive architecture also places in
external relief this twofold aspect of the main beam by emphasizing in the
upper portions of the aspect of support by means of jutting plinths and so
forth. In this respect therefore the main beam is not merely related to the
columns which support it, but in like degree to other burdens which repose
upon it.
(ββ) These in the first instance constitute the frieze. The border or frieze
consists in one part of it of the tops of the joists[87], which rest on the
entablature, in another part of the spaces between the same. For this reason
the frieze contains more essential differences than those distinguishing the
architrave, and is bound to emphasize them more sharply, especially in the
case where architecture, although executed in stone materials, follows more
stringently the fundamental type of the wood construction. This is supplied
us by the distinction between triglyphs and metopes. In other words
triglyphs are the tops of the beams which are divided into three spaces, the
metopes are the rectangular spaces between the separate triglyphs. In
relation of most importance to be considered here is that of rectangularity.
Not merely in its relation to the ground, but also in that to the entablature
the supporting structure must be rectangular. For the horizontal position is
by the laws of gravity that which is alone intrinsically the most stable and
fitting, and the right angle the only definitely secure one. The acute and
obtuse angles are, on the contrary, indefinite, and both vary in their degree
and are subject to contingency.
We may differentiate between the component parts of the entablature as
follows:
(αα) The architrave, that is, the main beam, rests immediately upon the
columns which stand adjacent in a direct line of equal height; this unites the
columns together and places on them a weight shared equally. As beam, and
nothing more, it merely requires the form of four level surfaces mutually
related as rectangular in all three dimensions and their abstract regularity.
Owing to the fact, however, that the architrave as to one part of it is
supported by the columns, and in another constitutes the stay of the rest of
the entablature, and it is from this latter again that itself receives the
necessary relation of being a support, progressive architecture also places in
external relief this twofold aspect of the main beam by emphasizing in the
upper portions of the aspect of support by means of jutting plinths and so
forth. In this respect therefore the main beam is not merely related to the
columns which support it, but in like degree to other burdens which repose
upon it.
(ββ) These in the first instance constitute the frieze. The border or frieze
consists in one part of it of the tops of the joists[87], which rest on the
entablature, in another part of the spaces between the same. For this reason
the frieze contains more essential differences than those distinguishing the
architrave, and is bound to emphasize them more sharply, especially in the
case where architecture, although executed in stone materials, follows more
stringently the fundamental type of the wood construction. This is supplied
us by the distinction between triglyphs and metopes. In other words
triglyphs are the tops of the beams which are divided into three spaces, the
metopes are the rectangular spaces between the separate triglyphs. In
Page 81
former times they were in all probability left bare, in later, however, they
are filled up[88], nay, even covered over and decorated with reliefs.
(γγ) The frieze, moreover, which rests on the entablature, carries the wreath
or cornice. The function of this is to support the roof, which completes the
whole upwards. Here we at once meet with questions of what form this
final limitation is to be. For we may have in this respect two kinds of
termination, either the horizontal and rectangular, or the one inclined to an
acute or obtuse angle. If we look at the mere question of natural necessity
we shall see that Southerners, who suffer little from rain and storm, merely
require protection from sunlight; in their case a horizontal and rectangular
roofing of house is likely to suffice. Northerners, on the contrary, have to
protect themselves against inevitable showers of rain, against contingency
of snow, that the weight may not prove too great; they require inclining
roofs. At the same time, in the case of a fine art of building, mere necessity
is not only of account; as art it has also to satisfy the profounder
requirements of what is pleasing and beautiful. What mounts upwards from
the ground must be conceived with a base, a foot, on which it stands and
which serves it for support; and in addition to this columns and the
partitions of genuine architecture supply us visibly with the means of
support. That which closes all above, the roofing, has no longer to support a
weight, but merely to be supported, and is bound to declare in itself this
definite aspect that it no longer supports anything. In other words, it must
be so constructed that it is actually unable to support, and consequently fine
down to an angle, whether it be acute or obtuse. Ancient temples have in
consequence no horizontal roofing, but two roof surfaces which meet at
obtuse angles, and it is out of consideration for beauty that the building is
thus terminated. In short, roof surfaces that are horizontal do not give us the
appearance of a building entirely complete; a horizontal flat may always
add further weight to its height; this the line in which inclining roof surfaces
terminate is no longer able to do. To take an analogous case in the art of
painting, it is the pyramidal form in the grouping of figures which best
satisfies artistic taste.
(γ) The final determining factor which we have to consider is that of the
enclosing, the walls, and partitions. Columns no doubt support and form a
boundary, but they do not enclose; they are, on the contrary, as such
boundary, incompatible with the interior which is hemmed in by walls. If
are filled up[88], nay, even covered over and decorated with reliefs.
(γγ) The frieze, moreover, which rests on the entablature, carries the wreath
or cornice. The function of this is to support the roof, which completes the
whole upwards. Here we at once meet with questions of what form this
final limitation is to be. For we may have in this respect two kinds of
termination, either the horizontal and rectangular, or the one inclined to an
acute or obtuse angle. If we look at the mere question of natural necessity
we shall see that Southerners, who suffer little from rain and storm, merely
require protection from sunlight; in their case a horizontal and rectangular
roofing of house is likely to suffice. Northerners, on the contrary, have to
protect themselves against inevitable showers of rain, against contingency
of snow, that the weight may not prove too great; they require inclining
roofs. At the same time, in the case of a fine art of building, mere necessity
is not only of account; as art it has also to satisfy the profounder
requirements of what is pleasing and beautiful. What mounts upwards from
the ground must be conceived with a base, a foot, on which it stands and
which serves it for support; and in addition to this columns and the
partitions of genuine architecture supply us visibly with the means of
support. That which closes all above, the roofing, has no longer to support a
weight, but merely to be supported, and is bound to declare in itself this
definite aspect that it no longer supports anything. In other words, it must
be so constructed that it is actually unable to support, and consequently fine
down to an angle, whether it be acute or obtuse. Ancient temples have in
consequence no horizontal roofing, but two roof surfaces which meet at
obtuse angles, and it is out of consideration for beauty that the building is
thus terminated. In short, roof surfaces that are horizontal do not give us the
appearance of a building entirely complete; a horizontal flat may always
add further weight to its height; this the line in which inclining roof surfaces
terminate is no longer able to do. To take an analogous case in the art of
painting, it is the pyramidal form in the grouping of figures which best
satisfies artistic taste.
(γ) The final determining factor which we have to consider is that of the
enclosing, the walls, and partitions. Columns no doubt support and form a
boundary, but they do not enclose; they are, on the contrary, as such
boundary, incompatible with the interior which is hemmed in by walls. If
Page 82
we require such an absolute enclosure we must have also thick and solid
dividing walls erected. This is actually the case in temple construction.
(αα) We have nothing further to add with respect to walls except the fact
that they must be built in a straight and even line and perpendicularly for
the reason that walls that rise obliquely to acute and obtuse angles present
the threatening aspect of collapse, and possess no direction once and for all
securely defined; it can merely appear as a matter of chance that they are
reared in whatever more acute or obtuse angle it may happen to be. The
demand of scientific rule and purpose alike is here also once more for the
right angle.
(ββ) Owing to the fact that walls act as enclosures no less than as means of
support, while we restricted the true function of the column to that of mere
support, we approximate to the conception that where we have to satisfy
these two distinct needs of support and enclosure columns may be set up
and may be united to one another by means of thick walls in such partitions;
it is thus that we get half columns. In this way, for example, Hirt, following
Vitruvius, makes a start in his original type of construction with four
corner-posts. If the necessity of an enclosure is to be satisfied no doubt our
columns, if we are obliged to include such, must be walled up and it is not
difficult to prove that half columns date from remote antiquity. Hirt, for
instance[89], affirms that the employment of half columns is as old as the art
of building itself, and deduces their origin from the circumstance that
columns and piers supported and carried the roofing and other
superimposed structures, but at the same time rendered partition walls
necessary as a protection against sun and inclement weather. Since,
however, the columns already supported the main building in a sufficient
manner, it was not necessary to erect partition walls of either so thick or
firm a material as the columns, and consequently this latter, as a rule,
abutted on the exterior of the building. This theory of their origin may be
correct, but for all that half columns are repugnant to a rational view of
them; we have, in short, here two ends standing side by side in opposition,
and essentially confounding each other, without any law of necessity being
disclosed. It is of course possible to defend half columns, if the point of
departure in considering even the column is so strictly that of the structure
of wood, that we regard their essential function to be that of an enclosure.
Placed in thick walls, however, the column has lost all its significance; it is
dividing walls erected. This is actually the case in temple construction.
(αα) We have nothing further to add with respect to walls except the fact
that they must be built in a straight and even line and perpendicularly for
the reason that walls that rise obliquely to acute and obtuse angles present
the threatening aspect of collapse, and possess no direction once and for all
securely defined; it can merely appear as a matter of chance that they are
reared in whatever more acute or obtuse angle it may happen to be. The
demand of scientific rule and purpose alike is here also once more for the
right angle.
(ββ) Owing to the fact that walls act as enclosures no less than as means of
support, while we restricted the true function of the column to that of mere
support, we approximate to the conception that where we have to satisfy
these two distinct needs of support and enclosure columns may be set up
and may be united to one another by means of thick walls in such partitions;
it is thus that we get half columns. In this way, for example, Hirt, following
Vitruvius, makes a start in his original type of construction with four
corner-posts. If the necessity of an enclosure is to be satisfied no doubt our
columns, if we are obliged to include such, must be walled up and it is not
difficult to prove that half columns date from remote antiquity. Hirt, for
instance[89], affirms that the employment of half columns is as old as the art
of building itself, and deduces their origin from the circumstance that
columns and piers supported and carried the roofing and other
superimposed structures, but at the same time rendered partition walls
necessary as a protection against sun and inclement weather. Since,
however, the columns already supported the main building in a sufficient
manner, it was not necessary to erect partition walls of either so thick or
firm a material as the columns, and consequently this latter, as a rule,
abutted on the exterior of the building. This theory of their origin may be
correct, but for all that half columns are repugnant to a rational view of
them; we have, in short, here two ends standing side by side in opposition,
and essentially confounding each other, without any law of necessity being
disclosed. It is of course possible to defend half columns, if the point of
departure in considering even the column is so strictly that of the structure
of wood, that we regard their essential function to be that of an enclosure.
Placed in thick walls, however, the column has lost all its significance; it is
Page 83
degraded to the mere post. The true column is in its nature round,
essentially complete, and expresses by this very trait of exclusiveness in a
visible way that it is antagonistic to an even surface, and, consequently,
every inclusion in a wall. If, therefore, we desire to have the support of
walls such must be even, not circular columns, but surfaces which can be
extended evenly in a wall.
As far back as 1773 Goethe exclaimed with spirit to the like effect in his
youthful essay, "On the German Art of Building": "What does it matter to
us, you philosophical art-critic of the latest French school, that original
man, spurred on by his needs to invent, drove into the ground four trunks,
then fastened four poles on top and covered the whole with branches and
moss. And after all it is wholly false to say that this hut of yours was the
first begotten on earth. Two poles that cross each other at their ends, two
behind and one stuck diagonally above in forest fashion is and remains, as
you may any day see for yourself in the huts of the fields and the vineyard
slopes, a far earlier discovery from which it is quite impossible for you to
deduce a principle for your pig-stye." In other words Goethe seeks to prove
that columns enclosed in walls placed in buildings whose essential object is
that of mere enclosure have no meaning. This is not because he would not
recognize the beauty of the column. On the contrary, he is loud in its praise.
"But take good care," he adds, "not to employ them improperly: it is their
nature to stand up free. Woe to the wretch who has soldered their slender
growth in blockish walls." It is from such a point of view that he proceeds
to consider the building art of the Middle Ages and our own time and
affirms: "The column is of no value as a constituent feature of our
dwellings: it rather contradicts the essence of all our buildings. Our houses
do not consist of four columns in four corners; they consist of four walls on
four sides, which stand in the place of all columns, totally exclude such, and
where they are thrust in they are a burdensome superfluity. This applies to
our palaces and churches, subject to one or two exceptions, which it is not
necessary to particularize." We have in the above statement, which is the
result of independent observation of the facts, the principle of the column
correctly expressed. The column must place its foot down in front of the
wall and appear in complete independence of it. In our more modern
architecture no doubt we find pilasters freely used; architects, have,
however, regarded them as the repeated adumbration of previous columns,
and made them flat rather than round.
essentially complete, and expresses by this very trait of exclusiveness in a
visible way that it is antagonistic to an even surface, and, consequently,
every inclusion in a wall. If, therefore, we desire to have the support of
walls such must be even, not circular columns, but surfaces which can be
extended evenly in a wall.
As far back as 1773 Goethe exclaimed with spirit to the like effect in his
youthful essay, "On the German Art of Building": "What does it matter to
us, you philosophical art-critic of the latest French school, that original
man, spurred on by his needs to invent, drove into the ground four trunks,
then fastened four poles on top and covered the whole with branches and
moss. And after all it is wholly false to say that this hut of yours was the
first begotten on earth. Two poles that cross each other at their ends, two
behind and one stuck diagonally above in forest fashion is and remains, as
you may any day see for yourself in the huts of the fields and the vineyard
slopes, a far earlier discovery from which it is quite impossible for you to
deduce a principle for your pig-stye." In other words Goethe seeks to prove
that columns enclosed in walls placed in buildings whose essential object is
that of mere enclosure have no meaning. This is not because he would not
recognize the beauty of the column. On the contrary, he is loud in its praise.
"But take good care," he adds, "not to employ them improperly: it is their
nature to stand up free. Woe to the wretch who has soldered their slender
growth in blockish walls." It is from such a point of view that he proceeds
to consider the building art of the Middle Ages and our own time and
affirms: "The column is of no value as a constituent feature of our
dwellings: it rather contradicts the essence of all our buildings. Our houses
do not consist of four columns in four corners; they consist of four walls on
four sides, which stand in the place of all columns, totally exclude such, and
where they are thrust in they are a burdensome superfluity. This applies to
our palaces and churches, subject to one or two exceptions, which it is not
necessary to particularize." We have in the above statement, which is the
result of independent observation of the facts, the principle of the column
correctly expressed. The column must place its foot down in front of the
wall and appear in complete independence of it. In our more modern
architecture no doubt we find pilasters freely used; architects, have,
however, regarded them as the repeated adumbration of previous columns,
and made them flat rather than round.
Page 84
(γγ) From this it is clear that though no doubt walls may serve as support,
yet, for the reason that the function of support is already independently
performed by columns, they must, on their part in finished classical
architecture be accepted as essentially having for their object the enclosure.
If they are taken as columns are taken, to provide means of support, the
essentially distinct defining functions of these latter are not, as is most
desirable, performed also as by distinct constituent parts of the building[90],
and the conception of what walls ought to provide is impaired and
confused. We consequently find even in temples that the central hall, where
the statue of the god was placed, to enclose which was the main object, is
often left open in the upper part. If, however, a roofing is required, the
claims of the lofty style of beauty made it necessary that the same should be
supported independently. In other words the direct imposition of entablature
and roof on the enclosing walls is purely a matter of necessity and need; it
is not appertinent to free architectural beauty, because in the art of classical
buildings we require as means of support neither partitions nor walls, which
would be rather derogatory to the design in so far as—we have already
noticed the fact—they put together contrivances and a wall-space of greater
extent than is actually necessary.
These would be the main distinguishing features which in classical
architecture we have to keep apart.
(c) Although we may then, on the one hand, declare it as a principle of first
importance that the distinctions which have been summarily indicated must
appear with their differences emphasized, it is equally necessary on the
other that they should be united in a whole. We will shortly, in conclusion,
draw attention to this union which in architecture will be rather and simply
a juxtaposition, association, and a thorough eurhythmy of the entire
construction. Generally speaking the Greek temple buildings present an
aspect which both satisfies, and if we may use the expression, sates us to
the full.
(α) There is no soaring up, but the whole just expands on the broad level
and is extended without particular elevation. In order to view the building's
face it is barely necessary to raise the sight with intention; it is, on the
contrary, allured to the bare expanse, while the building art of Germany in
the Middle Ages strives up almost without mass and soars. Among the
ancients breadth, regarded as secure and convenient foundation on the
yet, for the reason that the function of support is already independently
performed by columns, they must, on their part in finished classical
architecture be accepted as essentially having for their object the enclosure.
If they are taken as columns are taken, to provide means of support, the
essentially distinct defining functions of these latter are not, as is most
desirable, performed also as by distinct constituent parts of the building[90],
and the conception of what walls ought to provide is impaired and
confused. We consequently find even in temples that the central hall, where
the statue of the god was placed, to enclose which was the main object, is
often left open in the upper part. If, however, a roofing is required, the
claims of the lofty style of beauty made it necessary that the same should be
supported independently. In other words the direct imposition of entablature
and roof on the enclosing walls is purely a matter of necessity and need; it
is not appertinent to free architectural beauty, because in the art of classical
buildings we require as means of support neither partitions nor walls, which
would be rather derogatory to the design in so far as—we have already
noticed the fact—they put together contrivances and a wall-space of greater
extent than is actually necessary.
These would be the main distinguishing features which in classical
architecture we have to keep apart.
(c) Although we may then, on the one hand, declare it as a principle of first
importance that the distinctions which have been summarily indicated must
appear with their differences emphasized, it is equally necessary on the
other that they should be united in a whole. We will shortly, in conclusion,
draw attention to this union which in architecture will be rather and simply
a juxtaposition, association, and a thorough eurhythmy of the entire
construction. Generally speaking the Greek temple buildings present an
aspect which both satisfies, and if we may use the expression, sates us to
the full.
(α) There is no soaring up, but the whole just expands on the broad level
and is extended without particular elevation. In order to view the building's
face it is barely necessary to raise the sight with intention; it is, on the
contrary, allured to the bare expanse, while the building art of Germany in
the Middle Ages strives up almost without mass and soars. Among the
ancients breadth, regarded as secure and convenient foundation on the
Page 85
earth, is the main thing. Height is rather borrowed from the height of man,
and merely is increased in proportion as the building increases in breadth
and width.
(β) Furthermore, embellishments are so effected that they do not impair the
impression of simplicity. For much also depends on the mode of decoration.
The ancients, more particularly the Greeks, preserve here the finest sense of
proportion. Extensive surfaces and lines of entire simplicity, for instance, do
not appear so large in this undivided simplicity as in the case where some
variety, somewhat that destroys this uniformity is introduced, by which at
once an extension of more definite outline is presented to the vision. If this
subdivision, however, and its adornment is wholly elaborated in detail, so
that we have nothing before us but a variety and its details, even the most
imposing relations and dimensions appear to be crumbled away and
destroyed. The ancients, therefore, as a rule are actuated in their works
neither to let the same and their proportions by such means appear in any
way greater than they actually are, nor do they break up the whole by means
of interruptions and embellishments to the extent that—because all parts are
small and a unity is absent which shall once more bring everything together
and fuse it throughout—therefore the whole also shall appear as
insignificant. To quite as little an extent are their works of beauty in their
perfection merely piled up as mere weight on the ground, or tower up out of
all relation to their breadth to the skies. They preserve in this respect, too,
the mean of beauty, and offer at the same time in their simplicity necessary
scope to a duly proportioned variety. Above all, however, the dominant
feature of the whole and its simple particularities appear to permeate in the
most transparent way through all and everything, and overmasters the
individuality of the configuration precisely in the way that in the classical
Ideal the universal substance retains its power to control what is accidental
and particular, in which the same receives its living form, and to bring it
into harmony with itself.
(γ) With regard to the disposition and articulation of the several parts of a
temple we find, on the one hand, a very marked graduation of elaboration,
and on the other much that is purely traditional. The main distinctions that
have an interest for us in this inquiry are limited to the temple precinct
(ναὸς), enclosed by walls containing the image of the god, also the dwelling
in front (πρόναος), that in the rear (ὀπισθόδομος), and the colonnades that
and merely is increased in proportion as the building increases in breadth
and width.
(β) Furthermore, embellishments are so effected that they do not impair the
impression of simplicity. For much also depends on the mode of decoration.
The ancients, more particularly the Greeks, preserve here the finest sense of
proportion. Extensive surfaces and lines of entire simplicity, for instance, do
not appear so large in this undivided simplicity as in the case where some
variety, somewhat that destroys this uniformity is introduced, by which at
once an extension of more definite outline is presented to the vision. If this
subdivision, however, and its adornment is wholly elaborated in detail, so
that we have nothing before us but a variety and its details, even the most
imposing relations and dimensions appear to be crumbled away and
destroyed. The ancients, therefore, as a rule are actuated in their works
neither to let the same and their proportions by such means appear in any
way greater than they actually are, nor do they break up the whole by means
of interruptions and embellishments to the extent that—because all parts are
small and a unity is absent which shall once more bring everything together
and fuse it throughout—therefore the whole also shall appear as
insignificant. To quite as little an extent are their works of beauty in their
perfection merely piled up as mere weight on the ground, or tower up out of
all relation to their breadth to the skies. They preserve in this respect, too,
the mean of beauty, and offer at the same time in their simplicity necessary
scope to a duly proportioned variety. Above all, however, the dominant
feature of the whole and its simple particularities appear to permeate in the
most transparent way through all and everything, and overmasters the
individuality of the configuration precisely in the way that in the classical
Ideal the universal substance retains its power to control what is accidental
and particular, in which the same receives its living form, and to bring it
into harmony with itself.
(γ) With regard to the disposition and articulation of the several parts of a
temple we find, on the one hand, a very marked graduation of elaboration,
and on the other much that is purely traditional. The main distinctions that
have an interest for us in this inquiry are limited to the temple precinct
(ναὸς), enclosed by walls containing the image of the god, also the dwelling
in front (πρόναος), that in the rear (ὀπισθόδομος), and the colonnades that
Page 86
encircle the entire structure. A dwelling in front and behind with a series of
columns before it had originally the typical form, which Vitruvius calls
ἀμφιπρόστυλος; to this was afterwards added a row on either side of the
building, that is the περίπτερος; finally we have the completest form of
elaboration in the δίπτερος, where this row of columns is doubled
throughout the circuit, and in the ὔπαιθρος colonnades detached from the
walls, and which it is possible to pass round, as in the case of the
colonnades above, are added in double rows with the interior of the ναὸς
itself. For such a type of temple Vitruvius instances as an example the eight-
columned temple of Minerva at Athens, and the ten-columned one of
Olympian Jupiter[91].
We will pass over in this place the more detailed consideration of the
number of columns no less than the nature of the intervening spaces
between themselves and the walls, and merely draw attention to the unique
significance which such colonnades and forecourts, or halls possessed in
general for the Greek temple. In these prostyles and amphiprostyles, that is,
these single and double colonnades, which brought you direct into the open
sunshine, we observe that men can move about openly and free and can
group themselves as they choose, or according to the chance of the moment.
Columns are, in short, not an enclosure, but a limitation through which you
can always pass, so that you can be partially within and without them at
once, and at any rate can everywhere step from them into the open day. In
the same way the long walls at the back of the columns do not permit of any
pressure to one central point, whither our sight may instinctively turn when
the passages are crowded. On the contrary the eye is rather diverted from
such a point of unity in every direction; and instead of the conception of a
congregation brought together for One purpose we observe a tendency
outwards, and merely receive the impression of a means of spending the
time devoid of seriousness, light-hearted, idle, and provocative of chatter.
Within the enclosure no doubt we have suggested a profounder aim, but
even here we find surrounding features[92], which more or less indicate that
we are not to take such a purpose too seriously. Consequently the
impression of such a temple, though no doubt simple and imposing, is at the
same time gay, open, and pleasing to the sense; the entire building, in short,
is rather arranged as a place for standing about in, strolling round, for
columns before it had originally the typical form, which Vitruvius calls
ἀμφιπρόστυλος; to this was afterwards added a row on either side of the
building, that is the περίπτερος; finally we have the completest form of
elaboration in the δίπτερος, where this row of columns is doubled
throughout the circuit, and in the ὔπαιθρος colonnades detached from the
walls, and which it is possible to pass round, as in the case of the
colonnades above, are added in double rows with the interior of the ναὸς
itself. For such a type of temple Vitruvius instances as an example the eight-
columned temple of Minerva at Athens, and the ten-columned one of
Olympian Jupiter[91].
We will pass over in this place the more detailed consideration of the
number of columns no less than the nature of the intervening spaces
between themselves and the walls, and merely draw attention to the unique
significance which such colonnades and forecourts, or halls possessed in
general for the Greek temple. In these prostyles and amphiprostyles, that is,
these single and double colonnades, which brought you direct into the open
sunshine, we observe that men can move about openly and free and can
group themselves as they choose, or according to the chance of the moment.
Columns are, in short, not an enclosure, but a limitation through which you
can always pass, so that you can be partially within and without them at
once, and at any rate can everywhere step from them into the open day. In
the same way the long walls at the back of the columns do not permit of any
pressure to one central point, whither our sight may instinctively turn when
the passages are crowded. On the contrary the eye is rather diverted from
such a point of unity in every direction; and instead of the conception of a
congregation brought together for One purpose we observe a tendency
outwards, and merely receive the impression of a means of spending the
time devoid of seriousness, light-hearted, idle, and provocative of chatter.
Within the enclosure no doubt we have suggested a profounder aim, but
even here we find surrounding features[92], which more or less indicate that
we are not to take such a purpose too seriously. Consequently the
impression of such a temple, though no doubt simple and imposing, is at the
same time gay, open, and pleasing to the sense; the entire building, in short,
is rather arranged as a place for standing about in, strolling round, for
Page 87
ingress and egress than in order to enable an assembly of persons to
concentrate their numbers in one spot shut off from the rest of the world.
3. THE DIFFERENT CONSTRUCTIVE TYPES OF CLASSICAL ARCHITECTURE
Casting our glance now on the different forms of construction which offer
us the predominant examples of distinctive type in classical architecture we
may emphasize the following as most important.
(a) What first arrests our attention in this field are those kinds of building
whose lines of distinction are most noticeable in their columns; for this
reason I shall myself, too, limit myself to a statement of the pre-eminently
characteristic traits of the various types of column.
The most famous among the orders of columns are the Doric, Ionic, and
Corinthian, over whose architectural beauty and adaptation to definite
purpose, neither the research of earlier times nor our own has been able to
add anything. For we may assume that the Tuscan, or, according to Hirt[93],
the ancient Greek type of building belongs in its undecorative crudeness to
the original and simple type of wood structure, not to the architecture of
beauty, and the so-called Roman order of columns is of no real moment,
being merely an increase in the decorative character of the Corinthian. The
important points in this inquiry are the relation of the height of columns to
their thickness, the type of base and capital to be distinguished in each case,
and, finally, the greater or less intervening spaces between the columns.
With regard to the first, if the column is not of a height four times as large
as its diameter it appears too bulky and depressed; if its height, however,
exceeds such a proportion by being ten times as large, the column will
appear too slender to the eye, and too slim as a means of support. The
respective intervals between the columns must, however, be considered in
close relation to the above facts; if the columns appear more stout they
should be placed nearer to one another, if on the contrary the impression
they produce is one of slightness and lankness the intervals have to be
larger. It is a matter of equal importance, and this is so whether the columns
have a pedestal or not, whether the capital is of higher or less ample size, is
without or with decoration, for it is by this means that the entire character of
the column is altered. With regard to the column's shaft, however, the rule
obtains that it should be smooth and devoid of decoration, although it does
concentrate their numbers in one spot shut off from the rest of the world.
3. THE DIFFERENT CONSTRUCTIVE TYPES OF CLASSICAL ARCHITECTURE
Casting our glance now on the different forms of construction which offer
us the predominant examples of distinctive type in classical architecture we
may emphasize the following as most important.
(a) What first arrests our attention in this field are those kinds of building
whose lines of distinction are most noticeable in their columns; for this
reason I shall myself, too, limit myself to a statement of the pre-eminently
characteristic traits of the various types of column.
The most famous among the orders of columns are the Doric, Ionic, and
Corinthian, over whose architectural beauty and adaptation to definite
purpose, neither the research of earlier times nor our own has been able to
add anything. For we may assume that the Tuscan, or, according to Hirt[93],
the ancient Greek type of building belongs in its undecorative crudeness to
the original and simple type of wood structure, not to the architecture of
beauty, and the so-called Roman order of columns is of no real moment,
being merely an increase in the decorative character of the Corinthian. The
important points in this inquiry are the relation of the height of columns to
their thickness, the type of base and capital to be distinguished in each case,
and, finally, the greater or less intervening spaces between the columns.
With regard to the first, if the column is not of a height four times as large
as its diameter it appears too bulky and depressed; if its height, however,
exceeds such a proportion by being ten times as large, the column will
appear too slender to the eye, and too slim as a means of support. The
respective intervals between the columns must, however, be considered in
close relation to the above facts; if the columns appear more stout they
should be placed nearer to one another, if on the contrary the impression
they produce is one of slightness and lankness the intervals have to be
larger. It is a matter of equal importance, and this is so whether the columns
have a pedestal or not, whether the capital is of higher or less ample size, is
without or with decoration, for it is by this means that the entire character of
the column is altered. With regard to the column's shaft, however, the rule
obtains that it should be smooth and devoid of decoration, although it does
Page 88
not rise throughout of the same thickness, but is appreciably more slender at
the top than it is midway and at the base, and the change is such that there is
a swelling which, though barely perceptible, is none the less present. In
more recent times no doubt, notably in the Middle Ages, when the antique
types of columns were converted to the use of Christian architecture, the
smoothness of shaft was found to be too cold, and for this reason wreaths of
flowers were entwined round them, or columns of spiral form were
permitted no doubt on similar grounds; this, however, is inadmissible and
opposed to the best taste, because the true function of the column is simply
that of support, and to carry this out they ought to rise in a secure and
straight line and be self-subsistent[94]. The only divergency from the rule in
columnar structure which the ancients admitted was that of the groove, a
variation which, as Vitruvius points out, made such appear broader than
when their surface is wholly smooth. Such grooving we find carried out
very extensively.
I will now indicate more closely the main distinguishing features of the
Doric, Ionian, and Corinthian order of columns respectively.
(α) In primitive buildings security of structure is the fundamental
characteristic beyond which architecture fails to go; consequently it does
not as yet dare to risk relations of a slender kind with the bolder lightness
which belongs to them, but rests satisfied with forms of greater bulk. This is
the case in the Doric type of building. We find here that the material aspect
with its onerous weight still is that which is most influential, and is
particularly apparent in the relations of breadth and height. When a building
is erected in lightness and freedom the burden of heavy masses is
overcome; if on the contrary its disposition is one which suggests mainly
breadth and a low elevation the prevailing impression, as in the Doric style,
is that of stability and solidity, subservient to the dominant force of gravity.
Consistently with this character Doric columns, if contrasted with the other
two orders, are the broadest and lowest. The more ancient examples do not
rise above a height which is six times their diameter, and not unfrequently
they are merely four times that breadth; for this reason they give, by virtue
of their unwieldiness, the impression of an earnest, simple, and unadorned
manliness, such as we have exemplified in the temples at Paestum and
Corinth. The later examples of the Doric order, however, extend their
columns to a height of seven times this unit of measure, and, for buildings
the top than it is midway and at the base, and the change is such that there is
a swelling which, though barely perceptible, is none the less present. In
more recent times no doubt, notably in the Middle Ages, when the antique
types of columns were converted to the use of Christian architecture, the
smoothness of shaft was found to be too cold, and for this reason wreaths of
flowers were entwined round them, or columns of spiral form were
permitted no doubt on similar grounds; this, however, is inadmissible and
opposed to the best taste, because the true function of the column is simply
that of support, and to carry this out they ought to rise in a secure and
straight line and be self-subsistent[94]. The only divergency from the rule in
columnar structure which the ancients admitted was that of the groove, a
variation which, as Vitruvius points out, made such appear broader than
when their surface is wholly smooth. Such grooving we find carried out
very extensively.
I will now indicate more closely the main distinguishing features of the
Doric, Ionian, and Corinthian order of columns respectively.
(α) In primitive buildings security of structure is the fundamental
characteristic beyond which architecture fails to go; consequently it does
not as yet dare to risk relations of a slender kind with the bolder lightness
which belongs to them, but rests satisfied with forms of greater bulk. This is
the case in the Doric type of building. We find here that the material aspect
with its onerous weight still is that which is most influential, and is
particularly apparent in the relations of breadth and height. When a building
is erected in lightness and freedom the burden of heavy masses is
overcome; if on the contrary its disposition is one which suggests mainly
breadth and a low elevation the prevailing impression, as in the Doric style,
is that of stability and solidity, subservient to the dominant force of gravity.
Consistently with this character Doric columns, if contrasted with the other
two orders, are the broadest and lowest. The more ancient examples do not
rise above a height which is six times their diameter, and not unfrequently
they are merely four times that breadth; for this reason they give, by virtue
of their unwieldiness, the impression of an earnest, simple, and unadorned
manliness, such as we have exemplified in the temples at Paestum and
Corinth. The later examples of the Doric order, however, extend their
columns to a height of seven times this unit of measure, and, for buildings
Page 89
other than temples, Vitruvius adds yet another half diameter. More
generally, however, the distinctive character of the Doric type consists in
this that it approximates most nearly to the primitive simplicity of the wood
building, although it is more receptive than the Tuscan to decorative work
and embellishments. The columns, however, have almost without exception
no distinctive base; they stand up directly on their foundation[95], and their
capitals are arranged in the simplest way out of ovolo ornament and plinth.
The shaft is sometimes left smooth, sometimes grooved with twenty drills,
which frequently were flat for one third of the way from the base, and
hollowed out in circular form the rest of the way[96]. As regards the interval
between the columns, according to the older monuments, the breadth is
twice the diameter of a column, and only a few exceed this by a width
between two and two and a half diameters. Another peculiarity of the Doric
type of building in which it approaches the type of wood construction
consists in triglyphs and metopes. In other words triglyphs indicate in the
frieze the tops of the beams of the entablature with which the architrave
culminates inserted there by means of prismatical incisions[97], while the
metopes fill up the spaces between one beam and another, and in the Doric
construction still retain the form of the square[98]. As a decoration they are
frequently covered with reliefs, while beneath the triglyphs, which rest on
the architrave, and as a culmination to the surfaces of the cornice on their
lower side, we have for embellishment six small conical bodies, technically
known as drops.
(β) In the Doric style we are already made aware of an advance in the
characteristics of a solidity which affects us with pleasure. In Ionic
architecture this upward progress is further emphasized in a type notable for
its slenderness, charm, and grace, if still expressed in a simple way. The
height of the columns varies between that of seven and ten times the width
of the diameter at the base, and is determined, according to the conclusions
of Vitruvius, pre-eminently by the breadth of the intervening spaces of the
columns, that is to say, where they are wider the columns appear thinner,
and consequently more slender, where they are more narrow, however, they
appear stouter and of less height. For this reason the architect is forced, in
order to avoid an excess of thinness or bulk, in the first case to reduce the
height, and in the second to increase it. In the case, then, where the intervals
exceed three diameters the height of the columns will merely carry eight of
generally, however, the distinctive character of the Doric type consists in
this that it approximates most nearly to the primitive simplicity of the wood
building, although it is more receptive than the Tuscan to decorative work
and embellishments. The columns, however, have almost without exception
no distinctive base; they stand up directly on their foundation[95], and their
capitals are arranged in the simplest way out of ovolo ornament and plinth.
The shaft is sometimes left smooth, sometimes grooved with twenty drills,
which frequently were flat for one third of the way from the base, and
hollowed out in circular form the rest of the way[96]. As regards the interval
between the columns, according to the older monuments, the breadth is
twice the diameter of a column, and only a few exceed this by a width
between two and two and a half diameters. Another peculiarity of the Doric
type of building in which it approaches the type of wood construction
consists in triglyphs and metopes. In other words triglyphs indicate in the
frieze the tops of the beams of the entablature with which the architrave
culminates inserted there by means of prismatical incisions[97], while the
metopes fill up the spaces between one beam and another, and in the Doric
construction still retain the form of the square[98]. As a decoration they are
frequently covered with reliefs, while beneath the triglyphs, which rest on
the architrave, and as a culmination to the surfaces of the cornice on their
lower side, we have for embellishment six small conical bodies, technically
known as drops.
(β) In the Doric style we are already made aware of an advance in the
characteristics of a solidity which affects us with pleasure. In Ionic
architecture this upward progress is further emphasized in a type notable for
its slenderness, charm, and grace, if still expressed in a simple way. The
height of the columns varies between that of seven and ten times the width
of the diameter at the base, and is determined, according to the conclusions
of Vitruvius, pre-eminently by the breadth of the intervening spaces of the
columns, that is to say, where they are wider the columns appear thinner,
and consequently more slender, where they are more narrow, however, they
appear stouter and of less height. For this reason the architect is forced, in
order to avoid an excess of thinness or bulk, in the first case to reduce the
height, and in the second to increase it. In the case, then, where the intervals
exceed three diameters the height of the columns will merely carry eight of
Page 90
such, where there is an interval of two and a quarter rising to three, the
height will rise to eight and a half diameters. If the columns, however, are
separated only by the width of two diameters, the height must be extended
to nine and a half times the unit, and in the extreme case of an interval of
but one and a half times, such height will even rise to ten times the breadth
of diameter. However, cases such as these latter ones appear very seldom,
and, in so far as we may judge from such monuments of the Ionic type of
building that have come down to us, the ancients made very scanty use of
those relations which necessitated the more lofty columns.
The Ionic type is further distinguished from the Doric in this that the Ionic
columns do not rise directly with their shaft from the substructure, but are
set up on a variously articulated pedestal, and then in unobtrusive
rejuvenescence rise lightly in their slender height to their capitals with a
deeper hollowing out than in the Doric type, a broad grooving of four and
twenty grooves. It is especially in this characteristic that the Ionic temple at
Ephesus is distinguishable from and in contrast to the Doric at Paestum. In
the same way we find an increase of variety and grace in the Ionic capital. It
has not only a carved coussinet[99], little ledge and plinth, but receives both
to the right and left a spiral winding, and at the sides a decorative kind of
cushion, from which is derived its title of the pulvinated capital. The volutes
at the end of the pad or cushion indicate the end of the column, which,
however, may rise to a still greater elevation, but in this possible increase
makes itself essentially a curve.
Compatibly with this slender character of the pleasing decoration of its
columns the Ionic type of building requires a less bulky weight in its beams,
and is concerned in this way too to secure an increase of grace. By doing so
it no longer suggests as a predecessor as the Doric does the wood
construction, and consequently suffers triglyphs and metopes to fall away in
the flat frieze, introducing in their place as its principal means of
decoration, heads of sacrificial animals united with flowery coils, and,
instead of the suspended mutule[100] tops, we find tooth-like
ornamentation[101].
(γ) Finally, to come to the Corinthian order, we find it is in fundamentals
composed upon the Ionic, only that with a similar slenderness it is
elaborated in more tasteful luxuriance, and unfolds the consummate finish
height will rise to eight and a half diameters. If the columns, however, are
separated only by the width of two diameters, the height must be extended
to nine and a half times the unit, and in the extreme case of an interval of
but one and a half times, such height will even rise to ten times the breadth
of diameter. However, cases such as these latter ones appear very seldom,
and, in so far as we may judge from such monuments of the Ionic type of
building that have come down to us, the ancients made very scanty use of
those relations which necessitated the more lofty columns.
The Ionic type is further distinguished from the Doric in this that the Ionic
columns do not rise directly with their shaft from the substructure, but are
set up on a variously articulated pedestal, and then in unobtrusive
rejuvenescence rise lightly in their slender height to their capitals with a
deeper hollowing out than in the Doric type, a broad grooving of four and
twenty grooves. It is especially in this characteristic that the Ionic temple at
Ephesus is distinguishable from and in contrast to the Doric at Paestum. In
the same way we find an increase of variety and grace in the Ionic capital. It
has not only a carved coussinet[99], little ledge and plinth, but receives both
to the right and left a spiral winding, and at the sides a decorative kind of
cushion, from which is derived its title of the pulvinated capital. The volutes
at the end of the pad or cushion indicate the end of the column, which,
however, may rise to a still greater elevation, but in this possible increase
makes itself essentially a curve.
Compatibly with this slender character of the pleasing decoration of its
columns the Ionic type of building requires a less bulky weight in its beams,
and is concerned in this way too to secure an increase of grace. By doing so
it no longer suggests as a predecessor as the Doric does the wood
construction, and consequently suffers triglyphs and metopes to fall away in
the flat frieze, introducing in their place as its principal means of
decoration, heads of sacrificial animals united with flowery coils, and,
instead of the suspended mutule[100] tops, we find tooth-like
ornamentation[101].
(γ) Finally, to come to the Corinthian order, we find it is in fundamentals
composed upon the Ionic, only that with a similar slenderness it is
elaborated in more tasteful luxuriance, and unfolds the consummate finish
Page 91
of adornment and embellishment. Like it content to possess the definite and
various divisions of its structure as a legacy from the wood building, it
emphasizes the same without permitting their origin to be conspicuous by
means of its decorative work, and expresses, in its manifold ledges and
borders on cornice and beam, on its weather moulds, its moulding flutes, its
variously articulated pediments and its more luxuriant capitals, a
multiplicity of pleasing features.
The Corinthian column, it is true, does not exceed in height the Ionic, rising
as a rule with a grooving of similar character, merely eight times or eight
and a half times as high as the diameter of the lower portion of the column,
but it appears more slender and above all more exuberant by virtue of a
loftier capital. For the capital's height is one and an eighth times the
diameter beneath, and has at each of its four corners more slender volutes
which suffer the pulvination of the previous type to fall off, while the part
below is decorated with acanthus leaves. The Greeks have a charming tale
relative to this. A maiden of exceptional beauty, they tell us, died. Her nurse
collected her playthings in a little basket and placed it on her grave, where
an acanthus plant sprang up. The leaves very soon embraced the basket, and
it was this which suggested the thought of the capital of a column.
Of other points of difference between the Corinthian and the Ionic and
Doric orders, I will only further mention the delicately curved mutules
under the cornices, and the projection of the water moulding, and the
indentations and corbel-heads on the cornice[102].
(b) We may, secondly, regard the Roman type of building as an intermediate
form standing between that of Greek and Christian architecture, in so far as
here we find mainly the application of arch and vaultings. It is not possible
to determine with accuracy the time when the construction of arches was
first discovered; it appears, however, certain that neither the Egyptians,
despite the great progress they made in the arts of building, nor the
Babylonians, Israelites, and Phoenicians were cognisant of the ogive or the
vault. The monuments of Egyptian architecture at any rate only show us
that when it was a question of superimposing a roof over the interior of a
building the one means the Egyptians had at their disposal was that of
placing huge slabs of stone across like beams in horizontal position. If it
was required to arch up broad entrances, or cross arches they knew of no
other way of doing this than letting one stone on either side project forward,
various divisions of its structure as a legacy from the wood building, it
emphasizes the same without permitting their origin to be conspicuous by
means of its decorative work, and expresses, in its manifold ledges and
borders on cornice and beam, on its weather moulds, its moulding flutes, its
variously articulated pediments and its more luxuriant capitals, a
multiplicity of pleasing features.
The Corinthian column, it is true, does not exceed in height the Ionic, rising
as a rule with a grooving of similar character, merely eight times or eight
and a half times as high as the diameter of the lower portion of the column,
but it appears more slender and above all more exuberant by virtue of a
loftier capital. For the capital's height is one and an eighth times the
diameter beneath, and has at each of its four corners more slender volutes
which suffer the pulvination of the previous type to fall off, while the part
below is decorated with acanthus leaves. The Greeks have a charming tale
relative to this. A maiden of exceptional beauty, they tell us, died. Her nurse
collected her playthings in a little basket and placed it on her grave, where
an acanthus plant sprang up. The leaves very soon embraced the basket, and
it was this which suggested the thought of the capital of a column.
Of other points of difference between the Corinthian and the Ionic and
Doric orders, I will only further mention the delicately curved mutules
under the cornices, and the projection of the water moulding, and the
indentations and corbel-heads on the cornice[102].
(b) We may, secondly, regard the Roman type of building as an intermediate
form standing between that of Greek and Christian architecture, in so far as
here we find mainly the application of arch and vaultings. It is not possible
to determine with accuracy the time when the construction of arches was
first discovered; it appears, however, certain that neither the Egyptians,
despite the great progress they made in the arts of building, nor the
Babylonians, Israelites, and Phoenicians were cognisant of the ogive or the
vault. The monuments of Egyptian architecture at any rate only show us
that when it was a question of superimposing a roof over the interior of a
building the one means the Egyptians had at their disposal was that of
placing huge slabs of stone across like beams in horizontal position. If it
was required to arch up broad entrances, or cross arches they knew of no
other way of doing this than letting one stone on either side project forward,
Page 92
with another still more projecting one above it, so that the side walls
gradually approached upwards until they reached a point where only one
stone was necessary to close the remaining space between. Where such an
expedient was not necessary they covered the spaces with huge slabs of
stone arranged across in the manner of rafters.
Among the Greeks we do, I believe, find monuments in which the arch
construction has already been adopted, but they are rare; and Hirt, who has
written with most authority over the building and the history of the building
of antiquity, affirms that among such monuments we can rely on none with
security as dating from a time previous to that of Pericles. In other words, in
Greek architecture the features which are characteristic and elaborated are
the column and beam in horizontal position, so that we find here the column
very little used in a relation which lies apart from its true function, namely
that of supporting beams. Moreover the arch that is vaulted from two piers
or columns, and the knob-like formation, connotes a yet further feature, for
we find here that the column already begins to forsake its determinate
attribute of support. For the circular arch in its rise, its flexure and its
declivity is related to a centre which has nothing to do with the column as a
means of support. The separate parts of the circular arch are carried in
mutual opposition; they support and prolong each other in a way that shows
them far more remote from the direct assistance of the column than is the
horizontally superimposed beam.
In Roman architecture, then, as stated, the arch-construction and vaulting is
of very common occurrence, or rather we have certain remains which we
can only attribute to the age of the Roman kings, if we may fully believe the
evidence of later times. Of this type are the catacombs and cloaca, which
were vaulted, but must be regarded as works of a more recent restoration.
The most probable discoverer yet suggested of the vault is Democritus[103],
who occupied himself in a variety of ways with mathematical problems and
is held to be the discoverer of lithotomy.
One of the most famous buildings of Roman architecture, in which the
circular arch appears as fundamental type is the Pantheon of Agrippa
dedicated to Jupiter Ultor, which, in addition to the statue of Jupiter,
contained colossal images of gods in no less than six other niches, namely,
Mars, Venus, the deified Julius Caesar as well as three others whose identity
we cannot fix with accuracy. In either side of these niches stood two
gradually approached upwards until they reached a point where only one
stone was necessary to close the remaining space between. Where such an
expedient was not necessary they covered the spaces with huge slabs of
stone arranged across in the manner of rafters.
Among the Greeks we do, I believe, find monuments in which the arch
construction has already been adopted, but they are rare; and Hirt, who has
written with most authority over the building and the history of the building
of antiquity, affirms that among such monuments we can rely on none with
security as dating from a time previous to that of Pericles. In other words, in
Greek architecture the features which are characteristic and elaborated are
the column and beam in horizontal position, so that we find here the column
very little used in a relation which lies apart from its true function, namely
that of supporting beams. Moreover the arch that is vaulted from two piers
or columns, and the knob-like formation, connotes a yet further feature, for
we find here that the column already begins to forsake its determinate
attribute of support. For the circular arch in its rise, its flexure and its
declivity is related to a centre which has nothing to do with the column as a
means of support. The separate parts of the circular arch are carried in
mutual opposition; they support and prolong each other in a way that shows
them far more remote from the direct assistance of the column than is the
horizontally superimposed beam.
In Roman architecture, then, as stated, the arch-construction and vaulting is
of very common occurrence, or rather we have certain remains which we
can only attribute to the age of the Roman kings, if we may fully believe the
evidence of later times. Of this type are the catacombs and cloaca, which
were vaulted, but must be regarded as works of a more recent restoration.
The most probable discoverer yet suggested of the vault is Democritus[103],
who occupied himself in a variety of ways with mathematical problems and
is held to be the discoverer of lithotomy.
One of the most famous buildings of Roman architecture, in which the
circular arch appears as fundamental type is the Pantheon of Agrippa
dedicated to Jupiter Ultor, which, in addition to the statue of Jupiter,
contained colossal images of gods in no less than six other niches, namely,
Mars, Venus, the deified Julius Caesar as well as three others whose identity
we cannot fix with accuracy. In either side of these niches stood two
Page 93
Corinthian columns, and the whole was vaulted with one majestic vault in
form of the half globe and corresponding to the vault of heaven. With
reference to the material of this vault we may note that it is not a stone one.
In other words the Romans, in the majority of their vaultings, in the first
instance carried out a construction of wood, and covered the same with a
composition of chalk and puzzolana cement, which was made of the dust of
a light kind of tufa and broken tile shards. When this composition was dry
the whole was formed into a mass so that the wooden scaffolding could be
removed and the vaulting, by virtue of the lightness of its material and the
stability of its consolidation, exercised only an insignificant pressure on the
walls.
(c) The architecture of the Romans possessed moreover generally, and apart
from this novel employment of arch construction, an entirely different
scope and character than that of Greece. The Greeks distinguished
themselves, while carrying throughout their work its main purpose, and by
virtue of their perfection as artists, in the nobility, the simplicity no less than
the airy delicacy of their decorations. The Romans on the contrary are, as
artists, at least on the mechanical side of construction more rich and more
ostentatious, but at the same time of less nobility and grace. Add to this in
their architecture we meet with a variety of intention which was unknown
to the Greek. As I have already observed the Greeks entirely devoted the
splendour and beauty of art to public objects. Their private dwellings
remained insignificant. Among the Romans, however, not only do we find
an increase of public buildings, whose main purpose of construction was
splendidly embellished in theatres, spaces for animal combats and other
means of public sport, but architecture received a deliberate impulse in the
direction of private use. More especially after the civil wars villas, baths,
colonnades, flights of steps were constructed with the imposing character of
the most luxurious extravagance, and by this means a new opening was
made for the arts of building, which also included that of gardening, which
was perfected in a way that evinced very considerable talent and taste. The
villa of Lucullus is a striking example.
This type of Roman architecture has in many respects rendered service as a
model to Italians and Frenchmen of t more recent times. Among ourselves
we have for a long time to some measure followed in the steps of the
Italians, and also to some extent in those of the French; finally men have
form of the half globe and corresponding to the vault of heaven. With
reference to the material of this vault we may note that it is not a stone one.
In other words the Romans, in the majority of their vaultings, in the first
instance carried out a construction of wood, and covered the same with a
composition of chalk and puzzolana cement, which was made of the dust of
a light kind of tufa and broken tile shards. When this composition was dry
the whole was formed into a mass so that the wooden scaffolding could be
removed and the vaulting, by virtue of the lightness of its material and the
stability of its consolidation, exercised only an insignificant pressure on the
walls.
(c) The architecture of the Romans possessed moreover generally, and apart
from this novel employment of arch construction, an entirely different
scope and character than that of Greece. The Greeks distinguished
themselves, while carrying throughout their work its main purpose, and by
virtue of their perfection as artists, in the nobility, the simplicity no less than
the airy delicacy of their decorations. The Romans on the contrary are, as
artists, at least on the mechanical side of construction more rich and more
ostentatious, but at the same time of less nobility and grace. Add to this in
their architecture we meet with a variety of intention which was unknown
to the Greek. As I have already observed the Greeks entirely devoted the
splendour and beauty of art to public objects. Their private dwellings
remained insignificant. Among the Romans, however, not only do we find
an increase of public buildings, whose main purpose of construction was
splendidly embellished in theatres, spaces for animal combats and other
means of public sport, but architecture received a deliberate impulse in the
direction of private use. More especially after the civil wars villas, baths,
colonnades, flights of steps were constructed with the imposing character of
the most luxurious extravagance, and by this means a new opening was
made for the arts of building, which also included that of gardening, which
was perfected in a way that evinced very considerable talent and taste. The
villa of Lucullus is a striking example.
This type of Roman architecture has in many respects rendered service as a
model to Italians and Frenchmen of t more recent times. Among ourselves
we have for a long time to some measure followed in the steps of the
Italians, and also to some extent in those of the French; finally men have
Page 94
once more devoted their attention to the Greeks, and have accepted as an
object of imitation the antique in its purer form.
CHAPTER III
ROMANTIC ARCHITECTURE
The Gothic architecture of the Middle Ages, which constitutes here the
characteristic centre of the truly romantic type, has for a long time, more
especially since the popularization and predominance of the French taste,
been regarded as something rude and barbarous. In recent times it was
Goethe who mainly, in the first instance, and in the youthful freshness of his
own nature and artistic outlook, brought once more the Gothic type to its
place of honour. Critical taste has been more and more concerned to
appreciate and respect these imposing works as giving effective expression
both to the distinctive purpose of Christian culture, and the harmonious
unity thereby created between architectonic form and the ideal spirit of
Christendom.
1. GENERAL CHARACTER
In so far as the general character of these buildings is concerned, in which
religious architecture is that which is most prominent, we discovered
already in our introduction to this part of our inquiry that in this type both
those of independent and serviceable architecture are united. This unity,
however, does not in any way consist in a fusion of the architectural forms
of the Oriental and the Greek, but we must look for it in the fact that, on the
one hand, the house or dwelling-enclosure furnishes yet more the
fundamental type than in the Greek temple construction, and, on the other,
mere serviceableness and purpose is to that extent eliminated, and the house
is emphasized apart from it in its free independence. No doubt these houses
of God and other buildings of this type appear to the fullest extent as
constructed for definite objects, as already stated, but their true character is
precisely this, that it reaches over and beyond the determinate aim and
object of imitation the antique in its purer form.
CHAPTER III
ROMANTIC ARCHITECTURE
The Gothic architecture of the Middle Ages, which constitutes here the
characteristic centre of the truly romantic type, has for a long time, more
especially since the popularization and predominance of the French taste,
been regarded as something rude and barbarous. In recent times it was
Goethe who mainly, in the first instance, and in the youthful freshness of his
own nature and artistic outlook, brought once more the Gothic type to its
place of honour. Critical taste has been more and more concerned to
appreciate and respect these imposing works as giving effective expression
both to the distinctive purpose of Christian culture, and the harmonious
unity thereby created between architectonic form and the ideal spirit of
Christendom.
1. GENERAL CHARACTER
In so far as the general character of these buildings is concerned, in which
religious architecture is that which is most prominent, we discovered
already in our introduction to this part of our inquiry that in this type both
those of independent and serviceable architecture are united. This unity,
however, does not in any way consist in a fusion of the architectural forms
of the Oriental and the Greek, but we must look for it in the fact that, on the
one hand, the house or dwelling-enclosure furnishes yet more the
fundamental type than in the Greek temple construction, and, on the other,
mere serviceableness and purpose is to that extent eliminated, and the house
is emphasized apart from it in its free independence. No doubt these houses
of God and other buildings of this type appear to the fullest extent as
constructed for definite objects, as already stated, but their true character is
precisely this, that it reaches over and beyond the determinate aim and
Page 95
presents itself in a form of self-seclusion and positive local independence.
The creation stands up in its place independent, secure, and eternal. For this
reason the character of the entirety is no longer to be deduced from any
purely scientific or theoretical relation. Within the interior the box-like
envelope of our Protestant churches falls away which are built simply that
they may be filled with men and women, and do not possess church pews as
stalls; in their exterior, the building soars in its roofing and pinnacles freely
upwards, so that the relation of purpose, however much it be also present,
tends again to disappear, leaving the impression of the whole that of a self-
subsistent existence. Such a building is entirely filled up by nothing
expressly; everything is absorbed in the grandeur of the whole: it possesses
and declares a definite object, but in its grandiose proportions and sublime
repose it is essentially and with an infinite significance exalted[104] above
all mere intentional serviceableness. This exaltation over finitude and
simple security is that which constitutes the unique characteristic aspect of
it. From another point of view it is precisely in this type that architecture
finds the greatest opportunity for particularisation, diversion of effect and
variety, without permitting, however, the whole to fall into mere details and
accidental particulars. The imposing character of the art we are considering
restores, on the contrary, this aspect of division and dismemberment in the
original impression of simplicity. It is the substantive being of the whole
which is set in division and dismemberment in an infinite multiplicity
throughout the entire complexus of individual and varied distinctions; but
this unbounded complexity is subdivided in a simple way, is articulated
according to rule, broken into parts symmetrically by the same substance,
which is the motive and constitutive principle throughout in a harmonious
co-ordination which entirely satisfies, and which combines without let or
hindrance the mass of detail in all their length and breadth in securest unity
and most perspicuous independence.
2. PARTICULAR ARCHITECTURAL MODES OF CONFORMATION
If we pass now to a consideration of the particular forms in which romantic
architecture receives its specific character we shall find, as we have already
above noticed, that our entire discussion will be confined to what is genuine
Gothic architecture, and mainly that of the church buildings of
Christendom, in their contrast to the Greek temple.
The creation stands up in its place independent, secure, and eternal. For this
reason the character of the entirety is no longer to be deduced from any
purely scientific or theoretical relation. Within the interior the box-like
envelope of our Protestant churches falls away which are built simply that
they may be filled with men and women, and do not possess church pews as
stalls; in their exterior, the building soars in its roofing and pinnacles freely
upwards, so that the relation of purpose, however much it be also present,
tends again to disappear, leaving the impression of the whole that of a self-
subsistent existence. Such a building is entirely filled up by nothing
expressly; everything is absorbed in the grandeur of the whole: it possesses
and declares a definite object, but in its grandiose proportions and sublime
repose it is essentially and with an infinite significance exalted[104] above
all mere intentional serviceableness. This exaltation over finitude and
simple security is that which constitutes the unique characteristic aspect of
it. From another point of view it is precisely in this type that architecture
finds the greatest opportunity for particularisation, diversion of effect and
variety, without permitting, however, the whole to fall into mere details and
accidental particulars. The imposing character of the art we are considering
restores, on the contrary, this aspect of division and dismemberment in the
original impression of simplicity. It is the substantive being of the whole
which is set in division and dismemberment in an infinite multiplicity
throughout the entire complexus of individual and varied distinctions; but
this unbounded complexity is subdivided in a simple way, is articulated
according to rule, broken into parts symmetrically by the same substance,
which is the motive and constitutive principle throughout in a harmonious
co-ordination which entirely satisfies, and which combines without let or
hindrance the mass of detail in all their length and breadth in securest unity
and most perspicuous independence.
2. PARTICULAR ARCHITECTURAL MODES OF CONFORMATION
If we pass now to a consideration of the particular forms in which romantic
architecture receives its specific character we shall find, as we have already
above noticed, that our entire discussion will be confined to what is genuine
Gothic architecture, and mainly that of the church buildings of
Christendom, in their contrast to the Greek temple.
Page 96
(a) As fundamental form underlying all the rest, we have here the wholly
shut off dwelling-house.
(α) In other words, just as the Christian spirit withdraws itself within an
ideal realm, the building is the place essentially delimited on all sides for
the congregation of the Christian community and the gathering together of
spiritual life. It is the concentration of essential soul-life which thus
encloses itself in spatial relations. The devotion of the Christian heart,
however, is at the same time and in the same degree an exaltation over
finitude, so that this exaltation, moreover, determines the character of God's
house. Architecture secures thereby as its significance, independently of the
object which renders it necessary as a building, this exaltation to the
Infinite, a significance which it is forced to express through the spatial
relations of architectural forms. The impression, therefore, which art is now
called upon to emphasize is, in one aspect of it, and in contrast to the open
gaiety of the Greek temple, that of the tranquillity of the soul which,
released from external nature and worldly conditions, retires wholly into
self-seclusion; in the other aspect of it it is that impress of a solemn
sublimity, which strains and soars over and beyond all rational limits. If,
therefore, the buildings of classical architecture as a rule offer the expansion
of breadth, we find in contrast to this that the romantic character of
Christian churches asserts itself in the growth upwards from the soil and a
soaring to the skies.
(β) In this oblivion of external Nature and all the diverting occupations and
interests of finite existence, which is to be effected by means of such
seclusion, the open forecourts and colonnades and the like, which are in
direct communication with that world, furthermore and of necessity fall
away, or only receive an entirely modified representation within the interior
of the building. And in like manner the light of the sun is either excluded, or
glimmers in broken rays through windows of painted glass, which, to
prevent total immersion in darkness, are perforce admitted. What humanity
needs here is not the gift of external Nature, but a world created through it
and for it alone, for its devotion and the activity of its soul-life.
(γ) We may fix as the pervading type by which the house of God is
generally and with particular reference to its sections characterized that of
the free rise and running up into pinnacles, whether they be built up by
means of the arch or straight lines. In classical architecture, where we find
shut off dwelling-house.
(α) In other words, just as the Christian spirit withdraws itself within an
ideal realm, the building is the place essentially delimited on all sides for
the congregation of the Christian community and the gathering together of
spiritual life. It is the concentration of essential soul-life which thus
encloses itself in spatial relations. The devotion of the Christian heart,
however, is at the same time and in the same degree an exaltation over
finitude, so that this exaltation, moreover, determines the character of God's
house. Architecture secures thereby as its significance, independently of the
object which renders it necessary as a building, this exaltation to the
Infinite, a significance which it is forced to express through the spatial
relations of architectural forms. The impression, therefore, which art is now
called upon to emphasize is, in one aspect of it, and in contrast to the open
gaiety of the Greek temple, that of the tranquillity of the soul which,
released from external nature and worldly conditions, retires wholly into
self-seclusion; in the other aspect of it it is that impress of a solemn
sublimity, which strains and soars over and beyond all rational limits. If,
therefore, the buildings of classical architecture as a rule offer the expansion
of breadth, we find in contrast to this that the romantic character of
Christian churches asserts itself in the growth upwards from the soil and a
soaring to the skies.
(β) In this oblivion of external Nature and all the diverting occupations and
interests of finite existence, which is to be effected by means of such
seclusion, the open forecourts and colonnades and the like, which are in
direct communication with that world, furthermore and of necessity fall
away, or only receive an entirely modified representation within the interior
of the building. And in like manner the light of the sun is either excluded, or
glimmers in broken rays through windows of painted glass, which, to
prevent total immersion in darkness, are perforce admitted. What humanity
needs here is not the gift of external Nature, but a world created through it
and for it alone, for its devotion and the activity of its soul-life.
(γ) We may fix as the pervading type by which the house of God is
generally and with particular reference to its sections characterized that of
the free rise and running up into pinnacles, whether they be built up by
means of the arch or straight lines. In classical architecture, where we find
Page 97
columns and piers with superimposed beams is the fundamental form,
rectangularity and the office of support is the feature of importance. For the
construction superimposed at right angles marks in a definite way that it is
supported. And even though the beams do in their turn carry the roofing, the
surfaces of this latter portion incline to one another in an obtuse angle. In
such a construction we find no trace of a genuine tendency to points and a
soaring up: we find simply repose and support. In the same way, too, a
circular arch, which extends in a continuous and equally gradated incline
from one column to another, and is referable to one and the same centre,
rests on its substructure of support. In romantic architecture, however, we
no longer find the relation of support simply and rectangularity the
fundamental form, but rather we have before us the fact that all that is
enclosed either on its interior or exterior side independently springs upward,
and, without the secure and express distinction between the relationship of
weight and support, concentrates in a point. This pre-eminently free striving
upwards and tendency to inclines that run to culminating points is what
constitutes here the essential determinant, by virtue of which either acute-
angled triangles with a more slender or broader base or pointed arches
appear, both of which aspects stand out most obviously in the
characterization of Gothic architecture.
(b) Moreover, the obligations of spiritual devotion and exaltation, regarded
as a cultus, bring before us a variety of definite conditions and features
which cannot be fully met on the exterior of the building in the open halls
or forecourts of a temple, but can only be satisfied within the house of God
itself. If, therefore, in the case of the temple of classical architecture it is the
external form which is of most importance, and we find it remaining by
means of the colonnades more independent of the interior construction,
romantic architecture presents a contrast to this not merely in the fact that
the interior of the building is more essentially important, for the reason that
the whole purports to be simply an enclosure, but also in this, that the
interior permeates the very form of the exterior throughout, and determines
its specific shape and mode of articulation.
In this connection we will, in order to examine the matter more closely, first
make an entrance into the interior, and working outwards therefrom
endeavour to elucidate the exterior.
rectangularity and the office of support is the feature of importance. For the
construction superimposed at right angles marks in a definite way that it is
supported. And even though the beams do in their turn carry the roofing, the
surfaces of this latter portion incline to one another in an obtuse angle. In
such a construction we find no trace of a genuine tendency to points and a
soaring up: we find simply repose and support. In the same way, too, a
circular arch, which extends in a continuous and equally gradated incline
from one column to another, and is referable to one and the same centre,
rests on its substructure of support. In romantic architecture, however, we
no longer find the relation of support simply and rectangularity the
fundamental form, but rather we have before us the fact that all that is
enclosed either on its interior or exterior side independently springs upward,
and, without the secure and express distinction between the relationship of
weight and support, concentrates in a point. This pre-eminently free striving
upwards and tendency to inclines that run to culminating points is what
constitutes here the essential determinant, by virtue of which either acute-
angled triangles with a more slender or broader base or pointed arches
appear, both of which aspects stand out most obviously in the
characterization of Gothic architecture.
(b) Moreover, the obligations of spiritual devotion and exaltation, regarded
as a cultus, bring before us a variety of definite conditions and features
which cannot be fully met on the exterior of the building in the open halls
or forecourts of a temple, but can only be satisfied within the house of God
itself. If, therefore, in the case of the temple of classical architecture it is the
external form which is of most importance, and we find it remaining by
means of the colonnades more independent of the interior construction,
romantic architecture presents a contrast to this not merely in the fact that
the interior of the building is more essentially important, for the reason that
the whole purports to be simply an enclosure, but also in this, that the
interior permeates the very form of the exterior throughout, and determines
its specific shape and mode of articulation.
In this connection we will, in order to examine the matter more closely, first
make an entrance into the interior, and working outwards therefrom
endeavour to elucidate the exterior.
Page 98
(α) The definition I have already adduced as best describing the interior of
the church is that of a certain place set apart and enclosed in all its aspects,
whether it be in opposition to the inclemency of the weather or the
distractions of the outer world, for the community and its spiritual worship.
The space of the interior is consequently an enclosure in the completest
sense, whereas Greek temples, apart from the presence of open passages
and halls in the environment, not unfrequently possessed open cells.
Inasmuch as, moreover, Christian worship is an exaltation of the soul above
the limitations of natural existence and a reconciliation of the individual
with God, we find in this fact a mediation of points of view which are
separably distinct in one and the same essentially concrete unity. At the
same time romantic architecture receives the function in the form and co-
ordination of its building to make the above content of spiritual life, to
enclose which is the prime object of its construction, so far as this is
architecturally feasible, shine through and determine the actual shape both
of the exterior and the interior. The following points will assist our
understanding of the nature of this problem.
(αα) The space of the interior will have to be no abstractly undifferentiated
and empty one, which possesses no essentially defined features or links that
relate them respectively. It must have a concrete form, one, that is, which
presents differences in respect to all the mutual relations of length, breadth,
height, and the mode of such dimensions. The form of the circle, the square,
the oblong, with the equality of enclosing walls and roofing which is
necessary to these figures, will not be suitable here. The movement,
severation, and mediation of soul-life in its exaltation from that which is of
earth to that which is eternal, to the far-off and the more lofty, would fail to
find apt expression in this bare equality of a square figure.
(ββ) It is only a corollary to this that in the Gothic style the substantial
purport of the house, both in respect of its enclosing form of sidewalls and
roof, and in that of its columns and beams relatively to the configuration of
the whole and its parts, becomes a matter of subordinate importance. And
with this disappears, on the one hand, as we have already noticed, the strict
distinction between burden and support, as on the other we find no longer
rectangularity is emphasized as essential to the building's purpose. Recourse
is made once more to an analogous form of Nature, namely, one that
prefigures a solemn place of assemblage and enclosure which freely soars
the church is that of a certain place set apart and enclosed in all its aspects,
whether it be in opposition to the inclemency of the weather or the
distractions of the outer world, for the community and its spiritual worship.
The space of the interior is consequently an enclosure in the completest
sense, whereas Greek temples, apart from the presence of open passages
and halls in the environment, not unfrequently possessed open cells.
Inasmuch as, moreover, Christian worship is an exaltation of the soul above
the limitations of natural existence and a reconciliation of the individual
with God, we find in this fact a mediation of points of view which are
separably distinct in one and the same essentially concrete unity. At the
same time romantic architecture receives the function in the form and co-
ordination of its building to make the above content of spiritual life, to
enclose which is the prime object of its construction, so far as this is
architecturally feasible, shine through and determine the actual shape both
of the exterior and the interior. The following points will assist our
understanding of the nature of this problem.
(αα) The space of the interior will have to be no abstractly undifferentiated
and empty one, which possesses no essentially defined features or links that
relate them respectively. It must have a concrete form, one, that is, which
presents differences in respect to all the mutual relations of length, breadth,
height, and the mode of such dimensions. The form of the circle, the square,
the oblong, with the equality of enclosing walls and roofing which is
necessary to these figures, will not be suitable here. The movement,
severation, and mediation of soul-life in its exaltation from that which is of
earth to that which is eternal, to the far-off and the more lofty, would fail to
find apt expression in this bare equality of a square figure.
(ββ) It is only a corollary to this that in the Gothic style the substantial
purport of the house, both in respect of its enclosing form of sidewalls and
roof, and in that of its columns and beams relatively to the configuration of
the whole and its parts, becomes a matter of subordinate importance. And
with this disappears, on the one hand, as we have already noticed, the strict
distinction between burden and support, as on the other we find no longer
rectangularity is emphasized as essential to the building's purpose. Recourse
is made once more to an analogous form of Nature, namely, one that
prefigures a solemn place of assemblage and enclosure which freely soars
Page 99
upwards. If we step into the interior of a cathedral of the Middle Ages we
have brought before us not so much the stability and mechanical purpose of
supporting piers and a vault that rests upon it. We are rather reminded of the
arches of a forest, whose rows of trees incline with their branches to one
another and form an enclosure by this means. A cross-beam requires a
secure centre of gravity and the horizontal position. In Gothic architecture,
however, the walls mount up freely and independently, and in the same way
the piers, which then expand above in several directions apart from one
another, and coalesce as though by accident. In other words their function,
to support the vaulting, is, although the same in truth reposes on the piers,
not expressly emphasized and independently set forth[105]. The effect is as
though they did not carry such, just as in the tree the branches do not appear
as though supported by the stem, but rather in their airy incurvation as a
continuation of the stem, and with the branches of other trees, form a roof
of leaves. A roofing of this kind, which is thus fixed upon as the cover of
the life of Spirit, this awful environment, which invites us to contemplation,
it is which the cathedral presents us, in so far as the walls and among them
the forest of piers freely coalesce in their summits. But for all that we do
not actually assert that Gothic architecture has accepted trees and woods for
the actual exemplar of its forms.
While the sharpening to a point offers us generally the basic type in Gothic
we find in the interior of churches this tendency take the more specialized
shape of the pointed arch. By this means the columns in particular receive
an entirely fresh significance and appearance.
The broad Gothic churches require a roofing to close them in, a roofing
which on account of the breadth is a severe burden and renders support
unavoidable. Here, therefore, the columns appear to be in their right place.
For the reason, however, that the straining upwards is precisely that which
converts support into the appearance of free soaring-up columns are unable
to be employed here with the significance they possess in classical
architecture. They become, on the contrary, piers which, in lieu of the cross-
beam, carry arches in a manner whereby they appear as simply a
continuation of the pier and coalesce together without definite object in a
point. We may, no doubt, conceive the unavoidable termination of two piers
that stand apart from one another as analogous to a gut-roof that rests on
corner posts; but taking into consideration the surfaces at the sides,
have brought before us not so much the stability and mechanical purpose of
supporting piers and a vault that rests upon it. We are rather reminded of the
arches of a forest, whose rows of trees incline with their branches to one
another and form an enclosure by this means. A cross-beam requires a
secure centre of gravity and the horizontal position. In Gothic architecture,
however, the walls mount up freely and independently, and in the same way
the piers, which then expand above in several directions apart from one
another, and coalesce as though by accident. In other words their function,
to support the vaulting, is, although the same in truth reposes on the piers,
not expressly emphasized and independently set forth[105]. The effect is as
though they did not carry such, just as in the tree the branches do not appear
as though supported by the stem, but rather in their airy incurvation as a
continuation of the stem, and with the branches of other trees, form a roof
of leaves. A roofing of this kind, which is thus fixed upon as the cover of
the life of Spirit, this awful environment, which invites us to contemplation,
it is which the cathedral presents us, in so far as the walls and among them
the forest of piers freely coalesce in their summits. But for all that we do
not actually assert that Gothic architecture has accepted trees and woods for
the actual exemplar of its forms.
While the sharpening to a point offers us generally the basic type in Gothic
we find in the interior of churches this tendency take the more specialized
shape of the pointed arch. By this means the columns in particular receive
an entirely fresh significance and appearance.
The broad Gothic churches require a roofing to close them in, a roofing
which on account of the breadth is a severe burden and renders support
unavoidable. Here, therefore, the columns appear to be in their right place.
For the reason, however, that the straining upwards is precisely that which
converts support into the appearance of free soaring-up columns are unable
to be employed here with the significance they possess in classical
architecture. They become, on the contrary, piers which, in lieu of the cross-
beam, carry arches in a manner whereby they appear as simply a
continuation of the pier and coalesce together without definite object in a
point. We may, no doubt, conceive the unavoidable termination of two piers
that stand apart from one another as analogous to a gut-roof that rests on
corner posts; but taking into consideration the surfaces at the sides,
Page 100
although they, too, are planted on piers in entirely obtuse angles, and incline
to one another in an acute angle, we find in the latter case none the less the
conception on the one hand of burden, and on the other of support. The
pointed arch, on the contrary, which apparently in the first instance mounts
up in a straight line, and only by imperceptible and slower degrees leans
forward in order to incline to the opposite side, presents for the first time
the complete idea as though it was just nothing but the continuation of the
pier itself, which forms an arch with another. Piers and vaulting appear, in
their contrast to columns and the beam, as one and the same image,
although the arches rest upon the capitals from which they spring. The
capitals, too, in specific cases, such as occur in Netherland churches, keep
away altogether, and by this means the inseparable unity above-mentioned
is made expressly visible to the eye.
Moreover, on account of the fact that this striving upwards is declared as
the fundamental character, the height of the piers exceeds that of the breadth
of their base in a proportion that we cannot calculate at sight. The piers are
thin, slender, and soar up so high the sight is unable to take in the entire
form at a glance, and is compelled to rove about in its upward flight until it
attains repose at last in the gently inclined vaulting of the uniting arch,
much as the soul moving with restlessness in its devotion from the ground
of finitude uplifts itself and finds rest in God alone.
The final point of distinction between piers and columns consists in this,
that the piers which are distinctively Gothic, and, where they are elaborated
in their specific character, do not, as columns do, remain in the circular
form, essentially secure in that, and one and the same cylinder, but to begin
with at their base in a reed-like way constitute a convolute, a bundle of
fibres, which break into varied distinction as the pier mounts and radiate
forth on all sides under various modes of continuation. And, while we find
already in classical architecture that the column represents an advance from
that which is merely subject to laws of gravity, from the solid and simple to
that which is more slender and more adorned, so, too, we find much the
same change visible in the pier, which, in this more slender upgrowth, ever
withdraws itself more from the mere service of support, and freely soars
upward albeit shut in at its summit.
The same form of piers and pointed arches is repeated in windows and
doors. More particularly the windows, not merely the lower ones of the side
to one another in an acute angle, we find in the latter case none the less the
conception on the one hand of burden, and on the other of support. The
pointed arch, on the contrary, which apparently in the first instance mounts
up in a straight line, and only by imperceptible and slower degrees leans
forward in order to incline to the opposite side, presents for the first time
the complete idea as though it was just nothing but the continuation of the
pier itself, which forms an arch with another. Piers and vaulting appear, in
their contrast to columns and the beam, as one and the same image,
although the arches rest upon the capitals from which they spring. The
capitals, too, in specific cases, such as occur in Netherland churches, keep
away altogether, and by this means the inseparable unity above-mentioned
is made expressly visible to the eye.
Moreover, on account of the fact that this striving upwards is declared as
the fundamental character, the height of the piers exceeds that of the breadth
of their base in a proportion that we cannot calculate at sight. The piers are
thin, slender, and soar up so high the sight is unable to take in the entire
form at a glance, and is compelled to rove about in its upward flight until it
attains repose at last in the gently inclined vaulting of the uniting arch,
much as the soul moving with restlessness in its devotion from the ground
of finitude uplifts itself and finds rest in God alone.
The final point of distinction between piers and columns consists in this,
that the piers which are distinctively Gothic, and, where they are elaborated
in their specific character, do not, as columns do, remain in the circular
form, essentially secure in that, and one and the same cylinder, but to begin
with at their base in a reed-like way constitute a convolute, a bundle of
fibres, which break into varied distinction as the pier mounts and radiate
forth on all sides under various modes of continuation. And, while we find
already in classical architecture that the column represents an advance from
that which is merely subject to laws of gravity, from the solid and simple to
that which is more slender and more adorned, so, too, we find much the
same change visible in the pier, which, in this more slender upgrowth, ever
withdraws itself more from the mere service of support, and freely soars
upward albeit shut in at its summit.
The same form of piers and pointed arches is repeated in windows and
doors. More particularly the windows, not merely the lower ones of the side
Page 101
aisles, but also in a still higher degree, the upper ones of the transepts and
choir, are of colossal size in order that the glance, which rests upon their
lower portion, may not at once take in the upper part as well and may be
uplifted as in the case of the vaultings. This adds to the restless motion of
the upward flight which it is intended to communicate to the spectator. Add
to this the window panes, as we have already remarked, are with their
coloured glass only partially transparent. Sometimes they present sacred
histories and sometimes they are merely panes of varied colour with the
object of increasing the twilight effect and permitting the light of the wax
candles to shine forth. For in these buildings it is another daylight than that
of Nature which illumines.
(γγ) Finally, as regards the entire articulation of the interior of Gothic
churches we have already seen that it is imperative that the particular parts
of such should be differentiated in their breadth, height, and length. The
primary distinction to consider in this respect is that of choir, transept, and
nave from the encircling aisles. These latter are constructed on the sides
external to the fabric by means of walls which enclose it, and from which
piers and arches are carried, and in their separation from the interior by
means of piers and pointed arches, which present openings toward the nave,
having no partition walls between. They receive therefore the converse
aspect to that of the colonnades in Greek temples, which are open on the
outside and are enclosed towards the interior, whereas the aisles in Gothic
churches permit free passage between the piers to the nave. In certain
examples we find two such aisles in juxtaposition; in fact, Antwerp
cathedral is an example which possesses three of them at either side of the
nave.
The nave itself soars up by means of enclosing walls on either side, at
different degrees of elevation, according to various modes of disposition,
above the aisles, broken by colossal windows in such a way that the walls
themselves at the same time have the appearance of being slender piers,
which everywhere separate in pointed arches and build up vaultings. There
are, however, churches in which the side aisles have the same height as the
nave, as, for example, in the later choirs of the Sebaldus Church in
Nuremberg, which offers the impression of an imposing, free, and
capacious type of slenderness and delicacy. In this way the whole is divided
by means of rows of piers, which are brought together at their summits like
choir, are of colossal size in order that the glance, which rests upon their
lower portion, may not at once take in the upper part as well and may be
uplifted as in the case of the vaultings. This adds to the restless motion of
the upward flight which it is intended to communicate to the spectator. Add
to this the window panes, as we have already remarked, are with their
coloured glass only partially transparent. Sometimes they present sacred
histories and sometimes they are merely panes of varied colour with the
object of increasing the twilight effect and permitting the light of the wax
candles to shine forth. For in these buildings it is another daylight than that
of Nature which illumines.
(γγ) Finally, as regards the entire articulation of the interior of Gothic
churches we have already seen that it is imperative that the particular parts
of such should be differentiated in their breadth, height, and length. The
primary distinction to consider in this respect is that of choir, transept, and
nave from the encircling aisles. These latter are constructed on the sides
external to the fabric by means of walls which enclose it, and from which
piers and arches are carried, and in their separation from the interior by
means of piers and pointed arches, which present openings toward the nave,
having no partition walls between. They receive therefore the converse
aspect to that of the colonnades in Greek temples, which are open on the
outside and are enclosed towards the interior, whereas the aisles in Gothic
churches permit free passage between the piers to the nave. In certain
examples we find two such aisles in juxtaposition; in fact, Antwerp
cathedral is an example which possesses three of them at either side of the
nave.
The nave itself soars up by means of enclosing walls on either side, at
different degrees of elevation, according to various modes of disposition,
above the aisles, broken by colossal windows in such a way that the walls
themselves at the same time have the appearance of being slender piers,
which everywhere separate in pointed arches and build up vaultings. There
are, however, churches in which the side aisles have the same height as the
nave, as, for example, in the later choirs of the Sebaldus Church in
Nuremberg, which offers the impression of an imposing, free, and
capacious type of slenderness and delicacy. In this way the whole is divided
by means of rows of piers, which are brought together at their summits like
Page 102
a forest in flights of branching arches. Attempts have been made to discover
in the number of these piers, and generally in the relations of number much
mystical significance. There can be no question but that at the period of the
finest efflorescence of Gothic architecture, that, for example, of Cologne
Cathedral, a great significance was attached to the symbols of number, the
as yet more gloomy presentiment of what is rational falling in readily with
an insistence on external traits of this kind. But despite this fact the artistic
productions of architecture, which are carried through by means of that
which is always to a greater or less degree merely the capricious play of a
symbolism of subordinate rank, is neither of the profoundest significance,
nor of the most exalted form of beauty, for the reason that the genuine spirit
of these is expressed in entirely different forms and modes than those
applicable to the significance of numeral distinctions. We must therefore be
especially cautious not to carry such investigations too far. To attempt to go
to the root of everything and in every direction to desire to discover a
deeper meaning will tend quite as much to contract our horizon and destroy
our thoroughness of search as is common with all short-sighted learning
which passes over the depth which is clearly expressed and presented
without grasping it. In respect to the more detailed distinction between
choir and nave, I will in conclusion emphasize the following points. The
high-altar, this real centre of the ritual, is placed in the choir, which is thus
dedicated as the place for the priesthood as distinct from the community,
whose proper place is that of the nave, where we find the pulpit for the
preacher. A flight of steps, which varies in its height, conducts us to the
choir, so that this latter section and all that takes place in it is visible
everywhere. In the same way this choir section is relatively to decoration
more ornate, and, moreover, in its distinction from the more prolonged
nave, even where the vaultings in both cases are of equal height, is more
serious, solemn, and sublime. Above all we find here that the entire building
is finally enclosed with piers of greater thickness and more closely, by
means of which the breadth tends to disappear, and the entire effect is one
of greater stillness and height, whereas the transepts and the nave through
their towers still provide with their means of entrance and exit a connection
with the outside world. According to the points of the compass the choir is
placed to the east, the nave lies in a westerly direction, and the transepts
stand towards the north and south. We find, however, churches with a
double choir, in which the two choirs lie respectively in the direction of
in the number of these piers, and generally in the relations of number much
mystical significance. There can be no question but that at the period of the
finest efflorescence of Gothic architecture, that, for example, of Cologne
Cathedral, a great significance was attached to the symbols of number, the
as yet more gloomy presentiment of what is rational falling in readily with
an insistence on external traits of this kind. But despite this fact the artistic
productions of architecture, which are carried through by means of that
which is always to a greater or less degree merely the capricious play of a
symbolism of subordinate rank, is neither of the profoundest significance,
nor of the most exalted form of beauty, for the reason that the genuine spirit
of these is expressed in entirely different forms and modes than those
applicable to the significance of numeral distinctions. We must therefore be
especially cautious not to carry such investigations too far. To attempt to go
to the root of everything and in every direction to desire to discover a
deeper meaning will tend quite as much to contract our horizon and destroy
our thoroughness of search as is common with all short-sighted learning
which passes over the depth which is clearly expressed and presented
without grasping it. In respect to the more detailed distinction between
choir and nave, I will in conclusion emphasize the following points. The
high-altar, this real centre of the ritual, is placed in the choir, which is thus
dedicated as the place for the priesthood as distinct from the community,
whose proper place is that of the nave, where we find the pulpit for the
preacher. A flight of steps, which varies in its height, conducts us to the
choir, so that this latter section and all that takes place in it is visible
everywhere. In the same way this choir section is relatively to decoration
more ornate, and, moreover, in its distinction from the more prolonged
nave, even where the vaultings in both cases are of equal height, is more
serious, solemn, and sublime. Above all we find here that the entire building
is finally enclosed with piers of greater thickness and more closely, by
means of which the breadth tends to disappear, and the entire effect is one
of greater stillness and height, whereas the transepts and the nave through
their towers still provide with their means of entrance and exit a connection
with the outside world. According to the points of the compass the choir is
placed to the east, the nave lies in a westerly direction, and the transepts
stand towards the north and south. We find, however, churches with a
double choir, in which the two choirs lie respectively in the direction of
Page 103
morning and evening and the main entrances are placed in the transepts.
The stone font for baptism, that is, for the sanctification of human entry into
the Christian community, is placed in a porch by the main entrance into the
church. And, finally, we may note that, while the more express worship is
provided for by the entire building, and notably the choir and nave, there
are also small chapels which form in each case a fresh and independent
church.
This must suffice as a description of the articulate structure of the whole. In
a cathedral of this type there is space enough for an entire people. For here
it is the intention that the community of a city and district do not congregate
round the building, but within the same. And for this reason all the varied
interests of life which in any way come into contact with religion have, too,
a place assigned them. No fixed divisions of seats placed in rows divide and
diminish the broad space, but everyone comes and departs in peace,
engages for himself or takes a seat for immediate use, kneels down, offers
his prayer and removes himself once more. If it is not the hour of high mass
the most various things take place at the same time, and there is no
confusion. In one portion a sermon is delivered, in another a sick man is
brought in; between these points we may find a slow procession; at one
spot, we have a baptism, at another a deceased person is carried through the
church. Or we may find in one place a priest delivering mass or celebrating
the marriage services and in every direction the people in broken groups
kneel before altars and sacred images. All such things are embraced by one
and the same building. But this very variety and individualization
disappears, nevertheless, with its alternations when contrasted with the
expanse and size of the building. Nothing completely fills up the whole,
every incident passes by; individuals with all that they do are lost and
dispersed as points in this grandiose whole. What happens at a given time is
merely visible in its passing flight, and over and above all the huge and
almost measureless spaces soar up in their secure and immutable form and
construction.
Such, then, are the fundamental characteristics of the interior of Gothic
churches. We must not look here for any definite purpose as such, but rather
an object for the private devotion of the soul in its self-absorption in every
detail of the spiritual life[106], and its elevation over all that is isolated and
finite. For this reason these buildings are cut off from Nature by spaces
The stone font for baptism, that is, for the sanctification of human entry into
the Christian community, is placed in a porch by the main entrance into the
church. And, finally, we may note that, while the more express worship is
provided for by the entire building, and notably the choir and nave, there
are also small chapels which form in each case a fresh and independent
church.
This must suffice as a description of the articulate structure of the whole. In
a cathedral of this type there is space enough for an entire people. For here
it is the intention that the community of a city and district do not congregate
round the building, but within the same. And for this reason all the varied
interests of life which in any way come into contact with religion have, too,
a place assigned them. No fixed divisions of seats placed in rows divide and
diminish the broad space, but everyone comes and departs in peace,
engages for himself or takes a seat for immediate use, kneels down, offers
his prayer and removes himself once more. If it is not the hour of high mass
the most various things take place at the same time, and there is no
confusion. In one portion a sermon is delivered, in another a sick man is
brought in; between these points we may find a slow procession; at one
spot, we have a baptism, at another a deceased person is carried through the
church. Or we may find in one place a priest delivering mass or celebrating
the marriage services and in every direction the people in broken groups
kneel before altars and sacred images. All such things are embraced by one
and the same building. But this very variety and individualization
disappears, nevertheless, with its alternations when contrasted with the
expanse and size of the building. Nothing completely fills up the whole,
every incident passes by; individuals with all that they do are lost and
dispersed as points in this grandiose whole. What happens at a given time is
merely visible in its passing flight, and over and above all the huge and
almost measureless spaces soar up in their secure and immutable form and
construction.
Such, then, are the fundamental characteristics of the interior of Gothic
churches. We must not look here for any definite purpose as such, but rather
an object for the private devotion of the soul in its self-absorption in every
detail of the spiritual life[106], and its elevation over all that is isolated and
finite. For this reason these buildings are cut off from Nature by spaces
Page 104
enclosed on all sides, built up in the atmosphere of gloom and at the same
time to the smallest detail in a spirit that strives upwards sublime and
immeasurable.
(β) If we direct our attention now to the external aspect we shall find, as we
have already above observed, that in contrast to the Greek temple the
exterior configuration in Gothic architecture, the decoration and co-
ordination of the walls and all else is determined from within outwards, the
exterior having to appear simply as an enclosure of the interior.
In this connection we have good reason to emphasize the following points:
(αα) In the first place in the form of the cross which we find dominates the
whole exterior we cannot fail to recognize in outline a similar construction
as that which obtains within, a form which cuts, the nave and choir in two,
and supplies, moreover, the distinctions of height which obtain between the
aisles, the nave and choir.
On closer inspection we find that the principal façade, as the external form
of the aisles and nave, corresponds in the portals to the particular
construction within. A more lofty principal door, by which we pass direct
into the nave, stands between the smaller entrances into the aisles, and
suggests by means of the contraction in perspective that the exterior must
draw together, grow more narrow, and disappear in order than an entrance
may be thereby provided. The interior is the background already visible,
into the depths of which the exterior is carried, just as the soul is
constrained to grow more profound as ideality when it enters its own
intrinsic wealth. Over the doors at the sides extend in the most direct
connection with the interior colossal windows, just as the portals rise up to
similar pointed arches, in a way similar to that in which they are employed
as the particular form for the vaultings of the interior. Between these doors
over the principal portal a large circular window branches out, the rose-
window, a form which is, we may add, the exclusive and peculiar
possession of this type of building, and only fitted to it. Where such rose-
windows are absent we find substituted for them a still more colossal
window with pointed arches. The façades of the transepts are divided in a
similar way while the walls of the nave, the choir, and the aisles in their
windows and their form, no less than in the position of the solid walls
time to the smallest detail in a spirit that strives upwards sublime and
immeasurable.
(β) If we direct our attention now to the external aspect we shall find, as we
have already above observed, that in contrast to the Greek temple the
exterior configuration in Gothic architecture, the decoration and co-
ordination of the walls and all else is determined from within outwards, the
exterior having to appear simply as an enclosure of the interior.
In this connection we have good reason to emphasize the following points:
(αα) In the first place in the form of the cross which we find dominates the
whole exterior we cannot fail to recognize in outline a similar construction
as that which obtains within, a form which cuts, the nave and choir in two,
and supplies, moreover, the distinctions of height which obtain between the
aisles, the nave and choir.
On closer inspection we find that the principal façade, as the external form
of the aisles and nave, corresponds in the portals to the particular
construction within. A more lofty principal door, by which we pass direct
into the nave, stands between the smaller entrances into the aisles, and
suggests by means of the contraction in perspective that the exterior must
draw together, grow more narrow, and disappear in order than an entrance
may be thereby provided. The interior is the background already visible,
into the depths of which the exterior is carried, just as the soul is
constrained to grow more profound as ideality when it enters its own
intrinsic wealth. Over the doors at the sides extend in the most direct
connection with the interior colossal windows, just as the portals rise up to
similar pointed arches, in a way similar to that in which they are employed
as the particular form for the vaultings of the interior. Between these doors
over the principal portal a large circular window branches out, the rose-
window, a form which is, we may add, the exclusive and peculiar
possession of this type of building, and only fitted to it. Where such rose-
windows are absent we find substituted for them a still more colossal
window with pointed arches. The façades of the transepts are divided in a
similar way while the walls of the nave, the choir, and the aisles in their
windows and their form, no less than in the position of the solid walls
Page 105
between, repeat in all respects the form of the interior and set the same forth
on the outside.
(ββ) In the second place, however, the exterior begins to make itself at the
same time intelligible to itself[107] in this close association with the form
and subdivision of the interior for the very reason that it has its own
peculiar tasks to fulfil. In this connection we may mention the flying
buttresses. They represent the position of the many piers within the building
and are necessary as points of support for the elevation and security of the
whole. At the same time they further make apparent on the outside, so far as
interval, number, and other features are concerned, the rows of piers on the
inside, albeit they do not exactly reproduce the shape of the interior piers,
but the higher they mount up become reduced in the strength of their
springing buttresses.
(γγ) Inasmuch as, however, in the third place, it is only the interior which
has to be one essentially complete enclosure, this feature is lost in the form
of the exterior and makes way in every respect for the all-prevailing
characteristics of continuous elevation. And for this reason the exterior
receives at the same time a form independent of the interior, which asserts
itself mainly in a tendency to strive upwards on all sides into points and
pinnacles, breaking out in them one on the top of another. To this
fundamental feature belong the lofty uplifted triangles which, independently
of the pointed arches, soar upwards over the portals, pre-eminently the
principal façade, though also over the colossal windows of the nave and
choir, and in a similar way the slenderly pointed shape of the roof, whose
gable-end is especially prominent in the façades of the transepts. Add to
these the flying buttresses, which everywhere terminate in little pointed
pinnacles, and in this way, just as the rows of piers within the building
create a forest of stems, branches, and vaultings, on their part on the
exterior stretch up heavenwards a forest of points.
With most independence and most emphatically, however, it is the towers
which rise upwards in their sublime summits. In other words we find that
the entire mass of the building concentrates among other things itself in
them, in order that thus in its main towers it may be without hindrance
uplifted to an incalculable height without thereby losing its character of
repose and stability. Such towers are either placed in the principal façade
over the two side entrances, while a third and broader main tower springs
on the outside.
(ββ) In the second place, however, the exterior begins to make itself at the
same time intelligible to itself[107] in this close association with the form
and subdivision of the interior for the very reason that it has its own
peculiar tasks to fulfil. In this connection we may mention the flying
buttresses. They represent the position of the many piers within the building
and are necessary as points of support for the elevation and security of the
whole. At the same time they further make apparent on the outside, so far as
interval, number, and other features are concerned, the rows of piers on the
inside, albeit they do not exactly reproduce the shape of the interior piers,
but the higher they mount up become reduced in the strength of their
springing buttresses.
(γγ) Inasmuch as, however, in the third place, it is only the interior which
has to be one essentially complete enclosure, this feature is lost in the form
of the exterior and makes way in every respect for the all-prevailing
characteristics of continuous elevation. And for this reason the exterior
receives at the same time a form independent of the interior, which asserts
itself mainly in a tendency to strive upwards on all sides into points and
pinnacles, breaking out in them one on the top of another. To this
fundamental feature belong the lofty uplifted triangles which, independently
of the pointed arches, soar upwards over the portals, pre-eminently the
principal façade, though also over the colossal windows of the nave and
choir, and in a similar way the slenderly pointed shape of the roof, whose
gable-end is especially prominent in the façades of the transepts. Add to
these the flying buttresses, which everywhere terminate in little pointed
pinnacles, and in this way, just as the rows of piers within the building
create a forest of stems, branches, and vaultings, on their part on the
exterior stretch up heavenwards a forest of points.
With most independence and most emphatically, however, it is the towers
which rise upwards in their sublime summits. In other words we find that
the entire mass of the building concentrates among other things itself in
them, in order that thus in its main towers it may be without hindrance
uplifted to an incalculable height without thereby losing its character of
repose and stability. Such towers are either placed in the principal façade
over the two side entrances, while a third and broader main tower springs
Page 106
up at the point where the vaulting of the transepts, choir, and nave meet, or
one single tower constitutes the principal façade and is raised above the
entire breadth of the nave. Such are at any rate the positions which are most
usual. In direct connection with the worship such towers have belfries, that
is, to the extent that the ringing of bells properly applies to Christian
services. This merely indefinite tone of the bell is a solemn stimulus of the
soul-life, though in the first instance one that as yet prepares the worshipper
only on the outside of the building. The articulate tone, on the other hand,
wherein a definite content of feelings and ideas is expressed, is the song
which is only to be heard within the church. The inarticulate clang of the
bell finds its right place on the outside and only there and is sounded forth
from the towers that its peal may pass forth as from some pure height far
over the land.
(c) As to the mode of decoration I have already pointed to the main features
of determinate character.
(α) The first point we have to emphasize is the importance of ornament
generally for Gothic architecture. Classical architecture preserves as a rule a
wise mean in the adornment of its constructions. Inasmuch as, however, it is
the main interest of Gothic architecture to make the masses which it places
in position appear larger and considerably more lofty than they in fact are it
is not satisfied with plain surfaces, but subdivides the same throughout; and,
moreover, breaks them up with forms which themselves suggest on their
part a striving upwards. Piers, pointed arches, and triangles, which rise
above them with their pinnacles, occur, too, as decorative work. In this way
we find that the simple unity of the great masses is impaired, and the
elaboration is carried to the point of every conceivable detail, leaving the
entire effect, however, involved in the most flagrant contradiction. On the
one hand we cannot fail to observe the most obvious outlines in a clearly
defined co-ordination, on the other we have fulness and variety of delicate
embellishment impossible to follow with the eye, so that the most motley
particularity is directly set up in contrast to what is most universal and
simple, just as the soul, in the opposition implied in Christian worship, is
deeply engaged in finite things, and indeed carries its life into the mere
detail and the trifle. This very opposition acts as a stimulus to
contemplation, this striving up invites to a like action. For what is of
paramount importance in this style of decoration is this that it do not, by the
one single tower constitutes the principal façade and is raised above the
entire breadth of the nave. Such are at any rate the positions which are most
usual. In direct connection with the worship such towers have belfries, that
is, to the extent that the ringing of bells properly applies to Christian
services. This merely indefinite tone of the bell is a solemn stimulus of the
soul-life, though in the first instance one that as yet prepares the worshipper
only on the outside of the building. The articulate tone, on the other hand,
wherein a definite content of feelings and ideas is expressed, is the song
which is only to be heard within the church. The inarticulate clang of the
bell finds its right place on the outside and only there and is sounded forth
from the towers that its peal may pass forth as from some pure height far
over the land.
(c) As to the mode of decoration I have already pointed to the main features
of determinate character.
(α) The first point we have to emphasize is the importance of ornament
generally for Gothic architecture. Classical architecture preserves as a rule a
wise mean in the adornment of its constructions. Inasmuch as, however, it is
the main interest of Gothic architecture to make the masses which it places
in position appear larger and considerably more lofty than they in fact are it
is not satisfied with plain surfaces, but subdivides the same throughout; and,
moreover, breaks them up with forms which themselves suggest on their
part a striving upwards. Piers, pointed arches, and triangles, which rise
above them with their pinnacles, occur, too, as decorative work. In this way
we find that the simple unity of the great masses is impaired, and the
elaboration is carried to the point of every conceivable detail, leaving the
entire effect, however, involved in the most flagrant contradiction. On the
one hand we cannot fail to observe the most obvious outlines in a clearly
defined co-ordination, on the other we have fulness and variety of delicate
embellishment impossible to follow with the eye, so that the most motley
particularity is directly set up in contrast to what is most universal and
simple, just as the soul, in the opposition implied in Christian worship, is
deeply engaged in finite things, and indeed carries its life into the mere
detail and the trifle. This very opposition acts as a stimulus to
contemplation, this striving up invites to a like action. For what is of
paramount importance in this style of decoration is this that it do not, by the
Page 107
mass and alternation of its ornament, destroy or cover up the fundamental
outlines, but rather suffer them completely to make their way through such
variety as the essential feature of importance. Only when it can do this, and
I speak in particular of Gothic buildings, is the solemnity of their imposing
seriousness kept intact. Just as religious devotion has to permeate all
particular experiences of soul-life, the life-conditions of every type of
humanity, has further to engrave indelibly on the heart its universal and
incommutable ideas, so in the same way the simple and fundamental
architectural features should have strength sufficient to recall the most
varied articulation, diversity and embellishment of the structure once more
within the fundamental impression of those outlines and wholly thus absorb
them.
(β) A further aspect in decorative work is bound up in the same way with
the romantic type of art in general. The romantic has on the one hand for its
principle Ideality, the return of the Ideal to itself. On the other the Ideal has
to re-appear in that which is external, and then withdraw itself into itself
from the same. In architecture it is the sensuous, material mass in relations
of Space, in which the most Ideal essence itself is, so far as that is possible,
to be presented in visible shape. With a material such as this to deal with
there is no other alternative possible than that of not suffering this material
to assert itself with power in its materiality, but to break up and dismember
its masses in every direction, and to wrest from the same the appearance of
its immediate coherence and self-subsistency. In this connection the
ornamentation, more particularly that of the exterior, which has not to
display the fact of enclosure as such, assumes the character of a net-
work[108] carried in every direction, or rather interwoven over the surfaces;
and we have no example of an architecture which, taking into account the
enormous and heavily weighted masses of its stone and their secure
coherence, nevertheless has preserved to such a complete extent the
character of lightness and delicacy.
(γ) We have only further and thirdly to remark with reference to such
embellishments that in addition to pointed arches, piers, and circles, the
forms once more call to mind those of the real organic world. The fretwork
and working out of the mass already carries a suggestion of this. Regarded
in more detail, however, we actually find leaves, rosettes of flowers, and, in
entwining work of an arabesque character, human figures and those of
outlines, but rather suffer them completely to make their way through such
variety as the essential feature of importance. Only when it can do this, and
I speak in particular of Gothic buildings, is the solemnity of their imposing
seriousness kept intact. Just as religious devotion has to permeate all
particular experiences of soul-life, the life-conditions of every type of
humanity, has further to engrave indelibly on the heart its universal and
incommutable ideas, so in the same way the simple and fundamental
architectural features should have strength sufficient to recall the most
varied articulation, diversity and embellishment of the structure once more
within the fundamental impression of those outlines and wholly thus absorb
them.
(β) A further aspect in decorative work is bound up in the same way with
the romantic type of art in general. The romantic has on the one hand for its
principle Ideality, the return of the Ideal to itself. On the other the Ideal has
to re-appear in that which is external, and then withdraw itself into itself
from the same. In architecture it is the sensuous, material mass in relations
of Space, in which the most Ideal essence itself is, so far as that is possible,
to be presented in visible shape. With a material such as this to deal with
there is no other alternative possible than that of not suffering this material
to assert itself with power in its materiality, but to break up and dismember
its masses in every direction, and to wrest from the same the appearance of
its immediate coherence and self-subsistency. In this connection the
ornamentation, more particularly that of the exterior, which has not to
display the fact of enclosure as such, assumes the character of a net-
work[108] carried in every direction, or rather interwoven over the surfaces;
and we have no example of an architecture which, taking into account the
enormous and heavily weighted masses of its stone and their secure
coherence, nevertheless has preserved to such a complete extent the
character of lightness and delicacy.
(γ) We have only further and thirdly to remark with reference to such
embellishments that in addition to pointed arches, piers, and circles, the
forms once more call to mind those of the real organic world. The fretwork
and working out of the mass already carries a suggestion of this. Regarded
in more detail, however, we actually find leaves, rosettes of flowers, and, in
entwining work of an arabesque character, human figures and those of
Page 108
animals partly realistically and partly fantastically linked together; the
romantic imagination, in short, even in architecture, displays its wealth of
imaginative creation, and its power to unite in unexpected ways
heterogeneous elements, although from another point of view, at any rate
during the period of the purest type of Gothic architecture, even in the
matter of ornament, as, for example, in the pointed arches of the windows,
we may observe a decisive return to simple forms.
3. DIFFERENT TYPES OF BUILDING IN ROMANTIC ARCHITECTURE
The last point on which I have a few observations to make is that of the
principal types followed by romantic architecture in its course of
development at different periods. I must, however, add the premise that in
this work no attempt can be made to supply a history of this branch of the
art.
(a) We must wholly distinguish from Gothic architecture, such as I have
above described it, the so-called pre-Gothic, whose development originated
in Roman architecture. The most ancient form of Christian churches is that
of the basilica. These originated out of the public buildings of the Empire,
huge oblong halls, with the frame-work of their roofing of wood, such as
Constantine placed at the disposal of Christians. In buildings such as these
there was a tribune, on which, during congregational religious services
conducted by priests, there was singing and an address delivered, or merely
reading aloud. The conception of the choir may have originated with this. In
the same way Christian architecture accepted other of its forms such as the
use of columns with circular arches, the rotunda and the modes of classical
embellishment throughout, more particularly in the western Roman Empire,
while in the eastern section it appears to have remained constant to this type
until the time of Justinian. Even buildings erected by the Ostrogoths and
Lombards in Italy retained essentially the fundamental Roman type. In the
more recent architecture, however, of the Byzantine Empire several
modifications made their appearance. A rotunda supported on four great
piers forms the centre, to which different constructions were attached to
meet the particular objects of Greek as distinct from the Roman ritual. We
must not, however, confuse this genuine architecture of the Byzantine
Empire with that which, in its general relation to architectural types, goes
romantic imagination, in short, even in architecture, displays its wealth of
imaginative creation, and its power to unite in unexpected ways
heterogeneous elements, although from another point of view, at any rate
during the period of the purest type of Gothic architecture, even in the
matter of ornament, as, for example, in the pointed arches of the windows,
we may observe a decisive return to simple forms.
3. DIFFERENT TYPES OF BUILDING IN ROMANTIC ARCHITECTURE
The last point on which I have a few observations to make is that of the
principal types followed by romantic architecture in its course of
development at different periods. I must, however, add the premise that in
this work no attempt can be made to supply a history of this branch of the
art.
(a) We must wholly distinguish from Gothic architecture, such as I have
above described it, the so-called pre-Gothic, whose development originated
in Roman architecture. The most ancient form of Christian churches is that
of the basilica. These originated out of the public buildings of the Empire,
huge oblong halls, with the frame-work of their roofing of wood, such as
Constantine placed at the disposal of Christians. In buildings such as these
there was a tribune, on which, during congregational religious services
conducted by priests, there was singing and an address delivered, or merely
reading aloud. The conception of the choir may have originated with this. In
the same way Christian architecture accepted other of its forms such as the
use of columns with circular arches, the rotunda and the modes of classical
embellishment throughout, more particularly in the western Roman Empire,
while in the eastern section it appears to have remained constant to this type
until the time of Justinian. Even buildings erected by the Ostrogoths and
Lombards in Italy retained essentially the fundamental Roman type. In the
more recent architecture, however, of the Byzantine Empire several
modifications made their appearance. A rotunda supported on four great
piers forms the centre, to which different constructions were attached to
meet the particular objects of Greek as distinct from the Roman ritual. We
must not, however, confuse this genuine architecture of the Byzantine
Empire with that which, in its general relation to architectural types, goes
Page 109
by the name of Byzantine, and which was employed in Italy, France,
England, Germany, and other places up to the close of the twelfth century.
(b) In the thirteenth century was evolved the Gothic architecture in the
distinctive form whose main characteristics I have above described in
detail. It is nowadays denied that it is the work of Gothic architects, and the
name given it is that of Deutsch or German architecture. We may, however,
retain the more customary and ancient nomenclature. In other words we
find in Spain very ancient indications of this type of construction, which
suggest an association with historical circumstances under which Gothic
kings, forced back into the mountains of Asturia and Galicia, retained their
independence in such localities. Under such conditions, no doubt, a close
affiliation of Gothic and Arab architecture appears probable, yet both may
be essentially distinguished. For the characteristic trait of Arab architecture
in the Middle Ages is not the pointed arch, but the so-called horseshoe
form. Moreover, these buildings, which are constructed for an entirely
different ritual, exhibit an Oriental wealth and splendour, embellishments
resembling plant-life and other forms of decoration, which, in an external
form, mix together what is of Roman ancestry and that which belongs to the
Middle Ages.
(c) On parallel lines with this evolution of religious architecture we find,
too, the course of civil construction, which from its particular point of view
imitates and modifies the character of ecclesiastical buildings. In an
architecture directed to the uses of citizen life, however, art has less
opportunity for display inasmuch as here objects of more restricted
character, combined with a great variety of requirements, are more strict in
the range of satisfaction presented, and do not suffer beauty to pass beyond
mere decoration. Except for the general harmonious disposition of its forms
and masses, art is in the main merely able to assert itself in the
embellishment of façades, staircases, windows, doors, gables, towers, and
the like, and has to do this throughout subject to the condition that the
practical purpose of the building is what finally determines everything. In
the Middle Ages it is pre-eminently the tower-like form of secure dwellings,
which is the fundamental type of structure not merely for particular
declivities and summits but also within the towns, where every palace,
every private dwelling, as in Italy for example, received the form of a small
fortification or keep. Walls, doors, towers, bridges and the like are executed
England, Germany, and other places up to the close of the twelfth century.
(b) In the thirteenth century was evolved the Gothic architecture in the
distinctive form whose main characteristics I have above described in
detail. It is nowadays denied that it is the work of Gothic architects, and the
name given it is that of Deutsch or German architecture. We may, however,
retain the more customary and ancient nomenclature. In other words we
find in Spain very ancient indications of this type of construction, which
suggest an association with historical circumstances under which Gothic
kings, forced back into the mountains of Asturia and Galicia, retained their
independence in such localities. Under such conditions, no doubt, a close
affiliation of Gothic and Arab architecture appears probable, yet both may
be essentially distinguished. For the characteristic trait of Arab architecture
in the Middle Ages is not the pointed arch, but the so-called horseshoe
form. Moreover, these buildings, which are constructed for an entirely
different ritual, exhibit an Oriental wealth and splendour, embellishments
resembling plant-life and other forms of decoration, which, in an external
form, mix together what is of Roman ancestry and that which belongs to the
Middle Ages.
(c) On parallel lines with this evolution of religious architecture we find,
too, the course of civil construction, which from its particular point of view
imitates and modifies the character of ecclesiastical buildings. In an
architecture directed to the uses of citizen life, however, art has less
opportunity for display inasmuch as here objects of more restricted
character, combined with a great variety of requirements, are more strict in
the range of satisfaction presented, and do not suffer beauty to pass beyond
mere decoration. Except for the general harmonious disposition of its forms
and masses, art is in the main merely able to assert itself in the
embellishment of façades, staircases, windows, doors, gables, towers, and
the like, and has to do this throughout subject to the condition that the
practical purpose of the building is what finally determines everything. In
the Middle Ages it is pre-eminently the tower-like form of secure dwellings,
which is the fundamental type of structure not merely for particular
declivities and summits but also within the towns, where every palace,
every private dwelling, as in Italy for example, received the form of a small
fortification or keep. Walls, doors, towers, bridges and the like are executed
Page 110
as necessity dictates, and are decorated and embellished by art. Stability and
security coupled with a grandiose type of splendour and a vital individuality
of single forms and their connecting links constitute the determining
factors, to enter into the detail of which would carry us beyond our present
purpose. By way of supplement we may in conclusion briefly allude to the
art of gardening, which does not only create under a wholly novel form an
environment for spirit, we may call it a second exterior Nature, but draws
the landscape of Nature itself within the operation of its constructive
purpose and treats the same architectonically as an environment of
buildings. I will only take as an example of what I mean the famous and
exceedingly imposing terrace of Sans-souci.
In our examination of the genuine art of gardening it is most important to
distinguish the painter's point of view of it from that of the architect. All
that pertains to mere park construction, for instance, is not truly
architectonic, no building, that is, with freely disposed natural objects, but
an artist's portrayal[109], which leaves the objects in their natural form and
aims at imitating wide Nature in its freedom. Everything is here suggested
in turn, which finds its glad place in a landscape—whether rocks and the
huge rough masses which are their substance, or dales, woods, pastures,
meandering brooks, broad streams with their animated banks, still lakes,
wreathed round with trees, rushing waterfalls, and everything else of the
kind, and is brought together with one total effect. In this way the gardening
art of the Chinese embraces entire landscapes together with their islands,
rivers, expanding views, and rockeries.
In a park of this kind, particularly in modern examples of such, everything
is, on the one hand, intended to hold intact the freedom of Nature, while, on
the other, it is artificially elaborated and constructed and conditioned by the
locality where it is situated. This involves a contradiction which is never
satisfactorily disposed of. In this respect, for the most part, it is impossible
to instance an example of worse taste than such an attempt to make visible
in all directions a studied purpose in that which is without purpose, and to
force that which refuses to be compelled. Add to this the fact that here the
genuine character of what is strictly a garden disappears, in so far, that is, as
a garden is primarily adapted for strolling about in at pleasure and
conversation within a certain place, which is no longer simply Nature, but a
Nature remodelled by man to meet his desire for an environment created by
security coupled with a grandiose type of splendour and a vital individuality
of single forms and their connecting links constitute the determining
factors, to enter into the detail of which would carry us beyond our present
purpose. By way of supplement we may in conclusion briefly allude to the
art of gardening, which does not only create under a wholly novel form an
environment for spirit, we may call it a second exterior Nature, but draws
the landscape of Nature itself within the operation of its constructive
purpose and treats the same architectonically as an environment of
buildings. I will only take as an example of what I mean the famous and
exceedingly imposing terrace of Sans-souci.
In our examination of the genuine art of gardening it is most important to
distinguish the painter's point of view of it from that of the architect. All
that pertains to mere park construction, for instance, is not truly
architectonic, no building, that is, with freely disposed natural objects, but
an artist's portrayal[109], which leaves the objects in their natural form and
aims at imitating wide Nature in its freedom. Everything is here suggested
in turn, which finds its glad place in a landscape—whether rocks and the
huge rough masses which are their substance, or dales, woods, pastures,
meandering brooks, broad streams with their animated banks, still lakes,
wreathed round with trees, rushing waterfalls, and everything else of the
kind, and is brought together with one total effect. In this way the gardening
art of the Chinese embraces entire landscapes together with their islands,
rivers, expanding views, and rockeries.
In a park of this kind, particularly in modern examples of such, everything
is, on the one hand, intended to hold intact the freedom of Nature, while, on
the other, it is artificially elaborated and constructed and conditioned by the
locality where it is situated. This involves a contradiction which is never
satisfactorily disposed of. In this respect, for the most part, it is impossible
to instance an example of worse taste than such an attempt to make visible
in all directions a studied purpose in that which is without purpose, and to
force that which refuses to be compelled. Add to this the fact that here the
genuine character of what is strictly a garden disappears, in so far, that is, as
a garden is primarily adapted for strolling about in at pleasure and
conversation within a certain place, which is no longer simply Nature, but a
Nature remodelled by man to meet his desire for an environment created by
Page 111
himself. A huge park, on the contrary, particularly if it be garnished with
Chinese temples, Turkish mosques, Swiss châlets, bridges, hermitages, and
any other conceivable foreign importation, makes an independent claim on
our interest as spectator. It offers an independent pretension of being and
signifying something. A charm of this sort disappears as soon as it arises;
we do not care to see it twice, for an addition like this spreads before our
sight no suggestion of infinity, nothing that possesses a really existent
vitality[110], and is further only wearisome and tedious for conversation as
we pass through it.
A garden, strictly speaking, should be only a cheerful environment and
simply an environment, which will not pass for something independently
valid and withdraw men from their own life and concerns. It is here that
architecture, with its scientific lines, order, regularity, and symmetry, is in
its proper place and co-ordinates natural objects themselves
architectonically. The art of the Mongols on the other side of the great wall,
in Tibet, the paradise of the Persians, already adapt themselves more closely
to this type. They are no parks in the English sense, but halls with flowers,
springs, courts, and palaces, which have in the form of a retreat in Nature
been arranged on a splendid, grandiose, and extravagant scale for the needs
of mankind and their convenience. But we find the architectural principle
most thoroughly carried out in the French art of gardening, which, as a rule,
borders upon great palaces, plants trees in the strictest conformity of line in
long avenues, prunes them, builds up straight walls from trimmed fences,
and in this way converts Nature herself into a broad dwelling beneath the
open sky.
[34] Simply as a physical object.
[35] That of symbolic architecture.
[36] Als Momente eines Subjektes. That is as the constituent parts of the mind of
one individual.
[37] Herod. I, c. 181.
[38] I, c. 98.
[39] I, p. 469.
[40] As in obelisks, Memnons, etc.
[41] II, c. 162.
[42] c. 106.
Chinese temples, Turkish mosques, Swiss châlets, bridges, hermitages, and
any other conceivable foreign importation, makes an independent claim on
our interest as spectator. It offers an independent pretension of being and
signifying something. A charm of this sort disappears as soon as it arises;
we do not care to see it twice, for an addition like this spreads before our
sight no suggestion of infinity, nothing that possesses a really existent
vitality[110], and is further only wearisome and tedious for conversation as
we pass through it.
A garden, strictly speaking, should be only a cheerful environment and
simply an environment, which will not pass for something independently
valid and withdraw men from their own life and concerns. It is here that
architecture, with its scientific lines, order, regularity, and symmetry, is in
its proper place and co-ordinates natural objects themselves
architectonically. The art of the Mongols on the other side of the great wall,
in Tibet, the paradise of the Persians, already adapt themselves more closely
to this type. They are no parks in the English sense, but halls with flowers,
springs, courts, and palaces, which have in the form of a retreat in Nature
been arranged on a splendid, grandiose, and extravagant scale for the needs
of mankind and their convenience. But we find the architectural principle
most thoroughly carried out in the French art of gardening, which, as a rule,
borders upon great palaces, plants trees in the strictest conformity of line in
long avenues, prunes them, builds up straight walls from trimmed fences,
and in this way converts Nature herself into a broad dwelling beneath the
open sky.
[34] Simply as a physical object.
[35] That of symbolic architecture.
[36] Als Momente eines Subjektes. That is as the constituent parts of the mind of
one individual.
[37] Herod. I, c. 181.
[38] I, c. 98.
[39] I, p. 469.
[40] As in obelisks, Memnons, etc.
[41] II, c. 162.
[42] c. 106.
Page 112
[43] Symb. (2nd ed.), p. 469. The solar city of Heliopolis.
[44] XXXVI, 14, and XXXVII, 8.
[45] Creutzer I, p. 778.
[46] "History of Architecture," vol. I, p. 69.
[47] Wandungen. I presume this refers to every kind of subdivision no less than
boundary walls.
[48] Pracktgewänden. Presumably this refers to the isolated structures in which
the columns are built—having flat surfaces like walls.
[49] Balken. The word would suggest perhaps that Hegel means here beams of
any kind.
[50] II, c. 155.
[51] Her. II, c. 108.
[52] Herodotus dwells on this in the above passage.
[53] II, c. 148.
[54] Commentators of Herodotus point out that we have no direct evidence here
of their number, which, comparing this with Strabo's account, is doubtful, and
still more so the number of the chambers (οἱκήματα). Strabo says there were
twenty-seven courts. The connection between the halls was not an architectural
one but by means of the chambers and colonnades (παστάδες). See Blakesley's
notes, vol. I, pp. 279-80. Neither from Herodotus nor Hegel is it very easy to
form a clear notion of the building.
[55] "History of Ancient Building," vol. I, p. 75.
[56] XXXVI, 19.
[57] Ein Individuelles. Lit., An individual entity.
[58] The relative pronoun refers to the separation of both aspects.
[59] II, c. 126-7.
[60] Her. II, c. 125.
[61] Geschichte der Baukunst der Alten, I, S. 55.
[62] Symbolical significance.
[63] Wolff's and Buttmann's Mus., B. I, p. 536.
[64] Hegel uses the coined word osirirt I presume in this sense.
[65] Abstraction. Abstract in the sense of possessing no ideal complexity.
[66] Verständig. Comes under the categories of the Understanding.
[67] Lit., "Find the element that is congenial."
[68] That is, the principle of geometrical design and that of organic structure.
[69] That is the beauty and the ulterior aim of utility.
[70] Verständig. See note above.
[71] The sphere of mechanical gravity.
[44] XXXVI, 14, and XXXVII, 8.
[45] Creutzer I, p. 778.
[46] "History of Architecture," vol. I, p. 69.
[47] Wandungen. I presume this refers to every kind of subdivision no less than
boundary walls.
[48] Pracktgewänden. Presumably this refers to the isolated structures in which
the columns are built—having flat surfaces like walls.
[49] Balken. The word would suggest perhaps that Hegel means here beams of
any kind.
[50] II, c. 155.
[51] Her. II, c. 108.
[52] Herodotus dwells on this in the above passage.
[53] II, c. 148.
[54] Commentators of Herodotus point out that we have no direct evidence here
of their number, which, comparing this with Strabo's account, is doubtful, and
still more so the number of the chambers (οἱκήματα). Strabo says there were
twenty-seven courts. The connection between the halls was not an architectural
one but by means of the chambers and colonnades (παστάδες). See Blakesley's
notes, vol. I, pp. 279-80. Neither from Herodotus nor Hegel is it very easy to
form a clear notion of the building.
[55] "History of Ancient Building," vol. I, p. 75.
[56] XXXVI, 19.
[57] Ein Individuelles. Lit., An individual entity.
[58] The relative pronoun refers to the separation of both aspects.
[59] II, c. 126-7.
[60] Her. II, c. 125.
[61] Geschichte der Baukunst der Alten, I, S. 55.
[62] Symbolical significance.
[63] Wolff's and Buttmann's Mus., B. I, p. 536.
[64] Hegel uses the coined word osirirt I presume in this sense.
[65] Abstraction. Abstract in the sense of possessing no ideal complexity.
[66] Verständig. Comes under the categories of the Understanding.
[67] Lit., "Find the element that is congenial."
[68] That is, the principle of geometrical design and that of organic structure.
[69] That is the beauty and the ulterior aim of utility.
[70] Verständig. See note above.
[71] The sphere of mechanical gravity.
Page 113
[72] I presume Aufwande means expense here; it would be more reasonable
perhaps to say "waste of room," columns being only too often so much more
expensive for their size.
[73] That is, the free treatment of line under scientific forms of abstraction rather
than limited to specific modes of organic form in Nature.
[74] Der Verständigen Gesetzmässigkeit. The principle of scientific architecture.
[75] Immediate imitation, that is.
[76] Of classical art.
[77] Symbol des Innern.
[78] That is, apart from the classical type.
[79] That is, the scientific reason of abstract principle or rule.
[80] Weil beim Oblongum in der Gleichheit und Ungleichheit ist. That is, more
pleasure is derived from contrast than mere similarity. He then qualifies or
explains the general principle.
[81] Eurhythmie, that is, eurhythmy or a rhythmic movement between the several
parts.
[82] I presume this is the meaning of die Theorie here. That is the purposeful
motive of the architectural skeleton of the fabric—what explains it rationally.
[83] Schiebens. It is possible that Hegel uses the word in its primary sense of
"shifting."
[84] The idea is slightly confused in the course of the sentence. It is not the
necessity (des Bedürfnisses) to build a stable house which has to be held in
position, etc., but the structure which that necessity forces men to construct in a
certain way.
[85] Ihre eigenen Momente. "Its unique traits" is possibly adequate here.
[86] Hegel probably has in his mind when using the expression verständig
bestimmte the close analogy between the self-exclusive concreteness of reason
and the completeness of the circular figure.
[87] It is not quite clear what Hegel means by the Köpfen der Deckenbalken. The
technical word that corresponds to Deckenbalken is "joists"; here, according to
the words that follow, it would appear to mean either the last horizontal line of
the architrave or the entire growth of the triglyph. As he uses the word
Zwischenraümen after we appear to be driven on the latter alternative. The
frieze, of course, was the entire space between cornice and architrave, including
both triglyphs and metopes.
[88] Called femora. They were divided by two gutters or drills. The triglyph
slightly projected and united perpendicularly cornice and architrave.
[89] Die Baukunst nach den Grunds. der Alten, Berlin, 1808, S. III.
[90] He means that the distinct functions are not assigned to those features of the
building to which they are naturally or most essentially related.
[91] Hirt, Geschichte der Baukunst, III, S. 14-18, and II, S. 151.
perhaps to say "waste of room," columns being only too often so much more
expensive for their size.
[73] That is, the free treatment of line under scientific forms of abstraction rather
than limited to specific modes of organic form in Nature.
[74] Der Verständigen Gesetzmässigkeit. The principle of scientific architecture.
[75] Immediate imitation, that is.
[76] Of classical art.
[77] Symbol des Innern.
[78] That is, apart from the classical type.
[79] That is, the scientific reason of abstract principle or rule.
[80] Weil beim Oblongum in der Gleichheit und Ungleichheit ist. That is, more
pleasure is derived from contrast than mere similarity. He then qualifies or
explains the general principle.
[81] Eurhythmie, that is, eurhythmy or a rhythmic movement between the several
parts.
[82] I presume this is the meaning of die Theorie here. That is the purposeful
motive of the architectural skeleton of the fabric—what explains it rationally.
[83] Schiebens. It is possible that Hegel uses the word in its primary sense of
"shifting."
[84] The idea is slightly confused in the course of the sentence. It is not the
necessity (des Bedürfnisses) to build a stable house which has to be held in
position, etc., but the structure which that necessity forces men to construct in a
certain way.
[85] Ihre eigenen Momente. "Its unique traits" is possibly adequate here.
[86] Hegel probably has in his mind when using the expression verständig
bestimmte the close analogy between the self-exclusive concreteness of reason
and the completeness of the circular figure.
[87] It is not quite clear what Hegel means by the Köpfen der Deckenbalken. The
technical word that corresponds to Deckenbalken is "joists"; here, according to
the words that follow, it would appear to mean either the last horizontal line of
the architrave or the entire growth of the triglyph. As he uses the word
Zwischenraümen after we appear to be driven on the latter alternative. The
frieze, of course, was the entire space between cornice and architrave, including
both triglyphs and metopes.
[88] Called femora. They were divided by two gutters or drills. The triglyph
slightly projected and united perpendicularly cornice and architrave.
[89] Die Baukunst nach den Grunds. der Alten, Berlin, 1808, S. III.
[90] He means that the distinct functions are not assigned to those features of the
building to which they are naturally or most essentially related.
[91] Hirt, Geschichte der Baukunst, III, S. 14-18, and II, S. 151.
Page 114
[92] He refers to the columns placed round.
[93] Gesch. d. Bauk. I, S. 251.
[94] By sebstständig Hegel means apparently that there must be nothing in their
external form that would divert attention from their essential character.
[95] Auf dem Unterbau. I presume this means generally that portion beneath the
ground.
[96] I presume what is meant is that in one case the drills or grooves are
hollowed in round shape and towards the base in square shape.
[97] What is precisely meant by the expression durch prismatische Einschnitte I
frankly do not know. The expression Balken is evidently used to mark the
association between the slabs of stone and beams or rafters.
[98] That is, the spaces between the lower part of the cornice and the uppermost
slab of the entablature.
[99] The coussinet is that part of the Ionic capital between the abacus and quarter
round, which serves to form the volute. There are four volutes or spiral scrolls in
the Ionic capital.
[100] The mutule is the projecting block worked under the corona of the Doric
cornice.
[101] Hirt, Gesch. der Baukunst, I, S. 254.
[102] This must, I think, refer to the main moulding of the architrave
immediately resting on the column.
[103] Seneca, Ep. 90.
[104] Lit., "Is raised to infinitude."
[105] As it is, for example, by Greek capitals.
[106] Lit., "In its penetration into the most spiritual (innerste, ideal)
particularity."
[107] Sich verselbstständigen. Hegel means that the main purpose of the exterior
is expressed on the face of it.
[108] I presume the word Durchbrechen is here used in its specific architectural
sense.
[109] Ein Malen.
[110] Keine in sich seyende Seele. I presume Hegel means that being an artificial
fragment of Nature's landscape it lacks the infinite horizon and the living relation
to the whole.
SUBSECTION II
SCULPTURE
[93] Gesch. d. Bauk. I, S. 251.
[94] By sebstständig Hegel means apparently that there must be nothing in their
external form that would divert attention from their essential character.
[95] Auf dem Unterbau. I presume this means generally that portion beneath the
ground.
[96] I presume what is meant is that in one case the drills or grooves are
hollowed in round shape and towards the base in square shape.
[97] What is precisely meant by the expression durch prismatische Einschnitte I
frankly do not know. The expression Balken is evidently used to mark the
association between the slabs of stone and beams or rafters.
[98] That is, the spaces between the lower part of the cornice and the uppermost
slab of the entablature.
[99] The coussinet is that part of the Ionic capital between the abacus and quarter
round, which serves to form the volute. There are four volutes or spiral scrolls in
the Ionic capital.
[100] The mutule is the projecting block worked under the corona of the Doric
cornice.
[101] Hirt, Gesch. der Baukunst, I, S. 254.
[102] This must, I think, refer to the main moulding of the architrave
immediately resting on the column.
[103] Seneca, Ep. 90.
[104] Lit., "Is raised to infinitude."
[105] As it is, for example, by Greek capitals.
[106] Lit., "In its penetration into the most spiritual (innerste, ideal)
particularity."
[107] Sich verselbstständigen. Hegel means that the main purpose of the exterior
is expressed on the face of it.
[108] I presume the word Durchbrechen is here used in its specific architectural
sense.
[109] Ein Malen.
[110] Keine in sich seyende Seele. I presume Hegel means that being an artificial
fragment of Nature's landscape it lacks the infinite horizon and the living relation
to the whole.
SUBSECTION II
SCULPTURE
Page 115
INTRODUCTION
Over against the inorganic nature of Spirit, in the form we find given it by
art in architecture, Spirit opposes itself directly in the sense that the work of
art receives and displays spirituality as its actual content. The necessity of
this advance we have already adverted to. It underlies the notion of Mind,
which differentiates itself under the twofold aspect of subjective self-
substantive[111] existence and pure objectivity. In this latter form of
externality the ideal substance, it is true, makes its appearance by virtue of
the architectonic treatment; such, however, does not amount to a complete
transfusion of the objective material, or a conversion of it into an entirely
adequate expression of Spirit (Mind), such as suffers it, and only it, to
appear. Consequently art withdraws itself from the inorganic realm, which
architecture, under its yoke of the laws of gravity, has striven to bring
nearer as a means of Spirit's expression, to that of the Ideal, which forthwith
then independently asserts itself in its more lofty truth without this
intermingling with what is inorganic. It is during this, return passage of
Spirit to its own native realm[112] from out of the world of masses and
material substance that we come across sculpture.
The first stage, however, in this new sphere is, as yet, no withdrawal of
mind into the completely ideal world of subjective consciousness[113], so
that the representation of what is of Spirit would require what is itself a
purely ideal mode of expression. Rather Spirit grasps itself, in the first
instance, only in so far as it is still expressed in bodily shape, and therein
possesses its homogeneous and determinate existence. The art which
accepts for its content this attitude to the possessions of Spirit will
consequently have, as its due function, to clothe spiritual individuality as a
manifestation under material conditions, and we may add, in what is
actually material to the senses. For discourse and speech are also
indications[114] which Spirit assumes under the form of externality, but they
belong to a mode of objectivity, which, instead of possessing the attributes
we attach to matter in its immediate and concrete sense, is merely as tone,
motion, the undulation of an entire body and the rarified element, the
atmosphere, a communication of such Spirit. What I call immediate
corporeality, on the contrary, is the spatial mode of material substance such
as stone, wood, metal, or clay, wholly spatial in all three dimensions. The
Over against the inorganic nature of Spirit, in the form we find given it by
art in architecture, Spirit opposes itself directly in the sense that the work of
art receives and displays spirituality as its actual content. The necessity of
this advance we have already adverted to. It underlies the notion of Mind,
which differentiates itself under the twofold aspect of subjective self-
substantive[111] existence and pure objectivity. In this latter form of
externality the ideal substance, it is true, makes its appearance by virtue of
the architectonic treatment; such, however, does not amount to a complete
transfusion of the objective material, or a conversion of it into an entirely
adequate expression of Spirit (Mind), such as suffers it, and only it, to
appear. Consequently art withdraws itself from the inorganic realm, which
architecture, under its yoke of the laws of gravity, has striven to bring
nearer as a means of Spirit's expression, to that of the Ideal, which forthwith
then independently asserts itself in its more lofty truth without this
intermingling with what is inorganic. It is during this, return passage of
Spirit to its own native realm[112] from out of the world of masses and
material substance that we come across sculpture.
The first stage, however, in this new sphere is, as yet, no withdrawal of
mind into the completely ideal world of subjective consciousness[113], so
that the representation of what is of Spirit would require what is itself a
purely ideal mode of expression. Rather Spirit grasps itself, in the first
instance, only in so far as it is still expressed in bodily shape, and therein
possesses its homogeneous and determinate existence. The art which
accepts for its content this attitude to the possessions of Spirit will
consequently have, as its due function, to clothe spiritual individuality as a
manifestation under material conditions, and we may add, in what is
actually material to the senses. For discourse and speech are also
indications[114] which Spirit assumes under the form of externality, but they
belong to a mode of objectivity, which, instead of possessing the attributes
we attach to matter in its immediate and concrete sense, is merely as tone,
motion, the undulation of an entire body and the rarified element, the
atmosphere, a communication of such Spirit. What I call immediate
corporeality, on the contrary, is the spatial mode of material substance such
as stone, wood, metal, or clay, wholly spatial in all three dimensions. The
Page 116
form, however, which is adequate to Spirit is, as we have already seen, the
unique bodily form which belongs to it; and it is through this that sculpture
makes what is of Spirit actual in a whole which is subject to the spatial
condition.
From this point of view sculpture stands on the same plane as
architecture[115] to the extent, namely, that it gives form to the sensuous
material as such, or what is material according its spatial condition as
matter. It is, however, to a like extent distinguishable from architecture by
virtue of the fact that it does not work up the inorganic substance, as the
opposite of Spirit, into an environment created by Spirit and endowed with
its purpose in forms to which a purpose is attached which is exterior to it;
rather it sets before us spirituality itself in the bodily shape which, from the
standpoint of the notion, is adequate to Spirit and its individuality. In other
words its efficient function and independent self-subsistency brings
indivisibly before our sight both aspects, body and spirit, as one whole. The
configuration of sculpture, therefore, breaks away from the specific
function of architecture, which is to serve Spirit merely as an external
Nature and environment, and assumes a really independent position.
Despite, however, this separation the image of sculpture remains in
essential relation to its environment. A statue or group, and yet more a
relief, cannot be made without considering the place in which such a work
of art is to be situated. One ought not first to complete a work of sculpture
and then consider where it is likely to be put, but it should in the very
conception of it be associated with a definite exterior world, and its spatial
form and local position. In this respect sculpture retains a specific relation
to the architectural aspect of space. For the primary object of statues is that
of being temple images and being set up in the shrine of the sanctuary, just
as in Christian churches painting supplies images for the altar, and Gothic
architecture also attests a similar connection between works of sculpture
and their local position. Temples and churches, however, are not the only
place for statues, groups of statuary and reliefs. In a similar way halls,
staircases, gardens, public squares, doors, single columns and arches of
triumph receive an animation from the forms of sculpture; and every statue,
even though placed in dissociation from such a wider environment, requires
a pedestal of its own to mark its local position and base. And here we must
conclude what we have to say as to the association of sculpture with or
distinction from architecture.
unique bodily form which belongs to it; and it is through this that sculpture
makes what is of Spirit actual in a whole which is subject to the spatial
condition.
From this point of view sculpture stands on the same plane as
architecture[115] to the extent, namely, that it gives form to the sensuous
material as such, or what is material according its spatial condition as
matter. It is, however, to a like extent distinguishable from architecture by
virtue of the fact that it does not work up the inorganic substance, as the
opposite of Spirit, into an environment created by Spirit and endowed with
its purpose in forms to which a purpose is attached which is exterior to it;
rather it sets before us spirituality itself in the bodily shape which, from the
standpoint of the notion, is adequate to Spirit and its individuality. In other
words its efficient function and independent self-subsistency brings
indivisibly before our sight both aspects, body and spirit, as one whole. The
configuration of sculpture, therefore, breaks away from the specific
function of architecture, which is to serve Spirit merely as an external
Nature and environment, and assumes a really independent position.
Despite, however, this separation the image of sculpture remains in
essential relation to its environment. A statue or group, and yet more a
relief, cannot be made without considering the place in which such a work
of art is to be situated. One ought not first to complete a work of sculpture
and then consider where it is likely to be put, but it should in the very
conception of it be associated with a definite exterior world, and its spatial
form and local position. In this respect sculpture retains a specific relation
to the architectural aspect of space. For the primary object of statues is that
of being temple images and being set up in the shrine of the sanctuary, just
as in Christian churches painting supplies images for the altar, and Gothic
architecture also attests a similar connection between works of sculpture
and their local position. Temples and churches, however, are not the only
place for statues, groups of statuary and reliefs. In a similar way halls,
staircases, gardens, public squares, doors, single columns and arches of
triumph receive an animation from the forms of sculpture; and every statue,
even though placed in dissociation from such a wider environment, requires
a pedestal of its own to mark its local position and base. And here we must
conclude what we have to say as to the association of sculpture with or
distinction from architecture.
Page 117
If we further compare sculpture with the other arts we shall find that it is
more especially poetry and painting which will engage our attention. Small
statues no less than groups present to us the spiritual form in complete
bodily shape, man, in short, as he exists. Sculpture therefore appears to
possess the truest means of representing what is spiritual, whereas both
painting and poetry have the contrary appearance of being more remote
from Nature for the reason that painting makes use of the mere surface
instead of the sensuous totality of the spatial condition, which a human
form and all other natural things actually assume; speech, too, to a still less
degree, expresses the reality of body, being merely able to transmit ideas of
the same by means of tone.
However, the truth of the matter is precisely the reverse of this. For
although the image of sculpture appears no doubt to possess from the start
the natural form as it stands, it is just this externality of body and nature
reproduced in gross material which is not the nature of Spirit as such. If we
regard the essential character of it its peculiar existence is that expressed by
means of speech, acts, and affairs which develop its ideal or soul-life, and
disclose its true existence.
In this respect sculpture has to yield the place of honour and pre-eminently
when contrasted with poetry. No doubt clarity of outline[116] is superior in
the plastic arts, in which the bodily presence is placed before our sight, but
poetry too can describe the exterior figure of a man, such as his hair,
forehead, cheeks, size, dress, pose and so forth, though of course not with
the precision and sufficiency of sculpture. What it loses, however, in this
respect is made up by the imagination, which, moreover, does not require
for the mere conception of an object such a fixed and definite outline, and
before everything else brings before us man in his action, with all his
motives, developments of fortune and circumstance, with all his emotions,
discourses, everything that discovers the soul-life or throws light on
external incidents. This sculpture is either wholly unable to do, or only in a
very incomplete way for the reason that it neither can present to us the
individual soul[117] in its particular inward life and passion, nor as poetry a
sequence of expressed results, but only offer us the general characteristics
of individuality, so far as the body expresses such, and whatever happens
together in one particular moment of time, and this too in a state of repose
without the progressive action of real life. In these respects, too, it is
more especially poetry and painting which will engage our attention. Small
statues no less than groups present to us the spiritual form in complete
bodily shape, man, in short, as he exists. Sculpture therefore appears to
possess the truest means of representing what is spiritual, whereas both
painting and poetry have the contrary appearance of being more remote
from Nature for the reason that painting makes use of the mere surface
instead of the sensuous totality of the spatial condition, which a human
form and all other natural things actually assume; speech, too, to a still less
degree, expresses the reality of body, being merely able to transmit ideas of
the same by means of tone.
However, the truth of the matter is precisely the reverse of this. For
although the image of sculpture appears no doubt to possess from the start
the natural form as it stands, it is just this externality of body and nature
reproduced in gross material which is not the nature of Spirit as such. If we
regard the essential character of it its peculiar existence is that expressed by
means of speech, acts, and affairs which develop its ideal or soul-life, and
disclose its true existence.
In this respect sculpture has to yield the place of honour and pre-eminently
when contrasted with poetry. No doubt clarity of outline[116] is superior in
the plastic arts, in which the bodily presence is placed before our sight, but
poetry too can describe the exterior figure of a man, such as his hair,
forehead, cheeks, size, dress, pose and so forth, though of course not with
the precision and sufficiency of sculpture. What it loses, however, in this
respect is made up by the imagination, which, moreover, does not require
for the mere conception of an object such a fixed and definite outline, and
before everything else brings before us man in his action, with all his
motives, developments of fortune and circumstance, with all his emotions,
discourses, everything that discovers the soul-life or throws light on
external incidents. This sculpture is either wholly unable to do, or only in a
very incomplete way for the reason that it neither can present to us the
individual soul[117] in its particular inward life and passion, nor as poetry a
sequence of expressed results, but only offer us the general characteristics
of individuality, so far as the body expresses such, and whatever happens
together in one particular moment of time, and this too in a state of repose
without the progressive action of real life. In these respects, too, it is
Page 118
inferior to painting. For the expression of spiritual life receives in painting
an emphatically more defined accuracy and vitality by means of the colour
given to the human face and its light and shadow, not merely in the sense in
which it satisfies generally the material substance of nature, but pre-
eminently in the way it expresses physiognomy and the phenomena of
emotion. It is possible, therefore, at first to entertain the view that sculpture
requires merely for its greater perfection to associate the further advantages
of painting with that itself possesses in the spatial totality, and to regard it as
a mere act of caprice that it has made up its mind to dispense with the
palette of the painter, or, as indicating a poverty and incapacity of its
execution, that it entirely restricts its effort to one aspect of reality, namely,
that of the material form, and withdraws its attention from that, much as the
silhouette and the engraving may be set down as mere makeshifts[118]. We
are, however, not warranted in thus applying such a term as "caprice" to
genuine art. The form such as it is in the object of sculpture, remains in fact
merely an abstract aspect of the concrete human bodily presence. Its
presentments receive no variety from particularized colours and
movements. This is, however, no defect due to accident, but a limitation of
material and manner of presentment itself pre-supposed in the notion of art.
For Art is a product of mind, and we may add of the more exalted and
thoughtful mind. A work of this order claims as its object a content of this
defined character, and consequently implies a mode of artistic realization
which excludes other aspects. We have here a process similar to that
observed in the different sciences where we find, for example, geometry
exclusively adopts space as its object, jurisprudence law, philosophy the
explication of the eternal Idea and its determinate existence and self-
identity in the facts of experience, wherein each of the above mentioned
sciences develops these objects by differentiation out of their differences,
without one of them actually presenting to consciousness in its
completeness that which we are accustomed in ordinary modes of thought
to call concrete real existence.
Art then, as a creative informing activity of spiritual origination, proceeds
step by step, and separates that which in the notion, in the nature of the
thing, albeit not in its determinate existence, is separated. It retains such
stages consequently in their self-exclusive finity, in order to elaborate them
according to their distinct peculiarities. And what contributes to this
notional distinction and exclusive separation in the spatial material
an emphatically more defined accuracy and vitality by means of the colour
given to the human face and its light and shadow, not merely in the sense in
which it satisfies generally the material substance of nature, but pre-
eminently in the way it expresses physiognomy and the phenomena of
emotion. It is possible, therefore, at first to entertain the view that sculpture
requires merely for its greater perfection to associate the further advantages
of painting with that itself possesses in the spatial totality, and to regard it as
a mere act of caprice that it has made up its mind to dispense with the
palette of the painter, or, as indicating a poverty and incapacity of its
execution, that it entirely restricts its effort to one aspect of reality, namely,
that of the material form, and withdraws its attention from that, much as the
silhouette and the engraving may be set down as mere makeshifts[118]. We
are, however, not warranted in thus applying such a term as "caprice" to
genuine art. The form such as it is in the object of sculpture, remains in fact
merely an abstract aspect of the concrete human bodily presence. Its
presentments receive no variety from particularized colours and
movements. This is, however, no defect due to accident, but a limitation of
material and manner of presentment itself pre-supposed in the notion of art.
For Art is a product of mind, and we may add of the more exalted and
thoughtful mind. A work of this order claims as its object a content of this
defined character, and consequently implies a mode of artistic realization
which excludes other aspects. We have here a process similar to that
observed in the different sciences where we find, for example, geometry
exclusively adopts space as its object, jurisprudence law, philosophy the
explication of the eternal Idea and its determinate existence and self-
identity in the facts of experience, wherein each of the above mentioned
sciences develops these objects by differentiation out of their differences,
without one of them actually presenting to consciousness in its
completeness that which we are accustomed in ordinary modes of thought
to call concrete real existence.
Art then, as a creative informing activity of spiritual origination, proceeds
step by step, and separates that which in the notion, in the nature of the
thing, albeit not in its determinate existence, is separated. It retains such
stages consequently in their self-exclusive finity, in order to elaborate them
according to their distinct peculiarities. And what contributes to this
notional distinction and exclusive separation in the spatial material
Page 119
substance, which constitutes the element of the plastic art is corporeality in
its aspect of spatial totality and its abstract configuration, in other words
bodily form simply, and the more detailed particularization of the same
relatively to the variety of its colorization. We find at this first stage the art
of sculpture so placed relatively to the human form, which it treats as a
stereo-metric body, merely, that is, according to form which it possesses in
the three spatial dimensions. The work of art, whose process is in and
through the sensuous material, must no doubt have an existence for
another[119], with which forthwith the particularization commences. The
primary art, however, which is concerned with the human bodily form as an
expression of spiritual life, only proceeds so far in this "being for another"
to the point of its first, or rather the still universal mode of Nature's own
existence, that is to the point of mere visibility and existence in light
generally, without uniting with the same in its presentment the relation of
the latter to darkness, in which that which is visible is particularized in its
own medium[120] and becomes colour. And the art occupying such a
position is that of sculpture. For plastic art, which is unable as poetry to
bring together the totality of the phenomenon in one equal element or world
of idea, inevitably breaks up this totality[121].
For this reason we get on the one hand objectivity, which in so far as it is
not the unique configuration of spirit, stands over against it as inorganic
Nature. It is this relation of bare objectivity which converts architecture into
a mere suggestive symbol, which does not possess its spiritual significance
in itself. The point of extreme contrast to objectivity as such is subjectivity,
that is the soul[122], emotional life in the entire range of all its particular
movements, moods, passions, exterior and interior agitations and actions.
Between these two we are confronted with the spiritual individuality which
no doubt has a definite structure, but which is not as yet deepened to the
extent of the essential ideality of the individual soul; in which, instead of
the full personal singularity, the substantive universality of Spirit and its
objects and characteristic traits is the prevailing factor. In its generality it is
not as yet absolutely withdrawn into its own exclusive domain to the point
of purely spiritual unity; rather it comes before us as this midway point[123]
still hailing from the objective side, that is the side of inorganic Nature, and
consequently even carries as part of itself corporeality, as the particular
form of existence appropriate to spirit, in the body that not merely is its
its aspect of spatial totality and its abstract configuration, in other words
bodily form simply, and the more detailed particularization of the same
relatively to the variety of its colorization. We find at this first stage the art
of sculpture so placed relatively to the human form, which it treats as a
stereo-metric body, merely, that is, according to form which it possesses in
the three spatial dimensions. The work of art, whose process is in and
through the sensuous material, must no doubt have an existence for
another[119], with which forthwith the particularization commences. The
primary art, however, which is concerned with the human bodily form as an
expression of spiritual life, only proceeds so far in this "being for another"
to the point of its first, or rather the still universal mode of Nature's own
existence, that is to the point of mere visibility and existence in light
generally, without uniting with the same in its presentment the relation of
the latter to darkness, in which that which is visible is particularized in its
own medium[120] and becomes colour. And the art occupying such a
position is that of sculpture. For plastic art, which is unable as poetry to
bring together the totality of the phenomenon in one equal element or world
of idea, inevitably breaks up this totality[121].
For this reason we get on the one hand objectivity, which in so far as it is
not the unique configuration of spirit, stands over against it as inorganic
Nature. It is this relation of bare objectivity which converts architecture into
a mere suggestive symbol, which does not possess its spiritual significance
in itself. The point of extreme contrast to objectivity as such is subjectivity,
that is the soul[122], emotional life in the entire range of all its particular
movements, moods, passions, exterior and interior agitations and actions.
Between these two we are confronted with the spiritual individuality which
no doubt has a definite structure, but which is not as yet deepened to the
extent of the essential ideality of the individual soul; in which, instead of
the full personal singularity, the substantive universality of Spirit and its
objects and characteristic traits is the prevailing factor. In its generality it is
not as yet absolutely withdrawn into its own exclusive domain to the point
of purely spiritual unity; rather it comes before us as this midway point[123]
still hailing from the objective side, that is the side of inorganic Nature, and
consequently even carries as part of itself corporeality, as the particular
form of existence appropriate to spirit, in the body that not merely is its
Page 120
own, but also discloses it. In this mode of externality, which no longer
remains something simply opposed to what is ideal, spiritual individuality
has now to be displayed, not, however, as living form, that is to say as
corporeality continuously referred back to the point of unity implied in the
singularity of spiritual life, but rather as form set forth and manifested in its
external guise, into the mould of which Spirit has no doubt been poured,
without, however, being from this outward bond of association, made
visible in the sense that it is so when it withdraws into its own essential and
ideal domain[124].
From the above observations the two points to which we have already
drawn attention become more clear, namely, first, that sculpture makes use
of the human form directly, which is the actual existence of spiritual life,
instead of accepting a mode of expression which is symbolical with a view
to promoting the spiritual import of modes of appearance that are merely
suggestive. At the same time, secondly, it is content, as the manifestation of
that mode of subjectivity which does not express emotion and the soul
essentially unparticularized[125], with form and nothing more, where the
focus of subjectivity is dissipated[126]. This is also the reason why sculpture
does not on the one hand present Spirit in action, in a series of movements,
which both possess and testify to one aim nor in undertakings or exploits,
wherein a certain character is made visible, but rather as persisting
throughout in one objective way, and for this reason pre-eminently in the
repose of form, the movement and grouping of which is merely a first and
obvious commencement of action, not, however, in any sense a complete
presentment of the subjective life as agitated by all the conflicts that assail it
whether within or without, or as its development is variously affected in
contact with the external world. Consequently what we also miss in the
figures of sculpture is precisely this revealed focus of the subjective life, the
concentrated expression of soul as soul, namely, the glance of the eye, a fact
upon which we shall have something further to say later. We miss it because
such a figure presents to our sight Spirit embedded in corporeality, and
Spirit, too, which has to show itself visible in the entire form. From another
point of view an individuality, which is not as yet essentially separated into
its component parts, that is, the object of sculpture, does not as yet require
the painter's charm of colour as means to display it, a charm which is as
capable of making visible, through the fine gradations and variety of its
remains something simply opposed to what is ideal, spiritual individuality
has now to be displayed, not, however, as living form, that is to say as
corporeality continuously referred back to the point of unity implied in the
singularity of spiritual life, but rather as form set forth and manifested in its
external guise, into the mould of which Spirit has no doubt been poured,
without, however, being from this outward bond of association, made
visible in the sense that it is so when it withdraws into its own essential and
ideal domain[124].
From the above observations the two points to which we have already
drawn attention become more clear, namely, first, that sculpture makes use
of the human form directly, which is the actual existence of spiritual life,
instead of accepting a mode of expression which is symbolical with a view
to promoting the spiritual import of modes of appearance that are merely
suggestive. At the same time, secondly, it is content, as the manifestation of
that mode of subjectivity which does not express emotion and the soul
essentially unparticularized[125], with form and nothing more, where the
focus of subjectivity is dissipated[126]. This is also the reason why sculpture
does not on the one hand present Spirit in action, in a series of movements,
which both possess and testify to one aim nor in undertakings or exploits,
wherein a certain character is made visible, but rather as persisting
throughout in one objective way, and for this reason pre-eminently in the
repose of form, the movement and grouping of which is merely a first and
obvious commencement of action, not, however, in any sense a complete
presentment of the subjective life as agitated by all the conflicts that assail it
whether within or without, or as its development is variously affected in
contact with the external world. Consequently what we also miss in the
figures of sculpture is precisely this revealed focus of the subjective life, the
concentrated expression of soul as soul, namely, the glance of the eye, a fact
upon which we shall have something further to say later. We miss it because
such a figure presents to our sight Spirit embedded in corporeality, and
Spirit, too, which has to show itself visible in the entire form. From another
point of view an individuality, which is not as yet essentially separated into
its component parts, that is, the object of sculpture, does not as yet require
the painter's charm of colour as means to display it, a charm which is as
capable of making visible, through the fine gradations and variety of its
Page 121
nuances, the entire wealth of particular traits of character, the absolute
manifestation of spiritual presence, its ideal significance[127], as by means
of the vital flash of the eye it will concentrate in a point all the vigour of the
soul. Sculpture must not, in other words, accept a material which is not
rendered necessary by its fundamental point of view. It only makes use of
the spatial qualities of the human figure, not the colouring which depicts it.
The figure of sculpture is in general of one colour, hewn from white not
vari-coloured marble. And in the same way metals are used as the material
of sculpture, this primitive substance, self-identical, essentially
undifferentiated, a light in fluxion, if we may so express it, without the
contrast and harmony of different colours[128]. The Greeks are indebted to
their unrivalled artistic insight[129] for having grasped and firmly retained
this point of view. No doubt we find, too, in Greek sculpture, to which we
must for the main part confine ourselves, examples of coloured statuary; we
must, however, take care in this respect to distinguish both the beginning
and end of this art from that which is created at its culminating point.
In the same way we must discount that which is admitted by art in
deference to traditional religion. We have already found it to be true in the
classical type of art that it does not forthwith and immediately set forth the
Ideal, in which its function is to discover its fundamental lines of definition,
but in the first instance removes much that is inconsonant with it and
foreign; it is the same case precisely with sculpture. It is forced to pass
through many preliminary stages before it arrives at its perfection; and this
initial process differs very considerably from its supreme attainment. The
most ancient works of sculpture are of painted wood, as, for example,
Egyptian idols; we find similar productions among the Greeks. We must,
however, exclude such examples from genuine sculpture when the main
point is to establish its fundamental notion. We are therefore in no way
concerned to deny that there are many examples at hand of painted statues.
It is, however, also a fact that the purer art-taste became, the more strongly
"sculpture withdrew itself from a brilliancy of colour that was not really
congenial, and with wise deliberation utilized, on the contrary, light and
shadow in order to secure for the beholder's eye a greater softness, repose,
clarity, and agreeableness[130]." As against the uniform colour of the bare
marble we may no doubt not merely instance the numerous statues of
bronze, but also in still stronger opposition the greatest and most excellent
manifestation of spiritual presence, its ideal significance[127], as by means
of the vital flash of the eye it will concentrate in a point all the vigour of the
soul. Sculpture must not, in other words, accept a material which is not
rendered necessary by its fundamental point of view. It only makes use of
the spatial qualities of the human figure, not the colouring which depicts it.
The figure of sculpture is in general of one colour, hewn from white not
vari-coloured marble. And in the same way metals are used as the material
of sculpture, this primitive substance, self-identical, essentially
undifferentiated, a light in fluxion, if we may so express it, without the
contrast and harmony of different colours[128]. The Greeks are indebted to
their unrivalled artistic insight[129] for having grasped and firmly retained
this point of view. No doubt we find, too, in Greek sculpture, to which we
must for the main part confine ourselves, examples of coloured statuary; we
must, however, take care in this respect to distinguish both the beginning
and end of this art from that which is created at its culminating point.
In the same way we must discount that which is admitted by art in
deference to traditional religion. We have already found it to be true in the
classical type of art that it does not forthwith and immediately set forth the
Ideal, in which its function is to discover its fundamental lines of definition,
but in the first instance removes much that is inconsonant with it and
foreign; it is the same case precisely with sculpture. It is forced to pass
through many preliminary stages before it arrives at its perfection; and this
initial process differs very considerably from its supreme attainment. The
most ancient works of sculpture are of painted wood, as, for example,
Egyptian idols; we find similar productions among the Greeks. We must,
however, exclude such examples from genuine sculpture when the main
point is to establish its fundamental notion. We are therefore in no way
concerned to deny that there are many examples at hand of painted statues.
It is, however, also a fact that the purer art-taste became, the more strongly
"sculpture withdrew itself from a brilliancy of colour that was not really
congenial, and with wise deliberation utilized, on the contrary, light and
shadow in order to secure for the beholder's eye a greater softness, repose,
clarity, and agreeableness[130]." As against the uniform colour of the bare
marble we may no doubt not merely instance the numerous statues of
bronze, but also in still stronger opposition the greatest and most excellent
Page 122
works, which, as in the case of the Zeus of Pheidias, were artificially
coloured. But we are not here discussing absence of colour in such an
extreme abstract sense. Moreover, ivory and gold are not primarily the use
of colour as the painter employs it; and generally we may add that the
various works of a definite art do not ever in fact retain fixedly their
fundamental notion in so abstract and unyielding a way, inasmuch as they
come into contact with the conditions of life subject to aims of all kinds;
they are placed in different environments, and are thereby associated with
circumstances of an external kind, which inevitably modify their real and
essential type. In this way the images of sculpture are not unfrequently
executed in rich material such as gold and ivory. They are placed on
magnificent chairs or stand on pedestals which display all the extravagance
and luxuriousness of art, or receive costly decorations, in order that the
nation, when face to face with such splendid works, may likewise enjoy the
sense of its power and wealth. And sculpture in particular, for the reason
that it is essentially, taken by itself, a more abstract art, does not on all
occasions hold fast to such exclusiveness, but, on the one hand, introduces
incidentally much that is of a traditional, scholastic, or local character as a
contribution from its history, while, on the other, it ministers to vital popular
necessities. Active humanity demands for its diversion variety, and seeks in
diverse directions for a stimulus to its vision and imagination. We may take
as an analogous case the reading aloud of Greek tragedies, which also
brings before us the work of art under its more abstract form. In the wider
field of external existence we have still to add, to make a public
performance, living actors, costume, stage scenery, dancing, and music.
And in like manner, too, the sculptured figure is unable to dispense with
much that is supplementary on its own stage of reality. We are, however,
only concerned here with the genuine work of sculpture as such; external
aspects such as those above adverted to must not be permitted to prevent us
bringing before the mind the notion of our subject-matter in its most ideal
and exclusive sense of definition.
Proceeding now to the more definite heads of division in this section we
may observe that sculpture constitutes the very centre of the classical type
of art to such a degree that we are unable to accept the symbolical, classical
and romantic types as distinctions which affect throughout and form the
basis of our division. Sculpture is the genuine art of the classical Ideal
simply. It is quite true that sculpture has also its stages in which it is in the
coloured. But we are not here discussing absence of colour in such an
extreme abstract sense. Moreover, ivory and gold are not primarily the use
of colour as the painter employs it; and generally we may add that the
various works of a definite art do not ever in fact retain fixedly their
fundamental notion in so abstract and unyielding a way, inasmuch as they
come into contact with the conditions of life subject to aims of all kinds;
they are placed in different environments, and are thereby associated with
circumstances of an external kind, which inevitably modify their real and
essential type. In this way the images of sculpture are not unfrequently
executed in rich material such as gold and ivory. They are placed on
magnificent chairs or stand on pedestals which display all the extravagance
and luxuriousness of art, or receive costly decorations, in order that the
nation, when face to face with such splendid works, may likewise enjoy the
sense of its power and wealth. And sculpture in particular, for the reason
that it is essentially, taken by itself, a more abstract art, does not on all
occasions hold fast to such exclusiveness, but, on the one hand, introduces
incidentally much that is of a traditional, scholastic, or local character as a
contribution from its history, while, on the other, it ministers to vital popular
necessities. Active humanity demands for its diversion variety, and seeks in
diverse directions for a stimulus to its vision and imagination. We may take
as an analogous case the reading aloud of Greek tragedies, which also
brings before us the work of art under its more abstract form. In the wider
field of external existence we have still to add, to make a public
performance, living actors, costume, stage scenery, dancing, and music.
And in like manner, too, the sculptured figure is unable to dispense with
much that is supplementary on its own stage of reality. We are, however,
only concerned here with the genuine work of sculpture as such; external
aspects such as those above adverted to must not be permitted to prevent us
bringing before the mind the notion of our subject-matter in its most ideal
and exclusive sense of definition.
Proceeding now to the more definite heads of division in this section we
may observe that sculpture constitutes the very centre of the classical type
of art to such a degree that we are unable to accept the symbolical, classical
and romantic types as distinctions which affect throughout and form the
basis of our division. Sculpture is the genuine art of the classical Ideal
simply. It is quite true that sculpture has also its stages in which it is in the
Page 123
grasp of the symbolical type, as in Egypt for example. But these are rather
preliminary stages of its historical evolution, no genuine distinctions which
essentially affect the art of sculpture when notionally considered, in so far,
that is, as these exceptional examples, in the manner of their execution and
the use that is made of them, rather belong to architecture than are strictly
within the aim and purpose of sculpture. In a similar way, when we find the
romantic type thereby expressed, sculpture passes beyond its rightful
sphere, and only receives with the qualified imitation of Greek sculpture its
exclusively plastic type. We must therefore look about us for a principle of
division of another character.
In agreement with what we have just stated we shall find that it is from the
particular way in which the classical Ideal means of sculpture acquires a
form of reality that most fully expresses it that the focus of our present
inquiry is derived. Before, however, we are in a position to make an
advance in this evolution of the ideal figure of sculpture we must by way of
introduction demonstrate what kind of content and form are pertinent to the
point of view of sculpture regarded as a specific art, and the course it
follows by virtue of both until the point is reached where the classical Ideal
is fully unfolded in the human form permeated by spiritual life, and in its
shape as subject to spatial condition. From another point of view the
classical Ideal stands, and falls with an individuality which is
unquestionably substantive, but also to an equal degree essentially
particularized, so that sculpture does not accept for its content the Ideal of
the human form in its generality, but the Ideal as specifically defined; and,
by virtue of this fact, it is variously displayed under forms distinct from
each other. Such distinctions partly originate in the conception and
representation simply, in part are due to the material in which such is
realized, and which further, according to the way it affects execution,
introduces points of severation on its own account, to both of which finally,
as the last ground of difference, the various stages are related in the
historical development of sculpture.
Having made these observations we will indicate the course of our inquiry
as follows.
In the first place we have merely to deal with the general determinants of
the essential content and form, such as are deducible from the notion of
sculpture.
preliminary stages of its historical evolution, no genuine distinctions which
essentially affect the art of sculpture when notionally considered, in so far,
that is, as these exceptional examples, in the manner of their execution and
the use that is made of them, rather belong to architecture than are strictly
within the aim and purpose of sculpture. In a similar way, when we find the
romantic type thereby expressed, sculpture passes beyond its rightful
sphere, and only receives with the qualified imitation of Greek sculpture its
exclusively plastic type. We must therefore look about us for a principle of
division of another character.
In agreement with what we have just stated we shall find that it is from the
particular way in which the classical Ideal means of sculpture acquires a
form of reality that most fully expresses it that the focus of our present
inquiry is derived. Before, however, we are in a position to make an
advance in this evolution of the ideal figure of sculpture we must by way of
introduction demonstrate what kind of content and form are pertinent to the
point of view of sculpture regarded as a specific art, and the course it
follows by virtue of both until the point is reached where the classical Ideal
is fully unfolded in the human form permeated by spiritual life, and in its
shape as subject to spatial condition. From another point of view the
classical Ideal stands, and falls with an individuality which is
unquestionably substantive, but also to an equal degree essentially
particularized, so that sculpture does not accept for its content the Ideal of
the human form in its generality, but the Ideal as specifically defined; and,
by virtue of this fact, it is variously displayed under forms distinct from
each other. Such distinctions partly originate in the conception and
representation simply, in part are due to the material in which such is
realized, and which further, according to the way it affects execution,
introduces points of severation on its own account, to both of which finally,
as the last ground of difference, the various stages are related in the
historical development of sculpture.
Having made these observations we will indicate the course of our inquiry
as follows.
In the first place we have merely to deal with the general determinants of
the essential content and form, such as are deducible from the notion of
sculpture.
Page 124
Secondly, as a further step, we have to differentiate more closely the nature
of the classical Ideal, in so far as it attains a determinate existence in its
most artistic form.
Thirdly, and finally, we shall find that sculpture avails itself of various types
of presentation and material, and expands to a world of productions, in
which, either under one aspect or another, the symbolical or romantic types
also definitely assert themselves, albeit it is the classical which constitutes
the true point of centre between them in plastic art[131].
CHAPTER I
THE PRINCIPLE OF GENUINE SCULPTURE
Sculpture, to put the matter in general terms, conceives the astounding
project of making Spirit imagine itself in an exclusively material medium,
and so shape this external medium that it is presented to itself in such and
recognizes the presentment to be the objective form adequate to its ideal
substance.
In this respect our inquiry will take the following directions.
First, we have the question what kind of spiritual life is capable of being
reproduced in this material of a form entirely sensuous and spatial.
Secondly, we have to ask in what manner the forms of the spatial condition
have to be modified in order to permit us a recognition of the spiritual in the
bodily shape of beauty.
What we have generally to consider here is the unity between the ordo
rerum extensarum and that of the ordo rerum idearum, the primal fair union
of soul and body, in so far as spiritual ideality is expressed by sculpture
exclusively in its bodily existence.
This union, thirdly, corresponds to what we have already found to be the
Ideal of the classical type of art; and for this reason the plastic forms of
sculpture are nothing less than the very art itself of the classical Ideal.
of the classical Ideal, in so far as it attains a determinate existence in its
most artistic form.
Thirdly, and finally, we shall find that sculpture avails itself of various types
of presentation and material, and expands to a world of productions, in
which, either under one aspect or another, the symbolical or romantic types
also definitely assert themselves, albeit it is the classical which constitutes
the true point of centre between them in plastic art[131].
CHAPTER I
THE PRINCIPLE OF GENUINE SCULPTURE
Sculpture, to put the matter in general terms, conceives the astounding
project of making Spirit imagine itself in an exclusively material medium,
and so shape this external medium that it is presented to itself in such and
recognizes the presentment to be the objective form adequate to its ideal
substance.
In this respect our inquiry will take the following directions.
First, we have the question what kind of spiritual life is capable of being
reproduced in this material of a form entirely sensuous and spatial.
Secondly, we have to ask in what manner the forms of the spatial condition
have to be modified in order to permit us a recognition of the spiritual in the
bodily shape of beauty.
What we have generally to consider here is the unity between the ordo
rerum extensarum and that of the ordo rerum idearum, the primal fair union
of soul and body, in so far as spiritual ideality is expressed by sculpture
exclusively in its bodily existence.
This union, thirdly, corresponds to what we have already found to be the
Ideal of the classical type of art; and for this reason the plastic forms of
sculpture are nothing less than the very art itself of the classical Ideal.
Page 125
1. THE ESSENTIAL CONTENT OF SCULPTURE
The elementary medium, in which sculpture realizes its creations is, as we
have seen, the elementary, still universal material subject to spatial
condition, in which no further particularization can be utilized for an artistic
purpose than the universal spatial dimensions, and the more detailed[132]
spatial forms which are compatible with these dimensions under their most
beautiful configuration. Now what most exceptionally corresponds as
content to this more abstract aspect of the sensuous material is the
objectivity of Spirit which reposes on its own resources, in so far, that is, as
Spirit has neither differentiated itself in contradistinction to its universal
substance, nor to its determinate existence in its bodily presence, and
consequently is not as yet withdrawn as independent self-subsistency into
its own subjective world. There are two points we would draw attention to
here.
(a) Spirit as Spirit[133] is no doubt always subjectivity, that is ideal
knowledge of the Self, the Ego. This Ego can, however, separate itself from
everything that constitutes, whether in knowledge, volition, conception,
feeling, action, or achievement, the universal and eternal content of Spirit,
and can concentrate its hold on that aspect of individual experience which is
unique and contingent. It is then subjectivity as such which we have before
us, which has let go the truly objective content of Spirit, and is self-related
formally, and without content. In the case of self-satisfaction, for example, I
can no doubt view myself from a certain standpoint in an entirely objective
way and remain satisfied with myself on account of moral action. I do,
however, as thus self-satisfied, already withdraw myself from the content of
such action. I separate myself as a distinct person, as this particular Ego,
from the universality of Spirit, in order to compare myself with it. The
sense of unison of myself with myself through this comparison produces
this self-satisfaction, in which this determinate Ego, as this core of unity,
rejoices in itself. No doubt this personal Ego is involved in all that a man
knows, wills, or carries out; but it makes an immense difference whether,
in-dealing with knowledge and action, the matter of concern is the man's
own unique Ego, or that in which the essential content of consciousness
consists; whether, in other words, a man sinks himself and his self-identity
in this content, or lives in the unbroken seclusion of his subjective
personality.
The elementary medium, in which sculpture realizes its creations is, as we
have seen, the elementary, still universal material subject to spatial
condition, in which no further particularization can be utilized for an artistic
purpose than the universal spatial dimensions, and the more detailed[132]
spatial forms which are compatible with these dimensions under their most
beautiful configuration. Now what most exceptionally corresponds as
content to this more abstract aspect of the sensuous material is the
objectivity of Spirit which reposes on its own resources, in so far, that is, as
Spirit has neither differentiated itself in contradistinction to its universal
substance, nor to its determinate existence in its bodily presence, and
consequently is not as yet withdrawn as independent self-subsistency into
its own subjective world. There are two points we would draw attention to
here.
(a) Spirit as Spirit[133] is no doubt always subjectivity, that is ideal
knowledge of the Self, the Ego. This Ego can, however, separate itself from
everything that constitutes, whether in knowledge, volition, conception,
feeling, action, or achievement, the universal and eternal content of Spirit,
and can concentrate its hold on that aspect of individual experience which is
unique and contingent. It is then subjectivity as such which we have before
us, which has let go the truly objective content of Spirit, and is self-related
formally, and without content. In the case of self-satisfaction, for example, I
can no doubt view myself from a certain standpoint in an entirely objective
way and remain satisfied with myself on account of moral action. I do,
however, as thus self-satisfied, already withdraw myself from the content of
such action. I separate myself as a distinct person, as this particular Ego,
from the universality of Spirit, in order to compare myself with it. The
sense of unison of myself with myself through this comparison produces
this self-satisfaction, in which this determinate Ego, as this core of unity,
rejoices in itself. No doubt this personal Ego is involved in all that a man
knows, wills, or carries out; but it makes an immense difference whether,
in-dealing with knowledge and action, the matter of concern is the man's
own unique Ego, or that in which the essential content of consciousness
consists; whether, in other words, a man sinks himself and his self-identity
in this content, or lives in the unbroken seclusion of his subjective
personality.
Page 126
(α) In this exaltation over what is substantive[134] the subjective life passes
into the abstract and disrupt world of personal inclination, the caprice and
contingency of emotions and impulses, owing to which, in the changes to
which it is subject in particular acts and undertakings, it grows dependent
upon particular circumstances as they happen to arise, and is unable
generally to dispense with this association with something else. In such a
condition of dependence the individual life is nothing but finite subjectivity
as contrasted with a real spirituality. And if this personal state essentially
persists through the volition and knowledge which characterizes it in this
contradiction of its conscious life, it can only further become involved—to
put on one side the mere emptiness of its imaginings and self-conceits—in
the deformity of character and its evil passions, in crime and moral offence,
in malice, cruelty, obstinacy, envy, pride, insolence, and every other kind of
the reverse side of human nature and its insubstantial finiteness.
(β) This province of the subjective life must be excluded in its entirety and
without hesitation from the content of sculpture. The art is exclusively co-
extensive with the objectivity of Spirit. And by the term objectivity we
mean in this connection what is substantive, genuine, not transitory, the
essential nature of Spirit, apart from its involvement in that which is
accidental and evanescent, for which the individual person is responsible
simply in his unmediated state of self-relation.
(γ) Spirit, however, even in its truly objective sense, can only realize itself
as Spirit when associated with explicit self-identity. Spirit is only Spirit as
self-consciousness[135]. The position, however, of this aspect of individual
consciousness in the spiritual content of sculpture is of such a character that
it is not independently expressed, but displays itself as throughout
interfused with this substantive content, and not formally reflected back
upon itself apart from it. We may consequently affirm that though such a
mode of objectivity possesses a type of self-subsistency, yet it is a self-
knowledge and volition which is not released from the content it fulfils, but
forms an inseparable unity with it.
The presentment of Spirit in this complete and independent seclusion of
what is essentially substantive and true, this unperturbed and
unparticularized being of Spirit, is that which we name divinity in its
contrast to finitude, which is the process of disruption into contingent
existence, a world that is broken into complex forms and varied movement.
into the abstract and disrupt world of personal inclination, the caprice and
contingency of emotions and impulses, owing to which, in the changes to
which it is subject in particular acts and undertakings, it grows dependent
upon particular circumstances as they happen to arise, and is unable
generally to dispense with this association with something else. In such a
condition of dependence the individual life is nothing but finite subjectivity
as contrasted with a real spirituality. And if this personal state essentially
persists through the volition and knowledge which characterizes it in this
contradiction of its conscious life, it can only further become involved—to
put on one side the mere emptiness of its imaginings and self-conceits—in
the deformity of character and its evil passions, in crime and moral offence,
in malice, cruelty, obstinacy, envy, pride, insolence, and every other kind of
the reverse side of human nature and its insubstantial finiteness.
(β) This province of the subjective life must be excluded in its entirety and
without hesitation from the content of sculpture. The art is exclusively co-
extensive with the objectivity of Spirit. And by the term objectivity we
mean in this connection what is substantive, genuine, not transitory, the
essential nature of Spirit, apart from its involvement in that which is
accidental and evanescent, for which the individual person is responsible
simply in his unmediated state of self-relation.
(γ) Spirit, however, even in its truly objective sense, can only realize itself
as Spirit when associated with explicit self-identity. Spirit is only Spirit as
self-consciousness[135]. The position, however, of this aspect of individual
consciousness in the spiritual content of sculpture is of such a character that
it is not independently expressed, but displays itself as throughout
interfused with this substantive content, and not formally reflected back
upon itself apart from it. We may consequently affirm that though such a
mode of objectivity possesses a type of self-subsistency, yet it is a self-
knowledge and volition which is not released from the content it fulfils, but
forms an inseparable unity with it.
The presentment of Spirit in this complete and independent seclusion of
what is essentially substantive and true, this unperturbed and
unparticularized being of Spirit, is that which we name divinity in its
contrast to finitude, which is the process of disruption into contingent
existence, a world that is broken into complex forms and varied movement.
Page 127
From this point of view the function of sculpture is to present the Divine
simply in its infinite repose and sublimity, timeless, destitute of motion,
entirely without subjective personality in the strict sense and the conflict of
action or situation. And in proceeding to the more detailed definition of our
humanity in shape and character, it must, nevertheless, exclusively rivet its
attention on what is unalterable and permanent, in other words what is truly
substantive in its characterization, and merely select such aspects for its
content, passing over what it finds there of an accidental or evanescent
nature; and it must do so for the reason that the objectivity which it presents
does not rightly include a differentiation of this fluctuating and fleeting
kind, and one which comes into being by virtue of a subjective
consciousness whose conception of itself is that of pure insulation. In a
biography, for instance, which gives an account of the motley incidents,
events, and exploits of some individual, we find as a rule the course of
varied developments and fortuities finally closed by a character sketch
which summarizes the entire breadth of detail in a few general qualities
such as goodness, honest dealing, courage, exceptional intelligence, and so
forth. Characteristics such as these we may term the permanent features of a
personality; the remaining peculiarities it possesses are merely accidental
features in the impersonation. It is just this stable aspect of life which it is
the part of sculpture to present as the unique being and determinate
substance of individuality. Yet we must not suppose that it creates allegories
out of such general qualities. It rather builds up true individuals, which it
conceives and informs as essentially complete and enclosed within their
objective spiritual presence, in their self-subsistent repose, delivered
thereby from all antagonism as against external objects. In the presentment
of an individuality of this character by sculpture what is truly substantive is
throughout the essential foundation, and neither purely subjective self-
knowledge and emotion, nor a superficial and mutable singularity[136] must
be permitted in any way to be predominant, but what is eternal in the god-
like and our humanity should, divested of all the caprice and contingency of
the particular self[137], be set before our eyes in its unimpaired clarity.
(b) The further point we would draw attention to consists in this, that the
content of sculpture, for the reason that its material requires an external
presentment in the complete form of the three spatial dimensions, is also
unable to be a spiritual content as such, that is, the ideality self-enclosed
simply in its infinite repose and sublimity, timeless, destitute of motion,
entirely without subjective personality in the strict sense and the conflict of
action or situation. And in proceeding to the more detailed definition of our
humanity in shape and character, it must, nevertheless, exclusively rivet its
attention on what is unalterable and permanent, in other words what is truly
substantive in its characterization, and merely select such aspects for its
content, passing over what it finds there of an accidental or evanescent
nature; and it must do so for the reason that the objectivity which it presents
does not rightly include a differentiation of this fluctuating and fleeting
kind, and one which comes into being by virtue of a subjective
consciousness whose conception of itself is that of pure insulation. In a
biography, for instance, which gives an account of the motley incidents,
events, and exploits of some individual, we find as a rule the course of
varied developments and fortuities finally closed by a character sketch
which summarizes the entire breadth of detail in a few general qualities
such as goodness, honest dealing, courage, exceptional intelligence, and so
forth. Characteristics such as these we may term the permanent features of a
personality; the remaining peculiarities it possesses are merely accidental
features in the impersonation. It is just this stable aspect of life which it is
the part of sculpture to present as the unique being and determinate
substance of individuality. Yet we must not suppose that it creates allegories
out of such general qualities. It rather builds up true individuals, which it
conceives and informs as essentially complete and enclosed within their
objective spiritual presence, in their self-subsistent repose, delivered
thereby from all antagonism as against external objects. In the presentment
of an individuality of this character by sculpture what is truly substantive is
throughout the essential foundation, and neither purely subjective self-
knowledge and emotion, nor a superficial and mutable singularity[136] must
be permitted in any way to be predominant, but what is eternal in the god-
like and our humanity should, divested of all the caprice and contingency of
the particular self[137], be set before our eyes in its unimpaired clarity.
(b) The further point we would draw attention to consists in this, that the
content of sculpture, for the reason that its material requires an external
presentment in the complete form of the three spatial dimensions, is also
unable to be a spiritual content as such, that is, the ideality self-enclosed
Page 128
within and absorbed into itself, but rather in the sense that it is only explicit
in its opposed factor, in other words, the bodily form. The negation of what
is external is already implied in the ideal subjective consciousness, and can
therefore have no place here, where what is divine and human is accepted
as content with exclusive reference to its objective characteristics. And it is
only this self-absorbed objective aspect, which does not comprise ideal
subjectivity in the strict sense[138], that gives free play to an externality
conditioned in all its three dimensions, and is capable of being associated
with such a spatial totality. For these reasons it is incumbent on sculpture
that it only accept out of the objective content of Spirit that which admits of
the fullest expression in external and bodily shape; if it do otherwise it
simply selects a content which its specific material is unable to assimilate or
to unite with an adequate mode of exposition.
2. THE BEAUTIFUL FORM OF SCULPTURE
We must now inquire into the nature of the bodily forms which are adapted
to give an impression of a content of this kind.
Just as in classical architecture the dwelling-house is the anatomical
skeleton framework which art has to inform with its accretions, in like
manner sculpture, on its part, discovers the human form as the fundamental
type for its figures. Whereas, however, the house is already a piece of
human workmanship, though not as yet elaborated artistically, the structure
of the human form, on the contrary, appears as a product of Nature
unaffected by man. The fundamental type of sculpture is consequently
given to it, that is, does not hail from human inventiveness. The expression,
however, that the human form is a part of Nature is a very indefinite one,
which we must submit to closer analysis.
In Nature it is the Idea, which is given there, as we have already found
when discussing natural beauty, its primary and immediate mode of
existence, receiving in animal life and its complete organic structure the
natural existence adequate to its notion. The organization of the animal
frame is therefore a birth of the notion in its essential totality, which exists
in this corporeal mode of being as soul, yet, as the principle of merely
animal life, modifies the animal frame in the most varied classifications,
albeit too every specific type continues to be subject to the general
in its opposed factor, in other words, the bodily form. The negation of what
is external is already implied in the ideal subjective consciousness, and can
therefore have no place here, where what is divine and human is accepted
as content with exclusive reference to its objective characteristics. And it is
only this self-absorbed objective aspect, which does not comprise ideal
subjectivity in the strict sense[138], that gives free play to an externality
conditioned in all its three dimensions, and is capable of being associated
with such a spatial totality. For these reasons it is incumbent on sculpture
that it only accept out of the objective content of Spirit that which admits of
the fullest expression in external and bodily shape; if it do otherwise it
simply selects a content which its specific material is unable to assimilate or
to unite with an adequate mode of exposition.
2. THE BEAUTIFUL FORM OF SCULPTURE
We must now inquire into the nature of the bodily forms which are adapted
to give an impression of a content of this kind.
Just as in classical architecture the dwelling-house is the anatomical
skeleton framework which art has to inform with its accretions, in like
manner sculpture, on its part, discovers the human form as the fundamental
type for its figures. Whereas, however, the house is already a piece of
human workmanship, though not as yet elaborated artistically, the structure
of the human form, on the contrary, appears as a product of Nature
unaffected by man. The fundamental type of sculpture is consequently
given to it, that is, does not hail from human inventiveness. The expression,
however, that the human form is a part of Nature is a very indefinite one,
which we must submit to closer analysis.
In Nature it is the Idea, which is given there, as we have already found
when discussing natural beauty, its primary and immediate mode of
existence, receiving in animal life and its complete organic structure the
natural existence adequate to its notion. The organization of the animal
frame is therefore a birth of the notion in its essential totality, which exists
in this corporeal mode of being as soul, yet, as the principle of merely
animal life, modifies the animal frame in the most varied classifications,
albeit too every specific type continues to be subject to the general
Page 129
notion[139]. The fact that notion and bodily form, or more accurately, soul
and body, correspond to one another—to fully understand this is the
problem of natural philosophy. We should have to demonstrate that the
different systems of the animal frame in their ideal[140] structure and
conformation no less than their association, and the more definite organs in
which the bodily existence is differentiated are in general accord with the
phasal steps of the notion's movement, so that it becomes clear, to what
extent we have here presented to us as real only the particular aspects of the
soul-life which are necessary. To develop this exposition, however, does not
lie within the scope of the present inquiry.
The human form is not, however, as the animal form, merely the corporeal
framework of the soul, but of Spirit. In other words, spirit and soul are
essentially to be distinguished. For the soul is merely this ideal and simple
unity of self-subsistence attaching to the body in its corporeal aspect[141],
whereas Spirit is the independent selfness of conscious and self-conscious
life together with all the emotions, ideas, and aims of such a conscious
existence. In contemplating the immense difference which separates merely
animal life from spiritual consciousness, it may appear strange that the
bodily frame attaching to the latter, the human body, is nevertheless so
clearly homogeneous with that of animal life. It will tend, however, to
decrease such an astonishment if we recall to mind the definition, which
Spirit itself has authorized us to make in accordance with its own notion,
that it is a mode of life and essentially therefore itself also a living soul and
natural existence. As such living soul the life of conscious spirit, by virtue
of the same notion that is inherent in the animal soul, is entitled to accept a
body, which fundamentally in its general lines runs parallel to the organic
structure of animal life. However superior to mere animal life Spirit may be
it is evolved through[142] a corporeal frame whose visible appearance
receives an identical articulation and principle of life with that which the
notion of animal life in general underlies. Inasmuch as, however, and
furthermore Spirit is not merely the Idea as determinate existence, that is,
the Idea as Nature and animal life, but the Idea which secures independence
in its own free medium of ideality as Idea, the spiritual principle elaborates
for itself its own specific mode of objectivity over and beyond that of
animal life, simply, in other words, science, the reality of which is
exclusively that of thought itself. Apart from thought, however, and its
and body, correspond to one another—to fully understand this is the
problem of natural philosophy. We should have to demonstrate that the
different systems of the animal frame in their ideal[140] structure and
conformation no less than their association, and the more definite organs in
which the bodily existence is differentiated are in general accord with the
phasal steps of the notion's movement, so that it becomes clear, to what
extent we have here presented to us as real only the particular aspects of the
soul-life which are necessary. To develop this exposition, however, does not
lie within the scope of the present inquiry.
The human form is not, however, as the animal form, merely the corporeal
framework of the soul, but of Spirit. In other words, spirit and soul are
essentially to be distinguished. For the soul is merely this ideal and simple
unity of self-subsistence attaching to the body in its corporeal aspect[141],
whereas Spirit is the independent selfness of conscious and self-conscious
life together with all the emotions, ideas, and aims of such a conscious
existence. In contemplating the immense difference which separates merely
animal life from spiritual consciousness, it may appear strange that the
bodily frame attaching to the latter, the human body, is nevertheless so
clearly homogeneous with that of animal life. It will tend, however, to
decrease such an astonishment if we recall to mind the definition, which
Spirit itself has authorized us to make in accordance with its own notion,
that it is a mode of life and essentially therefore itself also a living soul and
natural existence. As such living soul the life of conscious spirit, by virtue
of the same notion that is inherent in the animal soul, is entitled to accept a
body, which fundamentally in its general lines runs parallel to the organic
structure of animal life. However superior to mere animal life Spirit may be
it is evolved through[142] a corporeal frame whose visible appearance
receives an identical articulation and principle of life with that which the
notion of animal life in general underlies. Inasmuch as, however, and
furthermore Spirit is not merely the Idea as determinate existence, that is,
the Idea as Nature and animal life, but the Idea which secures independence
in its own free medium of ideality as Idea, the spiritual principle elaborates
for itself its own specific mode of objectivity over and beyond that of
animal life, simply, in other words, science, the reality of which is
exclusively that of thought itself. Apart from thought, however, and its
Page 130
philosophical and systematized activity, Spirit is involved within an
abounding life of feeling, inclination, idea, imagination, and so forth, which
is fixed in a more direct or less immediate association with its vital
being[143] and bodily frame, and consequently possesses a reality in the
human body. In this reality, which is part of its own substance, Spirit asserts
itself also as a principle of life, shines into it, transpierces it, and is made
manifest to others by means of it. Consequently, in so far as the human
body remains no purely natural existence, but has asserted itself also in its
configuration and structure as the natural and sensuous existence of Spirit,
it is, nevertheless, regarded as the expression of an ideality more exalted
than that compatible with the purely animal body to be distinguished from
it, despite the fact that the human body in its broad lines is in harmony with
it. For this reason, however, that Spirit is itself soul and life, that is, an
animal body, it is and can only be modifications, which the indwelling
Spirit of one living body attaches to this corporeal form. As a manifestation
of Spirit consequently the human shape is distinct from the animal by virtue
of these modifications, albeit the distinctions of the human organism from
the animal are as much the result of the unconscious creation of spiritual
activities, as the soul of the animal kingdom is the informing though
unconscious activity of the body that belongs to it.
We have thus reached the precise point of our present departure. In other
words, the human body is present to the artist as Spirit's expression. What is
more, he discovers it as such not merely in a general way, but also in
particular characteristics it is pre-supposed to be the type which, in its form,
its specific traits, its position and general habit, reflects the ideality of
Spirit.
We shall find it a difficult matter to fix in clear terms of thought the precise
nature of the association between spirit and body in their relation
respectively to feeling, passion, and other spiritual conditions. It has, no
doubt, been attempted to develop the same scientifically both from the
pathognomical[144] point of view and the physiognomical. Such attempts
have hitherto not met with much success. For ourselves the science of
physiognomy can only be of importance in so far as that of pathognomy is
exclusively concerned with the mode under which definite feelings and
passions are physically located in particular organs. It has been stated, for
example, that the seat of anger is in the gall, of courage in the blood. Such
abounding life of feeling, inclination, idea, imagination, and so forth, which
is fixed in a more direct or less immediate association with its vital
being[143] and bodily frame, and consequently possesses a reality in the
human body. In this reality, which is part of its own substance, Spirit asserts
itself also as a principle of life, shines into it, transpierces it, and is made
manifest to others by means of it. Consequently, in so far as the human
body remains no purely natural existence, but has asserted itself also in its
configuration and structure as the natural and sensuous existence of Spirit,
it is, nevertheless, regarded as the expression of an ideality more exalted
than that compatible with the purely animal body to be distinguished from
it, despite the fact that the human body in its broad lines is in harmony with
it. For this reason, however, that Spirit is itself soul and life, that is, an
animal body, it is and can only be modifications, which the indwelling
Spirit of one living body attaches to this corporeal form. As a manifestation
of Spirit consequently the human shape is distinct from the animal by virtue
of these modifications, albeit the distinctions of the human organism from
the animal are as much the result of the unconscious creation of spiritual
activities, as the soul of the animal kingdom is the informing though
unconscious activity of the body that belongs to it.
We have thus reached the precise point of our present departure. In other
words, the human body is present to the artist as Spirit's expression. What is
more, he discovers it as such not merely in a general way, but also in
particular characteristics it is pre-supposed to be the type which, in its form,
its specific traits, its position and general habit, reflects the ideality of
Spirit.
We shall find it a difficult matter to fix in clear terms of thought the precise
nature of the association between spirit and body in their relation
respectively to feeling, passion, and other spiritual conditions. It has, no
doubt, been attempted to develop the same scientifically both from the
pathognomical[144] point of view and the physiognomical. Such attempts
have hitherto not met with much success. For ourselves the science of
physiognomy can only be of importance in so far as that of pathognomy is
exclusively concerned with the mode under which definite feelings and
passions are physically located in particular organs. It has been stated, for
example, that the seat of anger is in the gall, of courage in the blood. Such
Page 131
statements, we may remark incidentally, are erroneous in their manner of
expression. For even assuming the activity of particular organs corresponds
to specific passions, we cannot say that anger, for instance, has its local
position in the gall bladder, but, in so far as anger is corporeally related, the
gall is pre-eminently that in which its active appearance asserts itself. In our
present inquiry this pathognomical aspect does not, as already stated,
concern us, because sculpture has merely to deal with that which passes
over from the ideal side of Spirit into the external aspect of form permitting
Spirit thus to be visible in the physical environment. The sympathetic
interaction between the internal organism and the feeling soul is no object
of sculpture; indeed, we may add, it is unable to accept much which appears
on the external surface itself, such as the tremble of the hand and the entire
body in an outburst of anger, the movement of the lips, and others of like
nature.
With regard to physiognomical science I will limit myself to this
observation. If the work of sculpture, which has as its fundamental basis the
human form, has to exhibit the way in which the bodily presence as such
manifests not only the divine and human aspect of Spirit in its broadest and
most substantive features, but also the particular character of a definite
individuality in this divine presence, we are no doubt compelled to discuss
what parts, traits, and conformations of the body are fully accordant with
any specific mode of ideality. We are indeed forced upon such an inquiry by
the sculpture of antiquity, which we must as a matter of fact admit includes
the expression of individual god-like characters with that of divinity
generally. Such an admission does not, however, amount to an assertion that
the association of spiritual expression with bodily form is merely a matter
of accident and caprice rather than the creation of a figure of self-subsistent
actuality. In this connection every organ must, in a general way, be looked
at from two points of view, as a mode of expression that possesses its
physical side no less than its spiritual. We need hardly caution our readers
that the method of Gall in conducting such an inquiry is inadmissible. This
writer reduces Spirit to what is little better than a Calvary.
(a) The advance of sculpture, in respect to the content which its function is
to declare, is limited to the investigation how far the substantive and at the
same time individual condition of spiritual life is made vital in bodily form,
receiving therein determinate existence and form. In other words, through
expression. For even assuming the activity of particular organs corresponds
to specific passions, we cannot say that anger, for instance, has its local
position in the gall bladder, but, in so far as anger is corporeally related, the
gall is pre-eminently that in which its active appearance asserts itself. In our
present inquiry this pathognomical aspect does not, as already stated,
concern us, because sculpture has merely to deal with that which passes
over from the ideal side of Spirit into the external aspect of form permitting
Spirit thus to be visible in the physical environment. The sympathetic
interaction between the internal organism and the feeling soul is no object
of sculpture; indeed, we may add, it is unable to accept much which appears
on the external surface itself, such as the tremble of the hand and the entire
body in an outburst of anger, the movement of the lips, and others of like
nature.
With regard to physiognomical science I will limit myself to this
observation. If the work of sculpture, which has as its fundamental basis the
human form, has to exhibit the way in which the bodily presence as such
manifests not only the divine and human aspect of Spirit in its broadest and
most substantive features, but also the particular character of a definite
individuality in this divine presence, we are no doubt compelled to discuss
what parts, traits, and conformations of the body are fully accordant with
any specific mode of ideality. We are indeed forced upon such an inquiry by
the sculpture of antiquity, which we must as a matter of fact admit includes
the expression of individual god-like characters with that of divinity
generally. Such an admission does not, however, amount to an assertion that
the association of spiritual expression with bodily form is merely a matter
of accident and caprice rather than the creation of a figure of self-subsistent
actuality. In this connection every organ must, in a general way, be looked
at from two points of view, as a mode of expression that possesses its
physical side no less than its spiritual. We need hardly caution our readers
that the method of Gall in conducting such an inquiry is inadmissible. This
writer reduces Spirit to what is little better than a Calvary.
(a) The advance of sculpture, in respect to the content which its function is
to declare, is limited to the investigation how far the substantive and at the
same time individual condition of spiritual life is made vital in bodily form,
receiving therein determinate existence and form. In other words, through
Page 132
the content adequate to genuine sculpture the contingent individualization
of the external appearance is from one point of view excluded, and this
applies both to the spiritual and physical aspects of the presentment. Only
that which persists, and is universal and according to rule in the human
form is the object of a work of sculpture. And this is so albeit we have the
additional necessity to individualize the universal in such a way that not
only the abstract law but an individual form, which is brought into the
closest fusion with it, is placed before our eyes.
(b) From another point of view it is necessary that sculpture, as we have
seen, be kept unaffected by purely contingent personal life[145], and all
expression of such in the independent ideal mode under which it asserts
itself. For this reason an artist, in dealing with physiognomical
characteristics, is not entitled to move in the direction of individual
manner[146]. For a facial manner is simply just this appearance on the
surface of an individual idiosyncrasy and some particular aspect of emotion,
idea, and volition. A man by his chance expressions of countenance
expresses the feelings he has as some particular person, whether it be in his
exclusive relation to his own life, or in his self-relation to exterior objects,
or other persons. One sees, for example, on the street, more particularly in
little towns, in many, or rather the majority of men, that they are exclusively
preoccupied, in their demeanour and expression of face, with themselves,
their dress and attire, in general terms, that is, their purely personal
particularity, or, at least, matters of momentary importance, and any
unforeseen or accidental features thus presented. Countenances which
express pride, envy, self-satisfaction, depreciation, and so forth, are of this
nature. Moreover, the feeling and contrast of substantive being with my
personal idiosyncrasy may be responsible for such alterations of expression.
Humility, defiance, threats, fear, are expressed in this way. In a felt contrast
of this kind we find already a separation between the individual in the
subjective sense and the universal asserted. Reflection on what is truly
substantive continually leans in the direction of merely personal
considerations, so that it is the individual rather than the substantive
character which is predominant in the content. The form, however, which
remains severely true to the principle of sculpture ought neither to express
this severation nor the predominance of the personal aspect above adverted
to.
of the external appearance is from one point of view excluded, and this
applies both to the spiritual and physical aspects of the presentment. Only
that which persists, and is universal and according to rule in the human
form is the object of a work of sculpture. And this is so albeit we have the
additional necessity to individualize the universal in such a way that not
only the abstract law but an individual form, which is brought into the
closest fusion with it, is placed before our eyes.
(b) From another point of view it is necessary that sculpture, as we have
seen, be kept unaffected by purely contingent personal life[145], and all
expression of such in the independent ideal mode under which it asserts
itself. For this reason an artist, in dealing with physiognomical
characteristics, is not entitled to move in the direction of individual
manner[146]. For a facial manner is simply just this appearance on the
surface of an individual idiosyncrasy and some particular aspect of emotion,
idea, and volition. A man by his chance expressions of countenance
expresses the feelings he has as some particular person, whether it be in his
exclusive relation to his own life, or in his self-relation to exterior objects,
or other persons. One sees, for example, on the street, more particularly in
little towns, in many, or rather the majority of men, that they are exclusively
preoccupied, in their demeanour and expression of face, with themselves,
their dress and attire, in general terms, that is, their purely personal
particularity, or, at least, matters of momentary importance, and any
unforeseen or accidental features thus presented. Countenances which
express pride, envy, self-satisfaction, depreciation, and so forth, are of this
nature. Moreover, the feeling and contrast of substantive being with my
personal idiosyncrasy may be responsible for such alterations of expression.
Humility, defiance, threats, fear, are expressed in this way. In a felt contrast
of this kind we find already a separation between the individual in the
subjective sense and the universal asserted. Reflection on what is truly
substantive continually leans in the direction of merely personal
considerations, so that it is the individual rather than the substantive
character which is predominant in the content. The form, however, which
remains severely true to the principle of sculpture ought neither to express
this severation nor the predominance of the personal aspect above adverted
to.
Page 133
In addition to definite expressions of countenance[147] physiognomy
presents us with much that merely passes momentarily across the features
and indicates the human mood. A sudden smile, an instantaneous outburst
of anger, a quickly repressed expression of scorn, are a few of many
examples. In particular, the mouth and eyes possess most mobility and
resource in seizing and making apparent every shifting mood of soul-life.
Changes of this character, which are compatible with the art of painting, the
sculptor must exclude. Sculpture must rather concentrate its attention on the
permanent traits of spiritual expression, and retain and disclose such in the
posture and configuration of the body no less than in the face.
(c) The task of sculpture, then, essentially consists in this, that it implants
that which is of substantive spiritual import in that form of individuality
which is not yet essentially particularized in the narrow subjective sense
within the figure of a man, and contributes to the same such a harmony, that
it is only that which is universal and permanent in the bodily shapes
correspondent with the life of Spirit which is made to appear therein, while
that which is accidental or mutable is brushed aside, albeit a certain mode
of individuality is not absent from its forms.
An accord of this complete nature between what is ideal and what is
external, the goal of sculpture, in short, offers us a point of transition to the
third point which we have still to discuss.
3. SCULPTURE AS THE ART OF THE CLASSICAL IDEAL
The conclusion that most immediately follows upon the above observations
is this, that sculpture in a way, and to an extent unrivalled by any other art,
remains constant to the Ideal[148]. In other words, from one point of view it
is free of the symbolical type both by virtue of the translucency of a
content, which clearly grasps itself as Spirit, and on account of the fact that
it is able to disclose such a content with absolute mastery. And so, too, from
another it refuses as yet to enter into the subjective aspect of the personal
life, to which the external form is indifferent. Consequently it forms the
focus of classical art. No doubt both the symbolical and romantic types of
architecture and painting were shown to be adapted to classical ideality; but
the Ideal, in its genuine sphere, is not the supreme principle of these types
of art, inasmuch as they do not, as is the case with sculpture, take for their
presents us with much that merely passes momentarily across the features
and indicates the human mood. A sudden smile, an instantaneous outburst
of anger, a quickly repressed expression of scorn, are a few of many
examples. In particular, the mouth and eyes possess most mobility and
resource in seizing and making apparent every shifting mood of soul-life.
Changes of this character, which are compatible with the art of painting, the
sculptor must exclude. Sculpture must rather concentrate its attention on the
permanent traits of spiritual expression, and retain and disclose such in the
posture and configuration of the body no less than in the face.
(c) The task of sculpture, then, essentially consists in this, that it implants
that which is of substantive spiritual import in that form of individuality
which is not yet essentially particularized in the narrow subjective sense
within the figure of a man, and contributes to the same such a harmony, that
it is only that which is universal and permanent in the bodily shapes
correspondent with the life of Spirit which is made to appear therein, while
that which is accidental or mutable is brushed aside, albeit a certain mode
of individuality is not absent from its forms.
An accord of this complete nature between what is ideal and what is
external, the goal of sculpture, in short, offers us a point of transition to the
third point which we have still to discuss.
3. SCULPTURE AS THE ART OF THE CLASSICAL IDEAL
The conclusion that most immediately follows upon the above observations
is this, that sculpture in a way, and to an extent unrivalled by any other art,
remains constant to the Ideal[148]. In other words, from one point of view it
is free of the symbolical type both by virtue of the translucency of a
content, which clearly grasps itself as Spirit, and on account of the fact that
it is able to disclose such a content with absolute mastery. And so, too, from
another it refuses as yet to enter into the subjective aspect of the personal
life, to which the external form is indifferent. Consequently it forms the
focus of classical art. No doubt both the symbolical and romantic types of
architecture and painting were shown to be adapted to classical ideality; but
the Ideal, in its genuine sphere, is not the supreme principle of these types
of art, inasmuch as they do not, as is the case with sculpture, take for their
Page 134
object self-subsistent individuality, character, that is, throughout objective,
in other words, the beauty that is both free and inevitable[149]. The
configuration of sculpture must, however, entirely proceed from the pure
spiritual energy of an imagination and thought that denudes its content of all
the haphazard features of personal life and bodily presence; it must have no
leanings for idiosyncrasies, or any place for the mere emotion, desire, and
variety of accidental impulse and pleasantry[150]. What the artist has at his
disposal for his most elevated creations is simply, as we have seen, the
bodily presentment of Spirit in what is exclusively the general configuration
of the organic structure of the human form. His invention is therefore
restricted to promoting on the broadest lines the harmony between what is
ideal and what is external, and partly to making, in however an inobtrusive
way, the individuality of the presentment accommodate itself to and
interfuse with the truly substantive character of his design[151]. Sculpture
must give form, just as the gods create in their own sphere according to
eternal ideas, within what is in other respects the world of reality, but
exclude as rejected residue all licence and mere selfness from its creations.
Theologians make a distinction between the acts of God and all that man in
his folly and capriciousness accomplishes. The plastic Ideal is, however,
exalted above such questions. It stands at the very centre of this blessedness
and free necessity for which neither the abstraction of the universal nor the
caprice of the particular are valid or significant.
This insight into the consummate plastic union of the divine and human was
pre-eminently native to Greece. We fail to grasp Greece at her heart and
centre in her poets and orators, historians and philosophers, unless, as the
key to our problem, we are already possessed of an insight into the Ideal of
sculpture, and can contemplate from the standpoint of plastic art both the
figures of her epic and dramatic heroes and her actual statesmen and
philosophers. For characters in her practical life, no less than poets and
thinkers, possessed also in the palmy days of Greece, this plastic, universal,
and yet individual character, stamped with one mint, whether we look at its
external or more personal features. They stand up big and free, a self-
subsistent growth, on the basis of their essentially substantive individuality;
a growth of their own making, built up into that which they ultimately
became and intended to be. In particular the period of Pericles was rich in
such characters. Pericles himself was one of them. We may add Pheidias,
in other words, the beauty that is both free and inevitable[149]. The
configuration of sculpture must, however, entirely proceed from the pure
spiritual energy of an imagination and thought that denudes its content of all
the haphazard features of personal life and bodily presence; it must have no
leanings for idiosyncrasies, or any place for the mere emotion, desire, and
variety of accidental impulse and pleasantry[150]. What the artist has at his
disposal for his most elevated creations is simply, as we have seen, the
bodily presentment of Spirit in what is exclusively the general configuration
of the organic structure of the human form. His invention is therefore
restricted to promoting on the broadest lines the harmony between what is
ideal and what is external, and partly to making, in however an inobtrusive
way, the individuality of the presentment accommodate itself to and
interfuse with the truly substantive character of his design[151]. Sculpture
must give form, just as the gods create in their own sphere according to
eternal ideas, within what is in other respects the world of reality, but
exclude as rejected residue all licence and mere selfness from its creations.
Theologians make a distinction between the acts of God and all that man in
his folly and capriciousness accomplishes. The plastic Ideal is, however,
exalted above such questions. It stands at the very centre of this blessedness
and free necessity for which neither the abstraction of the universal nor the
caprice of the particular are valid or significant.
This insight into the consummate plastic union of the divine and human was
pre-eminently native to Greece. We fail to grasp Greece at her heart and
centre in her poets and orators, historians and philosophers, unless, as the
key to our problem, we are already possessed of an insight into the Ideal of
sculpture, and can contemplate from the standpoint of plastic art both the
figures of her epic and dramatic heroes and her actual statesmen and
philosophers. For characters in her practical life, no less than poets and
thinkers, possessed also in the palmy days of Greece, this plastic, universal,
and yet individual character, stamped with one mint, whether we look at its
external or more personal features. They stand up big and free, a self-
subsistent growth, on the basis of their essentially substantive individuality;
a growth of their own making, built up into that which they ultimately
became and intended to be. In particular the period of Pericles was rich in
such characters. Pericles himself was one of them. We may add Pheidias,
Page 135
Plato, and pre-eminently Sophocles. So, too, Thucydides, Xenophon, and
Socrates, everyone with his own type, not one of them impairing the quality
of the rest; all are out-and-out artistic natures, ideal artists in the work of
self-creation, personalities of one mould, works of art, which stand before
us like figures of immortal gods, in whom we can detect no taint of Time
and mortality. We may find a similar plastic subsistency in the artistic
perfections of the bodily frames of the victors at the Olympic games; nay,
even in the apparition of Phryne[152] herself, who, as the fairest woman,
came from the sea naked before all the world.
CHAPTER II
THE IDEAL OF SCULPTURE
Now that we pass on to consider the really ideal style of sculpture we must
once again recall the fact that the perfected type necessarily presupposes the
imperfect as its predecessor; and it does so not merely in relation to its
technique, which, in the first instance, does not concern us here, but in
respect to the general notion, in other words the mode of its conception and
the particular way in which it sets forth the same ideally. We have in general
terms called the symbolical type that of inquiry; consequently pure
sculpture, too, has for its presupposition a certain stage of the symbolical
type, and by this we do not merely mean a stage of the symbolic form as
generally conceived, in other words of architecture, but a form of sculpture
which is itself characterized by the symbolical principle. We shall find an
opportunity of supporting this assertion with the example of Egyptian
sculpture in the third chapter.
We may in this place and from the point of view of the Ideal generally, and
for the present wholly in an abstract and formal manner, assume that which
we term symbolical in a specific art is its incompleteness; as, for example,
we may so apply this term to an attempt of children to draw the human
figure, or mould it from wax and clay. What they execute is to this extent
merely a symbol, as it only suggests the living reality it purports to exhibit,
remaining, however, wholly unfaithful to the actual object and its
Socrates, everyone with his own type, not one of them impairing the quality
of the rest; all are out-and-out artistic natures, ideal artists in the work of
self-creation, personalities of one mould, works of art, which stand before
us like figures of immortal gods, in whom we can detect no taint of Time
and mortality. We may find a similar plastic subsistency in the artistic
perfections of the bodily frames of the victors at the Olympic games; nay,
even in the apparition of Phryne[152] herself, who, as the fairest woman,
came from the sea naked before all the world.
CHAPTER II
THE IDEAL OF SCULPTURE
Now that we pass on to consider the really ideal style of sculpture we must
once again recall the fact that the perfected type necessarily presupposes the
imperfect as its predecessor; and it does so not merely in relation to its
technique, which, in the first instance, does not concern us here, but in
respect to the general notion, in other words the mode of its conception and
the particular way in which it sets forth the same ideally. We have in general
terms called the symbolical type that of inquiry; consequently pure
sculpture, too, has for its presupposition a certain stage of the symbolical
type, and by this we do not merely mean a stage of the symbolic form as
generally conceived, in other words of architecture, but a form of sculpture
which is itself characterized by the symbolical principle. We shall find an
opportunity of supporting this assertion with the example of Egyptian
sculpture in the third chapter.
We may in this place and from the point of view of the Ideal generally, and
for the present wholly in an abstract and formal manner, assume that which
we term symbolical in a specific art is its incompleteness; as, for example,
we may so apply this term to an attempt of children to draw the human
figure, or mould it from wax and clay. What they execute is to this extent
merely a symbol, as it only suggests the living reality it purports to exhibit,
remaining, however, wholly unfaithful to the actual object and its
Page 136
significance. Art is consequently in the first instance hieroglyphical, no
mere accidental and capricious mark, but a haphazard delineation of an
object for the imagination. For this purpose a badly drawn figure suffices if
it recalls that object it is intended to suggest. In a similar way piety is
content with badly executed images, and still worships Christ, the Virgin,
and any other saint in the most bungling counterfeit, although such images
may merely derive such individualization purely from particular attributes
conveyed by such means as a lantern or a mill-stone. For piety refuses to be
reminded of aught save the object; the soul adds all else thereto, which will
be filled up with an image of the object, however untrue the counterfeit may
be. It is not the living expression of the present which is required; it is not
that which is presented which is intended to enkindle us by itself. Rather a
work of art of this kind already brings satisfaction if it excites the general
concept of the objects by virtue of its images, however insufficient they be.
A concept of this kind, however, already abstracts from the given content. I
can readily imagine some known thing, such as a house, a tree, a man; but
even in such a case, where the reference is to something quite determinate,
the concept merely includes wholly general traits, and is in fact only a true
concept[153] in so far as it has effaced from the concrete presentment the
wholly immediate singularity of the objects and simplified the same. If the
imaged concept, which the work of art has to arouse in us, is that of the
divine nature, and if this has to receive recognition from an entire people,
this object is especially attainable when no alteration is allowed in the
mode of presentation. For this reason art is on the one hand conventional,
and on the other scholastic[154]; and this is so not merely in the case of the
more ancient Egyptians, but also in that of more ancient Greek and
Christian art. The artist in such case was bound to restrict himself to definite
forms and to repeat their type.
The crucial point of transition, where fine art wakes from its sleep, must
consequently be sought there, where at last the artist is creative by virtue of
his own free conception, where the flash of genius strikes into the material
presented, and communicates freshness and vitality to the presentment.
Then for the first time the atmosphere of mind[155] enfolds the work of art,
which is no longer restricted to merely calling up in a general way some
idea before the mind, and recalling to it some deeper significance which the
spectator already is essentially possessed of, but which proceeds to make
mere accidental and capricious mark, but a haphazard delineation of an
object for the imagination. For this purpose a badly drawn figure suffices if
it recalls that object it is intended to suggest. In a similar way piety is
content with badly executed images, and still worships Christ, the Virgin,
and any other saint in the most bungling counterfeit, although such images
may merely derive such individualization purely from particular attributes
conveyed by such means as a lantern or a mill-stone. For piety refuses to be
reminded of aught save the object; the soul adds all else thereto, which will
be filled up with an image of the object, however untrue the counterfeit may
be. It is not the living expression of the present which is required; it is not
that which is presented which is intended to enkindle us by itself. Rather a
work of art of this kind already brings satisfaction if it excites the general
concept of the objects by virtue of its images, however insufficient they be.
A concept of this kind, however, already abstracts from the given content. I
can readily imagine some known thing, such as a house, a tree, a man; but
even in such a case, where the reference is to something quite determinate,
the concept merely includes wholly general traits, and is in fact only a true
concept[153] in so far as it has effaced from the concrete presentment the
wholly immediate singularity of the objects and simplified the same. If the
imaged concept, which the work of art has to arouse in us, is that of the
divine nature, and if this has to receive recognition from an entire people,
this object is especially attainable when no alteration is allowed in the
mode of presentation. For this reason art is on the one hand conventional,
and on the other scholastic[154]; and this is so not merely in the case of the
more ancient Egyptians, but also in that of more ancient Greek and
Christian art. The artist in such case was bound to restrict himself to definite
forms and to repeat their type.
The crucial point of transition, where fine art wakes from its sleep, must
consequently be sought there, where at last the artist is creative by virtue of
his own free conception, where the flash of genius strikes into the material
presented, and communicates freshness and vitality to the presentment.
Then for the first time the atmosphere of mind[155] enfolds the work of art,
which is no longer restricted to merely calling up in a general way some
idea before the mind, and recalling to it some deeper significance which the
spectator already is essentially possessed of, but which proceeds to make
Page 137
visible this significance as throughout made vitally present in some
individualized creation, and which consequently neither makes no further
advance beyond the purely superficial generality of its forms, nor binds
itself on the other hand, in respect to the detail of its delineation, to the
characteristics of all that common reality offers it.
In the rise of ideal sculpture we presuppose perforce a complete passage to
such a sphere of creation. In establishing the facts of this appearance we
may emphasize the following points of view.
First, we have to address ourselves to the general character of the ideal
form in its contrast to the stages previously discussed.
Secondly, we shall have to adduce specific aspects of it, the importance of
which is most obvious, such as the way in which facial characteristics,
drapery, and pose are modelled or treated.
Thirdly, we have to enforce the position that the ideal figure is not merely a
general type of beauty in the formal sense of type, but includes, by virtue of
its principle of individuality, which belongs to the really living Ideal,
essentially, too, the aspect of differentiation and specific definition within
its own sphere, and by this means the province of sculpture is expanded in a
cycle of particularized images of gods and heroes.
1. THE GENERAL CHARACTERIZATION OF THE IDEAL FIGURE OF SCULPTURE
We have already examined at length what the general principle of the
classical ideal is. Our present inquiry is therefore limited to the particular
mode under which this principle is realized through the medium of
sculpture in the human form. In this connection the lines of difference
between the human physiognomy, expressive as it is of spiritual life and the
general build of the animal organism, which is unable to pass beyond the
mere expression of natural life in its unbroken association with natural
wants and an organism that is exclusively adapted to their satisfaction, will
supply us with a standard of comparison which carries us considerably
further. Yet even such a standard is still somewhat indefinite for the reason
that the human form alone neither is as bodily form, or as an expression of
Spirit, wholly and as we find it first of ideal type. On the contrary we may
observe with more closeness from the fine masterpieces of Greek sculpture
individualized creation, and which consequently neither makes no further
advance beyond the purely superficial generality of its forms, nor binds
itself on the other hand, in respect to the detail of its delineation, to the
characteristics of all that common reality offers it.
In the rise of ideal sculpture we presuppose perforce a complete passage to
such a sphere of creation. In establishing the facts of this appearance we
may emphasize the following points of view.
First, we have to address ourselves to the general character of the ideal
form in its contrast to the stages previously discussed.
Secondly, we shall have to adduce specific aspects of it, the importance of
which is most obvious, such as the way in which facial characteristics,
drapery, and pose are modelled or treated.
Thirdly, we have to enforce the position that the ideal figure is not merely a
general type of beauty in the formal sense of type, but includes, by virtue of
its principle of individuality, which belongs to the really living Ideal,
essentially, too, the aspect of differentiation and specific definition within
its own sphere, and by this means the province of sculpture is expanded in a
cycle of particularized images of gods and heroes.
1. THE GENERAL CHARACTERIZATION OF THE IDEAL FIGURE OF SCULPTURE
We have already examined at length what the general principle of the
classical ideal is. Our present inquiry is therefore limited to the particular
mode under which this principle is realized through the medium of
sculpture in the human form. In this connection the lines of difference
between the human physiognomy, expressive as it is of spiritual life and the
general build of the animal organism, which is unable to pass beyond the
mere expression of natural life in its unbroken association with natural
wants and an organism that is exclusively adapted to their satisfaction, will
supply us with a standard of comparison which carries us considerably
further. Yet even such a standard is still somewhat indefinite for the reason
that the human form alone neither is as bodily form, or as an expression of
Spirit, wholly and as we find it first of ideal type. On the contrary we may
observe with more closeness from the fine masterpieces of Greek sculpture
Page 138
what the ideal of sculpture in the spiritually fine expression of its creations
has to bring before us. It was pre-eminently Winckelmann who, with this
intimate knowledge of and devotion for art of this kind, and by means of his
receptive enthusiasm, no less than his intelligence and critical faculty, made
an end of indefinite statements over the Ideal of Greek beauty by leaving
the characterization of detail in the form at once distinct and precise, an
endeavour which by itself is full of instruction. No doubt the results he
obtained supply abundant opportunity for further criticism, exceptions, and
the like; but we should be careful, before attempting to criticize details and
errors in his work, not to obscure the main result which he established.
However far aesthetic science may extend its borders that at least must be
pre-supposed as essential. Assuming this, it cannot, however, be denied that
since Winckelmann's death our knowledge of the antique has not only been
essentially enlarged in the number of examples submitted to criticism, but
also has been placed on a securer basis in its relation to the style of these
works and the true appreciation of their beauty.
Winckelmann, no doubt, passed under review a great number of Egyptian
and Greek statues; we have, however, added in more recent times the closer
acquaintance of the Aeginetan sculptures, no less than those masterworks
which in part are ascribed to Pheidias and in part we must recognize as
creations of his age and under his supervision. In a word we have secured a
more intimate knowledge of a number of sculptures, whether single statues
or reliefs, which, in their relation to the severity of the ideal style, are
referable to the age in which Greek art was at its fullest bloom. For these
astonishing monuments of Greek sculpture, as is well known, we are
indebted to the efforts of Lord Elgin, who, as English ambassador to
Turkey, had a number of statues and reliefs of the greatest beauty taken
from the Parthenon at Athens and other towns to England. People have
blamed such acquisitions and called them temple robbery. Lord Elgin has,
however, as a matter of fact, really rescued these works of art for Europe
and preserved them from complete destruction. Such an enterprise deserves
its true recognition. Moreover, it is due to this circumstance that the interest
of all connoisseurs and friends of art have been directed to an epoch and a
mode of presentation, which, in the exceptionally consistent severity of its
style, constitutes the true greatness and height of the Ideal. What the general
verdict has highly estimated in the works of this epoch is not the charm and
grace of form and pose, not the elegance of expression which already, as in
has to bring before us. It was pre-eminently Winckelmann who, with this
intimate knowledge of and devotion for art of this kind, and by means of his
receptive enthusiasm, no less than his intelligence and critical faculty, made
an end of indefinite statements over the Ideal of Greek beauty by leaving
the characterization of detail in the form at once distinct and precise, an
endeavour which by itself is full of instruction. No doubt the results he
obtained supply abundant opportunity for further criticism, exceptions, and
the like; but we should be careful, before attempting to criticize details and
errors in his work, not to obscure the main result which he established.
However far aesthetic science may extend its borders that at least must be
pre-supposed as essential. Assuming this, it cannot, however, be denied that
since Winckelmann's death our knowledge of the antique has not only been
essentially enlarged in the number of examples submitted to criticism, but
also has been placed on a securer basis in its relation to the style of these
works and the true appreciation of their beauty.
Winckelmann, no doubt, passed under review a great number of Egyptian
and Greek statues; we have, however, added in more recent times the closer
acquaintance of the Aeginetan sculptures, no less than those masterworks
which in part are ascribed to Pheidias and in part we must recognize as
creations of his age and under his supervision. In a word we have secured a
more intimate knowledge of a number of sculptures, whether single statues
or reliefs, which, in their relation to the severity of the ideal style, are
referable to the age in which Greek art was at its fullest bloom. For these
astonishing monuments of Greek sculpture, as is well known, we are
indebted to the efforts of Lord Elgin, who, as English ambassador to
Turkey, had a number of statues and reliefs of the greatest beauty taken
from the Parthenon at Athens and other towns to England. People have
blamed such acquisitions and called them temple robbery. Lord Elgin has,
however, as a matter of fact, really rescued these works of art for Europe
and preserved them from complete destruction. Such an enterprise deserves
its true recognition. Moreover, it is due to this circumstance that the interest
of all connoisseurs and friends of art have been directed to an epoch and a
mode of presentation, which, in the exceptionally consistent severity of its
style, constitutes the true greatness and height of the Ideal. What the general
verdict has highly estimated in the works of this epoch is not the charm and
grace of form and pose, not the elegance of expression which already, as in
Page 139
the times subsequent to Pheidias, makes an external appeal and distinctly
aims at pleasing the spectator, nor yet the delicacy and boldness of the
elaboration; rather the general chorus of praise is concentrated upon the
expression of self-subsistency and essential repose in these figures, and
more especially has this note of admiration been most emphatic by virtue of
the free vitality, the absolute transfusion of and command over the purely
natural and material aspect, a command by which the artist moulds the
marble, makes it alive and endows it with a soul. And we may add that
when all has been said that can be said in such praise the figure of the
reclining river-god remains as most emphatically its object, which is one of
the finest examples of antique art we have recovered.
(a) The vitality of these works consists in this, that they are the free product
of the genius of the artist. The artist at this stage is neither satisfied with
giving, by means of general and haphazard contours, suggestions and
expressions, a general conception of that which he desires to reproduce, nor
does he, on the other hand, in respect to what is individual and singular,
accept the forms as he has received them by chance from the external
world. For this reason also he does not present them again with loyalty to
this accidental aspect, but he is concerned to place within his own free
creation what is empirically particularized in isolated aspects that thus
appear in a further individual accord with the universal types of the human
form, an accord which is made to appear as throughout transpierced with
the spiritual configuration of that which he is called to make apparent, when
he suffers us to see his own vitality, conception and animation in the work
regarded on the side of the artist's activity. The universal aspect of the
content of his work is not due to his creation. It is presented him by means
of mythology and saga precisely in the way that he finds the general effect
and details of the human form; but the free and living individualization,
which permeates all portions on his work, is the result of his own personal
point of view, his efforts and services.
(b) The effect and charm of this vitality and freedom is only produced by
means of the sufficiency, the honest candour of the elaboration of all the
particular parts to which the most definite knowledge and review of the
construction of these parts belongs, no less in their position of repose than
also in that of their motion. The way in which the different members are
disposed and moulded with regard to rondure and smoothness, in every
aims at pleasing the spectator, nor yet the delicacy and boldness of the
elaboration; rather the general chorus of praise is concentrated upon the
expression of self-subsistency and essential repose in these figures, and
more especially has this note of admiration been most emphatic by virtue of
the free vitality, the absolute transfusion of and command over the purely
natural and material aspect, a command by which the artist moulds the
marble, makes it alive and endows it with a soul. And we may add that
when all has been said that can be said in such praise the figure of the
reclining river-god remains as most emphatically its object, which is one of
the finest examples of antique art we have recovered.
(a) The vitality of these works consists in this, that they are the free product
of the genius of the artist. The artist at this stage is neither satisfied with
giving, by means of general and haphazard contours, suggestions and
expressions, a general conception of that which he desires to reproduce, nor
does he, on the other hand, in respect to what is individual and singular,
accept the forms as he has received them by chance from the external
world. For this reason also he does not present them again with loyalty to
this accidental aspect, but he is concerned to place within his own free
creation what is empirically particularized in isolated aspects that thus
appear in a further individual accord with the universal types of the human
form, an accord which is made to appear as throughout transpierced with
the spiritual configuration of that which he is called to make apparent, when
he suffers us to see his own vitality, conception and animation in the work
regarded on the side of the artist's activity. The universal aspect of the
content of his work is not due to his creation. It is presented him by means
of mythology and saga precisely in the way that he finds the general effect
and details of the human form; but the free and living individualization,
which permeates all portions on his work, is the result of his own personal
point of view, his efforts and services.
(b) The effect and charm of this vitality and freedom is only produced by
means of the sufficiency, the honest candour of the elaboration of all the
particular parts to which the most definite knowledge and review of the
construction of these parts belongs, no less in their position of repose than
also in that of their motion. The way in which the different members are
disposed and moulded with regard to rondure and smoothness, in every
Page 140
condition of rest and movement, must be expressed in the most satisfactory
way. This fundamental elaboration and placing in relief of all the separate
parts we find in all products of antique art, and the animation thus produced
is only the effect of infinite pains and truth. When the eye contemplates
works of this kind it is, in the first instance, unable clearly to recognize a
mass of distinction; and it is only by virtue of a particular manner of
lighting that we can appreciate the same by means of a stronger contrast
between light and shadow. But though these fine nuances are imperceptible
at first glance, the general impression they produce is not for that reason
lost. In part they appear as the spectator varies his point of view, and in part
we derive from them what is essentially the impression of the organic
continuity of all the members and their forms. This spirit of vitality, this
soul of material configuration, is due wholly to the fact that, though every
part is entirely complete in its separable independence, yet it is to a like
extent throughout, by virtue of the wealth of its modes of transition,
associated not merely with the part that is immediately its neighbour, but
with the entire work. For this reason the form is vital in every part of it; the
least detail of it is stamped with purpose; every part of it is differentiated
from the rest, possesses that which distinguishes it and makes it distinct,
and yet is affected by the same fluidity of treatment, is only what it is vitally
as a part of the whole, so that we are able to recognize the whole in the very
fragments of it, and a part that is broken off enables us not merely to see but
to enjoy a totality that is not thus mutilated. The material surface, although
for the most part statues are now seriously impaired by the weather and
other causes in this respect, presents a soft and malleable appearance; and in
one particular example of the head of a horse I have in mind it literally
glows with the ardour of life on the face of the marble itself. This scarce
perceptible undercurrent of fluidity in all organic parts, united to the most
conscientious elaboration which avoids purely regular surfaces and
anything approaching the bare convexity of circular shape, supplies that
softness and ideality of all parts, that harmonious unity, which extends
throughout the whole as the spiritual breath of one animating presence.
(c) However true, notwithstanding, expression of detailed or general
configuration may be, this truth is no mere imitation of Nature simply.
Sculpture is always occupied with the abstraction of form, and is
consequently obliged, on the one hand, to omit from the bodily presentment
what is most essentially the natural aspect, in other words, what is
way. This fundamental elaboration and placing in relief of all the separate
parts we find in all products of antique art, and the animation thus produced
is only the effect of infinite pains and truth. When the eye contemplates
works of this kind it is, in the first instance, unable clearly to recognize a
mass of distinction; and it is only by virtue of a particular manner of
lighting that we can appreciate the same by means of a stronger contrast
between light and shadow. But though these fine nuances are imperceptible
at first glance, the general impression they produce is not for that reason
lost. In part they appear as the spectator varies his point of view, and in part
we derive from them what is essentially the impression of the organic
continuity of all the members and their forms. This spirit of vitality, this
soul of material configuration, is due wholly to the fact that, though every
part is entirely complete in its separable independence, yet it is to a like
extent throughout, by virtue of the wealth of its modes of transition,
associated not merely with the part that is immediately its neighbour, but
with the entire work. For this reason the form is vital in every part of it; the
least detail of it is stamped with purpose; every part of it is differentiated
from the rest, possesses that which distinguishes it and makes it distinct,
and yet is affected by the same fluidity of treatment, is only what it is vitally
as a part of the whole, so that we are able to recognize the whole in the very
fragments of it, and a part that is broken off enables us not merely to see but
to enjoy a totality that is not thus mutilated. The material surface, although
for the most part statues are now seriously impaired by the weather and
other causes in this respect, presents a soft and malleable appearance; and in
one particular example of the head of a horse I have in mind it literally
glows with the ardour of life on the face of the marble itself. This scarce
perceptible undercurrent of fluidity in all organic parts, united to the most
conscientious elaboration which avoids purely regular surfaces and
anything approaching the bare convexity of circular shape, supplies that
softness and ideality of all parts, that harmonious unity, which extends
throughout the whole as the spiritual breath of one animating presence.
(c) However true, notwithstanding, expression of detailed or general
configuration may be, this truth is no mere imitation of Nature simply.
Sculpture is always occupied with the abstraction of form, and is
consequently obliged, on the one hand, to omit from the bodily presentment
what is most essentially the natural aspect, in other words, what is
Page 141
exclusively indicative of natural function. From a further point of view it is
unable to carry to extremes its particularization of detail, but rather as, for
example, in its treatment of hair, must restrict its attention and reproduction
to the more general of its forms. In this way, apart from any other, the
human figure, when properly treated by sculpture, is at once declared as the
form and expression of Spirit, rather than of a purely natural form. Closely
connected with this consideration is the fact that, though a spiritual content
is expressed by means of sculpture in the bodily form, yet in the genuine
Ideal it is not asserted so prominently in the exterior form to the extent of
making that which is simply external in its charm and grace either the
exclusive or predominant attraction to the spectator. On the contrary, though
the genuine and more severe Ideal of Spirituality is here presented in bodily
shape, and is exclusively thus presented by means of such shape and its
expression, yet this configuration must equally appear to be without
exception unified, supported and transfused by this ideal content. The swell
of life, the malleability and bodily presence, or sensuous fulness and beauty
of the bodily organism, must as little supply independently the object of the
presentation, as what is individual in the spiritual presence can be carried to
the length of expressing the more intimate and more closely related inner
life of the spectator, when we consider his own particularity.
2. THE PARTICULAR ASPECTS OF THE IDEAL FORM OF SCULPTURE AS SUCH
If we direct our attention now to the more specific consideration of the
fundamental phases, on which the ideal form of sculpture reposes, we shall
do well to follow Winckelmann in essentials, who has laid stress on the
several types with the finest intuitive sense, and with the most fortunate
results, as well as on the way in which the same have been treated and
shaped by Greek artists, with the result that they finally present to us the
Ideal of sculpture. The vitality, this floating emanation no doubt evades the
definitions of the understanding, which in the present case is unable to hold
fast and transpierce the particular as in architecture, which, however, asserts
itself in the entire work, as we have already seen, as the coalescence of free
spirituality and bodily forms.
The first general feature of distinction which arrests us concerns the
determination of works of sculpture in a general way, by virtue of which the
human form has to express that which is spiritual. The spiritual expression,
unable to carry to extremes its particularization of detail, but rather as, for
example, in its treatment of hair, must restrict its attention and reproduction
to the more general of its forms. In this way, apart from any other, the
human figure, when properly treated by sculpture, is at once declared as the
form and expression of Spirit, rather than of a purely natural form. Closely
connected with this consideration is the fact that, though a spiritual content
is expressed by means of sculpture in the bodily form, yet in the genuine
Ideal it is not asserted so prominently in the exterior form to the extent of
making that which is simply external in its charm and grace either the
exclusive or predominant attraction to the spectator. On the contrary, though
the genuine and more severe Ideal of Spirituality is here presented in bodily
shape, and is exclusively thus presented by means of such shape and its
expression, yet this configuration must equally appear to be without
exception unified, supported and transfused by this ideal content. The swell
of life, the malleability and bodily presence, or sensuous fulness and beauty
of the bodily organism, must as little supply independently the object of the
presentation, as what is individual in the spiritual presence can be carried to
the length of expressing the more intimate and more closely related inner
life of the spectator, when we consider his own particularity.
2. THE PARTICULAR ASPECTS OF THE IDEAL FORM OF SCULPTURE AS SUCH
If we direct our attention now to the more specific consideration of the
fundamental phases, on which the ideal form of sculpture reposes, we shall
do well to follow Winckelmann in essentials, who has laid stress on the
several types with the finest intuitive sense, and with the most fortunate
results, as well as on the way in which the same have been treated and
shaped by Greek artists, with the result that they finally present to us the
Ideal of sculpture. The vitality, this floating emanation no doubt evades the
definitions of the understanding, which in the present case is unable to hold
fast and transpierce the particular as in architecture, which, however, asserts
itself in the entire work, as we have already seen, as the coalescence of free
spirituality and bodily forms.
The first general feature of distinction which arrests us concerns the
determination of works of sculpture in a general way, by virtue of which the
human form has to express that which is spiritual. The spiritual expression,
Page 142
albeit it has to be poured forth over the entire bodily presence reaches its
highest degree of concentration in the facial form, whereas the remaining
members are merely able to reflect what is spiritual by means of their
position, in so far, that is, as the same proceeds from Spirit in its essential
freedom.
In our examination of these ideal forms we will make a beginning in the
first place with the head; we will, then, in the second place enlarge upon the
position of the body, after which we shall conclude with the principle of the
drapery.
(a) In the ideal configuration of the human head we are first and foremost
confronted with the so-called Greek profile.
(α) This profile consists in the peculiar union of the forehead and nose; in
the almost straight or merely slightly crooked line in which the forehead
unites without interruption with the nose, as also, to speak more accurately,
in the vertical direction of this line to another which, extending it from the
root of the nose to the orifice of the ear, forms a right angle with the line of
the forehead and nose above mentioned. In a line of this sort nose and
forehead stand throughout to one another in the ideal and fine art of
sculpture, and the question presents itself whether this is a merely national
and artistic contingency or a physiological necessity.
Camper, the famous Dutch physiologist, has, with more exactness and in an
exceptional way, characterized this line as the line of facial beauty; he in
fact discovers therein the main distinction between the form of the human
visage and the profile of animal life; and on account of this follows up the
modifications of this feature throughout the various human races. In this
respect his researches are no doubt in conflict with those of
Blumenbach[156]. Speaking generally, however, the line adverted to is in
fact a most marked means of distinction between the outward form of man
and animal. Among animals, it is true, muzzle and nasal bone also form a
more or less straight line, but the specific projection of the animal's snout,
which is forced to the front, as being in the nearest practical relation to
objects, is essentially determined through its connection with the skull,
united to which the ear is moreover placed above or below, so that in the
present instance the line that is carried forward from the skull to the root of
the nose or the upper jaw, where the teeth are in position, forms an acute
highest degree of concentration in the facial form, whereas the remaining
members are merely able to reflect what is spiritual by means of their
position, in so far, that is, as the same proceeds from Spirit in its essential
freedom.
In our examination of these ideal forms we will make a beginning in the
first place with the head; we will, then, in the second place enlarge upon the
position of the body, after which we shall conclude with the principle of the
drapery.
(a) In the ideal configuration of the human head we are first and foremost
confronted with the so-called Greek profile.
(α) This profile consists in the peculiar union of the forehead and nose; in
the almost straight or merely slightly crooked line in which the forehead
unites without interruption with the nose, as also, to speak more accurately,
in the vertical direction of this line to another which, extending it from the
root of the nose to the orifice of the ear, forms a right angle with the line of
the forehead and nose above mentioned. In a line of this sort nose and
forehead stand throughout to one another in the ideal and fine art of
sculpture, and the question presents itself whether this is a merely national
and artistic contingency or a physiological necessity.
Camper, the famous Dutch physiologist, has, with more exactness and in an
exceptional way, characterized this line as the line of facial beauty; he in
fact discovers therein the main distinction between the form of the human
visage and the profile of animal life; and on account of this follows up the
modifications of this feature throughout the various human races. In this
respect his researches are no doubt in conflict with those of
Blumenbach[156]. Speaking generally, however, the line adverted to is in
fact a most marked means of distinction between the outward form of man
and animal. Among animals, it is true, muzzle and nasal bone also form a
more or less straight line, but the specific projection of the animal's snout,
which is forced to the front, as being in the nearest practical relation to
objects, is essentially determined through its connection with the skull,
united to which the ear is moreover placed above or below, so that in the
present instance the line that is carried forward from the skull to the root of
the nose or the upper jaw, where the teeth are in position, forms an acute
Page 143
angle instead of a right angle as is found in the case of man. Everybody can
independently feel in a general way the strength of this distinction, which
no doubt opens the path to more definite thinking on the subject.
(αα) In the formation of the head of animals the most insistent feature is the
mouth as the organ by means of which it feeds in co-operation with the
upper and lower jaws, the teeth, and the muscles of mastication. All the
other organs are subordinate and in a position of subservience to this
principal feature. Notably the snout as a means of scenting food, the eyes
being to a lesser degree instrumental in spying it out. The express insistence
on these animal features as exclusively devoted to the natural wants and
their satisfaction gives to the head of the animal the appearance as though
intended merely to satisfy natural functions without any trace of spiritual
ideality. For this reason the entire animal organism is rendered intelligible
from the mouth as a point of departure. A specific mode of nourishment,
that is to say, requires a specific structure of the muzzle, a particular
formation of the teeth, together with which the structure of the jaw bones,
the muscles of mastication, cheek-bones, and, moreover, the vertebrae, the
thighbones, claws, and so forth all stand in the closest relation. The body of
the animal merely subserves natural ends and on account of this dependence
on the purely material aspect of nourishment gives the impression of
absence of spirit. If, then, the human countenance is, even in its bodily
conformation, to possess a spiritual stamp, those organs which in the animal
form are so predominant must in the case of man, retire from such a pre-
eminence and give way to those which do not so much suggest a practical
relation as one that is referable to the ideality of mind.
(ββ) The human countenance has consequently a second central point, in
which that attitude to facts, which indicates the relation of the soul or spirit,
is declared. We find this in the upper portion of the face, in the thoughtful
brow and the eye, through which we face the soul, which looms out beneath
it, together with its environment. Thought, reflection—that is, the
introspection of the spiritual identity—is necessarily connected with the
forehead, whose internal life in concentrated clarity looks forth from the
eye. Through the prominence of the forehead and the correspondingly
retreating appearance of the mouth and the cheek-bones the human
countenance derives its spiritual character. This projection of the brow is
therefore necessarily that which determines the entire formation of the
independently feel in a general way the strength of this distinction, which
no doubt opens the path to more definite thinking on the subject.
(αα) In the formation of the head of animals the most insistent feature is the
mouth as the organ by means of which it feeds in co-operation with the
upper and lower jaws, the teeth, and the muscles of mastication. All the
other organs are subordinate and in a position of subservience to this
principal feature. Notably the snout as a means of scenting food, the eyes
being to a lesser degree instrumental in spying it out. The express insistence
on these animal features as exclusively devoted to the natural wants and
their satisfaction gives to the head of the animal the appearance as though
intended merely to satisfy natural functions without any trace of spiritual
ideality. For this reason the entire animal organism is rendered intelligible
from the mouth as a point of departure. A specific mode of nourishment,
that is to say, requires a specific structure of the muzzle, a particular
formation of the teeth, together with which the structure of the jaw bones,
the muscles of mastication, cheek-bones, and, moreover, the vertebrae, the
thighbones, claws, and so forth all stand in the closest relation. The body of
the animal merely subserves natural ends and on account of this dependence
on the purely material aspect of nourishment gives the impression of
absence of spirit. If, then, the human countenance is, even in its bodily
conformation, to possess a spiritual stamp, those organs which in the animal
form are so predominant must in the case of man, retire from such a pre-
eminence and give way to those which do not so much suggest a practical
relation as one that is referable to the ideality of mind.
(ββ) The human countenance has consequently a second central point, in
which that attitude to facts, which indicates the relation of the soul or spirit,
is declared. We find this in the upper portion of the face, in the thoughtful
brow and the eye, through which we face the soul, which looms out beneath
it, together with its environment. Thought, reflection—that is, the
introspection of the spiritual identity—is necessarily connected with the
forehead, whose internal life in concentrated clarity looks forth from the
eye. Through the prominence of the forehead and the correspondingly
retreating appearance of the mouth and the cheek-bones the human
countenance derives its spiritual character. This projection of the brow is
therefore necessarily that which determines the entire formation of the
Page 144
skull, which no longer falls back, forming the side of an acute angle as its
extreme point the mouth is pressed to the front[157], but rather permits of a
line being drawn from the forehead through the nose to the point of the
chin, which, with a second drawn over the rear of the skull to the apex of
the forehead, form a right angle, or one at least which approximates to it.
(γγ) Thirdly, we may say that the nose forms the passage and connection
between the lower and upper portion of the face, that is to say, between the
purely contemplative and spiritual forehead and the practical organ of
nutrition; and if we take into consideration its natural function as the organ
of smell it is rightly placed in this intermediate position between an attitude
to the external world which is either wholly practical or ideal. No doubt the
sense of smell in such a position is still associated with an animal want; it is
intimately connected with the taste; and for this reason, in the case of the
mere animal, the snout is at the service of the mouth and the organ of
nourishment. But the sense of smell is by itself as a fact no actual
consumption of objects, as eating and tasting are; it merely accepts the
result of the process in which the objects pass into the atmosphere and its
invisible and mysterious medium of dissolution. Assuming, then, that the
passage from forehead and nose is of such a formation that the forehead
viewed independently arches forward, and yet in relation to the nose
retreats, whereas this latter organ on its part, in proximity to the forehead, is
withdrawn back and only projects beyond this point, we see that both these
portions of the face—that is, the contemplative part, the forehead, and that
which suggests a practical use, with which we may associate the mouth,
form an emphatic contrast, in virtue of which the nose, as belonging in a
sense to both extremes, appertains equally to the practical aims[158] of the
mouth. Furthermore, the forehead, in its isolated position, receives the
appearance of severity and exclusive spiritual concentration in its contrast
to the eloquent sympathy of the mouth, which is primarily the organ of
nutritive support, and at the same time accepts the nasal organ into its
service as its instrument in creating the natural want by virtue of its smell,
and thereby declares its direct relation to the material side. And in close
connection with this reciprocity is the contingent character of the form to
the indeterminable modifications of which both nose and forehead may be
carried. The particular type of the forehead's arch, the nature of its
extreme point the mouth is pressed to the front[157], but rather permits of a
line being drawn from the forehead through the nose to the point of the
chin, which, with a second drawn over the rear of the skull to the apex of
the forehead, form a right angle, or one at least which approximates to it.
(γγ) Thirdly, we may say that the nose forms the passage and connection
between the lower and upper portion of the face, that is to say, between the
purely contemplative and spiritual forehead and the practical organ of
nutrition; and if we take into consideration its natural function as the organ
of smell it is rightly placed in this intermediate position between an attitude
to the external world which is either wholly practical or ideal. No doubt the
sense of smell in such a position is still associated with an animal want; it is
intimately connected with the taste; and for this reason, in the case of the
mere animal, the snout is at the service of the mouth and the organ of
nourishment. But the sense of smell is by itself as a fact no actual
consumption of objects, as eating and tasting are; it merely accepts the
result of the process in which the objects pass into the atmosphere and its
invisible and mysterious medium of dissolution. Assuming, then, that the
passage from forehead and nose is of such a formation that the forehead
viewed independently arches forward, and yet in relation to the nose
retreats, whereas this latter organ on its part, in proximity to the forehead, is
withdrawn back and only projects beyond this point, we see that both these
portions of the face—that is, the contemplative part, the forehead, and that
which suggests a practical use, with which we may associate the mouth,
form an emphatic contrast, in virtue of which the nose, as belonging in a
sense to both extremes, appertains equally to the practical aims[158] of the
mouth. Furthermore, the forehead, in its isolated position, receives the
appearance of severity and exclusive spiritual concentration in its contrast
to the eloquent sympathy of the mouth, which is primarily the organ of
nutritive support, and at the same time accepts the nasal organ into its
service as its instrument in creating the natural want by virtue of its smell,
and thereby declares its direct relation to the material side. And in close
connection with this reciprocity is the contingent character of the form to
the indeterminable modifications of which both nose and forehead may be
carried. The particular type of the forehead's arch, the nature of its
Page 145
projection or retreat, loses its secure lines of definition, and the nose can be
fiat or fine, drooping, arched, more acutely flattened and a snub.
By virtue of amelioration[159] and accommodation, however, that beautiful
harmony, which the Greek profile asserts in the gentle and uninterrupted
communication between the spiritual forehead and the nose, that is,
between the upper and lower portions of the face, the nose appears on this
very account of closer affinity to the forehead, and consequently receives
itself a spiritual expression and character as though drawn up into the
spiritual system. The sense of smell becomes at the same time a sense
independent of purely practical ends, a nose refined for spiritual purpose;
just as in fact also the nose by its sneer and similar movements, however
unimportant by themselves they may be, is nevertheless shown to be in the
highest degree pliable as a mode of expressing the judgments and emotions
of soul-life. So, for example, we say of a proud man that he holds his nose
high, or ascribe sauciness to a young girl who tosses up her bit of a nose.
And the same thing may be said of the mouth. No doubt it is on the one
hand referable as an instrument to the satisfaction of hunger and thirst; it
expresses, however, in addition to this conditions of the soul, opinions, and
passions. Even among animals it is used in this relation as the organ of
animal cries, and by man as that of speech, laughter, sighs, and so forth, by
which means the lineaments of the mouth are themselves associated with
the facts of eloquent soul-sympathy, or of joy, sorrow, and similar
conditions.
It is no doubt asserted that, though for the Greeks, such a configuration of
the human countenance is presented as the true presentation of beauty, the
Chinese, Jews, and Egyptians, regarded on the contrary an entirely different
type, or rather forms absolutely in conflict with such, as equally beautiful,
or yet more beautiful, and the conclusion is made that, cancelling one
example by another, we have not proved that the Greek profile is the type of
genuine beauty. Such a statement, however, is wholly superficial. The
Greek profile must in fact not be regarded as any mere external and
accidental form, but approximates to the ideal of beauty by its independent
claims, namely, first, because it is the type of countenance in which the
expression of soul-life forces into the background all that is purely material,
and, secondly, because it to the fullest extent detaches itself from all that is
fiat or fine, drooping, arched, more acutely flattened and a snub.
By virtue of amelioration[159] and accommodation, however, that beautiful
harmony, which the Greek profile asserts in the gentle and uninterrupted
communication between the spiritual forehead and the nose, that is,
between the upper and lower portions of the face, the nose appears on this
very account of closer affinity to the forehead, and consequently receives
itself a spiritual expression and character as though drawn up into the
spiritual system. The sense of smell becomes at the same time a sense
independent of purely practical ends, a nose refined for spiritual purpose;
just as in fact also the nose by its sneer and similar movements, however
unimportant by themselves they may be, is nevertheless shown to be in the
highest degree pliable as a mode of expressing the judgments and emotions
of soul-life. So, for example, we say of a proud man that he holds his nose
high, or ascribe sauciness to a young girl who tosses up her bit of a nose.
And the same thing may be said of the mouth. No doubt it is on the one
hand referable as an instrument to the satisfaction of hunger and thirst; it
expresses, however, in addition to this conditions of the soul, opinions, and
passions. Even among animals it is used in this relation as the organ of
animal cries, and by man as that of speech, laughter, sighs, and so forth, by
which means the lineaments of the mouth are themselves associated with
the facts of eloquent soul-sympathy, or of joy, sorrow, and similar
conditions.
It is no doubt asserted that, though for the Greeks, such a configuration of
the human countenance is presented as the true presentation of beauty, the
Chinese, Jews, and Egyptians, regarded on the contrary an entirely different
type, or rather forms absolutely in conflict with such, as equally beautiful,
or yet more beautiful, and the conclusion is made that, cancelling one
example by another, we have not proved that the Greek profile is the type of
genuine beauty. Such a statement, however, is wholly superficial. The
Greek profile must in fact not be regarded as any mere external and
accidental form, but approximates to the ideal of beauty by its independent
claims, namely, first, because it is the type of countenance in which the
expression of soul-life forces into the background all that is purely material,
and, secondly, because it to the fullest extent detaches itself from all that is
Page 146
contingent in the form, without, however, displaying thereby mere
subservience to rule, and leaving no place for every kind of individuality.
(β) With respect to specific types and their closer consideration I will
merely touch upon certain fundamental aspects selected from the abundant
material which otherwise invites attention. In this respect we may in the
first instance refer to the forehead, the eye, and the ear, as those parts of the
face which are most nearly related to the contemplative, or at least spiritual
aspect, and, secondly, to the nose, mouth, and chin, as those relatively
speaking more connected with the organs of practical import.
Thirdly, we shall have somewhat to say of the hair as the external setting,
by virtue of which the head is rounded off in an oval shape of beauty.
(αα) The forehead is in the ideal form of classical sculpture, neither fully
arched forward, nor as a rule lofty; for, although the spiritual aspect has to
be prominently emphasized in its configuration of the visual features, yet it
is not as yet spirituality simply as such, which sculpture has to present
before us, but rather individuality as still exclusively expressed in bodily
form.
In heads of Hercules, for example, the forehead is preferably low, for the
reason that Hercules possesses rather the muscular vigour of the body
directed towards external objects than the introspective energy of mind.
And for the rest we find the forehead subject to many modifications, lower
in the case of charming and youthful feminine forms, and more lofty in the
case of figures that represent substantial character and serious reflection.
In speaking of the eye it is important at once to make it clear that in the
figure of ideal sculpture, in addition to the absence of any true colour such
as is found in painting, the glance of the eye is also absent. It is possible no
doubt to show on historical evidence that the ancients, in the case of
particular images of Minerva and other gods placed in temples, have
painted the eye, since we find actual traces of colour in certain statues; in
the case of images dedicated to a sacred purpose, however, artists have
frequently held fast so far as possible to traditional usage in the face of
good taste. In the case of other examples it is clear that they must have
possessed eyes in the shape of precious stones inserted. This practice,
however, is the result of a desire already adverted to of adorning the images
of gods in as rich and lavish a manner as possible. And we may affirm
subservience to rule, and leaving no place for every kind of individuality.
(β) With respect to specific types and their closer consideration I will
merely touch upon certain fundamental aspects selected from the abundant
material which otherwise invites attention. In this respect we may in the
first instance refer to the forehead, the eye, and the ear, as those parts of the
face which are most nearly related to the contemplative, or at least spiritual
aspect, and, secondly, to the nose, mouth, and chin, as those relatively
speaking more connected with the organs of practical import.
Thirdly, we shall have somewhat to say of the hair as the external setting,
by virtue of which the head is rounded off in an oval shape of beauty.
(αα) The forehead is in the ideal form of classical sculpture, neither fully
arched forward, nor as a rule lofty; for, although the spiritual aspect has to
be prominently emphasized in its configuration of the visual features, yet it
is not as yet spirituality simply as such, which sculpture has to present
before us, but rather individuality as still exclusively expressed in bodily
form.
In heads of Hercules, for example, the forehead is preferably low, for the
reason that Hercules possesses rather the muscular vigour of the body
directed towards external objects than the introspective energy of mind.
And for the rest we find the forehead subject to many modifications, lower
in the case of charming and youthful feminine forms, and more lofty in the
case of figures that represent substantial character and serious reflection.
In speaking of the eye it is important at once to make it clear that in the
figure of ideal sculpture, in addition to the absence of any true colour such
as is found in painting, the glance of the eye is also absent. It is possible no
doubt to show on historical evidence that the ancients, in the case of
particular images of Minerva and other gods placed in temples, have
painted the eye, since we find actual traces of colour in certain statues; in
the case of images dedicated to a sacred purpose, however, artists have
frequently held fast so far as possible to traditional usage in the face of
good taste. In the case of other examples it is clear that they must have
possessed eyes in the shape of precious stones inserted. This practice,
however, is the result of a desire already adverted to of adorning the images
of gods in as rich and lavish a manner as possible. And we may affirm
Page 147
generally that such either mark the beginnings of the art, or are due, as
exceptions, to the traditions of religion. Moreover, apart from this, mere
colour is still far from giving to the eye the essentially concentrated look,
which alone communicates to it an expression that is wholly complete. We
may therefore here assume it as a fact that in the case of statues and busts of
a truly classical type, unaffected by such exceptional conditions which have
come down to us from antiquity, the light focus of the eye, no less than the
spiritual expression of its glance, is absent. For although not unfrequently
the focus is inserted in the apple of the eye, or at least is indicated by a
conical depression, and a modification which expresses the light point of
this focus and by this means a kind of visual glance, such remains
nevertheless the purely external configuration of the eye-ball, and is no
presentation of its vitality; in other words it is not the glance of it simply,
the inward glance, that is, of the soul.
We can readily imagine that it must cost the artist a great deal to sacrifice
the eye in its simple aspect of animation. We have only to look a man in the
eyes to discover a point of arrest, a centre that explains and is basic to his
entire presentment, which we may grasp in its simplest terms from the
unifying declaration of its bare look. The eye-glance is in fact that aspect
which is most steeped in soul; it is the concentration of the inward life and
its subjective emotion. Just as a man by means of a handshake, so, too, with
yet more rapidity he is brought into unity with his fellow by virtue of the
eye-glance he faces. And it is this pre-eminently spiritual mode of
revelation which sculpture is forced to dispense with. In painting, on the
contrary, this outward expression of soul-life makes its appearance by
means of the subtle gradations of colouring either in its entire spiritual
effect, or in a manifest association with external facts and the particular
interests, feelings, and passions, which are called up by their presence. But
the province of the sculptor in his art is neither the essential inwardness of
soul-life, the concentration of the entire man in the simple centre of self-
identity, which gleams out in the human glance as its ultimate point of
illumination, nor the developed subjectivity as we find it diffused amid the
surrounding world. The end of sculpture is the totality of the external form,
into which the soul must disintegrate itself, and present itself by means of
the manifold of the medium thus utilized, so that the recourse to one simple
soul-focus, in other word the immediacy of the spirit-glance, is not here
permitted. The work of sculpture possesses no such ideal intimacy in its
exceptions, to the traditions of religion. Moreover, apart from this, mere
colour is still far from giving to the eye the essentially concentrated look,
which alone communicates to it an expression that is wholly complete. We
may therefore here assume it as a fact that in the case of statues and busts of
a truly classical type, unaffected by such exceptional conditions which have
come down to us from antiquity, the light focus of the eye, no less than the
spiritual expression of its glance, is absent. For although not unfrequently
the focus is inserted in the apple of the eye, or at least is indicated by a
conical depression, and a modification which expresses the light point of
this focus and by this means a kind of visual glance, such remains
nevertheless the purely external configuration of the eye-ball, and is no
presentation of its vitality; in other words it is not the glance of it simply,
the inward glance, that is, of the soul.
We can readily imagine that it must cost the artist a great deal to sacrifice
the eye in its simple aspect of animation. We have only to look a man in the
eyes to discover a point of arrest, a centre that explains and is basic to his
entire presentment, which we may grasp in its simplest terms from the
unifying declaration of its bare look. The eye-glance is in fact that aspect
which is most steeped in soul; it is the concentration of the inward life and
its subjective emotion. Just as a man by means of a handshake, so, too, with
yet more rapidity he is brought into unity with his fellow by virtue of the
eye-glance he faces. And it is this pre-eminently spiritual mode of
revelation which sculpture is forced to dispense with. In painting, on the
contrary, this outward expression of soul-life makes its appearance by
means of the subtle gradations of colouring either in its entire spiritual
effect, or in a manifest association with external facts and the particular
interests, feelings, and passions, which are called up by their presence. But
the province of the sculptor in his art is neither the essential inwardness of
soul-life, the concentration of the entire man in the simple centre of self-
identity, which gleams out in the human glance as its ultimate point of
illumination, nor the developed subjectivity as we find it diffused amid the
surrounding world. The end of sculpture is the totality of the external form,
into which the soul must disintegrate itself, and present itself by means of
the manifold of the medium thus utilized, so that the recourse to one simple
soul-focus, in other word the immediacy of the spirit-glance, is not here
permitted. The work of sculpture possesses no such ideal intimacy in its
Page 148
simplest terms which is allowed to assert itself, as the human look does
assert itself in contrast to other parts of the human body, thereby unfolding
a contrast between the eye and the body; rather in sculpture what the
individual is in his ideal and spiritual significance remains wholly fused in
the total aspect of form, which the spirit that contemplates it, the spectator,
can alone grasp in its unity. And in the second place, and with equal truth
the eye peers into the world that surrounds it; it necessarily looks at
something positive, and thereby is witness to man in his relation to a
manifold world of objects, just as in the sphere of feeling he is united to his
environment and general experience. It is, however, precisely this union
with external objects from which the true figure of sculpture is withdrawn,
being rather absorbed in what is substantive in its own spiritual content,
essentially self-subsistent, that is without further diffusion or development.
Thirdly, the glance of the eye receives its fully evolved significance by
virtue of the expression of the rest of the bodily presentment, such as in its
general mien and speech, albeit as the purely formal point of subjective life,
in which the entire manifold of the form and its environment is
concentrated to a focus, it holds itself aloof and contrasted with this
development. A breadth of vision of this specific kind is, however, foreign
to the plastic art. For this reason the more specialized mode of expression in
the human vision, which did not at the same time immediately discover its
further reciprocal response of effect in the entire compass of its
configuration, could only be an accidental particularity, which the
sculptured figure must dispense with. For reasons such as these, sculpture
does not merely deprive itself of nothing when it leaves its figures bare of
the eye's full glance; but we may affirm that it is only true to its
fundamental principle when it totally disregards this mode of the soul's
expression. Consequently it is merely one more example of the fine insight
of antiquity, that it recognized firmly this limitation and restriction of
sculpture, and remained loyal to the abstract view it implied. It is an
evidence of the lofty intelligence of the ancients, based on the fulness of
their reasoning faculties, and the comprehensive grasp of their outlook. No
doubt we do meet with cases in antique sculpture, in which the eyes gaze
upon some definite point, as for example in the case of the faun we have
alluded to several times who glances at the young Bacchus. This smile of
recognition is expressed in a moving way; but even here the eye is itself
visionless, and the real statues of the gods in their simple situations are not
assert itself in contrast to other parts of the human body, thereby unfolding
a contrast between the eye and the body; rather in sculpture what the
individual is in his ideal and spiritual significance remains wholly fused in
the total aspect of form, which the spirit that contemplates it, the spectator,
can alone grasp in its unity. And in the second place, and with equal truth
the eye peers into the world that surrounds it; it necessarily looks at
something positive, and thereby is witness to man in his relation to a
manifold world of objects, just as in the sphere of feeling he is united to his
environment and general experience. It is, however, precisely this union
with external objects from which the true figure of sculpture is withdrawn,
being rather absorbed in what is substantive in its own spiritual content,
essentially self-subsistent, that is without further diffusion or development.
Thirdly, the glance of the eye receives its fully evolved significance by
virtue of the expression of the rest of the bodily presentment, such as in its
general mien and speech, albeit as the purely formal point of subjective life,
in which the entire manifold of the form and its environment is
concentrated to a focus, it holds itself aloof and contrasted with this
development. A breadth of vision of this specific kind is, however, foreign
to the plastic art. For this reason the more specialized mode of expression in
the human vision, which did not at the same time immediately discover its
further reciprocal response of effect in the entire compass of its
configuration, could only be an accidental particularity, which the
sculptured figure must dispense with. For reasons such as these, sculpture
does not merely deprive itself of nothing when it leaves its figures bare of
the eye's full glance; but we may affirm that it is only true to its
fundamental principle when it totally disregards this mode of the soul's
expression. Consequently it is merely one more example of the fine insight
of antiquity, that it recognized firmly this limitation and restriction of
sculpture, and remained loyal to the abstract view it implied. It is an
evidence of the lofty intelligence of the ancients, based on the fulness of
their reasoning faculties, and the comprehensive grasp of their outlook. No
doubt we do meet with cases in antique sculpture, in which the eyes gaze
upon some definite point, as for example in the case of the faun we have
alluded to several times who glances at the young Bacchus. This smile of
recognition is expressed in a moving way; but even here the eye is itself
visionless, and the real statues of the gods in their simple situations are not
Page 149
presented to us in relations of this specific character so far as the direction
of eye and glance is concerned.
With regard to the form of the eye in ideal sculpture it is large of size,
widely extended, oval and in respect to position placed at right angles
toward the line of the forehead and nose, and in considerable depression. As
far back as Winckelmann[160] the large size of the eye was accounted
significant of beauty, just as a great light is more beautiful than a small one.
"The size, however," his description continues, "is relative to the bone of
the eye or its cavity, and is expressed in the mode of incision[161] and in the
opening of the eyelids, of which in beautiful eyes the upper describes a
more circular arch toward the angle within than the lower one." In the case
of profile heads of superior workmanship the apple of the eye itself
possesses a profile and receives precisely by virtue of this opening thus cut
away a nobility and a free glance, whose very light, according to
Winckelmann's observation, is rendered visible on coins through an exalted
point or focus on the apple of the eye. At the same time mere size does not
make all eyes beautiful; they are this in the first place by virtue of the cast
of the eyelids, and in the second through being themselves deepset. In other
words the eye ought not to press forward, and by so doing be thrust on the
external world, for it is just this close relation to the external world which is
removed from the ideal, exchanging for this the self-retirement of
personality upon its own resources, that is, upon what is ideally substantive
in the individuality. The projection of the eye, however, also suggests the
thought that the apple of the eye is at one time pushed to the fore and at
another withdrawn, and, particularly in the case of the staring gaze, only
testifies to the fact that the individual is beside himself, either staring in
total absence of thought, or in an equally soulless way absorbed in the gaze
upon some material object. In the Ideal of antique sculpture the eye is
placed in even more pronounced retreat than we actually find it in Nature.
Winckelmann suggests as a reason for this that in the case of statues of
larger size which are placed more remote from the vision of the spectator,
without this more receding position, on account of the fact that apart from
this the apple of the eye was for the most part flat, the eye itself would have
been without meaning and practically lifeless, if by just this more emphatic
projection of the bone of the eye-socket, the thereby accentuated play of
light and shadow had not made the eye more apparently active. Yet this
of eye and glance is concerned.
With regard to the form of the eye in ideal sculpture it is large of size,
widely extended, oval and in respect to position placed at right angles
toward the line of the forehead and nose, and in considerable depression. As
far back as Winckelmann[160] the large size of the eye was accounted
significant of beauty, just as a great light is more beautiful than a small one.
"The size, however," his description continues, "is relative to the bone of
the eye or its cavity, and is expressed in the mode of incision[161] and in the
opening of the eyelids, of which in beautiful eyes the upper describes a
more circular arch toward the angle within than the lower one." In the case
of profile heads of superior workmanship the apple of the eye itself
possesses a profile and receives precisely by virtue of this opening thus cut
away a nobility and a free glance, whose very light, according to
Winckelmann's observation, is rendered visible on coins through an exalted
point or focus on the apple of the eye. At the same time mere size does not
make all eyes beautiful; they are this in the first place by virtue of the cast
of the eyelids, and in the second through being themselves deepset. In other
words the eye ought not to press forward, and by so doing be thrust on the
external world, for it is just this close relation to the external world which is
removed from the ideal, exchanging for this the self-retirement of
personality upon its own resources, that is, upon what is ideally substantive
in the individuality. The projection of the eye, however, also suggests the
thought that the apple of the eye is at one time pushed to the fore and at
another withdrawn, and, particularly in the case of the staring gaze, only
testifies to the fact that the individual is beside himself, either staring in
total absence of thought, or in an equally soulless way absorbed in the gaze
upon some material object. In the Ideal of antique sculpture the eye is
placed in even more pronounced retreat than we actually find it in Nature.
Winckelmann suggests as a reason for this that in the case of statues of
larger size which are placed more remote from the vision of the spectator,
without this more receding position, on account of the fact that apart from
this the apple of the eye was for the most part flat, the eye itself would have
been without meaning and practically lifeless, if by just this more emphatic
projection of the bone of the eye-socket, the thereby accentuated play of
light and shadow had not made the eye more apparently active. Yet this
Page 150
deepening of the eye has a yet further significance. In other words, if the
forehead is thereby suffered to receive a prominence superior to that of
Nature the contemplative portion of the face is the predominant factor, and
we receive a keener sense of spiritual expression, while also the emphasized
shadow in the eye-sockets on its own account enables us to feel a depth and
unimpaired inwardness, a look that is shut off from external objects, and
retires on the essential presence of individuality, whose depths are suffused
over the entire presentment. In the case of coins, too, of the best period the
eyes are deep-set, and the enclosing bones of the eye are projected. The
eye-brows on the contrary are not expressed by a more extended arch of
tiny hairs, but merely suggested by means of the acute sharpness of the eye-
bone ridge, which, without interrupting the forehead in its form of
continuity as eye-brows actually do through their colour and relative
elevation, surround the eyes as with an elliptical garland. The more elevated
and consequently more independent arch of the eye-brows has never been
regarded as beautiful.
Winckelmann[162] further observes with regard to the ears that the ancients
devoted the greatest care to their elaboration, so that in the case of cut
stones indifferent attention to the execution of the ear is an infallible sign of
the spuriousness of the work in question. In particular he insists that statues
which are portraits often reproduced the characteristic and individual type
of the ear. It is consequently possible in many cases to ascertain the very
personality represented from the ear, if the same happens to be known, and
to take one example, from a single ear with an exceptionally large opening
into it, to deduce the presence of a Marcus Aurelius. Indeed, the ancients
have not failed to indicate in this respect what is actually misshapen. As
examples of a peculiar type of ear to be found in ideal heads, Winckelmann
draws attention to certain ears given to Hercules, which are beaten out flat,
and others which bulge out in their cartilaginous folds. They indicate
wrestlers and pancratiasts, just as Hercules himself carried off the prize at
Elis as a pancratiast in the games of Pelops.
(ββ) We have still to add some remarks with reference to that part of the
countenance which is more nearly related to the practical or sensuous side
of natural function, in other words the specific form of the nose, the mouth,
and the chin. The distinction in the form of the nose gives to the face a
variety of configuration and many various kinds of expression. A keenly cut
forehead is thereby suffered to receive a prominence superior to that of
Nature the contemplative portion of the face is the predominant factor, and
we receive a keener sense of spiritual expression, while also the emphasized
shadow in the eye-sockets on its own account enables us to feel a depth and
unimpaired inwardness, a look that is shut off from external objects, and
retires on the essential presence of individuality, whose depths are suffused
over the entire presentment. In the case of coins, too, of the best period the
eyes are deep-set, and the enclosing bones of the eye are projected. The
eye-brows on the contrary are not expressed by a more extended arch of
tiny hairs, but merely suggested by means of the acute sharpness of the eye-
bone ridge, which, without interrupting the forehead in its form of
continuity as eye-brows actually do through their colour and relative
elevation, surround the eyes as with an elliptical garland. The more elevated
and consequently more independent arch of the eye-brows has never been
regarded as beautiful.
Winckelmann[162] further observes with regard to the ears that the ancients
devoted the greatest care to their elaboration, so that in the case of cut
stones indifferent attention to the execution of the ear is an infallible sign of
the spuriousness of the work in question. In particular he insists that statues
which are portraits often reproduced the characteristic and individual type
of the ear. It is consequently possible in many cases to ascertain the very
personality represented from the ear, if the same happens to be known, and
to take one example, from a single ear with an exceptionally large opening
into it, to deduce the presence of a Marcus Aurelius. Indeed, the ancients
have not failed to indicate in this respect what is actually misshapen. As
examples of a peculiar type of ear to be found in ideal heads, Winckelmann
draws attention to certain ears given to Hercules, which are beaten out flat,
and others which bulge out in their cartilaginous folds. They indicate
wrestlers and pancratiasts, just as Hercules himself carried off the prize at
Elis as a pancratiast in the games of Pelops.
(ββ) We have still to add some remarks with reference to that part of the
countenance which is more nearly related to the practical or sensuous side
of natural function, in other words the specific form of the nose, the mouth,
and the chin. The distinction in the form of the nose gives to the face a
variety of configuration and many various kinds of expression. A keenly cut
Page 151
nose with thin folds[163] at the apertures we are accustomed to associate
with an acute understanding, whereas a broad and drooping one, or a snub
nose that is somewhat brutish, suggests as a rule sensuality, folly, and
bestiality. It is, however, the function of sculpture to hold itself aloof, not
merely from such extremes, but also the intermediate stages of design and
expression, and refuse consequently to accept, as we have already seen is
the case with the Greek profile, not simply the separation from the
forehead, but also the extreme curve, whether upwards or downwards, the
acute point and the more extended rounding off, the elevation in the middle
and the depression towards the forehead and the mouth, generally speaking
the extreme acuteness and thickness of the nose, setting in the place of these
varied modifications a comparatively indifferent type, if at the same time
one which in a quiet way is throughout vitalized by individuality.
Second only to the eye the month belongs to the most beautiful portion of
the face, provided that it is formed not so much in express relation to its
natural function as an organ for eating and drinking as in accommodation to
its spiritual significance. In this respect it only gives place to the eye in the
variety and wealth of its means of expression, and this though it is enabled
to express with vital force the finest nuances of scorn, disdain, envy, the
entire gamut of sorrows and joy through the slightest of movements and the
fullest play of such, and to a similar degree to express the charm of love,
earnestness, sensuous feeling, obstinacy, attraction, and other such emotions
by its state of repose. Sculpture, however, makes less use of it to express the
nuances of particular expression, and, above all, is bound to keep what is
entirely sensuous, and suggests natural wants away from the form and
delineation of the lips. For the most part, therefore, it models the mouth
neither over-full-shaped nor too spare, for extremely thin lips also suggest a
parsimony of emotional life; makes the underlip more full than the upper,
which was also the case with Schiller, upon the modelling of whose mouth
was inscribed every kind of significance and fulness of temperament. This
more ideal type of the lips in its contrast to the animal snout presents the
appearance of a certain absence of desire, whereas in the case of the beast,
if the upper portion projects, we are at once reminded of the headlong
devouring of food and the grasp for it. Among human beings the mouth is,
when we have regard for its spiritual relation, primarily the seat of human
speech, the organ for the free communication of self-conscious life, just as
the eye is that of the emotional spirit. Moreover, according to the ideals of
with an acute understanding, whereas a broad and drooping one, or a snub
nose that is somewhat brutish, suggests as a rule sensuality, folly, and
bestiality. It is, however, the function of sculpture to hold itself aloof, not
merely from such extremes, but also the intermediate stages of design and
expression, and refuse consequently to accept, as we have already seen is
the case with the Greek profile, not simply the separation from the
forehead, but also the extreme curve, whether upwards or downwards, the
acute point and the more extended rounding off, the elevation in the middle
and the depression towards the forehead and the mouth, generally speaking
the extreme acuteness and thickness of the nose, setting in the place of these
varied modifications a comparatively indifferent type, if at the same time
one which in a quiet way is throughout vitalized by individuality.
Second only to the eye the month belongs to the most beautiful portion of
the face, provided that it is formed not so much in express relation to its
natural function as an organ for eating and drinking as in accommodation to
its spiritual significance. In this respect it only gives place to the eye in the
variety and wealth of its means of expression, and this though it is enabled
to express with vital force the finest nuances of scorn, disdain, envy, the
entire gamut of sorrows and joy through the slightest of movements and the
fullest play of such, and to a similar degree to express the charm of love,
earnestness, sensuous feeling, obstinacy, attraction, and other such emotions
by its state of repose. Sculpture, however, makes less use of it to express the
nuances of particular expression, and, above all, is bound to keep what is
entirely sensuous, and suggests natural wants away from the form and
delineation of the lips. For the most part, therefore, it models the mouth
neither over-full-shaped nor too spare, for extremely thin lips also suggest a
parsimony of emotional life; makes the underlip more full than the upper,
which was also the case with Schiller, upon the modelling of whose mouth
was inscribed every kind of significance and fulness of temperament. This
more ideal type of the lips in its contrast to the animal snout presents the
appearance of a certain absence of desire, whereas in the case of the beast,
if the upper portion projects, we are at once reminded of the headlong
devouring of food and the grasp for it. Among human beings the mouth is,
when we have regard for its spiritual relation, primarily the seat of human
speech, the organ for the free communication of self-conscious life, just as
the eye is that of the emotional spirit. Moreover, according to the ideals of
Page 152
sculpture, the lips are not tightly closed; rather in the works of art in its
blooming season the mouth is set slightly open without suffering the teeth,
however, to be visible, which have nothing to do with the expression of a
spiritual significance. This attitude is so far supported by the fact that when
the organs of sense are strongly active, as, for example, when we gaze
intently at an object, the mouth is closed; when, on the contrary, we are
absorbed in visionless thought it opens slightly and the angles of the mouth
are to an appreciable extent inclined downwards.
Last in our review of the objects above named, the chin, in its ideal form,
completes the spiritual expression of the mouth, that is, assuming it is not
wholly absent, as in the case of animals, or only retained in a retreating and
meagre condition as in works of Egyptian sculpture, but as rather
lengthened out even beyond the degree which is usual, receiving thus in the
rounded fulness of its arched curve, more particularly where we have
shorter underlips, yet further increase of size. To sum up in fact a full chin
conveys the impression of a certain satiety and repose. Odd fussy wenches
wag with their withered-up chins and meagre muscles. Goethe, for example,
likens their chops to a pair of tongs that will be snatching at something. All
restlessness of this kind disappears with a full chin. The dimple, however,
which nowadays is held to have some claim to beauty is, as an accidental
grace itself, no essential accompaniment of beauty. In its place, however, a
rounded chin of considerable proportions is an infallible sign of antique
heads. In the case of the Medicean Venus it is not so noticeable, but it is
proved on good evidence that the statue has suffered a loss in this respect.
blooming season the mouth is set slightly open without suffering the teeth,
however, to be visible, which have nothing to do with the expression of a
spiritual significance. This attitude is so far supported by the fact that when
the organs of sense are strongly active, as, for example, when we gaze
intently at an object, the mouth is closed; when, on the contrary, we are
absorbed in visionless thought it opens slightly and the angles of the mouth
are to an appreciable extent inclined downwards.
Last in our review of the objects above named, the chin, in its ideal form,
completes the spiritual expression of the mouth, that is, assuming it is not
wholly absent, as in the case of animals, or only retained in a retreating and
meagre condition as in works of Egyptian sculpture, but as rather
lengthened out even beyond the degree which is usual, receiving thus in the
rounded fulness of its arched curve, more particularly where we have
shorter underlips, yet further increase of size. To sum up in fact a full chin
conveys the impression of a certain satiety and repose. Odd fussy wenches
wag with their withered-up chins and meagre muscles. Goethe, for example,
likens their chops to a pair of tongs that will be snatching at something. All
restlessness of this kind disappears with a full chin. The dimple, however,
which nowadays is held to have some claim to beauty is, as an accidental
grace itself, no essential accompaniment of beauty. In its place, however, a
rounded chin of considerable proportions is an infallible sign of antique
heads. In the case of the Medicean Venus it is not so noticeable, but it is
proved on good evidence that the statue has suffered a loss in this respect.
Page 153
(γγ) We have only now in conclusion to refer to the hair. Generally speaking
the hair has rather the character of a vegetable than an animal formation; it
testifies less to the strength of the organism than it is indicative of
weakness. Barbarians allow the hair to hang in straight lines, or cut it off
close to the head rather than in undulating line or locks. The ancients, on the
contrary, devoted excessive attention to the elaboration of the hair in their
ideal works of sculpture, a direction in which more modern artists devote
less trouble and skill. No doubt the ancients also, when the stone on which
they worked was extremely hard, did not suffer the hair of the head to flow
in freely hanging locks, but arranged as though it was cropped short[164]
and, in that form, finely combed out. In the case of marble sculpture of the
better time the hair is in locks and of great vigour both in the case of male
and female heads, where we find it presented in upward rolls and bound
together on the crown of the head; one finds it at least, as Winckelmann
points out, drawn out in winding rolls and with express depressions the
better to indicate its various folds in light and shadow, which is impossible
if the drills are shallow. Add to this in the case of particular gods the line of
direction and the arrangement of the hair is different In a similar way in
Christian painting Christ is made recognizable by a definite type of the
crown of the head and the locks of hair, following which type in our own
time there are not a few who deliberately imitate such an appearance.
(γ) The parts above described in their form sum up collectively the head as
a whole. The beautiful form is here determined by a line which most nearly
approaches the oval of an egg, and thereby resolves every indication of
sharpness, pointedness, and angularity in harmonious form and a gently
progressive association, without, however, being exclusively regular and
abstractly symmetrical, or issuing in multifold variety of lines and their
direction and inclination as is the case with other portions of the body. In
order to form this self-collected oval shape, the beautiful and free
inclination from the chin to the ear contributes, particularly if we look at the
face from the front, no less than the line already indicated, which describes
the termination of the forehead, the bones of the eye-socket. And the arch
over the profile from forehead over the point of the nose to the chin is
equally noticeable, and the beautiful arching of the back of the head to the
nape of the neck. So much I have permitted myself, without entering on
further detail, to observe on the ideal shape of the head.
the hair has rather the character of a vegetable than an animal formation; it
testifies less to the strength of the organism than it is indicative of
weakness. Barbarians allow the hair to hang in straight lines, or cut it off
close to the head rather than in undulating line or locks. The ancients, on the
contrary, devoted excessive attention to the elaboration of the hair in their
ideal works of sculpture, a direction in which more modern artists devote
less trouble and skill. No doubt the ancients also, when the stone on which
they worked was extremely hard, did not suffer the hair of the head to flow
in freely hanging locks, but arranged as though it was cropped short[164]
and, in that form, finely combed out. In the case of marble sculpture of the
better time the hair is in locks and of great vigour both in the case of male
and female heads, where we find it presented in upward rolls and bound
together on the crown of the head; one finds it at least, as Winckelmann
points out, drawn out in winding rolls and with express depressions the
better to indicate its various folds in light and shadow, which is impossible
if the drills are shallow. Add to this in the case of particular gods the line of
direction and the arrangement of the hair is different In a similar way in
Christian painting Christ is made recognizable by a definite type of the
crown of the head and the locks of hair, following which type in our own
time there are not a few who deliberately imitate such an appearance.
(γ) The parts above described in their form sum up collectively the head as
a whole. The beautiful form is here determined by a line which most nearly
approaches the oval of an egg, and thereby resolves every indication of
sharpness, pointedness, and angularity in harmonious form and a gently
progressive association, without, however, being exclusively regular and
abstractly symmetrical, or issuing in multifold variety of lines and their
direction and inclination as is the case with other portions of the body. In
order to form this self-collected oval shape, the beautiful and free
inclination from the chin to the ear contributes, particularly if we look at the
face from the front, no less than the line already indicated, which describes
the termination of the forehead, the bones of the eye-socket. And the arch
over the profile from forehead over the point of the nose to the chin is
equally noticeable, and the beautiful arching of the back of the head to the
nape of the neck. So much I have permitted myself, without entering on
further detail, to observe on the ideal shape of the head.
Page 154
(b) In respect to the other organic members such as neck, breast, back,
belly, arms, hands, thighs, and feet, we find here another type of co-
ordination. They can no doubt possess a beautiful form, but the beauty is
sensuous, vital, without expressing by virtue of their form as such a
spiritual significance as the countenance expresses it. The ancients have
shown for the form of these parts of the body the highest sense of beauty;
but in genuine sculpture they must not merely pass as the beauty of a living
organism, but as members of the human form it is their further function to
present the appearance of a spiritual effect, so far as this is compatible with
what is purely bodily presence. Otherwise the expression of the soul would
be concentrated wholly in the face, whereas in plastic sculpture what is
spiritual must appear as permeating nothing less than the entire
configuration, and must not be permitted to isolate itself independently and
in contrast to what is corporeal.
If we now inquire what are the means which enable the breast, the torso, the
back, and the extremities to contribute to the expression of spirit and
thereby to receive over and beyond a beautiful vitality, the breath of a
spiritual life, we shall find the following:
In the first place there is the relation in which the limbs, in so far as that
relation proceeds from the ideality of Spirit, and is freely determined by that
ideality, are brought into juxtaposition.
Secondly, there is the motion and repose in their complete freedom and
beauty of form.
Thirdly, this type of position and motion in their definite affiliation[165] and
expression supplies the situation more closely, in which the Ideal, which
can never consist purely in the Ideal of abstraction, is comprehended.
I will add yet further some general remarks on the above points.
(α) With regard to position of first importance is that aspect we have had
already occasion to notice in a superficial way, namely, the upright position
of man. The body of animals moves in a parallel line with the ground;
mouth and eye follow the same direction, and the animal is unable
independently to raise himself from this relation to gravity. The opposite is
the case with mankind; the eye looking straight forward is placed in its
natural direction, that is, in a right angle with the line of gravity and the
belly, arms, hands, thighs, and feet, we find here another type of co-
ordination. They can no doubt possess a beautiful form, but the beauty is
sensuous, vital, without expressing by virtue of their form as such a
spiritual significance as the countenance expresses it. The ancients have
shown for the form of these parts of the body the highest sense of beauty;
but in genuine sculpture they must not merely pass as the beauty of a living
organism, but as members of the human form it is their further function to
present the appearance of a spiritual effect, so far as this is compatible with
what is purely bodily presence. Otherwise the expression of the soul would
be concentrated wholly in the face, whereas in plastic sculpture what is
spiritual must appear as permeating nothing less than the entire
configuration, and must not be permitted to isolate itself independently and
in contrast to what is corporeal.
If we now inquire what are the means which enable the breast, the torso, the
back, and the extremities to contribute to the expression of spirit and
thereby to receive over and beyond a beautiful vitality, the breath of a
spiritual life, we shall find the following:
In the first place there is the relation in which the limbs, in so far as that
relation proceeds from the ideality of Spirit, and is freely determined by that
ideality, are brought into juxtaposition.
Secondly, there is the motion and repose in their complete freedom and
beauty of form.
Thirdly, this type of position and motion in their definite affiliation[165] and
expression supplies the situation more closely, in which the Ideal, which
can never consist purely in the Ideal of abstraction, is comprehended.
I will add yet further some general remarks on the above points.
(α) With regard to position of first importance is that aspect we have had
already occasion to notice in a superficial way, namely, the upright position
of man. The body of animals moves in a parallel line with the ground;
mouth and eye follow the same direction, and the animal is unable
independently to raise himself from this relation to gravity. The opposite is
the case with mankind; the eye looking straight forward is placed in its
natural direction, that is, in a right angle with the line of gravity and the
Page 155
body. Man is no doubt able to go on all fours just as animals do, and
children do so in fact; but as soon as consciousness begins to awaken, man
wrests himself from the animal chains of the earth, and stands up straight in
free independence. This stansion is an act of will, for if we cease to try to
stand our body collapses and falls to the ground. In this way the upright
position possesses a spiritual significance, in so far as the self-elevation
from the ground remains linked with the volition and thus with that which is
spiritual and ideal; just as we are accustomed to say of an essentially free
and independent man, who keeps his opinions, view's, principles, and aims
unaffected by others, that he stands on his own feet.
The upright position is, however, not yet merely as such beautiful; it is only
so by virtue of the freedom of its form. In other words if a man stands up
only straight in an abstract way, letting his hands fall glued to his side with
no interval of separation, his legs in the same way being close to each other,
we receive an untoward expression of stiffness, even although in the first
instance this is due to no compulsion. From this stiff effect we deduce on
the one hand the abstract and likewise architectonic principle of uniformity,
under which the limbs adhere together in the like position, and on the other
hand we do not discover in it any determination derived from what is
spiritual and the ideal principle. In such a case arms, legs, breast, body, all
the members stand and hang just as though they had from the first grown
there on man, without being brought by means of his spirit, his volition and
emotions into a change of position. The same thing may be said of the
sitting posture. Conversely also the squatting or perching on the ground is
destitute of freedom for the reason that it suggests an attitude of
subordination, dependence, and serfdom. The free position, on the contrary,
avoids in a measure this abstract uniformity and angularity, and places the
position under lines which approximate to the organic form; and to a further
extent it suffers spiritual relations to shine through, so that by virtue of such
a position the conditions and passions of the soul are cognizable. Only in
this manner can the position pass as a genuine exhibition of Spirit.
In the application of positions as significant pose[166], it is necessary,
however, that sculpture proceed with great circumspection, and it has
thereby many a difficulty to overcome. On the one hand, no doubt, the
reciprocal relation of the members is to be derived from the ideal principle
of Spirit; on the other hand, however, this determination from the ideal side
children do so in fact; but as soon as consciousness begins to awaken, man
wrests himself from the animal chains of the earth, and stands up straight in
free independence. This stansion is an act of will, for if we cease to try to
stand our body collapses and falls to the ground. In this way the upright
position possesses a spiritual significance, in so far as the self-elevation
from the ground remains linked with the volition and thus with that which is
spiritual and ideal; just as we are accustomed to say of an essentially free
and independent man, who keeps his opinions, view's, principles, and aims
unaffected by others, that he stands on his own feet.
The upright position is, however, not yet merely as such beautiful; it is only
so by virtue of the freedom of its form. In other words if a man stands up
only straight in an abstract way, letting his hands fall glued to his side with
no interval of separation, his legs in the same way being close to each other,
we receive an untoward expression of stiffness, even although in the first
instance this is due to no compulsion. From this stiff effect we deduce on
the one hand the abstract and likewise architectonic principle of uniformity,
under which the limbs adhere together in the like position, and on the other
hand we do not discover in it any determination derived from what is
spiritual and the ideal principle. In such a case arms, legs, breast, body, all
the members stand and hang just as though they had from the first grown
there on man, without being brought by means of his spirit, his volition and
emotions into a change of position. The same thing may be said of the
sitting posture. Conversely also the squatting or perching on the ground is
destitute of freedom for the reason that it suggests an attitude of
subordination, dependence, and serfdom. The free position, on the contrary,
avoids in a measure this abstract uniformity and angularity, and places the
position under lines which approximate to the organic form; and to a further
extent it suffers spiritual relations to shine through, so that by virtue of such
a position the conditions and passions of the soul are cognizable. Only in
this manner can the position pass as a genuine exhibition of Spirit.
In the application of positions as significant pose[166], it is necessary,
however, that sculpture proceed with great circumspection, and it has
thereby many a difficulty to overcome. On the one hand, no doubt, the
reciprocal relation of the members is to be derived from the ideal principle
of Spirit; on the other hand, however, this determination from the ideal side
Page 156
ought not to place the particular parts under a mode which contradicts the
corporeal structure and the laws of the same, and thereby produce the
impression of a constraint imposed on the members, or come into collision
with the material of substance, in which sculpture is set the task to execute
the artist's conceptions. And, in the third place, the pose must appear wholly
spontaneous, as though the body received it of its own initiative, otherwise
body and spirit have the appearance of being distinct and separable from
each other, and are involved in the relative position of mere direction from
one side and purely abstract obedience from the other, whereas both in
sculpture ought rightly to constitute one and the same immediately
congruent totality. This absence of constraint is here of the first importance.
Spirit, as the ideal principle, must throughout transfuse the members, and
these latter must in like degree essentially accept spirit and its determination
as to the content of its own soul. As to the pose itself and its character,
which we may empower to express the just attitude in ideal sculpture, we
can readily infer from our previous exposition that it ought not be one
wholly referable to change or instantaneous action. The representation of
sculpture must produce no effect such as is seen in the case where men,
while in the art of motion and action, were turned to stone or frozen by
means of Hüon's horn. On the contrary, it is necessary that the posture,
although it may without question point to some characteristic action,
express for all that merely a beginning and preparation, an intention, or it
must indicate the close of an action and a return from the same to the state
of repose. The repose and self-subsistency of a spiritual life, which
potentially encloses in itself an entire world, is the most suitable aspect for
the ideal form of sculpture.
(β) And, in the second place, what we have observed of posture is equally
applicable to motion. There is in sculpture as such less room for motion in
the full sense of the term than other arts[167], just in so far as the same does
not as yet advance to the mode of presentation which is more nearly related
to an art whose sphere of effect is more extensive. The tranquil image of the
god in his blessed self-seclusion is the presentment which it is its task
mainly to set before us in all its essential freedom from conflict. A variety
of movement is necessarily excluded from such. What we ought to have is
rather a stansion or reclining posture of essential self-absorption[168]. This
attitude of self wholly referable to self it is which does not proceed to a
corporeal structure and the laws of the same, and thereby produce the
impression of a constraint imposed on the members, or come into collision
with the material of substance, in which sculpture is set the task to execute
the artist's conceptions. And, in the third place, the pose must appear wholly
spontaneous, as though the body received it of its own initiative, otherwise
body and spirit have the appearance of being distinct and separable from
each other, and are involved in the relative position of mere direction from
one side and purely abstract obedience from the other, whereas both in
sculpture ought rightly to constitute one and the same immediately
congruent totality. This absence of constraint is here of the first importance.
Spirit, as the ideal principle, must throughout transfuse the members, and
these latter must in like degree essentially accept spirit and its determination
as to the content of its own soul. As to the pose itself and its character,
which we may empower to express the just attitude in ideal sculpture, we
can readily infer from our previous exposition that it ought not be one
wholly referable to change or instantaneous action. The representation of
sculpture must produce no effect such as is seen in the case where men,
while in the art of motion and action, were turned to stone or frozen by
means of Hüon's horn. On the contrary, it is necessary that the posture,
although it may without question point to some characteristic action,
express for all that merely a beginning and preparation, an intention, or it
must indicate the close of an action and a return from the same to the state
of repose. The repose and self-subsistency of a spiritual life, which
potentially encloses in itself an entire world, is the most suitable aspect for
the ideal form of sculpture.
(β) And, in the second place, what we have observed of posture is equally
applicable to motion. There is in sculpture as such less room for motion in
the full sense of the term than other arts[167], just in so far as the same does
not as yet advance to the mode of presentation which is more nearly related
to an art whose sphere of effect is more extensive. The tranquil image of the
god in his blessed self-seclusion is the presentment which it is its task
mainly to set before us in all its essential freedom from conflict. A variety
of movement is necessarily excluded from such. What we ought to have is
rather a stansion or reclining posture of essential self-absorption[168]. This
attitude of self wholly referable to self it is which does not proceed to a
Page 157
definite action, and by doing so does not contract its entire energy to the
space of a single moment, making such of first importance, but rather
persists in the continued equilibrium of tranquillity. We ought to be able to
imagine that the figure of the gods will remain for ever in the same posture.
The escape from self-subsistency, the plunging of individual life within the
vortex of a particular action that implies conflict, the strain of the moment,
which is unable to continue as such—such relations are foreign to the
ideality of sculpture. We cross them rather where, in the case of groups and
reliefs, the particular moments of an action are presented with a distinct
inclination to the principle of painting. A result brought about by powerful
effects, and their passing exhibition, no doubt exercises upon us an
immediate impression; but after once having received it we do not readily
return to it. For that which is so prominent in the presentation is the affair of
a moment's passage, which we both observe and recognize in that moment,
whereas the ideal fulness and freedom, what is infinite in its significance, in
other words that which holds our attention permanently, is relegated to the
background.
(γ) In asserting this, however, we do not maintain that sculpture, where, in
the case where it adheres to its principle in all its severity and attains its
highest point, must necessarily exclude entirely the attitude of movement. If
it did so it would merely present to us the divine in its indeterminacy and
indifference. On the contrary, in so far as it is its function to comprehend
the substantive as individuality, and to present it to our vision in bodily
form, both the ideal and external condition, in accordance with which it
brings its content and form to an impression, is necessarily individual. And
it is this individuality of a definite situation which is pre-eminently
expressed by means of the pose and movement of the body. Inasmuch as,
however, the substantive in sculpture is of most importance, and
individuality is not as yet itself extricated from the same to the point of
particular self-subsistency, the specific determinacy of the situation must
not be of a kind that it impairs or annuls the simple sterling character[169] of
that substantiveness, by either making it one-sided or drawing it into the
conflict of collisions, or in a general way by placing it without reserve
under the overmastering importance and variety of what is particular. It
must rather remain, independently regarded, a determinacy less essential in
its result, or rather we may say a vivacious play of vital force, harmless in
effect over the superficial features of individuality, whose substantive
space of a single moment, making such of first importance, but rather
persists in the continued equilibrium of tranquillity. We ought to be able to
imagine that the figure of the gods will remain for ever in the same posture.
The escape from self-subsistency, the plunging of individual life within the
vortex of a particular action that implies conflict, the strain of the moment,
which is unable to continue as such—such relations are foreign to the
ideality of sculpture. We cross them rather where, in the case of groups and
reliefs, the particular moments of an action are presented with a distinct
inclination to the principle of painting. A result brought about by powerful
effects, and their passing exhibition, no doubt exercises upon us an
immediate impression; but after once having received it we do not readily
return to it. For that which is so prominent in the presentation is the affair of
a moment's passage, which we both observe and recognize in that moment,
whereas the ideal fulness and freedom, what is infinite in its significance, in
other words that which holds our attention permanently, is relegated to the
background.
(γ) In asserting this, however, we do not maintain that sculpture, where, in
the case where it adheres to its principle in all its severity and attains its
highest point, must necessarily exclude entirely the attitude of movement. If
it did so it would merely present to us the divine in its indeterminacy and
indifference. On the contrary, in so far as it is its function to comprehend
the substantive as individuality, and to present it to our vision in bodily
form, both the ideal and external condition, in accordance with which it
brings its content and form to an impression, is necessarily individual. And
it is this individuality of a definite situation which is pre-eminently
expressed by means of the pose and movement of the body. Inasmuch as,
however, the substantive in sculpture is of most importance, and
individuality is not as yet itself extricated from the same to the point of
particular self-subsistency, the specific determinacy of the situation must
not be of a kind that it impairs or annuls the simple sterling character[169] of
that substantiveness, by either making it one-sided or drawing it into the
conflict of collisions, or in a general way by placing it without reserve
under the overmastering importance and variety of what is particular. It
must rather remain, independently regarded, a determinacy less essential in
its result, or rather we may say a vivacious play of vital force, harmless in
effect over the superficial features of individuality, whose substantive
Page 158
character in no respect suffers loss thereby in depth, subsistency, and
repose. This is, however, a point which I have at an earlier stage of this
investigation already[170] discussed at length in relation to the Ideal of
sculpture when the situation itself was under review, in which the Ideal
ought to appear in definite relation to the presentation: further discussion
may here be consequently dispensed with.
(c) The last point of importance we have now to consider is the question of
drapery in sculpture. At first sight it may appear as though the nude form
and its corporeal beauty permeated by spiritual significance, in the manner
of its pose and movement, were the most appropriate form for the Ideal of
sculpture, and drapery were simply a hindrance. In accordance with such a
view we hear the complaint raised, more particularly in our own time, that
modern sculpture is so frequently forced to drape its figures, whereas no
drapery should touch the beauty of human organic forms. And we have
finally the wail added that our artists should have so little opportunity of
studying the nude which was ever before the eyes of the ancients. In general
we may simply reply to this that though without question, from the point of
view of sensuous beauty, the preference must be given to the nude form, yet
merely sensuous beauty is not the ultimate aim of sculpture, so that the
Greeks do not give the lead to a false path when they presented the larger
number of their male figures no doubt in the nude, but by far the greater
number of female figures draped.
(α) And generally we may add that, apart from artistic purpose, drapery is
justified in real measure in the necessity of providing a protection from
climatic changes, Nature having failed to provide man with any covering of
hide, feathers, hair, such as animals possess. And from another point of
view it is the sense of modesty which compels man to cover himself with
raiment. Now this shame, regarded in a general way, is a beginning of
indignation over that which is coarse or crude. Man in fact, who is
conscious of his more elevated calling to be Spirit, must necessarily regard
what is purely animal as an incompatibility with that, and pre-eminently
seek to cover, as that which is not consonant with the Ideal of his soul[171],
those parts of his body, such as the belly, breast, back, and legs, which are
subservient to animal functions, or only are directed to external uses, and
possess directly no spiritual determinacy, and no spiritual expression. We
therefore find among every people, who have entered upon the life of
repose. This is, however, a point which I have at an earlier stage of this
investigation already[170] discussed at length in relation to the Ideal of
sculpture when the situation itself was under review, in which the Ideal
ought to appear in definite relation to the presentation: further discussion
may here be consequently dispensed with.
(c) The last point of importance we have now to consider is the question of
drapery in sculpture. At first sight it may appear as though the nude form
and its corporeal beauty permeated by spiritual significance, in the manner
of its pose and movement, were the most appropriate form for the Ideal of
sculpture, and drapery were simply a hindrance. In accordance with such a
view we hear the complaint raised, more particularly in our own time, that
modern sculpture is so frequently forced to drape its figures, whereas no
drapery should touch the beauty of human organic forms. And we have
finally the wail added that our artists should have so little opportunity of
studying the nude which was ever before the eyes of the ancients. In general
we may simply reply to this that though without question, from the point of
view of sensuous beauty, the preference must be given to the nude form, yet
merely sensuous beauty is not the ultimate aim of sculpture, so that the
Greeks do not give the lead to a false path when they presented the larger
number of their male figures no doubt in the nude, but by far the greater
number of female figures draped.
(α) And generally we may add that, apart from artistic purpose, drapery is
justified in real measure in the necessity of providing a protection from
climatic changes, Nature having failed to provide man with any covering of
hide, feathers, hair, such as animals possess. And from another point of
view it is the sense of modesty which compels man to cover himself with
raiment. Now this shame, regarded in a general way, is a beginning of
indignation over that which is coarse or crude. Man in fact, who is
conscious of his more elevated calling to be Spirit, must necessarily regard
what is purely animal as an incompatibility with that, and pre-eminently
seek to cover, as that which is not consonant with the Ideal of his soul[171],
those parts of his body, such as the belly, breast, back, and legs, which are
subservient to animal functions, or only are directed to external uses, and
possess directly no spiritual determinacy, and no spiritual expression. We
therefore find among every people, who have entered upon the life of
Page 159
reflection, this sense of shame and the necessity of clothing in some degree,
whether great or small. As far back as the narrative of Genesis we have this
transition expressed in the shrewdest way. Before Adam and Eve have eaten
of the tree of knowledge they walk in Paradise in the nakedness of
innocence; but no sooner is their consciousness as spiritual beings[172]
aroused than they are ashamed of their nakedness. The same sense is
prevalent among all other Asiatic nations. So, for example, Herodotus
asserts in narrating[173] how Gyges came to the throne, that it was regarded
even in a man as a matter of shame among the Lydians, and almost all
barbarians, to be seen naked; and as a proof of this we have the tale of the
wife of Candaules, king of the Lydians. The tale runs that Candaules
exposed his wife in nudity to the gaze of Gyges, his satellite and favourite,
in order to convince him that her beauty as a woman was beyond compare.
She, however, discovered the outrage, which it was intended to conceal
from her, by chance seeing Gyges, who had been hidden in her sleeping
chamber, slip out of the door. Indignant at the outrage, she received Gyges
in audience the following day, and declared to him that, inasmuch as the
king had taken this step and permitted Gyges to see what he ought not to
have seen, he might select one of two courses, either kill the king as his
punishment, and possess himself both of her and the kingdom, or himself
die. Gyges selected the first alternative, and after assassinating the king
mounted the throne and married the widow. On the other hand the
Egyptians represented frequently, or, indeed, for the most part, their statues
in the nude to the extent that the male figures merely carried an apron; and
in the case of Isis the drapery was indicated by nothing more than a barely
perceptible fringe round the legs. This, however, was neither due to a
defective sense of shame, nor in virtue of their instinct for the beauty of
organic forms. For if we consider their symbolic point of view we can only
maintain that what concerned them was not the configuration of a
presentment consonant with a spiritual significance, but rather the meaning,
the essence and conception of that which the form was intended to present
to intelligence; and they permitted the human form to be thus, without
reflection upon the further and more remote adequacy of the same to Spirit,
in its natural state, which they moreover copied with great closeness to life.
(β) Finally, among the Greeks, we meet with both aspects, both nude and
draped figures. And in actual life also they were equally clothed, albeit from
whether great or small. As far back as the narrative of Genesis we have this
transition expressed in the shrewdest way. Before Adam and Eve have eaten
of the tree of knowledge they walk in Paradise in the nakedness of
innocence; but no sooner is their consciousness as spiritual beings[172]
aroused than they are ashamed of their nakedness. The same sense is
prevalent among all other Asiatic nations. So, for example, Herodotus
asserts in narrating[173] how Gyges came to the throne, that it was regarded
even in a man as a matter of shame among the Lydians, and almost all
barbarians, to be seen naked; and as a proof of this we have the tale of the
wife of Candaules, king of the Lydians. The tale runs that Candaules
exposed his wife in nudity to the gaze of Gyges, his satellite and favourite,
in order to convince him that her beauty as a woman was beyond compare.
She, however, discovered the outrage, which it was intended to conceal
from her, by chance seeing Gyges, who had been hidden in her sleeping
chamber, slip out of the door. Indignant at the outrage, she received Gyges
in audience the following day, and declared to him that, inasmuch as the
king had taken this step and permitted Gyges to see what he ought not to
have seen, he might select one of two courses, either kill the king as his
punishment, and possess himself both of her and the kingdom, or himself
die. Gyges selected the first alternative, and after assassinating the king
mounted the throne and married the widow. On the other hand the
Egyptians represented frequently, or, indeed, for the most part, their statues
in the nude to the extent that the male figures merely carried an apron; and
in the case of Isis the drapery was indicated by nothing more than a barely
perceptible fringe round the legs. This, however, was neither due to a
defective sense of shame, nor in virtue of their instinct for the beauty of
organic forms. For if we consider their symbolic point of view we can only
maintain that what concerned them was not the configuration of a
presentment consonant with a spiritual significance, but rather the meaning,
the essence and conception of that which the form was intended to present
to intelligence; and they permitted the human form to be thus, without
reflection upon the further and more remote adequacy of the same to Spirit,
in its natural state, which they moreover copied with great closeness to life.
(β) Finally, among the Greeks, we meet with both aspects, both nude and
draped figures. And in actual life also they were equally clothed, albeit from
Page 160
other considerations they held it a point of honour to have first contested in
the games nude. To an exceptional degree the Lacedaemonians were the
first to wrestle naked. But this was with them not due so much to a sense of
beauty as to their general indifference to what savoured of refinement and
spiritual purport in the sense of modesty. In the national character of the
Greek people, among whom the feeling for personal individuality in all its
immediacy, and as it is the spiritual animation of their existence, is so
strongly developed, taking this as the instinct for free and beautiful forms, it
was also inevitable that what was human in its immediacy, the bodily
presence, that is, as it belongs to man and is suffused with his spirit, should
be elaborated in independent form, and that the human form should be
revered above all others for the reason that it is the freest and the most
beautiful. In this sense, no doubt, they threw aside that instinct of shame,
which will not suffer us to look at what is purely corporeal in' man, not out
of indifference to what was spiritual, but with an indifference to what is
purely sensuous in desire, for the sake of beauty; and this intention is
manifest in full play throughout a great number of their nude figures.
This entire absence of drapery, however, it was impossible wholly to justify
on principle. For, as I have already indicated when distinguishing the head
from other parts of the body, it is undeniable that the spiritual expression of
the form is restricted to the face and the pose and movement of the whole,
to the general mien, which is pre-eminently eloquent by virtue of the arms,
hands, and position of the legs. For these organs, whose activity is in an
outward direction, have still, and precisely by the nature of their pose and
movement, for the most part the expression of a spiritual deliverance. The
other members of the body, on the contrary, are and remain solely
productive of a sensuous beauty; and the distinguishing features which are
visible on them can only be bodily vigour, development of muscle, or
degrees of delicacy and softness, such as characterize respectively the two
sexes, age, youth, and childhood. As a means, therefore, of expressing what
is spiritual in the form, the nudity of these parts is also from the standpoint
of beauty indifferent; and it is only due to our moral sense, when, that is to
say, the main thing looked for is the paramount presentation of the spiritual
in man, that such parts should be veiled. What in general ideal art does in
the case of every separate part of the body is to remove the necessary
limitations of animal life in its detailed particularities, such as little veins,
wrinkles, hairs of the skin, and so forth, and simply to enforce and
the games nude. To an exceptional degree the Lacedaemonians were the
first to wrestle naked. But this was with them not due so much to a sense of
beauty as to their general indifference to what savoured of refinement and
spiritual purport in the sense of modesty. In the national character of the
Greek people, among whom the feeling for personal individuality in all its
immediacy, and as it is the spiritual animation of their existence, is so
strongly developed, taking this as the instinct for free and beautiful forms, it
was also inevitable that what was human in its immediacy, the bodily
presence, that is, as it belongs to man and is suffused with his spirit, should
be elaborated in independent form, and that the human form should be
revered above all others for the reason that it is the freest and the most
beautiful. In this sense, no doubt, they threw aside that instinct of shame,
which will not suffer us to look at what is purely corporeal in' man, not out
of indifference to what was spiritual, but with an indifference to what is
purely sensuous in desire, for the sake of beauty; and this intention is
manifest in full play throughout a great number of their nude figures.
This entire absence of drapery, however, it was impossible wholly to justify
on principle. For, as I have already indicated when distinguishing the head
from other parts of the body, it is undeniable that the spiritual expression of
the form is restricted to the face and the pose and movement of the whole,
to the general mien, which is pre-eminently eloquent by virtue of the arms,
hands, and position of the legs. For these organs, whose activity is in an
outward direction, have still, and precisely by the nature of their pose and
movement, for the most part the expression of a spiritual deliverance. The
other members of the body, on the contrary, are and remain solely
productive of a sensuous beauty; and the distinguishing features which are
visible on them can only be bodily vigour, development of muscle, or
degrees of delicacy and softness, such as characterize respectively the two
sexes, age, youth, and childhood. As a means, therefore, of expressing what
is spiritual in the form, the nudity of these parts is also from the standpoint
of beauty indifferent; and it is only due to our moral sense, when, that is to
say, the main thing looked for is the paramount presentation of the spiritual
in man, that such parts should be veiled. What in general ideal art does in
the case of every separate part of the body is to remove the necessary
limitations of animal life in its detailed particularities, such as little veins,
wrinkles, hairs of the skin, and so forth, and simply to enforce and
Page 161
emphasize the spiritual impression of the form in its vital outlines, and this
is precisely what drapery effects. It covers up the superfluity of the organs,
which are no doubt necessary for the body's self-support, but are in other
respects superfluous as an expression of the spirit's import. We are,
therefore, not entitled to assert without condition that the nudity of figures
of sculpture in every respect betrays a higher sense of beauty, and a greater
ethical freedom and emaculacy. It was in this respect, as in others, that a
just and spiritual instinct dominated the Greek.
Children, Cupid for example, where we find the bodily presentment one of
unreserved innocence, and the spiritual beauty consisting just in this; or, to
take other examples, youths, youthful gods, heroic gods, and heroes, such
as Perseus, Hercules, Theseus, Jason, in which cases heroic courage, and
the use and elaboration of the bodily frame in works of bodily strength and
permanence is of most importance; or wrestlers in the national games,
where it is not so much the content of the action, the spirit and individuality
of character, as the physical aspect of the exploit, the vigour, suppleness,
and free play of the muscles and limbs, which is the source of exclusive
interest; or finally fauns and satyrs, Bacchantes in the frenzy of the dance,
no less than Aphrodite, in so far as the sensuous charm of her beauty is
emphasized—such are the kind of examples which were rendered in the
nude by antique sculpture. Where, on the contrary, a more lofty significance
and reflection, a more ideal earnestness is made prominent, where in
general the natural features are not superlatively emphasized, there we get
drapery. So Winckelmann adduces a case where among ten statues of the
female form only one is wholly undraped. Among the goddesses Pallas,
Juno, Vesta, Diana, Ceres and the Muses are pre-eminently those which are
veiled in drapery, while among the gods such a treatment particularly
applies to Jupiter, and the bearded Indian Bacchus, with some others.
(γ) And finally with regard to the principle of drapery, it is unquestionable
that we have here a subject that critics are very fond of discussing, and
which has consequently to some extent been already well thrashed out. I
will, therefore, limit myself to the few following remarks.
Generally we have no reason to lament the fact that our modern feeling of
what is respectable is somewhat averse to setting up totally nude figures.
For if the drapery merely permits the pose in question to be entirely
transpicuous instead of covering it up, we lose nothing at all; rather the
is precisely what drapery effects. It covers up the superfluity of the organs,
which are no doubt necessary for the body's self-support, but are in other
respects superfluous as an expression of the spirit's import. We are,
therefore, not entitled to assert without condition that the nudity of figures
of sculpture in every respect betrays a higher sense of beauty, and a greater
ethical freedom and emaculacy. It was in this respect, as in others, that a
just and spiritual instinct dominated the Greek.
Children, Cupid for example, where we find the bodily presentment one of
unreserved innocence, and the spiritual beauty consisting just in this; or, to
take other examples, youths, youthful gods, heroic gods, and heroes, such
as Perseus, Hercules, Theseus, Jason, in which cases heroic courage, and
the use and elaboration of the bodily frame in works of bodily strength and
permanence is of most importance; or wrestlers in the national games,
where it is not so much the content of the action, the spirit and individuality
of character, as the physical aspect of the exploit, the vigour, suppleness,
and free play of the muscles and limbs, which is the source of exclusive
interest; or finally fauns and satyrs, Bacchantes in the frenzy of the dance,
no less than Aphrodite, in so far as the sensuous charm of her beauty is
emphasized—such are the kind of examples which were rendered in the
nude by antique sculpture. Where, on the contrary, a more lofty significance
and reflection, a more ideal earnestness is made prominent, where in
general the natural features are not superlatively emphasized, there we get
drapery. So Winckelmann adduces a case where among ten statues of the
female form only one is wholly undraped. Among the goddesses Pallas,
Juno, Vesta, Diana, Ceres and the Muses are pre-eminently those which are
veiled in drapery, while among the gods such a treatment particularly
applies to Jupiter, and the bearded Indian Bacchus, with some others.
(γ) And finally with regard to the principle of drapery, it is unquestionable
that we have here a subject that critics are very fond of discussing, and
which has consequently to some extent been already well thrashed out. I
will, therefore, limit myself to the few following remarks.
Generally we have no reason to lament the fact that our modern feeling of
what is respectable is somewhat averse to setting up totally nude figures.
For if the drapery merely permits the pose in question to be entirely
transpicuous instead of covering it up, we lose nothing at all; rather the
Page 162
drapery is just that which rightly fixes the emphasis, and is in this respect
even an advantage, in so far as it draws us aside from the direct view of that
which as merely sensuous is without true significance, and simply shows us
what is there in relation to the situation expressed by means of pose and
movement.
(αα) Once accept this principle, and it may at first sight appear that such
covering is of most signal advantage for the artistic treatment, which
conceals the contour of the limbs, and consequently also the pose as little as
possible, precisely in fact as this is the case with our sufficiently enclosing
modern garments. Our closely fitting sleeves and trousers follow the
outlines of the form, and stand in the way of the motion and mien least of
all by their making the entire form of the limbs visible. The long white
garments and bulging-out hoses of the Orientals, on the contrary, are
intolerable to our sense of vivacity and multifarious activities, and are only
fitting for folk who, like the Turks, sit the whole day long in one place with
legs crossed, or only perambulate slowly and with great gravity. And yet we
are conscious at the same time—indeed the very first glance at either
modern statues or pictures will establish the truth for us—that our modern
clothing is entirely unartistic. In other words what we behold in it really is,
as I have already in another passage, insisted, not the fine, free, and vital
outlines of the body in their tender and flowing elaboration, but stretched
out sacks with stiff folds. For albeit we do obtain the most generalized
form, yet the beauty of the organic undulations is lost; and what we really
look at is a contrivance of exterior aim, a matter of tailor's work, which in
one place is stitched together, in another folded back over, and yet in
another made tightly fitting—in other words, as a whole, forms that are not
free, folds and surfaces which are fastened together by stitch, buttons and
button holes. To all intents and purposes such a clothing as this is simply a
cover and veil, which, while devoid of any real form of its own, yet in its
other aspect, though in a general sort of way following the organic contour
of limbs, hides from the view just that sensuous beauty and vital rondour
and undulation which belongs to them, merely to replace it with the
material aspect of the mechanically elaborated stuff of which it is
composed. And thus we get what is so entirely inartistic in our modern form
of garments.
even an advantage, in so far as it draws us aside from the direct view of that
which as merely sensuous is without true significance, and simply shows us
what is there in relation to the situation expressed by means of pose and
movement.
(αα) Once accept this principle, and it may at first sight appear that such
covering is of most signal advantage for the artistic treatment, which
conceals the contour of the limbs, and consequently also the pose as little as
possible, precisely in fact as this is the case with our sufficiently enclosing
modern garments. Our closely fitting sleeves and trousers follow the
outlines of the form, and stand in the way of the motion and mien least of
all by their making the entire form of the limbs visible. The long white
garments and bulging-out hoses of the Orientals, on the contrary, are
intolerable to our sense of vivacity and multifarious activities, and are only
fitting for folk who, like the Turks, sit the whole day long in one place with
legs crossed, or only perambulate slowly and with great gravity. And yet we
are conscious at the same time—indeed the very first glance at either
modern statues or pictures will establish the truth for us—that our modern
clothing is entirely unartistic. In other words what we behold in it really is,
as I have already in another passage, insisted, not the fine, free, and vital
outlines of the body in their tender and flowing elaboration, but stretched
out sacks with stiff folds. For albeit we do obtain the most generalized
form, yet the beauty of the organic undulations is lost; and what we really
look at is a contrivance of exterior aim, a matter of tailor's work, which in
one place is stitched together, in another folded back over, and yet in
another made tightly fitting—in other words, as a whole, forms that are not
free, folds and surfaces which are fastened together by stitch, buttons and
button holes. To all intents and purposes such a clothing as this is simply a
cover and veil, which, while devoid of any real form of its own, yet in its
other aspect, though in a general sort of way following the organic contour
of limbs, hides from the view just that sensuous beauty and vital rondour
and undulation which belongs to them, merely to replace it with the
material aspect of the mechanically elaborated stuff of which it is
composed. And thus we get what is so entirely inartistic in our modern form
of garments.
Page 163
(ββ) The principle for an artistic type of clothing, then, consists in this that
it is at the same time treated as a work of architectonic design. Such a work
is simply an environment, in which a man can likewise move in freedom,
and which must essentially possess and declare on its part a determinate
shape of its own as its mode of covering quite apart from the form which it
encloses. Add to this such a work, in its aspect of a thing which is worn and
carried, must freely follow its own mechanical texture. A principle of this
type follows in the track of the kind of draping which we find adopted in
the ideal sculpture of the ancients. Particularly here do we find that the
mantle is as it were a house in which free motion is possible. It is no doubt
carried, but is only made fast at one point, namely, on the shoulder. For the
rest it evolves its particular form according to the modifications brought
about by its own weight; it hangs, falls along the ground, and casts folds
spontaneously, and only receives through the pose the varied changes of
this free kind of configuration. In like manner there is little to impair
essentially, if in varied degree, the freedom of disposition in other parts of
antique drapery. This it is which constitutes its artistic quality. It is only in
drapery such as this that we do not face something which is a burden, and
something artificial, whose shape merely displays an external constraint and
necessity, which is rather something itself independent in its form, and
which, however, accepts from a spiritual source, that is the pose of the
figure, its point of departure. For this reason the garments of the ancients
are only fastened to the body so far as is actually unavoidable, that is, to
prevent their collapse, and are modified by the pose of it. In all other
respects they hang freely about it, and themselves in their power of
movement through the motion of the body give yet further support to the
same principle. And this is wholly as it should be; for the body is one thing
and its drapery another, and the latter ought thereby to receive its full due
and be displayed in its freedom. Modern clothing on the contrary is either
wholly carried by the body and purely in subjection to it, so that even the
pose itself is too emphatically repeated, and it merely follows the forms of
the limbs, or, in cases where it is able to secure an independent form in the
formation of folds, it is after all merely the tailor's work who makes this
form according to the exigences of fashion. The material is, on the one
hand, dragged up and down by the various parts of the body and their
movements, and, on the other, by its stitches and seams. On grounds of this
description the antique form of drapery is by a long way to be preferred to
it is at the same time treated as a work of architectonic design. Such a work
is simply an environment, in which a man can likewise move in freedom,
and which must essentially possess and declare on its part a determinate
shape of its own as its mode of covering quite apart from the form which it
encloses. Add to this such a work, in its aspect of a thing which is worn and
carried, must freely follow its own mechanical texture. A principle of this
type follows in the track of the kind of draping which we find adopted in
the ideal sculpture of the ancients. Particularly here do we find that the
mantle is as it were a house in which free motion is possible. It is no doubt
carried, but is only made fast at one point, namely, on the shoulder. For the
rest it evolves its particular form according to the modifications brought
about by its own weight; it hangs, falls along the ground, and casts folds
spontaneously, and only receives through the pose the varied changes of
this free kind of configuration. In like manner there is little to impair
essentially, if in varied degree, the freedom of disposition in other parts of
antique drapery. This it is which constitutes its artistic quality. It is only in
drapery such as this that we do not face something which is a burden, and
something artificial, whose shape merely displays an external constraint and
necessity, which is rather something itself independent in its form, and
which, however, accepts from a spiritual source, that is the pose of the
figure, its point of departure. For this reason the garments of the ancients
are only fastened to the body so far as is actually unavoidable, that is, to
prevent their collapse, and are modified by the pose of it. In all other
respects they hang freely about it, and themselves in their power of
movement through the motion of the body give yet further support to the
same principle. And this is wholly as it should be; for the body is one thing
and its drapery another, and the latter ought thereby to receive its full due
and be displayed in its freedom. Modern clothing on the contrary is either
wholly carried by the body and purely in subjection to it, so that even the
pose itself is too emphatically repeated, and it merely follows the forms of
the limbs, or, in cases where it is able to secure an independent form in the
formation of folds, it is after all merely the tailor's work who makes this
form according to the exigences of fashion. The material is, on the one
hand, dragged up and down by the various parts of the body and their
movements, and, on the other, by its stitches and seams. On grounds of this
description the antique form of drapery is by a long way to be preferred to
Page 164
our modern style as the ideal standard for works of sculpture. No end has
been written with every resource of antiquarian research over the form and
details of the ancient ways of draping, for although men as a rule do not
permit themselves to chatter much over fashion in their clothes, the kind of
cloth, border, cut, and every other such detail, yet they find ample
justification from the antiquarian standpoint for treating these trifling
matters also as important, and of talking about them with even greater
prolixity than is permitted to woman herself in her unchallenged field of
supremacy.
(γγ) It is, however, a totally different problem we have to consider when the
question is asked whether modern clothing, that is, the kind so greatly to be
contrasted with the antique, is in all cases to be rejected. This question is of
particular importance when we examine the case of portrait statues; and
inasmuch as its main interest closely touches a principle of importance to
art as we have it now, we will consider it at rather greater length. When
nowadays we have to create a portrait of some contemporary it becomes
necessarily a part of it that the drapery and the environment are both
accepted from the actual facts of their individual existence, for, inasmuch as
it is just this actual person which is here made the object of art, this external
framework, to which the clothing essentially belongs, is in its reality and
truth precisely that which is most important. And this is more especially to
be observed when what is aimed at is the presentment before our vision in
our individuality of well-defined characters whose greatness and activity in
any particular sphere have been remarkable. Whether it be in a picture, or
in the marble, an individual is, in fact, exhibited to our immediate vision in
a bodily mode, in other words under external conditions, and to seek to
carry the portrait beyond such a restriction would virtually imply the self-
contradiction that the individual was associated with that which was
essentially untrue, and this for the reason that the service, what is peculiar
and distinguished in actual men, consists precisely in their active relations
to the real, that is in their life and action in definite professional spheres.
And if this individual activity is to be made clear to us the environment
must exhibit nothing that is foreign to or tends to impair the effect. A
famous general, for example, has lived in respect to his professional
surroundings with cannon, rifles, and powder before his eyes. If we intend
to depict him in his professional activity we recur most naturally to the way
he gives orders to his adjutants, commands the line of battle, and advances
been written with every resource of antiquarian research over the form and
details of the ancient ways of draping, for although men as a rule do not
permit themselves to chatter much over fashion in their clothes, the kind of
cloth, border, cut, and every other such detail, yet they find ample
justification from the antiquarian standpoint for treating these trifling
matters also as important, and of talking about them with even greater
prolixity than is permitted to woman herself in her unchallenged field of
supremacy.
(γγ) It is, however, a totally different problem we have to consider when the
question is asked whether modern clothing, that is, the kind so greatly to be
contrasted with the antique, is in all cases to be rejected. This question is of
particular importance when we examine the case of portrait statues; and
inasmuch as its main interest closely touches a principle of importance to
art as we have it now, we will consider it at rather greater length. When
nowadays we have to create a portrait of some contemporary it becomes
necessarily a part of it that the drapery and the environment are both
accepted from the actual facts of their individual existence, for, inasmuch as
it is just this actual person which is here made the object of art, this external
framework, to which the clothing essentially belongs, is in its reality and
truth precisely that which is most important. And this is more especially to
be observed when what is aimed at is the presentment before our vision in
our individuality of well-defined characters whose greatness and activity in
any particular sphere have been remarkable. Whether it be in a picture, or
in the marble, an individual is, in fact, exhibited to our immediate vision in
a bodily mode, in other words under external conditions, and to seek to
carry the portrait beyond such a restriction would virtually imply the self-
contradiction that the individual was associated with that which was
essentially untrue, and this for the reason that the service, what is peculiar
and distinguished in actual men, consists precisely in their active relations
to the real, that is in their life and action in definite professional spheres.
And if this individual activity is to be made clear to us the environment
must exhibit nothing that is foreign to or tends to impair the effect. A
famous general, for example, has lived in respect to his professional
surroundings with cannon, rifles, and powder before his eyes. If we intend
to depict him in his professional activity we recur most naturally to the way
he gives orders to his adjutants, commands the line of battle, and advances
Page 165
against the enemy. And with yet more detail such a general is not merely
one of a class, but is distinguished by the particular style of his uniform. He
is either a leader of infantry or a stalwart hussar, and so forth. In every
example of this kind we have some exceptional form of habiliment which is
appropriate to the circumstances. Moreover a famous general is simply a
famous general, not necessarily a law-giver, poet, or even very possibly a
religious man; he commands in all respects as a soldier; he is just that; he is,
in a word, no complete totality, and this alone gives us the ideal and divine
type. For the divinity of the ideal figures of sculpture is to be sought in
nothing so much as this that their character and individuality are appertinent
to no particular relations and professed callings, but are rather removed
from such division, or, in the case that the idea of such relations is mooted,
it is so placed before us that we are forced to believe about such individuals
that their powers of performance are unlimited. For reasons such as the
above a demand to represent the heroes of our time or the more recent Past,
when their heroism is of a restricted nature, in ideal drapery is very
superficial. Such a demand testifies no doubt to a zeal for artistic beauty,
but a zeal which is unintelligent, and in its devotion to the antique
overlooks the fact that the greatness of the ancients likewise reposes
essentially in the lofty comprehension of all that they accomplished. In
other words, they have, no doubt, represented what is essentially ideal, but
they have not sought to enforce a form that is opposed to reality. If the
entire content of the individuals in question is not of an ideal character, then
their draping ought not to be such; and if a powerful, determined, and
resolute general does not already possess a countenance indicative of the
lineaments of Mars, then to drape him with Greek drapery would be as
much a folly as though we popped a bearded man in a maiden's petticoats.
Despite this truth, however, modern clothing does involve us in
considerable difficulty because it is subject to fashion, and consequently
subject to change. For the rational principle of fashion consists in this that it
exercises over Time the claim to be always subject to modification. A robe,
according to some particular cut, soon passes out of fashion, and it is only
in fashion so long as it pleases. But when the fashion is over, we cease to be
used to it, and what pleased us a few years back now appears suddenly
ridiculous. For this reason only those forms of garments are appropriate for
statues which carry the specific character of a period in a more permanent
type; but, in general, it may be advisable to find a middle way, as our artists
one of a class, but is distinguished by the particular style of his uniform. He
is either a leader of infantry or a stalwart hussar, and so forth. In every
example of this kind we have some exceptional form of habiliment which is
appropriate to the circumstances. Moreover a famous general is simply a
famous general, not necessarily a law-giver, poet, or even very possibly a
religious man; he commands in all respects as a soldier; he is just that; he is,
in a word, no complete totality, and this alone gives us the ideal and divine
type. For the divinity of the ideal figures of sculpture is to be sought in
nothing so much as this that their character and individuality are appertinent
to no particular relations and professed callings, but are rather removed
from such division, or, in the case that the idea of such relations is mooted,
it is so placed before us that we are forced to believe about such individuals
that their powers of performance are unlimited. For reasons such as the
above a demand to represent the heroes of our time or the more recent Past,
when their heroism is of a restricted nature, in ideal drapery is very
superficial. Such a demand testifies no doubt to a zeal for artistic beauty,
but a zeal which is unintelligent, and in its devotion to the antique
overlooks the fact that the greatness of the ancients likewise reposes
essentially in the lofty comprehension of all that they accomplished. In
other words, they have, no doubt, represented what is essentially ideal, but
they have not sought to enforce a form that is opposed to reality. If the
entire content of the individuals in question is not of an ideal character, then
their draping ought not to be such; and if a powerful, determined, and
resolute general does not already possess a countenance indicative of the
lineaments of Mars, then to drape him with Greek drapery would be as
much a folly as though we popped a bearded man in a maiden's petticoats.
Despite this truth, however, modern clothing does involve us in
considerable difficulty because it is subject to fashion, and consequently
subject to change. For the rational principle of fashion consists in this that it
exercises over Time the claim to be always subject to modification. A robe,
according to some particular cut, soon passes out of fashion, and it is only
in fashion so long as it pleases. But when the fashion is over, we cease to be
used to it, and what pleased us a few years back now appears suddenly
ridiculous. For this reason only those forms of garments are appropriate for
statues which carry the specific character of a period in a more permanent
type; but, in general, it may be advisable to find a middle way, as our artists
Page 166
attempt to do. Yet, despite of the rule, it is generally a mistake to clothe
portrait statues in modern clothing when they are either small, or the object
sought after is simply a familiar presentation. In such cases mere busts are
best, which are the more easily lifted to an ideal elevation, simply neck and
breast being retained, inasmuch as the head and the physiognomy thus
remain of most importance, and everything else is relegated to incidental
insignificance. Where we have large-sized statues on the contrary, more
particularly where the pose is one of tranquillity, we see at once, because
they are in repose, how they are draped; and large-sized male figures, even
in the painted portrait, when clothed after modern wont can only with
difficulty be raised over what is insignificant. As instances we may mention
the full-figure seated portraits by old Tischbein of Herder and Wieland, of
which we have excellent engravings on copper. One feels at once, when
looking at them, that it is a somewhat stale, flat, and unprofitable business
to gaze at their breeches, stockings, and shoes, and absolutely so to see their
cosy, self-contented posture on a sofa, where they have their hands lying
happily together over their paunches.
It is another matter with portrait statues of individuals where, either in
respect to the period of their activity they are far removed from our own, or
are themselves essentially of an ideal greatness. In such cases what is old is
already divested of the temporal aspect and has passed into the more
indefinite background of the general idea, so that in this release from its
particular form of actuality it is also in the mode of its drapery capable of an
ideal presentation. And this is still more true in the case of individuals, who
by virtue of their self-subsistency and the ideal fulness of what are
otherwise the mere limitations of their particular profession, and detached
from what is merely the activity of a definite period of time, create
independently for themselves a free totality, a world of relations and
activities, and consequently should appear, even in the aspect of their
habiliments, as exalted above the familiar guise of every-day life in their
ordinary temporal costume. As far back as the Greeks we find statues of
Achilles and Alexander, on which the more individual traits of portraiture
are of so fine a quality that we should rather imagine them to be sons of
gods than human beings. In the case of the genial and greathearted youth
Alexander this is quite as it should be. And in much the same way,
moreover, Napoleon himself has been lifted to such a fame, and is a genius
of so comprehensive a grasp, that there is no reason why he should not be
portrait statues in modern clothing when they are either small, or the object
sought after is simply a familiar presentation. In such cases mere busts are
best, which are the more easily lifted to an ideal elevation, simply neck and
breast being retained, inasmuch as the head and the physiognomy thus
remain of most importance, and everything else is relegated to incidental
insignificance. Where we have large-sized statues on the contrary, more
particularly where the pose is one of tranquillity, we see at once, because
they are in repose, how they are draped; and large-sized male figures, even
in the painted portrait, when clothed after modern wont can only with
difficulty be raised over what is insignificant. As instances we may mention
the full-figure seated portraits by old Tischbein of Herder and Wieland, of
which we have excellent engravings on copper. One feels at once, when
looking at them, that it is a somewhat stale, flat, and unprofitable business
to gaze at their breeches, stockings, and shoes, and absolutely so to see their
cosy, self-contented posture on a sofa, where they have their hands lying
happily together over their paunches.
It is another matter with portrait statues of individuals where, either in
respect to the period of their activity they are far removed from our own, or
are themselves essentially of an ideal greatness. In such cases what is old is
already divested of the temporal aspect and has passed into the more
indefinite background of the general idea, so that in this release from its
particular form of actuality it is also in the mode of its drapery capable of an
ideal presentation. And this is still more true in the case of individuals, who
by virtue of their self-subsistency and the ideal fulness of what are
otherwise the mere limitations of their particular profession, and detached
from what is merely the activity of a definite period of time, create
independently for themselves a free totality, a world of relations and
activities, and consequently should appear, even in the aspect of their
habiliments, as exalted above the familiar guise of every-day life in their
ordinary temporal costume. As far back as the Greeks we find statues of
Achilles and Alexander, on which the more individual traits of portraiture
are of so fine a quality that we should rather imagine them to be sons of
gods than human beings. In the case of the genial and greathearted youth
Alexander this is quite as it should be. And in much the same way,
moreover, Napoleon himself has been lifted to such a fame, and is a genius
of so comprehensive a grasp, that there is no reason why he should not be
Page 167
depicted in ideal drapery, which indeed would not be unfitting for Frederick
the Great, when the object is to celebrate him in all his greatness of soul. No
doubt the size of the statues is here, too, of importance. In the case of small
figures, which carry an air of familiarity, the three-cornered little hat of
Napoleon is out of place no less than the famous uniform and the arms
crossed over breast, and, if we desire to have before us the great Frederick
as "old Fritz," we may have him pictured for us with hat and stick as we
find him on tobacco boxes.
3. THE INDIVIDUALITY OF IDEAL FIGURES OF SCULPTURE
Hitherto we have considered the Ideal of sculpture in its general character
and in the further aspect of the more detailed forms which distinguish it. We
have thirdly only left us to emphasize the fact that the Ideals of sculpture, in
so far as, in respect to their content, they have to manifest what is
substantive in individualities, and in respect to their external form the
human bodily shape, are also under the necessity of an advance in which
the particularity of their presentation is differentiated, and an aggregate of
specific individuals is thereby created, just as we already, in the classical
type of art, recognize the embracing circle of the Greek gods. We may, no
doubt, very possibly imagine to ourselves there can only be one exemplum
of the finest beauty and perfection, which may be, moreover, concentrated
in its absolute completeness in one statue. Such a conception of one Ideal in
its purity is deficient in insight and indeed ridiculous. For the beauty of the
Ideal consists just in this, that it is no purely general form or standard, but
essentially individuality, and consequently possesses both particularity and
character. It is simply owing to this that vitality is imported into works of
sculpture, and it is this[174] which expands the one abstract beauty, in a
totality of essentially definite creations. Taken as a whole, however, this
aggregate is, if we regard its content, one with marked limits; and the
reason is that a number of categories, which we are, for example,
accustomed to employ in our Christian outlook, fall absolutely away in the
case of the genuine Ideal of sculpture. The ethical points of view and
virtues, for example, such as were brought together by the Middle Ages and
our modern world in a synthetical nexus of duties which yields to some
modification, moreover, in every epoch, has no meaning at all when applied
to the ideal gods of sculpture; it is simply absent from such a circle
the Great, when the object is to celebrate him in all his greatness of soul. No
doubt the size of the statues is here, too, of importance. In the case of small
figures, which carry an air of familiarity, the three-cornered little hat of
Napoleon is out of place no less than the famous uniform and the arms
crossed over breast, and, if we desire to have before us the great Frederick
as "old Fritz," we may have him pictured for us with hat and stick as we
find him on tobacco boxes.
3. THE INDIVIDUALITY OF IDEAL FIGURES OF SCULPTURE
Hitherto we have considered the Ideal of sculpture in its general character
and in the further aspect of the more detailed forms which distinguish it. We
have thirdly only left us to emphasize the fact that the Ideals of sculpture, in
so far as, in respect to their content, they have to manifest what is
substantive in individualities, and in respect to their external form the
human bodily shape, are also under the necessity of an advance in which
the particularity of their presentation is differentiated, and an aggregate of
specific individuals is thereby created, just as we already, in the classical
type of art, recognize the embracing circle of the Greek gods. We may, no
doubt, very possibly imagine to ourselves there can only be one exemplum
of the finest beauty and perfection, which may be, moreover, concentrated
in its absolute completeness in one statue. Such a conception of one Ideal in
its purity is deficient in insight and indeed ridiculous. For the beauty of the
Ideal consists just in this, that it is no purely general form or standard, but
essentially individuality, and consequently possesses both particularity and
character. It is simply owing to this that vitality is imported into works of
sculpture, and it is this[174] which expands the one abstract beauty, in a
totality of essentially definite creations. Taken as a whole, however, this
aggregate is, if we regard its content, one with marked limits; and the
reason is that a number of categories, which we are, for example,
accustomed to employ in our Christian outlook, fall absolutely away in the
case of the genuine Ideal of sculpture. The ethical points of view and
virtues, for example, such as were brought together by the Middle Ages and
our modern world in a synthetical nexus of duties which yields to some
modification, moreover, in every epoch, has no meaning at all when applied
to the ideal gods of sculpture; it is simply absent from such a circle
Page 168
altogether. Consequently we can as little expect to find here the presentation
of sacrifice, of egotism overcome, of the conflict, against what is sensuous,
of the victory of chastity and so forth, as that of incommutable fidelity, of
the honour and honesty of either man or woman, or of the expression of
religious meekness, subjection, and blessedness in God. All these virtues,
qualities, and conditions repose in part on the breach between what is
spiritual and what is corporeal; and in part they retire altogether beyond
what is of the body within, the intimate shrine of the soul, or betray the
individual personal life in its separation from its entirely concrete and
explicit substance, as also in its struggle to find again mediation in the
same. Moreover, the circle of these veritable gods of sculpture is no doubt a
totality, but, as we already discovered in our consideration of the classical
type of art, it is, when we examine the distinguishing differences of its
notion, no stringently articulated and unified system. Moreover, the
particular examples are every one of them to be distinguished from all the
others in their essentially definite and self-exclusive individuality, albeit
they are not thus set apart by virtue of the characteristics of a purely
abstract mintage, but rather, on the contrary, include much which they share
in common relatively to their ideal and divine substance.
We will now pass in review the distinctions above indicated under the
following aspects:
First, we have to examine purely external marks, incidental attributes, style
of drapery, style of armour, and such like, indications with the detail of
which Winckelmann deals at exceptional length.
Secondly, we shall see how the most important differences do not merely
consist in external marks and traits of this kind, but rather in the individual
configuration and habitus of the entire figure. What is most important in
this respect is the distinction of age, sex, no less than that of the different
sphere, from which the works receive their content and form, whether they
are the impressions of gods, heroes, satyrs, fawns, or such representations
as reach their final dissolution in the attempt to render animal images.
And, thirdly, we propose to direct the attention on a particular example of
each class, in the individual form of which sculpture elaborates these
general differences. Here, no doubt, we are faced with a multiplicity of
material, and can only permit ourselves to deduce parts of it by way of
of sacrifice, of egotism overcome, of the conflict, against what is sensuous,
of the victory of chastity and so forth, as that of incommutable fidelity, of
the honour and honesty of either man or woman, or of the expression of
religious meekness, subjection, and blessedness in God. All these virtues,
qualities, and conditions repose in part on the breach between what is
spiritual and what is corporeal; and in part they retire altogether beyond
what is of the body within, the intimate shrine of the soul, or betray the
individual personal life in its separation from its entirely concrete and
explicit substance, as also in its struggle to find again mediation in the
same. Moreover, the circle of these veritable gods of sculpture is no doubt a
totality, but, as we already discovered in our consideration of the classical
type of art, it is, when we examine the distinguishing differences of its
notion, no stringently articulated and unified system. Moreover, the
particular examples are every one of them to be distinguished from all the
others in their essentially definite and self-exclusive individuality, albeit
they are not thus set apart by virtue of the characteristics of a purely
abstract mintage, but rather, on the contrary, include much which they share
in common relatively to their ideal and divine substance.
We will now pass in review the distinctions above indicated under the
following aspects:
First, we have to examine purely external marks, incidental attributes, style
of drapery, style of armour, and such like, indications with the detail of
which Winckelmann deals at exceptional length.
Secondly, we shall see how the most important differences do not merely
consist in external marks and traits of this kind, but rather in the individual
configuration and habitus of the entire figure. What is most important in
this respect is the distinction of age, sex, no less than that of the different
sphere, from which the works receive their content and form, whether they
are the impressions of gods, heroes, satyrs, fawns, or such representations
as reach their final dissolution in the attempt to render animal images.
And, thirdly, we propose to direct the attention on a particular example of
each class, in the individual form of which sculpture elaborates these
general differences. Here, no doubt, we are faced with a multiplicity of
material, and can only permit ourselves to deduce parts of it by way of
Page 169
example, a province, too, as it moreover is which implies a large
experience.
(a) In considering these first mere attributes and all such external
accessories, the kind of ornament, armour, tools, vessels, and in general all
that is associated with mere environment, we find that such things are of a
very simple character in superior works of sculpture, and retained only in a
temperate and restricted degree, so that we see little of them beyond what is
suggestive or sufficient to appeal to our minds. It is the independent figure,
that is its expression and not outside accessories, which has to give us the
spiritual significance and its manifestation. Conversely, however, marks of
this kind are nevertheless necessary, in order to enable us to recognize the
particular gods. In other words divinity in its universal guise, which is the
source of the substantive part of the presentment in the case of each
individual, asserts, by virtue of this very equality of ground-basis, close
affinity between the expression of each example and also between the
individual figures, so that every god is to this extent withdrawn from the
aspect of his particularity, and can indeed further pass through other
conditions and modes of expression, than would otherwise belong to them.
For this reason we do not as a rule have set before us the particular
characterization with complete seriousness; and it is frequently these
external additions which exclusively make the particular god intelligible.
Among these indicating marks I will allude briefly to the following.
(α) I have already discussed the real attributes when the classical type of art
and its gods presented an opportunity. In sculpture the same lose yet more
their self-subsistent, symbolical character, and merely retain the right to
appear as the external presentation and form which is referable to simply
one aspect of the specific gods, a presentment which is true to this extent or
approximately so. Such marks are frequently borrowed from animal life, as
for example when Zeus is represented with the eagle, Juno with the
peacock, Bacchus with the tiger and panther, who are harnessed to his car,
because, as Winckelmann observes[175], this animal is an exceptionally
thirsty one, and, moreover, fond of wine; and in the like manner we have
Venus with her hare. Other attributes are tools or utensils of some kind,
which are related to activities and actions, which may be ascribed to any
particular god by virtue of his or her specific individuality. So we have
Bacchus depicted with the thyrsus wand, in order to entwine thereon the
experience.
(a) In considering these first mere attributes and all such external
accessories, the kind of ornament, armour, tools, vessels, and in general all
that is associated with mere environment, we find that such things are of a
very simple character in superior works of sculpture, and retained only in a
temperate and restricted degree, so that we see little of them beyond what is
suggestive or sufficient to appeal to our minds. It is the independent figure,
that is its expression and not outside accessories, which has to give us the
spiritual significance and its manifestation. Conversely, however, marks of
this kind are nevertheless necessary, in order to enable us to recognize the
particular gods. In other words divinity in its universal guise, which is the
source of the substantive part of the presentment in the case of each
individual, asserts, by virtue of this very equality of ground-basis, close
affinity between the expression of each example and also between the
individual figures, so that every god is to this extent withdrawn from the
aspect of his particularity, and can indeed further pass through other
conditions and modes of expression, than would otherwise belong to them.
For this reason we do not as a rule have set before us the particular
characterization with complete seriousness; and it is frequently these
external additions which exclusively make the particular god intelligible.
Among these indicating marks I will allude briefly to the following.
(α) I have already discussed the real attributes when the classical type of art
and its gods presented an opportunity. In sculpture the same lose yet more
their self-subsistent, symbolical character, and merely retain the right to
appear as the external presentation and form which is referable to simply
one aspect of the specific gods, a presentment which is true to this extent or
approximately so. Such marks are frequently borrowed from animal life, as
for example when Zeus is represented with the eagle, Juno with the
peacock, Bacchus with the tiger and panther, who are harnessed to his car,
because, as Winckelmann observes[175], this animal is an exceptionally
thirsty one, and, moreover, fond of wine; and in the like manner we have
Venus with her hare. Other attributes are tools or utensils of some kind,
which are related to activities and actions, which may be ascribed to any
particular god by virtue of his or her specific individuality. So we have
Bacchus depicted with the thyrsus wand, in order to entwine thereon the
Page 170
ivy-leaves and garlands; or he receives a wreath of laurel leaves, to indicate
him as victorious in his expedition to India, or a torch, with which he
lighted Ceres home.
Accessories such as these, among which I have here, of course, only
adduced the most famous examples, are an exceptional stimulus to the
acuteness and learning of our professors, and carry them into a kind of
commerce in trifles, which too frequently leads them out of bounds, and
finds significance in things where there is really none. As an example we
are assured that two famous sleeping female figures in the Vatican and the
Villa Medici are representations of Cleopatra, simply because they have a
bracelet in the shape of a viper, and to the vision of such archaeologists a
serpent at once suggests the death of Cleopatra, much as it would suggest to
a pious father of the church the original serpent who seduced Eve in
Paradise. It was, however, a prevailing custom for Greek women to wear
bracelets in serpent coils, and such bracelets in fact were called by that
name. Consequently the just sense of Winckelmann[176] has long ago
rejected this interpretation, and Visconti has finally recognized[177] them as
figures of Ariadne, as she at lasts sinks to sleep after her sorrow at the
departure of Theseus. Although in uncounted cases acuteness of this quality
shows itself at fault in dealing with detail of this kind, and makes itself
appear contemptible in its departure from such insignificant facts, yet
unquestionably both research and criticism of apparently unimportant facts
are necessary, because it is only thereby that we can arrive at the closer
determination of a figure. Yet even here the difficulty crops up, that
attributes no less than form, do not in all cases point our conclusions to one
god, but may be shared in common by several. We have the vase, for
example, not only associated with Jupiter, Apollo, Mercury, Aesculapius,
but also with Ceres and Hygiaea. Several goddesses receive the ear of corn;
we find the lily in the hand of Juno, Venus, and Hope; and even the
lightning is not the exclusive possession of Zeus, for it is shared by Pallas,
who on her part again does not alone carry; the Aegis, but on equal terms
with Zeus, Juno, and Apollo[178]. The source of the individual deities from a
general significance of less determinate character which, they share itself is
associated with ancient symbols, which were appertinent to this more
general and consequently more widely shared nature.
him as victorious in his expedition to India, or a torch, with which he
lighted Ceres home.
Accessories such as these, among which I have here, of course, only
adduced the most famous examples, are an exceptional stimulus to the
acuteness and learning of our professors, and carry them into a kind of
commerce in trifles, which too frequently leads them out of bounds, and
finds significance in things where there is really none. As an example we
are assured that two famous sleeping female figures in the Vatican and the
Villa Medici are representations of Cleopatra, simply because they have a
bracelet in the shape of a viper, and to the vision of such archaeologists a
serpent at once suggests the death of Cleopatra, much as it would suggest to
a pious father of the church the original serpent who seduced Eve in
Paradise. It was, however, a prevailing custom for Greek women to wear
bracelets in serpent coils, and such bracelets in fact were called by that
name. Consequently the just sense of Winckelmann[176] has long ago
rejected this interpretation, and Visconti has finally recognized[177] them as
figures of Ariadne, as she at lasts sinks to sleep after her sorrow at the
departure of Theseus. Although in uncounted cases acuteness of this quality
shows itself at fault in dealing with detail of this kind, and makes itself
appear contemptible in its departure from such insignificant facts, yet
unquestionably both research and criticism of apparently unimportant facts
are necessary, because it is only thereby that we can arrive at the closer
determination of a figure. Yet even here the difficulty crops up, that
attributes no less than form, do not in all cases point our conclusions to one
god, but may be shared in common by several. We have the vase, for
example, not only associated with Jupiter, Apollo, Mercury, Aesculapius,
but also with Ceres and Hygiaea. Several goddesses receive the ear of corn;
we find the lily in the hand of Juno, Venus, and Hope; and even the
lightning is not the exclusive possession of Zeus, for it is shared by Pallas,
who on her part again does not alone carry; the Aegis, but on equal terms
with Zeus, Juno, and Apollo[178]. The source of the individual deities from a
general significance of less determinate character which, they share itself is
associated with ancient symbols, which were appertinent to this more
general and consequently more widely shared nature.
Page 171
(β) Accessories of this incidental nature are more in place with works
which, already departing from the simple repose of the gods, represent
actions, groups, or the series of figures such as we find on reliefs, and for
this reason are able to make more extensive use of a variety of external
indications and suggestions. On gifts dedicate to a devout purpose, which
are frequent in all kinds of works of art and nowhere more frequent than, in
the case of statuary, on statues of Olympic victors, but more particularly on
coins and cut stones, the rich and prolific invention of the Greek found
ample scope for the presence of symbolical references of this type, such as
that to his city's locality and others like it.
(γ) Other signs are more removed from purely external significance, and
penetrate deeper within the individuality of such deities. These themselves
are a part of the particular type in question, and are an integrating factor in
it. Among such we may mention the specific type of the drapery, armour,
adornment of the hair, and other attire of a similar nature, in respect of
which I must here content myself in elucidation with a few examples
borrowed from Winckelmann, who exercised great acuteness in such
matters. Among the several gods Zeus was pre-eminently recognizable by
the general treatment of his hair, and our authority maintains[179], that any
particular head can at once be determined as one intended for this deity or
no by the hair over his forehead, or his beard, even though there be nothing
else significant to arrest us. In other words he asserts that, "the hair is
elevated in an outward curve on the brow, and its different divisions fall in a
narrow curve with broken lines[180] down again." This type of hair-
treatment was so rigorous, that we even find it persisted in among the sons
and grandchildren of Zeus. So, for example, the head of Zeus is barely to be
distinguished from that of Aesculapius in this respect, who consequently
receives another kind of beard, more particularly over the upper lip, where
the same is more depressed in its curve, whereas that of Zeus is rather
folded over the angle of the mouth and intermingled with the beard on the
chin. Winckelmann further recognizes the fine head of a statue in the Villa
Medici, later in Florence, by means of the more curled beard, which,
moreover, folds over the upper lip, and is of greater thickness, and must be
distinguished from the heads of Zeus with their greater tendency to curled
locks. Pallas, in direct contrast to Diana, wears her hair long, bound
together in its downward fall from the head, and then beneath the fillet
which, already departing from the simple repose of the gods, represent
actions, groups, or the series of figures such as we find on reliefs, and for
this reason are able to make more extensive use of a variety of external
indications and suggestions. On gifts dedicate to a devout purpose, which
are frequent in all kinds of works of art and nowhere more frequent than, in
the case of statuary, on statues of Olympic victors, but more particularly on
coins and cut stones, the rich and prolific invention of the Greek found
ample scope for the presence of symbolical references of this type, such as
that to his city's locality and others like it.
(γ) Other signs are more removed from purely external significance, and
penetrate deeper within the individuality of such deities. These themselves
are a part of the particular type in question, and are an integrating factor in
it. Among such we may mention the specific type of the drapery, armour,
adornment of the hair, and other attire of a similar nature, in respect of
which I must here content myself in elucidation with a few examples
borrowed from Winckelmann, who exercised great acuteness in such
matters. Among the several gods Zeus was pre-eminently recognizable by
the general treatment of his hair, and our authority maintains[179], that any
particular head can at once be determined as one intended for this deity or
no by the hair over his forehead, or his beard, even though there be nothing
else significant to arrest us. In other words he asserts that, "the hair is
elevated in an outward curve on the brow, and its different divisions fall in a
narrow curve with broken lines[180] down again." This type of hair-
treatment was so rigorous, that we even find it persisted in among the sons
and grandchildren of Zeus. So, for example, the head of Zeus is barely to be
distinguished from that of Aesculapius in this respect, who consequently
receives another kind of beard, more particularly over the upper lip, where
the same is more depressed in its curve, whereas that of Zeus is rather
folded over the angle of the mouth and intermingled with the beard on the
chin. Winckelmann further recognizes the fine head of a statue in the Villa
Medici, later in Florence, by means of the more curled beard, which,
moreover, folds over the upper lip, and is of greater thickness, and must be
distinguished from the heads of Zeus with their greater tendency to curled
locks. Pallas, in direct contrast to Diana, wears her hair long, bound
together in its downward fall from the head, and then beneath the fillet
Page 172
flowing in a series of locks. Diana, on the contrary, wears hers thrown up
from all sides, and fastened in a knot on the crown of the head. The head of
Ceres is up to the back portion covered with her veil. Add to this, in
addition to the corn she carries, she holds a diadem as Juno does, in front of
which, to quote our authority once more[181], the scattered hairs are thrown
into a charming confusion, as though to suggest possibly her sorrow at the
robbing of her daughter Proserpine. Individuality of the same kind is
emphasized by other exterior means, as for example, when we recognize
Pallas by her helmet and its particular shape, in her type of drapery and
various other things.
(b) The truly vital individuality, however, in so far as it should find its
mintage in sculpture by means of the spontaneous and beautiful bodily
form, ought not to be asserted merely by such accessories as the external
attributes or modes of things we have cited, but should be displayed no less
in the form itself than in its expression. In attempting such an
individualization the fine insight and creative power of the Greek artist
increased in proportion as the figures of their deities possessed a substantive
basis of essentially the same kind, from which, without wholly departing
from it, it was their task so to elaborate the characteristic individuality that
this ground-root of their conception was still maintained as a wholly vital
and present fact. Nothing invites our admiration so much in the best works
of antique sculpture than the exquisite attention the artist directed to the
task of bringing the smallest traits of the presentment and expression into
harmony with the entire figure, an attention which is, in fact, the source of
such a harmony.
(α) If we inquire further after general distinctions of main importance which
assert themselves as the substantive bases in most direct relation to the
more individual severation of the bodily forms and their expression we may
note, first, the distinction of more youthful figures in contrast to those of
more mature age. In the genuine Ideal, as I have already stated, every trait,
every particular part of the figure is expressed; and, moreover, the direct
line, which is taken straight forward, avoids the abstractly level surface
precisely as the circular form avoids the geometrical circle; and instead of
this the vital variety of lines and shapes is elaborated in the finest way
throughout by the nuances of their transitional forms which unite them. In
juvenile and youthful age the boundaries of forms are less noticeably fluent,
from all sides, and fastened in a knot on the crown of the head. The head of
Ceres is up to the back portion covered with her veil. Add to this, in
addition to the corn she carries, she holds a diadem as Juno does, in front of
which, to quote our authority once more[181], the scattered hairs are thrown
into a charming confusion, as though to suggest possibly her sorrow at the
robbing of her daughter Proserpine. Individuality of the same kind is
emphasized by other exterior means, as for example, when we recognize
Pallas by her helmet and its particular shape, in her type of drapery and
various other things.
(b) The truly vital individuality, however, in so far as it should find its
mintage in sculpture by means of the spontaneous and beautiful bodily
form, ought not to be asserted merely by such accessories as the external
attributes or modes of things we have cited, but should be displayed no less
in the form itself than in its expression. In attempting such an
individualization the fine insight and creative power of the Greek artist
increased in proportion as the figures of their deities possessed a substantive
basis of essentially the same kind, from which, without wholly departing
from it, it was their task so to elaborate the characteristic individuality that
this ground-root of their conception was still maintained as a wholly vital
and present fact. Nothing invites our admiration so much in the best works
of antique sculpture than the exquisite attention the artist directed to the
task of bringing the smallest traits of the presentment and expression into
harmony with the entire figure, an attention which is, in fact, the source of
such a harmony.
(α) If we inquire further after general distinctions of main importance which
assert themselves as the substantive bases in most direct relation to the
more individual severation of the bodily forms and their expression we may
note, first, the distinction of more youthful figures in contrast to those of
more mature age. In the genuine Ideal, as I have already stated, every trait,
every particular part of the figure is expressed; and, moreover, the direct
line, which is taken straight forward, avoids the abstractly level surface
precisely as the circular form avoids the geometrical circle; and instead of
this the vital variety of lines and shapes is elaborated in the finest way
throughout by the nuances of their transitional forms which unite them. In
juvenile and youthful age the boundaries of forms are less noticeably fluent,
Page 173
and pass into each other so finely, that we may compare them, I borrow the
simile from Winckelmann[182], with the surface of a sea unruffled by the
wind, of which we may say that, although in continuous motion, it is still.
In the case of more advanced age, however, such distinguishing features are
more definitely emphasized, and have to be elaborated with more
pronounced characterization. Consummate male figures consequently are
more likely to please us at the first glance, because the expression is
throughout more distinct, and we wonder more readily at the knowledge
and ability of the artist. Youthful examples appear more easy in their
accomplishment because of their softness, and the smaller number of their
distinguishing features. As a matter of fact, however, the opposite is the
case. That is to say, in so far as "the forming of their parts in the interval
between their first growth and their completion is permitted to be
indefinite[183]," the joints, bones, sinews, muscles, are necessarily more
delicate and tender, yet are none the less suggested. Antique art celebrates
its triumph in just this fact, that even in its most delicate figures all parts
throughout and their appropriate organization are somehow made
perceptible in barely visible nuances of elevation and depression, by means
of which the science and virtuosity of an artist is only followed by an
observer whose research and attention is equally thorough. If, for example,
to take the case of a delicate human figure, such as the youthful Apollo, the
entire structure of the human body were not reproduced actually, and in all
its essentials with consummate, if half veiled insight, the members might
indeed appear well and fully rounded off, but they would be at the same
time flaccid, without expression and variety, so that the entire effect could
hardly satisfy. As a striking example of the distinction between the youthful
body and a man's in mature age, we may adduce the sons and father in the
Laocoon group.
Speaking generally the Greeks, in the representation of their deities,
preferred the still youthful age, and even in heads and statues of Zeus and
Neptune do not indicate old age.
(β) In the case of the sex, in which the figure is portrayed, the difference,
that is, between male and female figures, we meet with a distinctive mark of
still more importance. In general we may affirm of the latter what I have
already briefly stated in the contrast drawn between the more youthful and
more advanced age. The female figures are more tender and soft, the sinews
simile from Winckelmann[182], with the surface of a sea unruffled by the
wind, of which we may say that, although in continuous motion, it is still.
In the case of more advanced age, however, such distinguishing features are
more definitely emphasized, and have to be elaborated with more
pronounced characterization. Consummate male figures consequently are
more likely to please us at the first glance, because the expression is
throughout more distinct, and we wonder more readily at the knowledge
and ability of the artist. Youthful examples appear more easy in their
accomplishment because of their softness, and the smaller number of their
distinguishing features. As a matter of fact, however, the opposite is the
case. That is to say, in so far as "the forming of their parts in the interval
between their first growth and their completion is permitted to be
indefinite[183]," the joints, bones, sinews, muscles, are necessarily more
delicate and tender, yet are none the less suggested. Antique art celebrates
its triumph in just this fact, that even in its most delicate figures all parts
throughout and their appropriate organization are somehow made
perceptible in barely visible nuances of elevation and depression, by means
of which the science and virtuosity of an artist is only followed by an
observer whose research and attention is equally thorough. If, for example,
to take the case of a delicate human figure, such as the youthful Apollo, the
entire structure of the human body were not reproduced actually, and in all
its essentials with consummate, if half veiled insight, the members might
indeed appear well and fully rounded off, but they would be at the same
time flaccid, without expression and variety, so that the entire effect could
hardly satisfy. As a striking example of the distinction between the youthful
body and a man's in mature age, we may adduce the sons and father in the
Laocoon group.
Speaking generally the Greeks, in the representation of their deities,
preferred the still youthful age, and even in heads and statues of Zeus and
Neptune do not indicate old age.
(β) In the case of the sex, in which the figure is portrayed, the difference,
that is, between male and female figures, we meet with a distinctive mark of
still more importance. In general we may affirm of the latter what I have
already briefly stated in the contrast drawn between the more youthful and
more advanced age. The female figures are more tender and soft, the sinews
Page 174
and muscles, albeit they must be there, are less pronounced, the transitional
lines are more flowing and malleable, yet in the wide interval of expression
from the point of quiet earnestness, greater severity of power and dignity to
that of the most delicate charm and grace of the love attraction, there is
room for the richest gradations and variety. We find a wealth of form
equally great in the male figures, in the treatment of which we have,
moreover, the expression of elaborate bodily strength and courage. The
cheerful tone of delight, however, is shared by all, a blithesomeness and
blessed indifference, which soars above all particularity, associated not
unfrequently with a trait of tranquil sorrow, a kind of smile through tears, in
which we neither have wholly smile nor tears.
There is not a marked line of distinction here between the masculine and
feminine character, for the more youthful figures of Bacchus and Apollo
frequently are fined out to the point of feminine delicacy and softness, nay,
we even find representations of Hercules in which there is so much the
appearance of a young woman's form that critics have confused him with
Iole, his sweetheart. And it is not merely this point of transition but even the
combination of the male and female figure, which the ancients have
expressly represented in their hermaphrodites.
(γ) Thirdly, and in conclusion, there is the question as to the main
distinctions which the figure of sculpture receives in order that it may be
classed within one of the specific divisions of subject-matter which
constitute the content of the ideal outlook on the world appropriate to this
art.
The organic forms which sculpture can utilize generally in its plastic effort
are on the one hand the forms of humanity, on the other those of animal life.
In respect to the animal forms we have already seen that in the case of the
more severe type of the art at its culminating perfection they will only be
found as attributes associated with the divine form, as when we find a hind
with the hunting Diana, or Zeus with an eagle. And the same thing may be
said of the panther, griffin, and similar figures. Apart from the genuine
attributes animal forms are, however, accepted partly in combination with
human shapes, and in part entirely by themselves. The extent, however, of
such representations is of a limited character. Apart from figures of the
roebuck it is above all the horse whose beauty and fiery animation obtains a
recognition in plastic art, whether it be in union with the human form, or in
lines are more flowing and malleable, yet in the wide interval of expression
from the point of quiet earnestness, greater severity of power and dignity to
that of the most delicate charm and grace of the love attraction, there is
room for the richest gradations and variety. We find a wealth of form
equally great in the male figures, in the treatment of which we have,
moreover, the expression of elaborate bodily strength and courage. The
cheerful tone of delight, however, is shared by all, a blithesomeness and
blessed indifference, which soars above all particularity, associated not
unfrequently with a trait of tranquil sorrow, a kind of smile through tears, in
which we neither have wholly smile nor tears.
There is not a marked line of distinction here between the masculine and
feminine character, for the more youthful figures of Bacchus and Apollo
frequently are fined out to the point of feminine delicacy and softness, nay,
we even find representations of Hercules in which there is so much the
appearance of a young woman's form that critics have confused him with
Iole, his sweetheart. And it is not merely this point of transition but even the
combination of the male and female figure, which the ancients have
expressly represented in their hermaphrodites.
(γ) Thirdly, and in conclusion, there is the question as to the main
distinctions which the figure of sculpture receives in order that it may be
classed within one of the specific divisions of subject-matter which
constitute the content of the ideal outlook on the world appropriate to this
art.
The organic forms which sculpture can utilize generally in its plastic effort
are on the one hand the forms of humanity, on the other those of animal life.
In respect to the animal forms we have already seen that in the case of the
more severe type of the art at its culminating perfection they will only be
found as attributes associated with the divine form, as when we find a hind
with the hunting Diana, or Zeus with an eagle. And the same thing may be
said of the panther, griffin, and similar figures. Apart from the genuine
attributes animal forms are, however, accepted partly in combination with
human shapes, and in part entirely by themselves. The extent, however, of
such representations is of a limited character. Apart from figures of the
roebuck it is above all the horse whose beauty and fiery animation obtains a
recognition in plastic art, whether it be in union with the human form, or in
Page 175
its own free and independent shape. In fact, we find that the horse stands
generally in a close relation to the courage, bravery, and dexterity of human
heroism and heroic beauty, whereas other animals, such as the lion, which
Hercules overcomes, and the wild boar, which Meleager kills, are objects of
heroic deeds themselves, and consequently are entitled to a place within the
circle of representation, when such are expanded in groups and reliefs
where a freer field is admissible for situations of movement and action.
The human figure on its part, in so far as it is conceived in form and
expression as pure Ideal, supplies the adequate form for the divine, which,
being still in union with the sensuous material, is not capable of being
concentrated in the simple unity of one God, and can merely embrace a
collective whole of divine figures. And similarly, to put the matter
conversely, the human, whether we regard it according to its form or its
expression, cannot pass out of the province of human individuality, albeit
the same is at one time brought into intimacy and union with the divine, and
at another with the animal nature.
For these reasons sculpture is faced with various sources out of which it can
select and elaborate its subject-matter, and which I will now review. The
essentially central source is, as I have already several times indicated, the
sphere of the particular gods. Their distinction from humanity pre-
eminently consists in this, that as they, in respect to that which they express,
appear essentially gathered up over and beyond the finitude of care and
mortal passion within a blessed repose and everlasting youth, so, too, their
bodily shapes are not merely purified from the finite particularity of
mankind, but they are further detached from everything which would
suggest the needs and necessary limitations of sensuous life, without,
however, losing their vitality. We have, for example, an object of human
interest in the way a mother pacifies her child. The Greek goddesses,
however, are always represented as childless. Juno, according to the myth,
tosses the young Hercules from her, and the Milky Way is the result. To
associate a son with the majestic spouse of Zeus was beneath the dignity of
the antique point of view. Even Aphrodite does not appear in sculpture as
mother. Cupid is no doubt very near to her, but scarcely in the sense of her
child. In the same way Jupiter is nursed by a goat, and Romulus and Remus
are suckled by a wolf. Among Egyptian and Hindoo representations, on the
contrary, we find many, in which deities receive mother's milk from
generally in a close relation to the courage, bravery, and dexterity of human
heroism and heroic beauty, whereas other animals, such as the lion, which
Hercules overcomes, and the wild boar, which Meleager kills, are objects of
heroic deeds themselves, and consequently are entitled to a place within the
circle of representation, when such are expanded in groups and reliefs
where a freer field is admissible for situations of movement and action.
The human figure on its part, in so far as it is conceived in form and
expression as pure Ideal, supplies the adequate form for the divine, which,
being still in union with the sensuous material, is not capable of being
concentrated in the simple unity of one God, and can merely embrace a
collective whole of divine figures. And similarly, to put the matter
conversely, the human, whether we regard it according to its form or its
expression, cannot pass out of the province of human individuality, albeit
the same is at one time brought into intimacy and union with the divine, and
at another with the animal nature.
For these reasons sculpture is faced with various sources out of which it can
select and elaborate its subject-matter, and which I will now review. The
essentially central source is, as I have already several times indicated, the
sphere of the particular gods. Their distinction from humanity pre-
eminently consists in this, that as they, in respect to that which they express,
appear essentially gathered up over and beyond the finitude of care and
mortal passion within a blessed repose and everlasting youth, so, too, their
bodily shapes are not merely purified from the finite particularity of
mankind, but they are further detached from everything which would
suggest the needs and necessary limitations of sensuous life, without,
however, losing their vitality. We have, for example, an object of human
interest in the way a mother pacifies her child. The Greek goddesses,
however, are always represented as childless. Juno, according to the myth,
tosses the young Hercules from her, and the Milky Way is the result. To
associate a son with the majestic spouse of Zeus was beneath the dignity of
the antique point of view. Even Aphrodite does not appear in sculpture as
mother. Cupid is no doubt very near to her, but scarcely in the sense of her
child. In the same way Jupiter is nursed by a goat, and Romulus and Remus
are suckled by a wolf. Among Egyptian and Hindoo representations, on the
contrary, we find many, in which deities receive mother's milk from
Page 176
goddesses. Among Greek goddesses the maiden form is that which is pre-
eminent, this being that which to the least extent asserts the purely natural
functions of the wife.
The above constitutes an important contrast between classical art and
romantic, in the latter of which maternal love is a leading subject. After the
gods we find that sculpture deals with heroes and those figures which have
both the human and animal form in their composition, such as centaurs,
fauns, and satyrs.
The line of distinction between heroes and gods is a very fine one; and
much the same interval separates them from ordinary human life.
Winckelmann observes with regard to a Battus on a coin of Cyrene, "With a
single glance of tender jollity we could make a Bacchus of it, and one trait
of god-like greatness would leave us an Apollo." And yet even in such cases
human forms, where the object is to envisage the force of the will and
bodily strength, tend in certain directions to make for greatness; the artist
gave to the muscular development a vital activity and movement, and in
violent actions set in motion all the springs of Nature's workmanship.
Inasmuch as, however, we find the same hero subject to an entire series of
conditions not merely distinct, but opposed to each other, the masculine
forms here also frequently approximate to the feminine. This is, for
example, the case where Achilles first appears among the maidens of
Lycomedes. Here we do not find him in his full heroic strength such as he
displays before Troy, but in drapery resembling that of a woman and a
fascination of figure which almost conceals his sex. Hercules, too, is not
always depicted in the gravity and power suggestive of the tedious labours
which he performed, but in the milder impersonation of his service to
Omphale, as also in the repose of his deification, and generally in a variety
of situations. In other relations heroes possess the closest affinity for the
figures of the deities themselves, Achilles for that of Mars, for instance; it is
consequently only after the most profound study that we can recognize the
specific meaning of a piece of statuary merely from the characterization
without further suggestion from attributes. Really expert connoisseurs can,
however, deduce the character and shape of the entire figure from isolated
pieces and supply what is missing; from which fact we again are instructed
to admire the fine insight and the consequential character the
individualization of Greek art displays to us, whose masters knew how to
eminent, this being that which to the least extent asserts the purely natural
functions of the wife.
The above constitutes an important contrast between classical art and
romantic, in the latter of which maternal love is a leading subject. After the
gods we find that sculpture deals with heroes and those figures which have
both the human and animal form in their composition, such as centaurs,
fauns, and satyrs.
The line of distinction between heroes and gods is a very fine one; and
much the same interval separates them from ordinary human life.
Winckelmann observes with regard to a Battus on a coin of Cyrene, "With a
single glance of tender jollity we could make a Bacchus of it, and one trait
of god-like greatness would leave us an Apollo." And yet even in such cases
human forms, where the object is to envisage the force of the will and
bodily strength, tend in certain directions to make for greatness; the artist
gave to the muscular development a vital activity and movement, and in
violent actions set in motion all the springs of Nature's workmanship.
Inasmuch as, however, we find the same hero subject to an entire series of
conditions not merely distinct, but opposed to each other, the masculine
forms here also frequently approximate to the feminine. This is, for
example, the case where Achilles first appears among the maidens of
Lycomedes. Here we do not find him in his full heroic strength such as he
displays before Troy, but in drapery resembling that of a woman and a
fascination of figure which almost conceals his sex. Hercules, too, is not
always depicted in the gravity and power suggestive of the tedious labours
which he performed, but in the milder impersonation of his service to
Omphale, as also in the repose of his deification, and generally in a variety
of situations. In other relations heroes possess the closest affinity for the
figures of the deities themselves, Achilles for that of Mars, for instance; it is
consequently only after the most profound study that we can recognize the
specific meaning of a piece of statuary merely from the characterization
without further suggestion from attributes. Really expert connoisseurs can,
however, deduce the character and shape of the entire figure from isolated
pieces and supply what is missing; from which fact we again are instructed
to admire the fine insight and the consequential character the
individualization of Greek art displays to us, whose masters knew how to
Page 177
preserve and execute even the smallest detail in consonance with the entire
effect.
Coming now to satyrs and fauns we find in them made visible what is
throughout excluded from the lofty Ideal of the gods, the needs of mankind,
the jollity of life, sensuous pleasure, satisfaction of excessive desire, and the
like. Yet we find in particular young satyrs and fauns so remarkable for the
beauty in which they are represented by the ancients that, to adopt a phrase
of Winckelmann[184], "Every example of such figures may be exchanged, if
we except the head, for a statue of Apollo, I refer to that one which is styled
Sauroktonos, and possesses the same stansion of the legs." The heads of
fauns and satyrs may be known by their pointed ears, their stiffly erected
hair, and their little horns.
A second province of sculpture is occupied by what is human simply. In this
we have above all else the beauty of human form as we find it set before us
in its elaborate power and dexterity in the sacred games. Wrestlers,
discoboli, and the like are its main subject-matter. In such productions
sculpture proceeds in a way that is somewhat opposed to the mere portrait,
in which department the ancients, even in cases where they actually copied
real personages, still understood how to hold fast throughout to the
principle of sculpture as we have come to know it.
The last field that sculpture makes its own is that of independent animal
figures, more particularly lions, hounds, and some others. Here, too, the
ancients did not fail to grasp, make vital in its individuality, and enforce the
principle of sculpture, the substantive significance of form, and indeed
attained to such a perfection that, to take one example, the cow of Myron
has become more famous than all his other works. Goethe, in "Kunst und
Alterthum[185]," has described it with great charm of style, and pre-
eminently drawn attention to the fact that, as we have already seen, such as
animal function as suckling is only presented by Greek art in the entirely
animal world. He entirely sets on one side poetical conceits such as we find
in ancient epigrams, and with acuteness confines his attention to the naïveté
of the conception out of which this most familiar of artistic themes arises.
(c) In concluding this chapter we have now to refer a little more closely to
the particular individuals, in the characterization and vitality of which the
effect.
Coming now to satyrs and fauns we find in them made visible what is
throughout excluded from the lofty Ideal of the gods, the needs of mankind,
the jollity of life, sensuous pleasure, satisfaction of excessive desire, and the
like. Yet we find in particular young satyrs and fauns so remarkable for the
beauty in which they are represented by the ancients that, to adopt a phrase
of Winckelmann[184], "Every example of such figures may be exchanged, if
we except the head, for a statue of Apollo, I refer to that one which is styled
Sauroktonos, and possesses the same stansion of the legs." The heads of
fauns and satyrs may be known by their pointed ears, their stiffly erected
hair, and their little horns.
A second province of sculpture is occupied by what is human simply. In this
we have above all else the beauty of human form as we find it set before us
in its elaborate power and dexterity in the sacred games. Wrestlers,
discoboli, and the like are its main subject-matter. In such productions
sculpture proceeds in a way that is somewhat opposed to the mere portrait,
in which department the ancients, even in cases where they actually copied
real personages, still understood how to hold fast throughout to the
principle of sculpture as we have come to know it.
The last field that sculpture makes its own is that of independent animal
figures, more particularly lions, hounds, and some others. Here, too, the
ancients did not fail to grasp, make vital in its individuality, and enforce the
principle of sculpture, the substantive significance of form, and indeed
attained to such a perfection that, to take one example, the cow of Myron
has become more famous than all his other works. Goethe, in "Kunst und
Alterthum[185]," has described it with great charm of style, and pre-
eminently drawn attention to the fact that, as we have already seen, such as
animal function as suckling is only presented by Greek art in the entirely
animal world. He entirely sets on one side poetical conceits such as we find
in ancient epigrams, and with acuteness confines his attention to the naïveté
of the conception out of which this most familiar of artistic themes arises.
(c) In concluding this chapter we have now to refer a little more closely to
the particular individuals, in the characterization and vitality of which the
Page 178
distinctions above mentioned are elaborated, that is to say, for the most part
to the presentment of gods.
(α) However much, speaking generally—and we may no doubt seek to
enforce our conviction in reference also to the spiritual deities of sculpture
—this spiritual significance is at bottom the emancipation of individuality
—and the remark applies to Ideals also according to the degree of their
ideality and nobility—to that extent as individuals their distinction from one
another is less marked. And the astonishing thing in the problem of
sculpture, as solved by the Greeks, consisted just in this, that despite of the
universality and ideality of their gods they have none the less preserved
their individuality and lines of distinction; they have done so despite the
fact that in certain directions we are conscious of the endeavour to eliminate
hard-and-fast boundaries and to depict particular forms in their transitional
state. If, moreover, we are inclined to regard individuality in a way that
suggests definite traits as being appropriate to definite deities, much as the
traits of a portrait are so, a fixed type will thereby necessarily appear to be
substituted for a vital creation and art will suffer accordingly. But this is
quite as little in accordance with the facts. On the contrary we find that their
invention in such individualization and vitalization gained in subtlety just in
proportion as a substantive type lay at the roots of the same.
(β) Again, in considering the particular deities, we are inevitably led to the
conviction that one individual is of commanding influence in determining
all these ideal figures. This supreme value and dignity Pheidias attached in
an unrivalled degree to the form and expression of his Zeus, albeit the
father of the gods and mankind, is set before us at the same time with a
blithe and benignant look throned in serenity of mature age, that is not in
the first flush of youth, without, however, on the other hand emphasizing in
the least any harshness of form or suggesting the feebleness of age. The
most obvious parallels in form and gesture with Zeus are his brothers
Neptune and Pluto, whose interesting statues in Dresden, for example,
despite all that they share with him, nevertheless retain a clear line of
distinction—Zeus himself, by virtue of the benignity of his lofty presence,
Neptune, by virtue of his greater ruggedness, Pluto, who is a kindred type to
the Egyptian Serapis, by virtue of his profounder gloom and melancholy.
Essentially more apart from Zeus are Bacchus and Apollo, Mars and
Mercury, the first pair in their more youthful beauty and the greater delicacy
to the presentment of gods.
(α) However much, speaking generally—and we may no doubt seek to
enforce our conviction in reference also to the spiritual deities of sculpture
—this spiritual significance is at bottom the emancipation of individuality
—and the remark applies to Ideals also according to the degree of their
ideality and nobility—to that extent as individuals their distinction from one
another is less marked. And the astonishing thing in the problem of
sculpture, as solved by the Greeks, consisted just in this, that despite of the
universality and ideality of their gods they have none the less preserved
their individuality and lines of distinction; they have done so despite the
fact that in certain directions we are conscious of the endeavour to eliminate
hard-and-fast boundaries and to depict particular forms in their transitional
state. If, moreover, we are inclined to regard individuality in a way that
suggests definite traits as being appropriate to definite deities, much as the
traits of a portrait are so, a fixed type will thereby necessarily appear to be
substituted for a vital creation and art will suffer accordingly. But this is
quite as little in accordance with the facts. On the contrary we find that their
invention in such individualization and vitalization gained in subtlety just in
proportion as a substantive type lay at the roots of the same.
(β) Again, in considering the particular deities, we are inevitably led to the
conviction that one individual is of commanding influence in determining
all these ideal figures. This supreme value and dignity Pheidias attached in
an unrivalled degree to the form and expression of his Zeus, albeit the
father of the gods and mankind, is set before us at the same time with a
blithe and benignant look throned in serenity of mature age, that is not in
the first flush of youth, without, however, on the other hand emphasizing in
the least any harshness of form or suggesting the feebleness of age. The
most obvious parallels in form and gesture with Zeus are his brothers
Neptune and Pluto, whose interesting statues in Dresden, for example,
despite all that they share with him, nevertheless retain a clear line of
distinction—Zeus himself, by virtue of the benignity of his lofty presence,
Neptune, by virtue of his greater ruggedness, Pluto, who is a kindred type to
the Egyptian Serapis, by virtue of his profounder gloom and melancholy.
Essentially more apart from Zeus are Bacchus and Apollo, Mars and
Mercury, the first pair in their more youthful beauty and the greater delicacy
Page 179
of their figures, the second more masculine albeit beardless. Mercury, too,
is more robust, more slender in shape, with exceptional fineness noticeable
in the facial traits. Mars is not so much marked out from the others as
Hercules might be in the strength of his muscles and other parts of his
figure, but rather as a more youthful and beautiful hero of an ideal form.
Among the goddesses I will only refer to Juno, Pallas, Diana, and
Aphrodite.
Just as Zeus among the masculine deities, so, too, Juno among the feminine
displays in her figure and its expression the greatest dignity. The large
circular-arched eyes are proud and commanding, in like manner, too, the
mouth by which she is at once recognized more particularly in profile.
Generally she presents the appearance of "a queen, who will rule, is to be
revered and must awaken devotion[186]." Pallas, on the contrary, receives
the expression of more austere maidenhood and chastity. Tenderness, love,
and every kind of womanly weakness are kept away from her; her eyes are
less expanded than those of Here, less emphatically arched and somewhat
downcast in the tranquillity of reflection, just as her head is, which is not
proudly erect as in the case of the spouse of Zeus, although it is armed with
a helmet. A very similar type of maidenhood characterizes the figure of
Diana. She is, however, endowed with a more fascinating quality, more
lightly poised, more slender, albeit there is no self-conscious delight in her
charm. She is not given the pose of tranquil observation, but is generally in
motion, pressing forward as toward some object in her vision.
Finally we have Aphrodite, the goddess of beauty as such, who is, along
with the Graces and the Hours, alone depicted by the Greek artists as
undraped and even here subject to exceptions. In her case nudity is justified
on the good ground that she expresses, above all, sensuous beauty and its
conquest, grace, attractiveness, tenderness, elevated and tempered by
spiritual qualities. Her eye, even in cases where a more grave and lofty
expression is emphasized, is smaller than that of Pallas and Juno, not so
much in length, but narrower by reason of the lower eyelid being slightly
raised, by which means Love's yearning look is admirably expressed. She
varies, however, very considerably in the type expressed. In some cases her
pose is more serious and powerful; in others delicacy and tenderness are
most insisted upon; her age, too, is sometimes that of maidenhood, at other
of riper years. Winckelmann compares the Medicean Venus to a rose which
is more robust, more slender in shape, with exceptional fineness noticeable
in the facial traits. Mars is not so much marked out from the others as
Hercules might be in the strength of his muscles and other parts of his
figure, but rather as a more youthful and beautiful hero of an ideal form.
Among the goddesses I will only refer to Juno, Pallas, Diana, and
Aphrodite.
Just as Zeus among the masculine deities, so, too, Juno among the feminine
displays in her figure and its expression the greatest dignity. The large
circular-arched eyes are proud and commanding, in like manner, too, the
mouth by which she is at once recognized more particularly in profile.
Generally she presents the appearance of "a queen, who will rule, is to be
revered and must awaken devotion[186]." Pallas, on the contrary, receives
the expression of more austere maidenhood and chastity. Tenderness, love,
and every kind of womanly weakness are kept away from her; her eyes are
less expanded than those of Here, less emphatically arched and somewhat
downcast in the tranquillity of reflection, just as her head is, which is not
proudly erect as in the case of the spouse of Zeus, although it is armed with
a helmet. A very similar type of maidenhood characterizes the figure of
Diana. She is, however, endowed with a more fascinating quality, more
lightly poised, more slender, albeit there is no self-conscious delight in her
charm. She is not given the pose of tranquil observation, but is generally in
motion, pressing forward as toward some object in her vision.
Finally we have Aphrodite, the goddess of beauty as such, who is, along
with the Graces and the Hours, alone depicted by the Greek artists as
undraped and even here subject to exceptions. In her case nudity is justified
on the good ground that she expresses, above all, sensuous beauty and its
conquest, grace, attractiveness, tenderness, elevated and tempered by
spiritual qualities. Her eye, even in cases where a more grave and lofty
expression is emphasized, is smaller than that of Pallas and Juno, not so
much in length, but narrower by reason of the lower eyelid being slightly
raised, by which means Love's yearning look is admirably expressed. She
varies, however, very considerably in the type expressed. In some cases her
pose is more serious and powerful; in others delicacy and tenderness are
most insisted upon; her age, too, is sometimes that of maidenhood, at other
of riper years. Winckelmann compares the Medicean Venus to a rose which
Page 180
blossoms in the fair light of its own colour at daybreak. Uranian Aphrodite
is, on the contrary, indicated by a diadem which resembles that worn by
Juno, and which Venus victrix also wears.
(γ) The discovery of this plastic individuality, whose entire expression is
wholly elaborated through abstract form and nothing further, was in a like
degree of consummate perfection peculiar to the Greeks and is due to
religion itself. A more spiritual religion can rest satisfied with the
contemplation and devotion of the soul, so that works of sculpture pass for
it simply as so much luxury and superfluity. A religion so dependent on the
sense vision as the Greek was must necessarily continue to create, inasmuch
as for it this artistic production and invention is itself a religious activity
and satisfaction, and for the people the sight of such works is not merely so
much sight-seeing, but is part of their religion and soul-life. And in general
the Greeks did everything with a public and universal aim in view, in which
every man discovered his enjoyment, pride, and honour. In this public
aspect the art of the Greeks is not merely an ornamental object, but a vital
thing that meets a really felt want, in much the same sort of way as that of
painting in its most glorious season responded to the life of Venice. Only on
grounds such as these can we find a rational explanation, if we consider the
great difficulties which the technique of sculpture implies, for the host of
sculptured figures, this forest of statues of every kind, which in their
thousand and indeed thousands, were to be met with in one single city, in
Elis, in Athens, in Corinth, and even in towns of lesser importance, and in
the same way in the greater Greece beyond and the islands of the Cyclades.
CHAPTER III
DIFFERENT TYPES OF PRESENTMENT, MATERIAL, AND
HISTORICAL STAGES IN THE EVOLUTION OF SCULPTURE.
We have hitherto in our inquiry in the first instance looked about us for the
general determinants, out of which it is possible to develop the most
adequate content for sculpture and the form which best responds to it. We
discovered the classical Ideal supplied this content, so that in the second
is, on the contrary, indicated by a diadem which resembles that worn by
Juno, and which Venus victrix also wears.
(γ) The discovery of this plastic individuality, whose entire expression is
wholly elaborated through abstract form and nothing further, was in a like
degree of consummate perfection peculiar to the Greeks and is due to
religion itself. A more spiritual religion can rest satisfied with the
contemplation and devotion of the soul, so that works of sculpture pass for
it simply as so much luxury and superfluity. A religion so dependent on the
sense vision as the Greek was must necessarily continue to create, inasmuch
as for it this artistic production and invention is itself a religious activity
and satisfaction, and for the people the sight of such works is not merely so
much sight-seeing, but is part of their religion and soul-life. And in general
the Greeks did everything with a public and universal aim in view, in which
every man discovered his enjoyment, pride, and honour. In this public
aspect the art of the Greeks is not merely an ornamental object, but a vital
thing that meets a really felt want, in much the same sort of way as that of
painting in its most glorious season responded to the life of Venice. Only on
grounds such as these can we find a rational explanation, if we consider the
great difficulties which the technique of sculpture implies, for the host of
sculptured figures, this forest of statues of every kind, which in their
thousand and indeed thousands, were to be met with in one single city, in
Elis, in Athens, in Corinth, and even in towns of lesser importance, and in
the same way in the greater Greece beyond and the islands of the Cyclades.
CHAPTER III
DIFFERENT TYPES OF PRESENTMENT, MATERIAL, AND
HISTORICAL STAGES IN THE EVOLUTION OF SCULPTURE.
We have hitherto in our inquiry in the first instance looked about us for the
general determinants, out of which it is possible to develop the most
adequate content for sculpture and the form which best responds to it. We
discovered the classical Ideal supplied this content, so that in the second
Page 181
place we were called to establish the precise mode, in which sculpture
among the particular arts is most readily adapted to give shape to this Ideal.
Inasmuch as we found, moreover, that this Ideal is only to be comprehended
in its essential import as individuality, not only did we find that the ideal
outlook of the artist expand to a collective cyclus of ideal figures, but the
external mode of representation and execution in actual works of art breaks
up into particular types of sculpture. In this latter direction we have still
several points of view left us to discuss as follows:
First, there is the manner of representation, which, in so far as actual
execution is concerned, either creates single statues, or groups, until finally
in the relief we are confronted with the step of transition to painting.
Secondly, there is the external medium, in which these distinctions are
given actual effect to.
Thirdly, we have to deal with the historical stages of evolution, or the
process within which works of art are executed in the various types and
material.
1. THE SINGLE STATUE, THE GROUP AND THE RELIEF
Just as, in the case of architecture, we made an essential distinction between
independent building and that which was subservient we may also here
establish a similar dividing line in sculpture, that is between such works that
have an independent position and those which rather contribute to
architectural decoration. In the case of the first the environment is nothing
more than an artificially prepared locality, whereas in the latter cases their
relation to the building which they adorn is of the first importance, and does
not merely determine the form of the work of sculpture, but in a large
measure even its content. Speaking in a summary way we may assert in this
respect that single statues are set up on their own account, while groups and
a fortiori reliefs tend to lose this independence and are utilized by
architecture for its own artistic purposes.
(a) As to the single statue their original function is that of sculpture
generally, that is to supply temple images as they are set up in the shrine of
the temple, and all that surrounds them is in direct association with them.
among the particular arts is most readily adapted to give shape to this Ideal.
Inasmuch as we found, moreover, that this Ideal is only to be comprehended
in its essential import as individuality, not only did we find that the ideal
outlook of the artist expand to a collective cyclus of ideal figures, but the
external mode of representation and execution in actual works of art breaks
up into particular types of sculpture. In this latter direction we have still
several points of view left us to discuss as follows:
First, there is the manner of representation, which, in so far as actual
execution is concerned, either creates single statues, or groups, until finally
in the relief we are confronted with the step of transition to painting.
Secondly, there is the external medium, in which these distinctions are
given actual effect to.
Thirdly, we have to deal with the historical stages of evolution, or the
process within which works of art are executed in the various types and
material.
1. THE SINGLE STATUE, THE GROUP AND THE RELIEF
Just as, in the case of architecture, we made an essential distinction between
independent building and that which was subservient we may also here
establish a similar dividing line in sculpture, that is between such works that
have an independent position and those which rather contribute to
architectural decoration. In the case of the first the environment is nothing
more than an artificially prepared locality, whereas in the latter cases their
relation to the building which they adorn is of the first importance, and does
not merely determine the form of the work of sculpture, but in a large
measure even its content. Speaking in a summary way we may assert in this
respect that single statues are set up on their own account, while groups and
a fortiori reliefs tend to lose this independence and are utilized by
architecture for its own artistic purposes.
(a) As to the single statue their original function is that of sculpture
generally, that is to supply temple images as they are set up in the shrine of
the temple, and all that surrounds them is in direct association with them.
Page 182
(α) In such a case sculpture retains its most adequate purity. It displays the
figure of the god apart from all situation, in beautiful, unimpaired, and
inactive tranquillity, or at least free, unmolested, without definite action and
development, such as I have on several occasions depicted, that is, in
unconstrained situations.
(β) The earliest departure from this austere loftiness consists in this that the
entire pose suggests the beginning of an action, or the conclusion of the
same, without the god-like repose being thereby disturbed, or the figure
being presented as in struggle or conflict. We place under this type the
famous Medicean Venus and the Belvedere Apollo. In the times of Lessing
and Winckelmann the admiration of the critical world over these statues, as
the highest Ideal of art, was unconditional; nowadays, since we have come
to know works more vital and substantial in their configuration, and more
profound in their expressive power, we must deduct somewhat from this
estimate; critics, in fact, place them in an age somewhat subsequent to the
great period, an age in which the smoothness of their elaborate
workmanship already suggests that to please is the main object, and the
genuine grand and severe style is not persisted in. An English traveller goes
so far as to say that the Apollo is "a theatrical coxcomb," and while
admitting that the Venus has extraordinary softness, sweetness, symmetry,
and coy grace, yet only finds in this a spiritual quality that is wanting in
much, a negative perfection, and—a good deal of insipidity. We may
generally review that transition from the former more severe repose and
holiness as follows. Sculpture is no doubt the art of lofty seriousness, but
this elevated austerity of the gods, inasmuch as the same are no
abstractions, but individual figures, brings with it the absolute
blithesomeness, and thereby a reflex attitude to reality and finite life, in
which the blithesomeness of the gods does not express the feeling of
absorption in such finite content, but the feeling of reconciliation, of
spiritual freedom and alertness.
(γ) In consequence of this Greek art is throughout permeated with all the
blithesomeness of the Greek genius, and has found its satisfaction, delight,
and an object for its activity in a countless number of gratifying situations.
When it once had discovered a way from the constraint of the abstractions
of its presentment to an appreciation of vital individuality, which is the
unifying factor of the whole, its joy in all that is indicative of life and
figure of the god apart from all situation, in beautiful, unimpaired, and
inactive tranquillity, or at least free, unmolested, without definite action and
development, such as I have on several occasions depicted, that is, in
unconstrained situations.
(β) The earliest departure from this austere loftiness consists in this that the
entire pose suggests the beginning of an action, or the conclusion of the
same, without the god-like repose being thereby disturbed, or the figure
being presented as in struggle or conflict. We place under this type the
famous Medicean Venus and the Belvedere Apollo. In the times of Lessing
and Winckelmann the admiration of the critical world over these statues, as
the highest Ideal of art, was unconditional; nowadays, since we have come
to know works more vital and substantial in their configuration, and more
profound in their expressive power, we must deduct somewhat from this
estimate; critics, in fact, place them in an age somewhat subsequent to the
great period, an age in which the smoothness of their elaborate
workmanship already suggests that to please is the main object, and the
genuine grand and severe style is not persisted in. An English traveller goes
so far as to say that the Apollo is "a theatrical coxcomb," and while
admitting that the Venus has extraordinary softness, sweetness, symmetry,
and coy grace, yet only finds in this a spiritual quality that is wanting in
much, a negative perfection, and—a good deal of insipidity. We may
generally review that transition from the former more severe repose and
holiness as follows. Sculpture is no doubt the art of lofty seriousness, but
this elevated austerity of the gods, inasmuch as the same are no
abstractions, but individual figures, brings with it the absolute
blithesomeness, and thereby a reflex attitude to reality and finite life, in
which the blithesomeness of the gods does not express the feeling of
absorption in such finite content, but the feeling of reconciliation, of
spiritual freedom and alertness.
(γ) In consequence of this Greek art is throughout permeated with all the
blithesomeness of the Greek genius, and has found its satisfaction, delight,
and an object for its activity in a countless number of gratifying situations.
When it once had discovered a way from the constraint of the abstractions
of its presentment to an appreciation of vital individuality, which is the
unifying factor of the whole, its joy in all that is indicative of life and
Page 183
cheerfulness became a real thing, and artists became occupied with a great
variety of subjects, which, without glancing aside at anything suggestive of
pain, horror, distortion or injurious, fixed as its final limit unoffensive
humanity and remained thus. The ancients have in this respect executed
much of the greatest excellence. I will here only mention, among the many
mythological subjects of playful, that is playful in the most innocent way,
interest, the sports of Cupid, in which we already see a close approach to
the ordinary life of mankind, just as there were others in which the vitality
of the presentment is the main interest, and indeed the very attempt to
secure and execute such subject-matter itself contributes this
blithesomeness and innocence to the effect. In this kind of way we may
point out that the dice-players and satellite of Polycleitus were thought quite
as highly of as his Argive statue of Here. The discus-throwers and racers of
Myron were equally famous. How dear to this folk, too, and admired is that
youth in a seated posture who extracts a thorn from his foot? There were
many others of the same type of production in great measure merely by
name. We are face to face with the fleeting moment of natural existence,
which is here arrested for ever by the sculptor.
(b) Beginning with examples such as the above of a movement towards
external objects, sculpture proceeds further in the representation of
situations, conflicts, and actions yet more involved with motion, and at last
arrives at the group. For with an increase of specific detail in the action we
have placed before us the more concrete animation, which expands in
contradiction, reactions, and thereby, too, in the presence of several figures
essentially related and intertwined with each other.
(α) At first we have, however, merely tranquil juxtapositions, such as, for
example, the two colossal horse-tamers, which are set up in Rome on
Mount Cavallo, and indicate Castor and Pollux. The one statue is
commonly ascribed to Pheidias, the other to Praxiteles. There is, however,
no strong evidence for this, although the extraordinary excellence of
conception, and the no less exquisite thoroughness of the execution justifies
names as famous. Such are entirely independent groups, which as yet
express no real action, or the result of it, and are wholly appropriate as
representations of sculpture and public exposition before the Parthenon,
where it appears they were originally placed.
variety of subjects, which, without glancing aside at anything suggestive of
pain, horror, distortion or injurious, fixed as its final limit unoffensive
humanity and remained thus. The ancients have in this respect executed
much of the greatest excellence. I will here only mention, among the many
mythological subjects of playful, that is playful in the most innocent way,
interest, the sports of Cupid, in which we already see a close approach to
the ordinary life of mankind, just as there were others in which the vitality
of the presentment is the main interest, and indeed the very attempt to
secure and execute such subject-matter itself contributes this
blithesomeness and innocence to the effect. In this kind of way we may
point out that the dice-players and satellite of Polycleitus were thought quite
as highly of as his Argive statue of Here. The discus-throwers and racers of
Myron were equally famous. How dear to this folk, too, and admired is that
youth in a seated posture who extracts a thorn from his foot? There were
many others of the same type of production in great measure merely by
name. We are face to face with the fleeting moment of natural existence,
which is here arrested for ever by the sculptor.
(b) Beginning with examples such as the above of a movement towards
external objects, sculpture proceeds further in the representation of
situations, conflicts, and actions yet more involved with motion, and at last
arrives at the group. For with an increase of specific detail in the action we
have placed before us the more concrete animation, which expands in
contradiction, reactions, and thereby, too, in the presence of several figures
essentially related and intertwined with each other.
(α) At first we have, however, merely tranquil juxtapositions, such as, for
example, the two colossal horse-tamers, which are set up in Rome on
Mount Cavallo, and indicate Castor and Pollux. The one statue is
commonly ascribed to Pheidias, the other to Praxiteles. There is, however,
no strong evidence for this, although the extraordinary excellence of
conception, and the no less exquisite thoroughness of the execution justifies
names as famous. Such are entirely independent groups, which as yet
express no real action, or the result of it, and are wholly appropriate as
representations of sculpture and public exposition before the Parthenon,
where it appears they were originally placed.
Page 184
(β) Sculpture, however, is equally occupied in the group with the
presentment of situations, which have as their content conflicts, discordant
actions, pain, and other similar conditions. In this direction, too, we can
only speak highly of the genuine artistic insight of the Greeks, which did
not set forth such groups independently, and by themselves, but brought
them, for the reason that sculpture has already made a departure from its
peculiar, that is to say its self-subsistent, province, into closer relation to
architecture. The temple figure, that is the isolated statue, stood in
unimpaired tranquillity and sacredness within the inner shrine. The external
pediment, on the contrary, was decorated with groups which represented
definite actions of the god, and consequently admitted of more animated
movement in its elaboration. The famous group of Niobe and her children is
of this type. The general form for the co-ordination of each part is
determined by the space which the group in question had to fill. The
principal figure stood in the middle, and was thus able to be the largest in
size and most prominent. The rest according as they were placed in the
direction of the acute angle of the gable-end had to submit to other postures,
the limit being reached by that of a reclining figure.
Of other famous works I will here only mention the Laocoon group. It has
now for over forty years been the object of much inquiry and controversy.
In particular it has been regarded as a matter of real importance, whether
Virgil in his description followed this work of sculpture, or the sculptor
adopted his work to the scene depicted by Virgil, whether Laocoon here is
actually crying out, and whether it is appropriate in a work of sculpture to
attempt to express such a cry, and many more criticisms of this kind. Critics
have worried themselves up and down with such matters of psychological
interest for the simple reason that they have not as yet secured the sort of
enthusiasm and critical acumen which Winckelmann possessed; and,
moreover, arm-chair professors are more readily disposed for such
investigations for the reason that not unfrequently they have neither the
opportunity granted them to see real works of art, nor the capacity to grasp
them for what they are when they do so. The most essential thing which can
occupy our attention in this group is this namely, that in the supreme pain,
the supreme truth, the convulsive tension of the body, the distention of all
the muscles, the noble aspect of beauty is still preserved, and the process
has not been carried in the remotest degree to the extremes of grimace,
distortion, and over-strain. Despite of this, however, the entire work belongs
presentment of situations, which have as their content conflicts, discordant
actions, pain, and other similar conditions. In this direction, too, we can
only speak highly of the genuine artistic insight of the Greeks, which did
not set forth such groups independently, and by themselves, but brought
them, for the reason that sculpture has already made a departure from its
peculiar, that is to say its self-subsistent, province, into closer relation to
architecture. The temple figure, that is the isolated statue, stood in
unimpaired tranquillity and sacredness within the inner shrine. The external
pediment, on the contrary, was decorated with groups which represented
definite actions of the god, and consequently admitted of more animated
movement in its elaboration. The famous group of Niobe and her children is
of this type. The general form for the co-ordination of each part is
determined by the space which the group in question had to fill. The
principal figure stood in the middle, and was thus able to be the largest in
size and most prominent. The rest according as they were placed in the
direction of the acute angle of the gable-end had to submit to other postures,
the limit being reached by that of a reclining figure.
Of other famous works I will here only mention the Laocoon group. It has
now for over forty years been the object of much inquiry and controversy.
In particular it has been regarded as a matter of real importance, whether
Virgil in his description followed this work of sculpture, or the sculptor
adopted his work to the scene depicted by Virgil, whether Laocoon here is
actually crying out, and whether it is appropriate in a work of sculpture to
attempt to express such a cry, and many more criticisms of this kind. Critics
have worried themselves up and down with such matters of psychological
interest for the simple reason that they have not as yet secured the sort of
enthusiasm and critical acumen which Winckelmann possessed; and,
moreover, arm-chair professors are more readily disposed for such
investigations for the reason that not unfrequently they have neither the
opportunity granted them to see real works of art, nor the capacity to grasp
them for what they are when they do so. The most essential thing which can
occupy our attention in this group is this namely, that in the supreme pain,
the supreme truth, the convulsive tension of the body, the distention of all
the muscles, the noble aspect of beauty is still preserved, and the process
has not been carried in the remotest degree to the extremes of grimace,
distortion, and over-strain. Despite of this, however, the entire work belongs
Page 185
without doubt—we have only to consider its subject-matter, the artificiality
of its co-ordinate grouping, the disposition of each posed figure and the
type of its elaboration—to a much later period, which already seeks to pass
beyond simple beauty and vitality by means of a deliberate obtrusion of
science in the configuration and muscular development of the human body,
and no less is anxious to please by refined excess in its executive
elaboration. The step from the ingenuous ease and greatness of art to a mere
mannerism is already taken.
(γ) Works of sculpture may be set forth in very various places, such as in the
entrances to columned halls, forecourts, landings of staircases, niches, and
so forth. It is just in this variety of local position and architectural setting,
which, on its account too, is variously related to human circumstances and
conditions, that the content and object of such works of art are for ever
changing, approaching as such art does in the group yet more closely our
humanity. It is, however, a serious defect to place groups that embody much
movement and variety of figure on the top of a building without further
background against the sky. In other words the colour of the sky may
sometimes be gray, at others blue and dazzlingly bright, so that it is
impossible to see the outlines of the figures. Yet these outlines, that is, the
silhouette we find in them, is just what is most important; it is the main
thing which we recognize, and which simply makes the rest intelligible. For
in the case of a group we find that many portions stand in front relatively to
others, an arm before the trunk of the body, or one leg in front of another.
Now the fact of distance alone disturbs the clearness and intelligible
articulation of such parts, or at least tends to do this more emphatically than
in the case of outlined portions which are independent. We have only to
imagine a group depicted on a piece of paper in which certain parts of a
figure are strongly and sharply indicated, while others on the contrary are
marked with lines of less defined and arresting definition. This is precisely
the effect of a statue's lines, and yet more those of groups, which have no
other background but that of the sky; in the latter case we only see a sharply
indicated silhouette, in which, so far as what is within the compass of that
outline, only relatively weaker articulation is visible.
This is the reason that, to take an example near home, the Victory on the
Brandenburg gate in Berlin not only affects us strongly by virtue of its
simplicity and repose, but can be readily followed through its separate
of its co-ordinate grouping, the disposition of each posed figure and the
type of its elaboration—to a much later period, which already seeks to pass
beyond simple beauty and vitality by means of a deliberate obtrusion of
science in the configuration and muscular development of the human body,
and no less is anxious to please by refined excess in its executive
elaboration. The step from the ingenuous ease and greatness of art to a mere
mannerism is already taken.
(γ) Works of sculpture may be set forth in very various places, such as in the
entrances to columned halls, forecourts, landings of staircases, niches, and
so forth. It is just in this variety of local position and architectural setting,
which, on its account too, is variously related to human circumstances and
conditions, that the content and object of such works of art are for ever
changing, approaching as such art does in the group yet more closely our
humanity. It is, however, a serious defect to place groups that embody much
movement and variety of figure on the top of a building without further
background against the sky. In other words the colour of the sky may
sometimes be gray, at others blue and dazzlingly bright, so that it is
impossible to see the outlines of the figures. Yet these outlines, that is, the
silhouette we find in them, is just what is most important; it is the main
thing which we recognize, and which simply makes the rest intelligible. For
in the case of a group we find that many portions stand in front relatively to
others, an arm before the trunk of the body, or one leg in front of another.
Now the fact of distance alone disturbs the clearness and intelligible
articulation of such parts, or at least tends to do this more emphatically than
in the case of outlined portions which are independent. We have only to
imagine a group depicted on a piece of paper in which certain parts of a
figure are strongly and sharply indicated, while others on the contrary are
marked with lines of less defined and arresting definition. This is precisely
the effect of a statue's lines, and yet more those of groups, which have no
other background but that of the sky; in the latter case we only see a sharply
indicated silhouette, in which, so far as what is within the compass of that
outline, only relatively weaker articulation is visible.
This is the reason that, to take an example near home, the Victory on the
Brandenburg gate in Berlin not only affects us strongly by virtue of its
simplicity and repose, but can be readily followed through its separate
Page 186
figures. The horses, in fact, stand far from each other, without either of
them impairing the view of the other; and similarly the figure of Victory
rises sufficiently high above them. Conversely the Apollo drawn in a car by
griffins, which we have on the Opera House, is less satisfactory from this
point of view, however artistic the entire conception and technical work
may be in other respects. By the favour of a friend I saw these figures
before they were taken from the workshop. The effect promised was noble.
But as we see them now at such a height, we have far too much of one
outline partly obscuring another, which in its turn is backed by something
else, and consequently is less freely and clearly silhouetted than would be
the case were all the figures silhouetted in their simple outlines[187]. The
griffins, which necessarily, on account of their shorter legs, do not stand up
either so highly or so freely as horses, have wings into the bargain, and
Apollo, too, has his tuft of hair and his lyre. All this detail is too much for
the position, and only tends to make the outlines obscure.
(c) The final mode of representation, in which sculpture makes an important
step in the direction of the principle of painting is the relief; in the first
instance the high-relief, and after it the low-relief. The condition here is the
surface, the figures standing on one and the same plane, so that the spatial
totality of the figure, which is the point of departure of sculpture, more and
more tends to disappear. The older form of relief, however, does not as yet
approximate so closely to painting, which involves distinctions of
perspective between the foreground and background, but rather holds fast to
the surface or plane as such without permitting the different objects to
project into or to retire within the distinctions of their spatial position by
means of an artificial reduction of size. In the present case figures in profile
are preferred, and they are placed side by side on an even surface. A simple
treatment of this kind does not admit the content of complicated actions, but
actions which in real life already adopt more or less of one and the same
line of motion, processions of all kinds, whether those of sacrifice or
Olympian victors or others. Add to this the relief is capable of the greatest
variety of form. It not only fills up and decorates the friezes and walls of
temples, but is attached to utensils of all kinds, sacrificial bowls, votive
gifts, shells, goblets, urns, lamps, and so forth; it is the adornment of seats
and tripods, and is closely allied to the skilled crafts. Here as nowhere else
the ingenuity of invention receives the fullest scope in every kind of form
them impairing the view of the other; and similarly the figure of Victory
rises sufficiently high above them. Conversely the Apollo drawn in a car by
griffins, which we have on the Opera House, is less satisfactory from this
point of view, however artistic the entire conception and technical work
may be in other respects. By the favour of a friend I saw these figures
before they were taken from the workshop. The effect promised was noble.
But as we see them now at such a height, we have far too much of one
outline partly obscuring another, which in its turn is backed by something
else, and consequently is less freely and clearly silhouetted than would be
the case were all the figures silhouetted in their simple outlines[187]. The
griffins, which necessarily, on account of their shorter legs, do not stand up
either so highly or so freely as horses, have wings into the bargain, and
Apollo, too, has his tuft of hair and his lyre. All this detail is too much for
the position, and only tends to make the outlines obscure.
(c) The final mode of representation, in which sculpture makes an important
step in the direction of the principle of painting is the relief; in the first
instance the high-relief, and after it the low-relief. The condition here is the
surface, the figures standing on one and the same plane, so that the spatial
totality of the figure, which is the point of departure of sculpture, more and
more tends to disappear. The older form of relief, however, does not as yet
approximate so closely to painting, which involves distinctions of
perspective between the foreground and background, but rather holds fast to
the surface or plane as such without permitting the different objects to
project into or to retire within the distinctions of their spatial position by
means of an artificial reduction of size. In the present case figures in profile
are preferred, and they are placed side by side on an even surface. A simple
treatment of this kind does not admit the content of complicated actions, but
actions which in real life already adopt more or less of one and the same
line of motion, processions of all kinds, whether those of sacrifice or
Olympian victors or others. Add to this the relief is capable of the greatest
variety of form. It not only fills up and decorates the friezes and walls of
temples, but is attached to utensils of all kinds, sacrificial bowls, votive
gifts, shells, goblets, urns, lamps, and so forth; it is the adornment of seats
and tripods, and is closely allied to the skilled crafts. Here as nowhere else
the ingenuity of invention receives the fullest scope in every kind of form
Page 187
and combination, and is no longer in position to retain the true object of
independent sculpture.
2. THE MATERIAL OF SCULPTURE
We have, by our acceptance of the principle of individuality, which is
fundamental to sculpture, been compelled not merely to emphasize in
separation the different provinces of the divine, human and natural, from
which plastic art accepts its subject-matter, but also to classify the several
modes of presentation in the single statue, group, or relief. In the same way
we have to discover a like variety of division in the material which the
artist can make use of in his works. For different kinds of content and mode
of presentation are more particularly congenial to different kinds of
sensuous material, and betray a secret attraction to and affinity with such.
By way of generalization I will merely here permit myself the remark that
the ancients, in addition to the extraordinary excellence of their invention,
equally excite our astonishment by reason of the amazing elaboration and
versatility of their technical accomplishment. Both aspects present an equal
difficulty in sculpture, because the means at hand here for such presentation
are without the ideal many-sidedness, which is at the disposal of the other
arts. Architecture is no doubt poorer still in this respect; but it is not her
province to embody spirit in its vitality, or what is actually alive in Nature
in a material which is by itself wholly inorganic. This elaborate dexterity in
the absolutely consummate treatment of pure material is, however, bound
up with the notion of the Ideal itself, for its very principle is a complete
entrance into the sensuous concreteness and the blending together of the
Ideal with its external mode of existence. The same principle is therefore
once again asserted, where the Ideal attains its executed form and
realization. In this respect we have no reason to wonder, when it is asserted
that artists, in periods distinguished by great executive ability, either
executed their works of marble in clay without models, or, if they had
recourse to them, set about their work in a much freer and unconstrained
manner than is the case in our own times, where, to put the fact bluntly, it
only makes copies which are now executed in marble after originals carried
out in the clay[188]. The old artists retained in fact the vital enthusiasm,
which is always to a more or less extent lost in the case of copies and
replicas, although it is undeniable that now and again we meet with
independent sculpture.
2. THE MATERIAL OF SCULPTURE
We have, by our acceptance of the principle of individuality, which is
fundamental to sculpture, been compelled not merely to emphasize in
separation the different provinces of the divine, human and natural, from
which plastic art accepts its subject-matter, but also to classify the several
modes of presentation in the single statue, group, or relief. In the same way
we have to discover a like variety of division in the material which the
artist can make use of in his works. For different kinds of content and mode
of presentation are more particularly congenial to different kinds of
sensuous material, and betray a secret attraction to and affinity with such.
By way of generalization I will merely here permit myself the remark that
the ancients, in addition to the extraordinary excellence of their invention,
equally excite our astonishment by reason of the amazing elaboration and
versatility of their technical accomplishment. Both aspects present an equal
difficulty in sculpture, because the means at hand here for such presentation
are without the ideal many-sidedness, which is at the disposal of the other
arts. Architecture is no doubt poorer still in this respect; but it is not her
province to embody spirit in its vitality, or what is actually alive in Nature
in a material which is by itself wholly inorganic. This elaborate dexterity in
the absolutely consummate treatment of pure material is, however, bound
up with the notion of the Ideal itself, for its very principle is a complete
entrance into the sensuous concreteness and the blending together of the
Ideal with its external mode of existence. The same principle is therefore
once again asserted, where the Ideal attains its executed form and
realization. In this respect we have no reason to wonder, when it is asserted
that artists, in periods distinguished by great executive ability, either
executed their works of marble in clay without models, or, if they had
recourse to them, set about their work in a much freer and unconstrained
manner than is the case in our own times, where, to put the fact bluntly, it
only makes copies which are now executed in marble after originals carried
out in the clay[188]. The old artists retained in fact the vital enthusiasm,
which is always to a more or less extent lost in the case of copies and
replicas, although it is undeniable that now and again we meet with
Page 188
defective work in famous masterpieces, as, for example, eyes that are not of
the same size, ears one of which is placed lower than the other, feet that are
of unequal length and others of the same kind. They did not lay so much
stress on the absolute precision of the compass in such things as ordinary
production and art criticism, that mediocrity of talent which imagines itself
so profound, is wont to do; and it can do little else.
(a) Among the different materials in which sculptors have executed images
of gods, wood is one of the most ancient. A trunk, a post at the top of which
a head can be indicated, such was the beginning. Among the earliest
examples of the temple image many are of wood, but the material was also
used even in the days of Pheidias. The colossal Minerva of Pheidias at
Plataea was mainly carved from wood which was gilded, the head, hands,
and feet being of marble[189]; Myron, too[190], executed a Hecate out of
wood here with only one head and body, and no doubt for Aegina, where
Hecate was most revered and a festival took place annually in her honour, a
festival which the Aeginetans maintained the Thracian Orpheus had
inaugurated for them.
Generally speaking, wood, when it is not covered over with gilding or some
other precious material, by reason of its texture and the grain of it, appears
too fine a material for works of importance and more appropriate to smaller
figures, for which purpose it was frequently used in the Middle Ages, and is
still thus utilized nowadays.
(b) Other materials of most importance are ivory, associated with gold,
founded bronze and marble.
(α) As is well known, Pheidias employed ivory and gold for his
masterpieces, such as his Olympian Zeus, and also for his famous colossal
Athene in the Acropolis of Athens, who carried on her hand an image of
Victory, itself being larger than life-size. The nude portions of the body
were made out of sheets of ivory, the drapery and mantle from gold plates,
which could be removed. This type of workmanship in yellowish ivory and
gold dates from a period in which statues were coloured, a kind of
representation which steadily approximated to the one colour tone of bronze
and marble. Ivory is an extremely pure material, smooth and without the
granular character of marble, and, moreover, costly. And among the
Athenians the costliness of the statues of their gods was itself of
the same size, ears one of which is placed lower than the other, feet that are
of unequal length and others of the same kind. They did not lay so much
stress on the absolute precision of the compass in such things as ordinary
production and art criticism, that mediocrity of talent which imagines itself
so profound, is wont to do; and it can do little else.
(a) Among the different materials in which sculptors have executed images
of gods, wood is one of the most ancient. A trunk, a post at the top of which
a head can be indicated, such was the beginning. Among the earliest
examples of the temple image many are of wood, but the material was also
used even in the days of Pheidias. The colossal Minerva of Pheidias at
Plataea was mainly carved from wood which was gilded, the head, hands,
and feet being of marble[189]; Myron, too[190], executed a Hecate out of
wood here with only one head and body, and no doubt for Aegina, where
Hecate was most revered and a festival took place annually in her honour, a
festival which the Aeginetans maintained the Thracian Orpheus had
inaugurated for them.
Generally speaking, wood, when it is not covered over with gilding or some
other precious material, by reason of its texture and the grain of it, appears
too fine a material for works of importance and more appropriate to smaller
figures, for which purpose it was frequently used in the Middle Ages, and is
still thus utilized nowadays.
(b) Other materials of most importance are ivory, associated with gold,
founded bronze and marble.
(α) As is well known, Pheidias employed ivory and gold for his
masterpieces, such as his Olympian Zeus, and also for his famous colossal
Athene in the Acropolis of Athens, who carried on her hand an image of
Victory, itself being larger than life-size. The nude portions of the body
were made out of sheets of ivory, the drapery and mantle from gold plates,
which could be removed. This type of workmanship in yellowish ivory and
gold dates from a period in which statues were coloured, a kind of
representation which steadily approximated to the one colour tone of bronze
and marble. Ivory is an extremely pure material, smooth and without the
granular character of marble, and, moreover, costly. And among the
Athenians the costliness of the statues of their gods was itself of
Page 189
importance. The Pallas at Plataea had merely a superficial gilding, that at
Athens solid metal plates. The statues had to be both of colossal size and of
the richest material. Quatremère de Quincy has written a masterly work
upon these works, upon the "toreutic" of the ancients. "Toreutic"—τορεύειν,
τόρευμα—is primarily applicable to figures whose lines are brought out by
engraving in metal, or cutting of some kind such as cut stones; one uses the
expression, however, to indicate entire works or parts of entire works in
metal, which are executed by means of moulds and the founder's art, that is,
not by means of engraving, then, still more remotely from the original
meaning, of superb figures on earthenware utensils, and finally in the
widest sense of mouldings[191] on bronze. Quatremère's researches have
particularly been directed to the technical aspect of the execution; he
calculates what must have been the size of the plates made of elephants'
tusks, and, among other things, how much space, in proportion to the
gigantic dimensions of the figure, they would leave covered. From another
point of view he is equally concerned to reproduce for us from the sketches,
or other evidence[192] we possess from antiquity, a drawing of the seated
figure of Zeus, and, most of all, the great chair with its rich decorations of
bas-reliefs, and by so doing to give us in every respect some conception of
the splendour and perfection of the work.
In the Middle Ages ivory is mainly used for smaller works of very varied
character, such as Christ on the Cross and the Virgin Mary, or yet again for
drinking vessels with scenes of hunting and the like, in which cases ivory,
on account of its smoothness and hardness, is in many respects preferable to
wood.
(β) The material which was most favoured and most widely employed by
the ancients was bronze, in the casting of which it attained a success of the
highest mastery. Preeminently during the period of Myron and Polycletus it
was the prevailing material utilized in statues of deities and other kinds of
sculpture. The darker, less defined colour, the sheen, the smoothness of
bronze generally, has not reached the abstract formality of the white marble,
and it is at the same time warmed. The bronze which the ancients used was
partly gold and silver, partly copper, varying considerably in the degrees of
its component parts. The so-called bronze of Corinth is, for example, a
composition unique of its kind which originated after the burning of Corinth
from the almost incredible wealth of this city in statues and vessels of
Athens solid metal plates. The statues had to be both of colossal size and of
the richest material. Quatremère de Quincy has written a masterly work
upon these works, upon the "toreutic" of the ancients. "Toreutic"—τορεύειν,
τόρευμα—is primarily applicable to figures whose lines are brought out by
engraving in metal, or cutting of some kind such as cut stones; one uses the
expression, however, to indicate entire works or parts of entire works in
metal, which are executed by means of moulds and the founder's art, that is,
not by means of engraving, then, still more remotely from the original
meaning, of superb figures on earthenware utensils, and finally in the
widest sense of mouldings[191] on bronze. Quatremère's researches have
particularly been directed to the technical aspect of the execution; he
calculates what must have been the size of the plates made of elephants'
tusks, and, among other things, how much space, in proportion to the
gigantic dimensions of the figure, they would leave covered. From another
point of view he is equally concerned to reproduce for us from the sketches,
or other evidence[192] we possess from antiquity, a drawing of the seated
figure of Zeus, and, most of all, the great chair with its rich decorations of
bas-reliefs, and by so doing to give us in every respect some conception of
the splendour and perfection of the work.
In the Middle Ages ivory is mainly used for smaller works of very varied
character, such as Christ on the Cross and the Virgin Mary, or yet again for
drinking vessels with scenes of hunting and the like, in which cases ivory,
on account of its smoothness and hardness, is in many respects preferable to
wood.
(β) The material which was most favoured and most widely employed by
the ancients was bronze, in the casting of which it attained a success of the
highest mastery. Preeminently during the period of Myron and Polycletus it
was the prevailing material utilized in statues of deities and other kinds of
sculpture. The darker, less defined colour, the sheen, the smoothness of
bronze generally, has not reached the abstract formality of the white marble,
and it is at the same time warmed. The bronze which the ancients used was
partly gold and silver, partly copper, varying considerably in the degrees of
its component parts. The so-called bronze of Corinth is, for example, a
composition unique of its kind which originated after the burning of Corinth
from the almost incredible wealth of this city in statues and vessels of
Page 190
bronze. Mummius had many statues carried off on his ships; and the
excellent man was so full of anxiety for their safe deliverance in Rome that
he informed the captain that in case of loss he must recreate the same
exactly or suffer, such was the threat, heavy punishment. In the founding of
bronze the ancients attained an incredible mastery, by aid of which it was
possible to them to cast it securely despite its extreme thinness. It is
possible to regard such a feat as merely a matter of technical dexterity
which is unconnected with true art. Every artist, however, works upon a
certain material, and it is an essential quality of genius to be complete
master of the same. Dexterity and adaptability in matters which concern the
technique and instruments of its work constitute one distinct aspect of
genius. On account of this virtuosity in the founder's art a work of sculpture
in this medium involved a less expensive process, and was in the reach of a
larger number than the chiselling out of marble statues. A second advantage,
which the ancients were able to attain in casting their work in bronze, was
the purity thereby acquired, which they carried so far that their bronze
statues did not require further enchasening, and consequently lost nothing
of the finer marks of expression, which is almost inevitable where such a
process is necessary. If we consider, then, the extraordinary number of
works of art, which originated in this facility and mastery over technical
matters, we cannot fail to be astonished and admit that the artistic sense for
sculpture is a distinctive impulse and instinct of spirit, which can only, that
is, in so overwhelming a degree, appear in one period and one people. In the
whole of the Prussian State, for example, at the present time we can easily
reckon up the number of bronze statues, the single bronze door of a church
we find in Gnesen, and, with the exception of the standing figures of
Blücher at Berlin and Breslau, and Luther at Wittenburg, we have merely a
few more in Königsberg and Düsseldorf[193].
The very various tone and the infinite adaptability to form and fusibility of
this material, which may accommodate itself to every kind of
representation, gives to sculpture the pass into every conceivable variety of
production, and makes its sensitive material suitable for a host of conceits,
prettinesses, utensils, ornaments, and innocent trifles of all kinds. Marble,
on the other hand, is limited in its suitability for the depicting of objects and
their size; it is, for instance, possible to execute bas-reliefs in it of a certain
size on urns and vases. It is, however, unsuitable for smaller objects. In the
case of bronze, however, which is not merely cast into specific forms, but
excellent man was so full of anxiety for their safe deliverance in Rome that
he informed the captain that in case of loss he must recreate the same
exactly or suffer, such was the threat, heavy punishment. In the founding of
bronze the ancients attained an incredible mastery, by aid of which it was
possible to them to cast it securely despite its extreme thinness. It is
possible to regard such a feat as merely a matter of technical dexterity
which is unconnected with true art. Every artist, however, works upon a
certain material, and it is an essential quality of genius to be complete
master of the same. Dexterity and adaptability in matters which concern the
technique and instruments of its work constitute one distinct aspect of
genius. On account of this virtuosity in the founder's art a work of sculpture
in this medium involved a less expensive process, and was in the reach of a
larger number than the chiselling out of marble statues. A second advantage,
which the ancients were able to attain in casting their work in bronze, was
the purity thereby acquired, which they carried so far that their bronze
statues did not require further enchasening, and consequently lost nothing
of the finer marks of expression, which is almost inevitable where such a
process is necessary. If we consider, then, the extraordinary number of
works of art, which originated in this facility and mastery over technical
matters, we cannot fail to be astonished and admit that the artistic sense for
sculpture is a distinctive impulse and instinct of spirit, which can only, that
is, in so overwhelming a degree, appear in one period and one people. In the
whole of the Prussian State, for example, at the present time we can easily
reckon up the number of bronze statues, the single bronze door of a church
we find in Gnesen, and, with the exception of the standing figures of
Blücher at Berlin and Breslau, and Luther at Wittenburg, we have merely a
few more in Königsberg and Düsseldorf[193].
The very various tone and the infinite adaptability to form and fusibility of
this material, which may accommodate itself to every kind of
representation, gives to sculpture the pass into every conceivable variety of
production, and makes its sensitive material suitable for a host of conceits,
prettinesses, utensils, ornaments, and innocent trifles of all kinds. Marble,
on the other hand, is limited in its suitability for the depicting of objects and
their size; it is, for instance, possible to execute bas-reliefs in it of a certain
size on urns and vases. It is, however, unsuitable for smaller objects. In the
case of bronze, however, which is not merely cast into specific forms, but
Page 191
can also be beaten into shape and informed by the engraver's tools, there is
hardly any type or size of representation which it does not command. We
may here, by way of more definite example, instance the case of coinage
minting. In this art, too, we find that the ancients executed masterworks of
beauty, albeit in the technical aspect of the mere mintage[194] they stand as
yet far behind our present elaboration of all that is mechanical in the design.
The coins in fact were not really minted, but beaten but of pieces of metal
closely resembling a globular form. This department of the art attained its
culmination in the time of Alexander. The coins of the Roman Empire have
already deteriorated. In our own time Napoleon endeavoured to revive the
beauty of antique work in his medals and coinage, and they are of great
excellence. In other states, however, the mere worth of the metal and
accurate weight is mainly important in the mintage of coin.
(γ) The last kind of material exceptionally favourable to sculpture is stone,
which possesses independently the external aspect of consistency and
permanence. The Egyptians long before chiselled out their sculptured
colossi with a labour that spared no pains from the hardest granite, syenite
and basalt. Marble is, however, most directly, as a material, in harmony
with the aims of sculpture through its soft purity, whiteness, no less than by
the absence of definite colour and the mildness of its sheen, and in
particular possesses, by virtue of its granular texture and the soft interfusion
of light which it carries, a great advantage over the chalk-like dead
whiteness of gypsum, which is too bright, and easily kills with its glare the
finer shadows. We find a distinct preference given to marble, only at a later
epoch of the Greek school, that is during the period of Praxiteles and
Scopas, who executed their most famous works in marble. Pheidias no
doubt worked in marble, but for the most part only in the execution of head,
hands, and feet. Myron and Polycletus mainly made use of bronze.
Praxiteles and Scopas, on the other hand, appear to have sought to remove
from sculpture that feature which is alien to its main principle, namely
colour. No doubt it is undeniable that the beauty of the ideal of sculpture is
capable of being embodied in bronze as in marble, with no diminution
whatever of its purity. When, however, as was the case with Praxiteles and
Scopas, art begins to approach the softer forms of grace and charm of
figure, the marble asserts itself as the more congenial medium. For marble
"encourages, by virtue of the transparency of its surface, a softness of
hardly any type or size of representation which it does not command. We
may here, by way of more definite example, instance the case of coinage
minting. In this art, too, we find that the ancients executed masterworks of
beauty, albeit in the technical aspect of the mere mintage[194] they stand as
yet far behind our present elaboration of all that is mechanical in the design.
The coins in fact were not really minted, but beaten but of pieces of metal
closely resembling a globular form. This department of the art attained its
culmination in the time of Alexander. The coins of the Roman Empire have
already deteriorated. In our own time Napoleon endeavoured to revive the
beauty of antique work in his medals and coinage, and they are of great
excellence. In other states, however, the mere worth of the metal and
accurate weight is mainly important in the mintage of coin.
(γ) The last kind of material exceptionally favourable to sculpture is stone,
which possesses independently the external aspect of consistency and
permanence. The Egyptians long before chiselled out their sculptured
colossi with a labour that spared no pains from the hardest granite, syenite
and basalt. Marble is, however, most directly, as a material, in harmony
with the aims of sculpture through its soft purity, whiteness, no less than by
the absence of definite colour and the mildness of its sheen, and in
particular possesses, by virtue of its granular texture and the soft interfusion
of light which it carries, a great advantage over the chalk-like dead
whiteness of gypsum, which is too bright, and easily kills with its glare the
finer shadows. We find a distinct preference given to marble, only at a later
epoch of the Greek school, that is during the period of Praxiteles and
Scopas, who executed their most famous works in marble. Pheidias no
doubt worked in marble, but for the most part only in the execution of head,
hands, and feet. Myron and Polycletus mainly made use of bronze.
Praxiteles and Scopas, on the other hand, appear to have sought to remove
from sculpture that feature which is alien to its main principle, namely
colour. No doubt it is undeniable that the beauty of the ideal of sculpture is
capable of being embodied in bronze as in marble, with no diminution
whatever of its purity. When, however, as was the case with Praxiteles and
Scopas, art begins to approach the softer forms of grace and charm of
figure, the marble asserts itself as the more congenial medium. For marble
"encourages, by virtue of the transparency of its surface, a softness of
Page 192
outline, its gentle articulation[195] and mild conjunction; add to this that the
tender and artificial elaboration of consummate work always appears more
clearly on the soft whiteness of stone than on bronze, however noble it may
be, which, in proportion as the transition of green is beautifully gradated,
makes the lustres and the reflections all the more disturbing to the effect of
repose[196]." For the same reason the careful attention, which at this period
was paid to effects of light and shade, whose nuances and gradations are
more clearly marked by marble than by bronze, was a further reason why
stone should be preferred to metal.
(c) In conclusion we ought to associate with the above more important
kinds of material precious stones and glass.
The ancient gems, cameos and pastes are invaluable. They repeat in fact on
the smallest scale, yet with consummate finish, the entire survey of
sculpture, from the simple figure of a god, through all the varied forms of
grouping to every possible kind of conceit in dainty delight and prettiness.
Winckelmann, however, observes with regard to the Stosch collection[197]:
"It was while looking at this that I was made aware of a truth, which
afterwards became to me of great value in elucidating monuments, very
difficult to understand; and the truth is this, that on cut stones, no less than
on imposing works of sculpture, we very rarely come across events which
took place after the Trojan war, or after the return of Odysseus to Ithaca, if
we only except the one case of the Heracleidae and the descendants of
Hercules; for in this latter case the limits of history and fable still overlap,
and fable is the main subject of these artists. Only one example of the tale
of the Heracleidae, however, is known to me personally." As for gems, the
genuine and most consummately executed figures are of the greatest beauty,
fine as the work of organic Nature, and may be inspected through a
magnifying glass without any loss to the purity of their delineation. I refer
to this fact in proof that the technique of art in such cases is almost an art of
intuition; the fineness is such that the artist is unable as the sculptor is to
follow the work with his eyes, but is rather compelled to feel after it. He
holds the stone which is made fast on wax against tiny sharp wheels which
are made to spin by means of a flying-wheel, and in this way cuts out the
forms. By this process what we have is a kind of instinctive sense, which
takes in and directs so consummately the conception, the intention of line
tender and artificial elaboration of consummate work always appears more
clearly on the soft whiteness of stone than on bronze, however noble it may
be, which, in proportion as the transition of green is beautifully gradated,
makes the lustres and the reflections all the more disturbing to the effect of
repose[196]." For the same reason the careful attention, which at this period
was paid to effects of light and shade, whose nuances and gradations are
more clearly marked by marble than by bronze, was a further reason why
stone should be preferred to metal.
(c) In conclusion we ought to associate with the above more important
kinds of material precious stones and glass.
The ancient gems, cameos and pastes are invaluable. They repeat in fact on
the smallest scale, yet with consummate finish, the entire survey of
sculpture, from the simple figure of a god, through all the varied forms of
grouping to every possible kind of conceit in dainty delight and prettiness.
Winckelmann, however, observes with regard to the Stosch collection[197]:
"It was while looking at this that I was made aware of a truth, which
afterwards became to me of great value in elucidating monuments, very
difficult to understand; and the truth is this, that on cut stones, no less than
on imposing works of sculpture, we very rarely come across events which
took place after the Trojan war, or after the return of Odysseus to Ithaca, if
we only except the one case of the Heracleidae and the descendants of
Hercules; for in this latter case the limits of history and fable still overlap,
and fable is the main subject of these artists. Only one example of the tale
of the Heracleidae, however, is known to me personally." As for gems, the
genuine and most consummately executed figures are of the greatest beauty,
fine as the work of organic Nature, and may be inspected through a
magnifying glass without any loss to the purity of their delineation. I refer
to this fact in proof that the technique of art in such cases is almost an art of
intuition; the fineness is such that the artist is unable as the sculptor is to
follow the work with his eyes, but is rather compelled to feel after it. He
holds the stone which is made fast on wax against tiny sharp wheels which
are made to spin by means of a flying-wheel, and in this way cuts out the
forms. By this process what we have is a kind of instinctive sense, which
takes in and directs so consummately the conception, the intention of line
Page 193
and drawing, that we can almost fancy ourselves to have before us in these
stones, when one sees them properly illuminated, a relief work.
The work on cameos is to be contrasted with the above. These represent
figures finely cut in out of the stone. The onyx was particularly utilized as
material for this kind of work. In dealing with these, the ancients were
expert in setting off to advantage and with taste the various strata, in
particular the white and yellow-brown. Aemilius Paulus had a number of
such stones and other trinkets carried to Rome.
In the representations which were depicted upon all this varied material the
Greek artists adapted as the basis of their work no situations which were
poetically conceived by themselves, but selected their subject-matter
invariably, if we only except examples of Bacchanals and dances, from
myths about the gods and sagas. Even in the case of urns and
representations of events relative to deceased persons they had definite facts
before them, which were associated with the individual, whom it was
thought right to honour by reason of his decease. The direct allegory, in
fact, does not belong to the genuine Ideal, but only becomes perspicuous in
art's later development.
3. THE HISTORICAL EVOLUTION OF SCULPTURE
We have hitherto regarded sculpture as the most adequate expression of the
classical Ideal. The Ideal, however, has not merely an intrinsic forward
development on its own account, by virtue of which it approximates to that
which it is in virtue of its notion, and by doing so equally begins a forward
movement beyond this absolute harmony with its own essential nature.
Quite apart from this, as we have already seen in the second main division
of this work during our review of the particular types of art as a process, it
contains, putting on one side its mode of presentation under the symbolical
type, a certain aspect pre-supposed, which it is bound to pass beyond in
order generally to establish itself as Ideal, and moreover a further type of
art, that is the romantic, from which it will once more pass away. Both types
of art, the symbolical no less than the romantic, likewise seize upon the
human figure as an element of their presentment, whose spatial outlines
they adhere to, and consequently set forth as sculpture sets them forth. We
have, therefore, when it is a question of drawing attention to the historical-
stones, when one sees them properly illuminated, a relief work.
The work on cameos is to be contrasted with the above. These represent
figures finely cut in out of the stone. The onyx was particularly utilized as
material for this kind of work. In dealing with these, the ancients were
expert in setting off to advantage and with taste the various strata, in
particular the white and yellow-brown. Aemilius Paulus had a number of
such stones and other trinkets carried to Rome.
In the representations which were depicted upon all this varied material the
Greek artists adapted as the basis of their work no situations which were
poetically conceived by themselves, but selected their subject-matter
invariably, if we only except examples of Bacchanals and dances, from
myths about the gods and sagas. Even in the case of urns and
representations of events relative to deceased persons they had definite facts
before them, which were associated with the individual, whom it was
thought right to honour by reason of his decease. The direct allegory, in
fact, does not belong to the genuine Ideal, but only becomes perspicuous in
art's later development.
3. THE HISTORICAL EVOLUTION OF SCULPTURE
We have hitherto regarded sculpture as the most adequate expression of the
classical Ideal. The Ideal, however, has not merely an intrinsic forward
development on its own account, by virtue of which it approximates to that
which it is in virtue of its notion, and by doing so equally begins a forward
movement beyond this absolute harmony with its own essential nature.
Quite apart from this, as we have already seen in the second main division
of this work during our review of the particular types of art as a process, it
contains, putting on one side its mode of presentation under the symbolical
type, a certain aspect pre-supposed, which it is bound to pass beyond in
order generally to establish itself as Ideal, and moreover a further type of
art, that is the romantic, from which it will once more pass away. Both types
of art, the symbolical no less than the romantic, likewise seize upon the
human figure as an element of their presentment, whose spatial outlines
they adhere to, and consequently set forth as sculpture sets them forth. We
have, therefore, when it is a question of drawing attention to the historical-
Page 194
development, not only to speak of Greek and Roman sculpture, but also
Oriental and Christian. It was, however, the Egyptian people pre-eminently
among all, among whom the symbolical type sums up the fundamental
character of their art-production, who first began to associate with their
deities the human figure as it emerges from a mode of existence that is
purely natural, and for this reason it is mainly among them that we meet too
with sculpture, inasmuch as they gave as a rule to their general outlook an
artistic existence in that which was simply material. The sculpture of
Christianity is of wider range and richer development. We do not merely
refer here to its uniquely romantic character in the Middle Ages, but also to
that further elaboration, in which we find it made an effort once again to
approach more closely the principle of the classical Ideal, and establish that
type most specifically consonant with sculpture.
I will in concluding the present section of my work in its entirety, and
following the above general observations, add a few words, first, upon
Egyptian sculpture as contrasted with the Greek as the introductory stage of
the true Ideal.
The characteristic elaboration of Greek sculpture makes our second stage,
which closes with Roman sculpture. On the present occasion what will
mainly concern us will be to survey the stage which precedes the really
ideal mode of presentation, because we have already in our second chapter
considered at length ideal sculpture.
Thirdly, we have merely left us to indicate briefly the principle of Christian
sculpture. I can only undertake in this place to refer to it in the most general
terms.
(a) When we have the intention to investigate on the soil of Greece the
classical art of sculpture from the historical standpoint, we find ourselves
already confronted with Egyptian art in the form of sculpture before we
have arrived at our object; and we must add not merely is this so in regard
to great works which bear witness to the highest technique and elaboration
in an entirely unique artistic style, but as the point of departure and source
for the forms of Greek plastic art. That this last result on the ground of
historical fact amounts also to an external contact, an acceptance and an
instruction to which Greek artists submitted, this must be left to the history
of art to establish, whether it be in reference to the significance of figures of
Oriental and Christian. It was, however, the Egyptian people pre-eminently
among all, among whom the symbolical type sums up the fundamental
character of their art-production, who first began to associate with their
deities the human figure as it emerges from a mode of existence that is
purely natural, and for this reason it is mainly among them that we meet too
with sculpture, inasmuch as they gave as a rule to their general outlook an
artistic existence in that which was simply material. The sculpture of
Christianity is of wider range and richer development. We do not merely
refer here to its uniquely romantic character in the Middle Ages, but also to
that further elaboration, in which we find it made an effort once again to
approach more closely the principle of the classical Ideal, and establish that
type most specifically consonant with sculpture.
I will in concluding the present section of my work in its entirety, and
following the above general observations, add a few words, first, upon
Egyptian sculpture as contrasted with the Greek as the introductory stage of
the true Ideal.
The characteristic elaboration of Greek sculpture makes our second stage,
which closes with Roman sculpture. On the present occasion what will
mainly concern us will be to survey the stage which precedes the really
ideal mode of presentation, because we have already in our second chapter
considered at length ideal sculpture.
Thirdly, we have merely left us to indicate briefly the principle of Christian
sculpture. I can only undertake in this place to refer to it in the most general
terms.
(a) When we have the intention to investigate on the soil of Greece the
classical art of sculpture from the historical standpoint, we find ourselves
already confronted with Egyptian art in the form of sculpture before we
have arrived at our object; and we must add not merely is this so in regard
to great works which bear witness to the highest technique and elaboration
in an entirely unique artistic style, but as the point of departure and source
for the forms of Greek plastic art. That this last result on the ground of
historical fact amounts also to an external contact, an acceptance and an
instruction to which Greek artists submitted, this must be left to the history
of art to establish, whether it be in reference to the significance of figures of
Page 195
deities represented from the field of mythology, or to the particular methods
of artistic treatment. The association between Greek and Egyptian ideas of
the gods is a conviction set forth with proofs by Herodotus. Creuzer is of
the view that we find this external association of these arts most clearly
demonstrated on coins, and he lays exceptional stress on ancient Attic
examples. He has showed me one in his own possession in which without
question the face, a profile possessed quite the outline of the physiognomy
of Egyptian figures in every respect[198]. We must, however, here leave this
purely historical aspect to stand on its own merits, and confine ourselves to
the inquiry whether apart from it a more ideal and necessary bond of
connection cannot be established. This bond of intrinsic causality we have
already adverted to above. It is necessary that the art which is incomplete
must precede the complete form of art, the Ideal, by means of the negation
of which, that is by the stripping off of that aspect which adheres to it as a
defect, the Ideal is first realized. In this respect unquestionably classical art
is a becoming or a process, which, however, apart from it must necessarily
possess an independent existence, inasmuch as quâ classical it must leave
all deficiency, all the mere becoming behind it, and be essentially rounded
in "completion." This process as such consists in this, that the form of the
presentation first begins to run counter to the Ideal, and yet remains
incapable of an ideal grasp, belonging as it does to the symbolical synthesis,
which is unable to embody in union the universal aspect of the significance,
and the individual embodiment as it appears to sense. That Egyptian
sculpture possesses such a fundamental character, is the single point that I
will now briefly touch upon.
(α) The primary fact that calls for attention is the deficiency we find here in
ideal and creative spontaneity, despite the greatest technical perfection. The
source of works of Greek sculpture is the vitality and freedom of the
imagination, which builds up individual figures from the religious ideas
which are prevalent, and in the individuality of this its production makes an
actual fact of its own ideal outlook and classical perfection. The Egyptian
figures of deities, on the contrary, receive an inherited[199] type. As Plato
long ago observes[200], the representations were long before fixed by the
priestly caste, and it was neither permitted to painter nor any master of
sculpture to introduce novelty, nor indeed to invent anything at all, but to
accept instead what was already among them and traditional; neither is such
of artistic treatment. The association between Greek and Egyptian ideas of
the gods is a conviction set forth with proofs by Herodotus. Creuzer is of
the view that we find this external association of these arts most clearly
demonstrated on coins, and he lays exceptional stress on ancient Attic
examples. He has showed me one in his own possession in which without
question the face, a profile possessed quite the outline of the physiognomy
of Egyptian figures in every respect[198]. We must, however, here leave this
purely historical aspect to stand on its own merits, and confine ourselves to
the inquiry whether apart from it a more ideal and necessary bond of
connection cannot be established. This bond of intrinsic causality we have
already adverted to above. It is necessary that the art which is incomplete
must precede the complete form of art, the Ideal, by means of the negation
of which, that is by the stripping off of that aspect which adheres to it as a
defect, the Ideal is first realized. In this respect unquestionably classical art
is a becoming or a process, which, however, apart from it must necessarily
possess an independent existence, inasmuch as quâ classical it must leave
all deficiency, all the mere becoming behind it, and be essentially rounded
in "completion." This process as such consists in this, that the form of the
presentation first begins to run counter to the Ideal, and yet remains
incapable of an ideal grasp, belonging as it does to the symbolical synthesis,
which is unable to embody in union the universal aspect of the significance,
and the individual embodiment as it appears to sense. That Egyptian
sculpture possesses such a fundamental character, is the single point that I
will now briefly touch upon.
(α) The primary fact that calls for attention is the deficiency we find here in
ideal and creative spontaneity, despite the greatest technical perfection. The
source of works of Greek sculpture is the vitality and freedom of the
imagination, which builds up individual figures from the religious ideas
which are prevalent, and in the individuality of this its production makes an
actual fact of its own ideal outlook and classical perfection. The Egyptian
figures of deities, on the contrary, receive an inherited[199] type. As Plato
long ago observes[200], the representations were long before fixed by the
priestly caste, and it was neither permitted to painter nor any master of
sculpture to introduce novelty, nor indeed to invent anything at all, but to
accept instead what was already among them and traditional; neither is such
Page 196
permission conceded now. We consequently find that what was made and
fashioned, it may be myriads of years before (to allow oneself a
hyperbolical expression for the great number that is actual verity), is neither
more beautiful nor more ugly than the work of to-day. The circumstance
must also be associated with this scholastic accuracy, that in Egypt, as
appears clear from Herodotus[201], artists did not enjoy the same respect as
other citizens, but were forced with their children to defer to all who were
not engaged in artistic work. Add to this art among the people was not
followed according to natural inclination; the institution of caste was
paramount, and the son walked after his father, not merely in the matter of
profession, but also in the way in which he made himself efficient in his
duties and his art. One man simply placed his feet in the steps of another, so
that, as Winckelmann has already observed[202], "Not a soul appears to have
left behind him a footmark, which he can appropriate as his own."
Consequently art, when fully confronted with this enforced serfdom of
Spirit—in conjunction with which the mobility of free and artistic genius, in
other words, not the mere impulse after external honour and reward, but the
more elevated impulse to be artist, is banished—maintained itself simply as
the mere craftsman working in a purely mechanical and abstract way
according to forms and rules ready to hand, rather than with the vision of
the artist of his own individuality in his work, viewed in this way as his
own unique creation.
(β) Coming now in the second place to the actual works of art, here, too, we
may borrow from Winckelmann, whose descriptions attest once more his
exceptional acuteness of observation and distinction, and whose account of
the character of Egyptian sculpture is in its main lines as follows[203].
Speaking generally we may say that both grace and vitality, which are the
result of the genuine sweep and balance of organic line, are absent from the
entire figure and its detailed parts; the outlines are straight or in lines that
show less deviation from it, the pose appears constrained and stiff, the feet
are thrust close together, and in cases of figures in the upright position
where one foot is placed before the other, both point in the same direction
instead of having the toes turned outwards. In the same way, in masculine
figures, the arms hang down straight and glued to the body. Further, the
hands, such is Winckelmann's view, are shaped much as we find them in
men who possess hands not badly shaped originally, but deteriorated and
fashioned, it may be myriads of years before (to allow oneself a
hyperbolical expression for the great number that is actual verity), is neither
more beautiful nor more ugly than the work of to-day. The circumstance
must also be associated with this scholastic accuracy, that in Egypt, as
appears clear from Herodotus[201], artists did not enjoy the same respect as
other citizens, but were forced with their children to defer to all who were
not engaged in artistic work. Add to this art among the people was not
followed according to natural inclination; the institution of caste was
paramount, and the son walked after his father, not merely in the matter of
profession, but also in the way in which he made himself efficient in his
duties and his art. One man simply placed his feet in the steps of another, so
that, as Winckelmann has already observed[202], "Not a soul appears to have
left behind him a footmark, which he can appropriate as his own."
Consequently art, when fully confronted with this enforced serfdom of
Spirit—in conjunction with which the mobility of free and artistic genius, in
other words, not the mere impulse after external honour and reward, but the
more elevated impulse to be artist, is banished—maintained itself simply as
the mere craftsman working in a purely mechanical and abstract way
according to forms and rules ready to hand, rather than with the vision of
the artist of his own individuality in his work, viewed in this way as his
own unique creation.
(β) Coming now in the second place to the actual works of art, here, too, we
may borrow from Winckelmann, whose descriptions attest once more his
exceptional acuteness of observation and distinction, and whose account of
the character of Egyptian sculpture is in its main lines as follows[203].
Speaking generally we may say that both grace and vitality, which are the
result of the genuine sweep and balance of organic line, are absent from the
entire figure and its detailed parts; the outlines are straight or in lines that
show less deviation from it, the pose appears constrained and stiff, the feet
are thrust close together, and in cases of figures in the upright position
where one foot is placed before the other, both point in the same direction
instead of having the toes turned outwards. In the same way, in masculine
figures, the arms hang down straight and glued to the body. Further, the
hands, such is Winckelmann's view, are shaped much as we find them in
men who possess hands not badly shaped originally, but deteriorated and
Page 197
neglected; feet, on the other hand, are too flat and spread out, the toes are of
equal length and the little toe is neither crooked nor curved inwards: in
other respects hands, nails, and toes are not badly shaped, although neither
the joints of fingers nor toes are indicated. And similarly we may say of all
the rest of the nude figure the muscles and bones are but slightly indicated,
and the nerves and veins not at all. In short, so far as detail is concerned,
despite the laborious and able execution, just that aspect of the elaboration
is absent which alone communicates to the figure its true animation and
vitality. The knees, however, bones, and elbows are traceable in relief, as
we find them in Nature. Masculine figures are conspicuous for their
exceptionally narrow waist above the hips. The backs of figures, on account
of their position against columns and their being sculptured from one block
with them, are not visible.
Together with this lack of mobility, which is not entirely due to the
technical inferiority of the artists, but must be regarded as a result of their
primitive conception of the figures of deities and their mysterious repose, is
nearly associated the absence of any true situation and any sort or kind of
action, which are asserted in sculpture by means of the position and motion
of the hands and the demeanour and expression of delineation. No doubt we
do find among Egyptian representations on obelisks and walls many figures
in movement, but these are purely reliefs and are for the most part painted.
To add a few more examples of even more intimate detail, the eyes are not
deeply set as in the Greek ideal, but are almost on a level with the forehead;
they are flattened and extended obliquely. The eye-brows, eyelids, and rims
of the lips are mainly suggested by the graver's lines, or the brows are
indicated by a stroke in relief, which extends as far as the temples and is at
that point cut off angular wise. What we above all find wanting here is the
projection of the forehead, and along with this, together with uncommonly
high placed ears and arched noses, as is the rule with vulgar natures, we
have the retreating form of cheekbones, which in contrast to other parts are
strongly indicated and emphasized, whereas the chin is always retiring and
small; the rigidly closed mouth, too, draws its corners in an outward rather
than an under-ward direction, and the lips appear to be separated from each
other by a mere slit. Speaking generally, then, such figures are not only
wanting in freedom and vitality, but more than anything else the head fails
to show us the expression of spiritual significance; the animal aspect is the
equal length and the little toe is neither crooked nor curved inwards: in
other respects hands, nails, and toes are not badly shaped, although neither
the joints of fingers nor toes are indicated. And similarly we may say of all
the rest of the nude figure the muscles and bones are but slightly indicated,
and the nerves and veins not at all. In short, so far as detail is concerned,
despite the laborious and able execution, just that aspect of the elaboration
is absent which alone communicates to the figure its true animation and
vitality. The knees, however, bones, and elbows are traceable in relief, as
we find them in Nature. Masculine figures are conspicuous for their
exceptionally narrow waist above the hips. The backs of figures, on account
of their position against columns and their being sculptured from one block
with them, are not visible.
Together with this lack of mobility, which is not entirely due to the
technical inferiority of the artists, but must be regarded as a result of their
primitive conception of the figures of deities and their mysterious repose, is
nearly associated the absence of any true situation and any sort or kind of
action, which are asserted in sculpture by means of the position and motion
of the hands and the demeanour and expression of delineation. No doubt we
do find among Egyptian representations on obelisks and walls many figures
in movement, but these are purely reliefs and are for the most part painted.
To add a few more examples of even more intimate detail, the eyes are not
deeply set as in the Greek ideal, but are almost on a level with the forehead;
they are flattened and extended obliquely. The eye-brows, eyelids, and rims
of the lips are mainly suggested by the graver's lines, or the brows are
indicated by a stroke in relief, which extends as far as the temples and is at
that point cut off angular wise. What we above all find wanting here is the
projection of the forehead, and along with this, together with uncommonly
high placed ears and arched noses, as is the rule with vulgar natures, we
have the retreating form of cheekbones, which in contrast to other parts are
strongly indicated and emphasized, whereas the chin is always retiring and
small; the rigidly closed mouth, too, draws its corners in an outward rather
than an under-ward direction, and the lips appear to be separated from each
other by a mere slit. Speaking generally, then, such figures are not only
wanting in freedom and vitality, but more than anything else the head fails
to show us the expression of spiritual significance; the animal aspect is the
Page 198
prevailing one, and Spirit is not as yet suffered to appear in its self-poise
and independence.
The execution of animal figures is, on the contrary, according to the same
authority, carried through with much knowledge and an exquisite variety of
gently gradated outlines and of parts that flow one into the other without a
break. And if in the human figures spiritual life is not as yet liberated from
the animal type and the interfusion of the Ideal with what is sensuous and of
Nature on a new and free model is absent, yet we find here that the
specifically symbolical significance of the human no less than the animal
figures is directly expressed by means of sculpture in these embodiments of
forms, in which human and animal shapes pass into one mysterious union.
(γ) Consequently the works of art, which carry on their face this character,
remain at the stage where the breach between significance and form is not
yet bridged over. For such a stage significance is still of main importance,
and what is aimed at is rather the conception of that in its general aspect,
than the vitalization of any one individual figure and the artistic enjoyment
derived from such presentment. Sculpture proceeds here from the genius of
an entire people, about which we may on the one hand affirm, that it has in
the first instance arrived at the point where the need of imaginative
conception is disclosed; and it is satisfied to find that indicated in the work
of art, which is present in the conception, and here of course is a conception
which is religious. We are not therefore entitled, taking into consideration
the great strides they have made in laborious activity upon and actual
perfection in technical execution, to call the Egyptians uneducated in their
sculpture merely on the ground that, despite all this, they did not as yet in
great measure seek to attach truth, vitality, and beauty to their results, by
virtue of which qualities the free work of art receives a soul. Doubtless
from another point of view the Egyptians did advance beyond the mere idea
and its necessary demand. They sought further to envisage and embody the
same in human and animal forms, nay, they knew how to comprehend and
set forth the forms, which they reproduced, clearly, without distortion and
in their just relations. They failed, however, to impart to them the breath of
vitality, which the human form in its natural state already possesses, and to
infuse with them that more exalted life, by virtue of which an active and
fluent motion of spirit could be expressed in a created image that was
adequate to its significance. Their works rather attest a seriousness that is
and independence.
The execution of animal figures is, on the contrary, according to the same
authority, carried through with much knowledge and an exquisite variety of
gently gradated outlines and of parts that flow one into the other without a
break. And if in the human figures spiritual life is not as yet liberated from
the animal type and the interfusion of the Ideal with what is sensuous and of
Nature on a new and free model is absent, yet we find here that the
specifically symbolical significance of the human no less than the animal
figures is directly expressed by means of sculpture in these embodiments of
forms, in which human and animal shapes pass into one mysterious union.
(γ) Consequently the works of art, which carry on their face this character,
remain at the stage where the breach between significance and form is not
yet bridged over. For such a stage significance is still of main importance,
and what is aimed at is rather the conception of that in its general aspect,
than the vitalization of any one individual figure and the artistic enjoyment
derived from such presentment. Sculpture proceeds here from the genius of
an entire people, about which we may on the one hand affirm, that it has in
the first instance arrived at the point where the need of imaginative
conception is disclosed; and it is satisfied to find that indicated in the work
of art, which is present in the conception, and here of course is a conception
which is religious. We are not therefore entitled, taking into consideration
the great strides they have made in laborious activity upon and actual
perfection in technical execution, to call the Egyptians uneducated in their
sculpture merely on the ground that, despite all this, they did not as yet in
great measure seek to attach truth, vitality, and beauty to their results, by
virtue of which qualities the free work of art receives a soul. Doubtless
from another point of view the Egyptians did advance beyond the mere idea
and its necessary demand. They sought further to envisage and embody the
same in human and animal forms, nay, they knew how to comprehend and
set forth the forms, which they reproduced, clearly, without distortion and
in their just relations. They failed, however, to impart to them the breath of
vitality, which the human form in its natural state already possesses, and to
infuse with them that more exalted life, by virtue of which an active and
fluent motion of spirit could be expressed in a created image that was
adequate to its significance. Their works rather attest a seriousness that is
Page 199
entirely lifeless, an unsolved riddle, so that the configuration does not so
much embody their own individual ideality as permit us to surmise a further
significance which is still alien to it. I will here only adduce one example,
namely, the frequently recurring figure of Isis, holding Horus on her knees.
Here we have, so far as externals are concerned, the same subject-matter
that we meet with in Christian art as the Madonna and her Child. In the
symmetrical, straight-lined, and immovable pose of the Egyptian example
we discover, to quote a recent description[204], "neither a mother, nor a
child; there is no trace of affection, smile, or endearment, in a word there is
no real expression at all. Tranquil, unperturbed, and immovable is this
divine mother, who suckles her divine babe; or rather we have here neither
goddess nor mother, nor son, nor god. It is simply the sensuous sign of a
thought, which is capable of no result and no passion; it is not the genuine
presentation of a real action, still less the just expression of a natural
emotion."
And it is precisely this which constitutes the breach between signification
and determinate being, which creates the absence of figurative expression in
the artistic results of the Egyptian people. Their ideality or spiritual sense is
still so imbruted, that it has no imperative desire to possess the precision
bound up in a true and vital representation carried through with detailed
accuracy, to which the onlooker has nothing to add, but may simply
surrender himself to the attitude of reception and translation, because
everything is already a gift of the artist. We must have a more lofty feeling
of the individual's self-respect aroused than the Egyptians possessed, before
we cease to be content with the indefinite and superficial features of art, and
make valid in its products a claim to reason, science, motion, expression,
soul, and beauty.
(b) We find this artistic self-consciousness, so far as sculpture is concerned,
first wholly alive among the Greeks. By its presence all the defects of the
Egyptian phase of art vanish. Yet in this further development we do not
have to make a wide leap from the imperfections of a type of sculpture still
symbolical to the perfected result of the classical Ideal. Rather the Ideal has,
in its own distinctive province—I have noticed this more than once—
although lifted to a higher range, to remove the defects whereby in the first
instance its onward path of perfection is obstructed.
much embody their own individual ideality as permit us to surmise a further
significance which is still alien to it. I will here only adduce one example,
namely, the frequently recurring figure of Isis, holding Horus on her knees.
Here we have, so far as externals are concerned, the same subject-matter
that we meet with in Christian art as the Madonna and her Child. In the
symmetrical, straight-lined, and immovable pose of the Egyptian example
we discover, to quote a recent description[204], "neither a mother, nor a
child; there is no trace of affection, smile, or endearment, in a word there is
no real expression at all. Tranquil, unperturbed, and immovable is this
divine mother, who suckles her divine babe; or rather we have here neither
goddess nor mother, nor son, nor god. It is simply the sensuous sign of a
thought, which is capable of no result and no passion; it is not the genuine
presentation of a real action, still less the just expression of a natural
emotion."
And it is precisely this which constitutes the breach between signification
and determinate being, which creates the absence of figurative expression in
the artistic results of the Egyptian people. Their ideality or spiritual sense is
still so imbruted, that it has no imperative desire to possess the precision
bound up in a true and vital representation carried through with detailed
accuracy, to which the onlooker has nothing to add, but may simply
surrender himself to the attitude of reception and translation, because
everything is already a gift of the artist. We must have a more lofty feeling
of the individual's self-respect aroused than the Egyptians possessed, before
we cease to be content with the indefinite and superficial features of art, and
make valid in its products a claim to reason, science, motion, expression,
soul, and beauty.
(b) We find this artistic self-consciousness, so far as sculpture is concerned,
first wholly alive among the Greeks. By its presence all the defects of the
Egyptian phase of art vanish. Yet in this further development we do not
have to make a wide leap from the imperfections of a type of sculpture still
symbolical to the perfected result of the classical Ideal. Rather the Ideal has,
in its own distinctive province—I have noticed this more than once—
although lifted to a higher range, to remove the defects whereby in the first
instance its onward path of perfection is obstructed.
Page 200
(α) I will here very briefly refer to Aeginetan and ancient Etruscan works of
art as examples of such beginnings within the sphere itself of classical art.
Both these stages, or rather styles, already pass beyond that point of view,
which is satisfied, as was the case with Egypt, in repeating forms, we will
not say absolutely opposed to Nature, but at least forms that are lifeless,
precisely as they have been received from others, and is further content to
place before the imagination a figure, from which the same can abstract its
own religious content and recover the same for memory, without, however,
attempting to work it out under a mode, by virtue of which the work is
made apparent as the individual conception and vitality of the artist himself.
But along with this and to the same degree this preliminary stage of ideal
art fails as yet to force its way entirely to the true classical ground, and this,
first, because it is still clearly constrained within the bonds of the type and
therewith the lifeless; secondly, because though it makes an advance in the
direction of vitality and motion, yet in the first instance all that it attains to
is the vitality of what is wholly of Nature, rather than that beauty, whose
animation is Spirit's own gift, and which manifests the life Spirit
inseparably conjoint within the living presentment of its natural form,
accepting the individual modifications of this fully completed union with
equal impartiality from present vision of actual fact and the free creation of
genius. It is only in recent times that we have obtained a more detailed
knowledge of Aeginetan works of art, over which it has been a matter of
controversy, whether they belonged to Greek art or no. In considering their
artistic quality, as representations, we must at once make an essential
distinction between the head and the rest of the body. The whole of the
body, if we except the head, attests the most faithful apprehension and
imitation of Nature. Even accidental features of the skin are copied and
excellently executed with an extraordinary manipulation of the marble's
surface; the muscles are set forth in full relief and the skeleton framework
of the body well indicated; the figures are thickset in their severity of
line[205], but are reflected with such knowledge of the human organism, that
they appear alive to a limit of actual deception, ay, to an extent, so Wagner
assures us[206], that we are almost scared at the sight and hardly like to
touch them.
On the other hand, in the execution of heads all attempt to represent Nature
is abandoned. One uniform design of face is throughout apparent in all the
art as examples of such beginnings within the sphere itself of classical art.
Both these stages, or rather styles, already pass beyond that point of view,
which is satisfied, as was the case with Egypt, in repeating forms, we will
not say absolutely opposed to Nature, but at least forms that are lifeless,
precisely as they have been received from others, and is further content to
place before the imagination a figure, from which the same can abstract its
own religious content and recover the same for memory, without, however,
attempting to work it out under a mode, by virtue of which the work is
made apparent as the individual conception and vitality of the artist himself.
But along with this and to the same degree this preliminary stage of ideal
art fails as yet to force its way entirely to the true classical ground, and this,
first, because it is still clearly constrained within the bonds of the type and
therewith the lifeless; secondly, because though it makes an advance in the
direction of vitality and motion, yet in the first instance all that it attains to
is the vitality of what is wholly of Nature, rather than that beauty, whose
animation is Spirit's own gift, and which manifests the life Spirit
inseparably conjoint within the living presentment of its natural form,
accepting the individual modifications of this fully completed union with
equal impartiality from present vision of actual fact and the free creation of
genius. It is only in recent times that we have obtained a more detailed
knowledge of Aeginetan works of art, over which it has been a matter of
controversy, whether they belonged to Greek art or no. In considering their
artistic quality, as representations, we must at once make an essential
distinction between the head and the rest of the body. The whole of the
body, if we except the head, attests the most faithful apprehension and
imitation of Nature. Even accidental features of the skin are copied and
excellently executed with an extraordinary manipulation of the marble's
surface; the muscles are set forth in full relief and the skeleton framework
of the body well indicated; the figures are thickset in their severity of
line[205], but are reflected with such knowledge of the human organism, that
they appear alive to a limit of actual deception, ay, to an extent, so Wagner
assures us[206], that we are almost scared at the sight and hardly like to
touch them.
On the other hand, in the execution of heads all attempt to represent Nature
is abandoned. One uniform design of face is throughout apparent in all the
Page 201
heads despite every divergence of action, character, and situation; the noses
are pointed; the forehead is still the retreating type, which fails to rise up
straight and with freedom; the ears are set high in the head; the long slit
eyes are flat and oblique; the closed mouth ends in corners which are pursed
outwards; the cheeks are stretched flat-shaped; the chin, however, is strong
and angular[207]. Of a similar uniformity is the form of the hair and the fall
of the drapery, in which symmetry, a principle which is also uniquely
conspicuous in the pose and groupings, and second to that, a peculiar kind
of exquisiteness are the prevailing characteristics. This uniformity has been
in part imputed to a lack of the sense of beauty in seizing national traits, and
in part traced to the fact that reverence for the ancient traditions of an art
still immature has fettered the hands of the artists. An artist, however,
whose life is that of his personality, and who lives in his work, does not
suffer his hands to be thus shackled; consequently we can only explain this
type of work, associated as it is with great ability in other respects, by
assuming some bondage of spirit, as yet not wholly conscious of its
freedom and independence of its creative powers.
The pose of these figures is of the same kind of uniformity, not so much a
quality of stiffness as uncouthness, lack of enthusiasm, and in a measure,
where we have the attitudes of warriors, resembling what we sometimes
find from artisans at their trade, such as the rough work of joiners with the
plane[208].
The net result, which we gather from the above description, we may affirm
to be that, however interesting they may be for the history of art, what is
wanting in such works of art, in the conflict they disclose between tradition
and the imitation of Nature, is spiritual animation. For we must remember
that, in accordance with what I have already explained in the second chapter
of this part of my work, spiritual significance is exclusively expressed in the
countenance and the pose of the figure. The other parts of the body no
doubt indicate natural distinctions of soul, sex, and age, but what is spiritual
in the full sense can only be reflected by the general pose. But it is precisely
the traits of countenance and the posture which in Aeginetan sculpture is the
relatively spiritless.
The Etruscan works of art, that is, such whose genuineness is fully
authenticated by inscription, display the same imitation of Nature in a yet
higher degree; they are, however, freer in their pose and facial
are pointed; the forehead is still the retreating type, which fails to rise up
straight and with freedom; the ears are set high in the head; the long slit
eyes are flat and oblique; the closed mouth ends in corners which are pursed
outwards; the cheeks are stretched flat-shaped; the chin, however, is strong
and angular[207]. Of a similar uniformity is the form of the hair and the fall
of the drapery, in which symmetry, a principle which is also uniquely
conspicuous in the pose and groupings, and second to that, a peculiar kind
of exquisiteness are the prevailing characteristics. This uniformity has been
in part imputed to a lack of the sense of beauty in seizing national traits, and
in part traced to the fact that reverence for the ancient traditions of an art
still immature has fettered the hands of the artists. An artist, however,
whose life is that of his personality, and who lives in his work, does not
suffer his hands to be thus shackled; consequently we can only explain this
type of work, associated as it is with great ability in other respects, by
assuming some bondage of spirit, as yet not wholly conscious of its
freedom and independence of its creative powers.
The pose of these figures is of the same kind of uniformity, not so much a
quality of stiffness as uncouthness, lack of enthusiasm, and in a measure,
where we have the attitudes of warriors, resembling what we sometimes
find from artisans at their trade, such as the rough work of joiners with the
plane[208].
The net result, which we gather from the above description, we may affirm
to be that, however interesting they may be for the history of art, what is
wanting in such works of art, in the conflict they disclose between tradition
and the imitation of Nature, is spiritual animation. For we must remember
that, in accordance with what I have already explained in the second chapter
of this part of my work, spiritual significance is exclusively expressed in the
countenance and the pose of the figure. The other parts of the body no
doubt indicate natural distinctions of soul, sex, and age, but what is spiritual
in the full sense can only be reflected by the general pose. But it is precisely
the traits of countenance and the posture which in Aeginetan sculpture is the
relatively spiritless.
The Etruscan works of art, that is, such whose genuineness is fully
authenticated by inscription, display the same imitation of Nature in a yet
higher degree; they are, however, freer in their pose and facial
Page 202
characteristics, and, in fact, some of them approximate closely to the
portrait. Winckelmann, for example[209], mentions the statue of a man
which appears to be simply a portrait, though it would also appear to date
from a later period of art. It is a man of life-size, representing some kind of
orator, a magisterial, worthy sort of person. It is executed with an
extraordinary spontaneity and naturalness both of pose and expression.
Remarkable and significant it would indeed be, if we did not recollect that
on Roman soil it is not the Ideal but actual and prosaic natural fact which is
from the first at home.
(β) In the second place truly ideal sculpture, in order to reach the highest
point of classical art, has above all, to abandon the mere type and the
respect for what is traditional, and to give free scope to the principle of
spontaneity in artistic production. It is alone possible to a freedom of this
kind entirely to incorporate the significance in its generality in the
individual presentment of the form; or, from another point of view, to
elevate the sensuous forms to the high level of a true expression of their
spiritual import. Only after doing this do we find the rigid and inflexible
aspect which is native to the origins of the more ancient art, no less than the
emphatic prominence of the significance over the individuality, by means of
which the content ought to be expressed, liberated as that vital creation, in
which the bodily forms also on their part equally lose the abstract
uniformity of a traditional, character, and an illusive realism, and by doing
so move in the direction of the classical individuality, which quite as much
makes, vital the universality of the form in the particularity of its object as,
on the other hand, it makes the sensuousness and actuality of the same
throughout interfused with the expression of a soul's inspiration[210]. A
vitalization of this type affects not only the form, but also the pose,
movement, drapery, grouping, in short every aspect of the sculptured figure
to which I have already drawn attention. What here communicates unity are
these two principles of universality and individualization. They have,
however, not merely to be brought into harmony in respect to the spiritual
content, but also in relation to the material form, before they can be
participant in the indissoluble association which is the classical type in its
full flavour. This identity, however, has itself a series of stages. In other
words, under one extreme we find that the Ideal still somewhat inclines to
the aspect of loftiness and severity, which it is true does not deprive the
portrait. Winckelmann, for example[209], mentions the statue of a man
which appears to be simply a portrait, though it would also appear to date
from a later period of art. It is a man of life-size, representing some kind of
orator, a magisterial, worthy sort of person. It is executed with an
extraordinary spontaneity and naturalness both of pose and expression.
Remarkable and significant it would indeed be, if we did not recollect that
on Roman soil it is not the Ideal but actual and prosaic natural fact which is
from the first at home.
(β) In the second place truly ideal sculpture, in order to reach the highest
point of classical art, has above all, to abandon the mere type and the
respect for what is traditional, and to give free scope to the principle of
spontaneity in artistic production. It is alone possible to a freedom of this
kind entirely to incorporate the significance in its generality in the
individual presentment of the form; or, from another point of view, to
elevate the sensuous forms to the high level of a true expression of their
spiritual import. Only after doing this do we find the rigid and inflexible
aspect which is native to the origins of the more ancient art, no less than the
emphatic prominence of the significance over the individuality, by means of
which the content ought to be expressed, liberated as that vital creation, in
which the bodily forms also on their part equally lose the abstract
uniformity of a traditional, character, and an illusive realism, and by doing
so move in the direction of the classical individuality, which quite as much
makes, vital the universality of the form in the particularity of its object as,
on the other hand, it makes the sensuousness and actuality of the same
throughout interfused with the expression of a soul's inspiration[210]. A
vitalization of this type affects not only the form, but also the pose,
movement, drapery, grouping, in short every aspect of the sculptured figure
to which I have already drawn attention. What here communicates unity are
these two principles of universality and individualization. They have,
however, not merely to be brought into harmony in respect to the spiritual
content, but also in relation to the material form, before they can be
participant in the indissoluble association which is the classical type in its
full flavour. This identity, however, has itself a series of stages. In other
words, under one extreme we find that the Ideal still somewhat inclines to
the aspect of loftiness and severity, which it is true does not deprive the
Page 203
individual object of its living impulse and movement, yet does tend to
concentrate it more securely under the lordship of the general type. At the
other extreme we find that the universal aspect more and more tends to
dissolve in the individual; and while it pays the penalty for doing so in loss
of depth it can only replace this loss by further elaboration of this sensuous
individuality. Consequently it descends from the heights to the lower levels
of that which gives pleasure, is exquisite, blithesome, and displays the
charm which flatters. Between these two there is a further phase, one,
namely, which carries forward the severity of the first to increased
individualization, without reaching that point where mere charm of aspect is
held to be the supreme object.
(γ) Thirdly, in the art of Rome we have indications of the dissolution of
classical sculpture. In this art it is no longer upon the true Ideal that the
entire conception and execution depends. The poetry inherent in the vital
action of Spirit, the breath and nobility of the soul apparent in the
essentially perfected presentment, these peculiarly emphasized excellences
of Greek plastic art disappear, and give place, as a rule, to a preference for
portraiture studies. And this insistence on realistic truth in art is carried out
in all possible modifications. Notwithstanding, this Roman sculpture
maintains so lofty a position in this its own province, that it is only in so far
as it withdraws from that which brings a work of art to its full perfection, in
other words, the poetry of the Ideal in the true sense of the word, that it
essentially falls behind Greek art.
(c) Fixing now our attention on Christian sculpture we shall find that the
principle of artistic conception and its mode of embodiment is from the
commencement one that does not so directly commend itself to the material
and forms of sculpture as we find to be the case in the classical Ideal of the
Greek imagination and art. The romantic Ideal in short is essentially
concerned, as we discovered in the second portion of this work, with a
personal withdrawal of the self into its own realm from the external world,
with a self-absorbed individuality, which no doubt possesses its external
reflection, but which permits this external appearance to issue
independently from it in its aspect of particularity, without enforcing a
fusion between it and its ideal and spiritual self. Pain, torture of body and
soul, martyrdom and penance, death and resurrection, the personality of the
individual soul, inner life, love, and emotional life in general—this
concentrate it more securely under the lordship of the general type. At the
other extreme we find that the universal aspect more and more tends to
dissolve in the individual; and while it pays the penalty for doing so in loss
of depth it can only replace this loss by further elaboration of this sensuous
individuality. Consequently it descends from the heights to the lower levels
of that which gives pleasure, is exquisite, blithesome, and displays the
charm which flatters. Between these two there is a further phase, one,
namely, which carries forward the severity of the first to increased
individualization, without reaching that point where mere charm of aspect is
held to be the supreme object.
(γ) Thirdly, in the art of Rome we have indications of the dissolution of
classical sculpture. In this art it is no longer upon the true Ideal that the
entire conception and execution depends. The poetry inherent in the vital
action of Spirit, the breath and nobility of the soul apparent in the
essentially perfected presentment, these peculiarly emphasized excellences
of Greek plastic art disappear, and give place, as a rule, to a preference for
portraiture studies. And this insistence on realistic truth in art is carried out
in all possible modifications. Notwithstanding, this Roman sculpture
maintains so lofty a position in this its own province, that it is only in so far
as it withdraws from that which brings a work of art to its full perfection, in
other words, the poetry of the Ideal in the true sense of the word, that it
essentially falls behind Greek art.
(c) Fixing now our attention on Christian sculpture we shall find that the
principle of artistic conception and its mode of embodiment is from the
commencement one that does not so directly commend itself to the material
and forms of sculpture as we find to be the case in the classical Ideal of the
Greek imagination and art. The romantic Ideal in short is essentially
concerned, as we discovered in the second portion of this work, with a
personal withdrawal of the self into its own realm from the external world,
with a self-absorbed individuality, which no doubt possesses its external
reflection, but which permits this external appearance to issue
independently from it in its aspect of particularity, without enforcing a
fusion between it and its ideal and spiritual self. Pain, torture of body and
soul, martyrdom and penance, death and resurrection, the personality of the
individual soul, inner life, love, and emotional life in general—this
Page 204
characteristic content of the romantic imagination, in a religious sense, is no
object, for which the external form taken simply for what it is in its spatial
entirety, and the material which belongs to it in its more sensuous existence
unrelated to ideality, can supply either a form that is wholly relevant to it, or
one similarly congruent with it. It is therefore not in romantic art sculpture
contributes the fundamental type and the affiliating quality of membership
in a system[211] to all the other arts as in Greece, but yields the palm in this
respect to painting and music, as arts more adequate to express the life of
the soul, distinct from the external world of particularity which is
withdrawn from it. No doubt we find also in Christian art repeated
examples of sculpture in wood, marble, bronze, and both silver and gold
work, examples of the greatest excellence. Yet for all that sculpture is not
here the art which, as in Greek art, is most fitted to reveal the Divine image.
Religious romantic sculpture, on the contrary, is to a larger extent than in
the case of the Greek, an embellishment of architecture. The saints are
placed as a rule in the niches of towers and buttresses, or at the entrance
doors. Likewise the birth, baptism, the histories of the passion and
resurrection, and many other incidents in the life of Christ, the day of
Judgment and so forth, accommodate themselves naturally by the
multiplicity of their subject-matter to reliefs over church doors, on church
walls, and stalls in the choir, and readily approximate to the character of
arabesques. All such sculpture contains, for the reason that it is the life of
the soul which is herein pre-eminently expressed, characteristics suggestive
of the painter's art in a higher degree than is permitted in the plastic of ideal
sculpture. And from another point of view, for the same reason, such a
sculpture seizes more readily upon aspects of ordinary life, and therewith
inclines to portraiture, which, as in the case of painting, it is quite prepared
to associate with religious representations. The goose-seller, for example, in
the Nürnberg marketplace, which is highly prized by Goethe and Meyer, is
an ordinary rustic of very realistic appearance in bronze (it would be
impossible in marble), who carries a goose under either arm to market.
There are, too, the many sculptured figures, which we find upon the St.
Sebaldus Church and on many other churches and buildings, especially
dating from the period previous to Peter Vischer, and which in their
representation of religious subjects such as the Passion, make clear to us
with great vividness this particular type of individualized form, expression,
object, for which the external form taken simply for what it is in its spatial
entirety, and the material which belongs to it in its more sensuous existence
unrelated to ideality, can supply either a form that is wholly relevant to it, or
one similarly congruent with it. It is therefore not in romantic art sculpture
contributes the fundamental type and the affiliating quality of membership
in a system[211] to all the other arts as in Greece, but yields the palm in this
respect to painting and music, as arts more adequate to express the life of
the soul, distinct from the external world of particularity which is
withdrawn from it. No doubt we find also in Christian art repeated
examples of sculpture in wood, marble, bronze, and both silver and gold
work, examples of the greatest excellence. Yet for all that sculpture is not
here the art which, as in Greek art, is most fitted to reveal the Divine image.
Religious romantic sculpture, on the contrary, is to a larger extent than in
the case of the Greek, an embellishment of architecture. The saints are
placed as a rule in the niches of towers and buttresses, or at the entrance
doors. Likewise the birth, baptism, the histories of the passion and
resurrection, and many other incidents in the life of Christ, the day of
Judgment and so forth, accommodate themselves naturally by the
multiplicity of their subject-matter to reliefs over church doors, on church
walls, and stalls in the choir, and readily approximate to the character of
arabesques. All such sculpture contains, for the reason that it is the life of
the soul which is herein pre-eminently expressed, characteristics suggestive
of the painter's art in a higher degree than is permitted in the plastic of ideal
sculpture. And from another point of view, for the same reason, such a
sculpture seizes more readily upon aspects of ordinary life, and therewith
inclines to portraiture, which, as in the case of painting, it is quite prepared
to associate with religious representations. The goose-seller, for example, in
the Nürnberg marketplace, which is highly prized by Goethe and Meyer, is
an ordinary rustic of very realistic appearance in bronze (it would be
impossible in marble), who carries a goose under either arm to market.
There are, too, the many sculptured figures, which we find upon the St.
Sebaldus Church and on many other churches and buildings, especially
dating from the period previous to Peter Vischer, and which in their
representation of religious subjects such as the Passion, make clear to us
with great vividness this particular type of individualized form, expression,
Page 205
mien and attitude, more particularly in their reflection of every degree of
sorrow.
As a rule, then, romantic sculpture, which has deviated only too frequently
into every kind of confusion, remains most loyal to the genuine principle of
plastic art in those cases where it approaches most nearly the Greek, and
either is concerned to treat in the mode of sculpture ancient subject-matter,
much as the ancients would have done, or to model the standing figures of
heroes and kings, and portraits, with an intention to imitate the antique. This
is exceptionally the case nowadays. Much of the most excellent work,
however, has been accomplished by sculpture, even in the religious field. It
is only necessary here to mention the name of Michelangelo. We can hardly
admire sufficiently his dead Christ[212], of which we have a plaster cast in
our Royal Museum. The authenticity of the sculptured figure of the
Madonna in the Frauenkirche at Bruges, a consummate work, is disputed by
certain critics. Speaking for myself, nothing has ever more impressed me
than the tomb of the Count of Nassau at Breda[213]. The Count reposes with
his lady, life-size figures both in alabaster, on a slab of black marble. At the
angles of this are placed Regulus, Hannibal, Caesar, and a Roman warrior in
a bowing posture, and they support above their heads a black slab similar to
the one beneath. Could anything be more interesting than to see a character
such as that of Caesar placed before our eyes by Michelangelo. Even when
dealing with religious subjects the genius, the power of imagination, the
force, thoroughness, boldness, in short all the extraordinary resources of
this master tended, in the characteristic production of his art, to combine the
plastic principle of the ancients with the type of intimate soul-life which we
find in romantic art. But as we have seen, the direction as a rule of the
Christian emotion, where the religious point of view and idea are
paramount, is not towards the classical form of ideality, which primarily
and with highest results is the determinant factor of its sculpture.
From this point we may now fix the transition from sculpture to another
principle of artistic apprehension and presentment, which requires for its
realization another sensuous material. In classical sculpture it was the
objective and substantive individuality in its human shape, which
constituted the vital core, and the human form was placed thereby at such a
lofty level, that it was in fact retained in its abstract simplicity as the beauty
of form, and as such converted to the Divine image. Under such a one-sided
sorrow.
As a rule, then, romantic sculpture, which has deviated only too frequently
into every kind of confusion, remains most loyal to the genuine principle of
plastic art in those cases where it approaches most nearly the Greek, and
either is concerned to treat in the mode of sculpture ancient subject-matter,
much as the ancients would have done, or to model the standing figures of
heroes and kings, and portraits, with an intention to imitate the antique. This
is exceptionally the case nowadays. Much of the most excellent work,
however, has been accomplished by sculpture, even in the religious field. It
is only necessary here to mention the name of Michelangelo. We can hardly
admire sufficiently his dead Christ[212], of which we have a plaster cast in
our Royal Museum. The authenticity of the sculptured figure of the
Madonna in the Frauenkirche at Bruges, a consummate work, is disputed by
certain critics. Speaking for myself, nothing has ever more impressed me
than the tomb of the Count of Nassau at Breda[213]. The Count reposes with
his lady, life-size figures both in alabaster, on a slab of black marble. At the
angles of this are placed Regulus, Hannibal, Caesar, and a Roman warrior in
a bowing posture, and they support above their heads a black slab similar to
the one beneath. Could anything be more interesting than to see a character
such as that of Caesar placed before our eyes by Michelangelo. Even when
dealing with religious subjects the genius, the power of imagination, the
force, thoroughness, boldness, in short all the extraordinary resources of
this master tended, in the characteristic production of his art, to combine the
plastic principle of the ancients with the type of intimate soul-life which we
find in romantic art. But as we have seen, the direction as a rule of the
Christian emotion, where the religious point of view and idea are
paramount, is not towards the classical form of ideality, which primarily
and with highest results is the determinant factor of its sculpture.
From this point we may now fix the transition from sculpture to another
principle of artistic apprehension and presentment, which requires for its
realization another sensuous material. In classical sculpture it was the
objective and substantive individuality in its human shape, which
constituted the vital core, and the human form was placed thereby at such a
lofty level, that it was in fact retained in its abstract simplicity as the beauty
of form, and as such converted to the Divine image. Under such a one-sided
Page 206
aspect of content and representation man is not fully himself in his concrete
humanity. The anthropomorphism of art remains in its incomplete state in
ancient sculpture. For that which fails us here is humanity in its objective
universality, a universality which we identify at the same time with the
principle of absolute personality, quite as much as that aspect of it which in
common parlance is called human, in other words the phase of subjective
singularity, human weakness, contingency, caprice, immediate sense life,
passion, and so forth, a phase or factor which must be taken up into that
universality in order that the entire individuality, the subject of conscious
life, that is, in its entire range, and in the infinite compass of its reality, may
appear as the vital principle both of the mode of presentment and its
content.
In classical sculpture one of these phasal aspects, that is the human from the
side of immediate Nature, is in part only brought before us in animals,
quasi-animals, fauns and the like, without being reflected back again into
the personal life of soul, and stated as a negation of that; and also in some
measure this type of sculpture only accepts the factor of particularity, only
directs its interest to external things in the pleasing style, in the countless
sallies of delight and conceits, in which the antique plastic lives and moves.
Owing to this we wholly fail to meet here the profundity and infinity which
lies at the root of man's personal life, that inmost reconciliation of Spirit
with the Absolute, that ideal union of humanity with the humanity of God.
No doubt Christian sculpture is the instrument which makes visible the
content which here enters the domain of art more consonant with the above
disregarded principle. But it is precisely its modes of art's embodiment
which expose to us the fact that sculpture is insufficient for such a content,
that other modes of art will infallibly arise able to reach in very truth the
mark which sculpture failed in its work to achieve. We may collectively
unite these new arts under the title of the romantic arts. They are indeed the
modes most adequate to express the romantic type of art.
humanity. The anthropomorphism of art remains in its incomplete state in
ancient sculpture. For that which fails us here is humanity in its objective
universality, a universality which we identify at the same time with the
principle of absolute personality, quite as much as that aspect of it which in
common parlance is called human, in other words the phase of subjective
singularity, human weakness, contingency, caprice, immediate sense life,
passion, and so forth, a phase or factor which must be taken up into that
universality in order that the entire individuality, the subject of conscious
life, that is, in its entire range, and in the infinite compass of its reality, may
appear as the vital principle both of the mode of presentment and its
content.
In classical sculpture one of these phasal aspects, that is the human from the
side of immediate Nature, is in part only brought before us in animals,
quasi-animals, fauns and the like, without being reflected back again into
the personal life of soul, and stated as a negation of that; and also in some
measure this type of sculpture only accepts the factor of particularity, only
directs its interest to external things in the pleasing style, in the countless
sallies of delight and conceits, in which the antique plastic lives and moves.
Owing to this we wholly fail to meet here the profundity and infinity which
lies at the root of man's personal life, that inmost reconciliation of Spirit
with the Absolute, that ideal union of humanity with the humanity of God.
No doubt Christian sculpture is the instrument which makes visible the
content which here enters the domain of art more consonant with the above
disregarded principle. But it is precisely its modes of art's embodiment
which expose to us the fact that sculpture is insufficient for such a content,
that other modes of art will infallibly arise able to reach in very truth the
mark which sculpture failed in its work to achieve. We may collectively
unite these new arts under the title of the romantic arts. They are indeed the
modes most adequate to express the romantic type of art.
Page 207
[111] Sein subjektives Fürsichseyn. Subjective independence of material
conditions. Self-consciousness.
[112] Rückkehr in sich. Into itself, its own ideal world of conscious thought and
emotion.
[113] In seine innerliche Subjektivität. That is, what is essentially the world of
soul. Spirit here stands for mind and Gemüth or emotional life.
[114] Ein Sichzeichen des Geistes, i.e., are signs of itself which mind evolves in
a mode of externality.
[115] Here called generically Baukunst.
[116] Die plastische Deutlichkeit.
[117] Das subjektive Innere, i.e., spiritual experience of a personality.
[118] That is in comparison with the fully independent arts.
[119] That is to say it must be a distinct object of the senses.
[120] In sich materiell particularisirt. We see Hegel's false notions of the theory
of colour influencing his expression. It is really false to say that sculpture has
nothing to do with colour. Light and shadow at least are necessary and colour is
implied.
[121] That is, lets fall some of its aspects.
[122] Das Gemüth. Strictly the more emotional part.
[123] Between the extremes of architecture and poetry or music.
[124] Lit., "Without being manifested in its return to itself as ideal substance."
[125] Unparticularized, that is in its essential experience.
[126] He explains this lower down. The concentrated point is in the flash of the
eye. Perhaps here he merely refers to it generally.
[127] Als Innerlichkeit.
[128] This is only partially true of bronze, and any marble that has had
weathering.
[129] By grosse geistige Sinn Hegel means no doubt more than "taste." He refers
to the deep-rooted instinct in the genius of the race.
[130] Meyer, "History of the Plastic Arts among the Greeks," vol. I, p. 119.
[131] Die acht plastische Mitte. Hegel means that plastic art comes to its most
important focus, as it were, between the arts that either incline too much to the
material as in architecture, or to ideality as in poetry.
[132] Näheren.
[133] The reader must always bear in mind that Spirit (Geist) includes
intelligence. It might no doubt in some places be better translated as "mind."
[134] Substantielle. That is what is the concrete fulness of real spiritual content.
[135] Als Subjekt.
[136] Besonderheit. The isolated self of the Aufklärung.
conditions. Self-consciousness.
[112] Rückkehr in sich. Into itself, its own ideal world of conscious thought and
emotion.
[113] In seine innerliche Subjektivität. That is, what is essentially the world of
soul. Spirit here stands for mind and Gemüth or emotional life.
[114] Ein Sichzeichen des Geistes, i.e., are signs of itself which mind evolves in
a mode of externality.
[115] Here called generically Baukunst.
[116] Die plastische Deutlichkeit.
[117] Das subjektive Innere, i.e., spiritual experience of a personality.
[118] That is in comparison with the fully independent arts.
[119] That is to say it must be a distinct object of the senses.
[120] In sich materiell particularisirt. We see Hegel's false notions of the theory
of colour influencing his expression. It is really false to say that sculpture has
nothing to do with colour. Light and shadow at least are necessary and colour is
implied.
[121] That is, lets fall some of its aspects.
[122] Das Gemüth. Strictly the more emotional part.
[123] Between the extremes of architecture and poetry or music.
[124] Lit., "Without being manifested in its return to itself as ideal substance."
[125] Unparticularized, that is in its essential experience.
[126] He explains this lower down. The concentrated point is in the flash of the
eye. Perhaps here he merely refers to it generally.
[127] Als Innerlichkeit.
[128] This is only partially true of bronze, and any marble that has had
weathering.
[129] By grosse geistige Sinn Hegel means no doubt more than "taste." He refers
to the deep-rooted instinct in the genius of the race.
[130] Meyer, "History of the Plastic Arts among the Greeks," vol. I, p. 119.
[131] Die acht plastische Mitte. Hegel means that plastic art comes to its most
important focus, as it were, between the arts that either incline too much to the
material as in architecture, or to ideality as in poetry.
[132] Näheren.
[133] The reader must always bear in mind that Spirit (Geist) includes
intelligence. It might no doubt in some places be better translated as "mind."
[134] Substantielle. That is what is the concrete fulness of real spiritual content.
[135] Als Subjekt.
[136] Besonderheit. The isolated self of the Aufklärung.
Page 208
[137] Zufälligen Selbstischkeit. Contingent selfness. The ego above described.
[138] Ohne innere Subjektivität als solche. That is, in the wholly abstract sense.
[139] Begriff appears to refer here to the notion of animal life generally, rather
than the generic notion in its narrow sense.
[140] Innern Strukture. The structure that ideally motives the whole.
[141] Dieses ideelle einfache Fürsichseyn des leiblichen. Apparently this
includes the vegetable world.
[142] Macht sich. That is an operative principle in the working out of.
[143] Als Seele, i.e., in the narrow sense of the expression above defined.
[144] Pathognomik, i.e., the science, that is, of the expression of the passions,
together with that of their physiological aspect.
[145] Lit., contingent subjectivity.
[146] Hegel's expression Mienen is not easy to translate by a single English
equivalent. It signifies the passing look—the general variety of facial expression
as contrasted with the permanent expression of substantive character.
[147] Den eigentlichen Mienen. The definite aspects of the face which express
relatively permanent states of soul-life.
[148] Persists in the line of direction of the Ideal.
[149] Die schöne freie Nothwendigkeit.
[150] By Witzigkeit I presume Hegel means oddity and funniness of every kind
—perhaps "humorous eccentricity" would interpret it.
[151] I think this gives the sense, though the language is rather confused because
his image is that of invention attaching itself to what is already presented rather
than creating a form that is based on external suggestion.
[152] The celebrated courtesan. She entered the sea with dishevelled hair at a
celebrated festival at Eleusis. She had a statue of gold at Delphi.
[153] Eigentlich Vorstellung ist.
[154] Statarisch. That is, modelled on historical associations or the results of
former work; perhaps "eclectic" would be a better word.
[155] Der geistige Ton.
[156] De varietate nationum, § 60.
[157] As in savage animals.
[158] The word system is used, which is not readily translated in this context,
though I have adopted the literal translation lower down.
[159] Mildrung. The softening of its severe lines.
[160] Werke, vol. IV, bk. 5, c. 5, § 20, p. 198.
[161] It is difficult to see what Hegel means exactly here by Schnitte. I suppose
he means the external lines of the eye-socket.
[162] L.c. § 29.
[138] Ohne innere Subjektivität als solche. That is, in the wholly abstract sense.
[139] Begriff appears to refer here to the notion of animal life generally, rather
than the generic notion in its narrow sense.
[140] Innern Strukture. The structure that ideally motives the whole.
[141] Dieses ideelle einfache Fürsichseyn des leiblichen. Apparently this
includes the vegetable world.
[142] Macht sich. That is an operative principle in the working out of.
[143] Als Seele, i.e., in the narrow sense of the expression above defined.
[144] Pathognomik, i.e., the science, that is, of the expression of the passions,
together with that of their physiological aspect.
[145] Lit., contingent subjectivity.
[146] Hegel's expression Mienen is not easy to translate by a single English
equivalent. It signifies the passing look—the general variety of facial expression
as contrasted with the permanent expression of substantive character.
[147] Den eigentlichen Mienen. The definite aspects of the face which express
relatively permanent states of soul-life.
[148] Persists in the line of direction of the Ideal.
[149] Die schöne freie Nothwendigkeit.
[150] By Witzigkeit I presume Hegel means oddity and funniness of every kind
—perhaps "humorous eccentricity" would interpret it.
[151] I think this gives the sense, though the language is rather confused because
his image is that of invention attaching itself to what is already presented rather
than creating a form that is based on external suggestion.
[152] The celebrated courtesan. She entered the sea with dishevelled hair at a
celebrated festival at Eleusis. She had a statue of gold at Delphi.
[153] Eigentlich Vorstellung ist.
[154] Statarisch. That is, modelled on historical associations or the results of
former work; perhaps "eclectic" would be a better word.
[155] Der geistige Ton.
[156] De varietate nationum, § 60.
[157] As in savage animals.
[158] The word system is used, which is not readily translated in this context,
though I have adopted the literal translation lower down.
[159] Mildrung. The softening of its severe lines.
[160] Werke, vol. IV, bk. 5, c. 5, § 20, p. 198.
[161] It is difficult to see what Hegel means exactly here by Schnitte. I suppose
he means the external lines of the eye-socket.
[162] L.c. § 29.
Page 209
[163] Flügeln must here refer to the orifices of the nose.
[164] Winck, l.c. § 37, p. 218.
[165] Hegel's word is habitus. Customary attitude and mode of connection
appears to be included.
[166] Gebehrde, a word somewhat difficult to translate here. It seems to combine
the ideas of gesture and pose.
[167] The reference is, of course, to painting and indirectly to poetry.
[168] Ein in sich versunkenes Dastehn oder Liegen.
[169] Gediegenheit.
[170] See vol. I, pp. 268-272.
[171] Das höhere Innere.
[172] Das geistige Bewusstseyn.
[173] Her. I, c. 10.
[174] This vitality.
[175] Vol. V, bk. 2, p. 503.
[176] Vol. V, bk. 6, ch. 2, p. 56.
[177] Mus. Pio-Clement. Tom. 2, pp. 89-92.
[178] Winck., vol. II, p. 491.
[179] Vol. IV, bk. 5, ch. I, § 29.
[180] I am not sure what is exactly meant by gekrümmt here. The description is
not very lucid.
[181] IV, 5, 2, § 10.
[182] Winck., vol. VII, p, 78.
[183] Winck., vol, VII, p. 80.
[184] Vol. IV, p. 78.
[185] Vol. II, § I.
[186] Winck., vol. IV, p. 116.
[187] Such is, I think, the general meaning, though the literal translation of the
words als den Figuren sämmtlich die Einfachheit abgeht is not quite clear. I take
the word sämmtlich to mean "taken collectively as separate units."
[188] Winck., Werk., vol. V, p. 389. Anmerk.
[189] Meyer's Gesch. der bild. Künste bei den Griechen, vol. I, p. 60.
[190] Pausanias, II, 30.
[191] I presume this is the meaning of Bildnerei.
[192] I am not sure whether Angaben refers to actual sketches, or merely other
evidence handed down.
[193] In the year 1829.
[164] Winck, l.c. § 37, p. 218.
[165] Hegel's word is habitus. Customary attitude and mode of connection
appears to be included.
[166] Gebehrde, a word somewhat difficult to translate here. It seems to combine
the ideas of gesture and pose.
[167] The reference is, of course, to painting and indirectly to poetry.
[168] Ein in sich versunkenes Dastehn oder Liegen.
[169] Gediegenheit.
[170] See vol. I, pp. 268-272.
[171] Das höhere Innere.
[172] Das geistige Bewusstseyn.
[173] Her. I, c. 10.
[174] This vitality.
[175] Vol. V, bk. 2, p. 503.
[176] Vol. V, bk. 6, ch. 2, p. 56.
[177] Mus. Pio-Clement. Tom. 2, pp. 89-92.
[178] Winck., vol. II, p. 491.
[179] Vol. IV, bk. 5, ch. I, § 29.
[180] I am not sure what is exactly meant by gekrümmt here. The description is
not very lucid.
[181] IV, 5, 2, § 10.
[182] Winck., vol. VII, p, 78.
[183] Winck., vol, VII, p. 80.
[184] Vol. IV, p. 78.
[185] Vol. II, § I.
[186] Winck., vol. IV, p. 116.
[187] Such is, I think, the general meaning, though the literal translation of the
words als den Figuren sämmtlich die Einfachheit abgeht is not quite clear. I take
the word sämmtlich to mean "taken collectively as separate units."
[188] Winck., Werk., vol. V, p. 389. Anmerk.
[189] Meyer's Gesch. der bild. Künste bei den Griechen, vol. I, p. 60.
[190] Pausanias, II, 30.
[191] I presume this is the meaning of Bildnerei.
[192] I am not sure whether Angaben refers to actual sketches, or merely other
evidence handed down.
[193] In the year 1829.
Page 210
[194] That is in the accuracy of mechanical line as the result of machine.
[195] Sanftes Verlaufen, i.e., passage from one plane surface to another.
Zusammen-stossen appears to me the melting together of lines, i.e., conjunction,
fusion.
[196] Meyer's Gesch., vol. I, p. 279.
[197] Vol. III, Vorr. XXVII.
[198] That is in 1821.
[199] Statarischen, scholastic, eclectic.
[200] "De Leg.," Lib. II, ed. Bekk., III, 2, p. 239.
[201] Herod, II, c. 167.
[202] Vol. III, bk. 2, ch. I, p. 74.
[203] Vol. III, bk. 2, ch. 2, pp. 77-84.
[204] "Cours d'Archéologie par Raoul-Rochette, 1-12me leçon," Paris, 1828.
[205] I am not sure if this rightly gives the sense of the words Die Gestalten bei
strenger Zeichnung gedrungen.
[206] Ueber die Aeg. Bildwerke mit kunstgesch. Anmerk. von Schelling, 1817.
[207] That is, it does not approach Egyptian type so nearly.
[208] Hegel's words mean this, I suppose, though the German is somewhat
compressed and not very clear as it stands.
[209] Vol. III, ch. 2, § 10, p. 188 and Pl. VI, A.
[210] Hegel uses the unusual word Begeistigung, I presume somewhat in the
sense of Begeisterung, signifying the personal inspiration of the artist.
[211] This appears to be the meaning of the difficult phrase that sculpture
supplies das gesammte Daseyn, i.e., is the affiliating link of the collective body.
All the different arts are stamped with its characteristics.
[212] I presume the Pietà in St. Peter's.
[213] Hegel's "Vermisch. Schriften," vol. II, p. 561.
SUBSECTION III
THE ROMANTIC ARTS
The source of the general transition from sculpture to the other arts is, as we
have seen, the principle of subjectivity, which now invades art's content and
its manner of exposition. What we understand here by subjectivity is the
notion of an intelligence which ideally exists in free independence,
[195] Sanftes Verlaufen, i.e., passage from one plane surface to another.
Zusammen-stossen appears to me the melting together of lines, i.e., conjunction,
fusion.
[196] Meyer's Gesch., vol. I, p. 279.
[197] Vol. III, Vorr. XXVII.
[198] That is in 1821.
[199] Statarischen, scholastic, eclectic.
[200] "De Leg.," Lib. II, ed. Bekk., III, 2, p. 239.
[201] Herod, II, c. 167.
[202] Vol. III, bk. 2, ch. I, p. 74.
[203] Vol. III, bk. 2, ch. 2, pp. 77-84.
[204] "Cours d'Archéologie par Raoul-Rochette, 1-12me leçon," Paris, 1828.
[205] I am not sure if this rightly gives the sense of the words Die Gestalten bei
strenger Zeichnung gedrungen.
[206] Ueber die Aeg. Bildwerke mit kunstgesch. Anmerk. von Schelling, 1817.
[207] That is, it does not approach Egyptian type so nearly.
[208] Hegel's words mean this, I suppose, though the German is somewhat
compressed and not very clear as it stands.
[209] Vol. III, ch. 2, § 10, p. 188 and Pl. VI, A.
[210] Hegel uses the unusual word Begeistigung, I presume somewhat in the
sense of Begeisterung, signifying the personal inspiration of the artist.
[211] This appears to be the meaning of the difficult phrase that sculpture
supplies das gesammte Daseyn, i.e., is the affiliating link of the collective body.
All the different arts are stamped with its characteristics.
[212] I presume the Pietà in St. Peter's.
[213] Hegel's "Vermisch. Schriften," vol. II, p. 561.
SUBSECTION III
THE ROMANTIC ARTS
The source of the general transition from sculpture to the other arts is, as we
have seen, the principle of subjectivity, which now invades art's content and
its manner of exposition. What we understand here by subjectivity is the
notion of an intelligence which ideally exists in free independence,
Page 211
withdrawing itself from objective reality into its own more intimate domain,
a conscious life which no longer concentrates itself with its corporeal
attachment in a unity which is without division.
There follows from this transition, therefore, that dissolution, that
dismemberment of the unity which is held together in the substantive and
objective presence of sculpture, in the focus of its tranquillity and all-
inclusive rondure and as such is apprehended in fusion. We may consider
this breach from two points of view. On the one hand sculpture, in respect
to its content, entwined what is substantive in Spirit directly with the
individuality, which is as yet not self-introspective, in the exclusive unit of
a personal consciousness, and treated thereby an objective unity in the sense
in which objectivity suggests what is intrinsically infinite, immutable, true
—that substantive aspect, in short, which has no part in mere caprice and
singularity. And from another point of view sculpture failed to do more than
discharge this spiritual content wholly within the corporeal frame as the
vital and significant instrument of the same, and by doing so create a new
objective unity in that meaning of the expression, under which objectivity,
as contrasted with all that is wholly ideal and subjective, indicates real and
external existence.
When we find, then, that these two aspects, at first thus reconciled in one
another by sculpture, are separated, that which we call self-introspective
spirituality is not merely placed in opposition to that which is external, but
also, in the domain of what is spiritual throughout, what is substantive and
objective in that medium, in so far as it no longer continues to be retained in
what is substantial individuality simply, is dissevered from the vital
particularity of the conscious life, and all these aspects which have been
hitherto held together in perfect fusion are relatively to each other and
independently free, so that they can be treated too by art as free in this very
way.
1. If we examine the content, then, we have through the above process, on
the one hand, the substantive being of what is spiritual, the world of truth
and eternity, the Divine in fact, which however here, in accordance with the
principle of particularity, is comprehended and realized by art as a subject
of consciousness, or as personality, as the Absolute, which is self-conscious
in the medium of its infinite spiritual substance, as God in His Spirit and
Truth. And in contrast to Him we have asserted the worldly and human
a conscious life which no longer concentrates itself with its corporeal
attachment in a unity which is without division.
There follows from this transition, therefore, that dissolution, that
dismemberment of the unity which is held together in the substantive and
objective presence of sculpture, in the focus of its tranquillity and all-
inclusive rondure and as such is apprehended in fusion. We may consider
this breach from two points of view. On the one hand sculpture, in respect
to its content, entwined what is substantive in Spirit directly with the
individuality, which is as yet not self-introspective, in the exclusive unit of
a personal consciousness, and treated thereby an objective unity in the sense
in which objectivity suggests what is intrinsically infinite, immutable, true
—that substantive aspect, in short, which has no part in mere caprice and
singularity. And from another point of view sculpture failed to do more than
discharge this spiritual content wholly within the corporeal frame as the
vital and significant instrument of the same, and by doing so create a new
objective unity in that meaning of the expression, under which objectivity,
as contrasted with all that is wholly ideal and subjective, indicates real and
external existence.
When we find, then, that these two aspects, at first thus reconciled in one
another by sculpture, are separated, that which we call self-introspective
spirituality is not merely placed in opposition to that which is external, but
also, in the domain of what is spiritual throughout, what is substantive and
objective in that medium, in so far as it no longer continues to be retained in
what is substantial individuality simply, is dissevered from the vital
particularity of the conscious life, and all these aspects which have been
hitherto held together in perfect fusion are relatively to each other and
independently free, so that they can be treated too by art as free in this very
way.
1. If we examine the content, then, we have through the above process, on
the one hand, the substantive being of what is spiritual, the world of truth
and eternity, the Divine in fact, which however here, in accordance with the
principle of particularity, is comprehended and realized by art as a subject
of consciousness, or as personality, as the Absolute, which is self-conscious
in the medium of its infinite spiritual substance, as God in His Spirit and
Truth. And in contrast to Him we have asserted the worldly and human
Page 212
condition of soul-life, which, regarded now as no longer in direct union
with the intrinsic substance of Spirit, can unfold itself in all the fulness of
that particularity which is simply human, and thereby permits the heart of
man wherever and whenever represented[214], the entire wealth of our
human mortality, to be open to art's acceptance.
The meeting-ground upon which these two aspects once more coalesce is
the principle of subjectivity, which is common to both. The Absolute is, in
virtue of this, disclosed to us to the full extent a living, actual, and equally
human subject of consciousness, as the human and finite conscious life,
viewed as spiritual, makes vital and real the absolute substance and truth, or
in other words simply the Divine Spirit. The new bond of unity which is
thus secured no longer, however, supports the character of that former
immediacy, such as sculpture disclosed it; rather it is a union and
reconciliation which asserts itself essentially as a mediation of opposed
factors, and whose very notion makes its apprehension only possible in the
realms of the soul and ideal life.
I have already, when the general subdivision of our science in its entire
compass offered an opportunity for doing so, laid it down, that if the Ideal
of sculpture sets forth in a sensuously present image the essential
solidity[215] of the individuality of the God in the bodily form alone able to
express that substance, the community thereupon essentially confronts such
an object as the intelligent reflection of that unity. Spirit, however, that is
wholly self-absorbed can only present the substance of Spirit under the
mode of Spirit, in other words as a conscious subject, and receives thereby
straightway the principle of the spiritual reconciliation of individual
subjective life with God. As particular self, however, man also possesses his
contingent natural existence, and a sphere of finite interests, needs, aims,
and passions, whether it be more extensive or restricted, in which he is able
to realize and satisfy his nature quite as much as he can in the same be
absorbed in those ideas of God and the reconciliation with God.
2. Secondly, if we consider the aspect of the representation on its external
side, we find that it is by virtue of its particularity at once self-subsistent
and possesses a claim to stand forth in this independence, and this for the
reason that the principle of subjectivity excludes that correspondence in its
immediacy, and disallows to itself the absolute interfusion of the ideal and
external aspects in every part and relation of it. For the subjective principle
with the intrinsic substance of Spirit, can unfold itself in all the fulness of
that particularity which is simply human, and thereby permits the heart of
man wherever and whenever represented[214], the entire wealth of our
human mortality, to be open to art's acceptance.
The meeting-ground upon which these two aspects once more coalesce is
the principle of subjectivity, which is common to both. The Absolute is, in
virtue of this, disclosed to us to the full extent a living, actual, and equally
human subject of consciousness, as the human and finite conscious life,
viewed as spiritual, makes vital and real the absolute substance and truth, or
in other words simply the Divine Spirit. The new bond of unity which is
thus secured no longer, however, supports the character of that former
immediacy, such as sculpture disclosed it; rather it is a union and
reconciliation which asserts itself essentially as a mediation of opposed
factors, and whose very notion makes its apprehension only possible in the
realms of the soul and ideal life.
I have already, when the general subdivision of our science in its entire
compass offered an opportunity for doing so, laid it down, that if the Ideal
of sculpture sets forth in a sensuously present image the essential
solidity[215] of the individuality of the God in the bodily form alone able to
express that substance, the community thereupon essentially confronts such
an object as the intelligent reflection of that unity. Spirit, however, that is
wholly self-absorbed can only present the substance of Spirit under the
mode of Spirit, in other words as a conscious subject, and receives thereby
straightway the principle of the spiritual reconciliation of individual
subjective life with God. As particular self, however, man also possesses his
contingent natural existence, and a sphere of finite interests, needs, aims,
and passions, whether it be more extensive or restricted, in which he is able
to realize and satisfy his nature quite as much as he can in the same be
absorbed in those ideas of God and the reconciliation with God.
2. Secondly, if we consider the aspect of the representation on its external
side, we find that it is by virtue of its particularity at once self-subsistent
and possesses a claim to stand forth in this independence, and this for the
reason that the principle of subjectivity excludes that correspondence in its
immediacy, and disallows to itself the absolute interfusion of the ideal and
external aspects in every part and relation of it. For the subjective principle
Page 213
is here precisely that which comes to be, in self-subsistent seclusion, that
inward life which retires from real or objective existence into the realm of
the Ideal, the world of emotion, soul, heart, and contemplation[216]. This
ideal life is manifested no doubt in its external form, under a mode,
however, in which the external form itself appears, that is to say it is merely
the outer shell of a conscious subject that is growing independently within.
The hard and fast association of the bodily form and the life of Spirit in
classical sculpture is not therefore carried to the point of an all-dissolving
unity[217] but in so light and slack a coalescence that both aspects, albeit
neither is present without the other, preserve in this connection their
separate independence relatively to the other, or at least, if a profounder
union is really secured, the spiritual aspect as that inward principle, which
asserts its presence over and beyond its suffusion with the objective or
external material, becomes the essentially illuminating focus of all. And it
results from this that, to promote the enhancement of this relatively
increased self-subsistency of the objective and material aspect,—we have in
our mind mainly, no doubt, the extreme case of the representation of
external Nature and its objects, even in their isolated and most exclusive
particularity,—yet even in such a case and despite all realism in the
presentment it is necessary that such counterfeits should permit a reflection
of the artist's soul to be visible on their face. They should in other words
suffer us to see the sympathy of Spirit in the manner of their artistic
realization, and therewith discover to us the life of soul, the ideal life which
is the vital breath of their co-ordination, the penetration of man's emotional
life itself into this extreme type of external environment.
Speaking, then, generally, we may affirm that the principle of subjectivity
carries with it as its inevitable result, on the one hand, that the wholly
unconstrained union of Spirit with its corporeal frame should be given up,
and the bodily aspect be asserted in a more or less negative relation over
against the former, in order that the ideality of Spirit may be emphasized on
the front of that external reality, and, on the other hand, in order to procure
free scope for every separate feature of the variety, division, and movement
of what is spiritual no less than what directly appeals to man's senses.
3. And, thirdly, this new principle has to establish itself in the sensuous
material, of which art avails itself in its new manifestations.
inward life which retires from real or objective existence into the realm of
the Ideal, the world of emotion, soul, heart, and contemplation[216]. This
ideal life is manifested no doubt in its external form, under a mode,
however, in which the external form itself appears, that is to say it is merely
the outer shell of a conscious subject that is growing independently within.
The hard and fast association of the bodily form and the life of Spirit in
classical sculpture is not therefore carried to the point of an all-dissolving
unity[217] but in so light and slack a coalescence that both aspects, albeit
neither is present without the other, preserve in this connection their
separate independence relatively to the other, or at least, if a profounder
union is really secured, the spiritual aspect as that inward principle, which
asserts its presence over and beyond its suffusion with the objective or
external material, becomes the essentially illuminating focus of all. And it
results from this that, to promote the enhancement of this relatively
increased self-subsistency of the objective and material aspect,—we have in
our mind mainly, no doubt, the extreme case of the representation of
external Nature and its objects, even in their isolated and most exclusive
particularity,—yet even in such a case and despite all realism in the
presentment it is necessary that such counterfeits should permit a reflection
of the artist's soul to be visible on their face. They should in other words
suffer us to see the sympathy of Spirit in the manner of their artistic
realization, and therewith discover to us the life of soul, the ideal life which
is the vital breath of their co-ordination, the penetration of man's emotional
life itself into this extreme type of external environment.
Speaking, then, generally, we may affirm that the principle of subjectivity
carries with it as its inevitable result, on the one hand, that the wholly
unconstrained union of Spirit with its corporeal frame should be given up,
and the bodily aspect be asserted in a more or less negative relation over
against the former, in order that the ideality of Spirit may be emphasized on
the front of that external reality, and, on the other hand, in order to procure
free scope for every separate feature of the variety, division, and movement
of what is spiritual no less than what directly appeals to man's senses.
3. And, thirdly, this new principle has to establish itself in the sensuous
material, of which art avails itself in its new manifestations.
Page 214
(a) The material hitherto was matter simply, that is, the material of gravity
in the content of its spatial extension, and no less was it form under its
simplest and most abstract definition of configuration. Now that the
subjective and at the same time the essentially particularized content of the
soul is imported into this material, the spatial totality of such material will
without question in some measure suffer loss in order that the former
content may appear upon its face with its ideal mintage[218], and
contrariwise will be converted from its immediately material guise to an
appearance which is the product of mind or spirit; and, on the other hand,
both in respect to form and its externally sensuous visibility, all the detail of
what appears will be necessarily emphasized in the way that the new
content requires. Art is, however, even now compelled in the first instance
to move in the realm of the visible and sensuous, because, following the
above course of our inquiry, though no doubt the inward or ideal is
conceived as self-introspection[219], yet it has further to appear as a return of
its own quality to itself from this very realm of externality and material
shape, in short, as a return of itself to itself, which can only from the
earliest point of view be portrayed in the objective existence of Nature and
the corporeal existence of Spirit's life.
The first among the romantic arts will consequently have as its proper
function to assert its content in the visible forms of the external human
figure and the natural shape wherever disclosed, without, however,
remaining bound to the sensuous ideality and abstract range of sculpture.
This is the task and province of painting.
(b) In so far, however, as we find in painting for its fundamental type, not as
in sculpture the entirely perfected resolution of the spiritual idea and the
bodily form in one content, but rather the predominant exposition of the
self-absorbed ideality of soul, to that extent the spatial figure in extension is
not a truly adequate medium of expression for the inward life of Spirit. Art
therefore abandons the previous medium of configuration, and in the place
of spatial forms employs the medium of tone in the limited duration of its
sounds; tone in fact by its assertion of the material of Space under a purely
negative relation secures for itself a finite existence nearer to ideality, and
corresponds to that soul-life, which in accordance with its own inward
experience conceives and grasps that life as emotion, and then expresses
that content, as it enforces its claim in the unseen movement of heart and
in the content of its spatial extension, and no less was it form under its
simplest and most abstract definition of configuration. Now that the
subjective and at the same time the essentially particularized content of the
soul is imported into this material, the spatial totality of such material will
without question in some measure suffer loss in order that the former
content may appear upon its face with its ideal mintage[218], and
contrariwise will be converted from its immediately material guise to an
appearance which is the product of mind or spirit; and, on the other hand,
both in respect to form and its externally sensuous visibility, all the detail of
what appears will be necessarily emphasized in the way that the new
content requires. Art is, however, even now compelled in the first instance
to move in the realm of the visible and sensuous, because, following the
above course of our inquiry, though no doubt the inward or ideal is
conceived as self-introspection[219], yet it has further to appear as a return of
its own quality to itself from this very realm of externality and material
shape, in short, as a return of itself to itself, which can only from the
earliest point of view be portrayed in the objective existence of Nature and
the corporeal existence of Spirit's life.
The first among the romantic arts will consequently have as its proper
function to assert its content in the visible forms of the external human
figure and the natural shape wherever disclosed, without, however,
remaining bound to the sensuous ideality and abstract range of sculpture.
This is the task and province of painting.
(b) In so far, however, as we find in painting for its fundamental type, not as
in sculpture the entirely perfected resolution of the spiritual idea and the
bodily form in one content, but rather the predominant exposition of the
self-absorbed ideality of soul, to that extent the spatial figure in extension is
not a truly adequate medium of expression for the inward life of Spirit. Art
therefore abandons the previous medium of configuration, and in the place
of spatial forms employs the medium of tone in the limited duration of its
sounds; tone in fact by its assertion of the material of Space under a purely
negative relation secures for itself a finite existence nearer to ideality, and
corresponds to that soul-life, which in accordance with its own inward
experience conceives and grasps that life as emotion, and then expresses
that content, as it enforces its claim in the unseen movement of heart and
Page 215
soul, in the procession of tones. The second art, therefore, which follows
this principle of exposition is that of music.
(c) Thereby, however, music merely is placed at the opposite extreme, and,
in contrast to the plastic arts, both in respect to its content and relatively to
its sensuous material, and the mode of its expression, cleaves fast to the
formless content of its pure ideality. It is, however, the function of art, in
virtue of its essential notion, to disclose to the senses not merely the soul-
life, but the manifestation and actuality of the same in its external reality.
When, however, art has abandoned the process of veritably informing the
real and consequently visible form of objective existence, and has applied
its activity to the element itself of soul-life, the objective reality, to which it
once more recurs, can no longer be the reality as such in itself, but one
which is merely imagined and prefigured to the mind or sensitive soul. The
presentment, moreover, as being the communication to Spirit of creative
mind working in its own domain is compelled to use the sensuous material
united to its disclosure simply as a mere means for such communication. It
must consequently lower its denomination to that of a sign which of itself is
without significance. It is at this point that poetry or the art of speech,
confronts us, which now incorporates its art-productions in the medium of a
speech elaborated to an instrument of artistic service, precisely as
intelligence already in ordinary speech makes intelligible to spiritual life all
that it carries in itself. And, moreover, for the reason that it is able thus to
unfold the entire content of Spirit in its own medium, it is the universal art,
which belongs indifferently to all the types of art, and is only excluded in
that case where the spiritual life which is still unrevealed to itself in its
highest form of content is merely able to make itself aware of its own dim
presentiments in the form and configuration of that which is external and
alien to itself.
CHAPTER I
THE ART OF PAINTING
this principle of exposition is that of music.
(c) Thereby, however, music merely is placed at the opposite extreme, and,
in contrast to the plastic arts, both in respect to its content and relatively to
its sensuous material, and the mode of its expression, cleaves fast to the
formless content of its pure ideality. It is, however, the function of art, in
virtue of its essential notion, to disclose to the senses not merely the soul-
life, but the manifestation and actuality of the same in its external reality.
When, however, art has abandoned the process of veritably informing the
real and consequently visible form of objective existence, and has applied
its activity to the element itself of soul-life, the objective reality, to which it
once more recurs, can no longer be the reality as such in itself, but one
which is merely imagined and prefigured to the mind or sensitive soul. The
presentment, moreover, as being the communication to Spirit of creative
mind working in its own domain is compelled to use the sensuous material
united to its disclosure simply as a mere means for such communication. It
must consequently lower its denomination to that of a sign which of itself is
without significance. It is at this point that poetry or the art of speech,
confronts us, which now incorporates its art-productions in the medium of a
speech elaborated to an instrument of artistic service, precisely as
intelligence already in ordinary speech makes intelligible to spiritual life all
that it carries in itself. And, moreover, for the reason that it is able thus to
unfold the entire content of Spirit in its own medium, it is the universal art,
which belongs indifferently to all the types of art, and is only excluded in
that case where the spiritual life which is still unrevealed to itself in its
highest form of content is merely able to make itself aware of its own dim
presentiments in the form and configuration of that which is external and
alien to itself.
CHAPTER I
THE ART OF PAINTING
Page 216
The most adequate object of sculpture is the tranquil self-absorption of
personality in its essential substance, the character whose spiritual
individuality is in the fullest degree displayed on the face of its corporeal
presentment, making the sensuous frame, which reveals this incorporation
of spirit, adequate to such an embodiment of mind wholly in its aspects of
external form. The sightless look has as yet failed to concentrate at one
point the supreme focus of ideal life, the vital breath of soul, the heart of
most intimate feeling, and is as yet without spiritual movement, without the
deliberate distinction between a world without it and a life within. It is on
account of this that the sculpture of the ancients leaves us in some degree
unmoved. We either do not remain long before it, or our delay is rather due
to a scientific investigation of the fine modifications of form and detail
which it displays. We cannot blame mankind if they are unable to take the
profound interest in fine works of sculpture which such works deserve. To
know how to value them is a study in itself. At first glance we either
experience no attraction, or are immediately conscious of the general
character of the whole. To come to closer quarters we have first to discover
what it is that continues to supply such an interest. An enjoyment, however,
which is only the possible result of study, thought, learning, and a wide
experience is not the immediate object of art. And, moreover, the essential
demand we make that a character should develop, should pass into the field
of action and affairs, and that the soul should thereby meet with divisions
and-grow deeper, this, after all our journey in search of the delight which
this study of the works of antique sculpture may bring to us, remains
unsatisfied. For this reason we inevitably feel more at home in painting. In
other words we are at once and for the first time conscious in it of the
principle of our finite and yet essentially infinite spiritual substance, the life
and breath of our own existence; we contemplate in its pictures the very
spark which works and is active in ourselves. The god of sculpture remains
for sense-perception an object simply; in painting, on the contrary, the
Divine appears as itself essentially the living subject of spiritual life, which
comes into direct relations with the community, and makes it possible for
each individual thereof to place himself in spiritual communion and
reconcilement with Him. The substantive character of such a Divinity is
not, as in sculpture, an individual that persists in the inflexible bond of its
own limitations[220], but is one which expands into and is differentiated
within the community itself.
personality in its essential substance, the character whose spiritual
individuality is in the fullest degree displayed on the face of its corporeal
presentment, making the sensuous frame, which reveals this incorporation
of spirit, adequate to such an embodiment of mind wholly in its aspects of
external form. The sightless look has as yet failed to concentrate at one
point the supreme focus of ideal life, the vital breath of soul, the heart of
most intimate feeling, and is as yet without spiritual movement, without the
deliberate distinction between a world without it and a life within. It is on
account of this that the sculpture of the ancients leaves us in some degree
unmoved. We either do not remain long before it, or our delay is rather due
to a scientific investigation of the fine modifications of form and detail
which it displays. We cannot blame mankind if they are unable to take the
profound interest in fine works of sculpture which such works deserve. To
know how to value them is a study in itself. At first glance we either
experience no attraction, or are immediately conscious of the general
character of the whole. To come to closer quarters we have first to discover
what it is that continues to supply such an interest. An enjoyment, however,
which is only the possible result of study, thought, learning, and a wide
experience is not the immediate object of art. And, moreover, the essential
demand we make that a character should develop, should pass into the field
of action and affairs, and that the soul should thereby meet with divisions
and-grow deeper, this, after all our journey in search of the delight which
this study of the works of antique sculpture may bring to us, remains
unsatisfied. For this reason we inevitably feel more at home in painting. In
other words we are at once and for the first time conscious in it of the
principle of our finite and yet essentially infinite spiritual substance, the life
and breath of our own existence; we contemplate in its pictures the very
spark which works and is active in ourselves. The god of sculpture remains
for sense-perception an object simply; in painting, on the contrary, the
Divine appears as itself essentially the living subject of spiritual life, which
comes into direct relations with the community, and makes it possible for
each individual thereof to place himself in spiritual communion and
reconcilement with Him. The substantive character of such a Divinity is
not, as in sculpture, an individual that persists in the inflexible bond of its
own limitations[220], but is one which expands into and is differentiated
within the community itself.
Page 217
The same principle generally differentiates the individual from his own
bodily frame and external environment to quite as considerable an extent as
it brings the soul into mediated relation with the same. Within the compass
of this subjective differentiation—regarded as the independent assertion of
human individuality as opposed to God, Nature, and the inward and
external life of other persons, regarded also conversely as the most intimate
relation, the most secure communion of God with the community, and of
individual men with God, the environment of Nature and the infinite variety
of the wants, purposes, passions, and activities of human existence—falls
the entire movement and vitality, which sculpture, both in respect to its
content and its means of contributing expression, suffers to escape; and it
adds an immeasurable wealth of new material and a novel breadth and
variety of artistic treatment which hitherto was absent. Briefly, then, this
principle of subjectivity is on the one hand the basis of division, on the
other a principle of mediation and synthesis, so that painting unites in one
and the same art what hitherto formed the subject-matter of two different
arts, namely, the external environment, which architecture treated
artistically, and the essentially spiritual form, which was elaborated by
sculpture. Painting places its figures on the background of a Nature or an
architectural environment, both of which are the products of its own
invention in precisely the same sense, and is able to make this external
material in both of these aspects by virtue of its emotional powers and soul
a counterfeit within its ideal realm, in the degree that it understands how
best to place it in relation and harmony with the spirit of the figures that live
and move therein.
Such is the principle of the new advance that painting contributes to the
representative powers of art.
If we inquire now the course which the more detailed examination of our
subject necessitates the following division will serve us.
In the first place we shall have yet further to consider the general character
which the art of painting must necessarily receive in accordance with its
notion and relatively both to its specific content, the material that is made
consonant with this content and finally the artistic treatment which is
thereby involved.
bodily frame and external environment to quite as considerable an extent as
it brings the soul into mediated relation with the same. Within the compass
of this subjective differentiation—regarded as the independent assertion of
human individuality as opposed to God, Nature, and the inward and
external life of other persons, regarded also conversely as the most intimate
relation, the most secure communion of God with the community, and of
individual men with God, the environment of Nature and the infinite variety
of the wants, purposes, passions, and activities of human existence—falls
the entire movement and vitality, which sculpture, both in respect to its
content and its means of contributing expression, suffers to escape; and it
adds an immeasurable wealth of new material and a novel breadth and
variety of artistic treatment which hitherto was absent. Briefly, then, this
principle of subjectivity is on the one hand the basis of division, on the
other a principle of mediation and synthesis, so that painting unites in one
and the same art what hitherto formed the subject-matter of two different
arts, namely, the external environment, which architecture treated
artistically, and the essentially spiritual form, which was elaborated by
sculpture. Painting places its figures on the background of a Nature or an
architectural environment, both of which are the products of its own
invention in precisely the same sense, and is able to make this external
material in both of these aspects by virtue of its emotional powers and soul
a counterfeit within its ideal realm, in the degree that it understands how
best to place it in relation and harmony with the spirit of the figures that live
and move therein.
Such is the principle of the new advance that painting contributes to the
representative powers of art.
If we inquire now the course which the more detailed examination of our
subject necessitates the following division will serve us.
In the first place we shall have yet further to consider the general character
which the art of painting must necessarily receive in accordance with its
notion and relatively both to its specific content, the material that is made
consonant with this content and finally the artistic treatment which is
thereby involved.
Page 218
Secondly, we have to develop the separate modes of definition, which are
contained in the principle of such a content and manner of presentation, and
more succinctly fix the boundaries of the subject-matter which is adapted to
painting no less than the modes of its conception, composition, and
technical qualities as painting.
Thirdly, painting is itself broken up into distinct schools of painting by
reason of the above divisions of matter, technique, and so forth, which, as in
the other arts, have their own phases of historical development.
1. GENERAL CHARACTER OF THE ART OF PAINTING
After having thus emphasized as the essential principle of painting that
world of the soul in its vitality of feeling, conception, and action cast in
embrace round heaven and earth, in the variety of its manifestations and
external disclosures within the bodily frame, and affirmed on this account
that the focus, and centre of this art is to be sought for in romantic and
Christian art, it may immediately occur to the reader that not only do we
find excellent artists among the ancients, who are as distinguished in this art
as others of their age in sculpture—and we cannot praise them more highly
—but also that other peoples, notably the Chinese, Hindoos, and Egyptians,
have secured distinction in the direction of painting. Without question the
art of painting is, by virtue of the variety of the objects treated and the
particular type of its manner of execution, less[221] restricted in the range of
nations that exemplify its pursuit. This, however, is not the point at issue. If
our question is simply that of the historian doubtless we find single
examples of one type[222] of painting or another have been produced at the
most varied epochs by the nations already mentioned and others. It is,
however, a profounder question altogether when we ask ourselves what is
the principle of painting, examine the means of its exposition and in doing
so seek to establish that content, which by virtue of its own nature is
emphatically consonant with the painter's art as such and its mode of
presentment, so that we can affirm the form thus selected to be wholly
adequate to the content in question. We have but little left us of the painting
of the ancient world, examples, in fact, which we see can neither have
formed part of the most consummate work of antiquity in this respect, nor
have been the product of its most famous masters. At least all that has been
contained in the principle of such a content and manner of presentation, and
more succinctly fix the boundaries of the subject-matter which is adapted to
painting no less than the modes of its conception, composition, and
technical qualities as painting.
Thirdly, painting is itself broken up into distinct schools of painting by
reason of the above divisions of matter, technique, and so forth, which, as in
the other arts, have their own phases of historical development.
1. GENERAL CHARACTER OF THE ART OF PAINTING
After having thus emphasized as the essential principle of painting that
world of the soul in its vitality of feeling, conception, and action cast in
embrace round heaven and earth, in the variety of its manifestations and
external disclosures within the bodily frame, and affirmed on this account
that the focus, and centre of this art is to be sought for in romantic and
Christian art, it may immediately occur to the reader that not only do we
find excellent artists among the ancients, who are as distinguished in this art
as others of their age in sculpture—and we cannot praise them more highly
—but also that other peoples, notably the Chinese, Hindoos, and Egyptians,
have secured distinction in the direction of painting. Without question the
art of painting is, by virtue of the variety of the objects treated and the
particular type of its manner of execution, less[221] restricted in the range of
nations that exemplify its pursuit. This, however, is not the point at issue. If
our question is simply that of the historian doubtless we find single
examples of one type[222] of painting or another have been produced at the
most varied epochs by the nations already mentioned and others. It is,
however, a profounder question altogether when we ask ourselves what is
the principle of painting, examine the means of its exposition and in doing
so seek to establish that content, which by virtue of its own nature is
emphatically consonant with the painter's art as such and its mode of
presentment, so that we can affirm the form thus selected to be wholly
adequate to the content in question. We have but little left us of the painting
of the ancient world, examples, in fact, which we see can neither have
formed part of the most consummate work of antiquity in this respect, nor
have been the product of its most famous masters. At least all that has been
Page 219
discovered through excavation in private houses is of this character. It is
impossible, however, not to admire the delicacy of taste, the suitability of
the objects, selected, the clearness of the grouping, and, we may add, the
lightness of the handling and freshness of the colouring, excellences which
without doubt were present in the originals of such pictures in a far higher
degree, in imitation of which, for example, the wall paintings in the so-
called house of the tragedian at Pompeii have been executed. We have,
unfortunately, no examples of the works of famous masters. Whatever
degree of excellence, however, these more original productions attained, we
may none the less affirm that the ancients could not, alongside of the
unmatchable beauty of their sculptures, have lifted the art of painting to the
level of artistic elaboration as painting which we find secured in the
Christian era of the Middle Ages, and pre-eminently in the sixteenth and
seventeenth centuries. And we may assume this to be so on the
philosophical ground that the most genuine heart of the Greek outlook is, in
a degree which is inapplicable to the other arts, concordant with the root
and fragrance of that which sculpture and sculpture alone can supply. And
in art we are not entitled to separate spiritual content from its mode of
presentation. If, having this clear to our minds, we inquire how it is that
painting only reached its most characteristic consummation through the
content of the romantic type of art, we can but reply that it is precisely the
intimacy of feeling, the blessedness[223] and pain that give to us the soul of
this profounder content, whose demand is for such a vital infusion, which
has paved the way to and in fact been the cause of this higher perfection of
painting.
As an example of what I mean I will but recall to recollection one particular
instance already cited, namely, that we borrow from Raoul-Rochette of the
treatment of Isis carrying Horns on her knees. In general the subject is
identical with the Madonna pictures, a Divine mother and her child. The
difference of handling and conception in the two cases, however, is
immeasurable. The Egyptian Isis, as we find her thus situated on bas-reliefs,
has nothing maternal about her, no tenderness, no trait of soul or emotion,
such as is not even wholly absent in the stiffer Byzantine pictures of the
Madonna. And if we think of Raphael, or any other great Italian master,
what results have they not achieved from this subject of the Mother and
Christ-babe! What depth of emotion, what spiritual life, what intimacy and
wealth of heart, what exaltation and endearment, how human and yet how
impossible, however, not to admire the delicacy of taste, the suitability of
the objects, selected, the clearness of the grouping, and, we may add, the
lightness of the handling and freshness of the colouring, excellences which
without doubt were present in the originals of such pictures in a far higher
degree, in imitation of which, for example, the wall paintings in the so-
called house of the tragedian at Pompeii have been executed. We have,
unfortunately, no examples of the works of famous masters. Whatever
degree of excellence, however, these more original productions attained, we
may none the less affirm that the ancients could not, alongside of the
unmatchable beauty of their sculptures, have lifted the art of painting to the
level of artistic elaboration as painting which we find secured in the
Christian era of the Middle Ages, and pre-eminently in the sixteenth and
seventeenth centuries. And we may assume this to be so on the
philosophical ground that the most genuine heart of the Greek outlook is, in
a degree which is inapplicable to the other arts, concordant with the root
and fragrance of that which sculpture and sculpture alone can supply. And
in art we are not entitled to separate spiritual content from its mode of
presentation. If, having this clear to our minds, we inquire how it is that
painting only reached its most characteristic consummation through the
content of the romantic type of art, we can but reply that it is precisely the
intimacy of feeling, the blessedness[223] and pain that give to us the soul of
this profounder content, whose demand is for such a vital infusion, which
has paved the way to and in fact been the cause of this higher perfection of
painting.
As an example of what I mean I will but recall to recollection one particular
instance already cited, namely, that we borrow from Raoul-Rochette of the
treatment of Isis carrying Horns on her knees. In general the subject is
identical with the Madonna pictures, a Divine mother and her child. The
difference of handling and conception in the two cases, however, is
immeasurable. The Egyptian Isis, as we find her thus situated on bas-reliefs,
has nothing maternal about her, no tenderness, no trait of soul or emotion,
such as is not even wholly absent in the stiffer Byzantine pictures of the
Madonna. And if we think of Raphael, or any other great Italian master,
what results have they not achieved from this subject of the Mother and
Christ-babe! What depth of emotion, what spiritual life, what intimacy and
wealth of heart, what exaltation and endearment, how human and yet how
Page 220
entirely filled with divine spirit is the soul which speaks to us from every
line and feature. And under what infinite variety of forms and situations is
this one subject presented to us even by particular masters taken singly and
still more by different artists. The mother, the pure Virgin, the physical, the
spiritual beauty, loftiness and devotion of love, all this and countless other
features are emphasized in their turn as the main significance of the
expression. But chief of all we find throughout that it is not the sensuous
beauty of mere form, but the animate life of Spirit, by virtue of which
artistic genius no less than mastery of execution is asserted and secured.
Now it is quite true that Greek art has passed a long way beyond Egyptian
art, and we may add that it has made the expression of man's soul an object
aimed for. But it was not capable of grasping that intimacy and depth of
emotion which is discovered to us in the Christian type of expression, and
indeed was careful, in accordance with its entire character, not to attach
itself to such intensity of feeling. Take, for instance, the case I have more
than once already cited of the faun, who carries the youthful Bacchus in his
arms; it is, no doubt, expressive of extremely tender and amiable qualities.
The nymphs are equally so who tend upon Bacchus, a situation which is
depicted by a gem in a very beautiful group of figures. In such cases we
have an analogous sentiment of unconstrained love for a child, equally free
from passion and yearning; but, even putting on one side the maternal
relation[224], the expression possesses in no respect the intimacy, the depth
of soul, which confront us in Christian paintings. The ancients may very
well have painted excellent portraits, but neither their way of conceiving
natural fact, nor the point of view from which they regarded human and
divine conditions was of the kind that, in the case of painting, an infusion of
soul-life could be expressed with such intimate intensity as was possible in
Christian painting.
The demand of painting, however, for this more personal type of inspiration
is a result of its very material. In other words, the sensuous medium in
which it moves is an extension on pure surface, and the display of form by
means of the use of diversified colours, by virtue of which process the
objective shape, as we have it presented to the vision, is converted to an
artificial illusion adopted by a spiritual agency[225] in the place of the actual
form of fact. It is part of the principle of such a treatment of material that
which is external should not ultimately retain its validity in its independent
line and feature. And under what infinite variety of forms and situations is
this one subject presented to us even by particular masters taken singly and
still more by different artists. The mother, the pure Virgin, the physical, the
spiritual beauty, loftiness and devotion of love, all this and countless other
features are emphasized in their turn as the main significance of the
expression. But chief of all we find throughout that it is not the sensuous
beauty of mere form, but the animate life of Spirit, by virtue of which
artistic genius no less than mastery of execution is asserted and secured.
Now it is quite true that Greek art has passed a long way beyond Egyptian
art, and we may add that it has made the expression of man's soul an object
aimed for. But it was not capable of grasping that intimacy and depth of
emotion which is discovered to us in the Christian type of expression, and
indeed was careful, in accordance with its entire character, not to attach
itself to such intensity of feeling. Take, for instance, the case I have more
than once already cited of the faun, who carries the youthful Bacchus in his
arms; it is, no doubt, expressive of extremely tender and amiable qualities.
The nymphs are equally so who tend upon Bacchus, a situation which is
depicted by a gem in a very beautiful group of figures. In such cases we
have an analogous sentiment of unconstrained love for a child, equally free
from passion and yearning; but, even putting on one side the maternal
relation[224], the expression possesses in no respect the intimacy, the depth
of soul, which confront us in Christian paintings. The ancients may very
well have painted excellent portraits, but neither their way of conceiving
natural fact, nor the point of view from which they regarded human and
divine conditions was of the kind that, in the case of painting, an infusion of
soul-life could be expressed with such intimate intensity as was possible in
Christian painting.
The demand of painting, however, for this more personal type of inspiration
is a result of its very material. In other words, the sensuous medium in
which it moves is an extension on pure surface, and the display of form by
means of the use of diversified colours, by virtue of which process the
objective shape, as we have it presented to the vision, is converted to an
artificial illusion adopted by a spiritual agency[225] in the place of the actual
form of fact. It is part of the principle of such a treatment of material that
which is external should not ultimately retain its validity in its independent
Page 221
native existence, even in the modified form it takes as a vital product of
human hands, but should in this form of realization be lowered as reality to
a purely phenomenal reflex of the inward soul-life itself, which seeks to
contemplate itself independently as such. When we look into the heart of
the matter we shall find that the advance from the rounded form of
sculpture amounts to nothing less than the above statement. It is the soul-
life, the ideality of Spirit which undertakes to express itself in an intimate
way through the counterfeit of the objective world. Add to this, in the
second place, that the surface on which the art of painting makes its objects
visible, opens independently the path to the employment of a surrounding
background and other complex relations; and colour too, regarded as the
articulation of that which appears, requires a correspondent differentiation
of soul-life, which can only be rendered clearly through the definition of
expression, situation, and action, and consequently makes necessary variety,
movement, and the detailed exposition of both the inward and external life.
This principle of inwardness[226] taken alone, which at the same time in its
actual manifestation is associated with the variety of external existence and
is cognizable on the face of such particular existence as an essentially
complete and independent complex of conditions, we have already seen to
be the principle of the romantic type of art, in whose configuration and
mode of presentation consequently the medium of painting discovers in a
unique way its wholly adequate object. Conversely we may affirm at the
same time that romantic art, when the question is actually one of definite
works of art, must seek for material which is consonant with its content, and
in the first instance it finds such in painting, which consequently remains
more or less of a formal character when dealing with all objects and
compositions not of this type[227]. Granting, then, the fact that we find
outside the Christian paintings an Oriental, Greek, and Roman school of
painting, yet the real centre and focus of all is none the less the elaboration
which this art secured within the boundaries of romantic art. We can only
speak of Oriental and Greek painting in the same kind of way as we did
when, despite our main thesis that sculpture attained its highest crown of
perfection in the classical Ideal, we referred to a subordinate Christian type
of sculpture. In other words we are forced to admit that the art of painting
first apprehends its content in the material of the romantic type of art, which
completely corresponds to its instruments and its modes, and consequently
human hands, but should in this form of realization be lowered as reality to
a purely phenomenal reflex of the inward soul-life itself, which seeks to
contemplate itself independently as such. When we look into the heart of
the matter we shall find that the advance from the rounded form of
sculpture amounts to nothing less than the above statement. It is the soul-
life, the ideality of Spirit which undertakes to express itself in an intimate
way through the counterfeit of the objective world. Add to this, in the
second place, that the surface on which the art of painting makes its objects
visible, opens independently the path to the employment of a surrounding
background and other complex relations; and colour too, regarded as the
articulation of that which appears, requires a correspondent differentiation
of soul-life, which can only be rendered clearly through the definition of
expression, situation, and action, and consequently makes necessary variety,
movement, and the detailed exposition of both the inward and external life.
This principle of inwardness[226] taken alone, which at the same time in its
actual manifestation is associated with the variety of external existence and
is cognizable on the face of such particular existence as an essentially
complete and independent complex of conditions, we have already seen to
be the principle of the romantic type of art, in whose configuration and
mode of presentation consequently the medium of painting discovers in a
unique way its wholly adequate object. Conversely we may affirm at the
same time that romantic art, when the question is actually one of definite
works of art, must seek for material which is consonant with its content, and
in the first instance it finds such in painting, which consequently remains
more or less of a formal character when dealing with all objects and
compositions not of this type[227]. Granting, then, the fact that we find
outside the Christian paintings an Oriental, Greek, and Roman school of
painting, yet the real centre and focus of all is none the less the elaboration
which this art secured within the boundaries of romantic art. We can only
speak of Oriental and Greek painting in the same kind of way as we did
when, despite our main thesis that sculpture attained its highest crown of
perfection in the classical Ideal, we referred to a subordinate Christian type
of sculpture. In other words we are forced to admit that the art of painting
first apprehends its content in the material of the romantic type of art, which
completely corresponds to its instruments and its modes, and consequently
Page 222
that it was only after the treatment of such material that it discovered how
best to use and elaborate in every direction all the means at its disposal.
Following now the course of the above remarks in a wholly general way we
have to observe as follows in connection with the content, material, and
artistic mode of treatment of painting.
(a) The fundamental definition of the content of painting is, as we have
seen, subjectivity as an independent process[228].
(α) In this process, looking at it from the point of view of a reflex of soul-
life, individuality must not wholly pass into the universality its substance,
but must on the contrary disclose how it retains that content as a distinctive
personality[229], and possesses and expresses its inward life, that is the
vitality of its own conception and feeling in the same; neither should the
external form be wholly dominated by the ideal individuality as is the case
in sculpture. For the principle of subjectivity, albeit that it permeates the
external material as the mode of objectivity adequate to express it, is
notwithstanding likewise an identity which withdraws itself into itself out
of that objective domain, and by virtue of this self-seclusion is relatively to
that objective aspect neutral, leaving it quite untrammelled. Just as
therefore, on the spiritual side of the content, the particularity of the
personal life is not set forth in direct union with its substance and
universality, but is essentially reflected as the culminating feature of its
independent embodiment[230], so, too, in the objective envisagement of
form, the particularity and universality of the same are carried from their
previous plastic union[231] to a predominance of the individual aspect, and
indeed of comparatively accidental and indifferent features, and in a manner
much the same as that which, in the reality of sense experience, is the
prevailing character of all phenomena.
(β) A further important point is that connected with the range of scope that
is permitted to the art of painting in virtue of its principle with regard to the
objects to be thus presented.
The free principle of subjectivity suffers on the one hand the entire field of
natural objects, and every department of human activity to remain in its
substantive mode of existence; on the other, it is capable of entering into
fusion with all possible detail, and creating therefrom a content of its own
best to use and elaborate in every direction all the means at its disposal.
Following now the course of the above remarks in a wholly general way we
have to observe as follows in connection with the content, material, and
artistic mode of treatment of painting.
(a) The fundamental definition of the content of painting is, as we have
seen, subjectivity as an independent process[228].
(α) In this process, looking at it from the point of view of a reflex of soul-
life, individuality must not wholly pass into the universality its substance,
but must on the contrary disclose how it retains that content as a distinctive
personality[229], and possesses and expresses its inward life, that is the
vitality of its own conception and feeling in the same; neither should the
external form be wholly dominated by the ideal individuality as is the case
in sculpture. For the principle of subjectivity, albeit that it permeates the
external material as the mode of objectivity adequate to express it, is
notwithstanding likewise an identity which withdraws itself into itself out
of that objective domain, and by virtue of this self-seclusion is relatively to
that objective aspect neutral, leaving it quite untrammelled. Just as
therefore, on the spiritual side of the content, the particularity of the
personal life is not set forth in direct union with its substance and
universality, but is essentially reflected as the culminating feature of its
independent embodiment[230], so, too, in the objective envisagement of
form, the particularity and universality of the same are carried from their
previous plastic union[231] to a predominance of the individual aspect, and
indeed of comparatively accidental and indifferent features, and in a manner
much the same as that which, in the reality of sense experience, is the
prevailing character of all phenomena.
(β) A further important point is that connected with the range of scope that
is permitted to the art of painting in virtue of its principle with regard to the
objects to be thus presented.
The free principle of subjectivity suffers on the one hand the entire field of
natural objects, and every department of human activity to remain in its
substantive mode of existence; on the other, it is capable of entering into
fusion with all possible detail, and creating therefrom a content of its own
Page 223
ideal life, of rather we should say that only in this interfusion with concrete
actuality does it assert itself as concrete and vital in its products.
Consequently it is possible for the painter to import a wealth of material
into the realm occupied by his artistic works, which remains outside, the
reach of the sculptor. The entire world of the religious idea, conceptions of
heaven and hell, the history of Christ, his disciples and saints, external
Nature, all that concerns humanity down to the most fugitive of situations
and characters, all this material and more can find a place here. For as we
have seen all that pertains to the detail, caprice, and accidental features of
human need and interest is affected by this principle, which at once strives
to comprehend and compose it.
(γ) And along with this fact we have as its corollary that painting makes the
soul of man itself the subject of its creative work. All that is alive within the
soul is present in ideal form, if it is, when we consider its content, at once
objective and absolute in the abstract sense[232]. For the emotional life of
soul can without question carry the universal within its content, a content,
however, which, as feeling, does not retain the form of this universality, but
appears under the mode as I, this individual person—I know my identity
therein and feel the same. In order to educe and set forth this objective
content as objective, I must forget myself. In this way the painter no doubt
reveals to our sight the ideal substance of soul in the form of external
objects, but the truly real content which it expresses is the personal soul that
feels. For which reason painting, from the point of view of form, is unable
to offer such distinctive envisagements of the Divine as sculpture, but only
ideas of less defined character such as belong to the emotions. It may
appear as a contradiction to this position that we find again and again
selected as subjects of the paintings of masters, who stand without question
in the highest rank, the external environment of mankind, mountains,
valleys, meadows, brooks, trees, ships, buildings, their interiors, in short
earth, sea, and sky. What, however, constitutes the core in the content of
such works of art is not the objects themselves, but the vitality and soul
imported into them by the artist's conception and execution, his emotional
life in fact, which is reflected in his work, and gives us not merely a
counterfeit of external objects, but therewith his own personality and
temperament[233]. And it is precisely by his doing this that the objects of
Nature, as reflected by painting, even from this realistic point of view, are
actuality does it assert itself as concrete and vital in its products.
Consequently it is possible for the painter to import a wealth of material
into the realm occupied by his artistic works, which remains outside, the
reach of the sculptor. The entire world of the religious idea, conceptions of
heaven and hell, the history of Christ, his disciples and saints, external
Nature, all that concerns humanity down to the most fugitive of situations
and characters, all this material and more can find a place here. For as we
have seen all that pertains to the detail, caprice, and accidental features of
human need and interest is affected by this principle, which at once strives
to comprehend and compose it.
(γ) And along with this fact we have as its corollary that painting makes the
soul of man itself the subject of its creative work. All that is alive within the
soul is present in ideal form, if it is, when we consider its content, at once
objective and absolute in the abstract sense[232]. For the emotional life of
soul can without question carry the universal within its content, a content,
however, which, as feeling, does not retain the form of this universality, but
appears under the mode as I, this individual person—I know my identity
therein and feel the same. In order to educe and set forth this objective
content as objective, I must forget myself. In this way the painter no doubt
reveals to our sight the ideal substance of soul in the form of external
objects, but the truly real content which it expresses is the personal soul that
feels. For which reason painting, from the point of view of form, is unable
to offer such distinctive envisagements of the Divine as sculpture, but only
ideas of less defined character such as belong to the emotions. It may
appear as a contradiction to this position that we find again and again
selected as subjects of the paintings of masters, who stand without question
in the highest rank, the external environment of mankind, mountains,
valleys, meadows, brooks, trees, ships, buildings, their interiors, in short
earth, sea, and sky. What, however, constitutes the core in the content of
such works of art is not the objects themselves, but the vitality and soul
imported into them by the artist's conception and execution, his emotional
life in fact, which is reflected in his work, and gives us not merely a
counterfeit of external objects, but therewith his own personality and
temperament[233]. And it is precisely by his doing this that the objects of
Nature, as reflected by painting, even from this realistic point of view, are
Page 224
relatively insignificant, because the influence of soul-life begins to assert
itself in them as the main significance. In this tendency towards
temperament, which, in the case of objects borrowed from external Nature,
may frequently only amount to a general response emphasized between the
two sides, we find the most important distinction between painting on the
one hand and sculpture and architecture on the other. Painting indeed
approximates in this respect more closely to music and emphasizes here the
point of transition from the plastic arts to that of tone.
(b) To proceed to our second main division I have already several times
referred, if only in respect to features of fundamental importance, to the
difference we discover between the sensuous material of painting and that
of sculpture. I will therefore in this place only touch upon the closer
connection which obtains between this material and the spiritual content
which it most notably has to display to us.
(α) The first fact we have to consider in this connection is this that painting
compresses the three dimensions, of Space. Absolute concentration would
be carried to the point, as elimination of all juxtaposition, and as unrest
essentially predicable of such concentration, as we find it in the point of
Time. Such a mode of negation carried out in its entire result, however, we
only meet with in the art of music. Painting, on the contrary, permits the
spatial relation still to subsist, and only effaces one of the three dimensions;
superficies is made the element of its representations. This reduction of the
three dimensions to level surface is implied in principle of increasing
reality, which is only capable thereby of asserting itself in spatial relation as
such ideal transmutation, owing to the fact that it does not suffer the
complete totality of objective fact to persist as such, but restricts the same.
Ordinarily we are accustomed to view this reduction as a caprice of the art
which amounts to a defect. What is here sought for, it appears, is that
natural objects in all their naked reality, or spiritual ideas and feelings, by
means of the human body and its postures should be made visible to our
senses for such an aim it is obvious that the surface is insufficient and
inferior to Nature, which appears before us with a completeness wholly
different.
(αα) Painting is unquestionably yet more abstract than sculpture in respect
to material conditioned in Space; but this abstraction, remote as it is from
being a purely capricious limitation, or an indication of human incapacity, is
itself in them as the main significance. In this tendency towards
temperament, which, in the case of objects borrowed from external Nature,
may frequently only amount to a general response emphasized between the
two sides, we find the most important distinction between painting on the
one hand and sculpture and architecture on the other. Painting indeed
approximates in this respect more closely to music and emphasizes here the
point of transition from the plastic arts to that of tone.
(b) To proceed to our second main division I have already several times
referred, if only in respect to features of fundamental importance, to the
difference we discover between the sensuous material of painting and that
of sculpture. I will therefore in this place only touch upon the closer
connection which obtains between this material and the spiritual content
which it most notably has to display to us.
(α) The first fact we have to consider in this connection is this that painting
compresses the three dimensions, of Space. Absolute concentration would
be carried to the point, as elimination of all juxtaposition, and as unrest
essentially predicable of such concentration, as we find it in the point of
Time. Such a mode of negation carried out in its entire result, however, we
only meet with in the art of music. Painting, on the contrary, permits the
spatial relation still to subsist, and only effaces one of the three dimensions;
superficies is made the element of its representations. This reduction of the
three dimensions to level surface is implied in principle of increasing
reality, which is only capable thereby of asserting itself in spatial relation as
such ideal transmutation, owing to the fact that it does not suffer the
complete totality of objective fact to persist as such, but restricts the same.
Ordinarily we are accustomed to view this reduction as a caprice of the art
which amounts to a defect. What is here sought for, it appears, is that
natural objects in all their naked reality, or spiritual ideas and feelings, by
means of the human body and its postures should be made visible to our
senses for such an aim it is obvious that the surface is insufficient and
inferior to Nature, which appears before us with a completeness wholly
different.
(αα) Painting is unquestionably yet more abstract than sculpture in respect
to material conditioned in Space; but this abstraction, remote as it is from
being a purely capricious limitation, or an indication of human incapacity, is
Page 225
just that which brings about the necessary advance from sculpture. Even
sculpture is not simply an imitation of natural or physical existence, but a
creation of intelligence, which removes from form all aspects of natural
existence which are not in accord with the definite content it undertakes to
present. This elimination was carried out by sculpture in the case of all
colour detail, so that what remained to it was only the abstraction of
material form. In painting we have the opposite process, its content being
the ideality of soul-life, which can only appear on the face of objective
reality, by a process of self-absorption from that very material[234]. The art
of painting, therefore, no doubt, works for the sense-perception, but in a
way, through which the object which it displays remains no longer an actual
natural existence wholly in Space, but is changed to a counterfeit creation
of intelligence, in which it only so far reveals its spiritual source as it annuls
the actual existence of its object, recreating it for itself in a purely
phenomenal semblance within its own spiritual realm—for Spirit.
(ββ) And to this intent painting must necessarily effect a breach with the
totality of the spatial condition, and there is no reason for charging to
human incapacity this loss of Nature's completeness. In other words,
inasmuch as the object of painting from the point of view of its spatial
existence, is merely a semblance, reflective of the soul of man, exhibited by
art for his spirit, the self-subsistency of the object as we find it actually in
Space is dissolved, and the object is related in a far more restricted way to
the spectator than is the case in sculpture. A statue is by itself wholly an
isolated object, independent of the spectator, who may place himself where
he pleases; his point of view, his movements, his walking round it, not one
of them affect the work of art as a whole[235]. If this self-subsistency is to be
preserved the sculptured figure must also have some definite impression to
offer each and every point of view. And this independence of the work must
be retained in sculpture for the reason that its content is the tranquillity,
self-seclusion, and objective presence which, in both an external and ideal
sense, reposes on their own substance. In painting, on the contrary, whose
content is conditioned by an ideal atmosphere, and in fact is composed of
ideal relations essentially particularized, it is precisely this aspect of discord
in a work of art between object and spectator which has to be emphasized,
and yet with a like directness to be resolved in the fact, that the work, as
depicting the ideality of intelligence in its entire mode of presentation, can
sculpture is not simply an imitation of natural or physical existence, but a
creation of intelligence, which removes from form all aspects of natural
existence which are not in accord with the definite content it undertakes to
present. This elimination was carried out by sculpture in the case of all
colour detail, so that what remained to it was only the abstraction of
material form. In painting we have the opposite process, its content being
the ideality of soul-life, which can only appear on the face of objective
reality, by a process of self-absorption from that very material[234]. The art
of painting, therefore, no doubt, works for the sense-perception, but in a
way, through which the object which it displays remains no longer an actual
natural existence wholly in Space, but is changed to a counterfeit creation
of intelligence, in which it only so far reveals its spiritual source as it annuls
the actual existence of its object, recreating it for itself in a purely
phenomenal semblance within its own spiritual realm—for Spirit.
(ββ) And to this intent painting must necessarily effect a breach with the
totality of the spatial condition, and there is no reason for charging to
human incapacity this loss of Nature's completeness. In other words,
inasmuch as the object of painting from the point of view of its spatial
existence, is merely a semblance, reflective of the soul of man, exhibited by
art for his spirit, the self-subsistency of the object as we find it actually in
Space is dissolved, and the object is related in a far more restricted way to
the spectator than is the case in sculpture. A statue is by itself wholly an
isolated object, independent of the spectator, who may place himself where
he pleases; his point of view, his movements, his walking round it, not one
of them affect the work of art as a whole[235]. If this self-subsistency is to be
preserved the sculptured figure must also have some definite impression to
offer each and every point of view. And this independence of the work must
be retained in sculpture for the reason that its content is the tranquillity,
self-seclusion, and objective presence which, in both an external and ideal
sense, reposes on their own substance. In painting, on the contrary, whose
content is conditioned by an ideal atmosphere, and in fact is composed of
ideal relations essentially particularized, it is precisely this aspect of discord
in a work of art between object and spectator which has to be emphasized,
and yet with a like directness to be resolved in the fact, that the work, as
depicting the ideality of intelligence in its entire mode of presentation, can
Page 226
be only defined under the assumption that it stands there related to an
individual mind, that is a spectator, and apart from the same has no self-
subsistency. The spectator is assumed and reckoned to be there from the
first, and the work of art is only intelligible as related to this point of
personal contemplation[236]. For such a relation to mere visibility and its
reflection upon an individual consciousness, however, the mere show of
reality is sufficient; or rather the actual totality of the spatial condition is a
defect, because in that case the objects seen retain an independent existence,
and do not appear to be created by Spirit for its own contemplation. Nature
consequently is not entitled to reduce its images to the plain surface; its
objects possess and claim to possess a real and independent existence. The
satisfaction, however, we derive from painting is not in actual existence, but
in the contemplative interest we receive from the external reproduction of
ideal truths, things born of the soul, and its art therefore dispenses wholly
with the need and apparatus of spatial reality in its complete organization.
(γγ) And together with this reduction to the level surface we may thirdly
associate the fact that painting is placed in a still more remote position to
architecture than that occupied by sculpture. Works of sculpture even where
exhibited independently for themselves in public places or gardens, require
some kind of pedestal treated architectonically, and, in the case of
apartments, forecourts, and halls, either the art of building merely assists in
presenting the statue's fitting environment, or conversely the sculptured
figure is used as the decoration of the building, and between these two thus
related objects we find a close association. Painting, on the contrary,
whether placed in the enclosed apartment, or in public halls, or under the
open sky, is limited to the wall. Originally its function is simply to fill up
empty wall spaces. Among the ancients this original destination is mainly
sufficient, and they decorated in this way the walls of their temples, and in
more recent times also their private chambers. Gothic architecture, whose
main task is the enclosure under the most grandiose conditions, supplies no
doubt still larger surfaces, or rather the largest possible, yet it is only in the
most ancient mosaics that we find painting is employed as a decoration of
empty spaces, whether in the case of the outside or the interior. The more
recent architecture of the fourteenth century, on the contrary, fills up its
enormous wall surfaces in an architectural manner, the most imposing
example I know of which is the main façade of Strasbourg cathedral. Here
we find that the empty surfaces, excluding the entrance doors, the rose and
individual mind, that is a spectator, and apart from the same has no self-
subsistency. The spectator is assumed and reckoned to be there from the
first, and the work of art is only intelligible as related to this point of
personal contemplation[236]. For such a relation to mere visibility and its
reflection upon an individual consciousness, however, the mere show of
reality is sufficient; or rather the actual totality of the spatial condition is a
defect, because in that case the objects seen retain an independent existence,
and do not appear to be created by Spirit for its own contemplation. Nature
consequently is not entitled to reduce its images to the plain surface; its
objects possess and claim to possess a real and independent existence. The
satisfaction, however, we derive from painting is not in actual existence, but
in the contemplative interest we receive from the external reproduction of
ideal truths, things born of the soul, and its art therefore dispenses wholly
with the need and apparatus of spatial reality in its complete organization.
(γγ) And together with this reduction to the level surface we may thirdly
associate the fact that painting is placed in a still more remote position to
architecture than that occupied by sculpture. Works of sculpture even where
exhibited independently for themselves in public places or gardens, require
some kind of pedestal treated architectonically, and, in the case of
apartments, forecourts, and halls, either the art of building merely assists in
presenting the statue's fitting environment, or conversely the sculptured
figure is used as the decoration of the building, and between these two thus
related objects we find a close association. Painting, on the contrary,
whether placed in the enclosed apartment, or in public halls, or under the
open sky, is limited to the wall. Originally its function is simply to fill up
empty wall spaces. Among the ancients this original destination is mainly
sufficient, and they decorated in this way the walls of their temples, and in
more recent times also their private chambers. Gothic architecture, whose
main task is the enclosure under the most grandiose conditions, supplies no
doubt still larger surfaces, or rather the largest possible, yet it is only in the
most ancient mosaics that we find painting is employed as a decoration of
empty spaces, whether in the case of the outside or the interior. The more
recent architecture of the fourteenth century, on the contrary, fills up its
enormous wall surfaces in an architectural manner, the most imposing
example I know of which is the main façade of Strasbourg cathedral. Here
we find that the empty surfaces, excluding the entrance doors, the rose and
Page 227
other windows, are filled in by the ornamental work analogous to that of
windows traced over the walls, and decorated by figures of considerable
delicacy and variety of form, so that we have no need here for painting. In
the case of religious architecture, therefore, painting mainly appears in
buildings which begin to approximate to the ancient type of architecture. As
a rule, however, Christian painting is to be distinguished from the arts of
building, and presents its works in independent form, as for example in
large pictures, whether placed in chapels or on high altars. It is true that
here, too, the picture must retain some relation to the character of the place,
which it is destined to fill; for the rest, however, it is not merely intended to
fill up wall spaces, but to hang them as a work of art independently just as a
work of sculpture may do. In conclusion painting has its use as a decoration
of halls and apartments in public buildings, town halls, palaces, and private
houses, in which respect its association with architecture is once more
closely marked, an association, however, in which its independence as a
free art ought not to be lost.
(β) A further necessary ground for the contraction of the spatial dimensions
in painting to bare surface is due to the fact that the art of painting is
concerned to express ideal conditions essentially in their separation[237], and
thereby rich in every kind of particular character. A mere restriction to the
shapes of spatial form, with which sculpture is able to rest satisfied,
vanishes therefore in the more luxuriant art; for the forms of spatial
dimension are the most abstract in Nature, and an attempt must now be
made to seize particular distinctions, in so far as the demand is now for an
essentially more multifold material. The matter specifically defined in the
physical sense is attached to the very principle of presentation in Space, the
differences of which[238], if they are to appear as essential in the work of
art, themselves disclose this fact[239] in the total configuration of spatial
form, which no longer remains the final mode of presentation, and they are
compelled to make a breach in the complete form of spatial dimensions, in
order to cancel the exclusive appearance of the physical medium. For the
dimensions in painting are not presented by themselves in their actual
reality, but are merely by means of this physical aspect made to appear and
be visible as such.
(αα) If we further inquire what is the nature of the physical element which
the art of painting makes use of we shall find this to be Light, regarding it as
windows traced over the walls, and decorated by figures of considerable
delicacy and variety of form, so that we have no need here for painting. In
the case of religious architecture, therefore, painting mainly appears in
buildings which begin to approximate to the ancient type of architecture. As
a rule, however, Christian painting is to be distinguished from the arts of
building, and presents its works in independent form, as for example in
large pictures, whether placed in chapels or on high altars. It is true that
here, too, the picture must retain some relation to the character of the place,
which it is destined to fill; for the rest, however, it is not merely intended to
fill up wall spaces, but to hang them as a work of art independently just as a
work of sculpture may do. In conclusion painting has its use as a decoration
of halls and apartments in public buildings, town halls, palaces, and private
houses, in which respect its association with architecture is once more
closely marked, an association, however, in which its independence as a
free art ought not to be lost.
(β) A further necessary ground for the contraction of the spatial dimensions
in painting to bare surface is due to the fact that the art of painting is
concerned to express ideal conditions essentially in their separation[237], and
thereby rich in every kind of particular character. A mere restriction to the
shapes of spatial form, with which sculpture is able to rest satisfied,
vanishes therefore in the more luxuriant art; for the forms of spatial
dimension are the most abstract in Nature, and an attempt must now be
made to seize particular distinctions, in so far as the demand is now for an
essentially more multifold material. The matter specifically defined in the
physical sense is attached to the very principle of presentation in Space, the
differences of which[238], if they are to appear as essential in the work of
art, themselves disclose this fact[239] in the total configuration of spatial
form, which no longer remains the final mode of presentation, and they are
compelled to make a breach in the complete form of spatial dimensions, in
order to cancel the exclusive appearance of the physical medium. For the
dimensions in painting are not presented by themselves in their actual
reality, but are merely by means of this physical aspect made to appear and
be visible as such.
(αα) If we further inquire what is the nature of the physical element which
the art of painting makes use of we shall find this to be Light, regarding it as
Page 228
that medium which renders all objects whatever visible.
Previously the sensuous, concrete material of architecture was the resisting
matter of gravity, which more particularly in the art of building asserted this
character of heavy material in its features of burden, constraint, power to
support and be supported, and even in sculpture still retained such
characteristics. Heavy material encumbers because it does not possess its
centre of material unity in itself, but in something else; and it seeks for this
centre and strives towards it, though it retains its position through the
resistance of other bodies, which become by doing so bodies of support.
The principle of light is an opposite, or extreme, of that material of weight
which is not as yet enclosed within its unity. Whatever else we may
predicate of light it is obvious that it is absolutely devoid of weight and
offers no resistance; rather it is pure identity with itself, and thereby simple
self-relation, the primordial ideality, the original self of Nature. In light
Nature make its start on the path of ideality or inwardness[240], and is the
universal physical ego, which of course is not carried here to the point of
particularity[241], nor has as yet concentrated itself within the unit of
individuality and self-seclusion, yet is thereby enabled to cancel the bare
objectivity and external show of heavy matter and abstract from the
sensuous and spatial totality of the same[242]. From this aspect of the more
ideal quality of light it becomes the physical principle of the art of painting.
(ββ) Light regarded simply as such, however, only exists as one aspect
contained in the principle of subjectivity, that is, as this more ideal identity.
In this respect light is manifestation, just that, which, however, in Nature is
only asserted generally as the power of making objects visible, holding the
particular content of that which it reveals outside itself as an objective
world, which is not light, but rather that which confronts it and
consequently is dark. These objects light renders cognizable under their
distinctions of form by irradiating them, that is, illuminating to a greater or
less degree their obscurity and invisibility, and permitting certain parts to be
more visible, namely, as they approach the spectator, and others, on the
contrary, more obscure as they withdraw from him. For light and darkness,
putting for the present on one side the particular colour of an object, is
generally speaking due to the relative remoteness of the illuminated objects
from us in their specific degree of illumination. In this direct relation to
objectivity light is no longer asserted simply as light, but as essentially
Previously the sensuous, concrete material of architecture was the resisting
matter of gravity, which more particularly in the art of building asserted this
character of heavy material in its features of burden, constraint, power to
support and be supported, and even in sculpture still retained such
characteristics. Heavy material encumbers because it does not possess its
centre of material unity in itself, but in something else; and it seeks for this
centre and strives towards it, though it retains its position through the
resistance of other bodies, which become by doing so bodies of support.
The principle of light is an opposite, or extreme, of that material of weight
which is not as yet enclosed within its unity. Whatever else we may
predicate of light it is obvious that it is absolutely devoid of weight and
offers no resistance; rather it is pure identity with itself, and thereby simple
self-relation, the primordial ideality, the original self of Nature. In light
Nature make its start on the path of ideality or inwardness[240], and is the
universal physical ego, which of course is not carried here to the point of
particularity[241], nor has as yet concentrated itself within the unit of
individuality and self-seclusion, yet is thereby enabled to cancel the bare
objectivity and external show of heavy matter and abstract from the
sensuous and spatial totality of the same[242]. From this aspect of the more
ideal quality of light it becomes the physical principle of the art of painting.
(ββ) Light regarded simply as such, however, only exists as one aspect
contained in the principle of subjectivity, that is, as this more ideal identity.
In this respect light is manifestation, just that, which, however, in Nature is
only asserted generally as the power of making objects visible, holding the
particular content of that which it reveals outside itself as an objective
world, which is not light, but rather that which confronts it and
consequently is dark. These objects light renders cognizable under their
distinctions of form by irradiating them, that is, illuminating to a greater or
less degree their obscurity and invisibility, and permitting certain parts to be
more visible, namely, as they approach the spectator, and others, on the
contrary, more obscure as they withdraw from him. For light and darkness,
putting for the present on one side the particular colour of an object, is
generally speaking due to the relative remoteness of the illuminated objects
from us in their specific degree of illumination. In this direct relation to
objectivity light is no longer asserted simply as light, but as essentially
Page 229
particularized brightness and obscurity, light and shadow, whose varied
manifestations render the shape and distance of objects from one another
intelligible to the spectator. This is the principle which painting makes use
of, because from the first differentiation is implied in its notion. If we
compare this art in this respect with sculpture and architecture we shall see
that in these latter arts the actual distinctions of spatial configuration are set
forth in their nakedness, and light and shadow are suffered to retain the
ordinary effect which light produces in Nature relatively to the position of
the spectator, so that the rondure of form is here already independently[243]
present and light and shade, whereby they are rendered visible, are merely a
result of that which was already actually on the spot independently of this
further aspect of their becoming visible. In the art of painting, however,
brightness and darkness together with all their gradations and finest
transitions are themselves part of the fundamental artistic material, and it is
a purely intentional appearance they produce of that medium, which
sculpture gives form to in its native state. Light and shade, in short, the
appearance of objects under this illumination, is effected by art rather than
the mere natural light, which consequently only makes that kind of
brightness, darkness, and lighting visible, which are the products of
painting. And this it is which constitutes the positive rationale deduced from
the material of the art itself, why painting does not require three
dimensions. Form is the creation of light and shadow simply, and that form
which exists in spatial reality is superfluous.
(γγ) Bright and dark, shadow and light, no less than their interplay are,
however, merely an abstraction, which do not exist in Nature as such
abstraction, and consequently cannot be utilized as sensuous material. In
other words Light, as we have already seen, is related to its opposite Dark.
In this relation both principles have no self-subsistency apart from each
other, but can only be asserted in their unity, that is, as the interplay of light
and dark. The light, which is in this way essentially impaired and obscured,
which, however, to a like extent transpierces and illumines darkness[244],
supplies us with the principle of colour as the genuine material of painting.
Light in its purity is devoid of colour, it is the pure indeterminacy of
essential identity. Distinction from bare light, a lowering of its value, is the
characteristic of colour, which in contrast to light is already in some degree
obscurity, and together with which the principle of light is asserted in union.
manifestations render the shape and distance of objects from one another
intelligible to the spectator. This is the principle which painting makes use
of, because from the first differentiation is implied in its notion. If we
compare this art in this respect with sculpture and architecture we shall see
that in these latter arts the actual distinctions of spatial configuration are set
forth in their nakedness, and light and shadow are suffered to retain the
ordinary effect which light produces in Nature relatively to the position of
the spectator, so that the rondure of form is here already independently[243]
present and light and shade, whereby they are rendered visible, are merely a
result of that which was already actually on the spot independently of this
further aspect of their becoming visible. In the art of painting, however,
brightness and darkness together with all their gradations and finest
transitions are themselves part of the fundamental artistic material, and it is
a purely intentional appearance they produce of that medium, which
sculpture gives form to in its native state. Light and shade, in short, the
appearance of objects under this illumination, is effected by art rather than
the mere natural light, which consequently only makes that kind of
brightness, darkness, and lighting visible, which are the products of
painting. And this it is which constitutes the positive rationale deduced from
the material of the art itself, why painting does not require three
dimensions. Form is the creation of light and shadow simply, and that form
which exists in spatial reality is superfluous.
(γγ) Bright and dark, shadow and light, no less than their interplay are,
however, merely an abstraction, which do not exist in Nature as such
abstraction, and consequently cannot be utilized as sensuous material. In
other words Light, as we have already seen, is related to its opposite Dark.
In this relation both principles have no self-subsistency apart from each
other, but can only be asserted in their unity, that is, as the interplay of light
and dark. The light, which is in this way essentially impaired and obscured,
which, however, to a like extent transpierces and illumines darkness[244],
supplies us with the principle of colour as the genuine material of painting.
Light in its purity is devoid of colour, it is the pure indeterminacy of
essential identity. Distinction from bare light, a lowering of its value, is the
characteristic of colour, which in contrast to light is already in some degree
obscurity, and together with which the principle of light is asserted in union.
Page 230
It is consequently an incorrect and false idea to hold that light is the
aggregate result of different colours, or in other words different degrees of
obscuration[245].
Form, distance, limitation, rounded shape, in short, all spatial relations and
distinctions visible in the phenomena of Space are unfolded in the art of
painting entirely by means of colour, the more ideal principle of which is
capable of presenting a more ideal content and by virtue of its profounder
oppositions, the infinite variety of its transitional gradations and the
delicacy of its softest modulations relatively to the fulness and detail of the
objects it accepts as subject-matter, is possessed of a field for its activity of
the widest range. It is beyond belief what mere colour is able to accomplish
in this art. Two human beings are, for example, something totally distinct.
Either is in his self-conscious identity no less than his bodily organism an
independent and exclusive spiritual and bodily totality, yet the entire result
of this difference is in a picture reduced to a distinction of colours. In one
place some particular shade of colour ceases, in another a particular one
starts up, and by such means we get everything set before us, shape,
distance, play of posture, expression, what is nearest to sense and what is
most akin to intelligence. And we are not to regard this reduction as a make-
shift and defect. Quite the reverse is the fact; the art of painting dispensing
with the third dimension in no such way, but deliberately rejecting it in
order to set in the place of purely spatial reality the higher and richer
principle of colour.
(γ) This wealth enables painting to elaborate in its reproductions the entire
extent of the phenomenal world. Sculpture is more or less restricted to the
stable self-seclusion of individuality. In painting, however, the individual
cannot remain in such limitations of stability whether regarded in his ideal
aspect or relatively to the external world, but is placed in every kind of
varied definition. For on the one hand, as already pointed out, he is placed
in a far closer relation to the spectator, and on the other he receives a more
varied connection with other individuals and the environment of Nature. A
process, therefore, which merely illuminates semblance of objective fact
makes possible the widest expansion of distances and spaces and the
present of such and all the varied objects that appear in them in one and the
same work of art. Yet it must no less, as a work of art, prove itself to be a
self-contained and unified whole, and exhibit itself in this synthesis, not
aggregate result of different colours, or in other words different degrees of
obscuration[245].
Form, distance, limitation, rounded shape, in short, all spatial relations and
distinctions visible in the phenomena of Space are unfolded in the art of
painting entirely by means of colour, the more ideal principle of which is
capable of presenting a more ideal content and by virtue of its profounder
oppositions, the infinite variety of its transitional gradations and the
delicacy of its softest modulations relatively to the fulness and detail of the
objects it accepts as subject-matter, is possessed of a field for its activity of
the widest range. It is beyond belief what mere colour is able to accomplish
in this art. Two human beings are, for example, something totally distinct.
Either is in his self-conscious identity no less than his bodily organism an
independent and exclusive spiritual and bodily totality, yet the entire result
of this difference is in a picture reduced to a distinction of colours. In one
place some particular shade of colour ceases, in another a particular one
starts up, and by such means we get everything set before us, shape,
distance, play of posture, expression, what is nearest to sense and what is
most akin to intelligence. And we are not to regard this reduction as a make-
shift and defect. Quite the reverse is the fact; the art of painting dispensing
with the third dimension in no such way, but deliberately rejecting it in
order to set in the place of purely spatial reality the higher and richer
principle of colour.
(γ) This wealth enables painting to elaborate in its reproductions the entire
extent of the phenomenal world. Sculpture is more or less restricted to the
stable self-seclusion of individuality. In painting, however, the individual
cannot remain in such limitations of stability whether regarded in his ideal
aspect or relatively to the external world, but is placed in every kind of
varied definition. For on the one hand, as already pointed out, he is placed
in a far closer relation to the spectator, and on the other he receives a more
varied connection with other individuals and the environment of Nature. A
process, therefore, which merely illuminates semblance of objective fact
makes possible the widest expansion of distances and spaces and the
present of such and all the varied objects that appear in them in one and the
same work of art. Yet it must no less, as a work of art, prove itself to be a
self-contained and unified whole, and exhibit itself in this synthesis, not
Page 231
simply as an aggregate whose limits and boundaries are defined by no
principle, but rather as a totality whose unified consistency is due to its own
subject-matter.
(c) In the third place we have, after this general consideration of the content
and sensuous material of painting, briefly to adduce in general terms the
principle of the artistic mode of treatment adopted by it.
The art of painting more so than either sculpture or architecture admits of
the two extremes. In the first case prominence is given to the religious and
ethical severity of the conception and presentation of the ideal beauty of
form, and in the second, where the subject-matter is, taken by itself,
insignificant, to the detail of what it contains and the personal aspect of the
creative art. We may therefore not unfrequently hear two extreme kinds of
criticism. Our critic in the one case apostrophizes the nobility of the object,
the depth and astonishing sufficiency of the conception, the greatness of the
expression, and the boldness of the delineation[246]. And in the other equal
praise is given to the fine and unexampled character of the painter's
treatment of his colour. This contrast is implied in the very notion of the art;
indeed, we may affirm that it is impossible to unite both aspects on one
plane of elaboration. Each must remain inevitably independent of the other.
For painting has shape simply as such, that is, the forms of spatial
limitation, no less than colour as means contributive to its artistic result, and
is placed thereby midway between the Ideal of the plastic arts and the
extreme form of the direct detail of Nature's reality; by reason of which we
get two distinct types of painting. One, that is the ideal, whose essential
basis is universality; and the other, that which presents particular objects in
all their closeness of detail.
(α) In this respect painting must accept, in the first instance, as sculpture,
that which is substantive in the sense that the objects of religious belief are
such, no less than the great events of history, and its pre-eminent individual
characters, albeit it renders visible this substance in a form wherein the
ideal and personal aspect is emphasized. It is the imposing character, the
serious significance of the action portrayed, or the depth of the soul
expressed which is here of most importance, so that the elaboration and
employment of all the rich artistic means which are within the reach of
painting, and the dexterity, which the wholly consummate use of these
means demands regarded as a tour de force of technique, cannot here be
principle, but rather as a totality whose unified consistency is due to its own
subject-matter.
(c) In the third place we have, after this general consideration of the content
and sensuous material of painting, briefly to adduce in general terms the
principle of the artistic mode of treatment adopted by it.
The art of painting more so than either sculpture or architecture admits of
the two extremes. In the first case prominence is given to the religious and
ethical severity of the conception and presentation of the ideal beauty of
form, and in the second, where the subject-matter is, taken by itself,
insignificant, to the detail of what it contains and the personal aspect of the
creative art. We may therefore not unfrequently hear two extreme kinds of
criticism. Our critic in the one case apostrophizes the nobility of the object,
the depth and astonishing sufficiency of the conception, the greatness of the
expression, and the boldness of the delineation[246]. And in the other equal
praise is given to the fine and unexampled character of the painter's
treatment of his colour. This contrast is implied in the very notion of the art;
indeed, we may affirm that it is impossible to unite both aspects on one
plane of elaboration. Each must remain inevitably independent of the other.
For painting has shape simply as such, that is, the forms of spatial
limitation, no less than colour as means contributive to its artistic result, and
is placed thereby midway between the Ideal of the plastic arts and the
extreme form of the direct detail of Nature's reality; by reason of which we
get two distinct types of painting. One, that is the ideal, whose essential
basis is universality; and the other, that which presents particular objects in
all their closeness of detail.
(α) In this respect painting must accept, in the first instance, as sculpture,
that which is substantive in the sense that the objects of religious belief are
such, no less than the great events of history, and its pre-eminent individual
characters, albeit it renders visible this substance in a form wherein the
ideal and personal aspect is emphasized. It is the imposing character, the
serious significance of the action portrayed, or the depth of the soul
expressed which is here of most importance, so that the elaboration and
employment of all the rich artistic means which are within the reach of
painting, and the dexterity, which the wholly consummate use of these
means demands regarded as a tour de force of technique, cannot here be
Page 232
entirely indicated. In cases of this kind it is the force of the content to be
presented and the absorption in what is essential and substantive in the
same, which tend to drive into the background the overwhelming facility in
the art of painting as that aspect which is less essential. In this sense, for
instance, the Cartoons of Raphael are of invaluable merit, and fully display
the entire excellence of their composition, although Raphael, even in the
case of particular pictures, despite all his mastery in drawing, and the purity
of his ideal, and at the same time wholly vital personal figures, and the
composition he may have arrived at, most certainly in colour, and all that
concerns landscape and other aspects, is excelled by the Dutch masters.
This is yet more the case with the earlier Italian heroes of art, in contrast to
whom Raphael is to a somewhat similar degree inferior in depth, power,
and ideality of expression, as he surpasses such in the technique of his craft,
in the beauty of vital grouping, in draughtsmanship and the like[247].
(β) Conversely, however, the art of painting, as we have seen, ought to
advance further than this exclusive absorption in the ideal and infinite
content of man's soul-life; its function is equally to assert the subsistency
and freedom of detail, which however incidental it may be, contributes to
the environment and background of the work. In this advance from the
profoundest seriousness to the objective features of independent detail it is
bound to force its way to the extreme articulation of the purely phenomenal,
where any and every content is a matter of indifference, and artistic illusion
in a realistic sense is the main interest. In such a type of art we find depicted
for us the most fugitive aspect of the sky, the time of day, the lighting up of
the woods, the gleam and reflection of the clouds, waves, lakes, streams, the
shimmer and glitter of wine in the glass, the glance of the eye, and every
conceivable look and smile of the human countenance. Painting in such
cases moves from the idealistic standpoint to that of living reality, whose
phenomenal effect it mainly seeks to reproduce by means of accuracy in the
execution of every bit of detail[248]. Yet this effort is no mere assiduity of
elaboration, but a real exercise of genuine talent, which strives to present
every kind of detail in its independent perfection, and yet retain the whole
composition in unity and fusion, and this can only be done by the finest art.
In such work the vital force of the realistic appearance thus secured tends to
be more near to the artist's aim than the Ideal; and it is precisely this kind of
art, as I have already found occasion to remark, which raises, as no other,
presented and the absorption in what is essential and substantive in the
same, which tend to drive into the background the overwhelming facility in
the art of painting as that aspect which is less essential. In this sense, for
instance, the Cartoons of Raphael are of invaluable merit, and fully display
the entire excellence of their composition, although Raphael, even in the
case of particular pictures, despite all his mastery in drawing, and the purity
of his ideal, and at the same time wholly vital personal figures, and the
composition he may have arrived at, most certainly in colour, and all that
concerns landscape and other aspects, is excelled by the Dutch masters.
This is yet more the case with the earlier Italian heroes of art, in contrast to
whom Raphael is to a somewhat similar degree inferior in depth, power,
and ideality of expression, as he surpasses such in the technique of his craft,
in the beauty of vital grouping, in draughtsmanship and the like[247].
(β) Conversely, however, the art of painting, as we have seen, ought to
advance further than this exclusive absorption in the ideal and infinite
content of man's soul-life; its function is equally to assert the subsistency
and freedom of detail, which however incidental it may be, contributes to
the environment and background of the work. In this advance from the
profoundest seriousness to the objective features of independent detail it is
bound to force its way to the extreme articulation of the purely phenomenal,
where any and every content is a matter of indifference, and artistic illusion
in a realistic sense is the main interest. In such a type of art we find depicted
for us the most fugitive aspect of the sky, the time of day, the lighting up of
the woods, the gleam and reflection of the clouds, waves, lakes, streams, the
shimmer and glitter of wine in the glass, the glance of the eye, and every
conceivable look and smile of the human countenance. Painting in such
cases moves from the idealistic standpoint to that of living reality, whose
phenomenal effect it mainly seeks to reproduce by means of accuracy in the
execution of every bit of detail[248]. Yet this effort is no mere assiduity of
elaboration, but a real exercise of genuine talent, which strives to present
every kind of detail in its independent perfection, and yet retain the whole
composition in unity and fusion, and this can only be done by the finest art.
In such work the vital force of the realistic appearance thus secured tends to
be more near to the artist's aim than the Ideal; and it is precisely this kind of
art, as I have already found occasion to remark, which raises, as no other,
Page 233
controversial points over the significance of the Ideal and Nature. No doubt
it is very possible to blame the use of the most elaborate technique in
subjects of little importance by themselves as mere extravagance; yet there
is no real reason for rejecting such material, and it is precisely of that kind
which ought to be treated in this way by art, and be permitted to keep every
conceivable subtlety and refinement of surface appearance that it possesses.
(γ) The artistic treatment does not, however, stop at this more general kind
of opposition, but, inasmuch as painting reposes on the principle of soul-
expression and particularity, proceeds yet further in the direction of
differentiation in its results. Both architecture and sculpture, it is true, assert
differences of national type, and in particular we are made aware in
sculpture of a closer individuality typical of certain schools and masters. In
the art of painting this distinction and personal aspect in the modes of
representation expands to an incalculable degree in proportion as the
objects, which it may accept, are taken from a field without definable
limitations. In this art to a pre-eminent extent the genius of particular
peoples, provinces, epochs and individuals asserts its claims and affects not
merely the choice of subjects and the spirit of their conception, but also the
character of drawing, grouping, colouring, handling of the dry point no less
than that of particular colours down to characteristics of personal style and
wont.
Inasmuch as the function of painting is so without restriction concerned
with the ideal aspect and the details of its subject-matter, it follows of
course that it gives us quite as little opportunity to make definite statements
of universal validity as to adduce specific facts which can always without
exception be accepted as true of it. We must, however, not rest satisfied
with what I have already discussed in respect of the principle of the content,
the material and the artistic treatment, but make a further effort, however
much we leave on one side all that confronts us in its multifold variety, still
to subject certain aspects, that most emphatically enlist our attention, to
further examination.
2. PARTICULAR MODES OF THE DEFINITION OF PAINTING
The different points of view, according to which we have to undertake this
closer characterization, may be already anticipated from our previous
it is very possible to blame the use of the most elaborate technique in
subjects of little importance by themselves as mere extravagance; yet there
is no real reason for rejecting such material, and it is precisely of that kind
which ought to be treated in this way by art, and be permitted to keep every
conceivable subtlety and refinement of surface appearance that it possesses.
(γ) The artistic treatment does not, however, stop at this more general kind
of opposition, but, inasmuch as painting reposes on the principle of soul-
expression and particularity, proceeds yet further in the direction of
differentiation in its results. Both architecture and sculpture, it is true, assert
differences of national type, and in particular we are made aware in
sculpture of a closer individuality typical of certain schools and masters. In
the art of painting this distinction and personal aspect in the modes of
representation expands to an incalculable degree in proportion as the
objects, which it may accept, are taken from a field without definable
limitations. In this art to a pre-eminent extent the genius of particular
peoples, provinces, epochs and individuals asserts its claims and affects not
merely the choice of subjects and the spirit of their conception, but also the
character of drawing, grouping, colouring, handling of the dry point no less
than that of particular colours down to characteristics of personal style and
wont.
Inasmuch as the function of painting is so without restriction concerned
with the ideal aspect and the details of its subject-matter, it follows of
course that it gives us quite as little opportunity to make definite statements
of universal validity as to adduce specific facts which can always without
exception be accepted as true of it. We must, however, not rest satisfied
with what I have already discussed in respect of the principle of the content,
the material and the artistic treatment, but make a further effort, however
much we leave on one side all that confronts us in its multifold variety, still
to subject certain aspects, that most emphatically enlist our attention, to
further examination.
2. PARTICULAR MODES OF THE DEFINITION OF PAINTING
The different points of view, according to which we have to undertake this
closer characterization, may be already anticipated from our previous
Page 234
discussion. They refer once more to the content, the material and the artistic
treatment.
First, as to content, we have no doubt found the content of the romantic
type of art offer the most adequate subject-matter; we must, however,
inquire further what specific portions we should select from the entire
wealth within this type as pre-eminently adapted to the art of painting.
Secondly, we have already made ourselves fairly cognisant with the
principle of the sensuous material. We have now to define more narrowly
the forms, which may be expressed on the level surface by means of
colouring, in so far as the human form and other facts of Nature have to be
made visible in order that the ideality of Spirit may be thereby disclosed.
Thirdly, we have a similar question with regard to the definite character of
the artistic conception and presentation, which corresponds to the different
character of the content thus itself similarly differentiated, producing
thereby different types or schools of painting.
(a) I have already at an earlier stage recalled the fact that the ancients have
had excellent painters, but added thereto the statement that the function of
painting is only completely satisfied by the way of looking at things and the
type of art which is referable to the emotional life and which is actively
asserted in the romantic type of art. What appears, however, to contradict
this from the point of view of content is the fact that at the very culminating
point of Christian painting, during the age of Raphael, Rubens, Correggio,
and others, we find that mythological subjects are used and portrayed in
part on their own merits, and in part for the decoration and allegorization of
great exploits, triumphs, royal weddings, and so forth. In this sense Goethe,
for example, has once more borrowed from the descriptions of Philostratus
of the pictures of Polygnotus, and, assisted by his imaginative powers as a
poet, has added a novel freshness to such subjects for the painter's benefit.
If, however, such contributions further imply the demand that subjects of
Greek mythology and saga, or scenes, too, from the Roman world, for
which the French at a certain period of their painting have evinced a great
inclination, should be conceived and portrayed in the definitive mood and
significance attached to them by the ancient world we can only object
generally that it is impossible to recall to life this past history, and what is
peculiarly appropriate to the antique is not wholly compatible with the art
treatment.
First, as to content, we have no doubt found the content of the romantic
type of art offer the most adequate subject-matter; we must, however,
inquire further what specific portions we should select from the entire
wealth within this type as pre-eminently adapted to the art of painting.
Secondly, we have already made ourselves fairly cognisant with the
principle of the sensuous material. We have now to define more narrowly
the forms, which may be expressed on the level surface by means of
colouring, in so far as the human form and other facts of Nature have to be
made visible in order that the ideality of Spirit may be thereby disclosed.
Thirdly, we have a similar question with regard to the definite character of
the artistic conception and presentation, which corresponds to the different
character of the content thus itself similarly differentiated, producing
thereby different types or schools of painting.
(a) I have already at an earlier stage recalled the fact that the ancients have
had excellent painters, but added thereto the statement that the function of
painting is only completely satisfied by the way of looking at things and the
type of art which is referable to the emotional life and which is actively
asserted in the romantic type of art. What appears, however, to contradict
this from the point of view of content is the fact that at the very culminating
point of Christian painting, during the age of Raphael, Rubens, Correggio,
and others, we find that mythological subjects are used and portrayed in
part on their own merits, and in part for the decoration and allegorization of
great exploits, triumphs, royal weddings, and so forth. In this sense Goethe,
for example, has once more borrowed from the descriptions of Philostratus
of the pictures of Polygnotus, and, assisted by his imaginative powers as a
poet, has added a novel freshness to such subjects for the painter's benefit.
If, however, such contributions further imply the demand that subjects of
Greek mythology and saga, or scenes, too, from the Roman world, for
which the French at a certain period of their painting have evinced a great
inclination, should be conceived and portrayed in the definitive mood and
significance attached to them by the ancient world we can only object
generally that it is impossible to recall to life this past history, and what is
peculiarly appropriate to the antique is not wholly compatible with the art
Page 235
of painting. The painter must consequently create from such material an
entirely different result, must import therein a totally different spirit, other
emotions and modes of seeing things than those present to the ancients, in
order to bring such a content into accord with the real problems and aims of
painting. For this reason also the circle of antique material and situations is
not that which painting has elaborated in a consequential process; rather it
is an aspect of it which has been passed over as alien to its material, and
which has first to be essentially remodelled. I have several times insisted
that painting has before all to seize that, the presentment of which it can, in
deliberate contrast to sculpture, music, and poetry, master by means of
external form. And this is pre-eminently the self-concentration of Spirit,
which is denied to sculpture, while music again is unable to make the
passage to the external appearance of ideality, and poetry itself can merely
render visible the bodily presence in an incomplete way. Painting, on the
contrary, is still in a position to unite both aspects. It can express the entire
content of soul-life in an external form, and is consequently bound to accept
for its essential content the emotional depth of the soul no less than the
particular type of character and its specific traits in its deepest impression—
in other words intensity of feeling and ideality in its differentiation, for the
expression of which definite events, conditions, and situations not only
must appear as the explanatory source of individual character, but the
specific individuality must disclose itself as a part of the moulded form of
the soul and physiognomy, rooted therein, and entirely taken up into the
external embodiment.
In order to express generally this ideality of soul we do not require that
ideal self-subsistency and largeness[249] of the classical type we have
previously dealt with, in which individuality persists in immediate accord
with the substantive core of its spiritual essence and the physical
characteristics of its bodily presentment; to quite as little extent will suffice
to the manifestation of this soul-life Nature's ordinary hilarity, that Greek
geniality of enjoyment and blissful absorption in its object; rather true depth
and self-revelation of spiritual life presupposes that the soul has worked its
way through its emotions, its forces, its whole inward life, has overcome
much, has suffered and endured much anguish or misery of spirit, and yet in
all these divisions has retained its sense of unity and come back to the same
out of them. The ancients no doubt also place before us in the mythos of
Hercules a hero, who after many troubles receives his apotheosis, and
entirely different result, must import therein a totally different spirit, other
emotions and modes of seeing things than those present to the ancients, in
order to bring such a content into accord with the real problems and aims of
painting. For this reason also the circle of antique material and situations is
not that which painting has elaborated in a consequential process; rather it
is an aspect of it which has been passed over as alien to its material, and
which has first to be essentially remodelled. I have several times insisted
that painting has before all to seize that, the presentment of which it can, in
deliberate contrast to sculpture, music, and poetry, master by means of
external form. And this is pre-eminently the self-concentration of Spirit,
which is denied to sculpture, while music again is unable to make the
passage to the external appearance of ideality, and poetry itself can merely
render visible the bodily presence in an incomplete way. Painting, on the
contrary, is still in a position to unite both aspects. It can express the entire
content of soul-life in an external form, and is consequently bound to accept
for its essential content the emotional depth of the soul no less than the
particular type of character and its specific traits in its deepest impression—
in other words intensity of feeling and ideality in its differentiation, for the
expression of which definite events, conditions, and situations not only
must appear as the explanatory source of individual character, but the
specific individuality must disclose itself as a part of the moulded form of
the soul and physiognomy, rooted therein, and entirely taken up into the
external embodiment.
In order to express generally this ideality of soul we do not require that
ideal self-subsistency and largeness[249] of the classical type we have
previously dealt with, in which individuality persists in immediate accord
with the substantive core of its spiritual essence and the physical
characteristics of its bodily presentment; to quite as little extent will suffice
to the manifestation of this soul-life Nature's ordinary hilarity, that Greek
geniality of enjoyment and blissful absorption in its object; rather true depth
and self-revelation of spiritual life presupposes that the soul has worked its
way through its emotions, its forces, its whole inward life, has overcome
much, has suffered and endured much anguish or misery of spirit, and yet in
all these divisions has retained its sense of unity and come back to the same
out of them. The ancients no doubt also place before us in the mythos of
Hercules a hero, who after many troubles receives his apotheosis, and
Page 236
enjoys among the gods the repose of blessedness; but the labours which
Hercules accomplishes are purely external, and the bliss, which he obtains
as a reward, is merely a tranquil cessation from labour; and the ancient
rune, that Zeus will have brought his empire to its consummation by his
efforts, he, that is the greatest hero of Greece, has not accomplished. Rather
the end of the rule of these self-subsistent gods then commences for the first
time, where we find man overcomes the dragons and serpents of his own
breast, the obstinacy and stubbornness of the soul's native realm rather than
the living dragons and serpents of Nature. Only thereby will Nature's
gladsomeness attain to that loftier cheerfulness of the spirit, which is
perfected in its passage through the negative phase of division, and finally
secures an infinite satisfaction through such travail. The feeling of
blitheness and happiness must be glorified and expanded in real
blessedness. For happiness and content still retain an association with
external conditions which partake of Nature's contingency. In blessedness,
however, that happiness, which is still related to immediate existence, is left
behind, and the entire content is made one with the inner life of soul.
Blessedness is a satisfaction which is an attained result, and is thereby
justified; it is the gladness of a victory, the emotion of a soul which has
essentially set at nought what is sensuous and finite, and thereby thrust from
itself the care which lurks for ever in ambush. Blessed is the soul, which
has, it is true, experienced both conflict and pain, but come victorious
through its troubles.
(α) If we now inquire what is the nature of the actual Ideal in this content
we shall find it to be the reconciliation of the individual soul with God, who
in His human manifestation has Himself traversed this passage of sorrows.
The substantive ideality[250] can only be that of religion, the peace of self-
consciousness, which only feels itself truly satisfied, in so far as it is
concentrated in its own substance, has broken its earthly heart, has raised
itself above the purely natural conditions of finite existence, and in this
exaltation has secured an inward life of universal significance, an ideal
union in and with God Himself. The soul wills itself, but it finds the object
of its will in something other than itself, in its particularity; it thereby gives
itself up in its opposition to God, in order to find itself again and its joy in
Him. This is the vital character of Love, the soul's function in its truth, that
is religious love purged of mere desire, which communicates to Spirit
reconciliation, peace, and blessedness. It is not the enjoyment and delight of
Hercules accomplishes are purely external, and the bliss, which he obtains
as a reward, is merely a tranquil cessation from labour; and the ancient
rune, that Zeus will have brought his empire to its consummation by his
efforts, he, that is the greatest hero of Greece, has not accomplished. Rather
the end of the rule of these self-subsistent gods then commences for the first
time, where we find man overcomes the dragons and serpents of his own
breast, the obstinacy and stubbornness of the soul's native realm rather than
the living dragons and serpents of Nature. Only thereby will Nature's
gladsomeness attain to that loftier cheerfulness of the spirit, which is
perfected in its passage through the negative phase of division, and finally
secures an infinite satisfaction through such travail. The feeling of
blitheness and happiness must be glorified and expanded in real
blessedness. For happiness and content still retain an association with
external conditions which partake of Nature's contingency. In blessedness,
however, that happiness, which is still related to immediate existence, is left
behind, and the entire content is made one with the inner life of soul.
Blessedness is a satisfaction which is an attained result, and is thereby
justified; it is the gladness of a victory, the emotion of a soul which has
essentially set at nought what is sensuous and finite, and thereby thrust from
itself the care which lurks for ever in ambush. Blessed is the soul, which
has, it is true, experienced both conflict and pain, but come victorious
through its troubles.
(α) If we now inquire what is the nature of the actual Ideal in this content
we shall find it to be the reconciliation of the individual soul with God, who
in His human manifestation has Himself traversed this passage of sorrows.
The substantive ideality[250] can only be that of religion, the peace of self-
consciousness, which only feels itself truly satisfied, in so far as it is
concentrated in its own substance, has broken its earthly heart, has raised
itself above the purely natural conditions of finite existence, and in this
exaltation has secured an inward life of universal significance, an ideal
union in and with God Himself. The soul wills itself, but it finds the object
of its will in something other than itself, in its particularity; it thereby gives
itself up in its opposition to God, in order to find itself again and its joy in
Him. This is the vital character of Love, the soul's function in its truth, that
is religious love purged of mere desire, which communicates to Spirit
reconciliation, peace, and blessedness. It is not the enjoyment and delight of
Page 237
the actual love of living nature, but rather one that is devoid of passion, nay,
one that is without inclination, a tendency of the soul, a love in fact which
on the side of Nature is identical with death, and is such a state, so that the
actual relation as earthly bond and relation of man to man floats before us
as a thing of the Past, which essentially has no consummation in its usual
existing form, but carries within itself the defect of its temporality, and as
such prepares the way for an exaltation to something beyond it, which is
found to be at the same time a conscious state and enjoyment of a love that
is without yearning and sensuous desire.
It is this character which gives to us the soulful, intimate, and more elevated
Ideal, which we find now in the place of the tranquil greatness and self-
subsistency of the antique. No doubt the divinities of the classical Ideal
were not without a trait of sombre grief, a negative replete with fateful
import, which is as it were the shadow of a cold Necessity passing over
these blithesome figures, which remain, however, secure in their substantive
divinity and freedom, their simple greatness and might. The freedom of
Love, however, is not a freedom of this kind, being more instinct with soul-
life, for the reason that it subsists in a relation between soul and soul, and
spirit to spirit. This inward glow enkindles the ray of bliss made actual in
the soul, a love, which in suffering, and the extremest loss not merely can
discover comfort or independence therefrom, but in proportion to the depth
of its suffering can feel the more profoundly therein the reality and
assuredness of its love, making clear the mastery of its own essential
substance in that suffering. In the Ideal of the ancients on the contrary we
find no doubt, independently of that trait of a tranquil sorrow already
indicated, the expression of the pain of noble natures, as for instance in the
case of Niobe and Laocoon. They do not betake themselves to lamentation
and despair, but adhere to their greatness and loftiness of spirit; but this
self-continency remains empty; their suffering, their pain is likewise the
conclusion of the matter. In the place of reconcilement and satisfaction we
can only have an austere resignation, which, without suffering entire
collapse, surrenders that upon which it had previously laid hold. It is not the
base that is crushed[251]; no rage, no contempt or vexation is expressed; but
despite of it all the loftiness of this type of individuality is nought but an
inflexible self-continency[252], an endurance of destiny that is without relief,
in which the nobility and pain of the soul do not appear as reconciled in
one that is without inclination, a tendency of the soul, a love in fact which
on the side of Nature is identical with death, and is such a state, so that the
actual relation as earthly bond and relation of man to man floats before us
as a thing of the Past, which essentially has no consummation in its usual
existing form, but carries within itself the defect of its temporality, and as
such prepares the way for an exaltation to something beyond it, which is
found to be at the same time a conscious state and enjoyment of a love that
is without yearning and sensuous desire.
It is this character which gives to us the soulful, intimate, and more elevated
Ideal, which we find now in the place of the tranquil greatness and self-
subsistency of the antique. No doubt the divinities of the classical Ideal
were not without a trait of sombre grief, a negative replete with fateful
import, which is as it were the shadow of a cold Necessity passing over
these blithesome figures, which remain, however, secure in their substantive
divinity and freedom, their simple greatness and might. The freedom of
Love, however, is not a freedom of this kind, being more instinct with soul-
life, for the reason that it subsists in a relation between soul and soul, and
spirit to spirit. This inward glow enkindles the ray of bliss made actual in
the soul, a love, which in suffering, and the extremest loss not merely can
discover comfort or independence therefrom, but in proportion to the depth
of its suffering can feel the more profoundly therein the reality and
assuredness of its love, making clear the mastery of its own essential
substance in that suffering. In the Ideal of the ancients on the contrary we
find no doubt, independently of that trait of a tranquil sorrow already
indicated, the expression of the pain of noble natures, as for instance in the
case of Niobe and Laocoon. They do not betake themselves to lamentation
and despair, but adhere to their greatness and loftiness of spirit; but this
self-continency remains empty; their suffering, their pain is likewise the
conclusion of the matter. In the place of reconcilement and satisfaction we
can only have an austere resignation, which, without suffering entire
collapse, surrenders that upon which it had previously laid hold. It is not the
base that is crushed[251]; no rage, no contempt or vexation is expressed; but
despite of it all the loftiness of this type of individuality is nought but an
inflexible self-continency[252], an endurance of destiny that is without relief,
in which the nobility and pain of the soul do not appear as reconciled in
Page 238
fulfilment. In the romantic love of religion we find for the first time the
expression of blessedness and freedom. This union and satisfaction is by
nature concrete in a spiritual sense, for it is the feeling of Spirit which is
made cognizant of its unity in something other than itself. And for this
reason we find necessary here, if the content presented is to be complete,
two aspects, in so far as the reduplication of spiritual personality is
necessary to love's appearance. It reposes upon two independent individuals
who possess, however, the sense of their intrinsic union. With this union,
however, the negative condition is always at the same time connected. In
other words Love belongs to the soul's condition; the subject of such a
conscious state is, however, this independently self-stable[253] heart, which
to experience love must bid good-bye to itself, surrender itself and sacrifice
the unyielding focus of its individual isolation. It is this sacrifice which
constitutes the motive principle of Love, the life and emotion of which is
bound up wholly in a self-surrender. In consequence of this, if
notwithstanding a man retains his consciousness of self in an act of such
surrender, and just in this very annihilation of his personal independence
attains to a truly positive self-subsistency, in that case he has left him at
least in the feeling of this unity and its supreme happiness the negative
aspect, the movement of Love's principle, not so much in a sense of
sacrifice, as of a blessedness undeserved, which in despite of himself
permits him still to feel his assured identity at unity with itself. The
movement is the feeling of the dialectical contradiction, namely, to have
surrendered personality and yet to remain in self-subsistent unity, a
contradiction which is present in Love and eternally resolved in it.
In so far, then, as the aspect of an individual human state of soul-life is
concerned in this universal condition we find that the unique Love, which
blesses and discovers its heaven within it, tends to rise over all that is finite
and the specific individuality of character, which lapses into a position of
insignificance. Already we have observed that the divine ideals of sculpture
pass into one another, always provided, however, that they are not wrested
from the content and province of that original and immediate type of
individuality; and yet it must be admitted that this individuality remains the
essential form of the mode of presentment. In this later pure gleam of
blessedness, however, particularity is on the contrary cancelled. Before God
all men are equal, or rather piety makes them actually equal, so that the sole
point of importance is the expression of love in the concentrated focus
expression of blessedness and freedom. This union and satisfaction is by
nature concrete in a spiritual sense, for it is the feeling of Spirit which is
made cognizant of its unity in something other than itself. And for this
reason we find necessary here, if the content presented is to be complete,
two aspects, in so far as the reduplication of spiritual personality is
necessary to love's appearance. It reposes upon two independent individuals
who possess, however, the sense of their intrinsic union. With this union,
however, the negative condition is always at the same time connected. In
other words Love belongs to the soul's condition; the subject of such a
conscious state is, however, this independently self-stable[253] heart, which
to experience love must bid good-bye to itself, surrender itself and sacrifice
the unyielding focus of its individual isolation. It is this sacrifice which
constitutes the motive principle of Love, the life and emotion of which is
bound up wholly in a self-surrender. In consequence of this, if
notwithstanding a man retains his consciousness of self in an act of such
surrender, and just in this very annihilation of his personal independence
attains to a truly positive self-subsistency, in that case he has left him at
least in the feeling of this unity and its supreme happiness the negative
aspect, the movement of Love's principle, not so much in a sense of
sacrifice, as of a blessedness undeserved, which in despite of himself
permits him still to feel his assured identity at unity with itself. The
movement is the feeling of the dialectical contradiction, namely, to have
surrendered personality and yet to remain in self-subsistent unity, a
contradiction which is present in Love and eternally resolved in it.
In so far, then, as the aspect of an individual human state of soul-life is
concerned in this universal condition we find that the unique Love, which
blesses and discovers its heaven within it, tends to rise over all that is finite
and the specific individuality of character, which lapses into a position of
insignificance. Already we have observed that the divine ideals of sculpture
pass into one another, always provided, however, that they are not wrested
from the content and province of that original and immediate type of
individuality; and yet it must be admitted that this individuality remains the
essential form of the mode of presentment. In this later pure gleam of
blessedness, however, particularity is on the contrary cancelled. Before God
all men are equal, or rather piety makes them actually equal, so that the sole
point of importance is the expression of love in the concentrated focus
Page 239
above depicted, and which has no further need of happiness, or this or that
particular object. No doubt religious Love, too, requires definite individuals
as a condition of its existence, which possess also, apart from this
experience, other spheres of existence; for the reason, however, that this
soul-possessed state of intimate life supplies the really ideal content, the
expression and reality of such are not to be found in the isolated distinctions
of character, its talents, conditions, and fortunes, but are rather lifted above
the same. When consequently nowadays we hear people make a regard for
distinctions in the soul-life of different persons a matter of first importance
in education, and in that which is the essential requirement of each man
individually, from which we deduce the fundamental thesis that every one
will and indeed inevitably must act differently in a given case, such a
position directly clashes with the fact of the love of religion, in which all
such diversities of individual life fall into the background. Conversely,
however, individual characterization now, precisely for the reason that it is
the unessential, which refuses wholly to fuse with the spiritual realm of
celestial Love, receives a more emphatic definition. In other words,
agreeably to the romantic type of art, it is free, and is written in character all
the more distinct in proportion as it refuses to accept as its supreme
principle classical beauty, that is the entire transfusion of immediate vitality,
and the particularity of finite existence, with a spiritual or religious content.
In despite of this fact, however, there is no absolute reason that this
individual characterization should impair this inward intensity of Love,
which, as such on its own account, is not shackled to such features, but has
become free, and constitutes independently the truly self-substantive Ideal
of Spirit.
What, then, constitutes the ideal centre and main content of the religious
field is, as we have already indicated in our examination of the romantic
type of art, the essentially reconciled and satisfied Love, whose object
should appear in the art of painting, whose function it is to exhibit the most
spiritual content under the mode of human and corporeal actuality, as no
mere "beyond" of Spirit, but in its veritable presence. In conformity with
such a result we may adduce the Holy Family, and above all the love of the
Madonna to her child as the ideal content pre-eminently fitted to this
sphere. On either side of this centre, however, a mass of additional material
extends which is in varying degree less adapted in this sense to the art in
particular object. No doubt religious Love, too, requires definite individuals
as a condition of its existence, which possess also, apart from this
experience, other spheres of existence; for the reason, however, that this
soul-possessed state of intimate life supplies the really ideal content, the
expression and reality of such are not to be found in the isolated distinctions
of character, its talents, conditions, and fortunes, but are rather lifted above
the same. When consequently nowadays we hear people make a regard for
distinctions in the soul-life of different persons a matter of first importance
in education, and in that which is the essential requirement of each man
individually, from which we deduce the fundamental thesis that every one
will and indeed inevitably must act differently in a given case, such a
position directly clashes with the fact of the love of religion, in which all
such diversities of individual life fall into the background. Conversely,
however, individual characterization now, precisely for the reason that it is
the unessential, which refuses wholly to fuse with the spiritual realm of
celestial Love, receives a more emphatic definition. In other words,
agreeably to the romantic type of art, it is free, and is written in character all
the more distinct in proportion as it refuses to accept as its supreme
principle classical beauty, that is the entire transfusion of immediate vitality,
and the particularity of finite existence, with a spiritual or religious content.
In despite of this fact, however, there is no absolute reason that this
individual characterization should impair this inward intensity of Love,
which, as such on its own account, is not shackled to such features, but has
become free, and constitutes independently the truly self-substantive Ideal
of Spirit.
What, then, constitutes the ideal centre and main content of the religious
field is, as we have already indicated in our examination of the romantic
type of art, the essentially reconciled and satisfied Love, whose object
should appear in the art of painting, whose function it is to exhibit the most
spiritual content under the mode of human and corporeal actuality, as no
mere "beyond" of Spirit, but in its veritable presence. In conformity with
such a result we may adduce the Holy Family, and above all the love of the
Madonna to her child as the ideal content pre-eminently fitted to this
sphere. On either side of this centre, however, a mass of additional material
extends which is in varying degree less adapted in this sense to the art in
Page 240
question. I will now attempt to differentiate the whole of this material on
the following lines.
(αα) The first objectification is the object of Love itself in its pure
universality and unimpaired unity with itself—God Himself in His
unphenomenal essence—or God the Father. In this case, however, painting
has great difficulties to overcome, when it attempts to depict God the Father
as the religious imagination of Christendom seeks to grasp Him. The Father
of gods and men regarded as a particular personality is exhaustively dealt
with by art in Zeus. What on the contrary falls away from the Christian
conception of God the Father is the human individuality, in which painting
is alone in a position to reproduce the spiritual aspect. For taken in His
independent self-exclusion God the Father is no doubt spiritual personality
and supreme Power, Wisdom and so forth, but only retained as such without
defined form and as an abstraction of thought. The art of painting is,
however, unable to avoid anthropomorphization, and must perforce assign
to Him the figure of man. However broad in its generalization, however
lofty, ideal, and masterful the presentment of such a figure may be, we fail
to get beyond the fact that it is entirely a human individual of more or less
grave aspect, which fails entirely to coalesce with the conception of God the
Father. Among the early Flemish painters Van Eyck in his God the Father of
the altar picture at Ghent has attained the greatest success that we can
conceive as possible in this sphere. It is a creation that may well match our
conception of the Olympian Zeus. But however consummate it may be also
in its expression of eternal repose, loftiness, power, worth, and other
qualities—and it is quite impossible to overstate the depth and imposing
character of its conception no less than its execution—yet our imagination
cannot fail to find something in it which does not satisfy. For what is here
set before us as God the Father, that is to say a creation that is likewise
human personality, is just what we first meet with in Christ the Son. It is in
Him that we contemplate for the first time this decisive moment in which
individuality and human existence combine as a moment in the Divine
Life[254], and moreover combine in such a way that the same is not
disclosed as an ingenious creature of the phantasy, as was the case with the
Greek divinities, but as essential and very revelation, the fact of all
importance and fundamental significance.
the following lines.
(αα) The first objectification is the object of Love itself in its pure
universality and unimpaired unity with itself—God Himself in His
unphenomenal essence—or God the Father. In this case, however, painting
has great difficulties to overcome, when it attempts to depict God the Father
as the religious imagination of Christendom seeks to grasp Him. The Father
of gods and men regarded as a particular personality is exhaustively dealt
with by art in Zeus. What on the contrary falls away from the Christian
conception of God the Father is the human individuality, in which painting
is alone in a position to reproduce the spiritual aspect. For taken in His
independent self-exclusion God the Father is no doubt spiritual personality
and supreme Power, Wisdom and so forth, but only retained as such without
defined form and as an abstraction of thought. The art of painting is,
however, unable to avoid anthropomorphization, and must perforce assign
to Him the figure of man. However broad in its generalization, however
lofty, ideal, and masterful the presentment of such a figure may be, we fail
to get beyond the fact that it is entirely a human individual of more or less
grave aspect, which fails entirely to coalesce with the conception of God the
Father. Among the early Flemish painters Van Eyck in his God the Father of
the altar picture at Ghent has attained the greatest success that we can
conceive as possible in this sphere. It is a creation that may well match our
conception of the Olympian Zeus. But however consummate it may be also
in its expression of eternal repose, loftiness, power, worth, and other
qualities—and it is quite impossible to overstate the depth and imposing
character of its conception no less than its execution—yet our imagination
cannot fail to find something in it which does not satisfy. For what is here
set before us as God the Father, that is to say a creation that is likewise
human personality, is just what we first meet with in Christ the Son. It is in
Him that we contemplate for the first time this decisive moment in which
individuality and human existence combine as a moment in the Divine
Life[254], and moreover combine in such a way that the same is not
disclosed as an ingenious creature of the phantasy, as was the case with the
Greek divinities, but as essential and very revelation, the fact of all
importance and fundamental significance.
Page 241
(ββ) The more essential object, therefore, of Love in the creation of painting
will be Christ. In other words, with this object Art at once finds itself in the
sphere of humanity, a sphere which along with Christ embraces further
material in its presentations of the Virgin Mary, Joseph, John the Baptist,
the disciples, and so forth, and ultimately the common folk who in part are
followers of the Gospel, and in part cry out for the crucifixion of its Master
and mock Him in His sufferings.
And here once more the already mentioned difficulty confronts us how we
are to conceive and depict Christ in his universality, when he is presented in
the ordinary way of half-length figures or portraits. I must admit that for
myself at any rate, the heads of Christ I have seen by Caracci and others
and, to take two famous examples, that of Van Eyck, formerly in the Sully
Collection and now in the Berlin Museum, and that of Von Hemling, now in
Munich, do not give me the entire satisfaction which they ought to do. That
of Van Eyck, no doubt, is very imposing in figure, forehead, colour, and
general conception, but the mouth and eye wholly fail to express anything
that transcends our humanity. The expression is rather that of an inflexible
seriousness, which is emphasized by the general type of the form, the
parting of the hair, and other traits. And when such heads incline still further
in expression and shape towards the specifically human type, and a milder,
more yielding and tender aspect is thereby imported, much of their depth
and power of impression is very readily lost; and least of all suited to such,
as I have already observed, is the beauty of Greek form.
For this reason Christ, as depicted in the experiences of His actual life, is a
more suitable subject for pictorial effort. Yet in this connection an essential
distinction must not be overlooked. It is quite true that in the biographies of
Christ we have from one point of view the human consciousness of God
presented us as a fundamental aspect. Christ is one of the gods, but under
the guise of an actual man, and takes His place among men as one of them,
in whose phenomenal appearance He can consequently be depicted in so far
as such expresses the life of Spirit. From another point of view, however, he
is not merely an individual man, but entirely God. In such situations,
therefore, in which this supreme Divinity forces its way beyond the limits
of human soul-life, the art of painting is met with a fresh source of
difficulty. The very depth of the content begins to be too overpowering. For
in the majority of cases in which we find Christ presented for example
will be Christ. In other words, with this object Art at once finds itself in the
sphere of humanity, a sphere which along with Christ embraces further
material in its presentations of the Virgin Mary, Joseph, John the Baptist,
the disciples, and so forth, and ultimately the common folk who in part are
followers of the Gospel, and in part cry out for the crucifixion of its Master
and mock Him in His sufferings.
And here once more the already mentioned difficulty confronts us how we
are to conceive and depict Christ in his universality, when he is presented in
the ordinary way of half-length figures or portraits. I must admit that for
myself at any rate, the heads of Christ I have seen by Caracci and others
and, to take two famous examples, that of Van Eyck, formerly in the Sully
Collection and now in the Berlin Museum, and that of Von Hemling, now in
Munich, do not give me the entire satisfaction which they ought to do. That
of Van Eyck, no doubt, is very imposing in figure, forehead, colour, and
general conception, but the mouth and eye wholly fail to express anything
that transcends our humanity. The expression is rather that of an inflexible
seriousness, which is emphasized by the general type of the form, the
parting of the hair, and other traits. And when such heads incline still further
in expression and shape towards the specifically human type, and a milder,
more yielding and tender aspect is thereby imported, much of their depth
and power of impression is very readily lost; and least of all suited to such,
as I have already observed, is the beauty of Greek form.
For this reason Christ, as depicted in the experiences of His actual life, is a
more suitable subject for pictorial effort. Yet in this connection an essential
distinction must not be overlooked. It is quite true that in the biographies of
Christ we have from one point of view the human consciousness of God
presented us as a fundamental aspect. Christ is one of the gods, but under
the guise of an actual man, and takes His place among men as one of them,
in whose phenomenal appearance He can consequently be depicted in so far
as such expresses the life of Spirit. From another point of view, however, he
is not merely an individual man, but entirely God. In such situations,
therefore, in which this supreme Divinity forces its way beyond the limits
of human soul-life, the art of painting is met with a fresh source of
difficulty. The very depth of the content begins to be too overpowering. For
in the majority of cases in which we find Christ presented for example
Page 242
merely as a teacher, art will not pass much beyond the point in which He is
depicted as the noblest, most worthy, and wisest of men, much as
Pythagoras or any other wise man, is presented to us in such a picture as
Raphael's "School of Athens." The most important way in which painting
can overcome such a difficulty is to bring the Divinity of Christ mainly into
direct contrast with His surroundings, and above all, to contrast it with the
sins, the repentance and penance, or the meanness and evil of our humanity,
or again conversely through His worshippers, who, by their adoration of
Him remove Him as one of themselves and a man, existing in a particular
place, from such immediate conditions, so that we behold Him exalted to
the heaven of Spirit, and at the same time get a glimpse of the fact that His
appearance has not merely been that of God, but also that of the human
form under its ordinary and natural, in other words, not wholly ideal
conditions, who as Spirit essentially possesses his existence in our humanity
and the human community, and expresses His divinity as reflected in the
same. But we must not understand this reflection as though God is present
in humanity as in a purely accidental or external mode of form and
expression; rather we ought to regard the Spirit manifested in the
consciousness of mankind as the essential spiritual existence of God
Himself[255]. Such a mode of presentation will be exceptionally appropriate
where Christ is to be represented as man, teacher, as the risen and glorified
person who ascends up to heaven before our eyes. To speak plainly, in
situations such as these the means of expression in painting such as the
human form and its colour, the countenance, the glance of eye, are not
wholly sufficient to express all that is implied in the Christ. And least of all
will the antique beauty of forms suffice. In particular the resurrection and
ascension, and generally, all scenes in the life of Christ, in which He, the
individual man, is already divested of immediate existence as such on His
return to His Father, require a more elevated expression of Divinity than the
art of painting is able to supply, for the reason that it ought to cancel the
very means it uses in its representation, that is, the expression of human
soul-life in its external form, and glorify the same in a light of purer quality.
Consequently, we shall find those scenes of Christ's life treated with greater
advantage and more fitting effect in which He Himself has not yet arrived at
the full consummation, or where His Divinity appears to be obstructed and
depressed in the moment of negation. And this we find is the case in His
childhood and the Passion. That Christ as a child expresses definitely from
depicted as the noblest, most worthy, and wisest of men, much as
Pythagoras or any other wise man, is presented to us in such a picture as
Raphael's "School of Athens." The most important way in which painting
can overcome such a difficulty is to bring the Divinity of Christ mainly into
direct contrast with His surroundings, and above all, to contrast it with the
sins, the repentance and penance, or the meanness and evil of our humanity,
or again conversely through His worshippers, who, by their adoration of
Him remove Him as one of themselves and a man, existing in a particular
place, from such immediate conditions, so that we behold Him exalted to
the heaven of Spirit, and at the same time get a glimpse of the fact that His
appearance has not merely been that of God, but also that of the human
form under its ordinary and natural, in other words, not wholly ideal
conditions, who as Spirit essentially possesses his existence in our humanity
and the human community, and expresses His divinity as reflected in the
same. But we must not understand this reflection as though God is present
in humanity as in a purely accidental or external mode of form and
expression; rather we ought to regard the Spirit manifested in the
consciousness of mankind as the essential spiritual existence of God
Himself[255]. Such a mode of presentation will be exceptionally appropriate
where Christ is to be represented as man, teacher, as the risen and glorified
person who ascends up to heaven before our eyes. To speak plainly, in
situations such as these the means of expression in painting such as the
human form and its colour, the countenance, the glance of eye, are not
wholly sufficient to express all that is implied in the Christ. And least of all
will the antique beauty of forms suffice. In particular the resurrection and
ascension, and generally, all scenes in the life of Christ, in which He, the
individual man, is already divested of immediate existence as such on His
return to His Father, require a more elevated expression of Divinity than the
art of painting is able to supply, for the reason that it ought to cancel the
very means it uses in its representation, that is, the expression of human
soul-life in its external form, and glorify the same in a light of purer quality.
Consequently, we shall find those scenes of Christ's life treated with greater
advantage and more fitting effect in which He Himself has not yet arrived at
the full consummation, or where His Divinity appears to be obstructed and
depressed in the moment of negation. And this we find is the case in His
childhood and the Passion. That Christ as a child expresses definitely from
Page 243
a certain point of view the significance which attaches to Him in religion.
He is God Who becomes man, and Who consequently passes through the
stages of man's natural life. In another aspect of the same fact that He is
presented to our minds as a child we are led to feel the practical
impossibility of disclosing entirely to us all that He essentially is. And it is
just here that the art of painting possesses the incalculable advantage of
being able to show how the loftiness and dignity of Spirit can shine forth
from the naïveté and innocence of the child, which in some measure derives
actual force from such a contrast, and in part, for the very reason that it is
predicated of an infant, is to an infinitely less extent required by us in
comparison with that we look for in Christ as man, teacher, and judge of the
world. In this way the examples of Christ the babe which we find in
Raphael's pictures, and above all, that in the Sistine Madonna picture at
Dresden, offer us the most beautiful presentment of childhood. We are,
however, aware in them also of a tendency to pass beyond merely childlike
innocence, a passage which discloses quite as much the Divine already
present in the opening sheath, as it enables us to surmise the expansion of
such Divinity to an infinite fulness of revelation, a revelation the
incompleteness of which in the child carries with it its own justification. In
the Madonna pictures of Van Eyck, on the contrary, the Divine babe is the
least successful feature, for they are in general stiff and emphasize the
defective form of a newly-born child. It has been attempted to regard this as
allegorical and intentional. They are not to be fair in aspect because it is not
the beauty of the Christ babe which is that which is adorable, but the Christ
as Christ. Such a mode of thought is not consonant with the true aim of Art,
and the babes of Raphael regarded as works of art are in this respect of far
higher rank.
In the same way the history of Christ's passion, such as the scenes where
He is mocked and crowned with thorns, that of the Ecce Homo carrying the
cross, deposition, and burial, are exceptionally appropriate to pictorial
presentment. For in these it is precisely the Divinity, in its contrast to its
triumph and in the depression of its unlimited power and wisdom, which
supplies the content. Art is not merely able to present this, but there is
ample room for the play of originality in the composition of such scenes
without falling into purely fantastical imagery. God is here set before us as
suffering, in so far as He is man and under certain determinate bounds.
Such pain is not merely disclosed as human pain over human calamity, but
He is God Who becomes man, and Who consequently passes through the
stages of man's natural life. In another aspect of the same fact that He is
presented to our minds as a child we are led to feel the practical
impossibility of disclosing entirely to us all that He essentially is. And it is
just here that the art of painting possesses the incalculable advantage of
being able to show how the loftiness and dignity of Spirit can shine forth
from the naïveté and innocence of the child, which in some measure derives
actual force from such a contrast, and in part, for the very reason that it is
predicated of an infant, is to an infinitely less extent required by us in
comparison with that we look for in Christ as man, teacher, and judge of the
world. In this way the examples of Christ the babe which we find in
Raphael's pictures, and above all, that in the Sistine Madonna picture at
Dresden, offer us the most beautiful presentment of childhood. We are,
however, aware in them also of a tendency to pass beyond merely childlike
innocence, a passage which discloses quite as much the Divine already
present in the opening sheath, as it enables us to surmise the expansion of
such Divinity to an infinite fulness of revelation, a revelation the
incompleteness of which in the child carries with it its own justification. In
the Madonna pictures of Van Eyck, on the contrary, the Divine babe is the
least successful feature, for they are in general stiff and emphasize the
defective form of a newly-born child. It has been attempted to regard this as
allegorical and intentional. They are not to be fair in aspect because it is not
the beauty of the Christ babe which is that which is adorable, but the Christ
as Christ. Such a mode of thought is not consonant with the true aim of Art,
and the babes of Raphael regarded as works of art are in this respect of far
higher rank.
In the same way the history of Christ's passion, such as the scenes where
He is mocked and crowned with thorns, that of the Ecce Homo carrying the
cross, deposition, and burial, are exceptionally appropriate to pictorial
presentment. For in these it is precisely the Divinity, in its contrast to its
triumph and in the depression of its unlimited power and wisdom, which
supplies the content. Art is not merely able to present this, but there is
ample room for the play of originality in the composition of such scenes
without falling into purely fantastical imagery. God is here set before us as
suffering, in so far as He is man and under certain determinate bounds.
Such pain is not merely disclosed as human pain over human calamity, but
Page 244
it is an awful suffering, the feeling of an infinite negativity, albeit in human
form, as the conscious life of one individual. And withal there is added, for
the reason that it is God who suffers, a certain sense of alleviation, a
reduction of such anguish which is thus unable to break forth in actual
despair, distortion, and horror. This expression of soul-suffering is, more
particularly in the works of several Italian masters, an original creation. The
pain is in the lower portions of the countenance, a gravity of mien, and
nothing more, not as in the Laocoon a contraction of the muscles, which can
be interpreted as an actual cry; but in the eyes and on the forehead the
billows of soul-anguish are, so to speak, allowed to roll over one another.
The sweat drops that bespeak the heart's agony stand forth; and with true
instinct on the brow, in which the immovable bone constitutes the
determining feature, precisely at the point where nose, eyes, and forehead
coalesce, and the life of mind and heart is concentrated and emphasized, we
find that just one or two indications of skin-folds and muscles, unable to be
distorted to any great extent, are suffered pre-eminently to bear and express
in tension this accumulated weight of agony. In particular I can recall a
certain head in the gallery of Schleisheim, in which the master—I fancy
Guido Reni[256]—and doubtless others in a similar way, have discovered a
distinct colour tone for the flesh, which is quite unlike that of human flesh.
They had to disclose the night of the Spirit and created for the same a
dowry of colour, most admirably adapted to express this tempest, these
black clouds of Spirit which are likewise encompassed by the brazen
forehead of the Divine Nature[257].
As the most perfect subject of such painting, however, I have already
affirmed that Love, which is essentially satisfied, whose object is no purely
spiritual Beyond, but one actually present, so that we can behold Love itself
in its object. The highest and most unique form of such a Love is that of the
Virgin Mother for her Christ child, the love of the one mother who has
brought forth the Saviour of the world and carries Him in her arms. This is
the content of most loveliness to which we may say Christian art generally
and pre-eminently the painter's art in the religious sphere has been exalted.
The love of God, and more expressly[258] that of which Christ is the object,
is of an entirely spiritual type. Its object is only visible to the eyes of the
soul, so that in these cases we do not in the strict sense get the reciprocity
which is bound with the notion of Love, and moreover there is no natural tie
form, as the conscious life of one individual. And withal there is added, for
the reason that it is God who suffers, a certain sense of alleviation, a
reduction of such anguish which is thus unable to break forth in actual
despair, distortion, and horror. This expression of soul-suffering is, more
particularly in the works of several Italian masters, an original creation. The
pain is in the lower portions of the countenance, a gravity of mien, and
nothing more, not as in the Laocoon a contraction of the muscles, which can
be interpreted as an actual cry; but in the eyes and on the forehead the
billows of soul-anguish are, so to speak, allowed to roll over one another.
The sweat drops that bespeak the heart's agony stand forth; and with true
instinct on the brow, in which the immovable bone constitutes the
determining feature, precisely at the point where nose, eyes, and forehead
coalesce, and the life of mind and heart is concentrated and emphasized, we
find that just one or two indications of skin-folds and muscles, unable to be
distorted to any great extent, are suffered pre-eminently to bear and express
in tension this accumulated weight of agony. In particular I can recall a
certain head in the gallery of Schleisheim, in which the master—I fancy
Guido Reni[256]—and doubtless others in a similar way, have discovered a
distinct colour tone for the flesh, which is quite unlike that of human flesh.
They had to disclose the night of the Spirit and created for the same a
dowry of colour, most admirably adapted to express this tempest, these
black clouds of Spirit which are likewise encompassed by the brazen
forehead of the Divine Nature[257].
As the most perfect subject of such painting, however, I have already
affirmed that Love, which is essentially satisfied, whose object is no purely
spiritual Beyond, but one actually present, so that we can behold Love itself
in its object. The highest and most unique form of such a Love is that of the
Virgin Mother for her Christ child, the love of the one mother who has
brought forth the Saviour of the world and carries Him in her arms. This is
the content of most loveliness to which we may say Christian art generally
and pre-eminently the painter's art in the religious sphere has been exalted.
The love of God, and more expressly[258] that of which Christ is the object,
is of an entirely spiritual type. Its object is only visible to the eyes of the
soul, so that in these cases we do not in the strict sense get the reciprocity
which is bound with the notion of Love, and moreover there is no natural tie
Page 245
which secures the lovers and from its origin binds them to each other. Every
other type of love, to put the matter conversely, remains in some measure
accidental in its incidence, and in another aspect of it the lovers possess, as,
for instance, sisters, or the father's love for his children, yet further relations
outside this particular one, which assert an essential claim upon them. A
father or brothers are compelled to direct their attention to the world, the
State, affairs or war, in one word universal ends; the sister becomes wife,
mother, and so forth. In the case of a mother's love of her child, on the
contrary, the love is from its very nature neither something that is
contingent, nor is it merely a single phase[259]. It is its highest earthly type,
in which its natural character and its most sacred function immediately
coalesce. From the point of view, however, in which as a rule in maternal
love the mother sees and feels at the same time her husband in her child, we
may observe that this aspect, too, in the Virgin Mary's case disappears. Her
feeling has nothing in common with a wife's love for her wedded husband;
on the contrary her relation to Joseph is rather that of a sister, and on the
side of Joseph a feeling of respectful reverence for the Child that is God's
and Mary's. We therefore find that religious love is set forth in its fullest
and most ideal[260] human form, not in that for Christ amid His sufferings,
nor in His resurrection, nor as He delays His departure among His friends,
but in the emotional nature of a woman, in Mary. Her entire soul and life is
human love for the Child, which she calls her own, and along with it
adoration, and love of God with whom she feels herself thus united[261]. She
is humble before God, and yet is steeped in the infinite exaltation that she is
the single one among maidens who is above all blessed. Not alone and
apart, but only in her Child is she made perfect in God, but in that, whether
it be by the cradle or as queen of heaven, she is entirely content and blessed,
without passion and yearning, with no other want, with no other aim to have
or possess anything but that which she possesses.
The manifestation of this love under the aspect of its religious content
expands in many directions, such as the annunciation, the visitation, the
birth, the flight into Egypt, and other such incidents. We may also associate
with it, during the later course of the Christ-life, the disciples and women,
who follow Him, and in whom the love of God is more or less a personal
relation of their love to the living, present Saviour, Who, as actual man,
pursues His course among them, and in like manner also the love of those
other type of love, to put the matter conversely, remains in some measure
accidental in its incidence, and in another aspect of it the lovers possess, as,
for instance, sisters, or the father's love for his children, yet further relations
outside this particular one, which assert an essential claim upon them. A
father or brothers are compelled to direct their attention to the world, the
State, affairs or war, in one word universal ends; the sister becomes wife,
mother, and so forth. In the case of a mother's love of her child, on the
contrary, the love is from its very nature neither something that is
contingent, nor is it merely a single phase[259]. It is its highest earthly type,
in which its natural character and its most sacred function immediately
coalesce. From the point of view, however, in which as a rule in maternal
love the mother sees and feels at the same time her husband in her child, we
may observe that this aspect, too, in the Virgin Mary's case disappears. Her
feeling has nothing in common with a wife's love for her wedded husband;
on the contrary her relation to Joseph is rather that of a sister, and on the
side of Joseph a feeling of respectful reverence for the Child that is God's
and Mary's. We therefore find that religious love is set forth in its fullest
and most ideal[260] human form, not in that for Christ amid His sufferings,
nor in His resurrection, nor as He delays His departure among His friends,
but in the emotional nature of a woman, in Mary. Her entire soul and life is
human love for the Child, which she calls her own, and along with it
adoration, and love of God with whom she feels herself thus united[261]. She
is humble before God, and yet is steeped in the infinite exaltation that she is
the single one among maidens who is above all blessed. Not alone and
apart, but only in her Child is she made perfect in God, but in that, whether
it be by the cradle or as queen of heaven, she is entirely content and blessed,
without passion and yearning, with no other want, with no other aim to have
or possess anything but that which she possesses.
The manifestation of this love under the aspect of its religious content
expands in many directions, such as the annunciation, the visitation, the
birth, the flight into Egypt, and other such incidents. We may also associate
with it, during the later course of the Christ-life, the disciples and women,
who follow Him, and in whom the love of God is more or less a personal
relation of their love to the living, present Saviour, Who, as actual man,
pursues His course among them, and in like manner also the love of those
Page 246
angels who, on the occasion of His birth and at other times, hover around in
grave adoration or simple joy. In treating all such figures the art of painting
in particular discloses the complete peace and content of such a love.
But this peace, furthermore, is dissolved in the most heartfelt anguish. Mary
the mother beholds Christ carrying the cross. She sees Him suffer on the
cross and die; she sees Him taken from the cross and buried, and no grief is
more poignant than her own. And yet we may observe that it is neither the
irreparableness[262] of such a grief, or rather of such a loss, nor the weight
of the calamity, nor the lament over the injustice of destiny, which
constitutes the real content in such anguish, so that a contrast between it and
the sorrow of Niobe is particularly instructive. Niobe, too, has lost all her
children, and is set before us in severe loftiness and unperturbed beauty.
The main content here is the aspect of the natural life of this ill-starred
sufferer, the beauty in which Nature has robed her and which embraces the
entire presentment of her actual existence. She, this actual personality, is
beauty personified, and therein she persists. But her soul-life, her heart, has
lost the entire content of its love, its soul, and her individuality and beauty
can only turn into stone. The grief of Mary is of a wholly different type. She
feels intimately the dagger which cuts through her soul's very centre, her
heart breaks, but she does not become stone. She did not merely possess
love, but her soul-life throughout is nothing but love, that is, free and
concrete ideality, which retains the absolute content of that which it loses,
and in the loss itself of the beloved persists in the peace of love. Her heart
indeed breaks, but the substantive principle of her heart, the content of its
life[263], which is disclosed through her anguish of soul with a vital strength
that can never be lost, is something infinitely more exalted, namely, the
living beauty of the human soul, as contrasted with its abstract substance,
whose ideal existence as presented in bodily shape, when it is lost remains
indeed indestructible, but is turned to stone.
There is one further subject for painting in connection with Mary the
mother of Jesus, and that is her death and assumption. Schoreel has with
exceptional beauty depicted a death of Mary in which we find the charm of
her youth once more restored[264]. This master has united in his picture the
expression of somnambulism, presence of death, rigidity, and blindness
towards the exterior world with one which seems to suggest that the spirit,
grave adoration or simple joy. In treating all such figures the art of painting
in particular discloses the complete peace and content of such a love.
But this peace, furthermore, is dissolved in the most heartfelt anguish. Mary
the mother beholds Christ carrying the cross. She sees Him suffer on the
cross and die; she sees Him taken from the cross and buried, and no grief is
more poignant than her own. And yet we may observe that it is neither the
irreparableness[262] of such a grief, or rather of such a loss, nor the weight
of the calamity, nor the lament over the injustice of destiny, which
constitutes the real content in such anguish, so that a contrast between it and
the sorrow of Niobe is particularly instructive. Niobe, too, has lost all her
children, and is set before us in severe loftiness and unperturbed beauty.
The main content here is the aspect of the natural life of this ill-starred
sufferer, the beauty in which Nature has robed her and which embraces the
entire presentment of her actual existence. She, this actual personality, is
beauty personified, and therein she persists. But her soul-life, her heart, has
lost the entire content of its love, its soul, and her individuality and beauty
can only turn into stone. The grief of Mary is of a wholly different type. She
feels intimately the dagger which cuts through her soul's very centre, her
heart breaks, but she does not become stone. She did not merely possess
love, but her soul-life throughout is nothing but love, that is, free and
concrete ideality, which retains the absolute content of that which it loses,
and in the loss itself of the beloved persists in the peace of love. Her heart
indeed breaks, but the substantive principle of her heart, the content of its
life[263], which is disclosed through her anguish of soul with a vital strength
that can never be lost, is something infinitely more exalted, namely, the
living beauty of the human soul, as contrasted with its abstract substance,
whose ideal existence as presented in bodily shape, when it is lost remains
indeed indestructible, but is turned to stone.
There is one further subject for painting in connection with Mary the
mother of Jesus, and that is her death and assumption. Schoreel has with
exceptional beauty depicted a death of Mary in which we find the charm of
her youth once more restored[264]. This master has united in his picture the
expression of somnambulism, presence of death, rigidity, and blindness
towards the exterior world with one which seems to suggest that the spirit,
Page 247
which seems somehow to penetrate through their general aspect, has found
a home elsewhere and is blessed therein.
(γγ)Thirdly, we must include within the sphere of the actual presence of
God in the life, sufferings, and glorification of Himself, mankind at
large[265], that is to say the consciousness of individual human life, which
God, or more accurately the events of His history, constitutes as itself an
object of His love, communicating to it a content which is not merely finite
but absolute in its significance. Here, too, we may emphasize the three
aspects of tranquil devotion, repentance, and conversion, which both from
the point of view of the soul and that of external condition the history of the
Divine Passion repeats to mankind, no less than the ideal consummation in
glory and the blessedness of pure attainment.
In respect to the first of these, namely, devotion, we have here what is
primarily the content of prayer. This relation is in one aspect of it a
humbling, surrender of the self, the seeking of peace in another; from
another point of view it is not a petition but rather a prayer[266]. Petition and
prayer are no doubt closely connected in so far, that is, as a prayer can be a
petition. And yet the genuine petition seeks after something for itself. It
importunes the man who possesses something of importance to myself, that
he may feel inclined to do me a favour in virtue of the request, that his heart
may yield, or his love may be roused toward me, in one word that his
feeling of identity with myself may be awakened. What I, however, feel in
making a petition is the desire for something, which the other person must
lose if I am to secure it. The other person is to love me in order that my self-
love may be satisfied, and my weal and necessity be promoted. I on the
contrary give nothing further in the transaction unless it be contained in an
admission that the person thus opportuned may ask for similar favours from
myself. Prayer is not a petition of this type. It is an exaltation of the heart to
the Absolute, which is assumed to be essentially Love, and as such
possesses nothing independently[267]. The devotion itself is the gift, the
petition itself is the blessedness. For although prayer may contain a petition
for some particular thing, yet it is not this particular thing which is the true
purport of the prayer; rather the essential truth of it is the conviction that the
petition will be heard, and not heard in its relation to the particular request
so much as to the absolute trust that God will apportion that which is best
for me to receive. And thus even in such a connection prayer is itself its
a home elsewhere and is blessed therein.
(γγ)Thirdly, we must include within the sphere of the actual presence of
God in the life, sufferings, and glorification of Himself, mankind at
large[265], that is to say the consciousness of individual human life, which
God, or more accurately the events of His history, constitutes as itself an
object of His love, communicating to it a content which is not merely finite
but absolute in its significance. Here, too, we may emphasize the three
aspects of tranquil devotion, repentance, and conversion, which both from
the point of view of the soul and that of external condition the history of the
Divine Passion repeats to mankind, no less than the ideal consummation in
glory and the blessedness of pure attainment.
In respect to the first of these, namely, devotion, we have here what is
primarily the content of prayer. This relation is in one aspect of it a
humbling, surrender of the self, the seeking of peace in another; from
another point of view it is not a petition but rather a prayer[266]. Petition and
prayer are no doubt closely connected in so far, that is, as a prayer can be a
petition. And yet the genuine petition seeks after something for itself. It
importunes the man who possesses something of importance to myself, that
he may feel inclined to do me a favour in virtue of the request, that his heart
may yield, or his love may be roused toward me, in one word that his
feeling of identity with myself may be awakened. What I, however, feel in
making a petition is the desire for something, which the other person must
lose if I am to secure it. The other person is to love me in order that my self-
love may be satisfied, and my weal and necessity be promoted. I on the
contrary give nothing further in the transaction unless it be contained in an
admission that the person thus opportuned may ask for similar favours from
myself. Prayer is not a petition of this type. It is an exaltation of the heart to
the Absolute, which is assumed to be essentially Love, and as such
possesses nothing independently[267]. The devotion itself is the gift, the
petition itself is the blessedness. For although prayer may contain a petition
for some particular thing, yet it is not this particular thing which is the true
purport of the prayer; rather the essential truth of it is the conviction that the
petition will be heard, and not heard in its relation to the particular request
so much as to the absolute trust that God will apportion that which is best
for me to receive. And thus even in such a connection prayer is itself its
Page 248
own satisfaction, the enjoyment, the express feeling and consciousness of
eternal Love, which not only with its ray of illumination shines through the
object[268] of prayer and its situation, but in fact constitutes the situation and
what is there actually or is thereby manifested. It is this type of supplication
which we find exemplified by Pope Sixtus in the picture of Raphael already
mentioned[269], no less than by Santa Barbara in the same picture, and by
many other representations of the prayers of apostles and saints, of Saint
Francis[270] and the like at the foot of the Cross, where we find in the place
of the suffering of Christ, or the dismay, doubt, and despair of the disciples
the love and adoration of God, and the prayer that loses itself in Him is
selected as the significant content. We find such rendered with particular
force for the most part on the countenances of aged men marked strongly
with the sufferings and experience of life in the earlier period of painting,
faces that appear to be portraits, souls permeated with devotional feeling to
such an extent that this attitude of prayer does not merely appear to be
experienced at this particular moment, but rather they are presented us as
pious and saintlike persons whose entire life, thought, instinct, and volition
is one prayer, and whose expression despite of all the truth of their
portraiture may be summed up wholly in this assurance and peace of Love.
It is otherwise, however, among many of the earlier German and Flemish
masters. The subject of the altar picture in Cologne Cathedral is the adoring
kings and patrons of Cologne. We find this subject too frequently selected
by the school of Van Eyck. In such examples the persons who adore are
frequently famous individuals, princes, as, for instance, in a well-known
adoration picture, which has been taken for the work of Van Eyck, critics
have identified two of the kings with portraits of Philip of Burgundy and
Charles the Bold. In the case of personages of this type we see that they are
something more than saints, have affairs in the world, and only go to mass
on Sunday or in the early morning, but during the rest of the week or for the
rest of the day have other business to look after. And more particularly in
our Flemish or German pictures the patrons are pious knights, God-fearing
housewives with their sons and daughters. They resemble Martha who fares
hither and thither and is concerned with matters of external or mundane
significance, rather than Mary who has selected once and for all the best
part. Their piety is not deficient, it is true, in intensity and soul; but we do
not find here the song of Love which is at once the beginning and end of it,
eternal Love, which not only with its ray of illumination shines through the
object[268] of prayer and its situation, but in fact constitutes the situation and
what is there actually or is thereby manifested. It is this type of supplication
which we find exemplified by Pope Sixtus in the picture of Raphael already
mentioned[269], no less than by Santa Barbara in the same picture, and by
many other representations of the prayers of apostles and saints, of Saint
Francis[270] and the like at the foot of the Cross, where we find in the place
of the suffering of Christ, or the dismay, doubt, and despair of the disciples
the love and adoration of God, and the prayer that loses itself in Him is
selected as the significant content. We find such rendered with particular
force for the most part on the countenances of aged men marked strongly
with the sufferings and experience of life in the earlier period of painting,
faces that appear to be portraits, souls permeated with devotional feeling to
such an extent that this attitude of prayer does not merely appear to be
experienced at this particular moment, but rather they are presented us as
pious and saintlike persons whose entire life, thought, instinct, and volition
is one prayer, and whose expression despite of all the truth of their
portraiture may be summed up wholly in this assurance and peace of Love.
It is otherwise, however, among many of the earlier German and Flemish
masters. The subject of the altar picture in Cologne Cathedral is the adoring
kings and patrons of Cologne. We find this subject too frequently selected
by the school of Van Eyck. In such examples the persons who adore are
frequently famous individuals, princes, as, for instance, in a well-known
adoration picture, which has been taken for the work of Van Eyck, critics
have identified two of the kings with portraits of Philip of Burgundy and
Charles the Bold. In the case of personages of this type we see that they are
something more than saints, have affairs in the world, and only go to mass
on Sunday or in the early morning, but during the rest of the week or for the
rest of the day have other business to look after. And more particularly in
our Flemish or German pictures the patrons are pious knights, God-fearing
housewives with their sons and daughters. They resemble Martha who fares
hither and thither and is concerned with matters of external or mundane
significance, rather than Mary who has selected once and for all the best
part. Their piety is not deficient, it is true, in intensity and soul; but we do
not find here the song of Love which is at once the beginning and end of it,
Page 249
and which is perforce not merely an exaltation, a prayer, or thanks for a gift
received, but is as much its unique life as that of the nightingale.
We may summarize the distinction which can be drawn generally in
pictures of this kind between saints and worshippers on the one hand, and
pious members of the Christian community as they actually appeared on the
other, in the statement that the worshippers, more especially in Italian
pictures, disclose in the expression of their piety a complete harmony of
external and spiritual condition. It is their very soul which we find written
for the most part on their countenances, which are not permitted to express
anything opposed to the emotions of their heart. In the actual conditions of
life this is not always the case. An infant, for example, when it weeps, more
particularly when beginning to do so, quite apart from the fact that we know
its grief is not worth the trouble of crying over, often makes us smile with
its ugly faces. And in the same way old folk pucker up their face when they
laugh, because the lines of their features are too pronounced, cold, and stiff
to accommodate themselves readily to an unreserved and natural laugh or a
friendly smile. The art of painting should endeavour to avoid this
incompatibility between the emotions of piety expressed and the sensuous
forms which have to express them, and, so far as possible, produce a
harmony between the soul and its external mode of expression. And this in
the highest degree was effected by the Italians; the Germans and Flemish
were less successful, because the main object in their work was living
portraiture.
I will add one further remark, that this devotion of the soul ought not to
reach the point of the actual cry of anxiety, that cry of tribulation and desire,
such as the Psalms and many Lutheran hymns express, and we may
illustrate it with the old words: "As the hart crieth for the water-brooks, so
crieth my soul for Thee." We may rather indicate it as a gradual melting
away, not to that attenuation of sweetness perhaps we associate with the
nun, but at any rate a surrender of the soul, and an enjoyment and
satisfaction in such surrender. For that travail of faith, that anxious troubling
of soul, that doubt and desperation which persists in disunion, such a type
of hypochondriacal piety which never is certain whether it is still sin,
whether there has been repentance and pardon is complete, a surrender, in
which the soul can never advance a step, and is always betraying the fact by
his anxiety, such a state is not compatible with the beauty of the romantic
received, but is as much its unique life as that of the nightingale.
We may summarize the distinction which can be drawn generally in
pictures of this kind between saints and worshippers on the one hand, and
pious members of the Christian community as they actually appeared on the
other, in the statement that the worshippers, more especially in Italian
pictures, disclose in the expression of their piety a complete harmony of
external and spiritual condition. It is their very soul which we find written
for the most part on their countenances, which are not permitted to express
anything opposed to the emotions of their heart. In the actual conditions of
life this is not always the case. An infant, for example, when it weeps, more
particularly when beginning to do so, quite apart from the fact that we know
its grief is not worth the trouble of crying over, often makes us smile with
its ugly faces. And in the same way old folk pucker up their face when they
laugh, because the lines of their features are too pronounced, cold, and stiff
to accommodate themselves readily to an unreserved and natural laugh or a
friendly smile. The art of painting should endeavour to avoid this
incompatibility between the emotions of piety expressed and the sensuous
forms which have to express them, and, so far as possible, produce a
harmony between the soul and its external mode of expression. And this in
the highest degree was effected by the Italians; the Germans and Flemish
were less successful, because the main object in their work was living
portraiture.
I will add one further remark, that this devotion of the soul ought not to
reach the point of the actual cry of anxiety, that cry of tribulation and desire,
such as the Psalms and many Lutheran hymns express, and we may
illustrate it with the old words: "As the hart crieth for the water-brooks, so
crieth my soul for Thee." We may rather indicate it as a gradual melting
away, not to that attenuation of sweetness perhaps we associate with the
nun, but at any rate a surrender of the soul, and an enjoyment and
satisfaction in such surrender. For that travail of faith, that anxious troubling
of soul, that doubt and desperation which persists in disunion, such a type
of hypochondriacal piety which never is certain whether it is still sin,
whether there has been repentance and pardon is complete, a surrender, in
which the soul can never advance a step, and is always betraying the fact by
his anxiety, such a state is not compatible with the beauty of the romantic
Page 250
Ideal. We much prefer that the eye of devotion should raise its look of
yearning heavenwards, although it is both more artistic and gives us yet
more satisfaction when it is centred on some present object of adoration,
whether it be the Virgin Mother, Christ, or saint. It is a facile thing, only too
facile, to attach to a picture a spiritual interest, by making its central figure
gaze heavenwards, anywhere beyond the world, just as we find that
nowadays people are only too ready to make use of an equally facile way of
proving God and religion to be the foundation of society by quoting texts of
the Bible rather than establishing such a basis on the reason of actual
reality. Such a gaze of countenance upwards becomes in the pictures of
Guido Reni[271], for example, a pure mannerism. The Assumption of the
Virgin, too, which we find at Munich, has been much eulogized by its
admirers and critics, and we may admit that the exalted character of its
transfiguration, the absorption and surrender of the soul in the heavenly
vision, and indeed the entire pose of the ascending figure, to say nothing of
the brilliance and beauty of the colouring, is most impressive. But for
myself I find such representations which depict the Virgin Mother in her
own daydream of love and blessedness with her glance centred on her babe
still more appropriate to her truth. The other type of yearning and strain,
with its upward gaze heavenwards, is somewhat too near to our modern
sentimentalism.
A further aspect of importance is concerned with the entrance of the
principle of negation into the spiritual devotion of Love. The disciples,
saints, and martyrs, have to pass through, in some measure as an experience
of their souls, and in part, too, as one of their external life, that way of
suffering along which the Christ in the history of His Passion passed before
them.
This suffering lies to some extent on the confines of art. Painting can very
easily overstep this boundary, in so far, that is, as it accepts for its subject-
matter the horrors and terrors of the bodily torture, whether it be in flaying,
or burning, or crucifixion, and its pains. This it is not permitted to do, if it is
not to forsake the spiritual Ideal. This is not solely due to the fact that to
present martyrs under such conditions to our sight is not beautiful to the
sense, nor because our nerves nowadays are too keenly strung, but on the
better ground that this material aspect is not the really important one. The
true content we have to follow with sympathy and which should be depicted
yearning heavenwards, although it is both more artistic and gives us yet
more satisfaction when it is centred on some present object of adoration,
whether it be the Virgin Mother, Christ, or saint. It is a facile thing, only too
facile, to attach to a picture a spiritual interest, by making its central figure
gaze heavenwards, anywhere beyond the world, just as we find that
nowadays people are only too ready to make use of an equally facile way of
proving God and religion to be the foundation of society by quoting texts of
the Bible rather than establishing such a basis on the reason of actual
reality. Such a gaze of countenance upwards becomes in the pictures of
Guido Reni[271], for example, a pure mannerism. The Assumption of the
Virgin, too, which we find at Munich, has been much eulogized by its
admirers and critics, and we may admit that the exalted character of its
transfiguration, the absorption and surrender of the soul in the heavenly
vision, and indeed the entire pose of the ascending figure, to say nothing of
the brilliance and beauty of the colouring, is most impressive. But for
myself I find such representations which depict the Virgin Mother in her
own daydream of love and blessedness with her glance centred on her babe
still more appropriate to her truth. The other type of yearning and strain,
with its upward gaze heavenwards, is somewhat too near to our modern
sentimentalism.
A further aspect of importance is concerned with the entrance of the
principle of negation into the spiritual devotion of Love. The disciples,
saints, and martyrs, have to pass through, in some measure as an experience
of their souls, and in part, too, as one of their external life, that way of
suffering along which the Christ in the history of His Passion passed before
them.
This suffering lies to some extent on the confines of art. Painting can very
easily overstep this boundary, in so far, that is, as it accepts for its subject-
matter the horrors and terrors of the bodily torture, whether it be in flaying,
or burning, or crucifixion, and its pains. This it is not permitted to do, if it is
not to forsake the spiritual Ideal. This is not solely due to the fact that to
present martyrs under such conditions to our sight is not beautiful to the
sense, nor because our nerves nowadays are too keenly strung, but on the
better ground that this material aspect is not the really important one. The
true content we have to follow with sympathy and which should be depicted
Page 251
is the spiritual experience, the soul in all that it suffers through Love, and
not the direct bodily pain of a certain individual, the grief for the sufferings
of another, or the anguish felt personally for personal demerit. The
endurance of martyrs in physical tortures is an endurance which carries with
it merely physical pain: what the spiritual Ideal looks for is the trial of the
soul in its own domain, its own peculiar suffering, the wounds of its love,
the repentance, mourning, anguish, and penance of its heart.
But we must add that in depicting this pain of soul the positive aspect must
not wholly be absent. The soul must be assured of the actual and essentially
consummated reconciliation between mankind and God, and only
experience anxiety that this eternal salvation be realized as a truth in itself.
In this connection we not unfrequently meet with repentant people, martyrs,
and monks, who, despite of their assuredness of an objective atonement,
partly are overwhelmed with sorrow for a heart whose entire surrender they
deem to be right, and partly have already made such complete surrender,
and yet are always for realizing such reconciliation anew, and consequently
for ever imposing on themselves the burden of penances. And we find,
therefore, in the artistic treatment of such situations a twofold point of
departure. In other words, the artist may, to start with, presuppose in his
subject an open disposition, freedom, cheerfulness, and decision of spirit,
such as carries with ease life and the yoke of the actual world and knows
how to readily deal with the same, then he may fitly associate with such
painful experiences a native nobility, grace, freshness, freedom, and beauty
of form. When, on the contrary, his work is based upon a natural sense that
is more refractory, defiant, savage, and limited, the conflict of the spirit in
overcoming the flesh and the world, and securing to itself the religion of
salvation will necessarily imply more severe travail. In cases of such
obstinacy of soul, therefore, the harsher reflections of force and stability are
more apparent, the scars of the wounds which have been inflicted on an
obstinacy of this type are more visible and enduring, and the beauty of the
physical result tends to vanish[272].
Thirdly, that positive aspect of atonement, the transfigurement that results
from grief's travail, the blessedness that comes of repentance may be
independently accepted as the subject of artistic presentment though it may
readily pass into false conceptions.
not the direct bodily pain of a certain individual, the grief for the sufferings
of another, or the anguish felt personally for personal demerit. The
endurance of martyrs in physical tortures is an endurance which carries with
it merely physical pain: what the spiritual Ideal looks for is the trial of the
soul in its own domain, its own peculiar suffering, the wounds of its love,
the repentance, mourning, anguish, and penance of its heart.
But we must add that in depicting this pain of soul the positive aspect must
not wholly be absent. The soul must be assured of the actual and essentially
consummated reconciliation between mankind and God, and only
experience anxiety that this eternal salvation be realized as a truth in itself.
In this connection we not unfrequently meet with repentant people, martyrs,
and monks, who, despite of their assuredness of an objective atonement,
partly are overwhelmed with sorrow for a heart whose entire surrender they
deem to be right, and partly have already made such complete surrender,
and yet are always for realizing such reconciliation anew, and consequently
for ever imposing on themselves the burden of penances. And we find,
therefore, in the artistic treatment of such situations a twofold point of
departure. In other words, the artist may, to start with, presuppose in his
subject an open disposition, freedom, cheerfulness, and decision of spirit,
such as carries with ease life and the yoke of the actual world and knows
how to readily deal with the same, then he may fitly associate with such
painful experiences a native nobility, grace, freshness, freedom, and beauty
of form. When, on the contrary, his work is based upon a natural sense that
is more refractory, defiant, savage, and limited, the conflict of the spirit in
overcoming the flesh and the world, and securing to itself the religion of
salvation will necessarily imply more severe travail. In cases of such
obstinacy of soul, therefore, the harsher reflections of force and stability are
more apparent, the scars of the wounds which have been inflicted on an
obstinacy of this type are more visible and enduring, and the beauty of the
physical result tends to vanish[272].
Thirdly, that positive aspect of atonement, the transfigurement that results
from grief's travail, the blessedness that comes of repentance may be
independently accepted as the subject of artistic presentment though it may
readily pass into false conceptions.
Page 252
Such, then, are the main distinguishing characteristics of the absolute
spiritual Ideal regarded as the essential content of romantic painting. It
forms the material of its most successful and solemn creations, works that
are immortal by virtue of the depth of their contemplation; and when the
representation of essential truth is thereby expressed they are nothing less
than the most exalted expansion of the soul to its heaven of bliss, the most
intimate and complete revelation of ideal life that an artist can bring before
our vision.
Following this pre-eminently religious sphere of artistic production we have
still to investigate two further fields of its activity.
(β) In direct contrast to the province of religion we have that which, if we
consider it in its isolated abstraction, is equally destitute of the life of soul
and God, Nature in its simplest terms, and regarded more definitely in its
connection with painting, Nature's landscape. We have stated the character
of the object of religion to be such that in it the substantive ideality of the
soul expresses therein the indwelling sense of Love as united to the
Absolute[273]. This inward ideality has, however, a further content. It is able
to discover in that which is wholly external an accord with soul-life, and
can recognize in the objective world as such traits which have an affinity
with what is spiritual. Regarded in their immediacy, no doubt, hills,
mountains, woods, valleys, streams, meadows, sunlight, moon, and the
starry heavens, are simply perceived to be the natural objects they are. But,
in the first place, these objects have to start with an independent interest, in
so far as it is the free life of Nature, which appears in them, and produces a
sense of fellow feeling in the individual as one who shares that life himself;
and, secondly, the particular changes of Nature's moods bring about states
in the soul which correspond to such moods. It is possible for man to follow
with his own life this animation of Nature and partake in this harmony of
soul with its environment, and feel thereby at home in Nature. Just as the
Arcadians spoke of a Pan, who made them shudder and frightened in the
gloaming of the forest, in the same way the varied conditions of Nature's
landscape in its gentle blithesomeness, its balmy repose, its spring-
freshness, its wintry chill, its morning awakening and evening rest find their
counterfeits in states of the soul. The tranquil depth of the ocean, the
possibility that its depths may break forth with infinite power is akin to soul
movements, just as conversely the roaring, upwelling, foaming, and break
spiritual Ideal regarded as the essential content of romantic painting. It
forms the material of its most successful and solemn creations, works that
are immortal by virtue of the depth of their contemplation; and when the
representation of essential truth is thereby expressed they are nothing less
than the most exalted expansion of the soul to its heaven of bliss, the most
intimate and complete revelation of ideal life that an artist can bring before
our vision.
Following this pre-eminently religious sphere of artistic production we have
still to investigate two further fields of its activity.
(β) In direct contrast to the province of religion we have that which, if we
consider it in its isolated abstraction, is equally destitute of the life of soul
and God, Nature in its simplest terms, and regarded more definitely in its
connection with painting, Nature's landscape. We have stated the character
of the object of religion to be such that in it the substantive ideality of the
soul expresses therein the indwelling sense of Love as united to the
Absolute[273]. This inward ideality has, however, a further content. It is able
to discover in that which is wholly external an accord with soul-life, and
can recognize in the objective world as such traits which have an affinity
with what is spiritual. Regarded in their immediacy, no doubt, hills,
mountains, woods, valleys, streams, meadows, sunlight, moon, and the
starry heavens, are simply perceived to be the natural objects they are. But,
in the first place, these objects have to start with an independent interest, in
so far as it is the free life of Nature, which appears in them, and produces a
sense of fellow feeling in the individual as one who shares that life himself;
and, secondly, the particular changes of Nature's moods bring about states
in the soul which correspond to such moods. It is possible for man to follow
with his own life this animation of Nature and partake in this harmony of
soul with its environment, and feel thereby at home in Nature. Just as the
Arcadians spoke of a Pan, who made them shudder and frightened in the
gloaming of the forest, in the same way the varied conditions of Nature's
landscape in its gentle blithesomeness, its balmy repose, its spring-
freshness, its wintry chill, its morning awakening and evening rest find their
counterfeits in states of the soul. The tranquil depth of the ocean, the
possibility that its depths may break forth with infinite power is akin to soul
movements, just as conversely the roaring, upwelling, foaming, and break
Page 253
of storm-tossed waves stir the soul with concordant music. It is an ideal
significance of this kind that the art of painting accepts as its object. And for
this reason it is not natural objects merely as such in their external form and
association which ought to constitute its true content, so that painting is
nothing more than a mere imitation, but rather the animation of Nature's
life, which interfuses it throughout and which is able to bring into
prominence and assert with more vividness in the scenes of Nature
reproduced the characteristic affinity of specific conditions of this life with
particular spiritual states—it is a vital participation in Nature of this kind
which gives us the meeting-point, steeped as it is in the soul-life and
temperament of the artist, by means of which Nature may become the
content of painting not merely as environment, but as possessing a distinct
individuality[274].
(γ) There is yet further a third type of idealization which we find partly in
the case where objects wholly insignificant are detached from the position
they occupy in the landscape, and, partly, in scenes of human life, which
may appear to us not merely as wholly accidental as thus selected, but even
of a kind that is both mean and commonplace. I have already found an
opportunity for an attempt to justify the artistic selection of such
subjects[275]. I will in connection with painting merely add the following
remarks to our former discussion.
The art of painting is not merely concerned with the inward life of the soul,
but with that ideal element that is essentially particularized[276]. This latter
type of ideality for the reason that particularity is its principle is not content
to rest satisfied with the absolute object of religion, and as little will merely
accept from the external world Nature's vitality and its defined character as
landscape; rather it insists on partaking of everything, in which man as an
isolated individual soul can take a rational interest and find pleasure. Even
in the case of its representations of religious material art, in proportion as it
develops, it attaches such more closely to terrestrial conditions and the
objects of actual vision, giving to its content the complete presence of
natural existence, so that we ultimately find that the aspect of sensuous
existence is most important and the interest of devotional life only so in a
subordinate degree. For here, too, art receives the task to work out the Ideal
in its fullest realization, in other words, to present to our senses that which
is originally detached from them, to carry over objects taken from the
significance of this kind that the art of painting accepts as its object. And for
this reason it is not natural objects merely as such in their external form and
association which ought to constitute its true content, so that painting is
nothing more than a mere imitation, but rather the animation of Nature's
life, which interfuses it throughout and which is able to bring into
prominence and assert with more vividness in the scenes of Nature
reproduced the characteristic affinity of specific conditions of this life with
particular spiritual states—it is a vital participation in Nature of this kind
which gives us the meeting-point, steeped as it is in the soul-life and
temperament of the artist, by means of which Nature may become the
content of painting not merely as environment, but as possessing a distinct
individuality[274].
(γ) There is yet further a third type of idealization which we find partly in
the case where objects wholly insignificant are detached from the position
they occupy in the landscape, and, partly, in scenes of human life, which
may appear to us not merely as wholly accidental as thus selected, but even
of a kind that is both mean and commonplace. I have already found an
opportunity for an attempt to justify the artistic selection of such
subjects[275]. I will in connection with painting merely add the following
remarks to our former discussion.
The art of painting is not merely concerned with the inward life of the soul,
but with that ideal element that is essentially particularized[276]. This latter
type of ideality for the reason that particularity is its principle is not content
to rest satisfied with the absolute object of religion, and as little will merely
accept from the external world Nature's vitality and its defined character as
landscape; rather it insists on partaking of everything, in which man as an
isolated individual soul can take a rational interest and find pleasure. Even
in the case of its representations of religious material art, in proportion as it
develops, it attaches such more closely to terrestrial conditions and the
objects of actual vision, giving to its content the complete presence of
natural existence, so that we ultimately find that the aspect of sensuous
existence is most important and the interest of devotional life only so in a
subordinate degree. For here, too, art receives the task to work out the Ideal
in its fullest realization, in other words, to present to our senses that which
is originally detached from them, to carry over objects taken from the
Page 254
remoteness of past life into present life and unite them with that present
human life.
At our present stage of human evolution it is the ideality which we find in
actual life as it faces us, in the circumstances of daily experience, the most
common and the most trivial, which is the actual content.
(αα) If we inquire, then, what it is that makes a content of this kind,
otherwise so poverty-stricken and indifferent, compatible with the claims of
art, we must reply that it is the substantive core that is contained and made
valid therein, in general terms the vitality and delight of self-subsistent
existence, exemplified in the greatest variety of its aims and interests. The
life of mankind is always in the immediate Present. What a man may do in
each moment thereof is something specific, and its justification consists in
the fact that he carries through all his engagements, the least no less than
the greatest, with heart and soul. In this way he is united with each
particular incident, and, by infusing into each the entire force of his
individuality, appears to identify his whole existence with such. This
coalescence[277] produces that harmony of the individual with the specific
character of his immediate activity in the circumstances that are nearest
him, which is itself a mode of ideality, and which communicates in such a
case to the subsistency of an existence, which is an exclusive and perfected
whole, its attractive character. The interest, therefore, that we derive from
representations of this kind is not to be attributed to the subject-matter, but
rather to this animating soul, which by itself, and independently of that
wherein it is disclosed as vital, finds an echo in every uncorrupted nature, in
every free spirit, and is for the same an object of sympathy and delight. We
must not, therefore, impair our enjoyment on the ground that the demand is
made of us to admire such works of art under the aspect of their likeness to
Nature so-called and such illusive imitation[278]. This demand, which works
of this kind appear at first blush to support, is itself merely a deception
which fails to hit the real point. For an admiration of this type is solely
deducible from the wholly external comparison of a work of art and a work
of Nature, and is only associated with the similarity of the counterfeit with
an object or fact presented us, whereas the real content here and the artistic
quality in the composition and execution is the coalescence of the matter
portrayed with its own substance, which is the reality as independently
depicted in its vital characterization. According to the principle of illusion,
human life.
At our present stage of human evolution it is the ideality which we find in
actual life as it faces us, in the circumstances of daily experience, the most
common and the most trivial, which is the actual content.
(αα) If we inquire, then, what it is that makes a content of this kind,
otherwise so poverty-stricken and indifferent, compatible with the claims of
art, we must reply that it is the substantive core that is contained and made
valid therein, in general terms the vitality and delight of self-subsistent
existence, exemplified in the greatest variety of its aims and interests. The
life of mankind is always in the immediate Present. What a man may do in
each moment thereof is something specific, and its justification consists in
the fact that he carries through all his engagements, the least no less than
the greatest, with heart and soul. In this way he is united with each
particular incident, and, by infusing into each the entire force of his
individuality, appears to identify his whole existence with such. This
coalescence[277] produces that harmony of the individual with the specific
character of his immediate activity in the circumstances that are nearest
him, which is itself a mode of ideality, and which communicates in such a
case to the subsistency of an existence, which is an exclusive and perfected
whole, its attractive character. The interest, therefore, that we derive from
representations of this kind is not to be attributed to the subject-matter, but
rather to this animating soul, which by itself, and independently of that
wherein it is disclosed as vital, finds an echo in every uncorrupted nature, in
every free spirit, and is for the same an object of sympathy and delight. We
must not, therefore, impair our enjoyment on the ground that the demand is
made of us to admire such works of art under the aspect of their likeness to
Nature so-called and such illusive imitation[278]. This demand, which works
of this kind appear at first blush to support, is itself merely a deception
which fails to hit the real point. For an admiration of this type is solely
deducible from the wholly external comparison of a work of art and a work
of Nature, and is only associated with the similarity of the counterfeit with
an object or fact presented us, whereas the real content here and the artistic
quality in the composition and execution is the coalescence of the matter
portrayed with its own substance, which is the reality as independently
depicted in its vital characterization. According to the principle of illusion,
Page 255
for instance, the portraits of Denner are entitled to our praise, which are, no
doubt, imitations of Nature, but for the most part fail entirely to present us
that vital animation on which we lay the main stress in these cases, and are
mainly concerned with depicting hair, wrinkles, and generally every kind of
trait which, without exactly being indicative of a corpse, are equally remote
from the human physiognomy depicted as alive.
Moreover, if we permit ourselves to level down our enjoyment through
superficial thoughts of the above fashionable kind, believing subjects of this
type to be mean and unworthy of our contemplation, we accept the content
by doing so in a form other than that in which art offers them us. In other
words we merely associate with them the relation in which we stand to
them according to our personal needs, pleasure, such education as we
otherwise possess and other objects we have before us, that is to say we
merely conceive them in respect to their external purport, throughout which
it is our own requirements which are the vital thing we aim at for ourselves,
and the matter of all importance. The life of the subject-matter itself,
however, is thereby destroyed, in so far, that is, as the sole object of its
existence appears to be that of a means simply, or lapses into a thing of no
moment at all, just because we personally have no need for it. A gleam of
sunlight, for example, which falls upon a room we enter through an open
door, a part of the country we travel through, a sempstress, a maid we
happen to see busily engaged, one and all we may regard with indifference,
because we suffer them to pass by remote from the thoughts and interests
which are bound up with them, and consequently in our soliloquy, or
conversation with another will not suffer the situations which actually lie
before us to speak a word in the current of our own thoughts and speech; or
we cast what is merely a passing glance at them, the summary of which
does not amount to more than the remark, "how pleasant, fine, or ugly they
are." Thus we are charmed with the joviality of dance of peasants, while we
merely glance at it superficially, or turn away from it with contempt,
because we are hostile to "every sort of barbarism." We treat in a similar
way the human countenances we come across in our daily life, or which we
happen to chance upon. Our own personal point of view, and the various
matters which engage us are for ever being interposed. We are forced to
address this or that person in a certain way, we have affairs to despatch, we
have certain things to consider, thoughts that affect our relation to such a
person; we observe him under the particular circumstances of our
doubt, imitations of Nature, but for the most part fail entirely to present us
that vital animation on which we lay the main stress in these cases, and are
mainly concerned with depicting hair, wrinkles, and generally every kind of
trait which, without exactly being indicative of a corpse, are equally remote
from the human physiognomy depicted as alive.
Moreover, if we permit ourselves to level down our enjoyment through
superficial thoughts of the above fashionable kind, believing subjects of this
type to be mean and unworthy of our contemplation, we accept the content
by doing so in a form other than that in which art offers them us. In other
words we merely associate with them the relation in which we stand to
them according to our personal needs, pleasure, such education as we
otherwise possess and other objects we have before us, that is to say we
merely conceive them in respect to their external purport, throughout which
it is our own requirements which are the vital thing we aim at for ourselves,
and the matter of all importance. The life of the subject-matter itself,
however, is thereby destroyed, in so far, that is, as the sole object of its
existence appears to be that of a means simply, or lapses into a thing of no
moment at all, just because we personally have no need for it. A gleam of
sunlight, for example, which falls upon a room we enter through an open
door, a part of the country we travel through, a sempstress, a maid we
happen to see busily engaged, one and all we may regard with indifference,
because we suffer them to pass by remote from the thoughts and interests
which are bound up with them, and consequently in our soliloquy, or
conversation with another will not suffer the situations which actually lie
before us to speak a word in the current of our own thoughts and speech; or
we cast what is merely a passing glance at them, the summary of which
does not amount to more than the remark, "how pleasant, fine, or ugly they
are." Thus we are charmed with the joviality of dance of peasants, while we
merely glance at it superficially, or turn away from it with contempt,
because we are hostile to "every sort of barbarism." We treat in a similar
way the human countenances we come across in our daily life, or which we
happen to chance upon. Our own personal point of view, and the various
matters which engage us are for ever being interposed. We are forced to
address this or that person in a certain way, we have affairs to despatch, we
have certain things to consider, thoughts that affect our relation to such a
person; we observe him under the particular circumstances of our
Page 256
knowledge; we regulate our conversation relatively to that, or we are silent
upon it, if he may be likely to resent it—in short we have always in our
minds the man's business, station, and status, and our attitude to and
business with him, remaining in a wholly practical relation, or in a position
of indifference and preoccupied inattention. Art, however, when it depicts
such real life, wholly changes our attitude to it; it cuts away once and for all
all practical deviations[279], such as we are wont to associate with such
material; it places us simply in the attitude of abstract contemplation to it;
and in the like degree it does away with its indifference, and directs our
otherwise preoccupied attention wholly to the situation portrayed; upon
which we must collect and concentrate all our faculties, if we are to enjoy
it. Sculpture, in particular, by virtue of its ideal mode of production from
the first strikes off all practical relation to the object to the extent that its
product at once betrays the fact that it does not belong to this reality.
Painting, on the contrary, carries us wholly into the presence of the daily
life with which we are in immediate contact, but it furthermore destroys all
the threads of practical necessity, attraction, inclination, or disinclination,
which draw us to such a Present, or the reverse, and forces us to approach
those objects more intimately as ends to themselves in their own particular
phase or mode of life. What we meet with here is just the opposite to that
which Herr von Schlegel, for example, in the tale of Pygmalion, expresses
so very prosily as the return of the completed work of art to common life,
that is to a relation of a man's own inclinations and an actual enjoyment, a
return which is the very opposite of that alienation, in which the work of art
places the objects delineated in their relation to our practical necessities,
and, precisely by doing so, sets forth before us their own independent life
and appearance.
(ββ) Just as, then, art, in this particular sphere, re-establishes the forfeited
independence of a content, which we otherwise failed to preserve in its
unique characteristics, in the same way, secondly, it is able to secure in
stability such objects as may happen to appear in actual existence in a form
we are not accustomed to respect simply as such. The higher Nature
stretches in its organization and shifting appearance the more it resembles
the actor who only serves the present need. In this connection I have
already emphasized the fact as a triumph of art over reality, namely, that it
is able to fix that which is most evanescent. This power of art in attaching
permanence to momentary things applies not only to the sudden flash of life
upon it, if he may be likely to resent it—in short we have always in our
minds the man's business, station, and status, and our attitude to and
business with him, remaining in a wholly practical relation, or in a position
of indifference and preoccupied inattention. Art, however, when it depicts
such real life, wholly changes our attitude to it; it cuts away once and for all
all practical deviations[279], such as we are wont to associate with such
material; it places us simply in the attitude of abstract contemplation to it;
and in the like degree it does away with its indifference, and directs our
otherwise preoccupied attention wholly to the situation portrayed; upon
which we must collect and concentrate all our faculties, if we are to enjoy
it. Sculpture, in particular, by virtue of its ideal mode of production from
the first strikes off all practical relation to the object to the extent that its
product at once betrays the fact that it does not belong to this reality.
Painting, on the contrary, carries us wholly into the presence of the daily
life with which we are in immediate contact, but it furthermore destroys all
the threads of practical necessity, attraction, inclination, or disinclination,
which draw us to such a Present, or the reverse, and forces us to approach
those objects more intimately as ends to themselves in their own particular
phase or mode of life. What we meet with here is just the opposite to that
which Herr von Schlegel, for example, in the tale of Pygmalion, expresses
so very prosily as the return of the completed work of art to common life,
that is to a relation of a man's own inclinations and an actual enjoyment, a
return which is the very opposite of that alienation, in which the work of art
places the objects delineated in their relation to our practical necessities,
and, precisely by doing so, sets forth before us their own independent life
and appearance.
(ββ) Just as, then, art, in this particular sphere, re-establishes the forfeited
independence of a content, which we otherwise failed to preserve in its
unique characteristics, in the same way, secondly, it is able to secure in
stability such objects as may happen to appear in actual existence in a form
we are not accustomed to respect simply as such. The higher Nature
stretches in its organization and shifting appearance the more it resembles
the actor who only serves the present need. In this connection I have
already emphasized the fact as a triumph of art over reality, namely, that it
is able to fix that which is most evanescent. This power of art in attaching
permanence to momentary things applies not only to the sudden flash of life
Page 257
we find concentrated in certain situations, but also to the magical effect of
its external presentment in the rapid changes of its colour. A troop of
horsemen, for example, may alter every moment in the mode of its
grouping, and the mutual relation of each rider within it. If we were one of
such we should have something else to do than consider the lively effect of
such changes. We should have to mount, dismount, make up our haversack,
eat, drink, rest, groom, drink and feed our horses: or, if we looked on as
ordinary folk, we should look at such with wholly different interests. We
should want to know what they are there for, what nationality they are, for
what reason they have left their barracks, and so forth. The painter, on the
contrary, smuggles off the most volatile of the movements, the most
evanescent expressions of countenance, the most momentary gleams of
colour apparent in such motion, and places such before us solely in virtue of
its interest in the animation of such phenomena which without it would
vanish. For especially it is the play of the colouring, not treated merely as
flat tint, but in its lights and shadows, and in the prominence or
subordination of the objects painted which is the reason that the
representation appears lifelike, a fact which we are accustomed to observe
in works of art less than such an aspect deserves, bringing as it does art first
clearly to our minds. And, moreover, the artist preferably accepts in
depicting these natural relations the effort of following the least detail, and
making his work concrete, definite and stamped with individuality,
endeavouring as he does to secure for his subject-matter the individuality
which phenomenal life itself supplies in its most momentary flashes; and
yet withal does not so much seek for such a detail merely as imitated
closely to strike our senses with its directness, but rather to furnish a
definite image to the imagination in which at the same time the ideality of
the entire composition remains active.
(γγ) The more insignificant the objects are, in comparison with the material
of religion, which this particular phase of painting accepts for its content, to
that very extent it is just this quality of artistic creation, the manner of
observation, conception, elaboration, the vitality communicated by the artist
to his work by all his individual faculties, in short the soul and living
enthusiasm of his execution, which constitute a prominent aspect of its
interest, and are part of its content. That which the subject treated is under
his workmanship must, however, substantially remain what it is in fact and
is capable of being. We believe, indeed, that we look upon something
its external presentment in the rapid changes of its colour. A troop of
horsemen, for example, may alter every moment in the mode of its
grouping, and the mutual relation of each rider within it. If we were one of
such we should have something else to do than consider the lively effect of
such changes. We should have to mount, dismount, make up our haversack,
eat, drink, rest, groom, drink and feed our horses: or, if we looked on as
ordinary folk, we should look at such with wholly different interests. We
should want to know what they are there for, what nationality they are, for
what reason they have left their barracks, and so forth. The painter, on the
contrary, smuggles off the most volatile of the movements, the most
evanescent expressions of countenance, the most momentary gleams of
colour apparent in such motion, and places such before us solely in virtue of
its interest in the animation of such phenomena which without it would
vanish. For especially it is the play of the colouring, not treated merely as
flat tint, but in its lights and shadows, and in the prominence or
subordination of the objects painted which is the reason that the
representation appears lifelike, a fact which we are accustomed to observe
in works of art less than such an aspect deserves, bringing as it does art first
clearly to our minds. And, moreover, the artist preferably accepts in
depicting these natural relations the effort of following the least detail, and
making his work concrete, definite and stamped with individuality,
endeavouring as he does to secure for his subject-matter the individuality
which phenomenal life itself supplies in its most momentary flashes; and
yet withal does not so much seek for such a detail merely as imitated
closely to strike our senses with its directness, but rather to furnish a
definite image to the imagination in which at the same time the ideality of
the entire composition remains active.
(γγ) The more insignificant the objects are, in comparison with the material
of religion, which this particular phase of painting accepts for its content, to
that very extent it is just this quality of artistic creation, the manner of
observation, conception, elaboration, the vitality communicated by the artist
to his work by all his individual faculties, in short the soul and living
enthusiasm of his execution, which constitute a prominent aspect of its
interest, and are part of its content. That which the subject treated is under
his workmanship must, however, substantially remain what it is in fact and
is capable of being. We believe, indeed, that we look upon something
Page 258
different, and novel, because in actual life we do not pay the same detailed
attention to similar situations, and their manner of colouring. Looked at on
the reverse side no doubt we have something, too, that is new added to such
ordinary subjects, namely, just this very enthusiasm, artistic insight and
spirit, the soul, in which the artist handles them, adapts them to his uses,
and by doing so infuses the enthusiasm of his activity like the breath of a
new life throughout all his work[280].
Such, then, are the essential points of view, which it was necessary to
discuss in regard to the content of painting.
(b) The second aspect which we have next in order to examine is connected
with the more particular modes of definition, to which the sensuous
material, in so far as it has to accept in itself a given content, has to
accommodate itself.
(α) The first of these of importance is the linear perspective. This is
introduced as necessary, because painting has only the superficies at its
disposal and no longer, as was the case with the bas-relief of antique
sculpture, can extend its figures side by side on one and the same plane, but
has to proceed to a mode of presentation, which finds it necessary to make
the remoteness of its objects in all their spatial dimensions merely appear as
such to our senses. For the art of painting has to unfold the content it
selects, to place the same in its various movement before our eyes, and to
associate in different ways its figures with the landscape of external Nature,
its buildings and so forth, in a wholly distinct grade of literalness to that
which sculpture in the relief is able to secure. And that which painting in
this respect cannot place before us in its actual degree of remoteness in the
realistic manner of sculpture it must present under the illusion of reality.
What we have first to notice here consists in this that the single surface
which confronts painting is divided into distinct planes, apparently remote
from one another, and by this means the contrasts of a near foreground and
a remote background are secured, which furthermore are linked together by
means of a middle distance. Inasmuch as the objects are, the more distant
they are from the vision, proportionately reduced in size, and this deduction
follows in Nature itself optical laws capable of mathematical determination,
the art of painting, too, has on its part to follow the same rules, which, by
virtue of the fact that objects are set forth on one surface, are applicable
here in a particular way. And this is the rational ground of the so-called
attention to similar situations, and their manner of colouring. Looked at on
the reverse side no doubt we have something, too, that is new added to such
ordinary subjects, namely, just this very enthusiasm, artistic insight and
spirit, the soul, in which the artist handles them, adapts them to his uses,
and by doing so infuses the enthusiasm of his activity like the breath of a
new life throughout all his work[280].
Such, then, are the essential points of view, which it was necessary to
discuss in regard to the content of painting.
(b) The second aspect which we have next in order to examine is connected
with the more particular modes of definition, to which the sensuous
material, in so far as it has to accept in itself a given content, has to
accommodate itself.
(α) The first of these of importance is the linear perspective. This is
introduced as necessary, because painting has only the superficies at its
disposal and no longer, as was the case with the bas-relief of antique
sculpture, can extend its figures side by side on one and the same plane, but
has to proceed to a mode of presentation, which finds it necessary to make
the remoteness of its objects in all their spatial dimensions merely appear as
such to our senses. For the art of painting has to unfold the content it
selects, to place the same in its various movement before our eyes, and to
associate in different ways its figures with the landscape of external Nature,
its buildings and so forth, in a wholly distinct grade of literalness to that
which sculpture in the relief is able to secure. And that which painting in
this respect cannot place before us in its actual degree of remoteness in the
realistic manner of sculpture it must present under the illusion of reality.
What we have first to notice here consists in this that the single surface
which confronts painting is divided into distinct planes, apparently remote
from one another, and by this means the contrasts of a near foreground and
a remote background are secured, which furthermore are linked together by
means of a middle distance. Inasmuch as the objects are, the more distant
they are from the vision, proportionately reduced in size, and this deduction
follows in Nature itself optical laws capable of mathematical determination,
the art of painting, too, has on its part to follow the same rules, which, by
virtue of the fact that objects are set forth on one surface, are applicable
here in a particular way. And this is the rational ground of the so-called
Page 259
linear or mathematical perspective in the art of painting, whose more
detailed exposition, however, it is not our business here to discuss.
(β) In the second place, however, objects are not only placed at a certain
distance from one another, but they also differ in shape. This particular
mode of their spatial limitation by virtue of which every object is made
visible in its particular form is the subject-matter of draughtsmanship. The
art of drawing gives us for the first time not merely the comparative
distance of objects from one another, but their respective configuration. Its
most important principle is accuracy of form and relative distance, which of
course in the first instance is not as yet associated with ideal[281] expression,
but related simply to external appearance, and consequently forms the
purely external framework[282], an accuracy, however, which, more
particularly in the case of organic forms and their varied movements, is on
account of the fore-shortenings thereby rendered necessary one of extreme
difficulty. In so far as these two aspects are related purely to form and its
spatial totality they constitute the plastic or sculpturesque features in
painting, which this art, for the very reason that it expresses what is most
ideal in its significance by means of external form, can as little dispense
with as it can in another respect remain solely content with. For its supreme
task is the employment of colour, and in such a way that in all that is truly
painting distance and shape only attain and discover their genuine
presentment by virtue of the distinctions of colour.
(γ) It is, therefore, colour, and the art of colouring, which make the painter a
painter. We dwell with pleasure, no doubt, on the drawing, and
exceptionally so on the study or sketch, as on that which pre-eminently
betrays the quality of genius; but however rich with invention and
imagination, with whatever directness the soul of an artist may assert itself
in such studies by reason of the more transparent and mobile shell of their
form, yet the fact remains to be painting we must have colour, if the work is
not to continue abstract from the point of view of its sensuous material in
the vital individuality and articulation of its objects. We must, however, at
the same time admit that drawings and dry point drawings from the hand of
great masters such as Raphael and Albrecht Dürer are of real importance. In
fact from a certain point of view we may say that it is just these hand
drawings which carry with them the finest interest. We find here the
wonderful result that the entire spirit of the master is expressed directly in
detailed exposition, however, it is not our business here to discuss.
(β) In the second place, however, objects are not only placed at a certain
distance from one another, but they also differ in shape. This particular
mode of their spatial limitation by virtue of which every object is made
visible in its particular form is the subject-matter of draughtsmanship. The
art of drawing gives us for the first time not merely the comparative
distance of objects from one another, but their respective configuration. Its
most important principle is accuracy of form and relative distance, which of
course in the first instance is not as yet associated with ideal[281] expression,
but related simply to external appearance, and consequently forms the
purely external framework[282], an accuracy, however, which, more
particularly in the case of organic forms and their varied movements, is on
account of the fore-shortenings thereby rendered necessary one of extreme
difficulty. In so far as these two aspects are related purely to form and its
spatial totality they constitute the plastic or sculpturesque features in
painting, which this art, for the very reason that it expresses what is most
ideal in its significance by means of external form, can as little dispense
with as it can in another respect remain solely content with. For its supreme
task is the employment of colour, and in such a way that in all that is truly
painting distance and shape only attain and discover their genuine
presentment by virtue of the distinctions of colour.
(γ) It is, therefore, colour, and the art of colouring, which make the painter a
painter. We dwell with pleasure, no doubt, on the drawing, and
exceptionally so on the study or sketch, as on that which pre-eminently
betrays the quality of genius; but however rich with invention and
imagination, with whatever directness the soul of an artist may assert itself
in such studies by reason of the more transparent and mobile shell of their
form, yet the fact remains to be painting we must have colour, if the work is
not to continue abstract from the point of view of its sensuous material in
the vital individuality and articulation of its objects. We must, however, at
the same time admit that drawings and dry point drawings from the hand of
great masters such as Raphael and Albrecht Dürer are of real importance. In
fact from a certain point of view we may say that it is just these hand
drawings which carry with them the finest interest. We find here the
wonderful result that the entire spirit of the master is expressed directly in
Page 260
such manual facility, a facility which places with the greatest ease, in
instantaneous work, without any preliminary essays, the essential substance
of the master's conception. The border drawings of Dürer, for example, in
the Prayer-book of the Munich library, are of indescribable ideality and
freedom. Idea and execution appear in such a case to be one and the same
thing, whereas in finished pictures we cannot avoid the sense that the
consummate result is only secured after repeated over-paintings, a
continuous process of advance and finish.
In despite of this, however, it is only through its employment of colour that
the art of painting is able to give a real and vital presentment to the wealth
of soul-life. All the schools of painting have, however, not retained the art
of colouring at the same high level. It is a significant fact that we may, with
an exception here and there, assert that it is only the Venetians and the
Dutch[283] who have become consummate masters in their use of it. Both
peoples were linked to the sea-coast, both situated on a low-lying land
divided by fens, streams, and canals. In the case of the Dutch we may find
an explanation in the fact that, on account of their having so perpetually a
cloud-covered horizon, their conception of a gray background became fixed
in their minds, and owing to this very gloomy prepossession they were the
more driven to study colour in all its effects and variety of lighting, shadow,
and chiaroscuro, to emphasize this and to discover in this the main task of
their artistic efforts. In contrast to that of the Venetians and the Dutch the
painting of the Italians generally, if we except that of Correggio and one or
two others, appears to be more dry, sapless, cold, and lifeless. Looked at
more closely we may emphasize the following points in connection with the
art of colouring as the most important.
(αα) In the first place we have the abstract basis of all colour in light and
dark. When we posit this contrast and its transitions by themselves without
further distinctions of colour effect, we get thereby simply the contrasts
supplied us by white as light and black as shadow together with their
transitional grades and nuances, contrasts which offer to the art of drawing
its integrating quality, appertaining as they do to the real plastic character of
form, and producing the prominence, retreat, rondure, and distance of
objects. We may incidentally mention in this connection the art of
engraving on the plate which is wholly concerned with light and shadow as
such[284]. Apart from the infinite assiduity and labour it implies we find in
instantaneous work, without any preliminary essays, the essential substance
of the master's conception. The border drawings of Dürer, for example, in
the Prayer-book of the Munich library, are of indescribable ideality and
freedom. Idea and execution appear in such a case to be one and the same
thing, whereas in finished pictures we cannot avoid the sense that the
consummate result is only secured after repeated over-paintings, a
continuous process of advance and finish.
In despite of this, however, it is only through its employment of colour that
the art of painting is able to give a real and vital presentment to the wealth
of soul-life. All the schools of painting have, however, not retained the art
of colouring at the same high level. It is a significant fact that we may, with
an exception here and there, assert that it is only the Venetians and the
Dutch[283] who have become consummate masters in their use of it. Both
peoples were linked to the sea-coast, both situated on a low-lying land
divided by fens, streams, and canals. In the case of the Dutch we may find
an explanation in the fact that, on account of their having so perpetually a
cloud-covered horizon, their conception of a gray background became fixed
in their minds, and owing to this very gloomy prepossession they were the
more driven to study colour in all its effects and variety of lighting, shadow,
and chiaroscuro, to emphasize this and to discover in this the main task of
their artistic efforts. In contrast to that of the Venetians and the Dutch the
painting of the Italians generally, if we except that of Correggio and one or
two others, appears to be more dry, sapless, cold, and lifeless. Looked at
more closely we may emphasize the following points in connection with the
art of colouring as the most important.
(αα) In the first place we have the abstract basis of all colour in light and
dark. When we posit this contrast and its transitions by themselves without
further distinctions of colour effect, we get thereby simply the contrasts
supplied us by white as light and black as shadow together with their
transitional grades and nuances, contrasts which offer to the art of drawing
its integrating quality, appertaining as they do to the real plastic character of
form, and producing the prominence, retreat, rondure, and distance of
objects. We may incidentally mention in this connection the art of
engraving on the plate which is wholly concerned with light and shadow as
such[284]. Apart from the infinite assiduity and labour it implies we find in
Page 261
this highly valuable art, at the point of its supreme attainment, soul
intimately associated with the utility of great variety of form[285], a variety
which the art of bookbinding also possesses. Such an art, however, is not
wholly occupied with effects of light and shade as that of simple
draughtsmanship is; it endeavours further in its elaboration to become
distinctly a rival of painting, and in addition to light and shade such as is
purely the effect of illumination, also strives to express those distinctions of
more emphatic light and darkness which are primarily the result of local
colour; we find, for example, in a copperplate engraving that an attempt is
made by its use of light effects to render visible the distinction between
blond and black hair.
In painting, however, as already remarked, mere light and darkness only
supply the fundamental basis, albeit such a foundation is of the greatest
importance. For it is this contrast and only this which defines the
comparative prominence and retirement, the rondure, and generally the
actual appearance of form as sensuous shape, all that we understand by
modelling. Masters of colour in this respect simply carry the process to the
most extreme contrasts of the most brilliant light and the deepest shadow,
and merely produce thereby their grand effects. Such contrasts are,
however, only permissible in so far as they avoid harshness, that is, in so far
as they are made within the limits of a just interplay of intermediate tones
and colour transitions, which bind the entire composition in a fluid unity
and render the finest gradations of tint possible. If such contrasts are
entirely absent the entire effect will be flat, because it is precisely this
distinction between that which is more brilliant and more obscure which
gives emphatic prominence to particular aspects of the work and a like
subordination to others. And especially in the case of compositions having a
large content, and where the distance between objects is considerable, it is
necessary to introduce the deepest shadow in order to make the scale of
light and shadow a broad one.
With regard to the closer definition of light and shade we find that this
depends more than anything else upon the mode of lighting accepted by the
artist. The light of day, that of morning, noon, and evening, sunlight or
moonlight, a clear or clouded sky, the light of tempest, candle-light, a light
that is veiled, or falls upon the object or diffuses itself gradually, every
conceivable mode of lighting, in short, is possible, and the cause of every
intimately associated with the utility of great variety of form[285], a variety
which the art of bookbinding also possesses. Such an art, however, is not
wholly occupied with effects of light and shade as that of simple
draughtsmanship is; it endeavours further in its elaboration to become
distinctly a rival of painting, and in addition to light and shade such as is
purely the effect of illumination, also strives to express those distinctions of
more emphatic light and darkness which are primarily the result of local
colour; we find, for example, in a copperplate engraving that an attempt is
made by its use of light effects to render visible the distinction between
blond and black hair.
In painting, however, as already remarked, mere light and darkness only
supply the fundamental basis, albeit such a foundation is of the greatest
importance. For it is this contrast and only this which defines the
comparative prominence and retirement, the rondure, and generally the
actual appearance of form as sensuous shape, all that we understand by
modelling. Masters of colour in this respect simply carry the process to the
most extreme contrasts of the most brilliant light and the deepest shadow,
and merely produce thereby their grand effects. Such contrasts are,
however, only permissible in so far as they avoid harshness, that is, in so far
as they are made within the limits of a just interplay of intermediate tones
and colour transitions, which bind the entire composition in a fluid unity
and render the finest gradations of tint possible. If such contrasts are
entirely absent the entire effect will be flat, because it is precisely this
distinction between that which is more brilliant and more obscure which
gives emphatic prominence to particular aspects of the work and a like
subordination to others. And especially in the case of compositions having a
large content, and where the distance between objects is considerable, it is
necessary to introduce the deepest shadow in order to make the scale of
light and shadow a broad one.
With regard to the closer definition of light and shade we find that this
depends more than anything else upon the mode of lighting accepted by the
artist. The light of day, that of morning, noon, and evening, sunlight or
moonlight, a clear or clouded sky, the light of tempest, candle-light, a light
that is veiled, or falls upon the object or diffuses itself gradually, every
conceivable mode of lighting, in short, is possible, and the cause of every
Page 262
kind of effect. In treating a subject of public interest, full of incident, a
situation that at once appeals to our common sense, the question of external
lighting is of subordinate importance. The artist will avail himself here with
most advantage of ordinary daylight, if, that is, the demands of dramatic
vividness, and a desire to emphasize particular figures and groups, or to
throw into the background others, do not render a less usual mode of
lighting necessary, which may fall in more readily with such objects.
The great painters of the earlier school have consequently as a rule made
little use of such contrasts or specific schemes of lighting. And they did
rightly, inasmuch as their emphasis was rather on the spiritual aspect as
such than on the sensuous impression of their pictures. And on account of
the pre-eminent ideality and spiritual significance of the content they were
able to dispense with the aspect of their work which inclined more or less to
the material side. In the case of landscapes, on the contrary, and subjects of
less importance taken from ordinary life, the question of lighting makes a
very different appeal. In these important artistic and, often, artificial and
mysterious effects are indispensable. In the landscape the bold contrasts
between large masses in illumination and other parts in the strongest
shadow will receive their full effect, but tend also to develop the artistic
mannerism. Conversely we find, more especially in the treatment of
landscape, reflections of light, the flash and its counterfeit, that wonderful
echo of light, which arises from the interplay of light and dark, and offers
an ample and progressive subject of study both to the artist and the
spectator. Such a scheme of lighting, which the artist has either by direct
imitation or imaginatively conceived in his work, can, however, by itself
only be a transient one, which is subject to rapid change. However sudden
or uncommon the lighting thus permanently retained may be, the artist must
see in the treatment of his composition, even though it be as full of
movement as possible, that the whole, despite all its variety, is not injured
by mere restlessness and wavering motive, but is throughout clear and
marked with unity.
(ββ) In accordance with what has already been stated the art of painting,
however, has not merely to express light and dark in its purely abstract
intension, but to add to it the distinctions of colour. Light and shadow must
be coloured light and shadow. We have therefore in the second place to
discuss colour simply.
situation that at once appeals to our common sense, the question of external
lighting is of subordinate importance. The artist will avail himself here with
most advantage of ordinary daylight, if, that is, the demands of dramatic
vividness, and a desire to emphasize particular figures and groups, or to
throw into the background others, do not render a less usual mode of
lighting necessary, which may fall in more readily with such objects.
The great painters of the earlier school have consequently as a rule made
little use of such contrasts or specific schemes of lighting. And they did
rightly, inasmuch as their emphasis was rather on the spiritual aspect as
such than on the sensuous impression of their pictures. And on account of
the pre-eminent ideality and spiritual significance of the content they were
able to dispense with the aspect of their work which inclined more or less to
the material side. In the case of landscapes, on the contrary, and subjects of
less importance taken from ordinary life, the question of lighting makes a
very different appeal. In these important artistic and, often, artificial and
mysterious effects are indispensable. In the landscape the bold contrasts
between large masses in illumination and other parts in the strongest
shadow will receive their full effect, but tend also to develop the artistic
mannerism. Conversely we find, more especially in the treatment of
landscape, reflections of light, the flash and its counterfeit, that wonderful
echo of light, which arises from the interplay of light and dark, and offers
an ample and progressive subject of study both to the artist and the
spectator. Such a scheme of lighting, which the artist has either by direct
imitation or imaginatively conceived in his work, can, however, by itself
only be a transient one, which is subject to rapid change. However sudden
or uncommon the lighting thus permanently retained may be, the artist must
see in the treatment of his composition, even though it be as full of
movement as possible, that the whole, despite all its variety, is not injured
by mere restlessness and wavering motive, but is throughout clear and
marked with unity.
(ββ) In accordance with what has already been stated the art of painting,
however, has not merely to express light and dark in its purely abstract
intension, but to add to it the distinctions of colour. Light and shadow must
be coloured light and shadow. We have therefore in the second place to
discuss colour simply.
Page 263
The first point we have to deal with here is the brightness and obscurity of
particular colours respectively to one another, that is in so far as they are
operative as light and dark in their varied relations, and either emphasize or
suppress and impair their individual effect. Red, for example, and still more
yellow, is at an equal grade of intensity more brilliant than blue. This is
dependent upon the nature of the colours themselves, which in recent times
Goethe has for the first time fully explained[286]. In other words, we find
that in blue shadow is of main significance, which, in its first operation
through a brighter, but not as yet fully transparent medium, appears to our
sight as blue. The sky, for example, is dark, and on the highest mountains it
is yet darker. Seen through a transparent but thick medium, such as the
atmosphere of its lower planes is, it appears as blue, and its brightness
increases in proportion as the air is less transparent. In the case of yellow,
on the contrary, essential brightness works through a density, which,
however, suffers this brightness to shine through it. Smoke, for example, is
such an obscuring medium; looked at in front of anything black which
works its way through it, it appears of a bluish tint, and before anything
bright it appears yellow and reddish. Genuine red is the actively royal and
concrete colour, in which blue and yellow, themselves also extremes of
opposition, press together in fusion, We may also regard green as such a
union, not, however, in a unity that is concrete, but merely as a difference
that is cancelled, as a medium of satiated and tranquillized neutrality[287].
These colours are the purest, simplest, and original cardinal colours. We
may consequently find a symbolical significance in the way that the old
masters made use of them. Especially is this so in their use of blue and red.
Blue corresponds with the milder, sensuous, more tranquil aspect, a
contemplation which is rich in feeling, in so far as it has obscurity for its
principle, and offers no resistance, whereas the brightness therein rather
suggests that which resists, produces, is alive and blithesome. Red
corresponds with what is masculine, dominant, and royal, green with that
which is indifferent and neutral. According to such symbolism for example,
the Virgin Mary is frequently clothed in red where she is enthroned, and set
before us as queen of heaven; where she is depicted as mother, she wears a
blue mantle[288]. All the other colours in their endless variety must be
regarded as mere modifications of the above, in which we must recognize a
certain degree of shadow fused with the cardinal colours. In this sense no
painter would call violet a colour[289]. Furthermore all these colours, in their
particular colours respectively to one another, that is in so far as they are
operative as light and dark in their varied relations, and either emphasize or
suppress and impair their individual effect. Red, for example, and still more
yellow, is at an equal grade of intensity more brilliant than blue. This is
dependent upon the nature of the colours themselves, which in recent times
Goethe has for the first time fully explained[286]. In other words, we find
that in blue shadow is of main significance, which, in its first operation
through a brighter, but not as yet fully transparent medium, appears to our
sight as blue. The sky, for example, is dark, and on the highest mountains it
is yet darker. Seen through a transparent but thick medium, such as the
atmosphere of its lower planes is, it appears as blue, and its brightness
increases in proportion as the air is less transparent. In the case of yellow,
on the contrary, essential brightness works through a density, which,
however, suffers this brightness to shine through it. Smoke, for example, is
such an obscuring medium; looked at in front of anything black which
works its way through it, it appears of a bluish tint, and before anything
bright it appears yellow and reddish. Genuine red is the actively royal and
concrete colour, in which blue and yellow, themselves also extremes of
opposition, press together in fusion, We may also regard green as such a
union, not, however, in a unity that is concrete, but merely as a difference
that is cancelled, as a medium of satiated and tranquillized neutrality[287].
These colours are the purest, simplest, and original cardinal colours. We
may consequently find a symbolical significance in the way that the old
masters made use of them. Especially is this so in their use of blue and red.
Blue corresponds with the milder, sensuous, more tranquil aspect, a
contemplation which is rich in feeling, in so far as it has obscurity for its
principle, and offers no resistance, whereas the brightness therein rather
suggests that which resists, produces, is alive and blithesome. Red
corresponds with what is masculine, dominant, and royal, green with that
which is indifferent and neutral. According to such symbolism for example,
the Virgin Mary is frequently clothed in red where she is enthroned, and set
before us as queen of heaven; where she is depicted as mother, she wears a
blue mantle[288]. All the other colours in their endless variety must be
regarded as mere modifications of the above, in which we must recognize a
certain degree of shadow fused with the cardinal colours. In this sense no
painter would call violet a colour[289]. Furthermore all these colours, in their
Page 264
mutual relation to each other, are respectively of greater brightness or
obscurity, a fact that the artist must bear in mind if he is not to fail in getting
the just tone which any particular section of his modelling or distance
effects ought to have. In other words we have here a source of exceptional
difficulty. In the countenance, for example, the lip is red, the eyebrow dark,
black, brown, or, if blonde, at least darker as such than the lip; in the same
way the cheeks with their reddish tint are more brilliant in colour than the
nose, with its main impression of yellow, brownish, or greenish tint. Such
portions of the face can readily receive a greater brightness and intensity
owing to this local colour than is consonant with their modelling as parts of
the whole. In sculpture, indeed in mere drawing too, such parts of a
composition receive their light and shadow wholly in reference to their
particular form and its manner of lighting. A painter on the contrary must
accept their local colouring, and this disturbs such a relation. Such a
difficulty is even more obvious between objects more removed from one
another. For the ordinary vision of sight it is our mind which determines the
distance and form of such objects, not merely by means of their colour
appearance, but also on a variety of other grounds. In painting, however, all
that we have before us is colour, which as such is able to interfere with that
which is demanded by mere brightness and darkness as such. The art of the
painter, therefore, consists in his ability to resolve this contradiction, and so
to arrange his colours that neither in their local tints, nor in their mutual
relation in any other way, they impair the modelling as a whole. Only if
success is secured in both respects are we likely to see the actual shape and
colour of the objects realized in perfection. With what consummate art, for
example, have the Dutch painted the sheen of satin dresses with all their
variety of reflections and gradations of shadow in their folds, or the flash of
silver, gold, copper, vessels of glass and velvet; and in the same way we
may mention the lighting a Van Eyck gives to his jewels, gold borders, and
metals. The colours by means of which the flash of gold is presented have
nothing of metallic about them: looked at closely we merely see yellow,
which by itself is of no great brightness. The entire effect is due on the one
hand to the prominence of the form, and on the other to the contiguity of the
mutual gradations of distinct colour tones.
A further aspect in the second place is the harmony of the colouring.
obscurity, a fact that the artist must bear in mind if he is not to fail in getting
the just tone which any particular section of his modelling or distance
effects ought to have. In other words we have here a source of exceptional
difficulty. In the countenance, for example, the lip is red, the eyebrow dark,
black, brown, or, if blonde, at least darker as such than the lip; in the same
way the cheeks with their reddish tint are more brilliant in colour than the
nose, with its main impression of yellow, brownish, or greenish tint. Such
portions of the face can readily receive a greater brightness and intensity
owing to this local colour than is consonant with their modelling as parts of
the whole. In sculpture, indeed in mere drawing too, such parts of a
composition receive their light and shadow wholly in reference to their
particular form and its manner of lighting. A painter on the contrary must
accept their local colouring, and this disturbs such a relation. Such a
difficulty is even more obvious between objects more removed from one
another. For the ordinary vision of sight it is our mind which determines the
distance and form of such objects, not merely by means of their colour
appearance, but also on a variety of other grounds. In painting, however, all
that we have before us is colour, which as such is able to interfere with that
which is demanded by mere brightness and darkness as such. The art of the
painter, therefore, consists in his ability to resolve this contradiction, and so
to arrange his colours that neither in their local tints, nor in their mutual
relation in any other way, they impair the modelling as a whole. Only if
success is secured in both respects are we likely to see the actual shape and
colour of the objects realized in perfection. With what consummate art, for
example, have the Dutch painted the sheen of satin dresses with all their
variety of reflections and gradations of shadow in their folds, or the flash of
silver, gold, copper, vessels of glass and velvet; and in the same way we
may mention the lighting a Van Eyck gives to his jewels, gold borders, and
metals. The colours by means of which the flash of gold is presented have
nothing of metallic about them: looked at closely we merely see yellow,
which by itself is of no great brightness. The entire effect is due on the one
hand to the prominence of the form, and on the other to the contiguity of the
mutual gradations of distinct colour tones.
A further aspect in the second place is the harmony of the colouring.
Page 265
I have already observed that the very nature of the facts necessitates that
colour should have itself an articulated system. And this complete result
should appear. No fundamental colour should be wholly omitted, otherwise
our sense of this integrated whole is lost. To an exceptional degree the old
Italian masters and the Dutch satisfy us in this respect. We find in their
pictures blue, yellow, red, and green[290]. It is this completeness which
supplies the basis of our colour harmony. The colours, moreover, must be so
arranged that not merely their artistic contrast, but also their mediation and
resolution, and a repose and reconciliation as the result of such, is made
visible to the sight. Such effective contrast and repose in conciliated
extremes is brought about partly by the way the colours are associated, and
partly by the degree of intensity which characterizes each colour. In early
painting it was principally the Dutch school[291], which employed the
cardinal colours in their purity and their unimpaired brilliance, by which
means the harmony is rendered more difficult by reason of the emphasis
laid on contrast, but when secured should be pleasing to the eye. Where,
however, the decisive character and force of colour is insisted on the nature
of the subject-matter itself should be more definite and simple. And by
attending to this a higher degree of harmony between colouring and content
is also obtained. The important personages, for instance, must receive the
colour that is most emphatic, and in their characterization, their entire
deportment and expression should appear more imposing than the
subordinate figures, who will receive merely the composite colours. In
landscape painting the contrast of pure cardinal colours is less pronounced.
In scenes, on the contrary, in which human figures are of most importance,
and more particularly where drapery occupies large spaces of canvas, the
more simple colours will be in their right place. In such we have a scene
taken from the world of spiritual life, in which that which is inorganic, the
natural environment, is more abstract, in other words must not appear in its
natural completeness and isolated manner of effect, and the varied tints of
landscape in all the profusion of their gradations are less suitable. As a rule
the landscape is not so entirely fitted to the environment of human scenes as
a room, or generally that which is architectural, inasmuch as situations
which take place in the open air are in general not accepted from a class in
which the life of soul without considerable reserve is manifested. If a man
is placed before us with the open landscape around him it should appear
simply as environment. And in cases of this type it is right to make use of
colour should have itself an articulated system. And this complete result
should appear. No fundamental colour should be wholly omitted, otherwise
our sense of this integrated whole is lost. To an exceptional degree the old
Italian masters and the Dutch satisfy us in this respect. We find in their
pictures blue, yellow, red, and green[290]. It is this completeness which
supplies the basis of our colour harmony. The colours, moreover, must be so
arranged that not merely their artistic contrast, but also their mediation and
resolution, and a repose and reconciliation as the result of such, is made
visible to the sight. Such effective contrast and repose in conciliated
extremes is brought about partly by the way the colours are associated, and
partly by the degree of intensity which characterizes each colour. In early
painting it was principally the Dutch school[291], which employed the
cardinal colours in their purity and their unimpaired brilliance, by which
means the harmony is rendered more difficult by reason of the emphasis
laid on contrast, but when secured should be pleasing to the eye. Where,
however, the decisive character and force of colour is insisted on the nature
of the subject-matter itself should be more definite and simple. And by
attending to this a higher degree of harmony between colouring and content
is also obtained. The important personages, for instance, must receive the
colour that is most emphatic, and in their characterization, their entire
deportment and expression should appear more imposing than the
subordinate figures, who will receive merely the composite colours. In
landscape painting the contrast of pure cardinal colours is less pronounced.
In scenes, on the contrary, in which human figures are of most importance,
and more particularly where drapery occupies large spaces of canvas, the
more simple colours will be in their right place. In such we have a scene
taken from the world of spiritual life, in which that which is inorganic, the
natural environment, is more abstract, in other words must not appear in its
natural completeness and isolated manner of effect, and the varied tints of
landscape in all the profusion of their gradations are less suitable. As a rule
the landscape is not so entirely fitted to the environment of human scenes as
a room, or generally that which is architectural, inasmuch as situations
which take place in the open air are in general not accepted from a class in
which the life of soul without considerable reserve is manifested. If a man
is placed before us with the open landscape around him it should appear
simply as environment. And in cases of this type it is right to make use of
Page 266
colours that are exceptionally prominent. But the use of such involves also
boldness and power of execution. Sickly sweet, overpowered[292], doting
faces are not the kind for such treatment. Such soft expressions, such over-
diluted countenances, which, ever since Mengs gave them as people are
wont to think typical of ideality, would be entirely pulverized by such
decision of colour. In recent times and among us Germans, weak faces
which have essentially nothing to say[293], carefully posed in ways that
imagine themselves to possess grace, simplicity, and imposing character,
are all the fashion. This lack of distinction, on the side of spiritual
characterization, has its counterpart in and indeed produces a similar lack of
definition in colour and tone, so that all colours are run together in one
confusion, and forceless condition of mutilation and evaporization, and no
real emphasis is laid on any. You cannot say that one suppresses another
exactly, but then none adds contrast to another. It is no doubt a colour
harmony of a kind, and frequently it impresses with its excessive sweetness
and flattering endearment, but the note of distinction is absent. In this
connection Goethe thus expresses himself in his observations added to the
translation of Diderot's essay on painting: "Critics do not by any means
admit that it is easier to make weak colour harmonious than a strong
scheme: but it stands to reason when colour is strong, when colours are
placed before us vividly, in that case the eye will experience their harmony
or discord with greater vividness. If, however, we weaken our colours,
employ some with brilliance, others in fusion, others in obscure squalour,
then it is obvious no one will be able to say whether the picture he looks at
is harmonious or not. One thing in any case we can say of it, it lacks
distinction."
With harmony of colour, however, we have not by any means attained the
goal of the art of colouring. To reach this consummate effect, in the third
place, several other aspects must not be neglected. In this respect I will
restrict my observations to three points, first, the so-called atmospheric
perspective, secondly, flesh-colour, and in conclusion, the magic of colour
brilliancy.[294]
Linear perspective is connected in the first instance merely with the
different degrees of size, which the lines of objects possess in their greater
or less remoteness from the human eye. This alteration and reduction of
form is, however, not the only thing painting has to reproduce. In Nature
boldness and power of execution. Sickly sweet, overpowered[292], doting
faces are not the kind for such treatment. Such soft expressions, such over-
diluted countenances, which, ever since Mengs gave them as people are
wont to think typical of ideality, would be entirely pulverized by such
decision of colour. In recent times and among us Germans, weak faces
which have essentially nothing to say[293], carefully posed in ways that
imagine themselves to possess grace, simplicity, and imposing character,
are all the fashion. This lack of distinction, on the side of spiritual
characterization, has its counterpart in and indeed produces a similar lack of
definition in colour and tone, so that all colours are run together in one
confusion, and forceless condition of mutilation and evaporization, and no
real emphasis is laid on any. You cannot say that one suppresses another
exactly, but then none adds contrast to another. It is no doubt a colour
harmony of a kind, and frequently it impresses with its excessive sweetness
and flattering endearment, but the note of distinction is absent. In this
connection Goethe thus expresses himself in his observations added to the
translation of Diderot's essay on painting: "Critics do not by any means
admit that it is easier to make weak colour harmonious than a strong
scheme: but it stands to reason when colour is strong, when colours are
placed before us vividly, in that case the eye will experience their harmony
or discord with greater vividness. If, however, we weaken our colours,
employ some with brilliance, others in fusion, others in obscure squalour,
then it is obvious no one will be able to say whether the picture he looks at
is harmonious or not. One thing in any case we can say of it, it lacks
distinction."
With harmony of colour, however, we have not by any means attained the
goal of the art of colouring. To reach this consummate effect, in the third
place, several other aspects must not be neglected. In this respect I will
restrict my observations to three points, first, the so-called atmospheric
perspective, secondly, flesh-colour, and in conclusion, the magic of colour
brilliancy.[294]
Linear perspective is connected in the first instance merely with the
different degrees of size, which the lines of objects possess in their greater
or less remoteness from the human eye. This alteration and reduction of
form is, however, not the only thing painting has to reproduce. In Nature
Page 267
everything is affected by the presence of atmosphere, not merely between
different objects, but even different parts of them, a difference which asserts
itself in colour. This tone of colour which thus as it were evaporates with
the distance is what constitutes atmospheric perspective, in so far as thereby
objects are modified partly in deliberate outline, and partly in respect to
their light and shadow and general colouring. As a rule people think that
what is nearest to the eye in the foreground is brightest, and what lies in the
background is more obscure; in truth the matter is otherwise[295]. But lights
and shadows in the foreground are strongest, in other words the contrast
between light and shade has a more powerful effect, and outlines are more
defined near to the spectator. In proportion, however, to the degree of their
remoteness, they lose in definition of colour and form, because the contrast
of their light and shadow is gradually reduced, until finally everything
disappears in transpicuous gray. Different schemes of lighting, however,
necessitate in this respect various modes of treatment. In landscape painting
more especially, but also in other compositions, which present large spaces,
atmospheric perspective is of first importance, and the great masters of
colour have carried out by this means the most bewitching effects.
The most difficult achievement in colouring, the ideal and consummation of
its art, is the colour effect of the human flesh[296], which unites in its
perfection all other colour tones, without permitting any particular one to be
singly prominent. The healthy red in the cheeks of youth is, no doubt, pure
carmine without any admixture of blue, violet, or yellow, but this red is
itself only a flush, or rather a sheen, which appears to rise on the surface,
and imperceptibly passes into the prevailing flesh-tints. And this is an
ideal[297] commixture of all the fundamental colours. Through the
transparent yellow of the skin the red of the arteries and the blue of the
veins is visible, and along with the light and shade and all the variety of
sheen and reflection we have further tones of gray, brown, even green,
which at first sight appear as contrary to Nature, but for all that may
contribute to the justness and truth of the effect. Moreover, this composite
treatment of many apparent tints is wholly without sheen as such, that is, it
reflects nothing alien to it on its surface; its vital quality is entirely a result
of itself and the living thing it is. It is this rendering of that which is the life
shining through the organic integument which constitutes the main
difficulty. We may compare it to a lake in the evening glow, in which we
different objects, but even different parts of them, a difference which asserts
itself in colour. This tone of colour which thus as it were evaporates with
the distance is what constitutes atmospheric perspective, in so far as thereby
objects are modified partly in deliberate outline, and partly in respect to
their light and shadow and general colouring. As a rule people think that
what is nearest to the eye in the foreground is brightest, and what lies in the
background is more obscure; in truth the matter is otherwise[295]. But lights
and shadows in the foreground are strongest, in other words the contrast
between light and shade has a more powerful effect, and outlines are more
defined near to the spectator. In proportion, however, to the degree of their
remoteness, they lose in definition of colour and form, because the contrast
of their light and shadow is gradually reduced, until finally everything
disappears in transpicuous gray. Different schemes of lighting, however,
necessitate in this respect various modes of treatment. In landscape painting
more especially, but also in other compositions, which present large spaces,
atmospheric perspective is of first importance, and the great masters of
colour have carried out by this means the most bewitching effects.
The most difficult achievement in colouring, the ideal and consummation of
its art, is the colour effect of the human flesh[296], which unites in its
perfection all other colour tones, without permitting any particular one to be
singly prominent. The healthy red in the cheeks of youth is, no doubt, pure
carmine without any admixture of blue, violet, or yellow, but this red is
itself only a flush, or rather a sheen, which appears to rise on the surface,
and imperceptibly passes into the prevailing flesh-tints. And this is an
ideal[297] commixture of all the fundamental colours. Through the
transparent yellow of the skin the red of the arteries and the blue of the
veins is visible, and along with the light and shade and all the variety of
sheen and reflection we have further tones of gray, brown, even green,
which at first sight appear as contrary to Nature, but for all that may
contribute to the justness and truth of the effect. Moreover, this composite
treatment of many apparent tints is wholly without sheen as such, that is, it
reflects nothing alien to it on its surface; its vital quality is entirely a result
of itself and the living thing it is. It is this rendering of that which is the life
shining through the organic integument which constitutes the main
difficulty. We may compare it to a lake in the evening glow, in which we
Page 268
behold the objects that it reflects[298] no less than the clear depth and native
character of water. The flash of metal combines on the contrary, no doubt,
both light of its own and transparency, jewels both flash and are translucent,
and something similar is seen in the case of velvet and silk-stuffs, but none
of these approaches the life-conferred interfusion of colours apparent on the
surface of the living flesh. The skin of animals, whether hair or hide, wool,
and so forth, are in like manner of the most varied colouring, but it is a
colour capable of more direct and independent definition in its parts, so that
the variety is rather the result of different surfaces and planes, it is not a
single transfusion and suffusion of many colours such as human flesh is.
The nearest approach to it perhaps is the interplay of colour visible in the
bunch of grapes, or the exquisitely tender gradations of translucent colour
in the rose. And yet even this last example is unable to give us the
counterfeit of ideal animation[299] which flesh-colour should possess. It is
this volatile emanation of the soul exhibited on a non-transparent surface
which is one of the most difficult problems of painting. For this ideality,
this reflex of the inward life of soul must not appear on a surface as
imported there, must not be pasted there as so many streaks, hatchings, and
so forth of material colour, but seem to us itself to belong to the living
whole[300], a transparent depth, as the blue of heaven, which offers our
vision no repellent surface, but one in which we are infallibly invited to
unfold. Already Diderot, in the essay on painting translated by Goethe,
expressed himself as follows on this head: "He who once has truly felt and
secured the apparition of flesh-colour is far on his way to perfect victory.
Thousands of painters have died without such a feeling, and many
thousands more will die without doing so."
In so far as the material is concerned, by means of which this untransparent
vitality of flesh is reproduced, the first medium to declare its suitability for
such an effect was the oil-pigment. Work in mosaics is of all the least fitting
to present us such a composite effect. Its permanency is no doubt a
recommendation, but inasmuch as it can only express colour gradations
through variously coloured glass cubes or stones placed in juxtaposition, it
is wholly unable to reproduce the intermingling flow of one unified
presentment of many colours. Fresco and tempera painting carry us
considerably further in this direction. Yet in the case of fresco-painting the
colours are put on the wet plaster with too great rapidity, so that, on the one
character of water. The flash of metal combines on the contrary, no doubt,
both light of its own and transparency, jewels both flash and are translucent,
and something similar is seen in the case of velvet and silk-stuffs, but none
of these approaches the life-conferred interfusion of colours apparent on the
surface of the living flesh. The skin of animals, whether hair or hide, wool,
and so forth, are in like manner of the most varied colouring, but it is a
colour capable of more direct and independent definition in its parts, so that
the variety is rather the result of different surfaces and planes, it is not a
single transfusion and suffusion of many colours such as human flesh is.
The nearest approach to it perhaps is the interplay of colour visible in the
bunch of grapes, or the exquisitely tender gradations of translucent colour
in the rose. And yet even this last example is unable to give us the
counterfeit of ideal animation[299] which flesh-colour should possess. It is
this volatile emanation of the soul exhibited on a non-transparent surface
which is one of the most difficult problems of painting. For this ideality,
this reflex of the inward life of soul must not appear on a surface as
imported there, must not be pasted there as so many streaks, hatchings, and
so forth of material colour, but seem to us itself to belong to the living
whole[300], a transparent depth, as the blue of heaven, which offers our
vision no repellent surface, but one in which we are infallibly invited to
unfold. Already Diderot, in the essay on painting translated by Goethe,
expressed himself as follows on this head: "He who once has truly felt and
secured the apparition of flesh-colour is far on his way to perfect victory.
Thousands of painters have died without such a feeling, and many
thousands more will die without doing so."
In so far as the material is concerned, by means of which this untransparent
vitality of flesh is reproduced, the first medium to declare its suitability for
such an effect was the oil-pigment. Work in mosaics is of all the least fitting
to present us such a composite effect. Its permanency is no doubt a
recommendation, but inasmuch as it can only express colour gradations
through variously coloured glass cubes or stones placed in juxtaposition, it
is wholly unable to reproduce the intermingling flow of one unified
presentment of many colours. Fresco and tempera painting carry us
considerably further in this direction. Yet in the case of fresco-painting the
colours are put on the wet plaster with too great rapidity, so that, on the one
Page 269
hand, the greatest facility and sureness of brushwork is an essential, and, on
the other, the work has to be carried out with broad adjacent strokes, which
on account of their drying so rapidly do not admit of a fine degree of
finish[301]. The same kind of difficulty meets us in the case of tempera-
painting, a process[302] which no doubt admits of great lucidity of
expression[303] and beautiful contrasts of light and shadow, yet for all that,
by reason of the fact that its medium dries so quickly, is less adapted to the
fusion and elaboration of its effects, and necessitates an articulate surface
made up of definite strokes of the brush. The oil pigment, on the contrary,
not only permits of the most tender and subtle melting together and
elaborate fusion of colour effect, so that transitions are so imperceptible we
cannot say where one colour begins and where it leaves off, but it is, where
its component elements are properly fused and the execution of it is as it
should be, itself remarkable for a luminous quality like that of precious
stones, and it can, by virtue of its distinctions between opaque or
transparent colours[304], reproduce in a far higher degree than tempera
painting the translucency of different layers of colour.
The third and last point for our consideration in this connection is the
emanation[305] and mystery of colour in its entire effect. This witchery of
colour appearance will mainly be found, where the substantive ideality of
objects has become an effusion of spirit which enters into the scheme and
treatment of its coloured presentment. In general, we may say that the
magic consists in a handling of colour by means of which we obtain an
interplay of scenic effect which is devoid of defined articulation as such,
which is, in fact, simply the result of moulding of colour in the finest degree
of fluency, a fusion of coloured material, an interplay of reflected points
which pass into one another, and are so fine and evanescent in their
gradations, so full of vital cohesion that the medium here seems already to
have entered that of musical sound. From the point of view of modelling the
mastery of chiaroscuro is part of this magic result, an aspect of the art in
which among the Italians Leonardo da Vinci and, above all, Correggio were
supreme. While introducing the very deepest shadow, the transparency of
this is not only preserved, but is carried through imperceptible gradations to
the most brilliant light. By this means roundness in the moulding of form is
complete; there is no harshness of line or limit, but all is equable transition.
Light and shadow are not here merely in their immediate effect as such, but
the other, the work has to be carried out with broad adjacent strokes, which
on account of their drying so rapidly do not admit of a fine degree of
finish[301]. The same kind of difficulty meets us in the case of tempera-
painting, a process[302] which no doubt admits of great lucidity of
expression[303] and beautiful contrasts of light and shadow, yet for all that,
by reason of the fact that its medium dries so quickly, is less adapted to the
fusion and elaboration of its effects, and necessitates an articulate surface
made up of definite strokes of the brush. The oil pigment, on the contrary,
not only permits of the most tender and subtle melting together and
elaborate fusion of colour effect, so that transitions are so imperceptible we
cannot say where one colour begins and where it leaves off, but it is, where
its component elements are properly fused and the execution of it is as it
should be, itself remarkable for a luminous quality like that of precious
stones, and it can, by virtue of its distinctions between opaque or
transparent colours[304], reproduce in a far higher degree than tempera
painting the translucency of different layers of colour.
The third and last point for our consideration in this connection is the
emanation[305] and mystery of colour in its entire effect. This witchery of
colour appearance will mainly be found, where the substantive ideality of
objects has become an effusion of spirit which enters into the scheme and
treatment of its coloured presentment. In general, we may say that the
magic consists in a handling of colour by means of which we obtain an
interplay of scenic effect which is devoid of defined articulation as such,
which is, in fact, simply the result of moulding of colour in the finest degree
of fluency, a fusion of coloured material, an interplay of reflected points
which pass into one another, and are so fine and evanescent in their
gradations, so full of vital cohesion that the medium here seems already to
have entered that of musical sound. From the point of view of modelling the
mastery of chiaroscuro is part of this magic result, an aspect of the art in
which among the Italians Leonardo da Vinci and, above all, Correggio were
supreme. While introducing the very deepest shadow, the transparency of
this is not only preserved, but is carried through imperceptible gradations to
the most brilliant light. By this means roundness in the moulding of form is
complete; there is no harshness of line or limit, but all is equable transition.
Light and shadow are not here merely in their immediate effect as such, but
Page 270
gleam through one another much as a spiritual force is operative through an
external shell. It is just an effect like this we find in the artistic treatment of
colour, and the Dutch were no less than others consummate masters of this.
By virtue of this ideality, this mutual relation between the parts, this
interfusion of reflections and colour scintillations, this alternation and
evanescence of transitional tones, a breath of soul and vitality is throughout
communicated in the brilliancy, depth, the mild and juicy illumination of
colour. It is this which gives us the magic effect of a masterpiece of colour;
it is the unique gift of the genius of the artist who is himself the magician.
(γγ) And this brings us to the last point we have to discuss on this part of
our subject.
We started with the linear perspective, we passed on then to drawing and
concluded with colour; first considering light and shade in its relation to
modelling, and, secondly, viewing it as colour simply, or more accurately,
as the mutual relation between degrees of brightness and darkness in
colours, regarding it, moreover, in its aspects of harmony, atmospheric
perspective, flesh-colour and magical effect. We have now to consider more
directly[306] the creative impulse of the artist in bringing about such colour
effects.
The ordinary view is that the art of painting follows definite rules in
attaining its results. This is, however, only true of the linear perspective,
being as it is a wholly geometrical science, and even in this case rules must
not obtrude themselves in their abstract stringency, if we are to preserve all
that essentially contributes to our art. And, in the second place, we shall
find that artistic drawing accommodates itself even less readily than
perspective to universal rules, but least of all is this true of colouring. Sense
of colour ought to be an artistic instinct or quality, should be as much a
unique way of looking at and composing existing tones of colour, as it
should be an essential aspect of creative power and invention. On account
of this personal equation in the production of colour, the way, that is, the
artist looks at and is active in the making of his world, the immense variety
which we find in different modes of treating, it is no mere caprice and
favourite mannerism of colouring, which is absent from the facts in rerum
natura, but lies in the nature of the case. Goethe supplies us with an
example of personal experience which, as confided in his "Dichtung und
Wahrheit," illustrates what I mean: "As I returned to my cobbler's house [he
external shell. It is just an effect like this we find in the artistic treatment of
colour, and the Dutch were no less than others consummate masters of this.
By virtue of this ideality, this mutual relation between the parts, this
interfusion of reflections and colour scintillations, this alternation and
evanescence of transitional tones, a breath of soul and vitality is throughout
communicated in the brilliancy, depth, the mild and juicy illumination of
colour. It is this which gives us the magic effect of a masterpiece of colour;
it is the unique gift of the genius of the artist who is himself the magician.
(γγ) And this brings us to the last point we have to discuss on this part of
our subject.
We started with the linear perspective, we passed on then to drawing and
concluded with colour; first considering light and shade in its relation to
modelling, and, secondly, viewing it as colour simply, or more accurately,
as the mutual relation between degrees of brightness and darkness in
colours, regarding it, moreover, in its aspects of harmony, atmospheric
perspective, flesh-colour and magical effect. We have now to consider more
directly[306] the creative impulse of the artist in bringing about such colour
effects.
The ordinary view is that the art of painting follows definite rules in
attaining its results. This is, however, only true of the linear perspective,
being as it is a wholly geometrical science, and even in this case rules must
not obtrude themselves in their abstract stringency, if we are to preserve all
that essentially contributes to our art. And, in the second place, we shall
find that artistic drawing accommodates itself even less readily than
perspective to universal rules, but least of all is this true of colouring. Sense
of colour ought to be an artistic instinct or quality, should be as much a
unique way of looking at and composing existing tones of colour, as it
should be an essential aspect of creative power and invention. On account
of this personal equation in the production of colour, the way, that is, the
artist looks at and is active in the making of his world, the immense variety
which we find in different modes of treating, it is no mere caprice and
favourite mannerism of colouring, which is absent from the facts in rerum
natura, but lies in the nature of the case. Goethe supplies us with an
example of personal experience which, as confided in his "Dichtung und
Wahrheit," illustrates what I mean: "As I returned to my cobbler's house [he
Page 271
had just visited the Dresden Gallery] once more to take lunch I could scarce
trust the evidence of my eyes. I believed myself to see before me a picture
of Van Ostade[307], so complete it was, that you might have hung it there
and then in the Gallery. Composition of subject-matter, light, shadow,
brown tone of the whole, all that is admirable in this artist's pictures I saw
actually before me. It was the first time that I was aware, to such a high
degree of the power which I subsequently exercised with intention, the
power of seeing, that is, with the eyes of the particular artist, to whose
works I had just happened to devote exceptional attention. This facility
afforded me great enjoyment, but also increased the desire from time to
time to persevere in the exercise of a talent which Nature seemed
ungracious enough to disallow me[308]." This variety in the manner of
colouring is exceptionally conspicuous in the painting of human flesh, quite
apart from all modifications rendered necessary by the mode of lighting,
age, sex, situation, and the like considerations. And for the rest, whether the
subject depicted be daily life, outside or within the interior of private
houses, taverns, churches, or other buildings, or it be that of Nature's
landscape, with its wealth of objects and colour, which finds more or less
accurate reflection in the personal essay of any particular painter, the result
cannot fail to illustrate this varied play of form and colour effect[309], which
will infallibly appear, due as it is to the manner in which each comprehends,
reproduces, and creates his own work according to his own outlook,
experience and imaginative powers.
(c) We have hitherto, in discussing the several points of view which are
given effect to in the art of painting, referred, firstly, to its content, and
secondly to the sensuous medium in which such content can be built up. We
have in conclusion to define the mode under which the artist is bound to
conceive and execute his content as a painter and under the conditions of
his particular medium. We will divide the very considerable matter which
such an investigation implies in the following manner:
First, we have to deal with the more general distinctions in forms of
conception, which it will be necessary to classify and follow in their
progressive advance to richer manifestations of life.
Secondly, we shall have to direct attention to the more definite aspects,
which, within these general types of conception, are more directly referable
trust the evidence of my eyes. I believed myself to see before me a picture
of Van Ostade[307], so complete it was, that you might have hung it there
and then in the Gallery. Composition of subject-matter, light, shadow,
brown tone of the whole, all that is admirable in this artist's pictures I saw
actually before me. It was the first time that I was aware, to such a high
degree of the power which I subsequently exercised with intention, the
power of seeing, that is, with the eyes of the particular artist, to whose
works I had just happened to devote exceptional attention. This facility
afforded me great enjoyment, but also increased the desire from time to
time to persevere in the exercise of a talent which Nature seemed
ungracious enough to disallow me[308]." This variety in the manner of
colouring is exceptionally conspicuous in the painting of human flesh, quite
apart from all modifications rendered necessary by the mode of lighting,
age, sex, situation, and the like considerations. And for the rest, whether the
subject depicted be daily life, outside or within the interior of private
houses, taverns, churches, or other buildings, or it be that of Nature's
landscape, with its wealth of objects and colour, which finds more or less
accurate reflection in the personal essay of any particular painter, the result
cannot fail to illustrate this varied play of form and colour effect[309], which
will infallibly appear, due as it is to the manner in which each comprehends,
reproduces, and creates his own work according to his own outlook,
experience and imaginative powers.
(c) We have hitherto, in discussing the several points of view which are
given effect to in the art of painting, referred, firstly, to its content, and
secondly to the sensuous medium in which such content can be built up. We
have in conclusion to define the mode under which the artist is bound to
conceive and execute his content as a painter and under the conditions of
his particular medium. We will divide the very considerable matter which
such an investigation implies in the following manner:
First, we have to deal with the more general distinctions in forms of
conception, which it will be necessary to classify and follow in their
progressive advance to richer manifestations of life.
Secondly, we shall have to direct attention to the more definite aspects,
which, within these general types of conception, are more directly referable
Page 272
to genuine pictorial composition, that is, the artistic motives apparent in the
particular situation and manner of grouping selected.
Lastly, we propose to review rapidly the mode of characterization, which
results from distinctions of subject-matter no less than modes of conception.
(α) With respect to the most generally prevailing modes of artistic
conception[310], we shall find these are in some measure due to the content
which has to be depicted, and in part are referable to the course of the art's
evolution, which does not from the first seek to elaborate all that is apparent
in any subject, but rather through a variety of stages and transitions makes
itself fully mistress of Life and its manifestations.
(αα) The first position which the art of painting is able to secure still betrays
its origin from sculpture and architecture: in the entire mode of its
conception it is still in close association with these arts. And this will pre-
eminently be the case where the artist restricts himself to individual figures,
which he does not place before us in the vital connections of an essentially
concrete situation, but in the simple independence of its self-repose. Out of
the many sources of content which I have indicated as adapted to painting,
we shall find religious subjects, Christ, his apostles, and the like are
exceptionally suited to such abstract treatment. Such figures as these must
necessarily be assumed to possess sufficient significance in their isolation,
to be complete in themselves, and to unfold an object sufficiently
substantive of adoration and love. Belonging to this type, particularly in
early art, we meet with examples of Christ or his saints isolated without
definite situation and environment. If we do find the latter it mainly consists
in architectural embellishments, particularly Gothic; this is frequently the
case in early Flemish or upper German art[311]. In this relation to
architecture, among the columns and arches of which such figures as the
twelve apostles and others are frequently composed, painting does not as
yet attain to the life-like actuality of its later development, and we find that
even the figures still retain in some measure a character which inclines to
the statuesque, or to some extent do not move beyond such a general type as
we find indicated in its fundamentals by Byzantine painting. For isolated
figures of this character, devoid of any background or only retaining a
purely architectonic outline, a more severe simplicity of colour, and a more
emphatic brilliancy, is as it should be. The oldest school of painters have
consequently employed a single-tinted ground of gold instead of a rich
particular situation and manner of grouping selected.
Lastly, we propose to review rapidly the mode of characterization, which
results from distinctions of subject-matter no less than modes of conception.
(α) With respect to the most generally prevailing modes of artistic
conception[310], we shall find these are in some measure due to the content
which has to be depicted, and in part are referable to the course of the art's
evolution, which does not from the first seek to elaborate all that is apparent
in any subject, but rather through a variety of stages and transitions makes
itself fully mistress of Life and its manifestations.
(αα) The first position which the art of painting is able to secure still betrays
its origin from sculpture and architecture: in the entire mode of its
conception it is still in close association with these arts. And this will pre-
eminently be the case where the artist restricts himself to individual figures,
which he does not place before us in the vital connections of an essentially
concrete situation, but in the simple independence of its self-repose. Out of
the many sources of content which I have indicated as adapted to painting,
we shall find religious subjects, Christ, his apostles, and the like are
exceptionally suited to such abstract treatment. Such figures as these must
necessarily be assumed to possess sufficient significance in their isolation,
to be complete in themselves, and to unfold an object sufficiently
substantive of adoration and love. Belonging to this type, particularly in
early art, we meet with examples of Christ or his saints isolated without
definite situation and environment. If we do find the latter it mainly consists
in architectural embellishments, particularly Gothic; this is frequently the
case in early Flemish or upper German art[311]. In this relation to
architecture, among the columns and arches of which such figures as the
twelve apostles and others are frequently composed, painting does not as
yet attain to the life-like actuality of its later development, and we find that
even the figures still retain in some measure a character which inclines to
the statuesque, or to some extent do not move beyond such a general type as
we find indicated in its fundamentals by Byzantine painting. For isolated
figures of this character, devoid of any background or only retaining a
purely architectonic outline, a more severe simplicity of colour, and a more
emphatic brilliancy, is as it should be. The oldest school of painters have
consequently employed a single-tinted ground of gold instead of a rich
Page 273
natural landscape, a ground which the colours of drapery have to confront,
and to which they are compelled to adapt themselves; these are
consequently more decisive and glaring than the colours employed in the
periods of Art's finest bloom, just as we find as a rule that simple vivid
colours such as red, blue, and the rest are most pleasing to uncultivated
people.
To this earliest type of conception it is that for the most part the miracle-
working pictures belong. To such as to something stupendous man is merely
placed in a relation of stupidity, from which the aspect of their artistic merit
vanishes, so that they are not brought nearer to his conscious life in friendly
guise in accordance with their vital humanity and beauty, and the very
pictures which are most revered in a religious sense are from an artistic
standpoint the most execrable.
If, however, isolated figures of this type do not supply an object for
devotion or interest as being already complete and independent personality,
their execution, carried out as it is in consonance with the principle of
statuesque conception, has no meaning at all. Portraits, for example, are of
interest to relatives who know the man thus portrayed and his individuality.
But where the personages thus depicted are forgotten or unknown the
sympathy which is excited by their portraiture in a given action or situation,
which gives definite content to a particular character, is of a wholly
different kind to that which we find in the entirely simple type of
conception above referred to. Really great portraits, when they face us in
the fullest wealth of life all the means of art can display, possess in this
wealth itself the power to stand forth from and step out of their frames. In
looking at the portraits of Van Dyck, for example, more particularly when
the pose of the figure is not wholly full face, but slightly turned away, the
frame has struck me like the door of the world, which the man before me
enters. When consequently individuals do not possess, as saints, angels and
the like do, a characterization which is in itself sufficiently complete and
acknowledged, and are only interesting by virtue of the definite character of
a given situation, some single circumstance or particular action, it is not
suitable to present them as independent figures. As an example of this the
last work of Kügelchen in Dresden was a composition of four heads, half
figures, namely, Christ, John the Evangelist, John the Baptist, and the
Prodigal Son. So far as Christ and John the Evangelist are concerned I
and to which they are compelled to adapt themselves; these are
consequently more decisive and glaring than the colours employed in the
periods of Art's finest bloom, just as we find as a rule that simple vivid
colours such as red, blue, and the rest are most pleasing to uncultivated
people.
To this earliest type of conception it is that for the most part the miracle-
working pictures belong. To such as to something stupendous man is merely
placed in a relation of stupidity, from which the aspect of their artistic merit
vanishes, so that they are not brought nearer to his conscious life in friendly
guise in accordance with their vital humanity and beauty, and the very
pictures which are most revered in a religious sense are from an artistic
standpoint the most execrable.
If, however, isolated figures of this type do not supply an object for
devotion or interest as being already complete and independent personality,
their execution, carried out as it is in consonance with the principle of
statuesque conception, has no meaning at all. Portraits, for example, are of
interest to relatives who know the man thus portrayed and his individuality.
But where the personages thus depicted are forgotten or unknown the
sympathy which is excited by their portraiture in a given action or situation,
which gives definite content to a particular character, is of a wholly
different kind to that which we find in the entirely simple type of
conception above referred to. Really great portraits, when they face us in
the fullest wealth of life all the means of art can display, possess in this
wealth itself the power to stand forth from and step out of their frames. In
looking at the portraits of Van Dyck, for example, more particularly when
the pose of the figure is not wholly full face, but slightly turned away, the
frame has struck me like the door of the world, which the man before me
enters. When consequently individuals do not possess, as saints, angels and
the like do, a characterization which is in itself sufficiently complete and
acknowledged, and are only interesting by virtue of the definite character of
a given situation, some single circumstance or particular action, it is not
suitable to present them as independent figures. As an example of this the
last work of Kügelchen in Dresden was a composition of four heads, half
figures, namely, Christ, John the Evangelist, John the Baptist, and the
Prodigal Son. So far as Christ and John the Evangelist are concerned I
Page 274
found the conception quite appropriate. But in the case of the Baptist, and in
every respect in that of the Prodigal Son, I failed to connect with them the
authentic character which could justify a treatment of them as half-length
portraits. In such cases it is essential to place the figures in a condition of
action or incident, or at least to show them in situations, by means of which,
in vital association with external environment, they can assert the
individuality which marks an essentially exclusive whole. The head of the
Prodigal Son in the above picture expresses no doubt, very finely too, pain,
profound repentance and remorse, but the only indication we have given us
that this is the repentance of the Prodigal Son is a very diminutive herd of
swine in the foreground. Instead of a symbolical reference of this kind we
ought to see him among his swine, or at least in some other scene of his life.
The Prodigal Son, in short, does not possess for us any further general
characterization complete as such in our minds and only exists, in so far as
he is not purely allegorical, in the well-known scenes of Biblical narrative.
He should be depicted to us as leaving his father's house, or in his misery,
his repentance and return, that is, in the concrete facts of the tale. Those
swine put in the foreground do not carry us much further than a label with
"The Prodigal Son" written on it.
(ββ) And generally it is obvious that painting, for the reason that its
function is to accept as its content the wealth of soul-life in all its detail, is,
to a yet greater extent than sculpture, unable to rest satisfied with that
repose on itself which is without defined situation and the conception of a
character taken by itself and alone simply. It is bound to make the effort to
exhibit such self-subsistency and its content in specific situation, variety,
and distinction of character viewed in their mutual relations and in
association with their environment. It is, in fact, just this departure from
purely eclectic and traditional types, from the architectonic composition of
figures and the statuesque mode of conception; it is just this liberation from
all that is devoid of movement and action, this striving after a living human
expression, a characteristic individuality; it is this investment of a content
with all the detail of the ideal and external condition that affects it which
constitutes the advance of the art, in virtue of which it secures its own
unique point of view. Consequently to painting as to no other plastic art is it
not merely permitted, but it is even required from it, that it should unfold
dramatic realization, and by the composition of its figures display their
activity in a distinctly emphasized situation.
every respect in that of the Prodigal Son, I failed to connect with them the
authentic character which could justify a treatment of them as half-length
portraits. In such cases it is essential to place the figures in a condition of
action or incident, or at least to show them in situations, by means of which,
in vital association with external environment, they can assert the
individuality which marks an essentially exclusive whole. The head of the
Prodigal Son in the above picture expresses no doubt, very finely too, pain,
profound repentance and remorse, but the only indication we have given us
that this is the repentance of the Prodigal Son is a very diminutive herd of
swine in the foreground. Instead of a symbolical reference of this kind we
ought to see him among his swine, or at least in some other scene of his life.
The Prodigal Son, in short, does not possess for us any further general
characterization complete as such in our minds and only exists, in so far as
he is not purely allegorical, in the well-known scenes of Biblical narrative.
He should be depicted to us as leaving his father's house, or in his misery,
his repentance and return, that is, in the concrete facts of the tale. Those
swine put in the foreground do not carry us much further than a label with
"The Prodigal Son" written on it.
(ββ) And generally it is obvious that painting, for the reason that its
function is to accept as its content the wealth of soul-life in all its detail, is,
to a yet greater extent than sculpture, unable to rest satisfied with that
repose on itself which is without defined situation and the conception of a
character taken by itself and alone simply. It is bound to make the effort to
exhibit such self-subsistency and its content in specific situation, variety,
and distinction of character viewed in their mutual relations and in
association with their environment. It is, in fact, just this departure from
purely eclectic and traditional types, from the architectonic composition of
figures and the statuesque mode of conception; it is just this liberation from
all that is devoid of movement and action, this striving after a living human
expression, a characteristic individuality; it is this investment of a content
with all the detail of the ideal and external condition that affects it which
constitutes the advance of the art, in virtue of which it secures its own
unique point of view. Consequently to painting as to no other plastic art is it
not merely permitted, but it is even required from it, that it should unfold
dramatic realization, and by the composition of its figures display their
activity in a distinctly emphasized situation.
Page 275
(γγ) And, in the third place, closely connected with this absorption in the
complete wealth of existing life and the dramatic movement of
circumstance and character, we are aware of the importance which is
increasingly attached, both in conception and execution, to the individuality
and the vital wealth of the colour aspect of all objects, in so far as in
painting we attain to the supremest effects of vital truth which are capable
of being expressed purely by colour.
This magical result of appearance can, however, be carried to such a pitch,
that in contrast to it the exhibition of content becomes a matter of
indifference, and painting tends to pass over, in the mere charm and
perfume of its colour tones, and the contrast, fusion, and play of their
harmonies, into the art of music, precisely as sculpture, in the elaboration of
its reliefs, tends to associate itself with painting.
(β) What we have in the first instance now to pass in review are the
particular lines[312] that pictorial composition is constrained to adhere to in
its productions when presenting to us a definite situation and the more
immediate motives referable to it by virtue of the way it concentrates and
groups together various figures and natural objects in one self-exclusive
whole.
(αα) What is of fundamental and pre-eminent importance here is the happy
selection of a situation adapted to the art.
In this respect the imaginative powers of the painter possess an
immeasurable field to select from, a field whose limits extend from the
simplest situation[313] of an object insignificant in itself, such as a wreath of
flowers, or a wineglass composed with plates, bread, and certain fruits, to
rich compositions of important public events, political actions, coronation
fêtes, battles, or even the Last Judgment, in which God the Father, Christ,
his apostles, the heavenly legions, nay, our entire humanity, and earth,
heaven, and hell are brought together. And here a closer inspection will
show us that we must clearly distinguish what is truly pictorial on the one
hand from that which is sculpturesque, and on the other from what is
poetical in the sense that it is only poetry that can fully express it.
complete wealth of existing life and the dramatic movement of
circumstance and character, we are aware of the importance which is
increasingly attached, both in conception and execution, to the individuality
and the vital wealth of the colour aspect of all objects, in so far as in
painting we attain to the supremest effects of vital truth which are capable
of being expressed purely by colour.
This magical result of appearance can, however, be carried to such a pitch,
that in contrast to it the exhibition of content becomes a matter of
indifference, and painting tends to pass over, in the mere charm and
perfume of its colour tones, and the contrast, fusion, and play of their
harmonies, into the art of music, precisely as sculpture, in the elaboration of
its reliefs, tends to associate itself with painting.
(β) What we have in the first instance now to pass in review are the
particular lines[312] that pictorial composition is constrained to adhere to in
its productions when presenting to us a definite situation and the more
immediate motives referable to it by virtue of the way it concentrates and
groups together various figures and natural objects in one self-exclusive
whole.
(αα) What is of fundamental and pre-eminent importance here is the happy
selection of a situation adapted to the art.
In this respect the imaginative powers of the painter possess an
immeasurable field to select from, a field whose limits extend from the
simplest situation[313] of an object insignificant in itself, such as a wreath of
flowers, or a wineglass composed with plates, bread, and certain fruits, to
rich compositions of important public events, political actions, coronation
fêtes, battles, or even the Last Judgment, in which God the Father, Christ,
his apostles, the heavenly legions, nay, our entire humanity, and earth,
heaven, and hell are brought together. And here a closer inspection will
show us that we must clearly distinguish what is truly pictorial on the one
hand from that which is sculpturesque, and on the other from what is
poetical in the sense that it is only poetry that can fully express it.
Page 276
The essential difference between a pictorial, and sculpturesque situation
consists, as we have already seen, in this, that the main function of
sculpture is to place before us that which is self-subsistent in its tranquillity,
without conflict under conditions that do not affect it, in which distinctness
of definition is not the main demand, it is only in the relief that it really
begins to approach a group composition, and an epic expanse of figures
begins to represent actions involving motion, and which imply collision of
opposing forces. The art of painting, on the contrary, only thoroughly takes
up its proper task, when it moves away from figures composed
independently of their more concrete relations, moves away from a situation
that is deficient in its elaboration, in order that it may thus pass into the
sphere of living movement, human conditions, passions, conflicts, actions
in persistent association with external environment, and even in its
composition of natural landscape is able to retain firmly this definite
structure of a given situation and its most lifelike individuality. It was for
this reason that from the first we maintained that painting was called upon
to effect the exposition of character, soul, and ideal qualities, not in the way
that this spiritual world enables us to recognize it directly in its external
shape, but in the way it evolves and expresses its actual substance by means
of actions.
And the truth we have just mentioned is that which brings painting into
closer relation with poetry. Both arts have in this respect an advantage[314],
and from another point of view, also a disadvantage. Painting is unable to
give us the development of a situation, event, or action, as poetry or music,
that is to say, in a series of changes; it can only embody one moment of
time. A simple reflection is deducible from this, namely, that we must in
this one moment have placed before us the substance of the situation or
action in its entirety, the very bloom of it; consequently, that moment should
be selected in which all that preceded and followed it is concentrated in one
point. In the case of a battle, for example, this moment will be that of
victory. The conflict is still apparent, but its decisive conclusion is equally
so. The artist is able, therefore, to retain as it were the residue of the Past,
which, in the very act of withdrawal and disappearance, still asserts itself in
the Present, and furthermore can suggest what has yet to be evolved as the
immediate result of a given situation. I cannot, however, here enlarge
further on this head. The painter, however, together with this disadvantage
consists, as we have already seen, in this, that the main function of
sculpture is to place before us that which is self-subsistent in its tranquillity,
without conflict under conditions that do not affect it, in which distinctness
of definition is not the main demand, it is only in the relief that it really
begins to approach a group composition, and an epic expanse of figures
begins to represent actions involving motion, and which imply collision of
opposing forces. The art of painting, on the contrary, only thoroughly takes
up its proper task, when it moves away from figures composed
independently of their more concrete relations, moves away from a situation
that is deficient in its elaboration, in order that it may thus pass into the
sphere of living movement, human conditions, passions, conflicts, actions
in persistent association with external environment, and even in its
composition of natural landscape is able to retain firmly this definite
structure of a given situation and its most lifelike individuality. It was for
this reason that from the first we maintained that painting was called upon
to effect the exposition of character, soul, and ideal qualities, not in the way
that this spiritual world enables us to recognize it directly in its external
shape, but in the way it evolves and expresses its actual substance by means
of actions.
And the truth we have just mentioned is that which brings painting into
closer relation with poetry. Both arts have in this respect an advantage[314],
and from another point of view, also a disadvantage. Painting is unable to
give us the development of a situation, event, or action, as poetry or music,
that is to say, in a series of changes; it can only embody one moment of
time. A simple reflection is deducible from this, namely, that we must in
this one moment have placed before us the substance of the situation or
action in its entirety, the very bloom of it; consequently, that moment should
be selected in which all that preceded and followed it is concentrated in one
point. In the case of a battle, for example, this moment will be that of
victory. The conflict is still apparent, but its decisive conclusion is equally
so. The artist is able, therefore, to retain as it were the residue of the Past,
which, in the very act of withdrawal and disappearance, still asserts itself in
the Present, and furthermore can suggest what has yet to be evolved as the
immediate result of a given situation. I cannot, however, here enlarge
further on this head. The painter, however, together with this disadvantage
Page 277
as against the poet, is to this extent advantaged in that he can bring the
precise scene before our vision in all the appearance of its reality, can depict
it perfectly in all its detail. "Ut pictura poesis erit" is no doubt a favourite
saying which is particularly and pertinaciously advanced by theorists, and is
no doubt actually accepted and exemplified by narrative poetry in its
descriptions of the seasons, its flowers, and its landscapes. Detailed
transcription of such objects and situations is, however, not only a very dry
and tedious affair, and indeed, so far from being exhaustive, always leaves
something more to say. It is, further, contrasted with painting, only a
confusing result, because it is forced to present as a successive series of
ideas what painting sets before our vision once and for all, so that we
constantly tend to forget what has gone before and lose it from our minds,
despite the fact that it should be held in essential relation with that which
follows, inasmuch as under the spatial condition it is in fact a part of it, and
only is significant in this association and this immediacy. It is, however, just
in this contemporaneous exposition of detail that the painter can restore that
which, in respect to the progressive series of past and future events, he fails
to secure.
There is, however, another respect in which painting yields place to poetry
and music, and that is in its lyrical quality. The art of poetry can not only
develop emotions and ideas generally as such respectively, but also in their
transitions, movement, and increased intensity. In respect to concentrated
intensity this is yet more the case in music, which is essentially concerned
with soul-movement. To represent this painting has nothing beyond the
expression of face and pose; and if it does exclusively direct its effort, to
what is actually lyrical, it misconceives the means at hand. However much
the soul's passion may be expressed in the play of the countenance or bodily
movement, such expression should not be directly referable to emotion as
such, but to emotions in so far as they are present, with a definite mode of
expression, in an event or action. The fact that it reveals ideality in external
form therefore does not connote the abstract meaning that it makes the
nature of the soul visible by means of physiognomy and form, under the
mode of which it expresses soul-life; it is rather just the individual situation
of an action, passion in some specific outburst thereof, by means of which
the emotion is unfolded and recognized. When, therefore, it is attempted to
interpret the poetical quality of painting under the assumption that it should
express the soul's emotion directly, without a motive and action more near
precise scene before our vision in all the appearance of its reality, can depict
it perfectly in all its detail. "Ut pictura poesis erit" is no doubt a favourite
saying which is particularly and pertinaciously advanced by theorists, and is
no doubt actually accepted and exemplified by narrative poetry in its
descriptions of the seasons, its flowers, and its landscapes. Detailed
transcription of such objects and situations is, however, not only a very dry
and tedious affair, and indeed, so far from being exhaustive, always leaves
something more to say. It is, further, contrasted with painting, only a
confusing result, because it is forced to present as a successive series of
ideas what painting sets before our vision once and for all, so that we
constantly tend to forget what has gone before and lose it from our minds,
despite the fact that it should be held in essential relation with that which
follows, inasmuch as under the spatial condition it is in fact a part of it, and
only is significant in this association and this immediacy. It is, however, just
in this contemporaneous exposition of detail that the painter can restore that
which, in respect to the progressive series of past and future events, he fails
to secure.
There is, however, another respect in which painting yields place to poetry
and music, and that is in its lyrical quality. The art of poetry can not only
develop emotions and ideas generally as such respectively, but also in their
transitions, movement, and increased intensity. In respect to concentrated
intensity this is yet more the case in music, which is essentially concerned
with soul-movement. To represent this painting has nothing beyond the
expression of face and pose; and if it does exclusively direct its effort, to
what is actually lyrical, it misconceives the means at hand. However much
the soul's passion may be expressed in the play of the countenance or bodily
movement, such expression should not be directly referable to emotion as
such, but to emotions in so far as they are present, with a definite mode of
expression, in an event or action. The fact that it reveals ideality in external
form therefore does not connote the abstract meaning that it makes the
nature of the soul visible by means of physiognomy and form, under the
mode of which it expresses soul-life; it is rather just the individual situation
of an action, passion in some specific outburst thereof, by means of which
the emotion is unfolded and recognized. When, therefore, it is attempted to
interpret the poetical quality of painting under the assumption that it should
express the soul's emotion directly, without a motive and action more near
Page 278
to it in facial expression and pose, all that we do in such a case is to throw
the art back upon an abstraction, which its effort should precisely strive to
be rid of; we ask of it, in short, that it should master the peculiar and just
contribution of poetry; and if it attempts to do this the result will be a barren
and stale one.
I particularly insist on this point because in the exhibition of art we had here
last year (1828) several pictures from the so-called Düsseldorf school have
received much attention, the painters of which, while displaying in their
work considerable knowledge and technical ability, have laid almost
exclusive stress on this ideal aspect, on material that is only capable of
adequate presentment in poetry. The content, for the most part borrowed
from poems of Goethe or from Shakespeare, Ariosto, and Tasso, may be
generally indicated as the ideal emotion of Love. As a rule the most capable
of these pictures set before us a pair of lovers, Romeo and Juliet, for
example, or Rinaldo and Armida, without any further situation, so that these
couples have nothing more to do and express except the fact that they are in
love with each other, in other words, they share a mutual attraction, gaze on
each other as lovers, and as lovers look yet again. Naturally in such a case
the main expression must be concentrated in the mouth and eyes; and we
may add that our Rinaldo has been so placed relatively to his spider legs
that he looks very much as though he did not know what to do with them.
They are extensions which are entirely without meaning. Sculpture, as we
have seen, dispenses with the glance of eye, the soul-flash; painting, on the
other hand, seizes on this potent means of expression, but it must not focus
everything at this one point, it should not make the fire or the refluent
languor and yearning of the eye or soft friendliness of lips the soul and
centre of expression without any other motives. Equally defective was the
fisherman of Hübner, the theme of which was borrowed from that famous
poem of Goethe, which depicts with such wonderful depth and charm of
feeling the indefinite yearning for the repose, coolness and purity of water.
The naked fisher lad, who in this picture is being drawn into the water, has,
just as the male figures in the other pictures have, a very prosaic looking
face, such as we could not imagine, if the features were in repose, to be
capable of profound or beautiful emotions. And, as a rule, we cannot assert
of these figures, whether male or female, that they are beautiful in a healthy
sense; they, on the contrary, merely betray the nervous excitement,
weakness, and disease of Love and emotional life generally, which people
the art back upon an abstraction, which its effort should precisely strive to
be rid of; we ask of it, in short, that it should master the peculiar and just
contribution of poetry; and if it attempts to do this the result will be a barren
and stale one.
I particularly insist on this point because in the exhibition of art we had here
last year (1828) several pictures from the so-called Düsseldorf school have
received much attention, the painters of which, while displaying in their
work considerable knowledge and technical ability, have laid almost
exclusive stress on this ideal aspect, on material that is only capable of
adequate presentment in poetry. The content, for the most part borrowed
from poems of Goethe or from Shakespeare, Ariosto, and Tasso, may be
generally indicated as the ideal emotion of Love. As a rule the most capable
of these pictures set before us a pair of lovers, Romeo and Juliet, for
example, or Rinaldo and Armida, without any further situation, so that these
couples have nothing more to do and express except the fact that they are in
love with each other, in other words, they share a mutual attraction, gaze on
each other as lovers, and as lovers look yet again. Naturally in such a case
the main expression must be concentrated in the mouth and eyes; and we
may add that our Rinaldo has been so placed relatively to his spider legs
that he looks very much as though he did not know what to do with them.
They are extensions which are entirely without meaning. Sculpture, as we
have seen, dispenses with the glance of eye, the soul-flash; painting, on the
other hand, seizes on this potent means of expression, but it must not focus
everything at this one point, it should not make the fire or the refluent
languor and yearning of the eye or soft friendliness of lips the soul and
centre of expression without any other motives. Equally defective was the
fisherman of Hübner, the theme of which was borrowed from that famous
poem of Goethe, which depicts with such wonderful depth and charm of
feeling the indefinite yearning for the repose, coolness and purity of water.
The naked fisher lad, who in this picture is being drawn into the water, has,
just as the male figures in the other pictures have, a very prosaic looking
face, such as we could not imagine, if the features were in repose, to be
capable of profound or beautiful emotions. And, as a rule, we cannot assert
of these figures, whether male or female, that they are beautiful in a healthy
sense; they, on the contrary, merely betray the nervous excitement,
weakness, and disease of Love and emotional life generally, which people
Page 279
have no business to repeat and which we would willingly, whether in life or
Art, be spared. To the same class of conception belongs the way that
Schadow, the master of this school, has depicted Goethe's Mignon. The
character of Mignon is wholly poetical. What makes her interesting is her
Past, the severity of her destiny as it affects both her inward and outward
life, the conflict of her Italian, wholly excited passion in a soul which is still
obscure to itself, which can neither decide upon a course of action or object,
and which, being this mystery to itself, merges itself in such and yet can do
itself no good. It is this self-expression wholly divided in itself and yet
retiring into itself, and only letting us see its confusion in isolated and
unrelated eruptions, which creates the awful interest we cannot fail to
experience in her. Such a network of contradictions we may no doubt
imagine in our minds, but the art of painting is wholly unable to, present it
to us, as Schadow has attempted to do, simply by means of Mignon's form
and physiognomy, without defining further any situation or action. We may,
therefore, assert generally that the above-mentioned pictures are conceived
without any real insight for situations, motives, and expression. It is, in
short, an inseparable condition of genuine artistic representations of
painting that the entire subject-matter should be grasped with imaginative
power, should be made visible to us in figurative form, which is expressed
and manifests its ideal quality through a series of feeling, that is, through an
action, which is of such significance to the emotion, that each and
everything in the work of art appears to be entirely appropriated by the
imagination to express the content selected. The old Italian painters have to
a conspicuous degree, no less than their modern fraternity, depicted love-
scenes, and in part borrowed the material from poetry; but they have known
how to clothe the same with imagination and delight. Cupid and Psyche,
Cupid and Venus, Pluto's rape of Proserpine, the rape of the Sabine women,
such and other similar subjects the old masters depicted in lifelike and
definite situations, in scenes properly motived and not merely as simple
emotion conceived without imaginative grasp, without action. They have
also borrowed love scenes from the Old Testament. We may find an
example in the Dresden Gallery, a picture of Giorgione, in which Jacob,
after his long journey, greets Rachel, presses her hand and kisses her; in the
distance there stand a pair of youths by a spring, busily engaged in watering
their herds, which are feeding, a large number of them, in the dale. Another
picture presents to us Isaac and Rebecca. Rebecca gives Abraham's carls
Art, be spared. To the same class of conception belongs the way that
Schadow, the master of this school, has depicted Goethe's Mignon. The
character of Mignon is wholly poetical. What makes her interesting is her
Past, the severity of her destiny as it affects both her inward and outward
life, the conflict of her Italian, wholly excited passion in a soul which is still
obscure to itself, which can neither decide upon a course of action or object,
and which, being this mystery to itself, merges itself in such and yet can do
itself no good. It is this self-expression wholly divided in itself and yet
retiring into itself, and only letting us see its confusion in isolated and
unrelated eruptions, which creates the awful interest we cannot fail to
experience in her. Such a network of contradictions we may no doubt
imagine in our minds, but the art of painting is wholly unable to, present it
to us, as Schadow has attempted to do, simply by means of Mignon's form
and physiognomy, without defining further any situation or action. We may,
therefore, assert generally that the above-mentioned pictures are conceived
without any real insight for situations, motives, and expression. It is, in
short, an inseparable condition of genuine artistic representations of
painting that the entire subject-matter should be grasped with imaginative
power, should be made visible to us in figurative form, which is expressed
and manifests its ideal quality through a series of feeling, that is, through an
action, which is of such significance to the emotion, that each and
everything in the work of art appears to be entirely appropriated by the
imagination to express the content selected. The old Italian painters have to
a conspicuous degree, no less than their modern fraternity, depicted love-
scenes, and in part borrowed the material from poetry; but they have known
how to clothe the same with imagination and delight. Cupid and Psyche,
Cupid and Venus, Pluto's rape of Proserpine, the rape of the Sabine women,
such and other similar subjects the old masters depicted in lifelike and
definite situations, in scenes properly motived and not merely as simple
emotion conceived without imaginative grasp, without action. They have
also borrowed love scenes from the Old Testament. We may find an
example in the Dresden Gallery, a picture of Giorgione, in which Jacob,
after his long journey, greets Rachel, presses her hand and kisses her; in the
distance there stand a pair of youths by a spring, busily engaged in watering
their herds, which are feeding, a large number of them, in the dale. Another
picture presents to us Isaac and Rebecca. Rebecca gives Abraham's carls
Page 280
water to drink and is recognized in doing so. In the same way scenes are
taken from Ariosto; we have Medor, for example, writing the name of
Angelica on the edge of a spring. When, therefore, people nowadays refer
to poetry in painting, this can only mean, as already insisted, that we must
grasp a subject imaginatively and suffer emotions to unfold themselves in
action; it excludes the idea of securing feeling simply as such or
endeavouring thus to express it. Even poetry, which is capable of expressing
emotion in its ideal or spiritual substance, is unfolded in ideas, images, and
descriptions. If this art was content to abide by a mere "I love thee,"
repeated eternally, as its entire expression, such a consummation no doubt,
might prove highly agreeable to those masters who have talked so much
about the poetry of poetry, but it would be the blankest prose for all that.
For art generally in its relation to emotion consists in the apprehension and
enjoyment of the same by means of the imagination, which in poetry
displays passion in its conceptions, and satisfies us in their expression,
whether that expression be lyrical, or conveyed in epical events, or dramatic
action. As a presentment of the inward life of soul, however, in painting the
mouth, eye, and pose, do not alone suffice; we must have the total objective
realization in its concreteness to make valid and vouch for such ideality.
The main thing, then, in a picture is that it present to us a situation, the
scene of some action. And closely associated with this we have the primary
law of intelligibility. In this respect religious subjects possess the supreme
advantage, that they are universally known. The annunciation of the angel,
the adoration of the shepherds or of the three kings, the repose in the flight
to Egypt, the crucifixion, burial, resurrection, no less than the legends of the
saints, were well known subjects with the public, for whom such pictures
were painted, albeit to our own generation the stories of the martyrs are
removed to some distance. For a particular church, for example, it was
mainly the biography of its patrons or its guardian saints which was
represented. Consequently it was not always the painters themselves who
selected such subjects; particular circumstances rendered such selection
inevitable for particular altars, chapels, and cloisters, so that the place
where they are exhibited in itself contributes to their elucidation. And this
is, in part, necessary, for in painting we do not find speech, words, and
names, by which interpretation of poetry may be materially assisted to say
nothing of all its other means. And in the same way in a royal residence,
council-hall, or parliament-building, scenes of great events, important
taken from Ariosto; we have Medor, for example, writing the name of
Angelica on the edge of a spring. When, therefore, people nowadays refer
to poetry in painting, this can only mean, as already insisted, that we must
grasp a subject imaginatively and suffer emotions to unfold themselves in
action; it excludes the idea of securing feeling simply as such or
endeavouring thus to express it. Even poetry, which is capable of expressing
emotion in its ideal or spiritual substance, is unfolded in ideas, images, and
descriptions. If this art was content to abide by a mere "I love thee,"
repeated eternally, as its entire expression, such a consummation no doubt,
might prove highly agreeable to those masters who have talked so much
about the poetry of poetry, but it would be the blankest prose for all that.
For art generally in its relation to emotion consists in the apprehension and
enjoyment of the same by means of the imagination, which in poetry
displays passion in its conceptions, and satisfies us in their expression,
whether that expression be lyrical, or conveyed in epical events, or dramatic
action. As a presentment of the inward life of soul, however, in painting the
mouth, eye, and pose, do not alone suffice; we must have the total objective
realization in its concreteness to make valid and vouch for such ideality.
The main thing, then, in a picture is that it present to us a situation, the
scene of some action. And closely associated with this we have the primary
law of intelligibility. In this respect religious subjects possess the supreme
advantage, that they are universally known. The annunciation of the angel,
the adoration of the shepherds or of the three kings, the repose in the flight
to Egypt, the crucifixion, burial, resurrection, no less than the legends of the
saints, were well known subjects with the public, for whom such pictures
were painted, albeit to our own generation the stories of the martyrs are
removed to some distance. For a particular church, for example, it was
mainly the biography of its patrons or its guardian saints which was
represented. Consequently it was not always the painters themselves who
selected such subjects; particular circumstances rendered such selection
inevitable for particular altars, chapels, and cloisters, so that the place
where they are exhibited in itself contributes to their elucidation. And this
is, in part, necessary, for in painting we do not find speech, words, and
names, by which interpretation of poetry may be materially assisted to say
nothing of all its other means. And in the same way in a royal residence,
council-hall, or parliament-building, scenes of great events, important
Page 281
situations taken from the history of the state, city, and building in which
they are found are there, and receive a just recognition in the place for
which they were originally painted. It is hardly likely, for instance, that in
painting a picture for one of our palaces an artist would select a subject
borrowed from English or Chinese history, or from the life of King
Mithridates. It is otherwise in picture galleries, where we have all kinds of
subjects brought together that we could wish to buy or possess as examples
of fine works of art. In such a case, of course, the peculiar relation of any
picture to a definite locale, no less than its intelligibility, so far as it is
thereby promoted, disappears. The same thing is true of the private
collection. The collector brings together just what he can get; the principle
is that of a public gallery, and his love of art or caprice may extend in other
directions.
Allegorical pictures are far inferior to those of historical content in the
matter of intelligibility; they are, moreover, for the reason that the ideal
vitality and emphatic characterization of the figures must in great measure
pass out of them, indefinite, and not motive to enthusiasm. Landscapes and
situations borrowed from the reality of daily life, are, on the contrary, no
less clear in their substantial import than, in respect to their
characterization, dramatic variety, movement and wealth of existence, they
supply a highly favourable opportunity for inventive power and executive
ability.
(ββ) To render the defined situation of a picture intelligible, in so far as the
artist is called upon to do this, the mere fact of its local place of exposition
and a general knowledge of its subject will not suffice. As a general rule,
these are purely external relations, under which the work as a work of art is
less affected. The main point of real importance consists, on the contrary, in
this that the artist be sufficiently endowed in artistic sense and general talent
to bring into prominence and give form to the varied motives, which such a
situation contains, with all the bounty of invention. Every action, in which
the ideal world is manifested in that which is external, possesses immediate
modes of expression, sensuous results and relations, which, in so far as they
are actually the activities of spirit, betray and reflect its emotion, and
consequently can be utilized with the greatest advantage as motives which
contribute to the intelligibility of the work no less than its individual
character. It is, for example, a frequent criticism of the Transfiguration
they are found are there, and receive a just recognition in the place for
which they were originally painted. It is hardly likely, for instance, that in
painting a picture for one of our palaces an artist would select a subject
borrowed from English or Chinese history, or from the life of King
Mithridates. It is otherwise in picture galleries, where we have all kinds of
subjects brought together that we could wish to buy or possess as examples
of fine works of art. In such a case, of course, the peculiar relation of any
picture to a definite locale, no less than its intelligibility, so far as it is
thereby promoted, disappears. The same thing is true of the private
collection. The collector brings together just what he can get; the principle
is that of a public gallery, and his love of art or caprice may extend in other
directions.
Allegorical pictures are far inferior to those of historical content in the
matter of intelligibility; they are, moreover, for the reason that the ideal
vitality and emphatic characterization of the figures must in great measure
pass out of them, indefinite, and not motive to enthusiasm. Landscapes and
situations borrowed from the reality of daily life, are, on the contrary, no
less clear in their substantial import than, in respect to their
characterization, dramatic variety, movement and wealth of existence, they
supply a highly favourable opportunity for inventive power and executive
ability.
(ββ) To render the defined situation of a picture intelligible, in so far as the
artist is called upon to do this, the mere fact of its local place of exposition
and a general knowledge of its subject will not suffice. As a general rule,
these are purely external relations, under which the work as a work of art is
less affected. The main point of real importance consists, on the contrary, in
this that the artist be sufficiently endowed in artistic sense and general talent
to bring into prominence and give form to the varied motives, which such a
situation contains, with all the bounty of invention. Every action, in which
the ideal world is manifested in that which is external, possesses immediate
modes of expression, sensuous results and relations, which, in so far as they
are actually the activities of spirit, betray and reflect its emotion, and
consequently can be utilized with the greatest advantage as motives which
contribute to the intelligibility of the work no less than its individual
character. It is, for example, a frequent criticism of the Transfiguration
Page 282
picture of Raphael, that the composition is cut up into two unrelated parts;
and this from an objective standpoint is the case. We have the
transfiguration on the hill and the incident of the possessed child in the
foreground. From an ideal[315] point of view, however, an association of
supreme significance is undoubtedly present. For, on the one hand, the
sensuous transfiguration of Christ is just this very exaltation of himself
above the earth and his removal from his disciples, a removal which as such
separation ought to be made visible; and from a further point of view the
majesty of Christ is in this, an actual and particular case, to the highest
degree emphasized by the fact that the disciples are unable to heal the
possessed child without the assistance of their Master. In this instance,
therefore, this twofold action is throughout motived, and the association is
enforced before our eyes, both in its external and ideal aspect, by the
incident that a disciple expressly points to Christ who is removed from
them, and in doing so suggests the profounder truth of the Son of God to be
at the same time on Earth, in accordance with the truth of that saying, "If
two are gathered together in my name I am in the midst of them." I will
give yet another illustration. Goethe on one occasion gave as a subject for a
prize exhibition the representation of Achilles in female garments at the
coming of Odysseus. In one drawing Achilles glances at the helmet of the
armed hero, his heart fires up at the sight, and in consequence of this
emotion the pearl necklace is broken which he wears round the neck. A lad
seeks for and picks up the pieces from the ground. Such is an example of
admirable motive.
Moreover, the artist finds he has to a more or less extent large spaces to fill
in; he requires landscape as background, lighting, architectonic
surrounding, and he has to introduce incidental figures and objects and so
forth. All this material he should apply, in so far as it can be so adapted, as
motives in the situation, and bring this external matter into unity with his
subject in such a way that it is no longer insignificant. Two princes or
patriarchs shake hands. If this is indicative of a peace treaty, and the seal
upon the same, warriors, armed bands, and the like, preparations for a
sacrifice to solemnize the pact, will be an obviously fitting environment. If
such people happen to meet each other with a similar welcome on a
journey, other motives will be necessary. To invent the same in a way that
attaches real significance and individualization to the action, this it is which
more than anything else will test the artistic insight of the painter so far as
and this from an objective standpoint is the case. We have the
transfiguration on the hill and the incident of the possessed child in the
foreground. From an ideal[315] point of view, however, an association of
supreme significance is undoubtedly present. For, on the one hand, the
sensuous transfiguration of Christ is just this very exaltation of himself
above the earth and his removal from his disciples, a removal which as such
separation ought to be made visible; and from a further point of view the
majesty of Christ is in this, an actual and particular case, to the highest
degree emphasized by the fact that the disciples are unable to heal the
possessed child without the assistance of their Master. In this instance,
therefore, this twofold action is throughout motived, and the association is
enforced before our eyes, both in its external and ideal aspect, by the
incident that a disciple expressly points to Christ who is removed from
them, and in doing so suggests the profounder truth of the Son of God to be
at the same time on Earth, in accordance with the truth of that saying, "If
two are gathered together in my name I am in the midst of them." I will
give yet another illustration. Goethe on one occasion gave as a subject for a
prize exhibition the representation of Achilles in female garments at the
coming of Odysseus. In one drawing Achilles glances at the helmet of the
armed hero, his heart fires up at the sight, and in consequence of this
emotion the pearl necklace is broken which he wears round the neck. A lad
seeks for and picks up the pieces from the ground. Such is an example of
admirable motive.
Moreover, the artist finds he has to a more or less extent large spaces to fill
in; he requires landscape as background, lighting, architectonic
surrounding, and he has to introduce incidental figures and objects and so
forth. All this material he should apply, in so far as it can be so adapted, as
motives in the situation, and bring this external matter into unity with his
subject in such a way that it is no longer insignificant. Two princes or
patriarchs shake hands. If this is indicative of a peace treaty, and the seal
upon the same, warriors, armed bands, and the like, preparations for a
sacrifice to solemnize the pact, will be an obviously fitting environment. If
such people happen to meet each other with a similar welcome on a
journey, other motives will be necessary. To invent the same in a way that
attaches real significance and individualization to the action, this it is which
more than anything else will test the artistic insight of the painter so far as
Page 283
this aspect of his work is concerned. And in order to promote this not a few
artists have also attached symbolical relations between background and the
main action. In the composition, for example, of the Adoration of the three
Kings, we not unfrequently find the holy Infant in His cradle beneath a
ruined roof, around Him the walls of a building falling in decay, and in the
background the commencement of a cathedral. The falling stone-work and
the rising cathedral directly suggest the victory of the Christian church over
paganism[316]. In the same way we find, not unfrequently, in pictures, more
especially of the Van Eyck school, which depict the greeting of the angel
Gabriel to Mary, flowering lilies like stamens. They indicate the
maidenhood of the mother of God.
(γγ) Inasmuch as in the third place the art of painting, by virtue of the
principle of ideal and external variety, in which it is bound to give clear
definition to situations, events, conflicts, and actions, is forced to deal on its
way with many kinds of distinction and contradiction in its subject-matter,
whether purely natural objects or human figures, and, moreover, receives
the task to subdivide this composite content, and create of it one
harmonious whole, a way of posing and grouping its figures artistically,
becomes one of the most important and necessary claims made upon it.
Among the crowd of particular rules and definitions, however, which are
applicable to this subject, what we are able to affirm in its most general
terms can only be valid in quite a formal way, and I will merely draw
attention shortly to a few of the main points.
The earliest mode of composition still remains entirely architectonic, a
homogeneous juxtaposition of figures or a regular opposition and
symmetrical arrangement, not merely of the figures themselves, but also
their posture and movements. We may add that at this stage the pyramidal
form of grouping is much in favour. When the subject is the Crucifixion of
our Lord such shapes follow as a matter of course. Christ is suspended on
high from the cross, and at the sides we have a group of the disciples, Mary
the mother, or saints. In pictures of the Madonna also, in which Mary is
seated with her Child on a raised throne, and we find adoring apostles,
martyrs, and so forth, beneath them on either side we have a further
illustration of this form. Even in the Sistine Madonna picture this mode of
grouping is still in its fundamental features retained. And, generally, it
brings repose to the eye because the pyramids, by virtue of its apex, makes
artists have also attached symbolical relations between background and the
main action. In the composition, for example, of the Adoration of the three
Kings, we not unfrequently find the holy Infant in His cradle beneath a
ruined roof, around Him the walls of a building falling in decay, and in the
background the commencement of a cathedral. The falling stone-work and
the rising cathedral directly suggest the victory of the Christian church over
paganism[316]. In the same way we find, not unfrequently, in pictures, more
especially of the Van Eyck school, which depict the greeting of the angel
Gabriel to Mary, flowering lilies like stamens. They indicate the
maidenhood of the mother of God.
(γγ) Inasmuch as in the third place the art of painting, by virtue of the
principle of ideal and external variety, in which it is bound to give clear
definition to situations, events, conflicts, and actions, is forced to deal on its
way with many kinds of distinction and contradiction in its subject-matter,
whether purely natural objects or human figures, and, moreover, receives
the task to subdivide this composite content, and create of it one
harmonious whole, a way of posing and grouping its figures artistically,
becomes one of the most important and necessary claims made upon it.
Among the crowd of particular rules and definitions, however, which are
applicable to this subject, what we are able to affirm in its most general
terms can only be valid in quite a formal way, and I will merely draw
attention shortly to a few of the main points.
The earliest mode of composition still remains entirely architectonic, a
homogeneous juxtaposition of figures or a regular opposition and
symmetrical arrangement, not merely of the figures themselves, but also
their posture and movements. We may add that at this stage the pyramidal
form of grouping is much in favour. When the subject is the Crucifixion of
our Lord such shapes follow as a matter of course. Christ is suspended on
high from the cross, and at the sides we have a group of the disciples, Mary
the mother, or saints. In pictures of the Madonna also, in which Mary is
seated with her Child on a raised throne, and we find adoring apostles,
martyrs, and so forth, beneath them on either side we have a further
illustration of this form. Even in the Sistine Madonna picture this mode of
grouping is still in its fundamental features retained. And, generally, it
brings repose to the eye because the pyramids, by virtue of its apex, makes
Page 284
the otherwise dispersed association coherent, giving an external point of
unity to the group[317].
Within the limits, however, of such a generally abstract symmetrical
composition, the pose of the figures may be marked in detail by great
vividness and individuality, and equally the general expression and
movement. The artist, while using in combination the means of his art, will
have his several planes, whereby he is able more definitely to emphasize the
more important figures as against the others; and he can in addition avail
himself of his scheme of lighting and colour. The way he will arrange his
groups to arrive at this result is sufficiently obvious. He will not, of course,
place his main figures at the sides, or place subordinate ones in positions
which are likely to attract the highest attention. And similarly he will throw
the strongest light on objects which are part of the most significant content,
rather than leave them in shadow, and emphasize with such strong light and
the most conspicuous tints objects which are incidental.
In the case he adopts a method of grouping less symmetrical, and thereby
more life-like, the artist will have to take especial pains not to make the
figures press too closely on each other, which results in a confusion not
unfrequently noticeable in certain pictures; we should not be under the
necessity of having first to identify limbs and discover which belong to
which, whether they be arms, legs, or other properties, such as drapery,
armour, and so forth. It will, on the contrary, be wisest in the case of larger
compositions, in the first instance no doubt, to separate the whole into
component parts easily ascertained, but, at the same time, not to isolate
them in dispersion entirely. And particularly will this be advisable where we
have scenes and situations, which on their own account naturally tend to a
broad and disunited effect such as the gathering of manna in the wilderness,
market-fairs, and similar subjects.
On the above subject I must restrict myself here to these very general
observations.
(γ) Having thus, firstly, dealt with the general types of pictorial
composition, and, secondly, with a composition from the point of view of
selection of situations, arrangement of motives and grouping, we will now
add a few remarks upon the mode of characterization, by means of which
painting is to be distinguished from sculpture and its ideal plastic character.
unity to the group[317].
Within the limits, however, of such a generally abstract symmetrical
composition, the pose of the figures may be marked in detail by great
vividness and individuality, and equally the general expression and
movement. The artist, while using in combination the means of his art, will
have his several planes, whereby he is able more definitely to emphasize the
more important figures as against the others; and he can in addition avail
himself of his scheme of lighting and colour. The way he will arrange his
groups to arrive at this result is sufficiently obvious. He will not, of course,
place his main figures at the sides, or place subordinate ones in positions
which are likely to attract the highest attention. And similarly he will throw
the strongest light on objects which are part of the most significant content,
rather than leave them in shadow, and emphasize with such strong light and
the most conspicuous tints objects which are incidental.
In the case he adopts a method of grouping less symmetrical, and thereby
more life-like, the artist will have to take especial pains not to make the
figures press too closely on each other, which results in a confusion not
unfrequently noticeable in certain pictures; we should not be under the
necessity of having first to identify limbs and discover which belong to
which, whether they be arms, legs, or other properties, such as drapery,
armour, and so forth. It will, on the contrary, be wisest in the case of larger
compositions, in the first instance no doubt, to separate the whole into
component parts easily ascertained, but, at the same time, not to isolate
them in dispersion entirely. And particularly will this be advisable where we
have scenes and situations, which on their own account naturally tend to a
broad and disunited effect such as the gathering of manna in the wilderness,
market-fairs, and similar subjects.
On the above subject I must restrict myself here to these very general
observations.
(γ) Having thus, firstly, dealt with the general types of pictorial
composition, and, secondly, with a composition from the point of view of
selection of situations, arrangement of motives and grouping, we will now
add a few remarks upon the mode of characterization, by means of which
painting is to be distinguished from sculpture and its ideal plastic character.
Page 285
(αα) I have several times previously taken occasion to remark, that in
painting the ideal and external particularity of soul-life is admitted in its
freedom, and consequently is not necessarily that typical beauty of
individualization which is inseparable from the Ideal itself, but one which is
suffered to expand in every direction of particular appearance, by virtue of
which we obtain that which in modern parlance is called characteristic.
Critics have generally referred to "the characteristic" thus understood as the
distinctive mark of modern art in its contrast to the antique; and, in the
significance we are here attaching to the term, no doubt the above contrast
is just. According to our modern criterion Zeus, Apollo, Diana, and the rest
are really not characters at all in this sense, although we cannot fail to
admire their infinitely lofty, plastic, and ideal individualities. We already
find a more articulate individualization is approached by the Homeric
Achilles, the Agamemnon and Clytemnestra of Aeschylus[318], or the
Odysseus, Antigone, and Ismene in the type of spiritual development which
by word and deed Sophocles unfolds to us, a definition in which these
figures subsist in what appears to be consonant with their substantive
nature, so that we can no doubt discover the presentment of character in the
antique if we are prepared to call such creations characters. Still in
Agamemnon, Ajax, Odysseus, and the rest, the individualization remains
throughout of a generalized type, the character of a prince, of frantic rage,
of cunning in its more abstract determinacy. The individual aspect is in the
result closely intertwined with the general conception, and the character is
merged in an individualization of ideal import. The art of painting, on the
contrary, which does not restrain particularity within the limits of such
ideality, is more than anything else occupied with developing the entire
variety of that aspect of particularization which is accidental, so that what
we have now set before us, instead of those plastic ideals of gods and men,
is particular people viewed in all the varied appearance of their accidental
qualities. Consequently perfection of corporeal form, and the fully realized
consonancy of the spiritual or ideal aspect with its free and sane existence,
in a word, all that in sculpture we referred to as ideal beauty, in the art of
painting neither make the same claim upon us, nor generally are regarded as
the matter of most importance, inasmuch as now it is the ideality of soul-
life itself, and its manifestation as conscious life which forms the centre of
interest. In this more ideal sphere that realm of Nature is not so profoundly
insistent. Piety of heart, religion of soul can, no less than ethical sense, and
painting the ideal and external particularity of soul-life is admitted in its
freedom, and consequently is not necessarily that typical beauty of
individualization which is inseparable from the Ideal itself, but one which is
suffered to expand in every direction of particular appearance, by virtue of
which we obtain that which in modern parlance is called characteristic.
Critics have generally referred to "the characteristic" thus understood as the
distinctive mark of modern art in its contrast to the antique; and, in the
significance we are here attaching to the term, no doubt the above contrast
is just. According to our modern criterion Zeus, Apollo, Diana, and the rest
are really not characters at all in this sense, although we cannot fail to
admire their infinitely lofty, plastic, and ideal individualities. We already
find a more articulate individualization is approached by the Homeric
Achilles, the Agamemnon and Clytemnestra of Aeschylus[318], or the
Odysseus, Antigone, and Ismene in the type of spiritual development which
by word and deed Sophocles unfolds to us, a definition in which these
figures subsist in what appears to be consonant with their substantive
nature, so that we can no doubt discover the presentment of character in the
antique if we are prepared to call such creations characters. Still in
Agamemnon, Ajax, Odysseus, and the rest, the individualization remains
throughout of a generalized type, the character of a prince, of frantic rage,
of cunning in its more abstract determinacy. The individual aspect is in the
result closely intertwined with the general conception, and the character is
merged in an individualization of ideal import. The art of painting, on the
contrary, which does not restrain particularity within the limits of such
ideality, is more than anything else occupied with developing the entire
variety of that aspect of particularization which is accidental, so that what
we have now set before us, instead of those plastic ideals of gods and men,
is particular people viewed in all the varied appearance of their accidental
qualities. Consequently perfection of corporeal form, and the fully realized
consonancy of the spiritual or ideal aspect with its free and sane existence,
in a word, all that in sculpture we referred to as ideal beauty, in the art of
painting neither make the same claim upon us, nor generally are regarded as
the matter of most importance, inasmuch as now it is the ideality of soul-
life itself, and its manifestation as conscious life which forms the centre of
interest. In this more ideal sphere that realm of Nature is not so profoundly
insistent. Piety of heart, religion of soul can, no less than ethical sense, and
Page 286
activity in fact did in the Silenus face of Socrates, find a dwelling in a
bodily form which, viewed on the outside simply, is ugly and distorted. No
doubt in expressing spiritual beauty, the artist will avoid what is essentially
ugly in external form, or will find a way to subdue and illumine it in the
power of the soul which breaks through it, but he cannot for all that entirely
dispense with ugliness[319]. For the content of painting, as we have above
depicted it at length, includes within itself an aspect, for which it is
precisely the abnormal and distorted traits of human figures and
physiognomy, which are most able to express. This is no other than the
sphere of what is bad and evil, which in religious subjects we find mainly
represented by the common soldiers, who take a part in the passion of
Christ, or by the sinners and devils in hell. Michelangelo was pre-eminent
in his delineation of devils. In his imaginative realization, though we find
he passes beyond the scale of ordinary human life, yet at the same time an
affinity with it is retained. However much notwithstanding the
impersonations which painting sets before us necessarily disclose an
essentially complete whole of characteristic realization, we will not go so
far as to maintain that we cannot find in them an analogue of that which we
refer to as the Ideal in the most plastic type of art[320]. In religious subjects,
no doubt, the feature of all importance is that of pure Love. This is
exceptionally so in the case of the Virgin mother, whose entire life reposes
in this love; it is more or less the same thing with the women who
accompany the Master, and with John, the disciple of Love. In the
expression of this we may also find the sensuous beauty of forms
associated, as is the case with Raphael's conceptions. Such a close affinity
must not, however, assert itself merely as formal beauty, but must be
spiritually made vital through the most intimate expression of soul-life, and
thereby transfigured; and this spiritual penetration must make itself felt as
the real object and content. The conception, too, of beauty, has its real
opportunity in the stories of Christ's childhood and those of John the
Baptist. In the case of the other historical persons, whether apostles, saints,
disciples, or wise men of antiquity, this expression of an emphasized
intensity of soul-life is rather simply an affair of particular critical
situations, apart from which they are mainly placed before us as
independent characters of the actual world of experience, endowed with
force and endurance of courage, faith and action, so that what most
determines the gist of their characters in all its variety is an earnest and
bodily form which, viewed on the outside simply, is ugly and distorted. No
doubt in expressing spiritual beauty, the artist will avoid what is essentially
ugly in external form, or will find a way to subdue and illumine it in the
power of the soul which breaks through it, but he cannot for all that entirely
dispense with ugliness[319]. For the content of painting, as we have above
depicted it at length, includes within itself an aspect, for which it is
precisely the abnormal and distorted traits of human figures and
physiognomy, which are most able to express. This is no other than the
sphere of what is bad and evil, which in religious subjects we find mainly
represented by the common soldiers, who take a part in the passion of
Christ, or by the sinners and devils in hell. Michelangelo was pre-eminent
in his delineation of devils. In his imaginative realization, though we find
he passes beyond the scale of ordinary human life, yet at the same time an
affinity with it is retained. However much notwithstanding the
impersonations which painting sets before us necessarily disclose an
essentially complete whole of characteristic realization, we will not go so
far as to maintain that we cannot find in them an analogue of that which we
refer to as the Ideal in the most plastic type of art[320]. In religious subjects,
no doubt, the feature of all importance is that of pure Love. This is
exceptionally so in the case of the Virgin mother, whose entire life reposes
in this love; it is more or less the same thing with the women who
accompany the Master, and with John, the disciple of Love. In the
expression of this we may also find the sensuous beauty of forms
associated, as is the case with Raphael's conceptions. Such a close affinity
must not, however, assert itself merely as formal beauty, but must be
spiritually made vital through the most intimate expression of soul-life, and
thereby transfigured; and this spiritual penetration must make itself felt as
the real object and content. The conception, too, of beauty, has its real
opportunity in the stories of Christ's childhood and those of John the
Baptist. In the case of the other historical persons, whether apostles, saints,
disciples, or wise men of antiquity, this expression of an emphasized
intensity of soul-life is rather simply an affair of particular critical
situations, apart from which they are mainly placed before us as
independent characters of the actual world of experience, endowed with
force and endurance of courage, faith and action, so that what most
determines the gist of their characters in all its variety is an earnest and
Page 287
worthy manliness. They are not ideals of gods, but entirely individualized
human ideals; not simply men, as they ought to be, but human ideals[321], as
they actually are in a certain place, to which neither particular definition of
character is wanting, nor yet a real association between such particularity
and the universal type which completes them. Michelangelo, Raphael and
Leonardo da Vinci, in his famous Last Supper, have supplied examples of
this type, in the composition of which we find an entirely different quality
of worth, majesty and nobility present than in those presented by other
painters[322]. This is precisely the point at which painting meets on the same
ground with the ancients, without, however, sacrificing the character of its
own province.
(ββ) Inasmuch, moreover, as the art of painting, to the fullest extent among
the plastic arts, acknowledges the claim of the specific form, and the
individualized characterization to assert itself, so above all we find here the
transition to real portraiture. We should be therefore wholly in the wrong if
we condemned portrait painting as incompatible with the lofty aims of art.
Who indeed could desire to lose the great number of excellent portraits
painted by the great masters? Who is not, quite apart from the artistic merits
of such works, curious to have definitely substantiated to their vision this
actual counterfeit of the idea of famous personalities, their genius, and their
exploits, which they may have otherwise had to accept from history. For
even the greatest and most highly placed man was, or is, a veritable
individual, and we desire to see in visible shape this individuality, and the
spiritual impression of it in all its most actual and vital characteristics. But
apart from objects, which lie outside the purview of art, we may assert in a
real sense, that the advances in painting from its imperfect essays consist in
nothing so much as this very elaboration of the portrait. It was, in the first
instance, the pious and devotional sense which brought into prominence the
ideal life of soul. A yet finer art added new life to this sense by adding to its
product reality of expression and individual existence; and with this
profounder penetration into external fact the inward life of spirit, the
expression of which was its main object, was also enhanced and deepened.
In order, however, that the portrait should be a genuine work of art the unity
of the spiritual individuality must, as I have already stated, be stamped upon
it, and the spiritual impression of the characterization must be the one
mainly emphasized and made prominent. Every feature of the countenance
human ideals; not simply men, as they ought to be, but human ideals[321], as
they actually are in a certain place, to which neither particular definition of
character is wanting, nor yet a real association between such particularity
and the universal type which completes them. Michelangelo, Raphael and
Leonardo da Vinci, in his famous Last Supper, have supplied examples of
this type, in the composition of which we find an entirely different quality
of worth, majesty and nobility present than in those presented by other
painters[322]. This is precisely the point at which painting meets on the same
ground with the ancients, without, however, sacrificing the character of its
own province.
(ββ) Inasmuch, moreover, as the art of painting, to the fullest extent among
the plastic arts, acknowledges the claim of the specific form, and the
individualized characterization to assert itself, so above all we find here the
transition to real portraiture. We should be therefore wholly in the wrong if
we condemned portrait painting as incompatible with the lofty aims of art.
Who indeed could desire to lose the great number of excellent portraits
painted by the great masters? Who is not, quite apart from the artistic merits
of such works, curious to have definitely substantiated to their vision this
actual counterfeit of the idea of famous personalities, their genius, and their
exploits, which they may have otherwise had to accept from history. For
even the greatest and most highly placed man was, or is, a veritable
individual, and we desire to see in visible shape this individuality, and the
spiritual impression of it in all its most actual and vital characteristics. But
apart from objects, which lie outside the purview of art, we may assert in a
real sense, that the advances in painting from its imperfect essays consist in
nothing so much as this very elaboration of the portrait. It was, in the first
instance, the pious and devotional sense which brought into prominence the
ideal life of soul. A yet finer art added new life to this sense by adding to its
product reality of expression and individual existence; and with this
profounder penetration into external fact the inward life of spirit, the
expression of which was its main object, was also enhanced and deepened.
In order, however, that the portrait should be a genuine work of art the unity
of the spiritual individuality must, as I have already stated, be stamped upon
it, and the spiritual impression of the characterization must be the one
mainly emphasized and made prominent. Every feature of the countenance
Page 288
contributes to this result in a conspicuous degree, and the fine instinct for
detecting such in the artist will declare itself by the way in which he makes
visible the unique impression of any personality by seizing and
emphasizing precisely those traits, and parts in which this distinctive
personal quality is expressed in its clearest and most vitally pregnant
embodiment. In this respect a portrait may be very true to Nature, executed
with the greatest perseverance, and yet entirely devoid of life, while a mere
sketch[323], a few outlines from the hand of a master, may be infinitely more
vivacious and arresting in its truth. Such a study should, however, by
indicating the lines or features of real significance, reflect that character in
its structural completeness[324], if on the simplest scale, which the previous
lifeless execution and insistence upon crude fact glosses over and renders
invisible. The most advisable course, as a rule, is to maintain a happy mean
between such studies, and purely natural imitation. The masterly portraits of
Titian are of this type. The impression such make on us is that of a complete
personality. We get from them an idea of spiritual vitality, such as actual
experience is unable to supply. The effect is similar to that afforded by the
description of great actions and events in the hands of a truly artistic
historian. We obtain from such a much loftier and vitally true picture of the
facts than any we could have taken from the direct evidence of our senses.
Concrete reality is so overburdened with the phenomenal, that is incidental
or accidental detail, that we frequently cannot see the forest for the trees,
and often the most important fact slips by us as a thing of common or daily
occurrence. It is the indwelling insight and genius of the writer which first
adds the quality of greatness to events or actions, presenting them fully in a
truly historical composition, which rejects what is purely external, and only
brings into prominence that through which that ideal substance is vitally
unfolded. In this way, too, the painter should place before us the mind[325]
and character of the impersonation by means of his art. If success is fully
attained we may affirm that a portrait of this qualify is more to the mark,
more like the personality thus conceived than the real man himself is.
Albrecht Dürer has also executed portraits of this character. With a few
technical means the traits are emphasized with such simplicity, definition,
and dignity, that we wholly believe ourselves to be facing spiritual life
itself. The longer we look at such a picture, the more profoundly we
penetrate into it, the more it is revealed to us. It reminds one of a clear-cut
drawing, instinct with genius, which completely gives expression to the
detecting such in the artist will declare itself by the way in which he makes
visible the unique impression of any personality by seizing and
emphasizing precisely those traits, and parts in which this distinctive
personal quality is expressed in its clearest and most vitally pregnant
embodiment. In this respect a portrait may be very true to Nature, executed
with the greatest perseverance, and yet entirely devoid of life, while a mere
sketch[323], a few outlines from the hand of a master, may be infinitely more
vivacious and arresting in its truth. Such a study should, however, by
indicating the lines or features of real significance, reflect that character in
its structural completeness[324], if on the simplest scale, which the previous
lifeless execution and insistence upon crude fact glosses over and renders
invisible. The most advisable course, as a rule, is to maintain a happy mean
between such studies, and purely natural imitation. The masterly portraits of
Titian are of this type. The impression such make on us is that of a complete
personality. We get from them an idea of spiritual vitality, such as actual
experience is unable to supply. The effect is similar to that afforded by the
description of great actions and events in the hands of a truly artistic
historian. We obtain from such a much loftier and vitally true picture of the
facts than any we could have taken from the direct evidence of our senses.
Concrete reality is so overburdened with the phenomenal, that is incidental
or accidental detail, that we frequently cannot see the forest for the trees,
and often the most important fact slips by us as a thing of common or daily
occurrence. It is the indwelling insight and genius of the writer which first
adds the quality of greatness to events or actions, presenting them fully in a
truly historical composition, which rejects what is purely external, and only
brings into prominence that through which that ideal substance is vitally
unfolded. In this way, too, the painter should place before us the mind[325]
and character of the impersonation by means of his art. If success is fully
attained we may affirm that a portrait of this qualify is more to the mark,
more like the personality thus conceived than the real man himself is.
Albrecht Dürer has also executed portraits of this character. With a few
technical means the traits are emphasized with such simplicity, definition,
and dignity, that we wholly believe ourselves to be facing spiritual life
itself. The longer we look at such a picture, the more profoundly we
penetrate into it, the more it is revealed to us. It reminds one of a clear-cut
drawing, instinct with genius, which completely gives expression to the
Page 289
characteristic, and for the rest is merely executive in its colour and outlines
in so far as the same may make the characterization more intelligible,
apparent, and finished as a whole, without entering into all the importunate
detail of the facts of natural life. In the same way also Nature in her
landscape paints every leaf, branch, and blade to the last shadow of a line or
tint. Landscape painting, on the contrary, has no business to attempt such
elaboration, but may only follow her subject to a principle of treatment, in
which the expression of the whole is involved, which emphasizes detail, but
nevertheless does not copy slavishly such particulars in all their threads,
irregularities and so forth, assuming it is to remain essentially characteristic
and individual work. In the human face the drawing of Nature is the
framework of bone in its harsh lines, around which the softer ones are
disposed and continue in various accidental details. Truly
characteristicportraiture, however, despite all the importance we may
rightly attach to these well defined lines, consists in other traits indicated
with equal force, the countenance in short as elaborated by the creative
artist.[326] In this sense we may say of the portrait that it not only can, but
that it ought to flatter, inasmuch as it neglects what pertains to Nature's
contingency, and only accepts that which contributes to the characteristic
content of the individual portrayed, his most unique and most intimate self.
Nowadays we find it the fashion to give every kind of face just a ripple of a
smile, to emphasize its amiability, a very questionable fashion indeed, and
one hard to restrain within the limit imposed. Charming, no doubt; but the
merely polite amiability of social intercourse is not a fundamental trait of
any character, and becomes in the hands of many artists only too readily the
most insipid kind of sweetness.
(γγ) However compatible with portraiture the course of painting may be in
all its modes of production it should, however, make the particular features
of the face, the specific forms, ways of posing, grouping, and schemes of
colour consonant with the actual situation, in which it composes its figures
and natural objects in order to express a content. For it is just this content in
this particular situation which should be portrayed.
Out of the infinitely diversified detail which in this connection we might
examine I will only touch upon one point of vital importance. It is this that
the situation may either be on its own account a passing one, and the
emotion expressed by it of a momentary character, so that one and the same
in so far as the same may make the characterization more intelligible,
apparent, and finished as a whole, without entering into all the importunate
detail of the facts of natural life. In the same way also Nature in her
landscape paints every leaf, branch, and blade to the last shadow of a line or
tint. Landscape painting, on the contrary, has no business to attempt such
elaboration, but may only follow her subject to a principle of treatment, in
which the expression of the whole is involved, which emphasizes detail, but
nevertheless does not copy slavishly such particulars in all their threads,
irregularities and so forth, assuming it is to remain essentially characteristic
and individual work. In the human face the drawing of Nature is the
framework of bone in its harsh lines, around which the softer ones are
disposed and continue in various accidental details. Truly
characteristicportraiture, however, despite all the importance we may
rightly attach to these well defined lines, consists in other traits indicated
with equal force, the countenance in short as elaborated by the creative
artist.[326] In this sense we may say of the portrait that it not only can, but
that it ought to flatter, inasmuch as it neglects what pertains to Nature's
contingency, and only accepts that which contributes to the characteristic
content of the individual portrayed, his most unique and most intimate self.
Nowadays we find it the fashion to give every kind of face just a ripple of a
smile, to emphasize its amiability, a very questionable fashion indeed, and
one hard to restrain within the limit imposed. Charming, no doubt; but the
merely polite amiability of social intercourse is not a fundamental trait of
any character, and becomes in the hands of many artists only too readily the
most insipid kind of sweetness.
(γγ) However compatible with portraiture the course of painting may be in
all its modes of production it should, however, make the particular features
of the face, the specific forms, ways of posing, grouping, and schemes of
colour consonant with the actual situation, in which it composes its figures
and natural objects in order to express a content. For it is just this content in
this particular situation which should be portrayed.
Out of the infinitely diversified detail which in this connection we might
examine I will only touch upon one point of vital importance. It is this that
the situation may either be on its own account a passing one, and the
emotion expressed by it of a momentary character, so that one and the same
Page 290
individual could express many similar ones in addition and also feelings in
contrast with it, or the situation and emotion strikes at the very heart of a
character, which thereby discloses its entire and most intimate nature.
Situations and emotions of this latter type are the truly momentous crises in
characterization[327]. In the situations, for example, in which I have already
referred to the Madonna, one finds nothing, however essentially complete
the individualization of the Mother of God may be in its composition,
which is not a real factor in the embracing compass of her soul and
character. In this case, too, the characterization is such that it is self-evident
that she does not exist apart from what she can express in this specific
circumstance. Supreme masters consequently have painted the Madonna in
such immortal maternal situations or phases. Other masters have still
retained in her character the expression of ordinary life otherwise
experienced and actual. This expression may be very beautiful and life-like,
but this form, the like features, and a similar expression would be equally
applicable to other interests and relations of marriage lore. We are
consequently inclined to regard a figure of this type from yet other points of
view than that of a Madonna, whereas in the supremest works we are
unable to make room for any other thoughts but that which the situation
awakens in us. It is on this ground that I admire so strongly the Mary
Magdalene of Correggio in Dresden, and it will for ever awake such
admiration. We have here the repentant sinner, but we cannot fail to see that
sinfulness is not here the point of serious consideration[328]; it is assumed
she was essentially noble and could not have been capable of bad passions
and actions. Her profound and intimately self-imposed restraint therefore
can only be a return to that which she really is, what is no momentary
situation, but her entire nature. Throughout this entire composition, whether
we look at form, facial expression, dress, pose, or environment, the artist
has therefore not in the slightest degree laid a stress on those circumstances,
which might indicate sin and culpability; she has lost the consciousness of
those times, and is entirely absorbed in her present condition, and this faith,
this instinct, this absorption appears to be her real and complete character.
Such a complete reciprocity between soul-life and external surroundings,
determinacy of character and situation, the masters of Italy have illustrated
with exceptional beauty. In the example I have already referred to of
Kügelchen's picture of the Prodigal Son, on the contrary, we have no doubt
contrast with it, or the situation and emotion strikes at the very heart of a
character, which thereby discloses its entire and most intimate nature.
Situations and emotions of this latter type are the truly momentous crises in
characterization[327]. In the situations, for example, in which I have already
referred to the Madonna, one finds nothing, however essentially complete
the individualization of the Mother of God may be in its composition,
which is not a real factor in the embracing compass of her soul and
character. In this case, too, the characterization is such that it is self-evident
that she does not exist apart from what she can express in this specific
circumstance. Supreme masters consequently have painted the Madonna in
such immortal maternal situations or phases. Other masters have still
retained in her character the expression of ordinary life otherwise
experienced and actual. This expression may be very beautiful and life-like,
but this form, the like features, and a similar expression would be equally
applicable to other interests and relations of marriage lore. We are
consequently inclined to regard a figure of this type from yet other points of
view than that of a Madonna, whereas in the supremest works we are
unable to make room for any other thoughts but that which the situation
awakens in us. It is on this ground that I admire so strongly the Mary
Magdalene of Correggio in Dresden, and it will for ever awake such
admiration. We have here the repentant sinner, but we cannot fail to see that
sinfulness is not here the point of serious consideration[328]; it is assumed
she was essentially noble and could not have been capable of bad passions
and actions. Her profound and intimately self-imposed restraint therefore
can only be a return to that which she really is, what is no momentary
situation, but her entire nature. Throughout this entire composition, whether
we look at form, facial expression, dress, pose, or environment, the artist
has therefore not in the slightest degree laid a stress on those circumstances,
which might indicate sin and culpability; she has lost the consciousness of
those times, and is entirely absorbed in her present condition, and this faith,
this instinct, this absorption appears to be her real and complete character.
Such a complete reciprocity between soul-life and external surroundings,
determinacy of character and situation, the masters of Italy have illustrated
with exceptional beauty. In the example I have already referred to of
Kügelchen's picture of the Prodigal Son, on the contrary, we have no doubt
Page 291
the remorse of repentance and grief expressed to the life; but the artist has
failed to secure the unity of the entire character, which, apart from such an
aspect of it, he possessed, and of the actual conditions under which such
was depicted to us. If we examine quietly such features, we can only find in
them the physiognomy of any one we might chance to meet on the Dresden
bridge or anywhere else. In the case of a real coalescence of character with
the expression of a specific situation such a result would be impossible; just
as, in true genre-painting, even where the concentration is upon the most
fleeting moments of time, the realization is too vivid to leave room for the
notion that the figures before us could ever be otherwise placed or could
have received other traits or an altered type of expression.
These, then, are the main points we have to consider in respect to the
content and the artistic treatment in the sensuous material of painting, the
surface, that is, and colour.
3. HISTORICAL DEVELOPMENT OF PAINTING
In our consideration of this third section of our subject we are unable to
confine ourselves, as we have hitherto done, to a wholly general
examination of the content and purport appropriate to painting, and the
mode of configuration, which follows from its principle, for in so far as this
art is built up on the particularity of characters and their situation, and upon
form and its pose, colour, and so forth, we are compelled to fix in our minds
and discuss the actual reality of this art's separate productions. No study of
painting is complete that does not take into its survey and is unable to enjoy
and criticize the pictures themselves, in which the aspects of it we have
examined are enforced. This is a general rule in the case of all art, but it
applies with exceptional force to painting among those we have up to the
present considered. In the case of architecture and sculpture, where the
embrace of the content is more restricted, the means of exposition and
configuration are to a less extent stamped with wealth and distinctive
modification, and the particular aspects of their definition are simpler and
more radical, we can more readily avail ourselves of copies, descriptions,
and casts. It is essential in dealing with the art of painting that we should
see the actual works themselves. In this case mere descriptions, however
important they may be in a subsidiary sense, will not suffice. In the infinite
variety, however, of its explication, the various aspects of which are united
failed to secure the unity of the entire character, which, apart from such an
aspect of it, he possessed, and of the actual conditions under which such
was depicted to us. If we examine quietly such features, we can only find in
them the physiognomy of any one we might chance to meet on the Dresden
bridge or anywhere else. In the case of a real coalescence of character with
the expression of a specific situation such a result would be impossible; just
as, in true genre-painting, even where the concentration is upon the most
fleeting moments of time, the realization is too vivid to leave room for the
notion that the figures before us could ever be otherwise placed or could
have received other traits or an altered type of expression.
These, then, are the main points we have to consider in respect to the
content and the artistic treatment in the sensuous material of painting, the
surface, that is, and colour.
3. HISTORICAL DEVELOPMENT OF PAINTING
In our consideration of this third section of our subject we are unable to
confine ourselves, as we have hitherto done, to a wholly general
examination of the content and purport appropriate to painting, and the
mode of configuration, which follows from its principle, for in so far as this
art is built up on the particularity of characters and their situation, and upon
form and its pose, colour, and so forth, we are compelled to fix in our minds
and discuss the actual reality of this art's separate productions. No study of
painting is complete that does not take into its survey and is unable to enjoy
and criticize the pictures themselves, in which the aspects of it we have
examined are enforced. This is a general rule in the case of all art, but it
applies with exceptional force to painting among those we have up to the
present considered. In the case of architecture and sculpture, where the
embrace of the content is more restricted, the means of exposition and
configuration are to a less extent stamped with wealth and distinctive
modification, and the particular aspects of their definition are simpler and
more radical, we can more readily avail ourselves of copies, descriptions,
and casts. It is essential in dealing with the art of painting that we should
see the actual works themselves. In this case mere descriptions, however
important they may be in a subsidiary sense, will not suffice. In the infinite
variety, however, of its explication, the various aspects of which are united
Page 292
in particular works of art, these works appear to us in the first instance as a
mere motley array, which, by reason of the fact that our review of it is based
upon no principle of classification, is only to a small extent able to disclose
to us the unique quality of individual pictures. And it follows from this that
galleries, as a rule, if we are not already able to connect with each picture
our knowledge of the country, period, school, and master to which it
belongs, is simply a collection without meaning, in which we lose
ourselves. The most profitable arrangement for study and enjoyment with
our eyes is therefore an exhibition based on historical sequence. A
collection of this kind, co-ordinated in relation to such a principle, unique
and invaluable of its class, we shall shortly be able to admire in the picture
gallery of the royal museum in this city[329]. In this we shall not only
possess a historical survey of the technique of art in its stages of
development, but shall have set before our minds, as an essential process
with a history, that articulation of its ideal content in the distinctions of its
schools, their various subject-matter, and their different modes of artistic
conception and treatment. It is only through having given us a survey as
consonant as this is with that vital process that we can form an idea from its
origins in traditional and eclectic types, of the living growth of art, its
search after expression and individual characteristic, its liberation from the
inactive and tranquil station of its figures, that we can appreciate its
progress to dramatic movement, grouping, and all the wealth and witchery
of its colour, or finally learn to distinguish its schools, which either to some
extent treat similar subject-matter in a way peculiar to themselves, or are
distinct from each other by reasons of the variety of their respective content.
A historical development of painting such as that referred to is of as great
importance to scientific observation and exposition as it is to accurate study.
The content of art as I have presented it, namely, the elaboration of its
material, the distinct and fundamental changes in the mode of its
conception, we find all this and more receives thus for the first time its
concrete coherence in a sequence and under a classification which
corresponds with the facts. It is therefore incumbent on us to glance at this
process, if only by way of emphasis to what most immediately arrests
attention.
In general the advance consists in this, that it originates in religious subjects
conceived still in a typical way, with simple architectonic arrangement and
mere motley array, which, by reason of the fact that our review of it is based
upon no principle of classification, is only to a small extent able to disclose
to us the unique quality of individual pictures. And it follows from this that
galleries, as a rule, if we are not already able to connect with each picture
our knowledge of the country, period, school, and master to which it
belongs, is simply a collection without meaning, in which we lose
ourselves. The most profitable arrangement for study and enjoyment with
our eyes is therefore an exhibition based on historical sequence. A
collection of this kind, co-ordinated in relation to such a principle, unique
and invaluable of its class, we shall shortly be able to admire in the picture
gallery of the royal museum in this city[329]. In this we shall not only
possess a historical survey of the technique of art in its stages of
development, but shall have set before our minds, as an essential process
with a history, that articulation of its ideal content in the distinctions of its
schools, their various subject-matter, and their different modes of artistic
conception and treatment. It is only through having given us a survey as
consonant as this is with that vital process that we can form an idea from its
origins in traditional and eclectic types, of the living growth of art, its
search after expression and individual characteristic, its liberation from the
inactive and tranquil station of its figures, that we can appreciate its
progress to dramatic movement, grouping, and all the wealth and witchery
of its colour, or finally learn to distinguish its schools, which either to some
extent treat similar subject-matter in a way peculiar to themselves, or are
distinct from each other by reasons of the variety of their respective content.
A historical development of painting such as that referred to is of as great
importance to scientific observation and exposition as it is to accurate study.
The content of art as I have presented it, namely, the elaboration of its
material, the distinct and fundamental changes in the mode of its
conception, we find all this and more receives thus for the first time its
concrete coherence in a sequence and under a classification which
corresponds with the facts. It is therefore incumbent on us to glance at this
process, if only by way of emphasis to what most immediately arrests
attention.
In general the advance consists in this, that it originates in religious subjects
conceived still in a typical way, with simple architectonic arrangement and
Page 293
unelaborated colour. After this, in an increasing degree of fusion with
religious situations, we get actuality, vital beauty of form, individuality,
depth of penetration, charm and witchery of colouring, until Art finally
turns its attention to the world itself, makes itself master of Nature, the daily
occurrence of ordinary life, or what is of significance in national history
whether present or past, or portraiture and anything else down to the merest
trifle and the least significant fact, and with an enthusiasm equal to that it
devoted to the religious ideal, and pre-eminently in this sphere secures not
merely the most consummate result of technical accomplishment, but also a
treatment and execution which is most full of life and personality. This
progress is followed in clearest outline if we take in succession the schools
of Byzantine, Italian, Flemish, Dutch, and German painting, after noting the
most prominent features of which briefly we shall finally indicate the
transition to the art of music[330].
(a) In our review of Byzantine painting we may remark to start with that the
practice of painting among the Greeks was to a definable degree always
carried on; and examples of antique work contributed to the greater
excellence of its results relatively to posture, draping, and other respects.
On the other hand the touch of Nature and life wholly vanished from this
art; in facial types it adhered strictly to tradition; in its figures and modes of
expression it was conventional and rigid; in its general composition more or
less architectonic. We find no trace of natural environment and a landscape
background. The modelling, by means of light and shadow, brilliance and
obscurity, and their fusion, no less than perspective and the art of lifelike
grouping, either were not elaborated at all, or to a very slight extent. By
reason of this strict adherence to a single acknowledged type independent
artistic production had little room for its exercise. The art of painting and
mosaic frequently degenerated into a mere craft, and became thereby
lifeless and devoid of spirit, albeit such craftsmen, equally with the workers
on antique vases, possessed excellent examples of previous work, which
they could imitate so far as pose and the folding of drapery was concerned.
A similar type of painting spread its sombre influence over the ravaged
West and more particularly in Italy. Here, however, although in the first
instance with beginnings of little strength, we are even at an early date
conscious of an effort to break away from inflexible forms and modes of
expression, and to face, at first, however, in a rough and ready way, a
development of loftier aim. Of Byzantine pictures we may, on the contrary,
religious situations, we get actuality, vital beauty of form, individuality,
depth of penetration, charm and witchery of colouring, until Art finally
turns its attention to the world itself, makes itself master of Nature, the daily
occurrence of ordinary life, or what is of significance in national history
whether present or past, or portraiture and anything else down to the merest
trifle and the least significant fact, and with an enthusiasm equal to that it
devoted to the religious ideal, and pre-eminently in this sphere secures not
merely the most consummate result of technical accomplishment, but also a
treatment and execution which is most full of life and personality. This
progress is followed in clearest outline if we take in succession the schools
of Byzantine, Italian, Flemish, Dutch, and German painting, after noting the
most prominent features of which briefly we shall finally indicate the
transition to the art of music[330].
(a) In our review of Byzantine painting we may remark to start with that the
practice of painting among the Greeks was to a definable degree always
carried on; and examples of antique work contributed to the greater
excellence of its results relatively to posture, draping, and other respects.
On the other hand the touch of Nature and life wholly vanished from this
art; in facial types it adhered strictly to tradition; in its figures and modes of
expression it was conventional and rigid; in its general composition more or
less architectonic. We find no trace of natural environment and a landscape
background. The modelling, by means of light and shadow, brilliance and
obscurity, and their fusion, no less than perspective and the art of lifelike
grouping, either were not elaborated at all, or to a very slight extent. By
reason of this strict adherence to a single acknowledged type independent
artistic production had little room for its exercise. The art of painting and
mosaic frequently degenerated into a mere craft, and became thereby
lifeless and devoid of spirit, albeit such craftsmen, equally with the workers
on antique vases, possessed excellent examples of previous work, which
they could imitate so far as pose and the folding of drapery was concerned.
A similar type of painting spread its sombre influence over the ravaged
West and more particularly in Italy. Here, however, although in the first
instance with beginnings of little strength, we are even at an early date
conscious of an effort to break away from inflexible forms and modes of
expression, and to face, at first, however, in a rough and ready way, a
development of loftier aim. Of Byzantine pictures we may, on the contrary,
Page 294
affirm, as Herr von Rumohr[331] has maintained of Greek Madonnas and
images of Christ that "it is obvious even in the most favoured examples,
their origin was that of the mosaic, and artistic elaboration was rejected
from the first." In other words[332] the Italians endeavoured even before the
period of their independent art development in painting, and in contrast to
the Byzantines to approximate to a more spiritual conception of Christian
subjects. The writer above-named draws attention also as noteworthy
support of his contention to the manner in which the later Greeks and
Italians respectively represented Christ on crucifixes. According to this
writer "the Greeks, to whom the sight of terrible bodily suffering was of
common occurrence, conceived the Saviour suspended on the Cross with
the entire weight of his body, the lower part of the body swollen and the
slackened knees bent to the left, the bowed head contending with the pains
of an awful death. Their subject was consequently in its essentials bodily
suffering. The Italians, on the contrary, in their more ancient monuments,
while we must not overlook the fact that the representation of the Virgin
Mary with her Child no less than the Crucified is only of rare occurrence,
were accustomed to depict the figure of the Saviour on the cross adopting,
so it appears to us, the idea of the victory of the spiritual, not as in the
former case the death of the body. And this unquestionably nobler
conception asserts itself at an early date in the more favoured parts of
Western Europe[333]." With this sketch I must here rest content.
(b) We have, however, secondly, another characteristic of art to consider in
the earlier development of Italian painting. Apart from the religious content
of the Old and New Testament and the biographies of martyrs and saints, it
borrows its subjects in the main from Greek mythology, very seldom, that
is, from the events of national history, or, if we except portraits, from the
reality of contemporary life, and equally rarely, and only at a late stage and
exceptionally, from natural landscape. Now that which it before all
contributes to its conception and artistic elaboration of the subject-matter of
religion is the vital reality of spiritual and corporeal existence, relatively to
which at this stage all its forms are embodied and endowed with animation.
For this vitality the essential principle on the spiritual side is that natural
delightfulness, and on the corporeal side is that beauty which is consonant
with physical form, a beauty which independently, as beautiful form,
already displays innocence, buoyancy, maidenhood, natural grace of
images of Christ that "it is obvious even in the most favoured examples,
their origin was that of the mosaic, and artistic elaboration was rejected
from the first." In other words[332] the Italians endeavoured even before the
period of their independent art development in painting, and in contrast to
the Byzantines to approximate to a more spiritual conception of Christian
subjects. The writer above-named draws attention also as noteworthy
support of his contention to the manner in which the later Greeks and
Italians respectively represented Christ on crucifixes. According to this
writer "the Greeks, to whom the sight of terrible bodily suffering was of
common occurrence, conceived the Saviour suspended on the Cross with
the entire weight of his body, the lower part of the body swollen and the
slackened knees bent to the left, the bowed head contending with the pains
of an awful death. Their subject was consequently in its essentials bodily
suffering. The Italians, on the contrary, in their more ancient monuments,
while we must not overlook the fact that the representation of the Virgin
Mary with her Child no less than the Crucified is only of rare occurrence,
were accustomed to depict the figure of the Saviour on the cross adopting,
so it appears to us, the idea of the victory of the spiritual, not as in the
former case the death of the body. And this unquestionably nobler
conception asserts itself at an early date in the more favoured parts of
Western Europe[333]." With this sketch I must here rest content.
(b) We have, however, secondly, another characteristic of art to consider in
the earlier development of Italian painting. Apart from the religious content
of the Old and New Testament and the biographies of martyrs and saints, it
borrows its subjects in the main from Greek mythology, very seldom, that
is, from the events of national history, or, if we except portraits, from the
reality of contemporary life, and equally rarely, and only at a late stage and
exceptionally, from natural landscape. Now that which it before all
contributes to its conception and artistic elaboration of the subject-matter of
religion is the vital reality of spiritual and corporeal existence, relatively to
which at this stage all its forms are embodied and endowed with animation.
For this vitality the essential principle on the spiritual side is that natural
delightfulness, and on the corporeal side is that beauty which is consonant
with physical form, a beauty which independently, as beautiful form,
already displays innocence, buoyancy, maidenhood, natural grace of
Page 295
temperament, nobility, imagination, and a loving soul. If there is further
added to a naturel of this type the exaltation and adornment of the soul in
virtue of the ideal intimacy of religion and the spiritual characteristics of a
profounder piety established as a vitalizing principle of soul-life in this
essentially more admitted and inviolable province of spiritual
redemption[334],—in such a case we have presented to us thereby an
original harmony of form and its expression, which, wherever it is
perfected, vividly reminds us in this sphere of romantic art and Christian art
of the pure Ideal of art. No doubt also within a new accord of this type the
inward life of the heart will be predominant; but this inward experience is a
more happy, a purer heaven of the soul, the way of return to which form
what is sensuous and finite, and the return to God, albeit the passage may
be through a travail in the profounder anguish of repentance and death, is,
however, less saturated with trouble and its insistency. And the reason of
this is that the pain is concentrated in the sphere of soul, of idea, of faith,
without making a descent into the region of passionate desire, intractable
savagery, obstinate self-seeking and sin, and only arriving at the hardly won
victory through smiting down such enemies of the blessed state. It is rather
a transition of ideal permanence[335], a pain of the inward life, which feels
itself as such suffering rather simply in virtue of its enthusiasm, a suffering
of more abstract type, more spiritually abundant, which has as little need to
brush away bodily anguish as we have to seek signs in the characterization
of its bodily presence and physiognomy of obstinacy, uncouthness,
crookedness, or the traits of superficial and mean natures, in which an
obstinate conflict is first necessary, before such are meet to express real
religious feeling[336] and piety. This more benign[337] intimacy of soul, this
more original consonancy of exterior forms to ideal experience of this kind
is what creates the charming clarity and the untroubled delight, which the
genuinely beautiful works of Italian painting excite and supply. Just as we
say of instrumental music that there is tone and melody in it, so, too, we
find that the pure song of soul floats here in melodious fusion over the
entire configuration and all its forms. And as in the music of the Italians and
in the tones of their song, when the pure strains ring forth without a forced
utterance, in every separate note and inflection of sound and melody, it is
simply the delight of the voice itself which rings out; so, too, such an
intimate personal enjoyment of the loving soul is the fundamental tone of
their painting[338]. It is the same intimacy, clarity, and freedom which meet
added to a naturel of this type the exaltation and adornment of the soul in
virtue of the ideal intimacy of religion and the spiritual characteristics of a
profounder piety established as a vitalizing principle of soul-life in this
essentially more admitted and inviolable province of spiritual
redemption[334],—in such a case we have presented to us thereby an
original harmony of form and its expression, which, wherever it is
perfected, vividly reminds us in this sphere of romantic art and Christian art
of the pure Ideal of art. No doubt also within a new accord of this type the
inward life of the heart will be predominant; but this inward experience is a
more happy, a purer heaven of the soul, the way of return to which form
what is sensuous and finite, and the return to God, albeit the passage may
be through a travail in the profounder anguish of repentance and death, is,
however, less saturated with trouble and its insistency. And the reason of
this is that the pain is concentrated in the sphere of soul, of idea, of faith,
without making a descent into the region of passionate desire, intractable
savagery, obstinate self-seeking and sin, and only arriving at the hardly won
victory through smiting down such enemies of the blessed state. It is rather
a transition of ideal permanence[335], a pain of the inward life, which feels
itself as such suffering rather simply in virtue of its enthusiasm, a suffering
of more abstract type, more spiritually abundant, which has as little need to
brush away bodily anguish as we have to seek signs in the characterization
of its bodily presence and physiognomy of obstinacy, uncouthness,
crookedness, or the traits of superficial and mean natures, in which an
obstinate conflict is first necessary, before such are meet to express real
religious feeling[336] and piety. This more benign[337] intimacy of soul, this
more original consonancy of exterior forms to ideal experience of this kind
is what creates the charming clarity and the untroubled delight, which the
genuinely beautiful works of Italian painting excite and supply. Just as we
say of instrumental music that there is tone and melody in it, so, too, we
find that the pure song of soul floats here in melodious fusion over the
entire configuration and all its forms. And as in the music of the Italians and
in the tones of their song, when the pure strains ring forth without a forced
utterance, in every separate note and inflection of sound and melody, it is
simply the delight of the voice itself which rings out; so, too, such an
intimate personal enjoyment of the loving soul is the fundamental tone of
their painting[338]. It is the same intimacy, clarity, and freedom which meet
Page 296
us again in the great Italian poets. To start with this artistic resonance of
rhymes in their terzets, canzonets, sonnets, and stanzas, this accord, which
is not merely satisfied to allay its thirst for reverberation in the one
repetition, but repeats the echo three times and more, this is itself a euphony
which streams forth on its own account and for the sake of its own
enjoyment. And a like freedom is stamped upon the spiritual content. In
Petrarch's sonnets, sestets, and canzonets it is not so much the actual
possession of their subject, after which the heart yearns; it is not the
consideration and emotion which are involved in the actual content of the
poem as such, and which is therein necessarily expressed; rather it is the
expression itself which constitutes the source of enjoyment. It is the self-
delight of Love, which seeks its bliss in its own mourning, its laments, its
descriptions, memories, and experience; a yearning, which is satisfied in
itself as such, and with the image, the spirit of those it loves, is already in
full possession of the soul, with which it longs to unite itself. Dante, too,
when conducted by his master Virgil through hell and hell-fire, gazes at
what is the culmination of horror, of awfulness; he is fearful, he often bursts
into tears, but he strides on comforted and tranquil, without affright and
anxiety, without the sullenness and embitterment which implies "these
things should not be thus." Nay, even his damned in hell receive the
blessedness of eternity. Io eterno duro is inscribed over the gates of hell.
They are what they are, without repentance and longing; they do not speak
of their sufferings; they are as immaterial to us as they are to them, for they
endure for ever. Rather they are absorbed simply in their personal
experience and actions, secure of themselves as rooted in the same interests,
without lamentation and without yearning[339].
When we have grasped this trait of happy independence and freedom of the
soul in love we shall understand the character of the greatest Italian
painters. It is in this freedom that they are masters of the detail of
expression, and situation. On the wings of this tranquillity of soul they can
maintain their sovereignty over form, beauty, and colour. In their most
defined presentation of reality and character, while remaining wholly on the
earth and often only producing portraits, or appearing to produce such, what
we have are pictures of another sun, another spring. They are roses which
are equally heavenly blossoms. And, consequently, we find that in their
beauty we do not have merely beauty of form, we do not have only the
sensuous unity of soul impressed on sensuous corporeal shapes; we are
rhymes in their terzets, canzonets, sonnets, and stanzas, this accord, which
is not merely satisfied to allay its thirst for reverberation in the one
repetition, but repeats the echo three times and more, this is itself a euphony
which streams forth on its own account and for the sake of its own
enjoyment. And a like freedom is stamped upon the spiritual content. In
Petrarch's sonnets, sestets, and canzonets it is not so much the actual
possession of their subject, after which the heart yearns; it is not the
consideration and emotion which are involved in the actual content of the
poem as such, and which is therein necessarily expressed; rather it is the
expression itself which constitutes the source of enjoyment. It is the self-
delight of Love, which seeks its bliss in its own mourning, its laments, its
descriptions, memories, and experience; a yearning, which is satisfied in
itself as such, and with the image, the spirit of those it loves, is already in
full possession of the soul, with which it longs to unite itself. Dante, too,
when conducted by his master Virgil through hell and hell-fire, gazes at
what is the culmination of horror, of awfulness; he is fearful, he often bursts
into tears, but he strides on comforted and tranquil, without affright and
anxiety, without the sullenness and embitterment which implies "these
things should not be thus." Nay, even his damned in hell receive the
blessedness of eternity. Io eterno duro is inscribed over the gates of hell.
They are what they are, without repentance and longing; they do not speak
of their sufferings; they are as immaterial to us as they are to them, for they
endure for ever. Rather they are absorbed simply in their personal
experience and actions, secure of themselves as rooted in the same interests,
without lamentation and without yearning[339].
When we have grasped this trait of happy independence and freedom of the
soul in love we shall understand the character of the greatest Italian
painters. It is in this freedom that they are masters of the detail of
expression, and situation. On the wings of this tranquillity of soul they can
maintain their sovereignty over form, beauty, and colour. In their most
defined presentation of reality and character, while remaining wholly on the
earth and often only producing portraits, or appearing to produce such, what
we have are pictures of another sun, another spring. They are roses which
are equally heavenly blossoms. And, consequently, we find that in their
beauty we do not have merely beauty of form, we do not have only the
sensuous unity of soul impressed on sensuous corporeal shapes; we are
Page 297
confronted with this very trait of reconciled Love in every mode, feature,
and individuality of character. It is the butterfly, the Psyche[340], which in
the sunlight of its heaven, even hovers round stunted flowers[341]. It is only
by virtue of this rich, free, and rounded beauty that they are able to unfold
the ideals of the antique art's more recent perfection.
Italian art has, however, not immediately and from the first attained to such
a point of perfection; it had in truth a long road to traverse before it arrived
there. And yet, despite this, the purity and innocence of its piety, the
largeness of the entire conception, the unassuming beauty of form, this
intimate revelation of soul[342], are frequently and above all in the case of
the old Italian masters most conspicuous where the technical elaboration is
still wholly incomplete. In the previous century it was fashionable to
depreciate these earlier masters, and place them on one side as clumsy, dull,
and barren[343]. It is only in more recent times that they have been once
more rescued from oblivion by savants and artists; but the wonder and
imitation thus awakened has run off into the excess of a preference which
tends to deny the advances of a further development in mode of conception
and presentment, and can only lead astray in the opposite direction.
In drawing the reader's more close attention to the more important phases in
the development of Italian art up to this period of its fullest perfection, I
will only briefly emphasize the following points which immediately
concern the characterization of the essential aspects of painting and its
modes of expression.
(α) After the earliest stage of rawness and barbarism the Italians moved
forward with a fresh impetus from that in the main craftsmanship type of art
which was planted by the Byzantines. The compass of subjects depicted
was, however, not extensive, and the distinctive features of the type were
austerity, solemnity, and religious loftiness. But even at this stage—I am
quoting the conclusions of Herr von Rumohr—who is generally recognized
as an authority upon these earlier periods[344], Duccio, the Sienese, and
Cimabue, the Florentine, endeavoured to assimilate the few remains of
antique drawing, which was grounded on laws of perspective and
anatomical precision, and so far as possible, to rejuvenate the same in their
own genius. They "instinctively recognized the value of such drawings, but
strove to soften the extreme insistence[345] of their ossification, comparing
and individuality of character. It is the butterfly, the Psyche[340], which in
the sunlight of its heaven, even hovers round stunted flowers[341]. It is only
by virtue of this rich, free, and rounded beauty that they are able to unfold
the ideals of the antique art's more recent perfection.
Italian art has, however, not immediately and from the first attained to such
a point of perfection; it had in truth a long road to traverse before it arrived
there. And yet, despite this, the purity and innocence of its piety, the
largeness of the entire conception, the unassuming beauty of form, this
intimate revelation of soul[342], are frequently and above all in the case of
the old Italian masters most conspicuous where the technical elaboration is
still wholly incomplete. In the previous century it was fashionable to
depreciate these earlier masters, and place them on one side as clumsy, dull,
and barren[343]. It is only in more recent times that they have been once
more rescued from oblivion by savants and artists; but the wonder and
imitation thus awakened has run off into the excess of a preference which
tends to deny the advances of a further development in mode of conception
and presentment, and can only lead astray in the opposite direction.
In drawing the reader's more close attention to the more important phases in
the development of Italian art up to this period of its fullest perfection, I
will only briefly emphasize the following points which immediately
concern the characterization of the essential aspects of painting and its
modes of expression.
(α) After the earliest stage of rawness and barbarism the Italians moved
forward with a fresh impetus from that in the main craftsmanship type of art
which was planted by the Byzantines. The compass of subjects depicted
was, however, not extensive, and the distinctive features of the type were
austerity, solemnity, and religious loftiness. But even at this stage—I am
quoting the conclusions of Herr von Rumohr—who is generally recognized
as an authority upon these earlier periods[344], Duccio, the Sienese, and
Cimabue, the Florentine, endeavoured to assimilate the few remains of
antique drawing, which was grounded on laws of perspective and
anatomical precision, and so far as possible, to rejuvenate the same in their
own genius. They "instinctively recognized the value of such drawings, but
strove to soften the extreme insistence[345] of their ossification, comparing
Page 298
such insufficiently comprehended traits with the life such as we find it in
fact or suggestion when face to face with their own productions[345]." Such
are merely the first and mediating efforts of art to rise from the inflexibility
of a type to lifelike and individual expression.
(β) The further step of advance consists in the complete severation from
those previous Greek examples, in the full acceptance, relatively both to the
entire conception and execution of what is distinctively human and
individual, and along with this in the profounder suitability of human
characters and forms which was gradually evolved to express the religious
content thus to be expressed.
(αα) It is here before all we must draw attention to the great influence
which Giotto and his pupils exercised. Giotto, along with the changes he
effected in respect to modes of conception and composition, brought about
a reform in the art of preparing colours. The later Greeks probably, such at
least is the result of chemical analysis, made use of wax either as a medium
of colour, or as a kind of varnish[346], and from this we get the yellow-green
and obscure general tone, which is not sufficiently explained by the action
of lamplight[347]. Giotto wholly dispensed with this glutinous medium of
the Greek painters, and used instead, when preparing his colours[348], the
clarified milk of young shoots, unripe figs, and other less oliginous
limes[349], which Italian painters of the early Middle Ages had used, very
likely even before they strenuously imitated the Byzantines[350]. A medium
of this kind had no darkening effect on the colours, but left their luminosity
and clarity unimpaired. Still more important was the reform effected by
Giotto in Italian painting with respect to selection of subjects and their
manner of presentment. Ghiberti himself praises Giotto for having
abandoned the rude style of the Greeks, and without leaning in this
direction to an excess having introduced the truth and grace of Nature.
Boccaccio, too, says of him that Nature is unable to create anything that
Giotto could not imitate to the point of deception[351]. In Byzantine pictures
we can hardly detect a trace of natural appearance. It was Giotto, then, who
concentrated his attention on what is present and actual, and compared the
forms and effects which he undertook to exhibit with Life as it existed
around him. And we may associate with this tendency the fact that during
the times of Giotto not only do we find that the state of society was more
fact or suggestion when face to face with their own productions[345]." Such
are merely the first and mediating efforts of art to rise from the inflexibility
of a type to lifelike and individual expression.
(β) The further step of advance consists in the complete severation from
those previous Greek examples, in the full acceptance, relatively both to the
entire conception and execution of what is distinctively human and
individual, and along with this in the profounder suitability of human
characters and forms which was gradually evolved to express the religious
content thus to be expressed.
(αα) It is here before all we must draw attention to the great influence
which Giotto and his pupils exercised. Giotto, along with the changes he
effected in respect to modes of conception and composition, brought about
a reform in the art of preparing colours. The later Greeks probably, such at
least is the result of chemical analysis, made use of wax either as a medium
of colour, or as a kind of varnish[346], and from this we get the yellow-green
and obscure general tone, which is not sufficiently explained by the action
of lamplight[347]. Giotto wholly dispensed with this glutinous medium of
the Greek painters, and used instead, when preparing his colours[348], the
clarified milk of young shoots, unripe figs, and other less oliginous
limes[349], which Italian painters of the early Middle Ages had used, very
likely even before they strenuously imitated the Byzantines[350]. A medium
of this kind had no darkening effect on the colours, but left their luminosity
and clarity unimpaired. Still more important was the reform effected by
Giotto in Italian painting with respect to selection of subjects and their
manner of presentment. Ghiberti himself praises Giotto for having
abandoned the rude style of the Greeks, and without leaning in this
direction to an excess having introduced the truth and grace of Nature.
Boccaccio, too, says of him that Nature is unable to create anything that
Giotto could not imitate to the point of deception[351]. In Byzantine pictures
we can hardly detect a trace of natural appearance. It was Giotto, then, who
concentrated his attention on what is present and actual, and compared the
forms and effects which he undertook to exhibit with Life as it existed
around him. And we may associate with this tendency the fact that during
the times of Giotto not only do we find that the state of society was more
Page 299
free and intent on enjoyment, but that the veneration of several later saints
took its rise then, saints whose lives more or less fell in that period[352]. It
was such Giotto utilized particularly in emphasizing the truthful
presentment of the subjects of his art; there was, in fact, thus the further
demand suggested by the content itself that he should bring into prominence
the natural features of the bodily presence and exhibit more defined
characterization, action, passion, situation, pose, and movement. What we
find, however, to a relative degree disappears from this attempt is that
imposing religious seriousness which is the fundamental characteristic of
the phase of art which it followed[353]. The things of the world receive a
stage and a wider opportunity for expression; and this is illustrated by the
way Giotto, under the influence of his age, found room for burlesque along
with so much that was pathetic. In this connection Herr von Rumohr states
rightly, "Under conditions of this description I am at a loss to understand
how certain critics, who have exclusively insisted on this feature of Giotto's
work, can so overestimate Giotto's tendency and performance by claiming it
as the most sublime effort of modern art[354]." It is a great service of the
above-named critic to have once more placed in a true light the point of
view from which Giotto can be justly appreciated; he throughout makes us
careful to see, that in this tendency of Giotto to humanize and towards
realism he never really, as a rule, advances beyond a comparatively
subordinate stage in the process.
(ββ) The advance of painting continued under the manner of conception for
which Giotto was in the main responsible. The typical representation of
Christ, the apostles, and the more important events which are reported us by
the evangelists, were more and more thrust into the background. Yet in
another direction the embrace of subject-matter was for that reason
extended. As our author expresses it: "All artists engaged in depicting the
various phases in the life of latter-day saints, such as their previous
worldliness, the sudden awakening of conscience, their entrance into the
life of piety and asceticism, the miracles of their lives, more particularly
after their decease, in the representation of which, as is to be expected from
the external conditions of the art, the expression of the effect upon the
living exceeded any suggestion of invisible powder[355]." Add to this that
the events of the Life and Passion of Christ were not neglected. The birth
and education of Christ, the Madonna with her Child were exceptionally
took its rise then, saints whose lives more or less fell in that period[352]. It
was such Giotto utilized particularly in emphasizing the truthful
presentment of the subjects of his art; there was, in fact, thus the further
demand suggested by the content itself that he should bring into prominence
the natural features of the bodily presence and exhibit more defined
characterization, action, passion, situation, pose, and movement. What we
find, however, to a relative degree disappears from this attempt is that
imposing religious seriousness which is the fundamental characteristic of
the phase of art which it followed[353]. The things of the world receive a
stage and a wider opportunity for expression; and this is illustrated by the
way Giotto, under the influence of his age, found room for burlesque along
with so much that was pathetic. In this connection Herr von Rumohr states
rightly, "Under conditions of this description I am at a loss to understand
how certain critics, who have exclusively insisted on this feature of Giotto's
work, can so overestimate Giotto's tendency and performance by claiming it
as the most sublime effort of modern art[354]." It is a great service of the
above-named critic to have once more placed in a true light the point of
view from which Giotto can be justly appreciated; he throughout makes us
careful to see, that in this tendency of Giotto to humanize and towards
realism he never really, as a rule, advances beyond a comparatively
subordinate stage in the process.
(ββ) The advance of painting continued under the manner of conception for
which Giotto was in the main responsible. The typical representation of
Christ, the apostles, and the more important events which are reported us by
the evangelists, were more and more thrust into the background. Yet in
another direction the embrace of subject-matter was for that reason
extended. As our author expresses it: "All artists engaged in depicting the
various phases in the life of latter-day saints, such as their previous
worldliness, the sudden awakening of conscience, their entrance into the
life of piety and asceticism, the miracles of their lives, more particularly
after their decease, in the representation of which, as is to be expected from
the external conditions of the art, the expression of the effect upon the
living exceeded any suggestion of invisible powder[355]." Add to this that
the events of the Life and Passion of Christ were not neglected. The birth
and education of Christ, the Madonna with her Child were exceptionally
Page 300
favoured subjects, and were invested with a more life-like domesticity,
touched with a more intimate tenderness, revealed to us in the medium of
human feeling, and, moreover, to quote yet further: "In the problems[356]
suggested by the Passion it was not so much the sublime and the triumph as
simply the pathetic aspect which was emphasized, a direct consequence of
the enthusiastic wave of sympathy with the earthly sufferings of the
Saviour, to which Saint Francis, both by example and teaching, had
communicated a vital energy hitherto unheard of."
In respect to a yet further advance towards the middle of the fifteenth
century, we have to lay exceptional stress on two names, Masaccio and
Fiesole. In the progressive steps through which the religious content was
vividly carried into the living forms of the human figure and the animated
expression of human traits Herr von Rumohr[357] draws attention to two
essential aspects as of most importance. The one is the increase of rondure
in all forms to which it applies; the other he indicates as "a profounder
penetration into the articulation, the consistency, the most varied phases of
the charm and significance of the features of the human countenance."
Masaccio and Angelico da Fiesole between them were the first to contribute
effectively to the solution of this artistic problem, the difficulty of which in
its entirety exceeded the powers of any one artist of that period. "Masaccio
was mainly occupied with the problem of chiaroscuro, and the rounding and
effective articulations of groups of figures. Angelico da Fiesole, on the
other hand, devoted himself to sounding the depths of ideal coherence, that
indwelling significance of human features, the mine of whose treasure he
was the first to open to painting[358]." The effort of Masaccio was not so
much one in the direction of grace as in that of imposing conception,
manliness, and under the instinctive need for unity of the entire
composition. The impulse of Fra Angelico was that of religious intensity, a
love severed from the world, a cloistral purity of emotion, an exaltation and
consecration of the soul. Vasari assures us in his account of him that he
never commenced work without prayer, and never depicted the sufferings of
the Redeemer without bursting into tears[359]. We have, then as aspects of
this advance of painting a more exalted vitality and realism: but, on the
other hand, the depth of piety, the ingenuous devotion of the soul in its faith
overran itself and overpowered the freedom, dexterity, naturalism, and
beauty of the composition, pose, drapery, and colour. If the later
touched with a more intimate tenderness, revealed to us in the medium of
human feeling, and, moreover, to quote yet further: "In the problems[356]
suggested by the Passion it was not so much the sublime and the triumph as
simply the pathetic aspect which was emphasized, a direct consequence of
the enthusiastic wave of sympathy with the earthly sufferings of the
Saviour, to which Saint Francis, both by example and teaching, had
communicated a vital energy hitherto unheard of."
In respect to a yet further advance towards the middle of the fifteenth
century, we have to lay exceptional stress on two names, Masaccio and
Fiesole. In the progressive steps through which the religious content was
vividly carried into the living forms of the human figure and the animated
expression of human traits Herr von Rumohr[357] draws attention to two
essential aspects as of most importance. The one is the increase of rondure
in all forms to which it applies; the other he indicates as "a profounder
penetration into the articulation, the consistency, the most varied phases of
the charm and significance of the features of the human countenance."
Masaccio and Angelico da Fiesole between them were the first to contribute
effectively to the solution of this artistic problem, the difficulty of which in
its entirety exceeded the powers of any one artist of that period. "Masaccio
was mainly occupied with the problem of chiaroscuro, and the rounding and
effective articulations of groups of figures. Angelico da Fiesole, on the
other hand, devoted himself to sounding the depths of ideal coherence, that
indwelling significance of human features, the mine of whose treasure he
was the first to open to painting[358]." The effort of Masaccio was not so
much one in the direction of grace as in that of imposing conception,
manliness, and under the instinctive need for unity of the entire
composition. The impulse of Fra Angelico was that of religious intensity, a
love severed from the world, a cloistral purity of emotion, an exaltation and
consecration of the soul. Vasari assures us in his account of him that he
never commenced work without prayer, and never depicted the sufferings of
the Redeemer without bursting into tears[359]. We have, then as aspects of
this advance of painting a more exalted vitality and realism: but, on the
other hand, the depth of piety, the ingenuous devotion of the soul in its faith
overran itself and overpowered the freedom, dexterity, naturalism, and
beauty of the composition, pose, drapery, and colour. If the later
Page 301
development was able to attain to a far more exalted and complete
expression of the spiritual consciousness, yet the epoch we are now
considering has never been surpassed in purity and innocence of religious
feeling and serious depth of conception. Many pictures of this time may
very well, by reason of the fact that the forms of life, which are used to
depict the religious intensity of soul-life, do not appear fully adequate to
this expression, give us something like a repulse; from the point of view,
however, of spiritual emotion, which is the most vital source of these works
of art, we have still less reason to fail to acknowledge the naive purity, the
intimacy with the most profound depths of the truly religious content, the
assuredness of faithful love even under oppression and in grief, and oft, too,
the charm of innocence and blessedness, inasmuch as the epochs that
followed it, however much in other aspects of artistic perfection they made
a step forwards, yet for all that never secured again the perfection of these
previous excellencies, when once it had been lost.
(γγ) A third aspect attaches to the further development of the art, in addition
to those already discussed, which may be described as the wider embrace of
it relatively to the subjects accepted for presentation by the new impulse.
Just as what was regarded as sacred had from the very commencement of
Italian painting approached more closely to reality by reason of the fact that
men whose lives fell about the time of the painters themselves were
declared to be saints, so too Art received into its own sphere other aspects
of reality and present life. Starting from that earliest phase of pure
spirituality and piety, an art whose aim was wholly absorbed in the
expression of such religious emotions, painting proceeded more and more
to associate the external life of the world with its religious subject-matter.
The gladsome, forceful self-reliance of the citizen in the midst of his
professional career, the business and the craft that was bound up with such
qualities, the freedom, the manly courage and patriotism, in one word, his
weal in the vital activities of the Present, all this newly-awakened sense of
human delight in the virtues of civil life and its cheer and humour[360], this
harmonized sympathy with what was actual in both its aspects of ideal
life[361] and the external framework of the same, all this it was which
entered now into his artistic conceptions and modes of presenting such and
was made valid therein. It is in this spirit that the enthusiasm for landscape
backgrounds, views of cities, environment of church buildings and palaces
expression of the spiritual consciousness, yet the epoch we are now
considering has never been surpassed in purity and innocence of religious
feeling and serious depth of conception. Many pictures of this time may
very well, by reason of the fact that the forms of life, which are used to
depict the religious intensity of soul-life, do not appear fully adequate to
this expression, give us something like a repulse; from the point of view,
however, of spiritual emotion, which is the most vital source of these works
of art, we have still less reason to fail to acknowledge the naive purity, the
intimacy with the most profound depths of the truly religious content, the
assuredness of faithful love even under oppression and in grief, and oft, too,
the charm of innocence and blessedness, inasmuch as the epochs that
followed it, however much in other aspects of artistic perfection they made
a step forwards, yet for all that never secured again the perfection of these
previous excellencies, when once it had been lost.
(γγ) A third aspect attaches to the further development of the art, in addition
to those already discussed, which may be described as the wider embrace of
it relatively to the subjects accepted for presentation by the new impulse.
Just as what was regarded as sacred had from the very commencement of
Italian painting approached more closely to reality by reason of the fact that
men whose lives fell about the time of the painters themselves were
declared to be saints, so too Art received into its own sphere other aspects
of reality and present life. Starting from that earliest phase of pure
spirituality and piety, an art whose aim was wholly absorbed in the
expression of such religious emotions, painting proceeded more and more
to associate the external life of the world with its religious subject-matter.
The gladsome, forceful self-reliance of the citizen in the midst of his
professional career, the business and the craft that was bound up with such
qualities, the freedom, the manly courage and patriotism, in one word, his
weal in the vital activities of the Present, all this newly-awakened sense of
human delight in the virtues of civil life and its cheer and humour[360], this
harmonized sympathy with what was actual in both its aspects of ideal
life[361] and the external framework of the same, all this it was which
entered now into his artistic conceptions and modes of presenting such and
was made valid therein. It is in this spirit that the enthusiasm for landscape
backgrounds, views of cities, environment of church buildings and palaces
Page 302
becomes a real instinct of artistic life; the living portraits of famous savants,
friends, statesmen, artists, and other persons remarkable in their day for
their wit and vivacity find a place in religious compositions; traits borrowed
from both civil and domestic life are utilized with a greater or less degree of
freedom and dexterity; and if, no doubt, the spiritual aspect of the religious
content remained the foundation of all, yet the expression of piety was no
longer exclusively isolate, but is linked together with the more ample life of
reality and the open stage of the world[362]. No doubt we must add that by
reason of this tendency the expression of religious concentration and its
intimate piety is weakened, but art required also this worldly element in
order to arrive at its culminating point.
(γ) Out of this fusion of the more embracing reality of life with the ideal
material of religious emotion arose a new problem for genius to solve, the
complete solution of which was reserved for the great masters of the
sixteenth century. The supreme aim now was to bring the intimate life of
soul, the seriousness and the loftiness of religious emotion into harmony
with the animation, the actual presence of characters and forms both in its
corporeal and spiritual aspect, in order that the bodily configuration in its
pose, movement, and colour, may not simply remain an external
framework, but become itself essentially an expression of spirit and life,
and by virtue of that expression, made throughout all its parts wholly the
reflex of soul-life no less than of external form, reveal a beauty without
break or interruption.
Among the masters of most distinction, who set before themselves such an
aim, we should pre-eminently mention Leonardo da Vinci. It was he, who,
by virtue of his artistic thoroughness, his almost over-refined passion for
detail, his exquisite delicacy of mind and feeling, not only penetrated
further than any other[363] into the mysteries of the human form and the
secrets of its expression, but, through his equally profound knowledge of all
the technique of a painter, attained to an extraordinary infallibility in the
employment of all the means that his researches and practice had placed
within his reach. And, along with this, he was able to retain a reverential
seriousness in composing his religious subjects, so that his figures, however
much they present to us the ideal of a more complete and rounded actuality,
and disclose the expression of sweet, smiling joyfulness in facial traits and
friends, statesmen, artists, and other persons remarkable in their day for
their wit and vivacity find a place in religious compositions; traits borrowed
from both civil and domestic life are utilized with a greater or less degree of
freedom and dexterity; and if, no doubt, the spiritual aspect of the religious
content remained the foundation of all, yet the expression of piety was no
longer exclusively isolate, but is linked together with the more ample life of
reality and the open stage of the world[362]. No doubt we must add that by
reason of this tendency the expression of religious concentration and its
intimate piety is weakened, but art required also this worldly element in
order to arrive at its culminating point.
(γ) Out of this fusion of the more embracing reality of life with the ideal
material of religious emotion arose a new problem for genius to solve, the
complete solution of which was reserved for the great masters of the
sixteenth century. The supreme aim now was to bring the intimate life of
soul, the seriousness and the loftiness of religious emotion into harmony
with the animation, the actual presence of characters and forms both in its
corporeal and spiritual aspect, in order that the bodily configuration in its
pose, movement, and colour, may not simply remain an external
framework, but become itself essentially an expression of spirit and life,
and by virtue of that expression, made throughout all its parts wholly the
reflex of soul-life no less than of external form, reveal a beauty without
break or interruption.
Among the masters of most distinction, who set before themselves such an
aim, we should pre-eminently mention Leonardo da Vinci. It was he, who,
by virtue of his artistic thoroughness, his almost over-refined passion for
detail, his exquisite delicacy of mind and feeling, not only penetrated
further than any other[363] into the mysteries of the human form and the
secrets of its expression, but, through his equally profound knowledge of all
the technique of a painter, attained to an extraordinary infallibility in the
employment of all the means that his researches and practice had placed
within his reach. And, along with this, he was able to retain a reverential
seriousness in composing his religious subjects, so that his figures, however
much they present to us the ideal of a more complete and rounded actuality,
and disclose the expression of sweet, smiling joyfulness in facial traits and
Page 303
the delicate rhythm of drapery, do not thereby dispense with the dignity,
which the worth and truth of religion demand[364].
The most unflecked quality[365] of perfection reached in this direction was,
however, that first attained by Raphael. Herr von Rumohr assigns more
particularly to the artists of the Umbrian School dating from the middle of
the fifteenth century a mysterious fascination, which no sympathetic nature
can resist, and endeavours to find the source of this attraction in the depth
and tenderness of feeling no less than the marvellous unity into which these
painters knew how to bring memories from the oldest essays of Christian
art of a style only very partially understood by them[366] with the milder
conceptions of a later time, and in this respect proved themselves superior
to the Tuscan, Lombard, and Venetian fellow artists of that period[367]. It
was just this expression of "flawless purity of soul and absolute surrender to
the yearning and enthusiastic flow of tender feeling" to which Pietro
Perugino, the master of Raphael, devoted his artistic efforts, and succeeded
by doing so in fusing the objectivity and vitality of external forms,
throughout all its actual realization and in every detail, an aim which had
previously received the most marked attention in the elaborate work of the
Florentines. Starting from the work of Perugino, to whose artistic taste and
style he appears to have consistently adhered in his early work, Raphael
proceeded yet further to realize to the most consummate degree the demand
of the ideal above indicated. In other words we find united in him the
highest ecclesiastical feeling for the themes of religious art and a complete
knowledge and enthusiastic respect for natural phenomena in all the
animation of their colour and shape together with an insight fully as great
for the beauty of the antique. This great admiration for the idealistic beauty
of the ancients did not bring him in any way to imitate and adapt to his
work the forms which Greek sculpture had elaborated in their perfection.
What he seized from it was simply the general principle of their free beauty
which in his hands was throughout suffused with a more individual vitality
more applicable to his art and with a type of expression more deeply
informed with soul-life, and at the same time with an open, blithesome
clarity and thoroughness, in all the detail of the presentment that up to his
time was as yet unknown among Italian artists. In the elaboration and
consistent fusion and coherence of this ideal atmosphere he reached the
highest point of his attainment. On the other hand, in the magical charm of
which the worth and truth of religion demand[364].
The most unflecked quality[365] of perfection reached in this direction was,
however, that first attained by Raphael. Herr von Rumohr assigns more
particularly to the artists of the Umbrian School dating from the middle of
the fifteenth century a mysterious fascination, which no sympathetic nature
can resist, and endeavours to find the source of this attraction in the depth
and tenderness of feeling no less than the marvellous unity into which these
painters knew how to bring memories from the oldest essays of Christian
art of a style only very partially understood by them[366] with the milder
conceptions of a later time, and in this respect proved themselves superior
to the Tuscan, Lombard, and Venetian fellow artists of that period[367]. It
was just this expression of "flawless purity of soul and absolute surrender to
the yearning and enthusiastic flow of tender feeling" to which Pietro
Perugino, the master of Raphael, devoted his artistic efforts, and succeeded
by doing so in fusing the objectivity and vitality of external forms,
throughout all its actual realization and in every detail, an aim which had
previously received the most marked attention in the elaborate work of the
Florentines. Starting from the work of Perugino, to whose artistic taste and
style he appears to have consistently adhered in his early work, Raphael
proceeded yet further to realize to the most consummate degree the demand
of the ideal above indicated. In other words we find united in him the
highest ecclesiastical feeling for the themes of religious art and a complete
knowledge and enthusiastic respect for natural phenomena in all the
animation of their colour and shape together with an insight fully as great
for the beauty of the antique. This great admiration for the idealistic beauty
of the ancients did not bring him in any way to imitate and adapt to his
work the forms which Greek sculpture had elaborated in their perfection.
What he seized from it was simply the general principle of their free beauty
which in his hands was throughout suffused with a more individual vitality
more applicable to his art and with a type of expression more deeply
informed with soul-life, and at the same time with an open, blithesome
clarity and thoroughness, in all the detail of the presentment that up to his
time was as yet unknown among Italian artists. In the elaboration and
consistent fusion and coherence of this ideal atmosphere he reached the
highest point of his attainment. On the other hand, in the magical charm of
Page 304
chiaroscuro, in the exquisite tenderness and grace of soul-expression, of
forms, movements, and grouping, it is Correggio who most excels, while
the incomparable greatness of Titian consists in the wealth of natural life
that he displays, the illuminating bloom, fervency, warmth, and power of
his colour. We know nothing more delightful than the naïveté of Correggio's
not so much natural as religious and spiritual grace, nothing more sweet
than his smiling, unconscious beauty and innocence[368].
The artistic perfection of these great masters is a culminating point of art
such as could only be mastered by one nation in the course of historical
development.
(c) Thirdly, in so far as the question is that of German painting we may
affiliate that which is entirely German with that of Flemish or Dutch
painters. The general distinction between the above schools and that of the
Italians, consists in this, that neither the Germans nor the painters of the
Netherlands were willing as a creation of their own to attain to the free ideal
forms and modes of expression characteristic of Italian art, or were able to
progress to that spiritually transfigured type of beauty which is essentially
the result of such. What they did elaborate, however, was, in one aspect of
it, the expression of depth of emotion and the austere seclusion of the
individual soul, and, from another point of view, they attach to this intensity
of faith the separate definition of individual character in the broader
significance of it, that is to say, one which does not merely disclose the fact
of its close interest with the claims of faith and salvation, but also shows
how the individuals represented are affected by the concerns of the world,
how they are buffeted by the cares of life, and in this severe ordeal have
gained worldly wisdom, fidelity, consistency, straightforwardness, the
constancy of chivalry and the sterling character of good citizens. Agreeably
to this more restricted and depressed vision of the detail of life we find here,
and it is particularly conspicuous in the German school, from the beginning,
in deliberate contrast with the purer forms and characters of the Italians,
rather the expression of a formal obstinacy of stubborn natures, which
either oppose themselves to God with energetic defiance and brutal
wilfulness, or are forced to impose restraint on themselves in order that they
may, with sore travail, wrest themselves from their limitations and
uncouthness, and fight their way to the reconciliation of religion;
consequently the deep wounds which they inflict on their spiritual life
forms, movements, and grouping, it is Correggio who most excels, while
the incomparable greatness of Titian consists in the wealth of natural life
that he displays, the illuminating bloom, fervency, warmth, and power of
his colour. We know nothing more delightful than the naïveté of Correggio's
not so much natural as religious and spiritual grace, nothing more sweet
than his smiling, unconscious beauty and innocence[368].
The artistic perfection of these great masters is a culminating point of art
such as could only be mastered by one nation in the course of historical
development.
(c) Thirdly, in so far as the question is that of German painting we may
affiliate that which is entirely German with that of Flemish or Dutch
painters. The general distinction between the above schools and that of the
Italians, consists in this, that neither the Germans nor the painters of the
Netherlands were willing as a creation of their own to attain to the free ideal
forms and modes of expression characteristic of Italian art, or were able to
progress to that spiritually transfigured type of beauty which is essentially
the result of such. What they did elaborate, however, was, in one aspect of
it, the expression of depth of emotion and the austere seclusion of the
individual soul, and, from another point of view, they attach to this intensity
of faith the separate definition of individual character in the broader
significance of it, that is to say, one which does not merely disclose the fact
of its close interest with the claims of faith and salvation, but also shows
how the individuals represented are affected by the concerns of the world,
how they are buffeted by the cares of life, and in this severe ordeal have
gained worldly wisdom, fidelity, consistency, straightforwardness, the
constancy of chivalry and the sterling character of good citizens. Agreeably
to this more restricted and depressed vision of the detail of life we find here,
and it is particularly conspicuous in the German school, from the beginning,
in deliberate contrast with the purer forms and characters of the Italians,
rather the expression of a formal obstinacy of stubborn natures, which
either oppose themselves to God with energetic defiance and brutal
wilfulness, or are forced to impose restraint on themselves in order that they
may, with sore travail, wrest themselves from their limitations and
uncouthness, and fight their way to the reconciliation of religion;
consequently the deep wounds which they inflict on their spiritual life
Page 305
inevitably contribute to the visible expression of their piety. In illustrating
this more closely I will merely draw attention to certain prominent features,
which are important indications of the contrast between the older Flemish
school and the upper German and more recent Dutch masters of the
seventeenth century.
(α) Among the early Flemish masters, the brothers Van Eyck, Hubert, and
John are exceptionally distinguished in the early half of the fifteenth
century, and it is only recently that their true merits have once more been
established. It is now an established fact that they discovered, or at least
they were the first to fully perfect, the process of oil-painting. Looking at
the great advance they made we must now assume that a distinct series of
stages in the course of this progress to its culmination could be set forth. We
have, however, no historical array of works of art preserved for us whereby
we could illustrate such a gradual process. We are face to face at one
moment of time with the beginning and final consummation. For painting
of greater excellence than that of these two brothers it is almost impossible
to imagine. Moreover, the works that have come down to us, in which the
mere type is already dispensed with and overcome, not merely display a
grand mastery in drawing, arrangement, grouping, ideal and exterior
characterization, enthusiasm, clarity, harmony, and delicacy of colouring,
dignity and repose of composition; but we must add that the entire wealth of
painting respectively to nature's environment, architectonic accessories,
backgrounds, splendour and variety of material, drapery, style of weapons,
ornamentation, and much besides, is already treated with such fidelity, with
such an instinctive sense of what is pictorial, and with such a technical
virtuosity, that even later centuries, at any rate from the point of view of
thoroughness and truth, have been unable to produce any more consummate
result. We are, however, more strongly attracted by the master works of
Italian painting, if we contrast them with this Flemish school, because the
Italians, along with the completest expression of soul-life and the religious
sense, retain throughout the ideal of spiritual freedom and imaginative
beauty. The figures of Flemish art delight us, no doubt, by virtue of their
innocence, naïveté, and piety; nay, in the depth of their emotional life they,
in some measure, surpass the work of the most excellent Italian artists; but
the Flemish masters have never been able to attain to a beauty of form and a
freedom of soul comparable with that of the Italians. Their Christ-babes are,
in particular, badly modelled; and for the rest their characters, whether men
this more closely I will merely draw attention to certain prominent features,
which are important indications of the contrast between the older Flemish
school and the upper German and more recent Dutch masters of the
seventeenth century.
(α) Among the early Flemish masters, the brothers Van Eyck, Hubert, and
John are exceptionally distinguished in the early half of the fifteenth
century, and it is only recently that their true merits have once more been
established. It is now an established fact that they discovered, or at least
they were the first to fully perfect, the process of oil-painting. Looking at
the great advance they made we must now assume that a distinct series of
stages in the course of this progress to its culmination could be set forth. We
have, however, no historical array of works of art preserved for us whereby
we could illustrate such a gradual process. We are face to face at one
moment of time with the beginning and final consummation. For painting
of greater excellence than that of these two brothers it is almost impossible
to imagine. Moreover, the works that have come down to us, in which the
mere type is already dispensed with and overcome, not merely display a
grand mastery in drawing, arrangement, grouping, ideal and exterior
characterization, enthusiasm, clarity, harmony, and delicacy of colouring,
dignity and repose of composition; but we must add that the entire wealth of
painting respectively to nature's environment, architectonic accessories,
backgrounds, splendour and variety of material, drapery, style of weapons,
ornamentation, and much besides, is already treated with such fidelity, with
such an instinctive sense of what is pictorial, and with such a technical
virtuosity, that even later centuries, at any rate from the point of view of
thoroughness and truth, have been unable to produce any more consummate
result. We are, however, more strongly attracted by the master works of
Italian painting, if we contrast them with this Flemish school, because the
Italians, along with the completest expression of soul-life and the religious
sense, retain throughout the ideal of spiritual freedom and imaginative
beauty. The figures of Flemish art delight us, no doubt, by virtue of their
innocence, naïveté, and piety; nay, in the depth of their emotional life they,
in some measure, surpass the work of the most excellent Italian artists; but
the Flemish masters have never been able to attain to a beauty of form and a
freedom of soul comparable with that of the Italians. Their Christ-babes are,
in particular, badly modelled; and for the rest their characters, whether men
Page 306
or women, however strongly, subject to their dominant expression of
religious fervour, they may display a sterling character in their relation to
secular interests sanctified by the depth of their faith, nevertheless appear to
us lacking in a significance which can exalt itself over such a piety, or
rather, as dominated by it, do not appear able at the same time to be
essentially free, instinct with imagination and the enterprise of superior
qualities.
(β) A further aspect we shall do well to consider is the transition from the
more tranquil, reverential piety to the representation of martyrdoms, and, in
general, what is not beautiful in reality. It is more particularly the North
German masters who excel in scenes borrowed from the Passion in which
they emphasize the savagery of the soldiery, the evil aspects of the
mocking, the fierceness of the hate against Christ during the course of His
sufferings, with particular insistence on features of ugliness and distortion,
and which are intended to denote external forms correspondent with the
depravity of spirit. The tranquil and beautiful activity of an unassuming
personal piety is thrown into the background, and the movements which are
inseparable from the situations above mentioned unfold us hideous
distortions, expressions of ferocity, and all the unbridled exhibition of
passions. Where we have the contending tumult and the uncouthness of
characters presented with such detail, it is not surprising that such pictures
are defective in the ideal harmony of their composition no less than their
colour, so that, more especially where a taste for old German paintings first
crops up, critics when thus confronted with what is, as a rule, an inferior
class of technical accomplishment, fall into many mistakes when
determining the date of their production. Thus it has been maintained that
they are previous to the more consummate pictures of the Van Eyck period,
although, for the most part, they hail from a more recent time. However, the
Upper German masters were not exclusively occupied with works of this
type, but have likewise treated a variety of religious subjects, and, indeed—
Albrecht Dürer, with others, exemplifies this—even in scenes from Christ's
Passion, have understood how effectively to grapple with the extremes of
pure savagery, and even when treating such themes to preserve an ideal
nobility and an external independence[369] and freedom.
(γ) Finally, the development of German and Flemish art is characterized in a
complete identification of itself with the ordinary life of the Present; and,
religious fervour, they may display a sterling character in their relation to
secular interests sanctified by the depth of their faith, nevertheless appear to
us lacking in a significance which can exalt itself over such a piety, or
rather, as dominated by it, do not appear able at the same time to be
essentially free, instinct with imagination and the enterprise of superior
qualities.
(β) A further aspect we shall do well to consider is the transition from the
more tranquil, reverential piety to the representation of martyrdoms, and, in
general, what is not beautiful in reality. It is more particularly the North
German masters who excel in scenes borrowed from the Passion in which
they emphasize the savagery of the soldiery, the evil aspects of the
mocking, the fierceness of the hate against Christ during the course of His
sufferings, with particular insistence on features of ugliness and distortion,
and which are intended to denote external forms correspondent with the
depravity of spirit. The tranquil and beautiful activity of an unassuming
personal piety is thrown into the background, and the movements which are
inseparable from the situations above mentioned unfold us hideous
distortions, expressions of ferocity, and all the unbridled exhibition of
passions. Where we have the contending tumult and the uncouthness of
characters presented with such detail, it is not surprising that such pictures
are defective in the ideal harmony of their composition no less than their
colour, so that, more especially where a taste for old German paintings first
crops up, critics when thus confronted with what is, as a rule, an inferior
class of technical accomplishment, fall into many mistakes when
determining the date of their production. Thus it has been maintained that
they are previous to the more consummate pictures of the Van Eyck period,
although, for the most part, they hail from a more recent time. However, the
Upper German masters were not exclusively occupied with works of this
type, but have likewise treated a variety of religious subjects, and, indeed—
Albrecht Dürer, with others, exemplifies this—even in scenes from Christ's
Passion, have understood how effectively to grapple with the extremes of
pure savagery, and even when treating such themes to preserve an ideal
nobility and an external independence[369] and freedom.
(γ) Finally, the development of German and Flemish art is characterized in a
complete identification of itself with the ordinary life of the Present; and,
Page 307
along with this, in a unified system of the most varied modes of
presentation, which, both in respect to their content and technique, are
distinct from one another and independently elaborated. We have seen
already the advance made by Italian painting from the simple nobility of
devotion to an ever-increasing assertion of secular motive, which here,
however, as we pointed out in the case of Raphael, was in some measure
permeated by ecclesiastical prepossessions, and in part limited by the
coherent principle of antique beauty. We may add that the later course of
this school is not so much a dissolution of that unity in the representation of
every kind of subject-matter under the predominant interest of the colourist
as a more superficial disposition, or rather, eclectic imitation of styles of
draughtsmanship and painting. German and Flemish art, on the contrary,
has in the most definite and exceptional degree traversed the entire scheme
of content and modes of treatment, starting from its wholly traditional
church pictures, single figures and half lengths, then on to thoughtful, pious,
and devotional subjects, until we come to that animation and extension of
the same in larger compositions and scenes, in which, however, the free
characterization of figure, the heightened vitality effected by means of
processions, retinues, incidental personages, embellishment of garments
and utensils, wealth of portraiture, architectural works, environment, views
of churches, cities, streams, forests, mountains, is still conceived and
executed as a whole subject to religious motivation. This focal centre still
persists; but we find that the range of subjects, which had hitherto been held
together in unity, is broken into division, and the separate parts become, in
the specific singularity and contingent character of their alternations or
independent modifications, subject to every possible type of conception and
pictorial execution[370].
In order to arrive at a full appreciation of this aspect of art's development in
the present context, for we have already referred to the point, we will pass
briefly in review the national conditions which were operative in the
change. We are under the necessity to justify, as we shall attempt to do in
the following observations, a transition from direct relations to the Church
and the outlook and pictorial modes of piety to a delight in the world
simply, that is to say, to the objects and particular phenomena of Nature, to
domestic life in its dignity, congeniality, and peaceful seclusion, to an
enjoyment of national festivities and processions, rustic dances, the games
and follies attendant upon church fêtes. Now the Reformation had
presentation, which, both in respect to their content and technique, are
distinct from one another and independently elaborated. We have seen
already the advance made by Italian painting from the simple nobility of
devotion to an ever-increasing assertion of secular motive, which here,
however, as we pointed out in the case of Raphael, was in some measure
permeated by ecclesiastical prepossessions, and in part limited by the
coherent principle of antique beauty. We may add that the later course of
this school is not so much a dissolution of that unity in the representation of
every kind of subject-matter under the predominant interest of the colourist
as a more superficial disposition, or rather, eclectic imitation of styles of
draughtsmanship and painting. German and Flemish art, on the contrary,
has in the most definite and exceptional degree traversed the entire scheme
of content and modes of treatment, starting from its wholly traditional
church pictures, single figures and half lengths, then on to thoughtful, pious,
and devotional subjects, until we come to that animation and extension of
the same in larger compositions and scenes, in which, however, the free
characterization of figure, the heightened vitality effected by means of
processions, retinues, incidental personages, embellishment of garments
and utensils, wealth of portraiture, architectural works, environment, views
of churches, cities, streams, forests, mountains, is still conceived and
executed as a whole subject to religious motivation. This focal centre still
persists; but we find that the range of subjects, which had hitherto been held
together in unity, is broken into division, and the separate parts become, in
the specific singularity and contingent character of their alternations or
independent modifications, subject to every possible type of conception and
pictorial execution[370].
In order to arrive at a full appreciation of this aspect of art's development in
the present context, for we have already referred to the point, we will pass
briefly in review the national conditions which were operative in the
change. We are under the necessity to justify, as we shall attempt to do in
the following observations, a transition from direct relations to the Church
and the outlook and pictorial modes of piety to a delight in the world
simply, that is to say, to the objects and particular phenomena of Nature, to
domestic life in its dignity, congeniality, and peaceful seclusion, to an
enjoyment of national festivities and processions, rustic dances, the games
and follies attendant upon church fêtes. Now the Reformation had
Page 308
thoroughly penetrated Holland. The Dutch had become Protestants and
overcome the despotism of the Spanish Crown and Church. And what is
more we do not, if we consider the political condition here, either find a
distinguished nobility which drives forth its princes and tyrants, or imposes
laws on them, nor yet an agricultural people, oppressed peasantry, who
break free as the Swiss have done, but rather a population which, in by far
the largest proportion of it, if we except the few brave souls that tilled the
soil and its more than brave heroes of the sea, consisted of citizens of the
town, men of business, well-to-do burghers, men who, rejoicing in their
ordinary avocations, entertained no lofty pretensions, but, as became their
courage and intelligence, with audacious reliance in God, stood up to
defend the freedom of their hardly-won liberties and the particular
privileges of their provinces, cities, and guilds, dared to oppose themselves
to all hazards without fear of the transcendent prestige of the Spanish
dominion over half the world, to bravely let their blood flow for such an
aim, and by virtue of this righteous boldness and endurance victoriously
secured both their religious and civic independence. And if we may brand
any single condition of soul-life as distinctively deutsch, it is just this loyal,
well-to-do, and genial citizenship, which, in a self-respect that is without
pride, in a piety which is not merely absorbed in enthusiasm and devotion,
but which is concretely pious in the affairs of the world[371] and is homely
and contented in its abundance, remains neat and clean, and in persistent
carefulness and contentment under all circumstances, armed with its own
enduring sense of independence and freedom, is able, with loyalty to its
former life, to preserve the sterling character of its forefathers unimpaired.
This intelligent and artistically endowed people furthermore seeks its
enjoyment in the pictorial presentment of its vigorous, justly co-ordinated,
satisfying, and comfortable existence; it is all for taking a renewed delight
by means of its pictures in the cleanliness under all conditions of its towns,
houses, and domestic arrangements, of enjoying thus its household felicity,
its wealth, the generous adornment of its wives and children, the splendour
of its civic feasts, the boldness of its seamen, the fame of its merchandise
and the shipping, in which it rides over all the seas of the world. And it is
just this instinct of orderly and cheerful existence, which the Dutch masters
emphasize also in their landscape subjects. In one word, in all their pictorial
accomplishment they succeed in combining with freedom, and truth of
conception, with their enthusiasm for what is in appearance of inferior and
overcome the despotism of the Spanish Crown and Church. And what is
more we do not, if we consider the political condition here, either find a
distinguished nobility which drives forth its princes and tyrants, or imposes
laws on them, nor yet an agricultural people, oppressed peasantry, who
break free as the Swiss have done, but rather a population which, in by far
the largest proportion of it, if we except the few brave souls that tilled the
soil and its more than brave heroes of the sea, consisted of citizens of the
town, men of business, well-to-do burghers, men who, rejoicing in their
ordinary avocations, entertained no lofty pretensions, but, as became their
courage and intelligence, with audacious reliance in God, stood up to
defend the freedom of their hardly-won liberties and the particular
privileges of their provinces, cities, and guilds, dared to oppose themselves
to all hazards without fear of the transcendent prestige of the Spanish
dominion over half the world, to bravely let their blood flow for such an
aim, and by virtue of this righteous boldness and endurance victoriously
secured both their religious and civic independence. And if we may brand
any single condition of soul-life as distinctively deutsch, it is just this loyal,
well-to-do, and genial citizenship, which, in a self-respect that is without
pride, in a piety which is not merely absorbed in enthusiasm and devotion,
but which is concretely pious in the affairs of the world[371] and is homely
and contented in its abundance, remains neat and clean, and in persistent
carefulness and contentment under all circumstances, armed with its own
enduring sense of independence and freedom, is able, with loyalty to its
former life, to preserve the sterling character of its forefathers unimpaired.
This intelligent and artistically endowed people furthermore seeks its
enjoyment in the pictorial presentment of its vigorous, justly co-ordinated,
satisfying, and comfortable existence; it is all for taking a renewed delight
by means of its pictures in the cleanliness under all conditions of its towns,
houses, and domestic arrangements, of enjoying thus its household felicity,
its wealth, the generous adornment of its wives and children, the splendour
of its civic feasts, the boldness of its seamen, the fame of its merchandise
and the shipping, in which it rides over all the seas of the world. And it is
just this instinct of orderly and cheerful existence, which the Dutch masters
emphasize also in their landscape subjects. In one word, in all their pictorial
accomplishment they succeed in combining with freedom, and truth of
conception, with their enthusiasm for what is in appearance of inferior and
Page 309
momentary significance, with the freshness of open vision and the
concentration of their entire soul on all that is most stamped with the
seclusion and limitations of their life, the most ample freedom of artistic
composition, no less than the finest feeling for accessories and the most
perfect effects of studious elaboration. From one point of view this school
of painting has developed to an incomparable degree the magic and mystery
of lighting and colour[372] generally in its scenes borrowed from war and
military life, in its tavern jollifications, in its weddings and other rustic
fêtes, in its pictures of domestic life, in its portraits, landscapes, animals,
flowers, and the rest. From another aspect it has elaborated with a similar
excellence the characterization which penetrates to the heart of life in all the
truth of which Art is capable. And although its insistence on the
insignificant and contingent includes the expression of what is boorish,
rude, and common, yet these scenes are so permeated throughout with
ingenuous lustiness and jollity, that it is not the common in its meanness
and naughtiness so much as the gaiety and joviality which creates the
artistic subject and its content. We do not look at mean feelings and
passions, but simply what is boorish, in the sense of being rustic, near to
nature, in the poorer classes, a quality which connotes geniality,
waggishness, and comedy. In short the Ideal itself is not wholly absent from
this unperturbed easy-way-of-life. It is the Sabbath of Life, which brings all
to one level and removes all badness, simply as such. Men who are thus so
whole-heartedly of good temper can neither be wholly bad nor mean. In this
respect it is not one and the same thing, whether evil is of purely
momentary appearance in a character, or lies at its root and essence. In the
work of these Dutch painters what is humorous in a situation cancels what
is evil, and it is at once clear to us that the characters could be something
other than that in the guise of which they are for the time being set before
us[373]. A gaiety and comedy of this description contributes much to the
invaluable character of these pictures. If pictures of this rollicking type are
attempted nowadays, the painter, as a rule, only places before us what is
essentially mean, coarse and bad without the illuminating atmosphere of a
comic situation[374]. A bad wife rails at her tipsy husband in the tavern with
all her might. In a scene of this kind we have only put before us, as I have
already remarked, the bald facts that the man is a dissipated brute and the
woman a rating wench.
concentration of their entire soul on all that is most stamped with the
seclusion and limitations of their life, the most ample freedom of artistic
composition, no less than the finest feeling for accessories and the most
perfect effects of studious elaboration. From one point of view this school
of painting has developed to an incomparable degree the magic and mystery
of lighting and colour[372] generally in its scenes borrowed from war and
military life, in its tavern jollifications, in its weddings and other rustic
fêtes, in its pictures of domestic life, in its portraits, landscapes, animals,
flowers, and the rest. From another aspect it has elaborated with a similar
excellence the characterization which penetrates to the heart of life in all the
truth of which Art is capable. And although its insistence on the
insignificant and contingent includes the expression of what is boorish,
rude, and common, yet these scenes are so permeated throughout with
ingenuous lustiness and jollity, that it is not the common in its meanness
and naughtiness so much as the gaiety and joviality which creates the
artistic subject and its content. We do not look at mean feelings and
passions, but simply what is boorish, in the sense of being rustic, near to
nature, in the poorer classes, a quality which connotes geniality,
waggishness, and comedy. In short the Ideal itself is not wholly absent from
this unperturbed easy-way-of-life. It is the Sabbath of Life, which brings all
to one level and removes all badness, simply as such. Men who are thus so
whole-heartedly of good temper can neither be wholly bad nor mean. In this
respect it is not one and the same thing, whether evil is of purely
momentary appearance in a character, or lies at its root and essence. In the
work of these Dutch painters what is humorous in a situation cancels what
is evil, and it is at once clear to us that the characters could be something
other than that in the guise of which they are for the time being set before
us[373]. A gaiety and comedy of this description contributes much to the
invaluable character of these pictures. If pictures of this rollicking type are
attempted nowadays, the painter, as a rule, only places before us what is
essentially mean, coarse and bad without the illuminating atmosphere of a
comic situation[374]. A bad wife rails at her tipsy husband in the tavern with
all her might. In a scene of this kind we have only put before us, as I have
already remarked, the bald facts that the man is a dissipated brute and the
woman a rating wench.
Page 310
If we look at the Dutch masters in this light we shall no longer entertain the
view that the art of painting should have said good-bye to such subjects
altogether, and merely confined itself to depicting the gods of old, myths,
and fables, or even Madonna pictures, crucifixions, martyrs, popes, and
saints of both sexes. What is a vital ingredient of every work of art is
inseparable also from painting, and this is the observance of what generally
concerns our humanity, the spirit and characterization of man, in other
words what man is and what each individual is. This vital grasp of the
conscious life of human nature and the external forms of its appearance, this
naive delight and artistic freedom, this freshness and cheerfulness of
imaginative sympathy, this absolute directness of execution is what
constitutes the poetry that underlies the work of the majority of the Dutch
painters of this period. In their paintings we may study and acquaint
ourselves with human nature and mankind. Nowadays, however, our artist
only too frequently will confront us with portraits and historical pictures, at
which we have only to cast a bare glance, and we see that, while flatly
contradicting the wildest dream of what is possible in mankind or anyone in
particular, he neither knows aught at all about man or his natural colour, nor
yet the modes of composition[375] in which we may justly express that
humanity[376].
[214] Die gesammte Menschen-brust.
[215] Die in sich gediegene Individualität des Gottes.
[216] Betrachtung, here implying thought rather than vision.
[217] That is a unity which dissolves all difference.
[218] Als Inneres.
[219] Als Reflexion in sich. Probably Hegel means simply the ultimate fact of
self-conscious life—which is to find itself in Nature as the antithesis of the
synthetic unity of the ego. This is developed in the latter half of the sentence.
[220] Lit., "Is not an essentially persistent and stereotyped (Erstarrtes, stiffened)
individual."
[221] Less than sculpture.
[222] He may mean type of art generally, but I think the reference here is simply
to painting. The passage is an important one.
[223] I presume Hegel uses the word seeligkeit in the ordinary sense, not
"soulfulness." The close relation with Schmertz necessitates this. But the spelling
suggests the other interpretation.
view that the art of painting should have said good-bye to such subjects
altogether, and merely confined itself to depicting the gods of old, myths,
and fables, or even Madonna pictures, crucifixions, martyrs, popes, and
saints of both sexes. What is a vital ingredient of every work of art is
inseparable also from painting, and this is the observance of what generally
concerns our humanity, the spirit and characterization of man, in other
words what man is and what each individual is. This vital grasp of the
conscious life of human nature and the external forms of its appearance, this
naive delight and artistic freedom, this freshness and cheerfulness of
imaginative sympathy, this absolute directness of execution is what
constitutes the poetry that underlies the work of the majority of the Dutch
painters of this period. In their paintings we may study and acquaint
ourselves with human nature and mankind. Nowadays, however, our artist
only too frequently will confront us with portraits and historical pictures, at
which we have only to cast a bare glance, and we see that, while flatly
contradicting the wildest dream of what is possible in mankind or anyone in
particular, he neither knows aught at all about man or his natural colour, nor
yet the modes of composition[375] in which we may justly express that
humanity[376].
[214] Die gesammte Menschen-brust.
[215] Die in sich gediegene Individualität des Gottes.
[216] Betrachtung, here implying thought rather than vision.
[217] That is a unity which dissolves all difference.
[218] Als Inneres.
[219] Als Reflexion in sich. Probably Hegel means simply the ultimate fact of
self-conscious life—which is to find itself in Nature as the antithesis of the
synthetic unity of the ego. This is developed in the latter half of the sentence.
[220] Lit., "Is not an essentially persistent and stereotyped (Erstarrtes, stiffened)
individual."
[221] Less than sculpture.
[222] He may mean type of art generally, but I think the reference here is simply
to painting. The passage is an important one.
[223] I presume Hegel uses the word seeligkeit in the ordinary sense, not
"soulfulness." The close relation with Schmertz necessitates this. But the spelling
suggests the other interpretation.
Page 311
[224] Which is absent in the classical treatment.
[225] That is, the creative artist.
[226] Innerlichkeit. It is impossible to express Hegel's use of this word by one
expression. It combines intimacy, ideal union, and inwardness of soul-life in its
contrast to objective reality.
[227] That is the romantic type.
[228] Die für sich seyende Subjektivität. That is a process that elaborates itself in
independent form consonant to its own substance.
[229] Als dieses Subjekt. That is, I assume, as the distinctive personality of the
artist. This must appear on the face of the work as the crown of its independent
type and concrete unity (Zur Spitze des Fürsichseyns) but must not dominate it to
the extent of destroying all natural detail, not even to the extent of sculpture.
[230] Zur Spitze des Fürsichseyns. See note above.
[231] That is their union in sculpture.
[232] Als solcher. Hegel means that the universal present in emotion is objective
therein as part of the self-conscious life, but is only presented in the concrete
objective shape in the work of the artist who therein suffers to escape the wholly
personal side.
[233] Sein Inneres, his ideal substance, with more direct reference to feeling.
[234] Aus demselben in sich hineingehend. I think what is meant is that the
material is idealized out of one of its spatial conditions rather than that the artist
selects his medium in consonance with his temperament and technique.
[235] That is, does not affect the stability and total effect of the work. Of course
the actual effect may vary.
[236] Für diesen festen Punkt des Subjekts.
[237] Die in sich besonderte Innerlichkeit.
[238] The distinctions in matter conditioned in Space.
[239] The meaning, if rather obscurely expressed, appears to be this. The art of
sculpture shows us when it treats the spatial dimensions as essential that we must
have the entire spatial form to do this, and it shows us that if we wish to pass
from the mere presentment of bodily form to a fuller ideal quality we must
contract this exclusive appearance of physical matter.
[240] Lit., "Begins to be subjective." Begins to possess a self-excluding centre of
unity, i.e., self-identity.
[241] That is to the point of a real subject or ego.
[242] E.g., secure an abstract result in superficies only.
[243] Apart from artistic means.
[244] Though the statements here are suggestive, they are obviously influenced
by Hegel's belief in the false theory of light propounded by Goethe.
[245] This is a direct reference to the Newtonian theory, of course.
[225] That is, the creative artist.
[226] Innerlichkeit. It is impossible to express Hegel's use of this word by one
expression. It combines intimacy, ideal union, and inwardness of soul-life in its
contrast to objective reality.
[227] That is the romantic type.
[228] Die für sich seyende Subjektivität. That is a process that elaborates itself in
independent form consonant to its own substance.
[229] Als dieses Subjekt. That is, I assume, as the distinctive personality of the
artist. This must appear on the face of the work as the crown of its independent
type and concrete unity (Zur Spitze des Fürsichseyns) but must not dominate it to
the extent of destroying all natural detail, not even to the extent of sculpture.
[230] Zur Spitze des Fürsichseyns. See note above.
[231] That is their union in sculpture.
[232] Als solcher. Hegel means that the universal present in emotion is objective
therein as part of the self-conscious life, but is only presented in the concrete
objective shape in the work of the artist who therein suffers to escape the wholly
personal side.
[233] Sein Inneres, his ideal substance, with more direct reference to feeling.
[234] Aus demselben in sich hineingehend. I think what is meant is that the
material is idealized out of one of its spatial conditions rather than that the artist
selects his medium in consonance with his temperament and technique.
[235] That is, does not affect the stability and total effect of the work. Of course
the actual effect may vary.
[236] Für diesen festen Punkt des Subjekts.
[237] Die in sich besonderte Innerlichkeit.
[238] The distinctions in matter conditioned in Space.
[239] The meaning, if rather obscurely expressed, appears to be this. The art of
sculpture shows us when it treats the spatial dimensions as essential that we must
have the entire spatial form to do this, and it shows us that if we wish to pass
from the mere presentment of bodily form to a fuller ideal quality we must
contract this exclusive appearance of physical matter.
[240] Lit., "Begins to be subjective." Begins to possess a self-excluding centre of
unity, i.e., self-identity.
[241] That is to the point of a real subject or ego.
[242] E.g., secure an abstract result in superficies only.
[243] Apart from artistic means.
[244] Though the statements here are suggestive, they are obviously influenced
by Hegel's belief in the false theory of light propounded by Goethe.
[245] This is a direct reference to the Newtonian theory, of course.
Page 312
[246] Zeichnung here refers to line rather than technical excellence in
draughtsmanship. It must be admitted Hegel's emphasis of these two aspects is
carried rather too far.
[247] The above passage is open to criticism. Hegel hardly makes allowance for
the fact that the defective technique, so far as it is defective, of the earlier
masters, was mainly due to their state of knowledge. Art was, in a certain aspect
of technique, in its infancy. Moreover to compare Dutch landscape with that of
Bellini or Raphael is to compare things that are each unique of their kind and not
comparable. Their aim was entirely different. In such pictures as the San Sisto
Madonna of Raphael, the great Crucifixion of Tintoret, or the Entombment of
Titian it is quite impossible to maintain that the earnestness of conception is in
any way inferior to the technique, although we have no doubt a different degree
of conviction expressed by Fra Angelico. And the classical landscape of Titian or
Tintoret is of its type supreme.
[248] This statement of Hegel again requires parenthesis or at least
interpretation. There is a realism such as that we find in the most consummate
work of a Titian, or the genre work of the Dutch school, or our own Pre-
Raphaelites, to say nothing of mere academical realism, which hardly comes
within his remarks. It is obvious that the Ideal is subserved in different degrees
by such examples, and in fact to preserve that unity of conception despite the
greatest elaboration, is to serve the Ideal at least in one aspect of it. Hegel, at
least in the concluding part of this paragraph, appears mainly to have in his mind
still life and the genre pictures of the Dutch, and rather seems to overlook his
own statement as to the necessity of selection and the power to express detail by
the shorthand of genius rather than deliberate imitation.
[249] Grossartigkeit.
[250] Innigkeit. Intimate ideality, inwardness.
[251] I am not sure what Hegel means by the expression Nicht das Niedrige ist
zerdrückt. If the text is correct I suppose it means the sensuous side does not
make way for a more spiritual synthesis. What we should expect is some other
verb than zerdrückt such as ausgedrückt, the sense being that "though the mean
emotion is not expressed, and no rage, etc., is asserted, yet despite of it all," etc. I
think there must be some misprint here.
[252] Ein starres Beisichseyn. Compare the expression lower down affirmatives
Fürsichseyn with which it contrasts.
[253] Für sich bestehende Herz.
[254] Als ein göttliches Moment. It means an actual phase in the Divine
existence.
[255] An important statement. Hegel's words are Sondern wir müssen das
geistige Daseyn im Bewusstseyn des Menschen als die wesentliche geistige
Existenz Gottes ansehn.
[256] A bad master at any rate for such a subject.
[257] This metaphor appears to me rather confused, and in fact I do not pretend
wholly to understand its meaning. I suppose the idea is that beyond the clouds of
draughtsmanship. It must be admitted Hegel's emphasis of these two aspects is
carried rather too far.
[247] The above passage is open to criticism. Hegel hardly makes allowance for
the fact that the defective technique, so far as it is defective, of the earlier
masters, was mainly due to their state of knowledge. Art was, in a certain aspect
of technique, in its infancy. Moreover to compare Dutch landscape with that of
Bellini or Raphael is to compare things that are each unique of their kind and not
comparable. Their aim was entirely different. In such pictures as the San Sisto
Madonna of Raphael, the great Crucifixion of Tintoret, or the Entombment of
Titian it is quite impossible to maintain that the earnestness of conception is in
any way inferior to the technique, although we have no doubt a different degree
of conviction expressed by Fra Angelico. And the classical landscape of Titian or
Tintoret is of its type supreme.
[248] This statement of Hegel again requires parenthesis or at least
interpretation. There is a realism such as that we find in the most consummate
work of a Titian, or the genre work of the Dutch school, or our own Pre-
Raphaelites, to say nothing of mere academical realism, which hardly comes
within his remarks. It is obvious that the Ideal is subserved in different degrees
by such examples, and in fact to preserve that unity of conception despite the
greatest elaboration, is to serve the Ideal at least in one aspect of it. Hegel, at
least in the concluding part of this paragraph, appears mainly to have in his mind
still life and the genre pictures of the Dutch, and rather seems to overlook his
own statement as to the necessity of selection and the power to express detail by
the shorthand of genius rather than deliberate imitation.
[249] Grossartigkeit.
[250] Innigkeit. Intimate ideality, inwardness.
[251] I am not sure what Hegel means by the expression Nicht das Niedrige ist
zerdrückt. If the text is correct I suppose it means the sensuous side does not
make way for a more spiritual synthesis. What we should expect is some other
verb than zerdrückt such as ausgedrückt, the sense being that "though the mean
emotion is not expressed, and no rage, etc., is asserted, yet despite of it all," etc. I
think there must be some misprint here.
[252] Ein starres Beisichseyn. Compare the expression lower down affirmatives
Fürsichseyn with which it contrasts.
[253] Für sich bestehende Herz.
[254] Als ein göttliches Moment. It means an actual phase in the Divine
existence.
[255] An important statement. Hegel's words are Sondern wir müssen das
geistige Daseyn im Bewusstseyn des Menschen als die wesentliche geistige
Existenz Gottes ansehn.
[256] A bad master at any rate for such a subject.
[257] This metaphor appears to me rather confused, and in fact I do not pretend
wholly to understand its meaning. I suppose the idea is that beyond the clouds of
Page 313
soul-life there are the clouds that obscure Providence. In all this passage Hegel
shows his limitations as an art student.
[258] Näher. That is our love of God is mainly through Christ.
[259] Ein bloss eingelnes Moment. A phase that passes or becomes relatively
insignificant.
[260] Innigste, most intimate. A curious but characteristic conclusion of Hegel.
[261] This analysis must be accepted of course mainly as an analysis of the ideal
proposed to us by the profoundest Christian art. It is obviously not true of much
Italian art, Titian's work for example, and it is equally remote from many of the
most probable facts of history.
[262] Die Starrheit. The rigid or unyielding character.
[263] Der Gehalt ihres Gemüths. It is possible to see in this analysis something
rather capricious and far-fetched, and yet to appreciate its value as an analysis of
Christian love for the deceased beloved as contrasted with pagan sentiment. The
finest illustration I myself can recollect of this is not the mother Mary at all, but
the figure of the Magdalene in Tintoret's "Deposition" in the S. Giorgio
Maggiore Church in Venice. As a matter of fact the divine mother in sacred art is
almost invariably depicted in a state of swoon under the stress of her grief,
though Tintoret's Pietà in the Brera is a notable exception.
[264] I do not know this painter. For pathos I know no finer conception of the
death than that of Rembrandt's etching. Blake's drawing, exhibited recently at
Cambridge, shows us the tranquillity and dignity of the scene more finely than
any other representation.
[265] I presume Hegel means this by the words die Menschheit, but it is a
difficult passage.
[266] It is impossible in English to preserve the antithesis between bitten and
beten.
[267] Und nichts für sich hat. That is to say reciprocity is of its essence. "Give
and it shall be given unto you."
[268] Die Gestalt may possibly refer to the suppliant.
[269] The Sistine Madonna.
[270] A good instance is the great Crucifixion of Fra Angelico in the S. Mark
convent in Florence.
[271] And a painter like Carlo Dolci or the Caracci are even worse.
[272] It would perhaps have been more instructive to consider the difference of
temperament in the artist when dealing with such subjects and its influence on
his treatment. It is very far from an obvious truth that physiognomy upon which
the conflict of soul-life is most marked loses thereby the characteristics of
beauty. There is the beauty of gnarled oak no less than that of the rose and the
lily.
[273] Das Beisichseyn der Liebe im Absoluten. Lit., the self-inherency cf Love
within the Absolute.
shows his limitations as an art student.
[258] Näher. That is our love of God is mainly through Christ.
[259] Ein bloss eingelnes Moment. A phase that passes or becomes relatively
insignificant.
[260] Innigste, most intimate. A curious but characteristic conclusion of Hegel.
[261] This analysis must be accepted of course mainly as an analysis of the ideal
proposed to us by the profoundest Christian art. It is obviously not true of much
Italian art, Titian's work for example, and it is equally remote from many of the
most probable facts of history.
[262] Die Starrheit. The rigid or unyielding character.
[263] Der Gehalt ihres Gemüths. It is possible to see in this analysis something
rather capricious and far-fetched, and yet to appreciate its value as an analysis of
Christian love for the deceased beloved as contrasted with pagan sentiment. The
finest illustration I myself can recollect of this is not the mother Mary at all, but
the figure of the Magdalene in Tintoret's "Deposition" in the S. Giorgio
Maggiore Church in Venice. As a matter of fact the divine mother in sacred art is
almost invariably depicted in a state of swoon under the stress of her grief,
though Tintoret's Pietà in the Brera is a notable exception.
[264] I do not know this painter. For pathos I know no finer conception of the
death than that of Rembrandt's etching. Blake's drawing, exhibited recently at
Cambridge, shows us the tranquillity and dignity of the scene more finely than
any other representation.
[265] I presume Hegel means this by the words die Menschheit, but it is a
difficult passage.
[266] It is impossible in English to preserve the antithesis between bitten and
beten.
[267] Und nichts für sich hat. That is to say reciprocity is of its essence. "Give
and it shall be given unto you."
[268] Die Gestalt may possibly refer to the suppliant.
[269] The Sistine Madonna.
[270] A good instance is the great Crucifixion of Fra Angelico in the S. Mark
convent in Florence.
[271] And a painter like Carlo Dolci or the Caracci are even worse.
[272] It would perhaps have been more instructive to consider the difference of
temperament in the artist when dealing with such subjects and its influence on
his treatment. It is very far from an obvious truth that physiognomy upon which
the conflict of soul-life is most marked loses thereby the characteristics of
beauty. There is the beauty of gnarled oak no less than that of the rose and the
lily.
[273] Das Beisichseyn der Liebe im Absoluten. Lit., the self-inherency cf Love
within the Absolute.
Page 314
[274] Sondern auch selbständig. He seems to mean that they receive from this
relation the subsistent individuality of spirit. This reference to landscape is
obviously very perfunctory and insufficient.
[275] See vol. I, p. 220.
[276] Mit dem in sich particularisirten Innern. With the ideal complexus of
particular objects as related to one subject. Their particularity is due to their
characterization, and that is dependent on idealization.
[277] Diess Verwachsenseyn. Lit., this growing up with.
[278] There is, however, the aspect of consummate execution which in itself is a
very real source of artistic enjoyment, and Hegel rather seems to overlook this
here.
[279] Verzweigungen. All off-shoots of attention or interest.
[280] Of course, even in the painting of still life, artistic composition itself
implies by its selection and subordination to an idea a new result. And the
characteristic technique of a painter inevitably has the same result.
[281] Geistigen Ausdrück.
[282] Grundlage.
[283] It is perhaps rather strange that Hegel should have considered the Dutch
and Flemish schools as pre-eminently colourists. Apart from Rembrandt the truth
is not very apparent. But he was mainly thinking of their dexterity in the lighting
of a picture and the scintillation of colour.
[284] That is, as black and white and its gradations.
[285] It is not quite clear what is intended here by Vervielfältigung, probably
power of being adapted to various subject matter and modes of expression.
[286] It is hardly necessary to point out that this discussion, being based on
Goethe's false theory of colour in opposition to Newton's prismatic analysis, has
no scientific value, though historically of interest. The blueness of the sky is due
to the blue rays being detained.
[287] I presume by concrete unity Hegel refers in some form to a unity that is
such owing to its intrinsic nature.
[288] But red quite as often symbolizes enthusiasm and love, and in Tintoret's
Paradise the Virgin has the red tunic and the blue mantle.
[289] As a matter of fact violet or purple is a cardinal colour.
[290] Green is not a cardinal colour.
[291] Hegel seems to have in view the Flemish school rather than the Dutch in
the restricted sense. It is rather strange that he should dwell on this rather than
work of the Venetians such as Bellini.
[292] Verschwemmte. Carried away by a stream.
[293] Such as Ary Scheffer and others of the same monotony. The flesh tints of
Leighton and Poynter and many less men suffer in the same way.
relation the subsistent individuality of spirit. This reference to landscape is
obviously very perfunctory and insufficient.
[275] See vol. I, p. 220.
[276] Mit dem in sich particularisirten Innern. With the ideal complexus of
particular objects as related to one subject. Their particularity is due to their
characterization, and that is dependent on idealization.
[277] Diess Verwachsenseyn. Lit., this growing up with.
[278] There is, however, the aspect of consummate execution which in itself is a
very real source of artistic enjoyment, and Hegel rather seems to overlook this
here.
[279] Verzweigungen. All off-shoots of attention or interest.
[280] Of course, even in the painting of still life, artistic composition itself
implies by its selection and subordination to an idea a new result. And the
characteristic technique of a painter inevitably has the same result.
[281] Geistigen Ausdrück.
[282] Grundlage.
[283] It is perhaps rather strange that Hegel should have considered the Dutch
and Flemish schools as pre-eminently colourists. Apart from Rembrandt the truth
is not very apparent. But he was mainly thinking of their dexterity in the lighting
of a picture and the scintillation of colour.
[284] That is, as black and white and its gradations.
[285] It is not quite clear what is intended here by Vervielfältigung, probably
power of being adapted to various subject matter and modes of expression.
[286] It is hardly necessary to point out that this discussion, being based on
Goethe's false theory of colour in opposition to Newton's prismatic analysis, has
no scientific value, though historically of interest. The blueness of the sky is due
to the blue rays being detained.
[287] I presume by concrete unity Hegel refers in some form to a unity that is
such owing to its intrinsic nature.
[288] But red quite as often symbolizes enthusiasm and love, and in Tintoret's
Paradise the Virgin has the red tunic and the blue mantle.
[289] As a matter of fact violet or purple is a cardinal colour.
[290] Green is not a cardinal colour.
[291] Hegel seems to have in view the Flemish school rather than the Dutch in
the restricted sense. It is rather strange that he should dwell on this rather than
work of the Venetians such as Bellini.
[292] Verschwemmte. Carried away by a stream.
[293] Such as Ary Scheffer and others of the same monotony. The flesh tints of
Leighton and Poynter and many less men suffer in the same way.
Page 315
[294] Farbenschein, as Hegel uses it later on, I find it impossible to translate in
one word. In fact it is not easy to seize precisely what he means. "Modulation of
colour" partly expresses it. But he also seems to refer to what we understand as
the personal quality of a picture or its general atmosphere, not regarded simply
as Nature's atmosphere, but as the communication of the artist's own afflatus.
[295] I crossed a young landscape-artist of growing fame the other day, who
affirmed and endeavoured to express in his pictures the conviction that colour
was as strong in distance as foreground. His pictures were of great interest, but I
still think his robust theory unsound.
[296] We have no English equivalent for the German das Incarnat or colour
incarnate.
[297] Ein ideelles Ineinander. By ideal Hegel means apparently that the
distinctions of tint fine away beyond the grasp of sense vision. This of course is
true in all natural colouring. Possibly he may mean that the idea of Life is
contributive to the result.
[298] Hardly a just simile for the reason that, as Hegel himself points out, flesh
does not reflect external objects.
[299] Den Schein innerer Belebung. This expression seems to prove that Hegel
uses the word ideel in its ordinary sense of spiritual ideality.
[300] Als selbst lebendiges Ganze. The colour must appear as itself a part of the
vitality, not a mere covering.
[301] Vertreibung. What Hegel exactly means I am not sure, probably finish by
over-paintings.
[302] Fresco painting is strictly in tempera. I suppose Hegel has here before him
the two processes of tempera painting on the wet wall of plaster and tempera
painting on some other dry surface.
[303] Zu grosser innerer Klarheit und schönen Leuchten. I give what appears to
me to be the meaning.
[304] I presume Hegel understands by Deck und Lasurfarben the distinction of
our opaque and transparent colours such as flake white and the madders or
umbers. He clearly refers to glazes.
[305] Die Duftigkeit, Magie in der Wirkung des Kolorits. This is a difficult
passage to translate, and I am not quite sure what Hegel is aiming at. He seems
to have in his mind both the ideal atmosphere of a composition and the presence
of a personal style.
[306] Hegel has already related the effects considered to the artist's personality.
He now endeavours to examine more closely what is implied in the relation.
[307] Adriaen van Ostade, 1610-1685.
[308] He means painting, of course. He never passed beyond the stage of the
average amateur.
[309] Spiel von Scheinen. The play of appearance, that is, as it strikes on
different natures.
one word. In fact it is not easy to seize precisely what he means. "Modulation of
colour" partly expresses it. But he also seems to refer to what we understand as
the personal quality of a picture or its general atmosphere, not regarded simply
as Nature's atmosphere, but as the communication of the artist's own afflatus.
[295] I crossed a young landscape-artist of growing fame the other day, who
affirmed and endeavoured to express in his pictures the conviction that colour
was as strong in distance as foreground. His pictures were of great interest, but I
still think his robust theory unsound.
[296] We have no English equivalent for the German das Incarnat or colour
incarnate.
[297] Ein ideelles Ineinander. By ideal Hegel means apparently that the
distinctions of tint fine away beyond the grasp of sense vision. This of course is
true in all natural colouring. Possibly he may mean that the idea of Life is
contributive to the result.
[298] Hardly a just simile for the reason that, as Hegel himself points out, flesh
does not reflect external objects.
[299] Den Schein innerer Belebung. This expression seems to prove that Hegel
uses the word ideel in its ordinary sense of spiritual ideality.
[300] Als selbst lebendiges Ganze. The colour must appear as itself a part of the
vitality, not a mere covering.
[301] Vertreibung. What Hegel exactly means I am not sure, probably finish by
over-paintings.
[302] Fresco painting is strictly in tempera. I suppose Hegel has here before him
the two processes of tempera painting on the wet wall of plaster and tempera
painting on some other dry surface.
[303] Zu grosser innerer Klarheit und schönen Leuchten. I give what appears to
me to be the meaning.
[304] I presume Hegel understands by Deck und Lasurfarben the distinction of
our opaque and transparent colours such as flake white and the madders or
umbers. He clearly refers to glazes.
[305] Die Duftigkeit, Magie in der Wirkung des Kolorits. This is a difficult
passage to translate, and I am not quite sure what Hegel is aiming at. He seems
to have in his mind both the ideal atmosphere of a composition and the presence
of a personal style.
[306] Hegel has already related the effects considered to the artist's personality.
He now endeavours to examine more closely what is implied in the relation.
[307] Adriaen van Ostade, 1610-1685.
[308] He means painting, of course. He never passed beyond the stage of the
average amateur.
[309] Spiel von Scheinen. The play of appearance, that is, as it strikes on
different natures.
Page 316
[310] Malerischen Auffassung. Here the ideas on mental conception and artistic
composition seem to be combined. But Hegel is rather loose in his use of them.
composition seem to be combined. But Hegel is rather loose in his use of them.
Page 317
[311] Hegel has doubtless Albrecht Dürer and yet earlier German art in his mind.
[312] Die besonderen Bestimmungen. The lines of its definite exposition.
[313] I adopt Hegel's generic term. But he means here little more than
delineation or composition.
[314] As between the art of painting and those of poetry and music.
[315] Geistig. We may say the same thing of Tintoret's great Golden Calf picture.
But the objection to the composition as a work of art remains more strongly than
is the case with Raphael's picture.
[316] The same thing is a characteristic of Tintoret's Annunciation in the S.
Rocco Scuola and several pictures of Dürer.
[317] Fine examples of this are Rembrandt's Descent from the Cross in the
Munich Gallery, and the group of mourners in Tintoret's Great Crucifixion.
[318] They have in this respect been well contrasted with the characters of
Euripides in the play of Aristophanes which particularly emphasizes the
difference between the heroic type of Aeschylus and the realism of Euripides,
"The Frogs of Aristophanes," text and translation of B. B. Rogers; see Introd.,
pp. XVIII, XIX, XLV.
[319] As to ugliness and its treatment by Hegel, see Professor Bosanquet's
"History of Aesthetik," pp. 338, 355, and generally pp. 432-436.
[320] That is sculpture. Hegel calls it im Plastischen.
[321] An ideal with Hegel is not necessarily an image of the mind, but far more
generally the concrete realization of life.
[322] He should have added Tintoretto at least. What could be more pertinent
than his Sages in the Palazzo Reale in Venice.
[323] Applies to the study rather than the talent exercised.
[324] Aber ganze Grundbild des Charakters darstellen.
[325] Den geistigen Sinn und Charakter. He means the entire spiritual
impression, heart, soul, and intelligence, with its practical effect in substantive
character.
[326] I think this is implied here in Hegel's use of the words verarbeitet durch
den Geist. But it may mean "in the face as worked upon the soul within the
person portrayed."
[327] Die wahrhaften absoluten Momente für die Characteristik.
[328] The German expression is, "It is not a serious affair with her sinning." I am
not sure that Hegel's view here does not lean towards the sentimentalism he
generally so strongly opposes. No doubt a clear conception of the Magdalene's
character is difficult. But it is obvious that the less stress we lay upon her sin, the
less weight her conversion carries from the religious point of view, and the less
great appears the effect of the interposition of her divine Master. Correggio was
not a master likely to penetrate profoundly into his subject. But, on the other
hand, it must be admitted that Hegel's contention is in one aspect of it supported
by the far finer conceptions of the Magdalene in Tintoret's work. At least this
[312] Die besonderen Bestimmungen. The lines of its definite exposition.
[313] I adopt Hegel's generic term. But he means here little more than
delineation or composition.
[314] As between the art of painting and those of poetry and music.
[315] Geistig. We may say the same thing of Tintoret's great Golden Calf picture.
But the objection to the composition as a work of art remains more strongly than
is the case with Raphael's picture.
[316] The same thing is a characteristic of Tintoret's Annunciation in the S.
Rocco Scuola and several pictures of Dürer.
[317] Fine examples of this are Rembrandt's Descent from the Cross in the
Munich Gallery, and the group of mourners in Tintoret's Great Crucifixion.
[318] They have in this respect been well contrasted with the characters of
Euripides in the play of Aristophanes which particularly emphasizes the
difference between the heroic type of Aeschylus and the realism of Euripides,
"The Frogs of Aristophanes," text and translation of B. B. Rogers; see Introd.,
pp. XVIII, XIX, XLV.
[319] As to ugliness and its treatment by Hegel, see Professor Bosanquet's
"History of Aesthetik," pp. 338, 355, and generally pp. 432-436.
[320] That is sculpture. Hegel calls it im Plastischen.
[321] An ideal with Hegel is not necessarily an image of the mind, but far more
generally the concrete realization of life.
[322] He should have added Tintoretto at least. What could be more pertinent
than his Sages in the Palazzo Reale in Venice.
[323] Applies to the study rather than the talent exercised.
[324] Aber ganze Grundbild des Charakters darstellen.
[325] Den geistigen Sinn und Charakter. He means the entire spiritual
impression, heart, soul, and intelligence, with its practical effect in substantive
character.
[326] I think this is implied here in Hegel's use of the words verarbeitet durch
den Geist. But it may mean "in the face as worked upon the soul within the
person portrayed."
[327] Die wahrhaften absoluten Momente für die Characteristik.
[328] The German expression is, "It is not a serious affair with her sinning." I am
not sure that Hegel's view here does not lean towards the sentimentalism he
generally so strongly opposes. No doubt a clear conception of the Magdalene's
character is difficult. But it is obvious that the less stress we lay upon her sin, the
less weight her conversion carries from the religious point of view, and the less
great appears the effect of the interposition of her divine Master. Correggio was
not a master likely to penetrate profoundly into his subject. But, on the other
hand, it must be admitted that Hegel's contention is in one aspect of it supported
by the far finer conceptions of the Magdalene in Tintoret's work. At least this
Page 318
great master clearly shows us that in his view of her she was strongly emotional,
heart and soul in everything whether for good, under good influence, or for evil
under opposite direction. It is possible to understand Hegel's interpretation as one
mainly aesthetic.
[329] In Berlin. The statement is made in February 1829.
[330] The omission of the Spanish school at least omits a most important link
with modern impressionism and its close relation to that transition to music. And
it is impossible to indicate the progress of landscape without reference to the
English school.
[331] "Ital. Forsch.," vol. I, p. 279.
[332] The words in ähnlicher Weise make no sense.
[333] "Ital. Forsch.," vol. I, p. 280.
[334] Literally the sense is "Which (apparently agrees with the trait of piety)
invigorates with soul that assuredness and accepted fact (Fertigkeit) of existence,
which is from the very first (von Hause aus) more decisive (entscheidenere) in
this province of salvation (des Heils)." Heils must obviously be used in the same
sense as Heiland above. My translation is necessarily rather free, but I hope I
have emphasized the meaning.
[335] Ein ideal bleibender Uebergang. The transition is rather one the soul
imagines than an actual fact. "Ideal persistence" is perhaps better.
[336] Religiosität here used in good sense.
[337] Lit., "More free from struggling." Compare Saint John and Saint Paul as
examples on the higher levels.
[338] That is Italian painting.
[339] Hegel's delight in Italian opera is well known to readers of his
correspondence. In the above fine passage he to some extent unbelts himself
from his ordinary tone of rather austere reticence.
[340] The distinction seems to be between the more formal unity of personality
and the peculiarly seductive charm of Italian art. It is rather a fine one and it
seems to me rather confusing. Moreover I do not quite see the pertinency of the
simile of a Psyche that is wafted as a butterfly even round blooms that have been
spoiled of their treasure, for such I understand to be the sense of verkümmerte
Blumen. A butterfly comes into no active relation with such unless the idea is
pictorial decoration. But possibly Hegel was thinking of his reference to Dante,
and in that case employed the metaphor loosely, rather too loosely I should say.
[341] "Stunted" is perhaps the best translation. The fault of the simile lies in its
superficiality. It does not penetrate the conception Hegel has before him.
[342] Giotto, Mantegna, Carpaccio, Masaccio, would be leading names in point
here. Hegel mentions two himself lower down.
[343] "Ital. Forsch.," vol. II, p. 4.
[344] Grelle. That is harsh and flagrant outline.
[345] Ihrer must refer I think to the Italians, though the sentence might mean, "In
contrast to these Greek productions."
heart and soul in everything whether for good, under good influence, or for evil
under opposite direction. It is possible to understand Hegel's interpretation as one
mainly aesthetic.
[329] In Berlin. The statement is made in February 1829.
[330] The omission of the Spanish school at least omits a most important link
with modern impressionism and its close relation to that transition to music. And
it is impossible to indicate the progress of landscape without reference to the
English school.
[331] "Ital. Forsch.," vol. I, p. 279.
[332] The words in ähnlicher Weise make no sense.
[333] "Ital. Forsch.," vol. I, p. 280.
[334] Literally the sense is "Which (apparently agrees with the trait of piety)
invigorates with soul that assuredness and accepted fact (Fertigkeit) of existence,
which is from the very first (von Hause aus) more decisive (entscheidenere) in
this province of salvation (des Heils)." Heils must obviously be used in the same
sense as Heiland above. My translation is necessarily rather free, but I hope I
have emphasized the meaning.
[335] Ein ideal bleibender Uebergang. The transition is rather one the soul
imagines than an actual fact. "Ideal persistence" is perhaps better.
[336] Religiosität here used in good sense.
[337] Lit., "More free from struggling." Compare Saint John and Saint Paul as
examples on the higher levels.
[338] That is Italian painting.
[339] Hegel's delight in Italian opera is well known to readers of his
correspondence. In the above fine passage he to some extent unbelts himself
from his ordinary tone of rather austere reticence.
[340] The distinction seems to be between the more formal unity of personality
and the peculiarly seductive charm of Italian art. It is rather a fine one and it
seems to me rather confusing. Moreover I do not quite see the pertinency of the
simile of a Psyche that is wafted as a butterfly even round blooms that have been
spoiled of their treasure, for such I understand to be the sense of verkümmerte
Blumen. A butterfly comes into no active relation with such unless the idea is
pictorial decoration. But possibly Hegel was thinking of his reference to Dante,
and in that case employed the metaphor loosely, rather too loosely I should say.
[341] "Stunted" is perhaps the best translation. The fault of the simile lies in its
superficiality. It does not penetrate the conception Hegel has before him.
[342] Giotto, Mantegna, Carpaccio, Masaccio, would be leading names in point
here. Hegel mentions two himself lower down.
[343] "Ital. Forsch.," vol. II, p. 4.
[344] Grelle. That is harsh and flagrant outline.
[345] Ihrer must refer I think to the Italians, though the sentence might mean, "In
contrast to these Greek productions."
Page 319
[346] Als Ueberzug. The expression suggests it was used as a facial glaze or
varnish.
[347] "Ital. Forsch.," vol. I, p. 312.
[348] That is mixed with the attrited colour in its dryness.
[349] Leimen. Leim is size or lime, in the compound word leim-farbe signifying
distemper.
[350] "Ital. Forsch.," vol. II, p. 42.
[351] Decam. Giorn., 6. Nov. 5.
[352] Such as S. Francis as presented us in Giotto's great frescoes in Assisi.
[353] No doubt the serious aspect is less imposingly emphasized; but if the
opinion condemned below is too sweeping it remains the fact that we can
imagine nothing more profoundly serious in the religious sense than the frescoes
in the Arena Chapel in Padua.
[354] "Ital. Forsch.," vol. II, p. 73.
[355] "Ital. Forsch.," vol. II, p. 213.
[356] Aufgaben, artistic problems, themes.
[357] "Ital. Forsch.," vol. II, p. 243.
[358] This of course is too strong a statement, and indeed is ridiculous to anyone
who has complete knowledge of the best work even of Giotto.
[359] "Ital. Forsch.," vol. II, p. 252.
[360] The frescoes of Mantegna, and those of Ghirlandaio, we would mention in
particular the fine examples in the S. Maria Novella church in Florence, or for
Mantegna our own cartoons at Hampton Court and the invaluable but now
hopelessly ruined frescoes of Gozzoli, in the Campo Santo of Pisa, are fine
illustrations of the text.
[361] Des inneren Geistes may here refer to the ideal aspects of civil and
domestic life, but I think Hegel is contrasting the two extremes and it refers to
the religious content.
[362] "Ital. Forsch.," vol. II, p. 282.
[363] To make this judgment in any degree a sound one we must assume the
stress is laid on the mysterious aspect of expression and form. The genuine
examples of Leonardo are so very few. But quite apart from that unless we
exclude the great triumvirate of the Venetian school altogether Tintoret, Titian,
and Veronese, the praise here given to Leonardo as a consummate master of the
technique in oil-painting can only be received with considerable reserve and
qualification.
[364] Compare "Ital. Forsch.," vol. II, p. 308.
[365] Die reinste Vollendung. The adjective refers to the character of the
perfection as an expression of artistic feeling and execution.
[366] Halbdeutliche Erinnerungen. Not I think memories that are obscure
themselves so much as memories which have failed to grasp the content of what
varnish.
[347] "Ital. Forsch.," vol. I, p. 312.
[348] That is mixed with the attrited colour in its dryness.
[349] Leimen. Leim is size or lime, in the compound word leim-farbe signifying
distemper.
[350] "Ital. Forsch.," vol. II, p. 42.
[351] Decam. Giorn., 6. Nov. 5.
[352] Such as S. Francis as presented us in Giotto's great frescoes in Assisi.
[353] No doubt the serious aspect is less imposingly emphasized; but if the
opinion condemned below is too sweeping it remains the fact that we can
imagine nothing more profoundly serious in the religious sense than the frescoes
in the Arena Chapel in Padua.
[354] "Ital. Forsch.," vol. II, p. 73.
[355] "Ital. Forsch.," vol. II, p. 213.
[356] Aufgaben, artistic problems, themes.
[357] "Ital. Forsch.," vol. II, p. 243.
[358] This of course is too strong a statement, and indeed is ridiculous to anyone
who has complete knowledge of the best work even of Giotto.
[359] "Ital. Forsch.," vol. II, p. 252.
[360] The frescoes of Mantegna, and those of Ghirlandaio, we would mention in
particular the fine examples in the S. Maria Novella church in Florence, or for
Mantegna our own cartoons at Hampton Court and the invaluable but now
hopelessly ruined frescoes of Gozzoli, in the Campo Santo of Pisa, are fine
illustrations of the text.
[361] Des inneren Geistes may here refer to the ideal aspects of civil and
domestic life, but I think Hegel is contrasting the two extremes and it refers to
the religious content.
[362] "Ital. Forsch.," vol. II, p. 282.
[363] To make this judgment in any degree a sound one we must assume the
stress is laid on the mysterious aspect of expression and form. The genuine
examples of Leonardo are so very few. But quite apart from that unless we
exclude the great triumvirate of the Venetian school altogether Tintoret, Titian,
and Veronese, the praise here given to Leonardo as a consummate master of the
technique in oil-painting can only be received with considerable reserve and
qualification.
[364] Compare "Ital. Forsch.," vol. II, p. 308.
[365] Die reinste Vollendung. The adjective refers to the character of the
perfection as an expression of artistic feeling and execution.
[366] Halbdeutliche Erinnerungen. Not I think memories that are obscure
themselves so much as memories which have failed to grasp the content of what
Page 320
is recollected. The expression is rather confused.
[367] Modern criticism would doubtless have a good deal to say in qualification
of this. The name of Bellini alone is sufficiently suggestive.
[368] This emphasis on the work of Raphael and Correggio is characteristic of
the best art criticism of the times of Hegel, but marks its limitations. Neither
Raphael nor Correggio can be called religious painters in the sense that those
profound masters Tintoret and Michelangelo were such. The essentially
academic aspect of so much of Raphael's later production is not noticed. And it is
these three great names, Titian, Tintoret, and Michelangelo, who most truly mark
the transition to our modern outlook.
[369] Eine aüssere Abgeschlossenheit. This must mean, I think, a dignified and
reserved treatment of the technique mainly of such themes.
[370] The technical and somewhat long-worded aspect of Hegel's style is here at
its worst and I find it hard to make complete sense of this doubtless unrevised
passage. The main difficulty is this, that the sentence appears to assert that "the
centre" (der Mittelpunkt) of religion persists (fortbleibt) and yet asserts in the
same breath that the informing unity is broken up. I have done my best.
[371] A piety which is not merely emotional, but is concrete in active life,
possesses practical content.
[372] See note at end of chapter.
[373] This appears rather to contradict what Hegel has said before of the
impression a fine picture such as Correggio's Magdalene leaves upon us that we
cannot imagine the character to be other than it is. See note below.
[374] More literally, "Without the alleviating effect of what is comic."
[375] I presume die Formen refers here rather to the artistic forms of grouping
and composition than the traits of vital expression. But perhaps the latter
interpretation would be more natural to the words.
[376] The above survey of Dutch art is of great interest, and in its careful
comparison of the type of that art with the national development of the Dutch
may be contrasted favourably with the somewhat prejudiced criticism of such a
critic as John Ruskin. At the same time I think it must be obvious that Hegel is a
little inclined to overrate the ideal aspect of that portion of it we may indicate in
the work of painters such as Wouvermans or Teniers, many examples of which
are little removed from the defects of theme he points out in more modern work.
Also personally I should say that, if we exclude the supreme genius of
Rembrandt, he rather exaggerates their rank as supreme colourists in respect to
the scintillation, mystery, and other effects of light. To consider that they rank
above the Venetians in this respect is wholly impossible, to say nothing of
Velasquez. Rubens, however, may add some support to the view, but he is hardly
in the school described, and Van Dyck stands with him.
CHAPTER II
[367] Modern criticism would doubtless have a good deal to say in qualification
of this. The name of Bellini alone is sufficiently suggestive.
[368] This emphasis on the work of Raphael and Correggio is characteristic of
the best art criticism of the times of Hegel, but marks its limitations. Neither
Raphael nor Correggio can be called religious painters in the sense that those
profound masters Tintoret and Michelangelo were such. The essentially
academic aspect of so much of Raphael's later production is not noticed. And it is
these three great names, Titian, Tintoret, and Michelangelo, who most truly mark
the transition to our modern outlook.
[369] Eine aüssere Abgeschlossenheit. This must mean, I think, a dignified and
reserved treatment of the technique mainly of such themes.
[370] The technical and somewhat long-worded aspect of Hegel's style is here at
its worst and I find it hard to make complete sense of this doubtless unrevised
passage. The main difficulty is this, that the sentence appears to assert that "the
centre" (der Mittelpunkt) of religion persists (fortbleibt) and yet asserts in the
same breath that the informing unity is broken up. I have done my best.
[371] A piety which is not merely emotional, but is concrete in active life,
possesses practical content.
[372] See note at end of chapter.
[373] This appears rather to contradict what Hegel has said before of the
impression a fine picture such as Correggio's Magdalene leaves upon us that we
cannot imagine the character to be other than it is. See note below.
[374] More literally, "Without the alleviating effect of what is comic."
[375] I presume die Formen refers here rather to the artistic forms of grouping
and composition than the traits of vital expression. But perhaps the latter
interpretation would be more natural to the words.
[376] The above survey of Dutch art is of great interest, and in its careful
comparison of the type of that art with the national development of the Dutch
may be contrasted favourably with the somewhat prejudiced criticism of such a
critic as John Ruskin. At the same time I think it must be obvious that Hegel is a
little inclined to overrate the ideal aspect of that portion of it we may indicate in
the work of painters such as Wouvermans or Teniers, many examples of which
are little removed from the defects of theme he points out in more modern work.
Also personally I should say that, if we exclude the supreme genius of
Rembrandt, he rather exaggerates their rank as supreme colourists in respect to
the scintillation, mystery, and other effects of light. To consider that they rank
above the Venetians in this respect is wholly impossible, to say nothing of
Velasquez. Rubens, however, may add some support to the view, but he is hardly
in the school described, and Van Dyck stands with him.
CHAPTER II
Page 321
MUSIC
INTRODUCTION
If we glance back at the course the evolution of the several arts has taken,
we shall find that it began with architecture. It was the art which was least
complete; for, as we discovered, it was, by reason of the purely solid
material, which it attached to itself as its sensuous medium, and made use
of according to the laws of gravity, incapable of placing before us under an
adequate mode of presentation what is spiritual; it was consequently
constrained to limit itself to the task of preparing from the resources of the
mind an artistic external environment for Spirit in its living and actual
existence.
Sculpture, on the contrary, and in the second place, was able, it is true, to
accept the spiritual itself as its object. It was, however, neither one in the
sense of a particular character, nor as the intimate personal life of soul, but
rather as a free individuality, which is as little separate from the substantive
content as it is from the corporeal appearance of Spirit; a presentment
which only displays itself as such individuality, in so far as the same enters
into it, in the degree that the same is actually required to import an
individual vitality into a content which is itself intrinsically essential.
Moreover, it only, as such ideal spiritualization, is fused with the bodily
configuration to the extent of revealing the essentially inviolable union of
Spirit with that natural embodiment which is consonant therewith. This
necessary identity in the art of sculpture of Spirit's independent existence
wholly with its corporeal organization, rather than with the medium of its
own ideal essence, makes it incumbent upon the art still to retain solid
matter as its material, but to transform the configuration of the same, not, as
was the case with architecture, into a purely inorganic environment, but
rather into the classical beauty adequate to Spirit and its ideal plastic
realization.
And just as sculpture in this respect proved itself to be pre-eminently fitted
to give vitality to the content and mode of expression of the classical type
of art in its products, while architecture, despite all the service it rendered in
the content which belonged to it, was unable in its manner of presentation
to pass beyond the fundamental mode of a purely symbolical significance,
INTRODUCTION
If we glance back at the course the evolution of the several arts has taken,
we shall find that it began with architecture. It was the art which was least
complete; for, as we discovered, it was, by reason of the purely solid
material, which it attached to itself as its sensuous medium, and made use
of according to the laws of gravity, incapable of placing before us under an
adequate mode of presentation what is spiritual; it was consequently
constrained to limit itself to the task of preparing from the resources of the
mind an artistic external environment for Spirit in its living and actual
existence.
Sculpture, on the contrary, and in the second place, was able, it is true, to
accept the spiritual itself as its object. It was, however, neither one in the
sense of a particular character, nor as the intimate personal life of soul, but
rather as a free individuality, which is as little separate from the substantive
content as it is from the corporeal appearance of Spirit; a presentment
which only displays itself as such individuality, in so far as the same enters
into it, in the degree that the same is actually required to import an
individual vitality into a content which is itself intrinsically essential.
Moreover, it only, as such ideal spiritualization, is fused with the bodily
configuration to the extent of revealing the essentially inviolable union of
Spirit with that natural embodiment which is consonant therewith. This
necessary identity in the art of sculpture of Spirit's independent existence
wholly with its corporeal organization, rather than with the medium of its
own ideal essence, makes it incumbent upon the art still to retain solid
matter as its material, but to transform the configuration of the same, not, as
was the case with architecture, into a purely inorganic environment, but
rather into the classical beauty adequate to Spirit and its ideal plastic
realization.
And just as sculpture in this respect proved itself to be pre-eminently fitted
to give vitality to the content and mode of expression of the classical type
of art in its products, while architecture, despite all the service it rendered in
the content which belonged to it, was unable in its manner of presentation
to pass beyond the fundamental mode of a purely symbolical significance,
Page 322
so, too, thirdly, with the art of painting, we enter the province of the
romantic. No doubt we find still in painting that the external form is the
means by virtue of which the ideal presence is revealed. In this case,
however, this ideality is actually the ideal and particular subjectivity, is, in
short, the soul-life returning upon itself from its corporeal existence, is the
individual passion and emotion of character and heart, which are no longer
exclusively delivered in the external form, but mirror in the same the very
ideal substance and activity of Spirit in the domain of its own conditions,
aims, and actions. On account of this intimate ideality of its content the art
of painting is unable to rest satisfied with a material that, in one aspect of it,
is in its shape merely solid matter, and in another as such crude form is
merely tangible and unparticularized, but is forced to select exclusively the
show and colour semblance of the same as its sensuous means of
expression. The colour, however, is only present in order to make still
apparent spatial forms and shapes as we find them in the actuality of Life,
even in the case where we see the art developed into all the magic of
colouring, in which the objective fact at the same time already begins to
vanish away, and the effect is produced by what appears to be no longer
anything material at all. However much, therefore, painting is evolved in
the direction of a more ideal independence of a kind of appearance which is
no longer attached to shape as such, but is permitted to pass spontaneously
into its own proper element, that is, into the play of visibility and reflection,
into all the mysteries of chiaroscuro, yet this magic of colour is still
throughout of a spatial mode, it is an appearance growing out of
juxtaposition on a flat surface, and consequently a consubsistent one.
1. If, however, this ideal essence, as is already the case under the principle
of painting, asserts itself in fact as subjective soul-life, in that case the truly
adequate medium cannot remain of a type which possesses independent
subsistency. And for this reason we get a mode of expression and
communication, in the sensuous material of which we do not find
objectivity disclosed as spatial configuration, in order that it may have
consistency therein. We require a material which is without such stability in
its relation to what is outside it, and which vanishes again in the very
moment of its origin and presence. Now the art that finally annihilates not
merely one form of spatial dimension, but the conditions of Space entirely,
which is completely withdrawn into the ideality of soul-life, both in its
aspect of conscious life and in that of its external expression, is our second
romantic. No doubt we find still in painting that the external form is the
means by virtue of which the ideal presence is revealed. In this case,
however, this ideality is actually the ideal and particular subjectivity, is, in
short, the soul-life returning upon itself from its corporeal existence, is the
individual passion and emotion of character and heart, which are no longer
exclusively delivered in the external form, but mirror in the same the very
ideal substance and activity of Spirit in the domain of its own conditions,
aims, and actions. On account of this intimate ideality of its content the art
of painting is unable to rest satisfied with a material that, in one aspect of it,
is in its shape merely solid matter, and in another as such crude form is
merely tangible and unparticularized, but is forced to select exclusively the
show and colour semblance of the same as its sensuous means of
expression. The colour, however, is only present in order to make still
apparent spatial forms and shapes as we find them in the actuality of Life,
even in the case where we see the art developed into all the magic of
colouring, in which the objective fact at the same time already begins to
vanish away, and the effect is produced by what appears to be no longer
anything material at all. However much, therefore, painting is evolved in
the direction of a more ideal independence of a kind of appearance which is
no longer attached to shape as such, but is permitted to pass spontaneously
into its own proper element, that is, into the play of visibility and reflection,
into all the mysteries of chiaroscuro, yet this magic of colour is still
throughout of a spatial mode, it is an appearance growing out of
juxtaposition on a flat surface, and consequently a consubsistent one.
1. If, however, this ideal essence, as is already the case under the principle
of painting, asserts itself in fact as subjective soul-life, in that case the truly
adequate medium cannot remain of a type which possesses independent
subsistency. And for this reason we get a mode of expression and
communication, in the sensuous material of which we do not find
objectivity disclosed as spatial configuration, in order that it may have
consistency therein. We require a material which is without such stability in
its relation to what is outside it, and which vanishes again in the very
moment of its origin and presence. Now the art that finally annihilates not
merely one form of spatial dimension, but the conditions of Space entirely,
which is completely withdrawn into the ideality of soul-life, both in its
aspect of conscious life and in that of its external expression, is our second
Page 323
romantic art—Music. In this respect it constitutes the genuine centre of that
kind of presentment which accepts the inner personal life as such, both for
its content and form. It no doubt manifests as art this inner life, but in this
very objectification retains its subjective character. In other words it does
not, as plastic art, suffer the expression in which it is self-enclosed to be
independently free or to attain an essentially tranquil self-subsistency, but
cancels the same as objectivity, and will not suffer externality to secure for
itself an inviolable presence[377] over against it.
In so far, however, as this annihilation of spatial objectivity, regarded as a
means of manifestation, is an abandonment of the same which is itself
already in anticipation asserted of the sensuous spatiality of the plastic arts
themselves[378], this principle of negation must also in a similar way have
its activity conditioned by the materiality, which, up to this point, we have
indicated as one of tranquil independent self-subsistency, just as the art of
painting reduces in its province the spatial dimensions of sculpture to the
simple surface. This cancelling of the spatial form therefore merely consists
in this, that a specific sensuous material surrenders its tranquil relation of
juxtaposition, is, in other words, placed in motion but is so essentially
affected by that motion that every portion of the coherent bodily substance
not merely changes its position, but also is reacted upon and reacts upon the
previous condition[379]. The result of this oscillating vibration is tone, the
medium of music.
In tone music forsakes the element of external form and its sensuous
visibility, and requires for the apprehension of its results another organ of
sense, namely hearing, which, as also the sight, does not belong to the
senses of action but those y of contemplation; and is, in fact, still more ideal
than sight. For the unruffled, aesthetic observation of works of art no doubt
permits the objects to stand out quietly in their freedom just as they are
without any desire to impair that effect in any way; but that which it
apprehends is not that which is itself essentially ideally composed[380], but
rather on the contrary, that which receives its consistency in its sensuous
existence. The ear, on the contrary, receives the result of that ideal vibration
of material substance[381], without placing itself in a practical relation
towards the objects, a result by means of which it is no longer the material
object in its repose, but the first example of the more ideal activity of the
soul itself which is apprehended. And for the further reason that the
kind of presentment which accepts the inner personal life as such, both for
its content and form. It no doubt manifests as art this inner life, but in this
very objectification retains its subjective character. In other words it does
not, as plastic art, suffer the expression in which it is self-enclosed to be
independently free or to attain an essentially tranquil self-subsistency, but
cancels the same as objectivity, and will not suffer externality to secure for
itself an inviolable presence[377] over against it.
In so far, however, as this annihilation of spatial objectivity, regarded as a
means of manifestation, is an abandonment of the same which is itself
already in anticipation asserted of the sensuous spatiality of the plastic arts
themselves[378], this principle of negation must also in a similar way have
its activity conditioned by the materiality, which, up to this point, we have
indicated as one of tranquil independent self-subsistency, just as the art of
painting reduces in its province the spatial dimensions of sculpture to the
simple surface. This cancelling of the spatial form therefore merely consists
in this, that a specific sensuous material surrenders its tranquil relation of
juxtaposition, is, in other words, placed in motion but is so essentially
affected by that motion that every portion of the coherent bodily substance
not merely changes its position, but also is reacted upon and reacts upon the
previous condition[379]. The result of this oscillating vibration is tone, the
medium of music.
In tone music forsakes the element of external form and its sensuous
visibility, and requires for the apprehension of its results another organ of
sense, namely hearing, which, as also the sight, does not belong to the
senses of action but those y of contemplation; and is, in fact, still more ideal
than sight. For the unruffled, aesthetic observation of works of art no doubt
permits the objects to stand out quietly in their freedom just as they are
without any desire to impair that effect in any way; but that which it
apprehends is not that which is itself essentially ideally composed[380], but
rather on the contrary, that which receives its consistency in its sensuous
existence. The ear, on the contrary, receives the result of that ideal vibration
of material substance[381], without placing itself in a practical relation
towards the objects, a result by means of which it is no longer the material
object in its repose, but the first example of the more ideal activity of the
soul itself which is apprehended. And for the further reason that the
Page 324
negativity into which the oscillating medium here enters is from one point
of view an annihilation of the spatial condition, which is itself removed by
means of the reaction of the body[382], the expression of this twofold
negation, that is tone, is a mode of externality which, in virtue of its very
mode of existence, is in its very origination self-destructive, and there and
then itself fundamentally disappears. And it is by virtue of this twofold
negation of externality, in which the root-principle of tone consists, that the
same corresponds to the ideal personal life; this resonance which, in its
essential explicitness[383], is something more ideal than the subsistent
corporeality in its independent reality, also discloses this more ideal
existence[384], and thereby offers a mode of expression suited to the ideality
of conscious life.
2. If we now, by a reverse process, inquire of what type this inner life must
be, if we are to prove it on its own account adapted to the expression of
sound and tones, we may recall the fact already observed that by itself, that
is, accepted as a real mode of objectivity, tone, in contrast to the material of
the plastic arts, is wholly abstract. Stone and colour receive the forms of an
extensive and varied world of objects, and place them before us in their
actual existence. Tones are unable to do this. For musical expression
therefore it is only the inner life of soul that is wholly devoid of an object
which is appropriate, in other words, the abstract personal experience
simply. This is our entirely empty ego, the self without further content. The
fundamental task of music will therefore consist in giving a resonant
reflection, not to objectivity in its ordinary material sense, but to the mode
and modifications under which the most intimate self of the soul, from the
point of view of its subjective life and ideality, is essentially moved.
3. We may say the same of the effect of music. The paramount claim of that,
too, is the direct contact with the most intimate ideality of conscious life. It
is more than any other the art of the soul, and is immediately addressed to
that. The art of painting, no doubt, as we have observed, is able to express
in physiognomy and facial traits with other things the inner life and its
activity, the moods and passions of the heart, the situations, conflicts, and
fatalities of the soul; what, however, we have before us in pictures are
objective appearances, from which the self of contemplation, in its most
ideal self-identity, is still held distinctly apart. However much we become
absorbed in or penetrate into the object, the situation, the character, the
of view an annihilation of the spatial condition, which is itself removed by
means of the reaction of the body[382], the expression of this twofold
negation, that is tone, is a mode of externality which, in virtue of its very
mode of existence, is in its very origination self-destructive, and there and
then itself fundamentally disappears. And it is by virtue of this twofold
negation of externality, in which the root-principle of tone consists, that the
same corresponds to the ideal personal life; this resonance which, in its
essential explicitness[383], is something more ideal than the subsistent
corporeality in its independent reality, also discloses this more ideal
existence[384], and thereby offers a mode of expression suited to the ideality
of conscious life.
2. If we now, by a reverse process, inquire of what type this inner life must
be, if we are to prove it on its own account adapted to the expression of
sound and tones, we may recall the fact already observed that by itself, that
is, accepted as a real mode of objectivity, tone, in contrast to the material of
the plastic arts, is wholly abstract. Stone and colour receive the forms of an
extensive and varied world of objects, and place them before us in their
actual existence. Tones are unable to do this. For musical expression
therefore it is only the inner life of soul that is wholly devoid of an object
which is appropriate, in other words, the abstract personal experience
simply. This is our entirely empty ego, the self without further content. The
fundamental task of music will therefore consist in giving a resonant
reflection, not to objectivity in its ordinary material sense, but to the mode
and modifications under which the most intimate self of the soul, from the
point of view of its subjective life and ideality, is essentially moved.
3. We may say the same of the effect of music. The paramount claim of that,
too, is the direct contact with the most intimate ideality of conscious life. It
is more than any other the art of the soul, and is immediately addressed to
that. The art of painting, no doubt, as we have observed, is able to express
in physiognomy and facial traits with other things the inner life and its
activity, the moods and passions of the heart, the situations, conflicts, and
fatalities of the soul; what, however, we have before us in pictures are
objective appearances, from which the self of contemplation, in its most
ideal self-identity, is still held distinctly apart. However much we become
absorbed in or penetrate into the object, the situation, the character, the
Page 325
forms of a statue or a picture, admire a work of art, lose ourselves in or
possess ourselves with it, the fact still remains that these works of art are
and remain objects of independent subsistency, in respect to which it is
quite impossible for us to escape the relation of external observation
disappears. In music, however, this distinction disappears. Its content is that
which is itself essentially a part of our own personal[385] life, and its
expression does not result at the same time in an objective mode of spatial
persistency, but discloses, in virtue of the continuity and freedom of its
flight as it appears and vanishes[386], that it is a manifestation, which,
instead of possessing itself an independent consistency, is dependent for its
support on the ideality of conscious life, and only can exist for that inward
realm. Tone is therefore no doubt a mode of both expression and
externality; but it is an expression which inevitably disappears precisely at
the point of and in virtue of becoming externality. At the very moment that
our organ of sense receives the sound it is gone. The impression that should
be given is at once transferred to the tablets of memory. The tones merely
resound in the depths of the soul, which are thereby seized upon in their
ideal substance, and suffused with emotion. This ideality of content and
mode of expression in the sense that it is devoid of all external object
defines the purely formal aspect of music. It has no doubt a content, but it is
not a content such as we mean when referring either to the plastic arts or
poetry. What it lacks is just this configuration of an objective other-to-itself,
whether we mean by such actual external phenomena, or the objectivity of
intellectual ideas and images. We may indicate the course of our further
examination as follows:
In the first place we have to define more accurately the general character of
music and its effect in contradistinction to the other arts, not merely from
the point of view of its material, but also from that of its form, which the
spiritual content accepts.
Secondly, we shall have to discuss the particular distinctions, in which
musical tones and their modes[387] are developed and mediated partly in
respect to their temporal duration, and partly in relation to the qualitative
distinctions of their actual resonance.
Thirdly, and in conclusion, music possesses a relation to the content, which
it expresses, either by being associated as an accompaniment[388] with
possess ourselves with it, the fact still remains that these works of art are
and remain objects of independent subsistency, in respect to which it is
quite impossible for us to escape the relation of external observation
disappears. In music, however, this distinction disappears. Its content is that
which is itself essentially a part of our own personal[385] life, and its
expression does not result at the same time in an objective mode of spatial
persistency, but discloses, in virtue of the continuity and freedom of its
flight as it appears and vanishes[386], that it is a manifestation, which,
instead of possessing itself an independent consistency, is dependent for its
support on the ideality of conscious life, and only can exist for that inward
realm. Tone is therefore no doubt a mode of both expression and
externality; but it is an expression which inevitably disappears precisely at
the point of and in virtue of becoming externality. At the very moment that
our organ of sense receives the sound it is gone. The impression that should
be given is at once transferred to the tablets of memory. The tones merely
resound in the depths of the soul, which are thereby seized upon in their
ideal substance, and suffused with emotion. This ideality of content and
mode of expression in the sense that it is devoid of all external object
defines the purely formal aspect of music. It has no doubt a content, but it is
not a content such as we mean when referring either to the plastic arts or
poetry. What it lacks is just this configuration of an objective other-to-itself,
whether we mean by such actual external phenomena, or the objectivity of
intellectual ideas and images. We may indicate the course of our further
examination as follows:
In the first place we have to define more accurately the general character of
music and its effect in contradistinction to the other arts, not merely from
the point of view of its material, but also from that of its form, which the
spiritual content accepts.
Secondly, we shall have to discuss the particular distinctions, in which
musical tones and their modes[387] are developed and mediated partly in
respect to their temporal duration, and partly in relation to the qualitative
distinctions of their actual resonance.
Thirdly, and in conclusion, music possesses a relation to the content, which
it expresses, either by being associated as an accompaniment[388] with
Page 326
emotions, ideas, and considerations independently expressed by word of
mouth, or by its free expansion within its own domain in unfettered
independence.
In proposing now, however, after having thus in a general way specified the
principle and division of the subject-matter of Music, to enter into a more
detailed examination of its particular aspects, we are inevitably confronted
with a peculiar difficulty. In other words, for the reason that the musical
medium of tone and ideality, in which the content moves as a process, is of
so abstract and formal a character, it is impossible for us to attempt such a
closer survey without at the same time broaching technical formulae and
definitions such as belong to the relations of tone-measure or distinctions
that apply to different instruments, scales, or chords. I must admit to no
expert knowledge in this sphere of musical science, and can only offer my
apologies for being unable to do more than limit myself to more general
points of view and a few isolated observations.
1. THE GENERAL CHARACTER OF MUSIC
The essential points of view which are of general importance in a survey of
music we may examine under the following heads of division:
First, we have to compare music on the one hand with the plastic arts, and
on the other with poetry.
Secondly, we shall by means of the above comparison be in a better position
to understand the way in which music is able to master and disclose a given
content.
Thirdly, and as a result of the latter inquiry, we may with more accuracy
explain the peculiar effect which the art of music, in contradistinction to the
other arts, exercises on the soul.
(a) With regard to the first point we should, if we are desirous of setting it
forth clearly in its specific individuality, compare music with the other two
arts from three distinct points of view.
(α) And, first, it may be observed that it stands in a relation of affinity to
architecture, although it is in strong contrast with it.
mouth, or by its free expansion within its own domain in unfettered
independence.
In proposing now, however, after having thus in a general way specified the
principle and division of the subject-matter of Music, to enter into a more
detailed examination of its particular aspects, we are inevitably confronted
with a peculiar difficulty. In other words, for the reason that the musical
medium of tone and ideality, in which the content moves as a process, is of
so abstract and formal a character, it is impossible for us to attempt such a
closer survey without at the same time broaching technical formulae and
definitions such as belong to the relations of tone-measure or distinctions
that apply to different instruments, scales, or chords. I must admit to no
expert knowledge in this sphere of musical science, and can only offer my
apologies for being unable to do more than limit myself to more general
points of view and a few isolated observations.
1. THE GENERAL CHARACTER OF MUSIC
The essential points of view which are of general importance in a survey of
music we may examine under the following heads of division:
First, we have to compare music on the one hand with the plastic arts, and
on the other with poetry.
Secondly, we shall by means of the above comparison be in a better position
to understand the way in which music is able to master and disclose a given
content.
Thirdly, and as a result of the latter inquiry, we may with more accuracy
explain the peculiar effect which the art of music, in contradistinction to the
other arts, exercises on the soul.
(a) With regard to the first point we should, if we are desirous of setting it
forth clearly in its specific individuality, compare music with the other two
arts from three distinct points of view.
(α) And, first, it may be observed that it stands in a relation of affinity to
architecture, although it is in strong contrast with it.
Page 327
(αα) Our meaning is this. In the art of building the content which should be
made apparent in architectonic forms, does not, as is the case in works of
sculpture and painting, wholly enter into the configuration, but remains
distinct from it as an external environment; so, too, in music, under its
aspect of the most specifically romantic art, the classical identity of ideality
and its external existence receives its resolution in a similar, if converse,
way to that in which architecture, as the symbolical type of presentation,
was not as yet wholly able to secure such a unity. For this ideality of Spirit
proceeds from what is purely the concentration of soul-life, to ideas and
images and the forms of such, as elaborated by the imagination, whereas the
art of music is throughout more occupied in expressing merely the element
of feeling and furthermore surrounds the independently expressed ideas of
the mind with the melodic chime of emotions, just as architecture in its
province places around the statues of the god, no doubt in an unyielding
way, the reasonable forms of its columns, walls, and entablatures[389].
(ββ) In this way tone and its formative combinations is for the first time a
medium created by art and entirely artistic expression of a wholly different
type from that we find in painting and sculpture acting through the material
of the human body and its pose and physiognomy. In this respect, too,
music may be more nearly compared with architecture, which does not
accept its forms from what is actually presented, but as the creation of
human invention, in order to inform them, partly according to the laws of
gravity, and in part according to the rules of symmetry and harmonious co-
ordination. Music does the same thing in its own sphere, in so far as it from
one point of view follows the harmonious laws of tone which depend on
quantitative relations independently of the expression of emotion, and in
another aspect of it, in the recurrence of time and rhythm no less than in the
further development of the tones themselves, in many respects is subject to
the forms of regularity and symmetry. Consequently we find operative in
music not merely the profoundest ideality and soul, but the most rigorous,
rationality. It unites, in fact, two extremes, which readily lend themselves to
emphatic contrast in their independent self-assertion. In this aspect of
independence music more particularly assumes an architectonic character
when we find in it a coherent temple of harmony of its own creatively
composed and co-ordinated according to the laws of music, and released
from the direct expression of soul-life[390].
made apparent in architectonic forms, does not, as is the case in works of
sculpture and painting, wholly enter into the configuration, but remains
distinct from it as an external environment; so, too, in music, under its
aspect of the most specifically romantic art, the classical identity of ideality
and its external existence receives its resolution in a similar, if converse,
way to that in which architecture, as the symbolical type of presentation,
was not as yet wholly able to secure such a unity. For this ideality of Spirit
proceeds from what is purely the concentration of soul-life, to ideas and
images and the forms of such, as elaborated by the imagination, whereas the
art of music is throughout more occupied in expressing merely the element
of feeling and furthermore surrounds the independently expressed ideas of
the mind with the melodic chime of emotions, just as architecture in its
province places around the statues of the god, no doubt in an unyielding
way, the reasonable forms of its columns, walls, and entablatures[389].
(ββ) In this way tone and its formative combinations is for the first time a
medium created by art and entirely artistic expression of a wholly different
type from that we find in painting and sculpture acting through the material
of the human body and its pose and physiognomy. In this respect, too,
music may be more nearly compared with architecture, which does not
accept its forms from what is actually presented, but as the creation of
human invention, in order to inform them, partly according to the laws of
gravity, and in part according to the rules of symmetry and harmonious co-
ordination. Music does the same thing in its own sphere, in so far as it from
one point of view follows the harmonious laws of tone which depend on
quantitative relations independently of the expression of emotion, and in
another aspect of it, in the recurrence of time and rhythm no less than in the
further development of the tones themselves, in many respects is subject to
the forms of regularity and symmetry. Consequently we find operative in
music not merely the profoundest ideality and soul, but the most rigorous,
rationality. It unites, in fact, two extremes, which readily lend themselves to
emphatic contrast in their independent self-assertion. In this aspect of
independence music more particularly assumes an architectonic character
when we find in it a coherent temple of harmony of its own creatively
composed and co-ordinated according to the laws of music, and released
from the direct expression of soul-life[390].
Page 328
(γγ) Despite all this similarity, however, the art of tones moves to quite as
large a degree in a sphere wholly opposed to that of architecture. We find,
no doubt, in both arts as a basis quantitative or more accurately measure
relations; the material, however, which in each case is informed, agreeably
to such relations, is totally different. Architecture attaches itself to the heavy
sensuous material in its tranquil juxtaposition and external form in Space.
Music, on the contrary, lays hold of the tone-spirit[391] as it rings freely out
of the spatial material in the qualitative distinctions of musical sound and in
the flow of a movement subject to the condition of time. For this reason the
works of both arts belong to two entirely distinct spheres of spiritual
activity. The art of building places in an enduring form its colossal
constructions for external contemplation in symbolical forms. The swiftly
evanescent world of tones, on the other hand, directly penetrates through
the ears of man to the depths of his soul, attuning the same in concordant
emotional sympathy.
(β) And if we, in the second place, consider the closer relation of music to
the two other plastic arts[392], we shall find that the similarity and
distinction, which attaches to such a comparison, is in some measure
founded upon the truths already enunciated.
(αα) Of these music is furthest removed from sculpture; and this is not
merely so in respect to material and type of configuration, but also in that of
the completed coalescence of its ideal and external aspects. There is in short
a closer affinity between painting and music. In part this is due to the
predominant ideality of expression exemplified in both; in part it is
referable to treatment of material, in which, as we have already seen, it is
permissible for the art of painting to approach the very boundary of music
itself. Painting has, however, for its aim in common with sculpture the
representation of an objective form in Space, and is restricted in its material
to the actual form of things already present outside the sphere of art. It is
unquestionably true that neither in the case of the painter nor the sculptor do
we accept a human countenance, a position of the human body, the outlines
of a mountain, the leafage of a tree precisely in the forms they present to us
as here or there in Nature; in both cases we are bound to justify what we
have before us under the conditions of the art in question, to adapt it to a
particular situation, no less than to employ it as a means of expressing the
inevitable artistic result of the entire content of the work. We have,
large a degree in a sphere wholly opposed to that of architecture. We find,
no doubt, in both arts as a basis quantitative or more accurately measure
relations; the material, however, which in each case is informed, agreeably
to such relations, is totally different. Architecture attaches itself to the heavy
sensuous material in its tranquil juxtaposition and external form in Space.
Music, on the contrary, lays hold of the tone-spirit[391] as it rings freely out
of the spatial material in the qualitative distinctions of musical sound and in
the flow of a movement subject to the condition of time. For this reason the
works of both arts belong to two entirely distinct spheres of spiritual
activity. The art of building places in an enduring form its colossal
constructions for external contemplation in symbolical forms. The swiftly
evanescent world of tones, on the other hand, directly penetrates through
the ears of man to the depths of his soul, attuning the same in concordant
emotional sympathy.
(β) And if we, in the second place, consider the closer relation of music to
the two other plastic arts[392], we shall find that the similarity and
distinction, which attaches to such a comparison, is in some measure
founded upon the truths already enunciated.
(αα) Of these music is furthest removed from sculpture; and this is not
merely so in respect to material and type of configuration, but also in that of
the completed coalescence of its ideal and external aspects. There is in short
a closer affinity between painting and music. In part this is due to the
predominant ideality of expression exemplified in both; in part it is
referable to treatment of material, in which, as we have already seen, it is
permissible for the art of painting to approach the very boundary of music
itself. Painting has, however, for its aim in common with sculpture the
representation of an objective form in Space, and is restricted in its material
to the actual form of things already present outside the sphere of art. It is
unquestionably true that neither in the case of the painter nor the sculptor do
we accept a human countenance, a position of the human body, the outlines
of a mountain, the leafage of a tree precisely in the forms they present to us
as here or there in Nature; in both cases we are bound to justify what we
have before us under the conditions of the art in question, to adapt it to a
particular situation, no less than to employ it as a means of expressing the
inevitable artistic result of the entire content of the work. We have,
Page 329
therefore, in both cases on the one hand an independently recognized
content, which has to receive artistic individualization, and, on the other, we
are confronted with the forms of Nature as they are similarly presented in
isolation; and the artist is bound, if he be truly an artist, and seek to unite
these two sources of inspiration in his composition, to discover in both the
material and support[393] for his conception and execution. In short, he will,
acting in the first instance on the security of such general principles[394],
endeavour on the one hand to fill out with more concrete detail the
generality of his imaginative idea, and on the other to idealize and
spiritualize the human or any other of the forms of Nature, which are
submitted to serve him as particular models. The musician, on the contrary,
it is true, does not abstract from all and every content, but finds the same in
a text, which he sets to music, or with absolute freedom gives musical
utterance to some definite mood in the form of a theme, which he proceeds
to elaborate. The actual region, however, of his compositions remains the
more formal ideality, in other words pure tones, and his absorption of
content becomes rather a retreat into the free life of his own soul, a voyage
of discovery into that, and in many departments of music even a
confirmation, that he as artist is free of the content. If we are in a general
way permitted to regard human activity in the realm of the beautiful as a
liberation of the soul, as a release from constraint and restriction, in short to
consider that art does actually alleviate the most overpowering and tragic
catastrophies[395] by means of the creations it offers to our contemplation
and enjoyment, it is the art of music which conducts us to the final summit
of that ascent to freedom. Or in other language that which the plastic arts
secure through the objective fact of a plastic beauty, which displays the
entirety of human life, human nature as such, its universal and ideal
significance, in the detail of its particularity, without losing that essential
harmony, this effect music must produce in a wholly different manner. The
plastic artist need only exhibit, in that which is enclosed in the conception,
what was already therein from the first, so that every detail in its essential
determinacy is merely a closer explication of the totality which already
floats before the mind in virtue of the content which is there to exhibit it. A
figure, for example, in a plastic work of art, requires in this or that situation
a body, hands, feet, bust, a head with a given expression, a given pose, other
figures, or other aspects to which it is related as a whole, etc., and all these
aspects presuppose the others, in making collectively essentially complete
content, which has to receive artistic individualization, and, on the other, we
are confronted with the forms of Nature as they are similarly presented in
isolation; and the artist is bound, if he be truly an artist, and seek to unite
these two sources of inspiration in his composition, to discover in both the
material and support[393] for his conception and execution. In short, he will,
acting in the first instance on the security of such general principles[394],
endeavour on the one hand to fill out with more concrete detail the
generality of his imaginative idea, and on the other to idealize and
spiritualize the human or any other of the forms of Nature, which are
submitted to serve him as particular models. The musician, on the contrary,
it is true, does not abstract from all and every content, but finds the same in
a text, which he sets to music, or with absolute freedom gives musical
utterance to some definite mood in the form of a theme, which he proceeds
to elaborate. The actual region, however, of his compositions remains the
more formal ideality, in other words pure tones, and his absorption of
content becomes rather a retreat into the free life of his own soul, a voyage
of discovery into that, and in many departments of music even a
confirmation, that he as artist is free of the content. If we are in a general
way permitted to regard human activity in the realm of the beautiful as a
liberation of the soul, as a release from constraint and restriction, in short to
consider that art does actually alleviate the most overpowering and tragic
catastrophies[395] by means of the creations it offers to our contemplation
and enjoyment, it is the art of music which conducts us to the final summit
of that ascent to freedom. Or in other language that which the plastic arts
secure through the objective fact of a plastic beauty, which displays the
entirety of human life, human nature as such, its universal and ideal
significance, in the detail of its particularity, without losing that essential
harmony, this effect music must produce in a wholly different manner. The
plastic artist need only exhibit, in that which is enclosed in the conception,
what was already therein from the first, so that every detail in its essential
determinacy is merely a closer explication of the totality which already
floats before the mind in virtue of the content which is there to exhibit it. A
figure, for example, in a plastic work of art, requires in this or that situation
a body, hands, feet, bust, a head with a given expression, a given pose, other
figures, or other aspects to which it is related as a whole, etc., and all these
aspects presuppose the others, in making collectively essentially complete
Page 330
work. The elaboration of the theme is in such a case merely a more accurate
analysis of that which already itself essentially contains it, and the more
elaborate the picture is, which thereby confronts us, the more concentrated
is the unity, and the stronger becomes the connection of the parts. The most
consummate expression of detail must be, if the work of art is the best class,
at the same time an elucidation of the highest form of unity. No doubt the
ideal articulation and rounding off in a whole, in which the one part follows
inevitably from another, ought to be present in a musical composition. But
in some measure the execution here is of a totally different type, and
moreover we can only accept the unity in a restricted sense.
(ββ) In a musical theme the significance which has to be expressed is
already exhausted[396]. If it is repeated or carried on to further oppositions
and mediations these repetitions, modulations, and elaborations by means of
other scales may very readily appear superfluous, and rather are appertinent
to the purely musical development and the assimilation of the varied
content of harmonic progressions which are neither demanded by the
content itself[397], nor remain dependent upon it, whereas in the plastic arts
the execution of the detail and the passage to it is simply and always a more
accurate exhibition and analysis of the content itself.
But of course it is impossible to deny that another theme is actually motived
by the way a theme is developed, and each of them, then, in their alternation
or their interfusion progress, change, are at one time suppressed, at another
emphasized, and by their victory or defeat are able to make a content
explicit in its more definite features, oppositions, transitions, developments,
and resolutions. But in this case, too, the unity is not made more profound
and concentrated by virtue of such elaboration as is the case in sculpture
and painting, but is rather an expansion, an extension, a correlative
series[398], an addition of remoteness or a return, for which the content,
which is thus expressed, remains no doubt the universal centrum, yet does
not keep the whole so securely together as we find it is possible to do in the
plastic arts, particularly where their subject-matter is confined to the human
organism.
(γγ) Looked at from this point of view the art of music, as contrasted with
the other arts, lies too close to the medium of that formal freedom of soul
life, and thereby cannot fail to a greater or less degree to be diverted beyond
analysis of that which already itself essentially contains it, and the more
elaborate the picture is, which thereby confronts us, the more concentrated
is the unity, and the stronger becomes the connection of the parts. The most
consummate expression of detail must be, if the work of art is the best class,
at the same time an elucidation of the highest form of unity. No doubt the
ideal articulation and rounding off in a whole, in which the one part follows
inevitably from another, ought to be present in a musical composition. But
in some measure the execution here is of a totally different type, and
moreover we can only accept the unity in a restricted sense.
(ββ) In a musical theme the significance which has to be expressed is
already exhausted[396]. If it is repeated or carried on to further oppositions
and mediations these repetitions, modulations, and elaborations by means of
other scales may very readily appear superfluous, and rather are appertinent
to the purely musical development and the assimilation of the varied
content of harmonic progressions which are neither demanded by the
content itself[397], nor remain dependent upon it, whereas in the plastic arts
the execution of the detail and the passage to it is simply and always a more
accurate exhibition and analysis of the content itself.
But of course it is impossible to deny that another theme is actually motived
by the way a theme is developed, and each of them, then, in their alternation
or their interfusion progress, change, are at one time suppressed, at another
emphasized, and by their victory or defeat are able to make a content
explicit in its more definite features, oppositions, transitions, developments,
and resolutions. But in this case, too, the unity is not made more profound
and concentrated by virtue of such elaboration as is the case in sculpture
and painting, but is rather an expansion, an extension, a correlative
series[398], an addition of remoteness or a return, for which the content,
which is thus expressed, remains no doubt the universal centrum, yet does
not keep the whole so securely together as we find it is possible to do in the
plastic arts, particularly where their subject-matter is confined to the human
organism.
(γγ) Looked at from this point of view the art of music, as contrasted with
the other arts, lies too close to the medium of that formal freedom of soul
life, and thereby cannot fail to a greater or less degree to be diverted beyond
Page 331
what is actually presented, in other words the content[399]. The recollection
of a theme proposed is likewise a self-revealment[400] of the artist, in other
words is an ideal realization, to the effect that this self is the artist, and he
may progress just as he likes, and by what by-paths he likes. But on the
other hand the free exercise of imaginative caprice of the above description
is expressly to be distinguished from a musical composition which is
essentially conclusive, that is to say, which constitutes a fundamentally self-
integrated totality. In the free improvization[401] the absence of restrictions
is itself an object, so that the artist is able to assert his caprice in the
acceptance of any material he chooses, to interweave acknowledged
melodies and motives in his improvized productions, to emphasize some
new aspect of such, to elaborate them in a variety of modifications, or make
them steps in his progression to other material, and advance from thence in
the same way to developments of still more arresting contrasts.
In general, however, a musical composition determines the freedom of the
composer, either by limiting it to a more self-contained execution, and the
observance of what we may describe as a more plastic unity, or by
permitting him with the full force of his personality and caprice to pass at
every point into more or less important digressions, to let spontaneous ideas
travel hither and thither as they please, to lay stress for the moment on this
or that motive, and then once more to drown it in an overwhelming torrent.
While, then, the study of Nature's forms is essential to both painter and
sculptor, the art of music can look for no such fixed body of fact outside its
own prescribed forms, with which it would be forced to comply. The extent
of the regularity and necessity of its formal character is almost wholly
determined within the sphere of tone itself, which does not come into so
close an association[402] with the definition of the content that is therein
reposed, and consequently in respect to deviations beyond the same permits
for the most part a considerable opportunity for the free play of the
characteristic impulse of the composer.
And this is the main point of view, from which we may contract music with
the strictly plastic arts.
(γ) Looked at from another aspect music is, in the third place[403], most
nearly affiliated to poetry; both in fact make use of the same sensuous
medium, that is, tone. Despite this, however, these arts are very strongly
of a theme proposed is likewise a self-revealment[400] of the artist, in other
words is an ideal realization, to the effect that this self is the artist, and he
may progress just as he likes, and by what by-paths he likes. But on the
other hand the free exercise of imaginative caprice of the above description
is expressly to be distinguished from a musical composition which is
essentially conclusive, that is to say, which constitutes a fundamentally self-
integrated totality. In the free improvization[401] the absence of restrictions
is itself an object, so that the artist is able to assert his caprice in the
acceptance of any material he chooses, to interweave acknowledged
melodies and motives in his improvized productions, to emphasize some
new aspect of such, to elaborate them in a variety of modifications, or make
them steps in his progression to other material, and advance from thence in
the same way to developments of still more arresting contrasts.
In general, however, a musical composition determines the freedom of the
composer, either by limiting it to a more self-contained execution, and the
observance of what we may describe as a more plastic unity, or by
permitting him with the full force of his personality and caprice to pass at
every point into more or less important digressions, to let spontaneous ideas
travel hither and thither as they please, to lay stress for the moment on this
or that motive, and then once more to drown it in an overwhelming torrent.
While, then, the study of Nature's forms is essential to both painter and
sculptor, the art of music can look for no such fixed body of fact outside its
own prescribed forms, with which it would be forced to comply. The extent
of the regularity and necessity of its formal character is almost wholly
determined within the sphere of tone itself, which does not come into so
close an association[402] with the definition of the content that is therein
reposed, and consequently in respect to deviations beyond the same permits
for the most part a considerable opportunity for the free play of the
characteristic impulse of the composer.
And this is the main point of view, from which we may contract music with
the strictly plastic arts.
(γ) Looked at from another aspect music is, in the third place[403], most
nearly affiliated to poetry; both in fact make use of the same sensuous
medium, that is, tone. Despite this, however, these arts are very strongly
Page 332
distinct from one another not only in virtue of the mode of treating tones in
each case, but also in respect to their different modes of expression.
(αα) In poetry, as we have found already in our general differentiation of the
several arts, tone is not as such elicited and artistically produced by various
humanly constructed instruments, but the articulate sound of the human
organ of speech is reduced to the mere symbol of speech, retaining thereby
nothing more than the value of a sign of ideas, which is by itself devoid of
significance. Consequently we find here that tone remains throughout a
self-subsistent sensuous entity, which, as the mere symbol of emotions,
ideas, and thoughts, possesses the externality and objectivity which is
inherent in itself simply in virtue of the fact that is a sign and nothing more.
For the true objectivity of the soul-life as such does not consist in utterance
and words, but in this fact, that I, as subject, am aware of a thought, a
feeling, and so forth, that further I confront it as an object, and in this way
have it present to the imagination, or forthwith develop for myself what is
implicit in a thought or a conception, setting forth in a series the external
and spiritual relations of the given content, and relating the particular
features of it to one another. Unquestionably we think throughout in
language, without, however, needing actual speech as spoken. By reason of
this ability to dispense with speech-utterance in its sensuous aspect as
contrasted with the spiritual content of ideas, etc., to elucidate which
they[404] are employed, tone receives once more self-subsistency. In the art
of painting no doubt colour and its arrangement, regarded simply as colour,
is likewise by itself without significance, and in the same way, as contrasted
with the spiritual embodied, thereby a self-substantive sensuous medium;
but we get no painting from colour simply as such: we must first attach to it
form and its expression. With these spiritually animated forms colouring is
brought into an association by many degrees more constrained than that
which pertains to uttered speech and its coalescing result of words with
ideas.
If we will now look at the distinction between the poetical and musical use
of tones we shall find that music does not depress the tone sound to the
mere speech-utterance, but creates out of tone simply its own independent
medium, so that, in so far as there is musical tone, it is treated as the object
of the art[405]. And on account of this the realm of tone, inasmuch as it
cannot serve merely as a symbol, is by virtue of this emancipated function
each case, but also in respect to their different modes of expression.
(αα) In poetry, as we have found already in our general differentiation of the
several arts, tone is not as such elicited and artistically produced by various
humanly constructed instruments, but the articulate sound of the human
organ of speech is reduced to the mere symbol of speech, retaining thereby
nothing more than the value of a sign of ideas, which is by itself devoid of
significance. Consequently we find here that tone remains throughout a
self-subsistent sensuous entity, which, as the mere symbol of emotions,
ideas, and thoughts, possesses the externality and objectivity which is
inherent in itself simply in virtue of the fact that is a sign and nothing more.
For the true objectivity of the soul-life as such does not consist in utterance
and words, but in this fact, that I, as subject, am aware of a thought, a
feeling, and so forth, that further I confront it as an object, and in this way
have it present to the imagination, or forthwith develop for myself what is
implicit in a thought or a conception, setting forth in a series the external
and spiritual relations of the given content, and relating the particular
features of it to one another. Unquestionably we think throughout in
language, without, however, needing actual speech as spoken. By reason of
this ability to dispense with speech-utterance in its sensuous aspect as
contrasted with the spiritual content of ideas, etc., to elucidate which
they[404] are employed, tone receives once more self-subsistency. In the art
of painting no doubt colour and its arrangement, regarded simply as colour,
is likewise by itself without significance, and in the same way, as contrasted
with the spiritual embodied, thereby a self-substantive sensuous medium;
but we get no painting from colour simply as such: we must first attach to it
form and its expression. With these spiritually animated forms colouring is
brought into an association by many degrees more constrained than that
which pertains to uttered speech and its coalescing result of words with
ideas.
If we will now look at the distinction between the poetical and musical use
of tones we shall find that music does not depress the tone sound to the
mere speech-utterance, but creates out of tone simply its own independent
medium, so that, in so far as there is musical tone, it is treated as the object
of the art[405]. And on account of this the realm of tone, inasmuch as it
cannot serve merely as a symbol, is by virtue of this emancipated function
Page 333
of its life[406] able to attain to a mode of configuration, which makes the
form that is its peculiar possession, that is to say, the modes of tone as
artistically developed, its fundamental aim and object. In recent times
especially, the art of music, by its wresting itself from all content that is
independently lucid, has withdrawn into the depths of its own medium. But
on this very account and to this extent it has lost its compelling power[407]
over the soul, inasmuch as the enjoyment, which is thus offered, is only
applicable to one aspect of art, in other words, is only an interest in the
purely musical characteristics of the composition and its artistic dexterity,
an aspect which wholly concerns the musical expert, and is less connected
with the universal human interest in art.
(ββ) All that poetry loses, however, in external objectivity by being able to
place on one side its sensuous medium, in so far as that can be wholly
dispensed with by art, it secures for itself, in the ideal objectivity of its
vision and ideas, which poetical speech presents to soul and mind. For it is
the function of imagination to clothe these concepts, emotions, and thoughts
in a world that is itself essentially complete[408] with its events, actions,
moods, and exhibitions of passion, and by this means it creates works, into
which the entire fabric of reality, both in its external aspect as phenomena
and in the ideal significance of its content, is brought home to the emotions,
vision, and imagination of spiritual life. It is this type of objectivity which
the art of music, in so far as it asserts its independent claims in its own
province, is compelled to renounce. In other words, the realm of tone
possesses, no doubt, as I have already indicated, a relation to the soul, and
an alliance which is consonant with its spiritual movement; but it fails to
pass beyond a sympathetic relation which is always of an indefinite
character, albeit in this aspect of it a musical composition, if originating in
the soul-life itself, and permeated by genius and emotions of a rich quality,
cannot fail to react on our nature with an equivalent power and variety. In
the case of a content and the ideal and personal creation such as poetry
implies our emotions pass more completely out of their elementary medium
of undefined conscious life into the more concrete vision and more
universal[409] imagination which is embodied in such content. This may also
be the effect of a musical composition, so soon as the emotions which it
excites in ourselves by virtue of its own nature and the artistic energy that
animates it are involved more closely in ourselves with a distinct vision and
form that is its peculiar possession, that is to say, the modes of tone as
artistically developed, its fundamental aim and object. In recent times
especially, the art of music, by its wresting itself from all content that is
independently lucid, has withdrawn into the depths of its own medium. But
on this very account and to this extent it has lost its compelling power[407]
over the soul, inasmuch as the enjoyment, which is thus offered, is only
applicable to one aspect of art, in other words, is only an interest in the
purely musical characteristics of the composition and its artistic dexterity,
an aspect which wholly concerns the musical expert, and is less connected
with the universal human interest in art.
(ββ) All that poetry loses, however, in external objectivity by being able to
place on one side its sensuous medium, in so far as that can be wholly
dispensed with by art, it secures for itself, in the ideal objectivity of its
vision and ideas, which poetical speech presents to soul and mind. For it is
the function of imagination to clothe these concepts, emotions, and thoughts
in a world that is itself essentially complete[408] with its events, actions,
moods, and exhibitions of passion, and by this means it creates works, into
which the entire fabric of reality, both in its external aspect as phenomena
and in the ideal significance of its content, is brought home to the emotions,
vision, and imagination of spiritual life. It is this type of objectivity which
the art of music, in so far as it asserts its independent claims in its own
province, is compelled to renounce. In other words, the realm of tone
possesses, no doubt, as I have already indicated, a relation to the soul, and
an alliance which is consonant with its spiritual movement; but it fails to
pass beyond a sympathetic relation which is always of an indefinite
character, albeit in this aspect of it a musical composition, if originating in
the soul-life itself, and permeated by genius and emotions of a rich quality,
cannot fail to react on our nature with an equivalent power and variety. In
the case of a content and the ideal and personal creation such as poetry
implies our emotions pass more completely out of their elementary medium
of undefined conscious life into the more concrete vision and more
universal[409] imagination which is embodied in such content. This may also
be the effect of a musical composition, so soon as the emotions which it
excites in ourselves by virtue of its own nature and the artistic energy that
animates it are involved more closely in ourselves with a distinct vision and
Page 334
ideas, and thereby present to consciousness the tangible definition of soul-
impressions in a more stable outlook and more universally accepted ideas.
This is, however, our imagination and vision, which no doubt has been
suggested by the musical work, but which has not been itself directly
disclosed by virtue of the artistic elaboration of musical tones. Poetry, on
the contrary, expresses emotions, perceptions, and ideas as they are[410], and
is further able to delineate a picture of external objects, although it cannot
itself either attain to the plastic clarity of sculpture and painting or the
spiritual intimacy of music, and is consequently obliged to call as auxiliary
to its powers the direct vision we otherwise receive through the senses and
the speechless apprehension of soul-life in music.
(γγ) Thirdly, however, the art of music does not confine itself to this
independent position over against that of poetry and the spiritual content of
conscious life. It allies itself with a clearly expressed content already
completely elaborated by poetry, and as the accompaniment of emotions,
opinions, events, and actions. If, however, the musical aspect of such a
work of art remains the fundamental and predominant one, the poetry,
whether in the form of poem, drama, or any other, has no right to assert an
independent claim of its own therein. And as a general rule in this
association, of music and poetry the preponderance of one art is injurious to
the other. If therefore the text, a poetical creation, possesses a fully
independent value of its own, the support to be expected from music should
be merely an insignificant one, as we find, for example, was the case with
the dramatic choruses of the ancients where the music was nothing more
than an incidental accompaniment. If, conversely, the music is composed
with a more independent individuality of its own, then the text in its turn
should be of a more superficially poetical execution, and should as an
independent production confine itself to emotions of a general character and
ideas depicted on universal lines. The poetical elaboration of profound
thoughts is as little appropriate to a good musical text as is the delineation
of the objects of external Nature or descriptive poetry generally. Songs,
operatic arias, the texts of oratorios, and so forth may be consequently, so
far as the detail of their execution as poetry is concerned, jejune and of a
certain degree of mediocrity. The poet must not make his merits as poet too
conspicuous if the musician is to find in his text a genuine opportunity. In
this respect it is especially the Italians, such as Metastasio and others, who
have displayed the greatest skill, while Schiller's poems, which were never
impressions in a more stable outlook and more universally accepted ideas.
This is, however, our imagination and vision, which no doubt has been
suggested by the musical work, but which has not been itself directly
disclosed by virtue of the artistic elaboration of musical tones. Poetry, on
the contrary, expresses emotions, perceptions, and ideas as they are[410], and
is further able to delineate a picture of external objects, although it cannot
itself either attain to the plastic clarity of sculpture and painting or the
spiritual intimacy of music, and is consequently obliged to call as auxiliary
to its powers the direct vision we otherwise receive through the senses and
the speechless apprehension of soul-life in music.
(γγ) Thirdly, however, the art of music does not confine itself to this
independent position over against that of poetry and the spiritual content of
conscious life. It allies itself with a clearly expressed content already
completely elaborated by poetry, and as the accompaniment of emotions,
opinions, events, and actions. If, however, the musical aspect of such a
work of art remains the fundamental and predominant one, the poetry,
whether in the form of poem, drama, or any other, has no right to assert an
independent claim of its own therein. And as a general rule in this
association, of music and poetry the preponderance of one art is injurious to
the other. If therefore the text, a poetical creation, possesses a fully
independent value of its own, the support to be expected from music should
be merely an insignificant one, as we find, for example, was the case with
the dramatic choruses of the ancients where the music was nothing more
than an incidental accompaniment. If, conversely, the music is composed
with a more independent individuality of its own, then the text in its turn
should be of a more superficially poetical execution, and should as an
independent production confine itself to emotions of a general character and
ideas depicted on universal lines. The poetical elaboration of profound
thoughts is as little appropriate to a good musical text as is the delineation
of the objects of external Nature or descriptive poetry generally. Songs,
operatic arias, the texts of oratorios, and so forth may be consequently, so
far as the detail of their execution as poetry is concerned, jejune and of a
certain degree of mediocrity. The poet must not make his merits as poet too
conspicuous if the musician is to find in his text a genuine opportunity. In
this respect it is especially the Italians, such as Metastasio and others, who
have displayed the greatest skill, while Schiller's poems, which were never
Page 335
written with such an object in view at all, have been shown to be ill adapted
and indeed useless for musical composition[411]. In cases where the music
receives a more artistic elaboration, the audience understands next to
nothing of the text, and this is more particularly so with our German speech
and pronunciation[412]. For this reason it is not in the interest of music that
the weight of interest should be reposed in the text. An Italian audience, for
example, chatters away during the unimportant scenes of an opera, takes
refreshment, plays cards, and so on; but the instant an aria of emphatic
appeal or an important musical movement begins, every section of it is all
attention. We Germans, on the contrary, take the greatest interest in the
fortunes and speeches of the princes and princesses of opera with
attendants, squires, intimates, and waiting-maids, and we do not doubt there
are many among us still who regret the fact, when the singing begins, that
the interest is interrupted, and take their refuge in conversation.
In religious music also the text is either for the most part a well-known
credo, or a selection of single psalms, so that the words are regarded as
merely an incitement to a musical commentary, which possesses an
independent style peculiar to itself, that is to say one which not merely is
used to expound the text, but which for the most part simply emphasizes the
universal character of the content much in the same way that painting
selects its material from sacred history.
(b) The second aspect of our present inquiry is that of the distinction that
obtains between the way in which the art of music lays hold of its subject-
matter as contrasted with the other arts, the form, that is, in which, whether
it be as an accompaniment or independently of a given text, it is able to
apprehend and express a particular content. As to this I have already
observed that music is not only more capable than the other arts of
liberating itself from an actual text, but also from the expression of a
definite content, in order that it may find its satisfaction in an essentially
complete series of combinations, modifications, contrasts, and modulations,
which are comprised within the realm of absolute music[413]. In such a case,
however, music is empty, without significance, and is, for the reason that
one fundamental aspect of art, namely spiritual content and expression, is
absent, not really genuine music at all. It is only when that which is of
spiritual import is adequately expressed in the sensuous medium of tones
and their varied configuration that music attains entirely to its position as a
and indeed useless for musical composition[411]. In cases where the music
receives a more artistic elaboration, the audience understands next to
nothing of the text, and this is more particularly so with our German speech
and pronunciation[412]. For this reason it is not in the interest of music that
the weight of interest should be reposed in the text. An Italian audience, for
example, chatters away during the unimportant scenes of an opera, takes
refreshment, plays cards, and so on; but the instant an aria of emphatic
appeal or an important musical movement begins, every section of it is all
attention. We Germans, on the contrary, take the greatest interest in the
fortunes and speeches of the princes and princesses of opera with
attendants, squires, intimates, and waiting-maids, and we do not doubt there
are many among us still who regret the fact, when the singing begins, that
the interest is interrupted, and take their refuge in conversation.
In religious music also the text is either for the most part a well-known
credo, or a selection of single psalms, so that the words are regarded as
merely an incitement to a musical commentary, which possesses an
independent style peculiar to itself, that is to say one which not merely is
used to expound the text, but which for the most part simply emphasizes the
universal character of the content much in the same way that painting
selects its material from sacred history.
(b) The second aspect of our present inquiry is that of the distinction that
obtains between the way in which the art of music lays hold of its subject-
matter as contrasted with the other arts, the form, that is, in which, whether
it be as an accompaniment or independently of a given text, it is able to
apprehend and express a particular content. As to this I have already
observed that music is not only more capable than the other arts of
liberating itself from an actual text, but also from the expression of a
definite content, in order that it may find its satisfaction in an essentially
complete series of combinations, modifications, contrasts, and modulations,
which are comprised within the realm of absolute music[413]. In such a case,
however, music is empty, without significance, and is, for the reason that
one fundamental aspect of art, namely spiritual content and expression, is
absent, not really genuine music at all. It is only when that which is of
spiritual import is adequately expressed in the sensuous medium of tones
and their varied configuration that music attains entirely to its position as a
Page 336
true art, and irrespective of the fact whether this content receives an
independent and more direct definition by means of words, or is perforce
emotionally realized from the tone music itself and its harmonic relations
and melodic animation.
(α) In this respect the unique function of music consists in this, that
whatever its content may be it is not so created by the art for human
apprehension as though it either was held by consciousness as a general
concept is so contained, or as definite external form is ordinarily presented
to our perception, or as such receives its more complete reflection in the
artistic counterfeit, but rather in the way in which a content is made a living
thing in the sphere of the personal soul. To make this essentially veiled life
and in weaved motion ring forth through the independent texture of tones,
or attach itself to expressed words and ideas, and to steep such ideas in this
very medium, in order to re-emphasize anew the same for feeling and
sympathy, such is the difficult task assigned to the art of music.
(αα) The life of soul itself is consequently the form in which music is able
to grasp its content, and thereby seeks to absorb within itself everything that
can generally enter into the shrine of the soul and above all disclose itself
under the veils of emotional movement. But from this it necessarily follows
that the art of music must not attempt to minister to sense-perception, but
must restrict its effort to making soul-life intelligible to soul, whether this is
effected by its making the substantive and ideal depth of a content as such
penetrate to the very core of soul itself, or by its preferring to disclose the
life and motion of a content in the soul of some particular person, so that
this inward life of itself becomes its actual object.
(ββ) This abstract inwardness of soul is in the most intimate sense
differentiated, under the mode in which music is related to it, by feelings in
other words the self-expanding medium of the personal subject, which
unquestionably moves in a content, but suffers the same to persist in this
direct self-seclusion of the Ego, and in a relation to the Ego, that is, void of
externality. Consequently feeling is throughout simply all the envelope of
that content, and it is the sphere which is claimed by music[414].
(γγ) It is a province which unfolds in expanse the expression of every kind
of emotion, and every shade of joyfulness, merriment, jest, caprice,
jubilation and laughter of the soul, every gradation of anguish, trouble,
independent and more direct definition by means of words, or is perforce
emotionally realized from the tone music itself and its harmonic relations
and melodic animation.
(α) In this respect the unique function of music consists in this, that
whatever its content may be it is not so created by the art for human
apprehension as though it either was held by consciousness as a general
concept is so contained, or as definite external form is ordinarily presented
to our perception, or as such receives its more complete reflection in the
artistic counterfeit, but rather in the way in which a content is made a living
thing in the sphere of the personal soul. To make this essentially veiled life
and in weaved motion ring forth through the independent texture of tones,
or attach itself to expressed words and ideas, and to steep such ideas in this
very medium, in order to re-emphasize anew the same for feeling and
sympathy, such is the difficult task assigned to the art of music.
(αα) The life of soul itself is consequently the form in which music is able
to grasp its content, and thereby seeks to absorb within itself everything that
can generally enter into the shrine of the soul and above all disclose itself
under the veils of emotional movement. But from this it necessarily follows
that the art of music must not attempt to minister to sense-perception, but
must restrict its effort to making soul-life intelligible to soul, whether this is
effected by its making the substantive and ideal depth of a content as such
penetrate to the very core of soul itself, or by its preferring to disclose the
life and motion of a content in the soul of some particular person, so that
this inward life of itself becomes its actual object.
(ββ) This abstract inwardness of soul is in the most intimate sense
differentiated, under the mode in which music is related to it, by feelings in
other words the self-expanding medium of the personal subject, which
unquestionably moves in a content, but suffers the same to persist in this
direct self-seclusion of the Ego, and in a relation to the Ego, that is, void of
externality. Consequently feeling is throughout simply all the envelope of
that content, and it is the sphere which is claimed by music[414].
(γγ) It is a province which unfolds in expanse the expression of every kind
of emotion, and every shade of joyfulness, merriment, jest, caprice,
jubilation and laughter of the soul, every gradation of anguish, trouble,
Page 337
melancholy, lament, sorrow, pain, longing and the like, no less than those of
reverence, adoration, and love fall within the appropriate limits of its
expression.
(β) Tone as interjection, as the cry of grief, as sigh and laughter, is already,
outside the province of art, the most immediately vital expression of soul-
conditions and feelings, the ah and oh of the soul. We find in it a self-
production and objectivity of soul as such, an expression which stands
intermediately between unconscious absorption and the self-return to
thoughts ideally determinate, a disclosure, which has no relation to external
fact, but is confined to the contemplative state, just as the bird, too, in its
song possesses this enjoyment and this production of its inner self.
The purely natural expression, however, of interjections is not as yet music,
for though these outcries are no doubt no intentionally articulate sign of
ideas as speech is and consequently express no conceived content in its
generalized form as concept, but give vent to a mood and emotion in and
through tone itself, a state which is reposed immediately in similar tones
and opens the heart in the outburst of the same, yet this emancipation is not
one which is promoted by art. The art of music must on the contrary bring
the emotions into tone relations of definite structure, and wean the
expression of Nature of its wildness, its uncouth deliverance, and
ameliorate it.
We may perhaps say that interjections constitute the point of departure of
music; but it is only music when an interjection in the form of a cadenza,
and in this respect it has to elaborate its senuous material artistically in a
higher degree than either painting or poetry before it is qualified to express
the content of spirit. We shall have to examine later on more narrowly the
particular way in which the content of music is worked up to such a pitch of
adaptability; at present I will merely repeat the observation that the tones
are themselves essentially a totality of differences, which are capable of
disuniting and uniting themselves in the most varied kinds of immediate
concords, essential discords, oppositions and transitions. To these opposed
and united tones, no less than the differentiation of their movements and
transitions, their entry, their progression, their conflict, their self-resolution
and their disappearance, the ideal character both of this or that content and
of the emotions, in the form whereof both heart and soul obtains the
mastery of such content, corresponds in closer or more remote affinity, so
reverence, adoration, and love fall within the appropriate limits of its
expression.
(β) Tone as interjection, as the cry of grief, as sigh and laughter, is already,
outside the province of art, the most immediately vital expression of soul-
conditions and feelings, the ah and oh of the soul. We find in it a self-
production and objectivity of soul as such, an expression which stands
intermediately between unconscious absorption and the self-return to
thoughts ideally determinate, a disclosure, which has no relation to external
fact, but is confined to the contemplative state, just as the bird, too, in its
song possesses this enjoyment and this production of its inner self.
The purely natural expression, however, of interjections is not as yet music,
for though these outcries are no doubt no intentionally articulate sign of
ideas as speech is and consequently express no conceived content in its
generalized form as concept, but give vent to a mood and emotion in and
through tone itself, a state which is reposed immediately in similar tones
and opens the heart in the outburst of the same, yet this emancipation is not
one which is promoted by art. The art of music must on the contrary bring
the emotions into tone relations of definite structure, and wean the
expression of Nature of its wildness, its uncouth deliverance, and
ameliorate it.
We may perhaps say that interjections constitute the point of departure of
music; but it is only music when an interjection in the form of a cadenza,
and in this respect it has to elaborate its senuous material artistically in a
higher degree than either painting or poetry before it is qualified to express
the content of spirit. We shall have to examine later on more narrowly the
particular way in which the content of music is worked up to such a pitch of
adaptability; at present I will merely repeat the observation that the tones
are themselves essentially a totality of differences, which are capable of
disuniting and uniting themselves in the most varied kinds of immediate
concords, essential discords, oppositions and transitions. To these opposed
and united tones, no less than the differentiation of their movements and
transitions, their entry, their progression, their conflict, their self-resolution
and their disappearance, the ideal character both of this or that content and
of the emotions, in the form whereof both heart and soul obtains the
mastery of such content, corresponds in closer or more remote affinity, so
Page 338
that the like tone relations, apprehended and informed conformably thereto,
disclose the animated expression of that which is present to Spirit as
definable content.
The medium of tone asserts itself as more cognate with the ideally simple
essence of a content than the senuous material previously dealt with for this
reason that tone instead of making itself secure in spatial form and coming
to a halt as the varied presentment of juxtaposition and extension, is
comprised in the ideal realm of Time, and for this reason does not progress
to a condition under which simple ideality and concrete bodily shape and
appearance are differentiated. And this is equally true of the form of the
feeling of a content whose expression mainly falls upon the art of music. In
other words in sense-perception and conception we have already, as in self-
conscious thought, the necessary distinction between the perceiving,
conceiving and thinking Ego and the object of perception, conception, and
thought. In emotion, however, this distinction is resolved, or rather it is
never propounded, but the content is interwoven with the inner life without
such division. When consequently music is united as an art of
accompaniment with poetry, or conversely poetry is united with music as an
interpreter to its elucidation, in such a case music is unable to render
conspicuous in an external form or to reflect with intention ideas and
thoughts as they are thus apprehended by self-consciousness; it is obliged as
stated either to offer the simple character of a content in true relations to
feeling, as they are cognate with the ideal relation of this content, or to seek
more nearly to express, by means of tones which accompany and give
intensity to poetry, that feeling itself, which the content of perceptions and
ideas can arouse in the spirit that is both sympathetic and imaginative.
(c) Following the course of these remarks it is possible in the third place to
form an estimate of the unrivalled power which is thereby directly exercised
by music on the soul, which is neither carried forward to the vision of
reason, nor diverts consciousness in isolated points of view, but is
accustomed to live within the ideal range and secluded depths of pure
emotion. For it is precisely this sphere, the intimacy of soul-life, the abstract
appropriation of its own realm, which is grasped by music, which thereby
sets in movement the source of these ideal changes, namely, the heart and
soul, which we may consider at this concentrated focus and centre of our
entire manhood.
disclose the animated expression of that which is present to Spirit as
definable content.
The medium of tone asserts itself as more cognate with the ideally simple
essence of a content than the senuous material previously dealt with for this
reason that tone instead of making itself secure in spatial form and coming
to a halt as the varied presentment of juxtaposition and extension, is
comprised in the ideal realm of Time, and for this reason does not progress
to a condition under which simple ideality and concrete bodily shape and
appearance are differentiated. And this is equally true of the form of the
feeling of a content whose expression mainly falls upon the art of music. In
other words in sense-perception and conception we have already, as in self-
conscious thought, the necessary distinction between the perceiving,
conceiving and thinking Ego and the object of perception, conception, and
thought. In emotion, however, this distinction is resolved, or rather it is
never propounded, but the content is interwoven with the inner life without
such division. When consequently music is united as an art of
accompaniment with poetry, or conversely poetry is united with music as an
interpreter to its elucidation, in such a case music is unable to render
conspicuous in an external form or to reflect with intention ideas and
thoughts as they are thus apprehended by self-consciousness; it is obliged as
stated either to offer the simple character of a content in true relations to
feeling, as they are cognate with the ideal relation of this content, or to seek
more nearly to express, by means of tones which accompany and give
intensity to poetry, that feeling itself, which the content of perceptions and
ideas can arouse in the spirit that is both sympathetic and imaginative.
(c) Following the course of these remarks it is possible in the third place to
form an estimate of the unrivalled power which is thereby directly exercised
by music on the soul, which is neither carried forward to the vision of
reason, nor diverts consciousness in isolated points of view, but is
accustomed to live within the ideal range and secluded depths of pure
emotion. For it is precisely this sphere, the intimacy of soul-life, the abstract
appropriation of its own realm, which is grasped by music, which thereby
sets in movement the source of these ideal changes, namely, the heart and
soul, which we may consider at this concentrated focus and centre of our
entire manhood.
Page 339
(α) In a particular sense sculpture endows its art products with a wholly
independent subsistency, an objectivity essentially exclusive whether we
regard it from the point of view of its content, or that of its external art-
manifestation. Its content is the substantive being of the life of Spirit
possessed no doubt with individual vitality, but along with this reposing in
self-subsistent coherence on itself; its form is the material configuration
under the condition of space. For this reason a work of sculpture retains as
an object of sense-perception the highest degree of self-subsistency. A
picture, as we have already pointed out in our consideration of the art of
painting, comes into closer contact with the spectator. In part this is due to
the essentially more subjective[415] content thereby depicted; in part it is
referable to the fact that it is merely the show of reality which it displays,
thereby making us aware that it is not a thing independently substantive, but
rather essentially something intended for something else, and exclusively
so, in other words for the human vision and soul. Yet even in the case of a
picture we have still left us a freedom more independent it fails to absorb;
even here we have still only to do with an object externally presented,
which only reaches us through sense perception, and only thus excites our
emotion and imagination. The spectator may consequently approach the
work of art as he likes; he may observe this or that aspect of it; he may
analyse the whole, as it throughout persists confronting him, may make it
the object of various reflections, and in short remain throughout at liberty to
continue his independent review of it.
(αα) The musical work of art, on the contrary, no doubt, as such a work,
posits in like manner the incipiency of a distinction between the work itself
and the individual that enjoys it; that is to say in its actually resonant tones
it receives a sensuous existence that is distinct from the soul of the listener.
But on the one hand this opposition does not proceed, as in the case of the
plastic arts, to an external subsistency in Space and the visibility of a mode
of objectivity that coheres independently, but on the contrary makes its real
existence vanish in the immediate passage through Time. On the other hand
the art of music does not make the separation of its external material from
its spiritual content in the same way that poetry does so, in which the aspect
of idea is elaborated with more definite independence from the sound of
speech[416], and more cut off as it is than any of the arts from this aspect of
externality, issues as such in a unique progression of mental ideas
independent subsistency, an objectivity essentially exclusive whether we
regard it from the point of view of its content, or that of its external art-
manifestation. Its content is the substantive being of the life of Spirit
possessed no doubt with individual vitality, but along with this reposing in
self-subsistent coherence on itself; its form is the material configuration
under the condition of space. For this reason a work of sculpture retains as
an object of sense-perception the highest degree of self-subsistency. A
picture, as we have already pointed out in our consideration of the art of
painting, comes into closer contact with the spectator. In part this is due to
the essentially more subjective[415] content thereby depicted; in part it is
referable to the fact that it is merely the show of reality which it displays,
thereby making us aware that it is not a thing independently substantive, but
rather essentially something intended for something else, and exclusively
so, in other words for the human vision and soul. Yet even in the case of a
picture we have still left us a freedom more independent it fails to absorb;
even here we have still only to do with an object externally presented,
which only reaches us through sense perception, and only thus excites our
emotion and imagination. The spectator may consequently approach the
work of art as he likes; he may observe this or that aspect of it; he may
analyse the whole, as it throughout persists confronting him, may make it
the object of various reflections, and in short remain throughout at liberty to
continue his independent review of it.
(αα) The musical work of art, on the contrary, no doubt, as such a work,
posits in like manner the incipiency of a distinction between the work itself
and the individual that enjoys it; that is to say in its actually resonant tones
it receives a sensuous existence that is distinct from the soul of the listener.
But on the one hand this opposition does not proceed, as in the case of the
plastic arts, to an external subsistency in Space and the visibility of a mode
of objectivity that coheres independently, but on the contrary makes its real
existence vanish in the immediate passage through Time. On the other hand
the art of music does not make the separation of its external material from
its spiritual content in the same way that poetry does so, in which the aspect
of idea is elaborated with more definite independence from the sound of
speech[416], and more cut off as it is than any of the arts from this aspect of
externality, issues as such in a unique progression of mental ideas
Page 340
constructed by the imagination. No doubt the observation may readily be
made here that, agreeably with what I have already stated, the art of music
is able to conversely to release tones from their content and thereby give
them independent form; this liberation is, however, not that which really
falls within Art's province, which on the contrary wholly consists in
employing harmonious and melodic motion for the expression of the
content originally selected and the emotions, which the same is qualified to
excite. Inasmuch as, therefore, musical expression has for its content the
inward life itself, the ideal significance of fact and emotion, and a tone-
world which, at least in art, does not proceed to spatial configuration, and in
its sensuous existence is wholly evanescent, it follows that music directly
penetrates with its movements to the ideal habitat of all the fluctuations of
soul-life. In other words it seizes on consciousness, where it is no longer
confronted with an object, and in the loss of this freedom from the flood of
tones as it streams on is itself whirled away with it[417]. Yet there is here,
too, by reason of the divers directions which music may separately follow,
an effect of varied character. In other words, when a more profound content,
or, to put it generally, an expression more steeped in soul, is absent, we may
find as a result that we experience on the one hand delight in the purely
sensuous sound and harmony without any further emotional movement, or,
on the other hand, we follow the course of the harmony and melody with
our critical judgment, a progression by which the inmost heart of us is no
further touched or affected. Or rather we may say that pre-eminently in the
case of music there is such a purely critical analysis, for which there is
nothing else presented in the work of art to evoke it beyond the skill of an
expert in its laboured production[418]. If we, however, withdraw ourselves
from this critical science, and give ourselves up unreservedly, we become
entirely possessed with the musical composition and are carried with it
quite independently of the power, which the art of it simply as art exercises
upon us. And the peculiar power of music is an elementary force, that is to
say it lies in the element of tone, in which the art here moves.
(ββ) The individual is not only carried away by this medium in virtue of the
character of its exposition in any particular case, or simply drawn to it by
the specific content thereof; but, viewed simply as self-conscious subject,
the core and centre of his spiritual existence is interwoven with the work
and himself placed in active relations with it. We have, for example, in the
made here that, agreeably with what I have already stated, the art of music
is able to conversely to release tones from their content and thereby give
them independent form; this liberation is, however, not that which really
falls within Art's province, which on the contrary wholly consists in
employing harmonious and melodic motion for the expression of the
content originally selected and the emotions, which the same is qualified to
excite. Inasmuch as, therefore, musical expression has for its content the
inward life itself, the ideal significance of fact and emotion, and a tone-
world which, at least in art, does not proceed to spatial configuration, and in
its sensuous existence is wholly evanescent, it follows that music directly
penetrates with its movements to the ideal habitat of all the fluctuations of
soul-life. In other words it seizes on consciousness, where it is no longer
confronted with an object, and in the loss of this freedom from the flood of
tones as it streams on is itself whirled away with it[417]. Yet there is here,
too, by reason of the divers directions which music may separately follow,
an effect of varied character. In other words, when a more profound content,
or, to put it generally, an expression more steeped in soul, is absent, we may
find as a result that we experience on the one hand delight in the purely
sensuous sound and harmony without any further emotional movement, or,
on the other hand, we follow the course of the harmony and melody with
our critical judgment, a progression by which the inmost heart of us is no
further touched or affected. Or rather we may say that pre-eminently in the
case of music there is such a purely critical analysis, for which there is
nothing else presented in the work of art to evoke it beyond the skill of an
expert in its laboured production[418]. If we, however, withdraw ourselves
from this critical science, and give ourselves up unreservedly, we become
entirely possessed with the musical composition and are carried with it
quite independently of the power, which the art of it simply as art exercises
upon us. And the peculiar power of music is an elementary force, that is to
say it lies in the element of tone, in which the art here moves.
(ββ) The individual is not only carried away by this medium in virtue of the
character of its exposition in any particular case, or simply drawn to it by
the specific content thereof; but, viewed simply as self-conscious subject,
the core and centre of his spiritual existence is interwoven with the work
and himself placed in active relations with it. We have, for example, in the
Page 341
emphasis of the music's current rhythms, an opportunity to beat in time with
it, or unite our voices with the melody, and in the case of dance-music at
least, we may associate the movement of our legs. And, generally speaking,
the claim is made upon us as distinct personalities. Conversely, in the case
of purely methodical action, which, in so far as it is subject to time
relations, is compatible with a distinct beat in virtue of its regularity and
possesses no further content, we require on the one hand an expression of
this regularity as such in order that this action shall be present to the
individual under a mode that is itself subjective; and, on the other, we
require a more intimate realization of this rhythm. Both requirements are
supplied by the musical accompaniment. This is effected, for instance, by
music as associated with the march of soldiers. Such arouses the soul to the
rhythmical beat of the march, makes the individual full of the fact of his
marching[419] and steeps him in the harmonious action of it. In something of
the same sense the unregulated bustle of a table d'hôte and the
unsatisfactory excitement it arouses annoys many people. Such feel that the
moving up and down, the clatter and chatter should be subject to rule, and
as we have in our eating and drinking an empty space of time to deal with,
we should have that emptiness filled up for us. Such, therefore, is also an
occasion among many others when music will help us considerably,
suggesting as it does other thoughts, recreations, and ideas.
(γγ) In these instances we are made aware of the connection between the
individual soul with Time simply, a condition in which the medium of music
consists. In other words the inward life regarded as subjective unity is the
active negation of the indifferent[420] juxtaposition in Space, and thereby
negative unity. In the first instance, however, this identity remains in itself
entirely abstract and void of content, and consists merely in this that it
makes itself an object, though it then annuls this objectivity, which is itself
of a wholly ideal type and of the same character which the subject of
consciousness is, in order thereby to enforce itself as subjective unity. An
ideal negative activity of the same kind in its sphere of externality is Time.
For in the first place it effaces the indifferent co-extension of the spatial
condition and concentrates the continuity of the same in the point of Time,
the Now. The point of time, however, secondly, discloses itself at the same
time as negation of itself; in other words this Now no sooner is than it
annuls itself in another Now, and by doing this makes apparent its negative
it, or unite our voices with the melody, and in the case of dance-music at
least, we may associate the movement of our legs. And, generally speaking,
the claim is made upon us as distinct personalities. Conversely, in the case
of purely methodical action, which, in so far as it is subject to time
relations, is compatible with a distinct beat in virtue of its regularity and
possesses no further content, we require on the one hand an expression of
this regularity as such in order that this action shall be present to the
individual under a mode that is itself subjective; and, on the other, we
require a more intimate realization of this rhythm. Both requirements are
supplied by the musical accompaniment. This is effected, for instance, by
music as associated with the march of soldiers. Such arouses the soul to the
rhythmical beat of the march, makes the individual full of the fact of his
marching[419] and steeps him in the harmonious action of it. In something of
the same sense the unregulated bustle of a table d'hôte and the
unsatisfactory excitement it arouses annoys many people. Such feel that the
moving up and down, the clatter and chatter should be subject to rule, and
as we have in our eating and drinking an empty space of time to deal with,
we should have that emptiness filled up for us. Such, therefore, is also an
occasion among many others when music will help us considerably,
suggesting as it does other thoughts, recreations, and ideas.
(γγ) In these instances we are made aware of the connection between the
individual soul with Time simply, a condition in which the medium of music
consists. In other words the inward life regarded as subjective unity is the
active negation of the indifferent[420] juxtaposition in Space, and thereby
negative unity. In the first instance, however, this identity remains in itself
entirely abstract and void of content, and consists merely in this that it
makes itself an object, though it then annuls this objectivity, which is itself
of a wholly ideal type and of the same character which the subject of
consciousness is, in order thereby to enforce itself as subjective unity. An
ideal negative activity of the same kind in its sphere of externality is Time.
For in the first place it effaces the indifferent co-extension of the spatial
condition and concentrates the continuity of the same in the point of Time,
the Now. The point of time, however, secondly, discloses itself at the same
time as negation of itself; in other words this Now no sooner is than it
annuls itself in another Now, and by doing this makes apparent its negative
Page 342
activity. Thirdly, we no doubt do not get, on account of externality[421], in
whose element Time is in motion, the truly subjective unity of the first point
of Time with the next, to which the Now by self-effacement proceeds, but
the Now remains throughout in its change always the same[422]. For for
every point of Time is a Now, and is as undifferentiated from the other
Now, taken as the bare point of Time, as is the abstract Ego from the object,
relatively to which it annuls itself[423], and in which it falls into self-
coalescence, for the reason that this object is itself merely the empty Ego.
The actual Ego itself, too, belongs yet more closely to Time, with which it
coalesces, in so far as it is, if we abstract from the concrete content of
consciousness and self-consciousness, nothing but this empty movement
which posits itself as another and then cancels the exchange, in other words
cancels itself, in order thereby to conserve the Ego and here only the
abstract[424] Ego therein. Ego is in Time, and Time is the being of the
conscious subject itself. Inasmuch, then, as Time and not the spatial
condition as such supplies the essential element, in which tone secures
existence in respect to its validity as music, and the time of tone is likewise
that of the conscious subject, for this reason tone, by virtue of this
fundamental condition of it, penetrates into the self of conscious life, seizes
hold of the same in virtue of the most simple aspect of its existence, and
places the Ego in movement by means of the motion in Time and its
rhythm; while in addition to this the other configuration of tones, as the
expression of emotions, brings yet further a more definite material to enrich
the unity of consciousness, a wealth by which it is at once affected and
carried forward.
We find, then, that the fundamental ground for the elementary might of the
art of music is of this nature.
(β) In order, however, that music may exercise its full effect we must have
something more than the purely abstract tone in its movement in Time. The
further aspect we have to attach to it is a content, an emotional wealth
steeped in spirit presented to the soul, and the expression, the soul of this
content in tones.
We have no right, then, to entertain any exaggerated[425] opinion of the
sovereign might of music simply as music, about which ancient writers,
both sacred and profane, have told us so many fabulous tales. If we go back
whose element Time is in motion, the truly subjective unity of the first point
of Time with the next, to which the Now by self-effacement proceeds, but
the Now remains throughout in its change always the same[422]. For for
every point of Time is a Now, and is as undifferentiated from the other
Now, taken as the bare point of Time, as is the abstract Ego from the object,
relatively to which it annuls itself[423], and in which it falls into self-
coalescence, for the reason that this object is itself merely the empty Ego.
The actual Ego itself, too, belongs yet more closely to Time, with which it
coalesces, in so far as it is, if we abstract from the concrete content of
consciousness and self-consciousness, nothing but this empty movement
which posits itself as another and then cancels the exchange, in other words
cancels itself, in order thereby to conserve the Ego and here only the
abstract[424] Ego therein. Ego is in Time, and Time is the being of the
conscious subject itself. Inasmuch, then, as Time and not the spatial
condition as such supplies the essential element, in which tone secures
existence in respect to its validity as music, and the time of tone is likewise
that of the conscious subject, for this reason tone, by virtue of this
fundamental condition of it, penetrates into the self of conscious life, seizes
hold of the same in virtue of the most simple aspect of its existence, and
places the Ego in movement by means of the motion in Time and its
rhythm; while in addition to this the other configuration of tones, as the
expression of emotions, brings yet further a more definite material to enrich
the unity of consciousness, a wealth by which it is at once affected and
carried forward.
We find, then, that the fundamental ground for the elementary might of the
art of music is of this nature.
(β) In order, however, that music may exercise its full effect we must have
something more than the purely abstract tone in its movement in Time. The
further aspect we have to attach to it is a content, an emotional wealth
steeped in spirit presented to the soul, and the expression, the soul of this
content in tones.
We have no right, then, to entertain any exaggerated[425] opinion of the
sovereign might of music simply as music, about which ancient writers,
both sacred and profane, have told us so many fabulous tales. If we go back
Page 343
to the miracles which Orpheus performed as a pioneer of civilization we
find indeed that tones and their movements spread their influence to the
wild creatures, which encircled him shorn of their wildness, but they did not
extend to humankind, who required the content of a nobler strain. It is
something of this latter kind that we must attach to the hymns ascribed to
Orpheus, which, in the form we have received from tradition, even though it
be not their original one, support mythological and other ideas. In a similar
way, too, the warlike songs of Tyrtaeus are famous, by means of which, so
we are told, the Lacedaemonians, after long and fruitless conflicts, were
stirred up to an irresistible enthusiasm and finally were wholly victorious
over the Messenians. In this case, too, the content of the ideas which these
elegies excited was the main thing, although pre-eminently in the case of
barbaric peoples and in times of deeply moved passions we cannot deny
that the musical aspect of them exercised a real force and effect. The pipes
of the Highlanders contribute essentially to the animation of their courage,
and the power of the Marseillaise as sung in the French Revolution is
undeniable. The real source of enthusiasm is, however, to be looked for in
the definite idea, in the true interest of the Spirit with which a nation is
steeped, and which can be exalted to a more direct and living feeling when
the notes of music, the rhythm and the melody carry along whoever may
give himself up to them. In our own days, however, we can hardly hold that
music is capable by itself of evoking such a courageous temper and
contempt of death. Almost all armies nowadays have excellent regimental
music, which calls the soldiers to their duties, releases them from such,
gives life to the march and incites them to the attack. No one, however,
dreams of beating the enemy with such means. The courage of the field of
battle does not come with the blast of trumpets and the beat of drums, and it
will indeed take a host of trombones before a fort will tumble in ruin at their
blast like the walls of a Jericho. It is the enthusiasm born of ideas, cannon,
and the genius of generals which are the main thing now rather than music,
and this can only act as a support of the forces which have already filled
and taken hold of the soul.
(γ) In conclusion, we may point out in respect to the personal effect of
musical sound there is an aspect which is referable to the particular manner
in which the musical work of art approaches us in its distinction from other
works of art. In other words, inasmuch as musical tones do not as buildings
of construction, statues, and pictures possess independently a permanent
find indeed that tones and their movements spread their influence to the
wild creatures, which encircled him shorn of their wildness, but they did not
extend to humankind, who required the content of a nobler strain. It is
something of this latter kind that we must attach to the hymns ascribed to
Orpheus, which, in the form we have received from tradition, even though it
be not their original one, support mythological and other ideas. In a similar
way, too, the warlike songs of Tyrtaeus are famous, by means of which, so
we are told, the Lacedaemonians, after long and fruitless conflicts, were
stirred up to an irresistible enthusiasm and finally were wholly victorious
over the Messenians. In this case, too, the content of the ideas which these
elegies excited was the main thing, although pre-eminently in the case of
barbaric peoples and in times of deeply moved passions we cannot deny
that the musical aspect of them exercised a real force and effect. The pipes
of the Highlanders contribute essentially to the animation of their courage,
and the power of the Marseillaise as sung in the French Revolution is
undeniable. The real source of enthusiasm is, however, to be looked for in
the definite idea, in the true interest of the Spirit with which a nation is
steeped, and which can be exalted to a more direct and living feeling when
the notes of music, the rhythm and the melody carry along whoever may
give himself up to them. In our own days, however, we can hardly hold that
music is capable by itself of evoking such a courageous temper and
contempt of death. Almost all armies nowadays have excellent regimental
music, which calls the soldiers to their duties, releases them from such,
gives life to the march and incites them to the attack. No one, however,
dreams of beating the enemy with such means. The courage of the field of
battle does not come with the blast of trumpets and the beat of drums, and it
will indeed take a host of trombones before a fort will tumble in ruin at their
blast like the walls of a Jericho. It is the enthusiasm born of ideas, cannon,
and the genius of generals which are the main thing now rather than music,
and this can only act as a support of the forces which have already filled
and taken hold of the soul.
(γ) In conclusion, we may point out in respect to the personal effect of
musical sound there is an aspect which is referable to the particular manner
in which the musical work of art approaches us in its distinction from other
works of art. In other words, inasmuch as musical tones do not as buildings
of construction, statues, and pictures possess independently a permanent
Page 344
objective consistency, but vanish in the act of passing by the musical work
of art requires in virtue of the fact of this purely momentary existence a
continuously repeated reproduction. And what is more, the necessity of
such a renewal of life points to a further more profound significance. For, in
so far as it is the personal soul itself, which music accepts for its content
with the object, to make manifest itself not as external form and objectively
subsistent product, to this extent the expression of it must also assert itself
immediately in the form of a communication disclosed by a living person,
in which that person reposes his entire and unique personality. This is to the
fullest extent the case in the song of the human voice, but it is relatively so
in all instrumental music, which can only be executed by means of a
practised artist and his living and spiritual no less than technical powers as
such.
It is only by virtue of this personal relation in respect to the active effect of
the musical work of art that the significance of the subjective aspect of
music is substantiated, which, however, too, it is possible in this direction to
carry to the extreme length of isolation in the case, that is, where the
personal virtuosity of the reproduction as such is made the exclusive focus
and content of the enjoyment to be derived.
With the above observations I will now close what I have to say with regard
to the general character of music.
2. THE PARTICULAR DEFINITION OF THE MEANS OF EXPRESSION IN MUSIC
We have hitherto contemplated music purely under the aspect, that its
function is to embody and give life to tone as the musical expression of the
personal life of soul; we have now to ask ourselves the further question, by
reason of what it is both possible and necessary that tones are no purely
natural outcry of emotion but the articulate artistic expression of the same.
For feeling as such possesses a content; tone regarded as mere tone is
without such. It must consequently first be rendered capable by means of an
artistic treatment of essentially assimilating the expression of an ideal life.
Speaking generally, we may establish the following conclusions on this
head.
Every tone is a substantive, essentially accepted real thing, which, however,
is neither articulated nor consciously apprehended in a living unity, as is the
of art requires in virtue of the fact of this purely momentary existence a
continuously repeated reproduction. And what is more, the necessity of
such a renewal of life points to a further more profound significance. For, in
so far as it is the personal soul itself, which music accepts for its content
with the object, to make manifest itself not as external form and objectively
subsistent product, to this extent the expression of it must also assert itself
immediately in the form of a communication disclosed by a living person,
in which that person reposes his entire and unique personality. This is to the
fullest extent the case in the song of the human voice, but it is relatively so
in all instrumental music, which can only be executed by means of a
practised artist and his living and spiritual no less than technical powers as
such.
It is only by virtue of this personal relation in respect to the active effect of
the musical work of art that the significance of the subjective aspect of
music is substantiated, which, however, too, it is possible in this direction to
carry to the extreme length of isolation in the case, that is, where the
personal virtuosity of the reproduction as such is made the exclusive focus
and content of the enjoyment to be derived.
With the above observations I will now close what I have to say with regard
to the general character of music.
2. THE PARTICULAR DEFINITION OF THE MEANS OF EXPRESSION IN MUSIC
We have hitherto contemplated music purely under the aspect, that its
function is to embody and give life to tone as the musical expression of the
personal life of soul; we have now to ask ourselves the further question, by
reason of what it is both possible and necessary that tones are no purely
natural outcry of emotion but the articulate artistic expression of the same.
For feeling as such possesses a content; tone regarded as mere tone is
without such. It must consequently first be rendered capable by means of an
artistic treatment of essentially assimilating the expression of an ideal life.
Speaking generally, we may establish the following conclusions on this
head.
Every tone is a substantive, essentially accepted real thing, which, however,
is neither articulated nor consciously apprehended in a living unity, as is the
Page 345
case with the animal or human form, nor from the further point of view
demonstrates in itself, as a particular member of the bodily organism, or any
isolated trait of the animated body, whether in its spiritual or physical
aspect, that this individualization can only exist in vital association with the
other limbs and traits, and secure thus its meaning, significance, and
expression. Viewed according to external material, a picture no doubt
consists in single strokes and colours, which can also independently exist,
but the real material on the other hand, which first creates a work of art
from such strokes and colours, the lines and surfaces that is to say of the
form, have only a meaning when viewed as a concrete totality. The separate
tone, on the contrary, is independently substantive and can also be animated
up to a certain degree by means of emotion and receive a definite
expression.
Conversely, however, inasmuch as tone is no purely indefinite rustle and
sound, but only possesses in general musical validity by virtue of its clear
definition and pure tonality, it stands immediately, by reason of this definite
articulation, not merely according to its actual sound, but also its temporal
duration, in a relation to other tones; nay, this relation is that which first
contributes to it its real and actual definition and along with this its
difference and contrast as opposed to other tones or its unity with such.
In presence of the more relative self-subsistency this relation, however,
remains as something external to the tones, so that the relations into which
they are brought do not appertain to the single tones under the mode of their
notion, as we find such in the members of the animal and human organism,
or also in the forms of natural landscape. The coalescence of different tones
in different relations is consequently something which albeit not
contradictory to the essence of tone, is, however, in the first instance
artificial, and not otherwise presented in Nature. Such a relation proceeds to
that extent from a third party and only exists for such, namely, for the
person who apprehends[426] it.
On account of this externality of the relation the definition of tones and
their co-ordination subsist in the relation of quantity, in relations of number,
which of course have their foundation in the nature of tone itself, yet are
employed by music in a system which is, in the first instance, discovered by
Art and modified[427] in the most varied manner.
demonstrates in itself, as a particular member of the bodily organism, or any
isolated trait of the animated body, whether in its spiritual or physical
aspect, that this individualization can only exist in vital association with the
other limbs and traits, and secure thus its meaning, significance, and
expression. Viewed according to external material, a picture no doubt
consists in single strokes and colours, which can also independently exist,
but the real material on the other hand, which first creates a work of art
from such strokes and colours, the lines and surfaces that is to say of the
form, have only a meaning when viewed as a concrete totality. The separate
tone, on the contrary, is independently substantive and can also be animated
up to a certain degree by means of emotion and receive a definite
expression.
Conversely, however, inasmuch as tone is no purely indefinite rustle and
sound, but only possesses in general musical validity by virtue of its clear
definition and pure tonality, it stands immediately, by reason of this definite
articulation, not merely according to its actual sound, but also its temporal
duration, in a relation to other tones; nay, this relation is that which first
contributes to it its real and actual definition and along with this its
difference and contrast as opposed to other tones or its unity with such.
In presence of the more relative self-subsistency this relation, however,
remains as something external to the tones, so that the relations into which
they are brought do not appertain to the single tones under the mode of their
notion, as we find such in the members of the animal and human organism,
or also in the forms of natural landscape. The coalescence of different tones
in different relations is consequently something which albeit not
contradictory to the essence of tone, is, however, in the first instance
artificial, and not otherwise presented in Nature. Such a relation proceeds to
that extent from a third party and only exists for such, namely, for the
person who apprehends[426] it.
On account of this externality of the relation the definition of tones and
their co-ordination subsist in the relation of quantity, in relations of number,
which of course have their foundation in the nature of tone itself, yet are
employed by music in a system which is, in the first instance, discovered by
Art and modified[427] in the most varied manner.
Page 346
From this point of view it is not essential vitality, regarded as organic unity,
which constitutes the foundation of music, but equality, inequality, etc., and
generally the form of the understanding[428], as it is asserted in quantitative
relations. If we consequently speak definitely of musical tones we indicate
the same purely by numerical relations as also by letters selected at will by
virtue of which we are accustomed to indicate the tones according to such
relations.
In such a reference back to mere quantities and their intelligible, external
definition music possesses its most pronounced affinity with architecture,
inasmuch as it, just as this latter art does, builds up its inventions upon the
secure basis and scheme of proportions, a basis which does not essentially
expand and coalesce through vital unity in an organically free articulation,
in which the remaining differentiated parts are given with the one aspect of
definition, but only begins to grow into free art in the further elaborations,
which are enabled by it to arise out of the aforesaid conditions.
Although architecture carries the process of liberation no further than a
harmony of forms and the characteristic animation of a mysterious
eurhythmy, music, on the contrary, for the reason that it has for its content
the most intimate, personal, and free life and essence of the soul, strides
into and emphasizes the profoundest opposition that exists between this free
life of soul and those quantitative relations on which it is based. It is,
however, unable to persist in this opposition; rather it is its difficult function
to overcome it as essentially as it accepts it, by assigning to the free
movements of the soul, which it expresses, a more secure foundation and
basis by means of these necessary proportions, a basis on which it then,
however, gives movement to and develops the inner life in the freedom
which for the first time receives its fulness of content by virtue of such
fundamental necessity[429].
In this respect there are in the first instance two aspects of tone we should
distinguish, according to which it is artistically to be employed. First, we
have the abstract foundation, the universal but not as yet physically
specified element, that is, Time, in the domain of which tone falls. After that
we get sound itself, the real distinction of tones, not merely according to
aspects referable to the difference of the sensuous material, which sounds,
but also in that aspect of the tones themselves as they are related to one
another, whether in their singularity or as a whole. To such we must then
which constitutes the foundation of music, but equality, inequality, etc., and
generally the form of the understanding[428], as it is asserted in quantitative
relations. If we consequently speak definitely of musical tones we indicate
the same purely by numerical relations as also by letters selected at will by
virtue of which we are accustomed to indicate the tones according to such
relations.
In such a reference back to mere quantities and their intelligible, external
definition music possesses its most pronounced affinity with architecture,
inasmuch as it, just as this latter art does, builds up its inventions upon the
secure basis and scheme of proportions, a basis which does not essentially
expand and coalesce through vital unity in an organically free articulation,
in which the remaining differentiated parts are given with the one aspect of
definition, but only begins to grow into free art in the further elaborations,
which are enabled by it to arise out of the aforesaid conditions.
Although architecture carries the process of liberation no further than a
harmony of forms and the characteristic animation of a mysterious
eurhythmy, music, on the contrary, for the reason that it has for its content
the most intimate, personal, and free life and essence of the soul, strides
into and emphasizes the profoundest opposition that exists between this free
life of soul and those quantitative relations on which it is based. It is,
however, unable to persist in this opposition; rather it is its difficult function
to overcome it as essentially as it accepts it, by assigning to the free
movements of the soul, which it expresses, a more secure foundation and
basis by means of these necessary proportions, a basis on which it then,
however, gives movement to and develops the inner life in the freedom
which for the first time receives its fulness of content by virtue of such
fundamental necessity[429].
In this respect there are in the first instance two aspects of tone we should
distinguish, according to which it is artistically to be employed. First, we
have the abstract foundation, the universal but not as yet physically
specified element, that is, Time, in the domain of which tone falls. After that
we get sound itself, the real distinction of tones, not merely according to
aspects referable to the difference of the sensuous material, which sounds,
but also in that aspect of the tones themselves as they are related to one
another, whether in their singularity or as a whole. To such we must then
Page 347
adjoin thirdly, the soul, which gives animation to the tones, rounds them off
in a free totality, and gives to them a spiritual expression in their temporal
movement and their real sound. By virtue of these aspects we receive for
their more definite classification a series of stages as follows.
First, we have to occupy our attention with the purely temporal duration
and movement, which it is the function of art not merely to leave to chance
in their arrangement, but to determine according to definite measures, and
to render various by virtue of their differences, and once more again to
establish their unity in these distinctions. From this we deduce the necessity
for time-measure, beat, and rhythm.
Secondly, however, music has not merely to deal with abstract time and the
relations of longer or shorter duration, musical phrase and so forth, but with
the concrete time of their sound according to definite tones, which
consequently are not merely distinct from one another according to their
duration. This difference reposes, in the first place, on the specific quality
of their sensuous material, by reason of whose oscillations the tone is
produced; on the other hand it depends on the different number of such
oscillations, in which the resonant bodies oscillate in an equal measure of
time. And furthermore these differences assert themselves as essential
aspects for the relation of tones in their concord, opposition, and mediation.
We may give this portion of our subject the general designation of the
theory of harmony.
Thirdly, and finally, it is the melody, by virtue of which on these
foundations of a beat characterized by rhythmical vitality and of
distinctions and movements of harmony itself that the realm of tones is
unitedly discharged in a spiritually free mode of expression, and conducts
us thereby to the final main section of our subject, which will undertake to
consider music in its concrete unity with the spiritual content it is intended
to express in beat, harmony, and rhythm.
(a) Time-measure, Beat, Rhythm
So far as in the first place the purely temporal aspect of musical tone is
concerned, we have first to discuss the necessity, which generally in
musical time is the dominant factor. Secondly, we shall consider beat under
the aspect of time-measure wholly regulated under scientific rule. Thirdly,
we shall treat of the rhythm, under which a start is made in animating this
in a free totality, and gives to them a spiritual expression in their temporal
movement and their real sound. By virtue of these aspects we receive for
their more definite classification a series of stages as follows.
First, we have to occupy our attention with the purely temporal duration
and movement, which it is the function of art not merely to leave to chance
in their arrangement, but to determine according to definite measures, and
to render various by virtue of their differences, and once more again to
establish their unity in these distinctions. From this we deduce the necessity
for time-measure, beat, and rhythm.
Secondly, however, music has not merely to deal with abstract time and the
relations of longer or shorter duration, musical phrase and so forth, but with
the concrete time of their sound according to definite tones, which
consequently are not merely distinct from one another according to their
duration. This difference reposes, in the first place, on the specific quality
of their sensuous material, by reason of whose oscillations the tone is
produced; on the other hand it depends on the different number of such
oscillations, in which the resonant bodies oscillate in an equal measure of
time. And furthermore these differences assert themselves as essential
aspects for the relation of tones in their concord, opposition, and mediation.
We may give this portion of our subject the general designation of the
theory of harmony.
Thirdly, and finally, it is the melody, by virtue of which on these
foundations of a beat characterized by rhythmical vitality and of
distinctions and movements of harmony itself that the realm of tones is
unitedly discharged in a spiritually free mode of expression, and conducts
us thereby to the final main section of our subject, which will undertake to
consider music in its concrete unity with the spiritual content it is intended
to express in beat, harmony, and rhythm.
(a) Time-measure, Beat, Rhythm
So far as in the first place the purely temporal aspect of musical tone is
concerned, we have first to discuss the necessity, which generally in
musical time is the dominant factor. Secondly, we shall consider beat under
the aspect of time-measure wholly regulated under scientific rule. Thirdly,
we shall treat of the rhythm, under which a start is made in animating this
Page 348
abstract rule by the prominence or subordination it attains to definite
divisions of time.
(α) The figures of sculpture and painting are placed side by side in space
and present the extension of reality in actual or apparent totality. Music,
however, can only place before us tones in so far as it makes a body under
the spatial condition tremble, setting the same in an oscillating motion.
These oscillations only affect art under the aspect, that they follow one
another; and for this reason the sensuous material generally only enters into
music with the temporal duration of its movement instead of taking with it
its spatial form. No doubt that motion of a body is always present in space,
so that painting and sculpture have the right to exhibit the appearance of
movement, albeit their figures are in their reality at rest. In respect to this
aspect of Space, however, music does not accept movement, and there
remains consequently as part of its configuration only the time, into which
the oscillation of the body falls.
(αα) Time, however, in consequence of what we have already above
considered, is not as Space is, the positive condition of juxtaposition, but on
the contrary negative externality. As juxtaposition, which is cancelled, it is
the point of passage, and as negative activity it is the abrogation of this
point of time in another, which is itself immediately cancelled, and becomes
another and so on continuously. In the continuous series of these points of
time every single tone not merely is asserted independently as single, but is
brought from a further point of view into quantitative association with other
tones, by which process Time is referable to number. Conversely, however,
for the reason that time is the unbroken rise and passage of such points of
time, which, regarded as mere points of time, possess in this
unparticularized abstraction no distinction one to another, for this reason to
a like extent time appears as the equable stream, and the duration essentially
undifferentiated.
(ββ) In this indeterminacy, however, music is unable to leave time. Rather it
is compelled to define it more narrowly, to give it a measure, and regulate
its stream according to the rules of such a measure. By virtue of this regular
treatment we get the time-measure of tones. And here at once arises the
question, wherefore then once and for all music requires such measure. The
necessity of definite periods of time may be evolved from this fact, that
time stands in the closest affinity with, the self in its simplicity, which
divisions of time.
(α) The figures of sculpture and painting are placed side by side in space
and present the extension of reality in actual or apparent totality. Music,
however, can only place before us tones in so far as it makes a body under
the spatial condition tremble, setting the same in an oscillating motion.
These oscillations only affect art under the aspect, that they follow one
another; and for this reason the sensuous material generally only enters into
music with the temporal duration of its movement instead of taking with it
its spatial form. No doubt that motion of a body is always present in space,
so that painting and sculpture have the right to exhibit the appearance of
movement, albeit their figures are in their reality at rest. In respect to this
aspect of Space, however, music does not accept movement, and there
remains consequently as part of its configuration only the time, into which
the oscillation of the body falls.
(αα) Time, however, in consequence of what we have already above
considered, is not as Space is, the positive condition of juxtaposition, but on
the contrary negative externality. As juxtaposition, which is cancelled, it is
the point of passage, and as negative activity it is the abrogation of this
point of time in another, which is itself immediately cancelled, and becomes
another and so on continuously. In the continuous series of these points of
time every single tone not merely is asserted independently as single, but is
brought from a further point of view into quantitative association with other
tones, by which process Time is referable to number. Conversely, however,
for the reason that time is the unbroken rise and passage of such points of
time, which, regarded as mere points of time, possess in this
unparticularized abstraction no distinction one to another, for this reason to
a like extent time appears as the equable stream, and the duration essentially
undifferentiated.
(ββ) In this indeterminacy, however, music is unable to leave time. Rather it
is compelled to define it more narrowly, to give it a measure, and regulate
its stream according to the rules of such a measure. By virtue of this regular
treatment we get the time-measure of tones. And here at once arises the
question, wherefore then once and for all music requires such measure. The
necessity of definite periods of time may be evolved from this fact, that
time stands in the closest affinity with, the self in its simplicity, which
Page 349
apprehends, and has a right to apprehend, its inward life through the
medium of tones; time, in fact, regarded as externality, essentially possesses
the same principle, which is active in the Ego as the abstract foundation of
all that pertains to the soul and spirit. If, then, it is the simple self, which as
soul-life has to be made objective in music, so, too, the universal medium
of this objectivity must be treated conformably to the principle of that
subjective life. The Ego, however, is not the indefinite continuance and the
unbroken[430] duration, but is only self-identity when we regard it as an
aggregate and a return upon itself[431]. The assertion of itself, wherein it
becomes object, is doubled back in the being thus self-for-itself; and it is
only through this relation to itself that it becomes self-feeling, self-
consciousness and so forth. In this aggregate, however, we find essentially a
breaking off of the purely indefinite change, such as we held time to be in
the first instance, in which the rise and suppression, the disappearance and
renewal of the points of time were nothing but a wholly formal passage
from every now to another present of similar character, and consequently
nothing but an uninterrupted progression. In contrast to this empty process
the self is that which itself persists by itself, the totality whereof essentially
breaks up the undefined series of time points, creates an infraction into the
abstract continuity, freeing the Ego, which recollects itself in this process of
discrete division and finds itself again therein, from what is a purely
external process of change.
(γγ) The duration of a tone does not, agreeably to this principle, pass away
in a process of relative indeterminacy, but emphasizes with its beginning
and end, which accordingly is a definite beginning and cessation, the series
of the time moments, which, apart from it, are not thus distinguishable. If,
however[432], many tones follow one after another, and every one of them
receives a duration which can be separately distinguished from each other,
then we must assume that instead of having that original indefinite series
devoid of content, we only once more get by a converse process the
fortuitous, and, along with this to a like extent, the indefinite variety of
particular quantities. This unregulated rambling about contradicts quite as
much the unity of the Ego as the abstract progress forward; and it can only
find itself reflected and satisfied in such a varied mode of definition in so
far as single quantities are brought under one unifying principle, which for
the reason that it subsumes the particular parts under its synthetic embrace,
medium of tones; time, in fact, regarded as externality, essentially possesses
the same principle, which is active in the Ego as the abstract foundation of
all that pertains to the soul and spirit. If, then, it is the simple self, which as
soul-life has to be made objective in music, so, too, the universal medium
of this objectivity must be treated conformably to the principle of that
subjective life. The Ego, however, is not the indefinite continuance and the
unbroken[430] duration, but is only self-identity when we regard it as an
aggregate and a return upon itself[431]. The assertion of itself, wherein it
becomes object, is doubled back in the being thus self-for-itself; and it is
only through this relation to itself that it becomes self-feeling, self-
consciousness and so forth. In this aggregate, however, we find essentially a
breaking off of the purely indefinite change, such as we held time to be in
the first instance, in which the rise and suppression, the disappearance and
renewal of the points of time were nothing but a wholly formal passage
from every now to another present of similar character, and consequently
nothing but an uninterrupted progression. In contrast to this empty process
the self is that which itself persists by itself, the totality whereof essentially
breaks up the undefined series of time points, creates an infraction into the
abstract continuity, freeing the Ego, which recollects itself in this process of
discrete division and finds itself again therein, from what is a purely
external process of change.
(γγ) The duration of a tone does not, agreeably to this principle, pass away
in a process of relative indeterminacy, but emphasizes with its beginning
and end, which accordingly is a definite beginning and cessation, the series
of the time moments, which, apart from it, are not thus distinguishable. If,
however[432], many tones follow one after another, and every one of them
receives a duration which can be separately distinguished from each other,
then we must assume that instead of having that original indefinite series
devoid of content, we only once more get by a converse process the
fortuitous, and, along with this to a like extent, the indefinite variety of
particular quantities. This unregulated rambling about contradicts quite as
much the unity of the Ego as the abstract progress forward; and it can only
find itself reflected and satisfied in such a varied mode of definition in so
far as single quantities are brought under one unifying principle, which for
the reason that it subsumes the particular parts under its synthetic embrace,
Page 350
must itself be a definite unity, yet in the first instance as merely an identity
of external application can only persist as one of an external type.
(β) And this carries us to the further principle of co-ordination which we
find in the time-beat.
(αα) The first thing to be considered here consists in this, that, as stated,
distinct divisions of time are united in a unity, in which the Ego
independently creates its identity with itself. Inasmuch as the Ego in the
first instance only supplies the foundation as abstract self this equability, in
respect to the advance of time and its tones, can only assert itself as
operative under the mode of a uniformity that is itself abstract, that is to say
as the uniform repetition of the same unity of time. Agreeably to the same
principle the beat according to its simple definition can only consist in this,
that it establishes a definite unity of time as measure and rule not merely for
the deliberate[433] breaking up of the time-series held previously without
such distinction, but also for the equally capricious duration of single tones,
which are now apprehended together under a definite bond of union, and
that it permits this measure of time to be continuously renewed in abstract
uniformity. In this respect time-beat possesses the same function as the
principle of symmetry in architecture, as, for instance, when this places side
by side columns of similar height and thickness at intervals of equal
distance, or co-ordinates a row of windows, which possess a definite size,
under the principle of equality. We find present in this case, too, an assured
distinction of parts and a repetition in every way complete. In this
uniformity self-consciousness discovers itself once more as unity, in so far
as it in part recognizes its own equality in the co-ordination of a fortuitous
variety; partly, too, in the return of the same unity, it is recalled to the fact
that it has already been there, and precisely by means of its return asserts
itself as the prevailing principle[434]. The satisfaction, however, which the
Ego receives through the time-beat in this rediscovery of itself is all the
more complete because the unity and regularity do neither apply to time or
tones as such, but are something which is wholly appertinent to the Ego,
and is carried into the time relation by the same as a means of self-
satisfaction. We do not find this abstract identity in what is wholly of
Nature. Even the heavenly bodies retain no regular time-measure[435] in
their motions, but accelerate or retard their course, so that they do not pass
over equal spaces in identical periods of time. The same thing may be said
of external application can only persist as one of an external type.
(β) And this carries us to the further principle of co-ordination which we
find in the time-beat.
(αα) The first thing to be considered here consists in this, that, as stated,
distinct divisions of time are united in a unity, in which the Ego
independently creates its identity with itself. Inasmuch as the Ego in the
first instance only supplies the foundation as abstract self this equability, in
respect to the advance of time and its tones, can only assert itself as
operative under the mode of a uniformity that is itself abstract, that is to say
as the uniform repetition of the same unity of time. Agreeably to the same
principle the beat according to its simple definition can only consist in this,
that it establishes a definite unity of time as measure and rule not merely for
the deliberate[433] breaking up of the time-series held previously without
such distinction, but also for the equally capricious duration of single tones,
which are now apprehended together under a definite bond of union, and
that it permits this measure of time to be continuously renewed in abstract
uniformity. In this respect time-beat possesses the same function as the
principle of symmetry in architecture, as, for instance, when this places side
by side columns of similar height and thickness at intervals of equal
distance, or co-ordinates a row of windows, which possess a definite size,
under the principle of equality. We find present in this case, too, an assured
distinction of parts and a repetition in every way complete. In this
uniformity self-consciousness discovers itself once more as unity, in so far
as it in part recognizes its own equality in the co-ordination of a fortuitous
variety; partly, too, in the return of the same unity, it is recalled to the fact
that it has already been there, and precisely by means of its return asserts
itself as the prevailing principle[434]. The satisfaction, however, which the
Ego receives through the time-beat in this rediscovery of itself is all the
more complete because the unity and regularity do neither apply to time or
tones as such, but are something which is wholly appertinent to the Ego,
and is carried into the time relation by the same as a means of self-
satisfaction. We do not find this abstract identity in what is wholly of
Nature. Even the heavenly bodies retain no regular time-measure[435] in
their motions, but accelerate or retard their course, so that they do not pass
over equal spaces in identical periods of time. The same thing may be said
Page 351
of falling bodies, with the motion of projectiles, etc., and we may add that
animal life to a still less degree regulates its running, springing, and seizing
of objects on the principle of an exact recurrence of one definite time-
measure. In this respect the time-measure of living things proceeds far more
completely from spiritual initiative than the regular definitions of size
applicable to architecture for which we may more readily discover
analogies in Nature.
(ββ) If, however, the Ego is to return upon itself by means of the time-beat
by thus appropriating throughout an identity which it itself is and which
proceeds from itself, we imply in this, in order that the distinct unity may be
felt as a principle, that in a similar degree what is presented to it should be
that which is unregulated and not uniform. It is in short only through the
fact that the definite beat of the measure prevails over and co-ordinates
what is capriciously unequal, that it asserts itself as unity and regulating
principle of a fortuitous variety. It must consequently appropriate the same
within itself, and suffer uniformity to appear in that which is not so. This it
is which first gives to the time-beat its specific and essential definition to be
asserted too in contrast to other measurements of time, which can be
repeated relatively to the same principle.
(γγ) By reason of this the multiplicity which is enclosed in a given time-
measure possesses its definite standard according to which it is divided and
co-ordinated. From this we arrive, in the third place, at distinct kinds of
time-measure. The first thing of importance to notice in this connection is
the division of time according to either an even or an uneven number of
equally divided parts. Of the first kind we have, for example, the two-four
and the four-four time. In these even number is predominant. Of the
opposite kind is the three-four time, in which the co-ordinate divisions
constitute a unity of equal parts, of course, but in a number that is uneven.
Both types are to be found united in six-eight time, to take an example,
which no doubt numerically appears to be similar to the four-four time, but
as a fact, however, does not fall into three but into two divisions, of which,
however, the one no less than the other, relatively to its closer aspect of
division, accepts three, that is an uneven number, as its principle.
A particularization of this kind constitutes the constantly repeated principle
of every particular measure of time. However much notwithstanding the
definite time-measure is bound to control the variety of the time-duration
animal life to a still less degree regulates its running, springing, and seizing
of objects on the principle of an exact recurrence of one definite time-
measure. In this respect the time-measure of living things proceeds far more
completely from spiritual initiative than the regular definitions of size
applicable to architecture for which we may more readily discover
analogies in Nature.
(ββ) If, however, the Ego is to return upon itself by means of the time-beat
by thus appropriating throughout an identity which it itself is and which
proceeds from itself, we imply in this, in order that the distinct unity may be
felt as a principle, that in a similar degree what is presented to it should be
that which is unregulated and not uniform. It is in short only through the
fact that the definite beat of the measure prevails over and co-ordinates
what is capriciously unequal, that it asserts itself as unity and regulating
principle of a fortuitous variety. It must consequently appropriate the same
within itself, and suffer uniformity to appear in that which is not so. This it
is which first gives to the time-beat its specific and essential definition to be
asserted too in contrast to other measurements of time, which can be
repeated relatively to the same principle.
(γγ) By reason of this the multiplicity which is enclosed in a given time-
measure possesses its definite standard according to which it is divided and
co-ordinated. From this we arrive, in the third place, at distinct kinds of
time-measure. The first thing of importance to notice in this connection is
the division of time according to either an even or an uneven number of
equally divided parts. Of the first kind we have, for example, the two-four
and the four-four time. In these even number is predominant. Of the
opposite kind is the three-four time, in which the co-ordinate divisions
constitute a unity of equal parts, of course, but in a number that is uneven.
Both types are to be found united in six-eight time, to take an example,
which no doubt numerically appears to be similar to the four-four time, but
as a fact, however, does not fall into three but into two divisions, of which,
however, the one no less than the other, relatively to its closer aspect of
division, accepts three, that is an uneven number, as its principle.
A particularization of this kind constitutes the constantly repeated principle
of every particular measure of time. However much notwithstanding the
definite time-measure is bound to control the variety of the time-duration
Page 352
and its longer or shorter sections, we must not therefore extend its effective
power to the length that it places this variety in subjection in a wholly
abstract way, that in short, for example, in the four-four measure only four
notes of equal length as fourths can appear, in the three-four time only
three, and so forth. The regularity restricts itself to this, that as, for instance,
in the four-four time the sum of the separate notes are only equal to four
equal parts, which may not only be divided into eighths and sixteenths, but
conversely may again contract into less divisions, and indeed are capable
moreover of more diffuse division.
(γ) The further, however, this elastic mode of differentiation is carried the
more necessary it is that the essential divisions of the time should be
asserted as predominant and also should be indicated in an effective way as
an illustration of the fundamental principle of their co-ordination. This is
carried out by the rhythm, which first gives vital significance to time-
measure and the beat. With respect to this vitalization[436] we may
distinguish the following points.
(αα) In the first place we have accent, which to a greater or less degree
attaches in an audible way to definite divisions of time, while others pass by
on the other hand without an accent. By virtue of such emphasis, or lack of
emphasis, which is itself of various kinds, every particular measure of time
possesses its particular rhythm, which is placed in exact association with
the specific mode of division to which its rhythm applies. The four-four
time, for instance, in which an even number is the principle of division, has
a twofold arsis; on the other hand there is that on the first note or fourth
division, and then, though in weaker power, on the third. The first is called
on account of its stronger accentuation, the strong accent, the second in
contrast to it the weak one. In the three-four time the accent rests entirely on
the first fourth, in six-eight time on the contrary it is on the first of the eight
divisions and the fourth, so that in this case the twofold accent asserts a
division of equal length in two halves.
(ββ) In so far as music is an accompaniment rhythm is brought into
essential relation with poetry. In the most general way I will on this merely
venture the observation that the accents of the musical beat ought not to
directly contradict those of the metre. If, for example, one of the
unaccentuated syllables, relatively to the rhythm of the verse, is placed in a
strong accent of the beat, while the arsis, or it may be the caesura, falls in
power to the length that it places this variety in subjection in a wholly
abstract way, that in short, for example, in the four-four measure only four
notes of equal length as fourths can appear, in the three-four time only
three, and so forth. The regularity restricts itself to this, that as, for instance,
in the four-four time the sum of the separate notes are only equal to four
equal parts, which may not only be divided into eighths and sixteenths, but
conversely may again contract into less divisions, and indeed are capable
moreover of more diffuse division.
(γ) The further, however, this elastic mode of differentiation is carried the
more necessary it is that the essential divisions of the time should be
asserted as predominant and also should be indicated in an effective way as
an illustration of the fundamental principle of their co-ordination. This is
carried out by the rhythm, which first gives vital significance to time-
measure and the beat. With respect to this vitalization[436] we may
distinguish the following points.
(αα) In the first place we have accent, which to a greater or less degree
attaches in an audible way to definite divisions of time, while others pass by
on the other hand without an accent. By virtue of such emphasis, or lack of
emphasis, which is itself of various kinds, every particular measure of time
possesses its particular rhythm, which is placed in exact association with
the specific mode of division to which its rhythm applies. The four-four
time, for instance, in which an even number is the principle of division, has
a twofold arsis; on the other hand there is that on the first note or fourth
division, and then, though in weaker power, on the third. The first is called
on account of its stronger accentuation, the strong accent, the second in
contrast to it the weak one. In the three-four time the accent rests entirely on
the first fourth, in six-eight time on the contrary it is on the first of the eight
divisions and the fourth, so that in this case the twofold accent asserts a
division of equal length in two halves.
(ββ) In so far as music is an accompaniment rhythm is brought into
essential relation with poetry. In the most general way I will on this merely
venture the observation that the accents of the musical beat ought not to
directly contradict those of the metre. If, for example, one of the
unaccentuated syllables, relatively to the rhythm of the verse, is placed in a
strong accent of the beat, while the arsis, or it may be the caesura, falls in
Page 353
one of the weak accents of the music, then we get a false opposition
between the rhythm of the poetry and that of the music which it is better to
avoid. We may affirm the same thing with regard to the long and short
syllables. These also ought in general to fall into harmony with the duration
of the tones, so that the longer syllables are coincident with the longer
notes, the shorter with the shorter, albeit this accordance is not to be pressed
with absolute precision, inasmuch as music is frequently permitted greater
play for the duration of its long notes, no less than for the exuberant
subdivision of the same.
(γγ) In the third place we may at once in anticipation observe that we have
to distinguish the animated rhythm of melody from the abstractly considered
and severely regular return of the beat rhythm. In this respect music
possesses a similar and, in fact, yet greater freedom than poetry. In poetry
the beginning and termination of words[437] need not necessarily coincide
with the beginning and end of the verse feet; rather a thoroughgoing
coincidence of this nature gives us a verse that halts and is without caesura.
And, furthermore, the beginning and ending of the sentences and periods
ought not throughout to mark the beginning and conclusion of a verse. On
the contrary, a period will terminate more satisfactorily in the beginning or
even in the middle and near the last feet of the verse. From which point we
begin with a new one which carries the first verse into the one that follows.
The same thing holds good in the case of music relatively to its time-beat
and rhythm. The melody and its different phrases[438] need not absolutely
commence with the fall of a beat and close with the conclusion of another:
such may in a general way move freely to this extent that the main-arsis of
the melody may be incident to that portion of a musical beat, on which,
relatively to its ordinary rhythm, no such emphasis applies; whereas,
conversely, a tone, which in the natural process of the melody would
necessarily receive no accentuated prominence, may quite conceivably be
placed in the strong accent of the time-measure, which requires an arsis, so
that consequently such a tone, relatively to the time-rhythm, has a different
effect from that which the same tone claims to assert as distinct from that
rhythm and purely in the melody. This opposition, however, asserts itself
most strongly in so-called syncopations. If, on the other hand, the melody
absolutely adheres in its rhythms and divisions to the time rhythm it tends
to drag, and lacks warmth and invention. In short, what is required is a
between the rhythm of the poetry and that of the music which it is better to
avoid. We may affirm the same thing with regard to the long and short
syllables. These also ought in general to fall into harmony with the duration
of the tones, so that the longer syllables are coincident with the longer
notes, the shorter with the shorter, albeit this accordance is not to be pressed
with absolute precision, inasmuch as music is frequently permitted greater
play for the duration of its long notes, no less than for the exuberant
subdivision of the same.
(γγ) In the third place we may at once in anticipation observe that we have
to distinguish the animated rhythm of melody from the abstractly considered
and severely regular return of the beat rhythm. In this respect music
possesses a similar and, in fact, yet greater freedom than poetry. In poetry
the beginning and termination of words[437] need not necessarily coincide
with the beginning and end of the verse feet; rather a thoroughgoing
coincidence of this nature gives us a verse that halts and is without caesura.
And, furthermore, the beginning and ending of the sentences and periods
ought not throughout to mark the beginning and conclusion of a verse. On
the contrary, a period will terminate more satisfactorily in the beginning or
even in the middle and near the last feet of the verse. From which point we
begin with a new one which carries the first verse into the one that follows.
The same thing holds good in the case of music relatively to its time-beat
and rhythm. The melody and its different phrases[438] need not absolutely
commence with the fall of a beat and close with the conclusion of another:
such may in a general way move freely to this extent that the main-arsis of
the melody may be incident to that portion of a musical beat, on which,
relatively to its ordinary rhythm, no such emphasis applies; whereas,
conversely, a tone, which in the natural process of the melody would
necessarily receive no accentuated prominence, may quite conceivably be
placed in the strong accent of the time-measure, which requires an arsis, so
that consequently such a tone, relatively to the time-rhythm, has a different
effect from that which the same tone claims to assert as distinct from that
rhythm and purely in the melody. This opposition, however, asserts itself
most strongly in so-called syncopations. If, on the other hand, the melody
absolutely adheres in its rhythms and divisions to the time rhythm it tends
to drag, and lacks warmth and invention. In short, what is required is a
Page 354
freedom from the pedantry of metre and the barbarism of a uniform rhythm.
A deficiency in more free movement readily increases the limpness and
sluggishness to the point of actual gloom and depression; and in this way,
too, many of our popular melodies possess aspects of mournfulness, drag
and burden, in so far as the soul merely possesses a means of advance as its
expression more monotonous than itself, and in virtue of such is constrained
to consign to it also the doleful emotions of a broken heart. The speech of
Southern peoples, on the other hand, more especially the Italian, offers a
rich field for a rhythm and flow of melody which is more notable for its
variety and movement. And it is precisely here that we mark an essential
distinction between German and Italian music. The uniform coldness of the
Iambic mode of scansion, which recurs in so many German songs, kills the
free and jubilant impulse of the melody, and restrains any further rise and
devolution[439]. In more recent times Reichard and others, owing to this
very fact that they have said good-bye to this iambic drone, have imported
into their lyrical compositions a new and rhythmical life, although we still
find traces of the former type in some of their songs. However, we do not
only mark the influence of the iambic rhythm in songs, but also in many of
our most important musical compositions. Even in the Messiah of Handel
the composition does not only in many arias and choruses follow the
meaning of the words with declamatory truth, but also adheres to the fall of
the iambic rhythm, partly in the distinction simply that it makes between its
long and short duration, partly in the fact that the protraction of the iambic
rhythm requires a more elevated tone than the corresponding short syllable
in the metre. I have no doubt this is one of the characteristic features of
Handelian music, owing to which we Germans feel so much at home with
the same, quite apart from its excellences in other respects, its majestic
swing, its victorious onward movement, the wealth it discloses of
profoundly religious no less than more simple idyllic emotions. This
rhythmical substance of the melody comes more directly to our sense of
hearing than that of the Italians, who are inclined to find in it a want of
freedom, as something, too, that strikes the ear as strange and alien.
(β) Harmony
The further aspect, in virtue of which alone the abstract basis of time-beat
and rhythm receives its fulfilment, and thereby is enabled to become
actually concrete music is the kingdom of tones regarded as such. This
A deficiency in more free movement readily increases the limpness and
sluggishness to the point of actual gloom and depression; and in this way,
too, many of our popular melodies possess aspects of mournfulness, drag
and burden, in so far as the soul merely possesses a means of advance as its
expression more monotonous than itself, and in virtue of such is constrained
to consign to it also the doleful emotions of a broken heart. The speech of
Southern peoples, on the other hand, more especially the Italian, offers a
rich field for a rhythm and flow of melody which is more notable for its
variety and movement. And it is precisely here that we mark an essential
distinction between German and Italian music. The uniform coldness of the
Iambic mode of scansion, which recurs in so many German songs, kills the
free and jubilant impulse of the melody, and restrains any further rise and
devolution[439]. In more recent times Reichard and others, owing to this
very fact that they have said good-bye to this iambic drone, have imported
into their lyrical compositions a new and rhythmical life, although we still
find traces of the former type in some of their songs. However, we do not
only mark the influence of the iambic rhythm in songs, but also in many of
our most important musical compositions. Even in the Messiah of Handel
the composition does not only in many arias and choruses follow the
meaning of the words with declamatory truth, but also adheres to the fall of
the iambic rhythm, partly in the distinction simply that it makes between its
long and short duration, partly in the fact that the protraction of the iambic
rhythm requires a more elevated tone than the corresponding short syllable
in the metre. I have no doubt this is one of the characteristic features of
Handelian music, owing to which we Germans feel so much at home with
the same, quite apart from its excellences in other respects, its majestic
swing, its victorious onward movement, the wealth it discloses of
profoundly religious no less than more simple idyllic emotions. This
rhythmical substance of the melody comes more directly to our sense of
hearing than that of the Italians, who are inclined to find in it a want of
freedom, as something, too, that strikes the ear as strange and alien.
(β) Harmony
The further aspect, in virtue of which alone the abstract basis of time-beat
and rhythm receives its fulfilment, and thereby is enabled to become
actually concrete music is the kingdom of tones regarded as such. This
Page 355
more essential domain of music is dominated by the laws of harmony. We
have here a further elementary fact to deal with. In other words, a material
substance[440] does not only through its oscillation for art emerge from the
mere visible reproduction of its spatial form, and is carried further into the
elaboration of its configuration in Time[441], but it produces distinct sounds
according to its particular physical constitution no less than its different
length and brevity and number of vibrations through which it passes in a
given period of time, and consequently in this respect, too, Art is compelled
to take account of it and give it form agreeably to its own nature.
With regard, then, to this second element we have to emphasize with more
accuracy three main points.
The first one presented to our consideration is the difference between the
various instruments, whose invention and elaboration has been found
essential to create that totality of musical sound, which in respect to musical
sound constitutes a sphere of different tones independently of all distinction
of the relation of pitch whether it be a high or a low one.
Secondly, however, musical tone is, quite apart from the different
peculiarities of either instruments or the human voice, itself an articulated
totality of different tones, tone-series, and scales, which in the first instance
repose on quantitative relations, and in the determination of these relations
are tones which it is the function of every instrument and the human voice,
according to its specific quality, to produce in less or greater completeness.
Thirdly, music neither consists in single intervals nor in purely abstract
series of tones, that is, keys unrelated to each other, but is a concrete
interfusion of opposed or mediating sound, which necessitates a forward
progression and a passage from one point to another. This juxtaposition and
change does not depend on mere contingency and caprice, but is subject to
definite rules, which constitute the necessary foundation of all true music.
In passing now to the more detailed consideration of these several points of
view I am forced, as already stated, to limit myself for the most part to the
most general observations.
(α) Sculpture and painting discover their sensuous material, such as wood,
stone, metals, and the like, or colours and other media of that type more or
have here a further elementary fact to deal with. In other words, a material
substance[440] does not only through its oscillation for art emerge from the
mere visible reproduction of its spatial form, and is carried further into the
elaboration of its configuration in Time[441], but it produces distinct sounds
according to its particular physical constitution no less than its different
length and brevity and number of vibrations through which it passes in a
given period of time, and consequently in this respect, too, Art is compelled
to take account of it and give it form agreeably to its own nature.
With regard, then, to this second element we have to emphasize with more
accuracy three main points.
The first one presented to our consideration is the difference between the
various instruments, whose invention and elaboration has been found
essential to create that totality of musical sound, which in respect to musical
sound constitutes a sphere of different tones independently of all distinction
of the relation of pitch whether it be a high or a low one.
Secondly, however, musical tone is, quite apart from the different
peculiarities of either instruments or the human voice, itself an articulated
totality of different tones, tone-series, and scales, which in the first instance
repose on quantitative relations, and in the determination of these relations
are tones which it is the function of every instrument and the human voice,
according to its specific quality, to produce in less or greater completeness.
Thirdly, music neither consists in single intervals nor in purely abstract
series of tones, that is, keys unrelated to each other, but is a concrete
interfusion of opposed or mediating sound, which necessitates a forward
progression and a passage from one point to another. This juxtaposition and
change does not depend on mere contingency and caprice, but is subject to
definite rules, which constitute the necessary foundation of all true music.
In passing now to the more detailed consideration of these several points of
view I am forced, as already stated, to limit myself for the most part to the
most general observations.
(α) Sculpture and painting discover their sensuous material, such as wood,
stone, metals, and the like, or colours and other media of that type more or
Page 356
less straight to hand, or, at least, they are only compelled to elaborate the
same in a subordinate degree, in order to adapt them to the uses of art.
(αα) Music, on the contrary, which throughout is set in motion through a
medium artificially prepared for the purposes of art from the first, must
necessarily pass through a distinctly more difficult preparation before the
production of musical tones is secured. With the exception of the human
voice, which returns us Nature in her immediacy, Music is compelled itself
to create all its other instruments of genuine musical tone throughout before
it can exist as an art.
(ββ) With regard to these means as such we have already above formed our
conception of the timbre proper to them in the sense that it is the result of a
vibration of the spatial medium, is the first excitation thereof of ideal
import, which enforces itself as such in contradistinction to the purely
sensuous juxtaposition, and, by virtue of this negation of spatial reality,
asserts itself as the ideal unity of all the physical qualities of specific gravity
and the purely sensuous type of corporeal coalescence. If we inquire further
as to the qualitative peculiarities of the medium thus made to emit musical
sound we shall find that in its character as material substance no less than as
artificially constructed, it varies greatly. We may have a longitudinal or
oscillating[442] column of air, which is limited by a fixed channel of wood
or metal, or we may have a longitudinally stretched string of gut or metal,
or in other cases a stretched surface of parchment or a bell of glass or metal.
In this connection we may draw attention to the following distinguishing
features. In the first place it is the lineal direction[443] which is mainly
predominant, and produces the instruments most effective in musical
employment; and this is so whether, as in the case of wind-instruments, the
main principle is represented by a column of air which is relatively more
deficient in cohesion or by a material line adapted to tension, but of
sufficient elasticity to be made to vibrate, as is the case with stringed
instruments.
Secondly, we have the principle of surface rather than line represented in
instruments of inferior significance, such as the kettle-drum, bell, and
harmonica. There is, in fact, a subtle sympathy between the self-audible
principle of ideality and that type of rectilinear tone[444], which, by virtue of
its essentially simple subjectivity, demands the resonant vibration of simple
same in a subordinate degree, in order to adapt them to the uses of art.
(αα) Music, on the contrary, which throughout is set in motion through a
medium artificially prepared for the purposes of art from the first, must
necessarily pass through a distinctly more difficult preparation before the
production of musical tones is secured. With the exception of the human
voice, which returns us Nature in her immediacy, Music is compelled itself
to create all its other instruments of genuine musical tone throughout before
it can exist as an art.
(ββ) With regard to these means as such we have already above formed our
conception of the timbre proper to them in the sense that it is the result of a
vibration of the spatial medium, is the first excitation thereof of ideal
import, which enforces itself as such in contradistinction to the purely
sensuous juxtaposition, and, by virtue of this negation of spatial reality,
asserts itself as the ideal unity of all the physical qualities of specific gravity
and the purely sensuous type of corporeal coalescence. If we inquire further
as to the qualitative peculiarities of the medium thus made to emit musical
sound we shall find that in its character as material substance no less than as
artificially constructed, it varies greatly. We may have a longitudinal or
oscillating[442] column of air, which is limited by a fixed channel of wood
or metal, or we may have a longitudinally stretched string of gut or metal,
or in other cases a stretched surface of parchment or a bell of glass or metal.
In this connection we may draw attention to the following distinguishing
features. In the first place it is the lineal direction[443] which is mainly
predominant, and produces the instruments most effective in musical
employment; and this is so whether, as in the case of wind-instruments, the
main principle is represented by a column of air which is relatively more
deficient in cohesion or by a material line adapted to tension, but of
sufficient elasticity to be made to vibrate, as is the case with stringed
instruments.
Secondly, we have the principle of surface rather than line represented in
instruments of inferior significance, such as the kettle-drum, bell, and
harmonica. There is, in fact, a subtle sympathy between the self-audible
principle of ideality and that type of rectilinear tone[444], which, by virtue of
its essentially simple subjectivity, demands the resonant vibration of simple
Page 357
line extension rather than that of the broad and round surface. In other
words, ideality is as subject this spiritual point, which is made audible in
tone as its mode of expression. But the closest approach to the exposition
and expression of the mere punctum is not the surface, but the simple linear
direction. From this point of view broad or round surfaces are not adapted
to the requirements and enforcement of such audibility. In the case of the
kettle-drum we have a skin stretched over a kettle or basin, which by being
struck at a single point sets the entire surface vibrating with a muffled
sound. Though a musical sound, it is one which from its very nature, as
belonging to such an instrument, it is impossible to bring either to clear
definition or any considerable degree of variety. We find a difficulty of an
opposite type in the case of the harmonica and the bells of glass which are
set in vibration in it. In this case it is the concentrated intensity of tone
which fails to project itself, and which is of such an affecting character that
not a few, when hearing it, receive actual nervous pain. But, despite this
specific effect, this instrument is unable to give permanent pleasure and is
with difficulty combined with other instruments on the rare occasions such
an attempt is made. We find the same defect on the side of differentiation of
tone in the bell and a similar punctually repeated stroke as in the case of the
kettle-drum. The ring of a bell, however, is not so muffled as in the latter; it
rings out clearly, although its persistent reverberation is more the mere echo
of the single beat as struck at regular intervals.
Thirdly, the human voice may be regarded in respect to the tones emitted as
the most complete instrument of all. It unites in itself the characteristics of
both the wind instrument and the string. That is to say we have here in one
aspect of it a column of air which vibrates, and, further, by virtue of the
muscles, the principle of a string under tension. Just as we saw in the case
of the colour inherent in the human skin, we had what was in its aspect of
ideal unity, the most essentially perfect presentment of colour, so, too, we
may affirm of the human voice that it contains the ideal compass of sound,
all that in other instruments is differentiated in its several composite parts.
We have here the perfect tone, which is capable of blending in the most
facile and beautiful way with all other instruments. Add to this that the
human voice is to be apprehended as the essential tone of the soul itself, as
the concordant sound which by virtue of its nature expresses the ideal
character of the inner life, and most immediately directs such expression. In
the case of all other instruments on the contrary we find that a material
words, ideality is as subject this spiritual point, which is made audible in
tone as its mode of expression. But the closest approach to the exposition
and expression of the mere punctum is not the surface, but the simple linear
direction. From this point of view broad or round surfaces are not adapted
to the requirements and enforcement of such audibility. In the case of the
kettle-drum we have a skin stretched over a kettle or basin, which by being
struck at a single point sets the entire surface vibrating with a muffled
sound. Though a musical sound, it is one which from its very nature, as
belonging to such an instrument, it is impossible to bring either to clear
definition or any considerable degree of variety. We find a difficulty of an
opposite type in the case of the harmonica and the bells of glass which are
set in vibration in it. In this case it is the concentrated intensity of tone
which fails to project itself, and which is of such an affecting character that
not a few, when hearing it, receive actual nervous pain. But, despite this
specific effect, this instrument is unable to give permanent pleasure and is
with difficulty combined with other instruments on the rare occasions such
an attempt is made. We find the same defect on the side of differentiation of
tone in the bell and a similar punctually repeated stroke as in the case of the
kettle-drum. The ring of a bell, however, is not so muffled as in the latter; it
rings out clearly, although its persistent reverberation is more the mere echo
of the single beat as struck at regular intervals.
Thirdly, the human voice may be regarded in respect to the tones emitted as
the most complete instrument of all. It unites in itself the characteristics of
both the wind instrument and the string. That is to say we have here in one
aspect of it a column of air which vibrates, and, further, by virtue of the
muscles, the principle of a string under tension. Just as we saw in the case
of the colour inherent in the human skin, we had what was in its aspect of
ideal unity, the most essentially perfect presentment of colour, so, too, we
may affirm of the human voice that it contains the ideal compass of sound,
all that in other instruments is differentiated in its several composite parts.
We have here the perfect tone, which is capable of blending in the most
facile and beautiful way with all other instruments. Add to this that the
human voice is to be apprehended as the essential tone of the soul itself, as
the concordant sound which by virtue of its nature expresses the ideal
character of the inner life, and most immediately directs such expression. In
the case of all other instruments on the contrary we find that a material
Page 358
thing is set in vibration, which, in the use that is made of it, is placed in a
relation of indifference to and outside of the soul and its emotion. In the
human song, however, it is the human body itself from which the soul
breaks into utterance. For this reason, too, the human voice is unfolded, in
accord with the subjective temperament and emotion, in a vast manifold of
particularity. And this variety, if we consider its distinguishing features
sufficiently generalized, is based on national or other natural relations.
Thus, for example, we find that the Italians are pre-eminently the people
among whom we meet with the most beautiful voices. An important feature
of this beauty is to start with the content of the sound simply as sound, its
pure metallic quality, which neither fines away in mere keenness or vitreous
attenuation, nor maintains a persistent muffled and hollow character, but, at
the same time, though never carried to the point of tremolo in its tone,
preserves in the compact body of its tone something of the vital vibration of
the soul itself. Above all else the purity of voice-production is most
essential, or in other words we must have no foreign element of sound
asserted alongside of the freest expression of essential tone.
(γγ) Such a totality of instruments the art of music can employ, either in
separation or complete combination. In the latter case of late years we may
note an exceptional artistic development. The difficulty of such artistic
collaboration is enormous. Every instrument possesses a character of its
own, which is not directly congenial to the peculiarity of some other
instrument. It follows from this that whether we are considering the
harmonious co-operation of various instruments of different type, or the
effective production of some particular quality of sound such as that of
wind or strings, or the sudden blast of trombones, or the successive
alternations of change that are inseparable from the music of a large choir,
in all such cases knowledge, circumspection, experience, and imaginative
endowment are indispensable, in order that, in every example of the kind,
whether of tonal quality, transition, opposition, progression, or mediation,
we do not lose sight of an ideal significance, the soul and emotional value
of the music. For example, I find in the symphonies of Mozart, who was a
great master of instrumentation and its sense-appealing, that is its vital no
less than luminous variety, a sort of alternation between the different
instruments which frequently resembles in its dramatic interplay a kind of
dialogue. In one aspect of this the character of some particular type of
instrument is carried to a point, which anticipates and prepares the way for
relation of indifference to and outside of the soul and its emotion. In the
human song, however, it is the human body itself from which the soul
breaks into utterance. For this reason, too, the human voice is unfolded, in
accord with the subjective temperament and emotion, in a vast manifold of
particularity. And this variety, if we consider its distinguishing features
sufficiently generalized, is based on national or other natural relations.
Thus, for example, we find that the Italians are pre-eminently the people
among whom we meet with the most beautiful voices. An important feature
of this beauty is to start with the content of the sound simply as sound, its
pure metallic quality, which neither fines away in mere keenness or vitreous
attenuation, nor maintains a persistent muffled and hollow character, but, at
the same time, though never carried to the point of tremolo in its tone,
preserves in the compact body of its tone something of the vital vibration of
the soul itself. Above all else the purity of voice-production is most
essential, or in other words we must have no foreign element of sound
asserted alongside of the freest expression of essential tone.
(γγ) Such a totality of instruments the art of music can employ, either in
separation or complete combination. In the latter case of late years we may
note an exceptional artistic development. The difficulty of such artistic
collaboration is enormous. Every instrument possesses a character of its
own, which is not directly congenial to the peculiarity of some other
instrument. It follows from this that whether we are considering the
harmonious co-operation of various instruments of different type, or the
effective production of some particular quality of sound such as that of
wind or strings, or the sudden blast of trombones, or the successive
alternations of change that are inseparable from the music of a large choir,
in all such cases knowledge, circumspection, experience, and imaginative
endowment are indispensable, in order that, in every example of the kind,
whether of tonal quality, transition, opposition, progression, or mediation,
we do not lose sight of an ideal significance, the soul and emotional value
of the music. For example, I find in the symphonies of Mozart, who was a
great master of instrumentation and its sense-appealing, that is its vital no
less than luminous variety, a sort of alternation between the different
instruments which frequently resembles in its dramatic interplay a kind of
dialogue. In one aspect of this the character of some particular type of
instrument is carried to a point, which anticipates and prepares the way for
Page 359
that of another; looked at in another way, one kind of instrument replies to
another; or asserts some typical mode of expression which is denied to the
instrument it follows, so that in the most graceful fashion we thus get a kind
of conversation of appeal and response, which has its beginning, advance
and consummation.
(β) The second material which enlists our attention is no longer the physical
quality asserted in the sound, but the essential definition of the tone itself,
and its relation to other tones. This objective relation, whereby musical tone
in the first instance, not merely in its essential and emphatically defined
singularity, but also in its fundamental relation to simultaneously persistent
tones, expatiates, constitutes the actual harmonious element of music, and is
based, regarded under its own original physical conditions, upon
quantitative differences and numerical proportions. A closer examination of
the contents of this system of harmony presents, as understood to-day, the
following points of importance.
First, we have separate tones in their definite metrical relation, and
associated with other tones. This is the theory of particular intervals.
Secondly, there is the connected series of tones or notes in their simplest
form of succession, in which one tone immediately leads up to another;
such are the scales.
Thirdly, we have the distinctive characteristics of these scales, which, in so
far as each starts from a different tone, as its fundamental tone, is thereby
differentiated into the particular keys distinct from each other, and into the
system of keys which they constitute.
(αα) The particular notes do not only receive their tone, but also the more
inclusively positive[445] determination of such sound by virtue of a
corporeal substance in vibration. In order to get at this determinacy we have
to define the type of vibration itself not in any chance or capricious manner,
but once for all as it essentially is. The column of air, for example, or the
string or surface under tension, which produces sound possesses invariably
a certain length or extension. If we take a string, for instance, and fasten it
between two points, and set the part of it thus stretched in vibration, the
points of initial importance to discover are the thickness of the string, and
the degree of tension. If we have these two aspects identical in the case of
two strings then the all-important question follows, as was first noticed by
another; or asserts some typical mode of expression which is denied to the
instrument it follows, so that in the most graceful fashion we thus get a kind
of conversation of appeal and response, which has its beginning, advance
and consummation.
(β) The second material which enlists our attention is no longer the physical
quality asserted in the sound, but the essential definition of the tone itself,
and its relation to other tones. This objective relation, whereby musical tone
in the first instance, not merely in its essential and emphatically defined
singularity, but also in its fundamental relation to simultaneously persistent
tones, expatiates, constitutes the actual harmonious element of music, and is
based, regarded under its own original physical conditions, upon
quantitative differences and numerical proportions. A closer examination of
the contents of this system of harmony presents, as understood to-day, the
following points of importance.
First, we have separate tones in their definite metrical relation, and
associated with other tones. This is the theory of particular intervals.
Secondly, there is the connected series of tones or notes in their simplest
form of succession, in which one tone immediately leads up to another;
such are the scales.
Thirdly, we have the distinctive characteristics of these scales, which, in so
far as each starts from a different tone, as its fundamental tone, is thereby
differentiated into the particular keys distinct from each other, and into the
system of keys which they constitute.
(αα) The particular notes do not only receive their tone, but also the more
inclusively positive[445] determination of such sound by virtue of a
corporeal substance in vibration. In order to get at this determinacy we have
to define the type of vibration itself not in any chance or capricious manner,
but once for all as it essentially is. The column of air, for example, or the
string or surface under tension, which produces sound possesses invariably
a certain length or extension. If we take a string, for instance, and fasten it
between two points, and set the part of it thus stretched in vibration, the
points of initial importance to discover are the thickness of the string, and
the degree of tension. If we have these two aspects identical in the case of
two strings then the all-important question follows, as was first noticed by
Page 360
Pythagoras, what is the string's length, the reason being that strings, in other
respects identical, if of different lengths give a different number of
vibrations in the same interval of time. The difference of one of these
numbers from another and the relation of any one to another constitutes the
fundamental ground for the distinction and relation between different tones
in their degrees of pitch as high or low. Doubtless when we listen to notes
thus related our perception carries little resemblance to one of numerical
relations. It is not necessary for us to know anything of numbers and
arithmetical proportions; and indeed when we do actually perceive a string
vibrating, such vibration passes away without our being able to apprehend
the numerical relation, while of course it is equally unnecessary for us to
glance at the body in vibration at all, in order to receive the impression of
its tone. An association, therefore, between the tone and its numerical
relations may very possibly at first sight strike us, not merely as incredible,
but we may receive the impression that its acceptance implies that our sense
of hearing and ideal apprehension of harmonies suffer even depreciation
when we look for their cause in that which is purely quantitative. However
this may be, it is an undoubted fact that the numerical relation of vibrations
in identical periods of time is the foundation of the specific definition of
tones. The fact that our sense of hearing is essentially simple is no valid
objection. The apparently simple impression, no less than the complex may,
in respect to its essential character and existence, carry within its compass
other aspects essentially multifold and related fundamentally to something
different. When we perceive, for example, blue or yellow, green or red, in
the specific purity of these colours, we receive in like manner the
appearance of a perfectly simple determinacy, whereas violet readily is
decomposed into its constituent colours of blue and red. Despite this fact
the pure blue is not a simple fact, but a distinct correlation and fusion of
light and shadow[446]. Religious emotions, a sense of right in any particular
case, appear to us in the same way as simple; nevertheless all religious
feeling, every impression that partakes of this sense of right, is related to
ourselves in entirely different ways, though producing this simple feeling as
its point of unity.
In just such a manner, then, tone is based upon a manifold, however much
we hear and perceive it as something entirely ultimate; a varied nature,
which, for the reason that musical tone comes into being by means of the
vibration of a body, and thereby together with its vibrations is subject to
respects identical, if of different lengths give a different number of
vibrations in the same interval of time. The difference of one of these
numbers from another and the relation of any one to another constitutes the
fundamental ground for the distinction and relation between different tones
in their degrees of pitch as high or low. Doubtless when we listen to notes
thus related our perception carries little resemblance to one of numerical
relations. It is not necessary for us to know anything of numbers and
arithmetical proportions; and indeed when we do actually perceive a string
vibrating, such vibration passes away without our being able to apprehend
the numerical relation, while of course it is equally unnecessary for us to
glance at the body in vibration at all, in order to receive the impression of
its tone. An association, therefore, between the tone and its numerical
relations may very possibly at first sight strike us, not merely as incredible,
but we may receive the impression that its acceptance implies that our sense
of hearing and ideal apprehension of harmonies suffer even depreciation
when we look for their cause in that which is purely quantitative. However
this may be, it is an undoubted fact that the numerical relation of vibrations
in identical periods of time is the foundation of the specific definition of
tones. The fact that our sense of hearing is essentially simple is no valid
objection. The apparently simple impression, no less than the complex may,
in respect to its essential character and existence, carry within its compass
other aspects essentially multifold and related fundamentally to something
different. When we perceive, for example, blue or yellow, green or red, in
the specific purity of these colours, we receive in like manner the
appearance of a perfectly simple determinacy, whereas violet readily is
decomposed into its constituent colours of blue and red. Despite this fact
the pure blue is not a simple fact, but a distinct correlation and fusion of
light and shadow[446]. Religious emotions, a sense of right in any particular
case, appear to us in the same way as simple; nevertheless all religious
feeling, every impression that partakes of this sense of right, is related to
ourselves in entirely different ways, though producing this simple feeling as
its point of unity.
In just such a manner, then, tone is based upon a manifold, however much
we hear and perceive it as something entirely ultimate; a varied nature,
which, for the reason that musical tone comes into being by means of the
vibration of a body, and thereby together with its vibrations is subject to
Page 361
temporal condition, is deducible from the numerical relation of this
oscillation in time, in other words from the determinate number of
vibrations in a given period. I propose to draw attention merely to the
following points in respect to this deduction.
Tones that accord in the fullest sense, and on hearing which a distinction is
not perceptible as opposition, are those in the case of which the numerical
relation of their vibrations is of the simplest character; those on the contrary
which are not so out and out accordant possess proportionate numbers more
complex. As an example of the first kind we have octaves. In other words, if
we tune a string, where we shall have the keynote given us by a definite
number of vibrations, and then halve the same; in that case this second half
will give us in the same time precisely the same number of vibrations as the
previous entire string[447]. Similarly in the case of fifths we have three
vibrations to two of the keynote; in the case of thirds we have five to four of
the keynote. In the case of seconds and sevenths we have a different kind of
proportion; here to eight vibrations of the keynote we have in the former
case nine and in the latter fifteen.
(ββ) Inasmuch then—we have already referred to this—as these relations
cannot be posited as we like, but disclose an ideal necessity for their
particular aspects[448], no less than the totality they together constitute, for
the like reason the particular intervals, which are fixed by such numerical
relations, do not persist in their relation of indifference to each other, but are
inevitably comprised together in and as a whole. The first form of this
totality of notes thus created is, however, as yet no concrete concord of
different notes, but an entirely abstract series of a system, a series of notes
related under the most elementary mode to each other, and their position
within the totality thus comprised. This is no other than the simple series of
notes known as scales. The fundamental basis of this is the tonic, which
repeats itself in its octave, and is extended through the remaining six notes
placed between these limits, which by virtue of the fact that the keynote
directly falls into unison with its octave makes a return upon itself. The
remaining notes of the scale either harmonize completely[449] with the
keynote, as is the case with the fifth and the third, or possess a more
fundamental distinction of sound in conflict with it, as is the case with
seconds and sevenths, and take their place consequently in a definite series,
which, however, I do not now propose to discuss or explain further.
oscillation in time, in other words from the determinate number of
vibrations in a given period. I propose to draw attention merely to the
following points in respect to this deduction.
Tones that accord in the fullest sense, and on hearing which a distinction is
not perceptible as opposition, are those in the case of which the numerical
relation of their vibrations is of the simplest character; those on the contrary
which are not so out and out accordant possess proportionate numbers more
complex. As an example of the first kind we have octaves. In other words, if
we tune a string, where we shall have the keynote given us by a definite
number of vibrations, and then halve the same; in that case this second half
will give us in the same time precisely the same number of vibrations as the
previous entire string[447]. Similarly in the case of fifths we have three
vibrations to two of the keynote; in the case of thirds we have five to four of
the keynote. In the case of seconds and sevenths we have a different kind of
proportion; here to eight vibrations of the keynote we have in the former
case nine and in the latter fifteen.
(ββ) Inasmuch then—we have already referred to this—as these relations
cannot be posited as we like, but disclose an ideal necessity for their
particular aspects[448], no less than the totality they together constitute, for
the like reason the particular intervals, which are fixed by such numerical
relations, do not persist in their relation of indifference to each other, but are
inevitably comprised together in and as a whole. The first form of this
totality of notes thus created is, however, as yet no concrete concord of
different notes, but an entirely abstract series of a system, a series of notes
related under the most elementary mode to each other, and their position
within the totality thus comprised. This is no other than the simple series of
notes known as scales. The fundamental basis of this is the tonic, which
repeats itself in its octave, and is extended through the remaining six notes
placed between these limits, which by virtue of the fact that the keynote
directly falls into unison with its octave makes a return upon itself. The
remaining notes of the scale either harmonize completely[449] with the
keynote, as is the case with the fifth and the third, or possess a more
fundamental distinction of sound in conflict with it, as is the case with
seconds and sevenths, and take their place consequently in a definite series,
which, however, I do not now propose to discuss or explain further.
Page 362
(γγ) Thirdly, in these scales we find the source of different keys. In other
words, every note of the scale can, in its turn, be posited as the keynote of a
fresh series of notes, which is co-ordinated precisely as the first is. With the
development of the scale through an increase of notes the number of keys
has correspondingly increased. Modern music avails itself of a larger
variety of keys than that of the ancients. Further, inasmuch as generally the
different notes of the scales, as already observed, are related to one another
in unobstructed harmony, or a relation that deviates from such immediacy
in a more fundamental way, it follows that the different series which arise
from these notes, taken severally as keynotes, either display a closer
relation of affinity, and consequently permit of a passage readily from one
to another, or, on account of their alien character, do not so admit of this.
Add to this that the keys are divided from each other by the distinction of
hardness and softness, that is, as major or minor tonality; in conclusion they
possess, in virtue of their key-note, from which they are generated, a
definite character, which of itself responds to a particular kind of emotion,
such as lamentation, joy, mourning, and so forth. In this particular even
writers in ancient times have anticipated much on the subject of distinction
between the keys, and applied their theory in many ways to actual
composition.
(γ) The third important matter, with the discussion of which we may
conclude our brief remarks upon the theory of harmony, is concerned with
the simultaneous concord of the notes themselves, in other words, the
system of chords.
(αα) We have no doubt already seen that the intervals constitute a whole;
this totality, however, is in the first instance comprised in the scales and the
keys merely in the form of an associated series, in the succession whereof
each note is asserted separately in isolation. In consequence the tonal sound
remained abstract, because we find here that it is only one particular and
determinate tone that is asserted. In so far, however, as the notes in fact are
what they are[450] merely in virtue of their relation to one another, it follows
necessarily that their tonal modality should attain also an existence as this
concrete body of tone itself, in other words different notes will have to
coalesce in one and the same body of tone. In this conjoint fusion, in the
composition of which, however, the mere number of notes capable of such
coalescence is not the essential point, for we may have a unity of this kind
words, every note of the scale can, in its turn, be posited as the keynote of a
fresh series of notes, which is co-ordinated precisely as the first is. With the
development of the scale through an increase of notes the number of keys
has correspondingly increased. Modern music avails itself of a larger
variety of keys than that of the ancients. Further, inasmuch as generally the
different notes of the scales, as already observed, are related to one another
in unobstructed harmony, or a relation that deviates from such immediacy
in a more fundamental way, it follows that the different series which arise
from these notes, taken severally as keynotes, either display a closer
relation of affinity, and consequently permit of a passage readily from one
to another, or, on account of their alien character, do not so admit of this.
Add to this that the keys are divided from each other by the distinction of
hardness and softness, that is, as major or minor tonality; in conclusion they
possess, in virtue of their key-note, from which they are generated, a
definite character, which of itself responds to a particular kind of emotion,
such as lamentation, joy, mourning, and so forth. In this particular even
writers in ancient times have anticipated much on the subject of distinction
between the keys, and applied their theory in many ways to actual
composition.
(γ) The third important matter, with the discussion of which we may
conclude our brief remarks upon the theory of harmony, is concerned with
the simultaneous concord of the notes themselves, in other words, the
system of chords.
(αα) We have no doubt already seen that the intervals constitute a whole;
this totality, however, is in the first instance comprised in the scales and the
keys merely in the form of an associated series, in the succession whereof
each note is asserted separately in isolation. In consequence the tonal sound
remained abstract, because we find here that it is only one particular and
determinate tone that is asserted. In so far, however, as the notes in fact are
what they are[450] merely in virtue of their relation to one another, it follows
necessarily that their tonal modality should attain also an existence as this
concrete body of tone itself, in other words different notes will have to
coalesce in one and the same body of tone. In this conjoint fusion, in the
composition of which, however, the mere number of notes capable of such
coalescence is not the essential point, for we may have a unity of this kind
Page 363
with merely two[451], we possess our definition of chords. For inasmuch as
the different notes are not definable for what they are as a result of caprice
or chance, but are necessarily regulated by virtue of an ideal principle and
co-ordinated in their actual succession, it follows that a regularity of similar
character will have to declare itself in the chords, in order that we may
determine what kind of associations will be adapted to musical
composition, and what on the contrary must be excluded. It is these rules
which first give us the theory of harmony in the full sense; and it is
according to this we find again that the chords are embraced in an
essentially regulated system.
(ββ) In this system chords are particularized and distinguished in their
passage from one to another, inasmuch as it is clearly defined notes which
thus sound together. We have consequently to consider as an immediate fact
a totality of separately distinguishable chords. In attempting the most
general classification of these we shall find that the original distinctions we
cursorily alluded to in our discussion of intervals, scales, and keys will once
again serve us.
In other words the first kind of chords are those in which notes come
together, which are completely consonant. In the musical effect of these
consequently there is no opposition, no contradiction perceptible; the
consonance remains completely undisturbed. Such is the case in the so-
called consonant chords, the foundation of which is supplied by the triad.
This confessedly is generated from the key-note, the third, the mediant[452]
and the fifth or dominant. In these we find the notion of harmony expressed
in its simplest form, or rather the intrinsic idea of harmony generally. For
we have a totality of distinct notes under consideration, which assert this
distinction while they also declare an undisturbed unity.
We have here an immediate identity, which moreover is not without the
element of separation and mediation, albeit this mediation is not at the same
time limited by the self-subsistency of different tones[453], satisfied with the
mere transitional passage from one note to another in the relation of a
series, but the unity is here an actual one and a return in immediacy upon
itself.
But in the second place we may observe as a further incident of distinct
types of the triad, which I cannot now examine in more detail, the deliberate
the different notes are not definable for what they are as a result of caprice
or chance, but are necessarily regulated by virtue of an ideal principle and
co-ordinated in their actual succession, it follows that a regularity of similar
character will have to declare itself in the chords, in order that we may
determine what kind of associations will be adapted to musical
composition, and what on the contrary must be excluded. It is these rules
which first give us the theory of harmony in the full sense; and it is
according to this we find again that the chords are embraced in an
essentially regulated system.
(ββ) In this system chords are particularized and distinguished in their
passage from one to another, inasmuch as it is clearly defined notes which
thus sound together. We have consequently to consider as an immediate fact
a totality of separately distinguishable chords. In attempting the most
general classification of these we shall find that the original distinctions we
cursorily alluded to in our discussion of intervals, scales, and keys will once
again serve us.
In other words the first kind of chords are those in which notes come
together, which are completely consonant. In the musical effect of these
consequently there is no opposition, no contradiction perceptible; the
consonance remains completely undisturbed. Such is the case in the so-
called consonant chords, the foundation of which is supplied by the triad.
This confessedly is generated from the key-note, the third, the mediant[452]
and the fifth or dominant. In these we find the notion of harmony expressed
in its simplest form, or rather the intrinsic idea of harmony generally. For
we have a totality of distinct notes under consideration, which assert this
distinction while they also declare an undisturbed unity.
We have here an immediate identity, which moreover is not without the
element of separation and mediation, albeit this mediation is not at the same
time limited by the self-subsistency of different tones[453], satisfied with the
mere transitional passage from one note to another in the relation of a
series, but the unity is here an actual one and a return in immediacy upon
itself.
But in the second place we may observe as a further incident of distinct
types of the triad, which I cannot now examine in more detail, the deliberate
Page 364
appearance of a deeper mode of opposition. We have, however, already at
an earlier stage seen that the scales contain over and above those notes,
which coalesce without opposition, others which annul such consonance.
Examples of these are the diminished and augmented seventh. Inasmuch as
these notes equally belong to the totality of tones, they too will necessarily
find an entrance into the triad form. And when this happens it follows that
the immediate unity and consonance above mentioned is disturbed, to the
extent that we have added a tone essentially of another character, by means
of which for the first time we meet with a genuine difference which actually
asserts itself as contradiction. In this way we have the true depth of musical
tone really asserted. It proceeds to contradictions that are fundamental and
does not flinch from the acerbity[454] or fracture they involve. And, in fact,
the notion in its truth is no doubt essential unity; but it is not only
immediate unity, but one which ideally is disrupt, which falls into
contradictions. In this sense I have for example in my Logic developed the
notion as subjectivity, but at the same time disclosed how this subjectivity,
as ideal transparent unity, is resolved in that which confronts it in
opposition, namely, objectivity. And further such subjectivity regarded as
itself wholly ideal is nothing more than a one-sided and abstract
presentment of it, which as such retains a something else, an opposed other
over against it, namely, objectivity, and only becomes subjectivity in the
profounder significance of its truth, in so far as it enters into this opposing
other-than-itself, overcomes it and resolves it. And for this reason in the
world of reality it is to the higher natures that power is given to endure the
pain of that fundamental contradiction of conscious life and to overcome it.
In order that music therefore may as an art express the ideal significance no
less than purely subjective emotion of the profoundest content, that of
religion for example, and above all that of the Christian religion, in which
the profoundest depth of suffering is an essential constituent, it must
possess the means within its empire of tone to depict such a conflict of
opposing forces. And a means of this kind it does possess in the so-called
dissonant chords of the seventh and ninth[455]. The function of these,
however, I cannot venture further to discuss here.
Looking, however, from a general point of view at the nature of these
chords I would draw attention to the further important point, that they hold
what is contradictory, under the mode of contradiction already explained, in
an earlier stage seen that the scales contain over and above those notes,
which coalesce without opposition, others which annul such consonance.
Examples of these are the diminished and augmented seventh. Inasmuch as
these notes equally belong to the totality of tones, they too will necessarily
find an entrance into the triad form. And when this happens it follows that
the immediate unity and consonance above mentioned is disturbed, to the
extent that we have added a tone essentially of another character, by means
of which for the first time we meet with a genuine difference which actually
asserts itself as contradiction. In this way we have the true depth of musical
tone really asserted. It proceeds to contradictions that are fundamental and
does not flinch from the acerbity[454] or fracture they involve. And, in fact,
the notion in its truth is no doubt essential unity; but it is not only
immediate unity, but one which ideally is disrupt, which falls into
contradictions. In this sense I have for example in my Logic developed the
notion as subjectivity, but at the same time disclosed how this subjectivity,
as ideal transparent unity, is resolved in that which confronts it in
opposition, namely, objectivity. And further such subjectivity regarded as
itself wholly ideal is nothing more than a one-sided and abstract
presentment of it, which as such retains a something else, an opposed other
over against it, namely, objectivity, and only becomes subjectivity in the
profounder significance of its truth, in so far as it enters into this opposing
other-than-itself, overcomes it and resolves it. And for this reason in the
world of reality it is to the higher natures that power is given to endure the
pain of that fundamental contradiction of conscious life and to overcome it.
In order that music therefore may as an art express the ideal significance no
less than purely subjective emotion of the profoundest content, that of
religion for example, and above all that of the Christian religion, in which
the profoundest depth of suffering is an essential constituent, it must
possess the means within its empire of tone to depict such a conflict of
opposing forces. And a means of this kind it does possess in the so-called
dissonant chords of the seventh and ninth[455]. The function of these,
however, I cannot venture further to discuss here.
Looking, however, from a general point of view at the nature of these
chords I would draw attention to the further important point, that they hold
what is contradictory, under the mode of contradiction already explained, in
Page 365
one and the same unity. That, however, what is contradictory as such should
remain in unity is a contradiction in terms and unintelligible. The very
nature and notion of a contradiction assumes that assured repose in it and
what it implies is impossible. On the contrary it is as such self-destructive.
Harmony is therefore unable to remain in chords of this character; our ear
and feeling, in order to obtain satisfaction, imperatively demands their
resolution. To the extent of this contradiction we are inevitably impelled to
seek a resolution of dissonance and a return to the consonant triad. And this
motion, as the return of the principle of identity upon itself, is the
movement of truth in the widest sense. In the art of music, however, this
completed identity is only possible as a succession of its moments in time,
which appears consequently as a series, but declares its collective
dependence in this that a necessary movement of an advance, which is
essentially self-caused and a movement of change belonging to its very
nature, is thereby asserted.
(γγ) And this suggests a third point it may be as well to draw attention to. In
other words just as the scale was an essentially co-ordinate, albeit in the
first instance still abstract series of tones, so too the chords do not persist in
their isolation and self-consistency, but possess an ideal relation to one
another, and a necessary impulse to change and progress. In this advance,
although the same can be changed and extended to a far more considerable
extent than in the scales, yet again mere caprice is not more possible in the
one case than the other. The transition of chord to chord is effected in part
by the nature of the chords themselves, and in part by the keys, to which
these chords lead us. It is in virtue of this that the theory of music has
established many rules, to enumerate and adequately explain which would,
however, extend our survey into much too difficult and discursive matters. I
must therefore rest content with having confined myself to a few
observations of most general interest.
(c) Melody
Taking now a glance in retrospect on that which, as connected with the
means of musical expression, has already engaged our attention, it will be
seen that first in order came the mode of configuration appropriate to the
temporal duration of tones considered as time-measure, beat, and rhythm.
We then proceeded to discuss the actual tones of musical sound themselves;
first, that is to say, in the sound produced by musical instruments and the
remain in unity is a contradiction in terms and unintelligible. The very
nature and notion of a contradiction assumes that assured repose in it and
what it implies is impossible. On the contrary it is as such self-destructive.
Harmony is therefore unable to remain in chords of this character; our ear
and feeling, in order to obtain satisfaction, imperatively demands their
resolution. To the extent of this contradiction we are inevitably impelled to
seek a resolution of dissonance and a return to the consonant triad. And this
motion, as the return of the principle of identity upon itself, is the
movement of truth in the widest sense. In the art of music, however, this
completed identity is only possible as a succession of its moments in time,
which appears consequently as a series, but declares its collective
dependence in this that a necessary movement of an advance, which is
essentially self-caused and a movement of change belonging to its very
nature, is thereby asserted.
(γγ) And this suggests a third point it may be as well to draw attention to. In
other words just as the scale was an essentially co-ordinate, albeit in the
first instance still abstract series of tones, so too the chords do not persist in
their isolation and self-consistency, but possess an ideal relation to one
another, and a necessary impulse to change and progress. In this advance,
although the same can be changed and extended to a far more considerable
extent than in the scales, yet again mere caprice is not more possible in the
one case than the other. The transition of chord to chord is effected in part
by the nature of the chords themselves, and in part by the keys, to which
these chords lead us. It is in virtue of this that the theory of music has
established many rules, to enumerate and adequately explain which would,
however, extend our survey into much too difficult and discursive matters. I
must therefore rest content with having confined myself to a few
observations of most general interest.
(c) Melody
Taking now a glance in retrospect on that which, as connected with the
means of musical expression, has already engaged our attention, it will be
seen that first in order came the mode of configuration appropriate to the
temporal duration of tones considered as time-measure, beat, and rhythm.
We then proceeded to discuss the actual tones of musical sound themselves;
first, that is to say, in the sound produced by musical instruments and the
Page 366
human voice; secondly, in the fixed and determinate measure of the
intervals, and the abstract succession of notes that are subject to them in the
scale and the various keys; thirdly, in the rules which appertain to the
different chords and their conjoint progression. The concluding subject,
which still remains for us to consider, and in which those previous to it
discover their synthetic unity, and disclose in the same the fundamental
form by virtue of which tones are for the first time in veritable freedom and
union unfolded and co-ordinated, is melody.
In other words, harmony possesses merely the essential relations, which
establish the law of necessity in the world of tone; but these are not in
themselves, any more than beat and rhythm are, actually music: they are
rather the substantive basis, the foundation of rule and principle, upon
which the soul in its freedom expatiates. The poetry of music, that speech of
human souls, which pours forth the ideal atmosphere and the pain of
emotional life, and in this overflow is raised with a sense of alleviation
above the natural constraint of feeling, by making present to the soul that
which actually affects it strongly; by enabling it freely to dally round its
essential being, and by liberating it by this very means from the oppression
of joys and sufferings—well, this power of soul-expression in the domain of
music is in the first instance melody[456]. It is this concluding section of our
inquiry, in so far as it constitutes the more supremely poetic aspect of
music, the realm of its really artistic creations, while availing itself of the
elements previously discussed, which obviously possesses an exceptional
claim to our attention. Unfortunately it is just in this direction that we find
ourselves confronted with the difficulties already adverted to. In other
words, to mention one of them, a detailed and scientific treatment of the
subject implies a more accurate knowledge of the laws of composition, and
a totally different sort of acquaintance with the masterpieces of musical
composition to any I possess or indeed am able to secure, for we seldom
hear anything of a definite or conclusive character on this head either from
musical experts or practical musicians, from the latter, only too frequently
men of very average intelligence, least of all. And we may further observe
that it is a characteristic of the art of music itself, that we should find the
task of presenting and expounding particular detail in general terms a less
easy matter than in the case of the other arts. It is true enough that music, as
other arts, deals essentially with a spiritual content, and propounds the
ideality of this subject-matter, or the ideal movements of emotional life, as
intervals, and the abstract succession of notes that are subject to them in the
scale and the various keys; thirdly, in the rules which appertain to the
different chords and their conjoint progression. The concluding subject,
which still remains for us to consider, and in which those previous to it
discover their synthetic unity, and disclose in the same the fundamental
form by virtue of which tones are for the first time in veritable freedom and
union unfolded and co-ordinated, is melody.
In other words, harmony possesses merely the essential relations, which
establish the law of necessity in the world of tone; but these are not in
themselves, any more than beat and rhythm are, actually music: they are
rather the substantive basis, the foundation of rule and principle, upon
which the soul in its freedom expatiates. The poetry of music, that speech of
human souls, which pours forth the ideal atmosphere and the pain of
emotional life, and in this overflow is raised with a sense of alleviation
above the natural constraint of feeling, by making present to the soul that
which actually affects it strongly; by enabling it freely to dally round its
essential being, and by liberating it by this very means from the oppression
of joys and sufferings—well, this power of soul-expression in the domain of
music is in the first instance melody[456]. It is this concluding section of our
inquiry, in so far as it constitutes the more supremely poetic aspect of
music, the realm of its really artistic creations, while availing itself of the
elements previously discussed, which obviously possesses an exceptional
claim to our attention. Unfortunately it is just in this direction that we find
ourselves confronted with the difficulties already adverted to. In other
words, to mention one of them, a detailed and scientific treatment of the
subject implies a more accurate knowledge of the laws of composition, and
a totally different sort of acquaintance with the masterpieces of musical
composition to any I possess or indeed am able to secure, for we seldom
hear anything of a definite or conclusive character on this head either from
musical experts or practical musicians, from the latter, only too frequently
men of very average intelligence, least of all. And we may further observe
that it is a characteristic of the art of music itself, that we should find the
task of presenting and expounding particular detail in general terms a less
easy matter than in the case of the other arts. It is true enough that music, as
other arts, deals essentially with a spiritual content, and propounds the
ideality of this subject-matter, or the ideal movements of emotional life, as
Page 367
the object of its expression: yet for all that this content remains more
indefinite in outline and more vague, for just this very reason that it is
apprehended with exclusive regard to its ideality, or is reflected in sound as
subjective feeling; and the transitional states of music are not in each case at
the same time the change of a particular emotion or idea, a thought or an
individual form, but are merely a musical progression, which consists in
self-exposition or play, and avails itself of artistic method for this purpose. I
will consequently limit myself merely to the following general
observations, which have fallen in my way and strike me as of interest.
(α) From a certain point of view, no doubt, melody, in its free disclosure of
musical tone, floats independent of beat, rhythm, and harmony; but none
the less the only means employed in its realization are just these rhythmical
and metrically constructed movements of tone in their essentially necessary
relations. The movement of melody, therefore, is inseparable from the
means employed to create it, and, if merely opposed to the practical
necessity of the subjection of these means to rule, is unable to exist at all. In
this intimate association between melody and harmony, however, no real
surrender of freedom is involved: what melody is thus emancipated from is
a purely capricious fancy of the composer exercised in odd or eccentric
progressions and transitions. It is united by this very association to a stable
and self-consistent art. Genuine liberty is not opposed to the principle of
necessity as a foreign and therefore oppressive and suppressive power;
rather it possesses in the substantive character of the same what is a
constituent of and identical with the core of its being; in following the
demands of it it therefore is only conforming to its own laws, acting in
accordance with its own nature. And in fact it is by the rejection of such
proscriptions and only then that it proves an alien to its nature, untrue to
itself. Conversely, it is sufficiently obvious that beat, rhythm, and harmony
are, taken independently, merely abstractions, which as thus isolated have
no musical[457] significance, and are able only to acquire real existence as
music in virtue of melody, and as within the domain of this, supplying
moments to or aspects in its realization. It is precisely in the manner that the
distinction between melody and harmony is thus effectively mediated and
resolved that the secret power of great compositions is disclosed.
(β)Secondly, in this question of the individual character of melody the
following points appear to me of importance.
indefinite in outline and more vague, for just this very reason that it is
apprehended with exclusive regard to its ideality, or is reflected in sound as
subjective feeling; and the transitional states of music are not in each case at
the same time the change of a particular emotion or idea, a thought or an
individual form, but are merely a musical progression, which consists in
self-exposition or play, and avails itself of artistic method for this purpose. I
will consequently limit myself merely to the following general
observations, which have fallen in my way and strike me as of interest.
(α) From a certain point of view, no doubt, melody, in its free disclosure of
musical tone, floats independent of beat, rhythm, and harmony; but none
the less the only means employed in its realization are just these rhythmical
and metrically constructed movements of tone in their essentially necessary
relations. The movement of melody, therefore, is inseparable from the
means employed to create it, and, if merely opposed to the practical
necessity of the subjection of these means to rule, is unable to exist at all. In
this intimate association between melody and harmony, however, no real
surrender of freedom is involved: what melody is thus emancipated from is
a purely capricious fancy of the composer exercised in odd or eccentric
progressions and transitions. It is united by this very association to a stable
and self-consistent art. Genuine liberty is not opposed to the principle of
necessity as a foreign and therefore oppressive and suppressive power;
rather it possesses in the substantive character of the same what is a
constituent of and identical with the core of its being; in following the
demands of it it therefore is only conforming to its own laws, acting in
accordance with its own nature. And in fact it is by the rejection of such
proscriptions and only then that it proves an alien to its nature, untrue to
itself. Conversely, it is sufficiently obvious that beat, rhythm, and harmony
are, taken independently, merely abstractions, which as thus isolated have
no musical[457] significance, and are able only to acquire real existence as
music in virtue of melody, and as within the domain of this, supplying
moments to or aspects in its realization. It is precisely in the manner that the
distinction between melody and harmony is thus effectively mediated and
resolved that the secret power of great compositions is disclosed.
(β)Secondly, in this question of the individual character of melody the
following points appear to me of importance.
Page 368
(αα) In the first place, melody may be restricted, if we consider its
harmonious progression, to a very simple compass of chords and keys,
extended within the embrace of tone-relations destitute of all opposition in
their harmonious fusion, which it employs merely as the fundamental
ground on which to develop its more appropriate form and movement. Song
melodies, for instance, which be it understood are not on that account in the
least superficial, but may express the depths of soul-life, as a rule are
motived by constructive harmony of this most simple character. They do not
propound the more difficult problems of chords and keys in so far as they
deal with such things and their modulation at all. They are mainly satisfied
with obtaining a simple harmonious accompaniment, which is not carried to
the point of serious opposition, and consequently requires few resolutions in
order to recover the final impression of unity. Such a mode of composition
no doubt may lead to superficial results, such as we find in a great many
modern Italian and French melodies. In such cases the development of the
harmony is entirely superficial. The composer endeavours to substitute for
the genuine demand of his work in this aspect of it a merely piquant charm
of rhythm or flavour of some kind. Generally speaking, none the less the
emptiness of a melody is not the inevitable result of a simple harmonic
basis.
(ββ) A further distinction consists in this that melody in the case supposed is
no longer developed, as in our previous example, merely in the exposition
of separate notes composed upon a relatively independent harmonic
progression, regarded simply as the base of it: in the melody now under
consideration every separate note of the melody is substantially complete as
a concrete whole In a chord. In this manner it, on the one hand, includes a
world of tones, and from another it is so closely interwoven with the
movement of the harmony, that it is now impossible to retain the distinction
previously accepted between a melody unfolded in relative independence,
and a harmony which supplies the emphatic pauses of the accompaniment
and its more fixed and determinate musical basis. Harmony and melody are
here one and the same compact whole, and a modification of the one
implies a correspondent and necessary alteration of the other[458]. This may
be pre-eminently illustrated by chorales written in four parts. In like manner
the same melody can be so interwoven in the varied vocal expression of its
parts, that this interlacery itself creates a harmonic progression; or we may
have different melodies in a similar way elaborated harmonically in
harmonious progression, to a very simple compass of chords and keys,
extended within the embrace of tone-relations destitute of all opposition in
their harmonious fusion, which it employs merely as the fundamental
ground on which to develop its more appropriate form and movement. Song
melodies, for instance, which be it understood are not on that account in the
least superficial, but may express the depths of soul-life, as a rule are
motived by constructive harmony of this most simple character. They do not
propound the more difficult problems of chords and keys in so far as they
deal with such things and their modulation at all. They are mainly satisfied
with obtaining a simple harmonious accompaniment, which is not carried to
the point of serious opposition, and consequently requires few resolutions in
order to recover the final impression of unity. Such a mode of composition
no doubt may lead to superficial results, such as we find in a great many
modern Italian and French melodies. In such cases the development of the
harmony is entirely superficial. The composer endeavours to substitute for
the genuine demand of his work in this aspect of it a merely piquant charm
of rhythm or flavour of some kind. Generally speaking, none the less the
emptiness of a melody is not the inevitable result of a simple harmonic
basis.
(ββ) A further distinction consists in this that melody in the case supposed is
no longer developed, as in our previous example, merely in the exposition
of separate notes composed upon a relatively independent harmonic
progression, regarded simply as the base of it: in the melody now under
consideration every separate note of the melody is substantially complete as
a concrete whole In a chord. In this manner it, on the one hand, includes a
world of tones, and from another it is so closely interwoven with the
movement of the harmony, that it is now impossible to retain the distinction
previously accepted between a melody unfolded in relative independence,
and a harmony which supplies the emphatic pauses of the accompaniment
and its more fixed and determinate musical basis. Harmony and melody are
here one and the same compact whole, and a modification of the one
implies a correspondent and necessary alteration of the other[458]. This may
be pre-eminently illustrated by chorales written in four parts. In like manner
the same melody can be so interwoven in the varied vocal expression of its
parts, that this interlacery itself creates a harmonic progression; or we may
have different melodies in a similar way elaborated harmonically in
Page 369
association, so that the union of particular notes of these melodies produces
musical harmony. We often, for example, meet with this in the compositions
of Sebastian Bach. In such cases the music progresses by means of parts
that vary greatly from one another in their character and movement, which
appear to associate or inter-thread with each other on independent lines, yet
retain at the same time an essential harmonic relation to each other. A
necessary and coherent union is thereby asserted.
(γγ) In composition of this kind it is not merely necessary for music which
has any claim to profundity to be developed to the bare limits of
undisturbed consonance, nay, even first to pass beyond it in order that it
may return thereto: rather the first simple mode of concord will have to be
rent asunder in dissonances. It is only through such conflict that the
profounder combinations and mysteries of music in which an independent
necessity reposes, discovers their source and ground; and for the same
reason it is only in such profounder harmonic progressions that the arresting
moments of melody originate. A bold style of musical composition will
consequently part company with a purely consonant progression. It will
pass into the sphere of opposing forces, will summon to its aid the most
discordant contrasts, and disclose its unique power amid the tumult of all
the resources of harmony, the conflicts of which it is equally able to calm,
wholly confident in its ability to celebrate finally the grateful triumph of
melodic tranquillity. We have in short here a battle waged between freedom
and necessity; a conflict between the freedom of inventive genius, seeking
to yield itself to its upward flight, and the necessary constraint of those
harmonic conditions, which it is forced to acknowledge as the means of its
expression, and in which its own ideal significance is reflected. On the
other hand if the harmony, the employment, that is, of all its resources, the
unrelenting nature of its conflict in the disposal of them and in its attitude to
them is the main interest, the composition may very easily become heavy
and overweighted with science, in so far at least as the freedom of
movement is really impaired, or at least we are not allowed to feel the
complete effect of its triumph.
(γ) To put the matter in other words, in every genuine melody a truly
melodic, songful impulse, which is its essential type as music, must declare
itself as predominant and independent, as something which it neither forgets
nor loses in the plenitude of its expression. Thus regarded melody presents,
musical harmony. We often, for example, meet with this in the compositions
of Sebastian Bach. In such cases the music progresses by means of parts
that vary greatly from one another in their character and movement, which
appear to associate or inter-thread with each other on independent lines, yet
retain at the same time an essential harmonic relation to each other. A
necessary and coherent union is thereby asserted.
(γγ) In composition of this kind it is not merely necessary for music which
has any claim to profundity to be developed to the bare limits of
undisturbed consonance, nay, even first to pass beyond it in order that it
may return thereto: rather the first simple mode of concord will have to be
rent asunder in dissonances. It is only through such conflict that the
profounder combinations and mysteries of music in which an independent
necessity reposes, discovers their source and ground; and for the same
reason it is only in such profounder harmonic progressions that the arresting
moments of melody originate. A bold style of musical composition will
consequently part company with a purely consonant progression. It will
pass into the sphere of opposing forces, will summon to its aid the most
discordant contrasts, and disclose its unique power amid the tumult of all
the resources of harmony, the conflicts of which it is equally able to calm,
wholly confident in its ability to celebrate finally the grateful triumph of
melodic tranquillity. We have in short here a battle waged between freedom
and necessity; a conflict between the freedom of inventive genius, seeking
to yield itself to its upward flight, and the necessary constraint of those
harmonic conditions, which it is forced to acknowledge as the means of its
expression, and in which its own ideal significance is reflected. On the
other hand if the harmony, the employment, that is, of all its resources, the
unrelenting nature of its conflict in the disposal of them and in its attitude to
them is the main interest, the composition may very easily become heavy
and overweighted with science, in so far at least as the freedom of
movement is really impaired, or at least we are not allowed to feel the
complete effect of its triumph.
(γ) To put the matter in other words, in every genuine melody a truly
melodic, songful impulse, which is its essential type as music, must declare
itself as predominant and independent, as something which it neither forgets
nor loses in the plenitude of its expression. Thus regarded melody presents,
Page 370
no doubt, an infinite power of adaptation and co-ordination in the
progressive motion of tones, but the mode or form of this must be such that
throughout we are made aware of an essentially complete and self-
subsistent whole. This totality contains, it is true, a varied complexity, and
implies in itself a forward advance; but it must for all that, regarded as a
whole, be beyond all doubt rounded off and secure. It must therefore have a
distinct beginning and termination to the extent at least that the intermediate
part of it may be simply presented as the mediating link between that
beginning and end. Only as such a movement, asserted with unmistakable
emphasis, itself self-differentiated and returning on its own unity, does the
melody of music reflect the free self-consciousness[459] of soul-life, whose
expression it ought to be; only as thus perfected can music, in its own
peculiar medium of ideality, enforce expression in its pure immediacy, or
avail itself of the ideal freedom of that mode of expression which is the
untarnished reflection of the inner life, an expression which, despite its
subordination to the necessary laws of harmony, enables the soul to
perceive a more exalted vision.
3. THE RELATION BETWEEN MEANS OF EXPRESSION IN MUSIC AND ITS CONTENT
After passing in review the general nature of musical art we considered the
particular aspects according to which notes and their duration in time
secured their necessary form. Having now arrived in our discussion of
melody at the confines of a world of free artistic invention and actual
musical composition, what we have now to deal with is a content, which,
under its rhythm, harmony, and melody, is capable of receiving an
expression conformable to art's requirements. After fixing clearly in our
minds general modes of this expression we shall as our conclusion be in an
advantageous position to review the different provinces of musical
composition. With these objects before us we may in the first instance
advert to the following important distinction.
On the one side music may be, as already observed, in the nature of an
accompaniment. This is the case where its spiritual content is not merely
seized in the abstract ideality of its significance, or as individual emotion,
but enters into the movement of the music subordinate to the significance it
has already received from idea and words. As a type of music opposed to
this we have the composition which is disconnected with any such content
progressive motion of tones, but the mode or form of this must be such that
throughout we are made aware of an essentially complete and self-
subsistent whole. This totality contains, it is true, a varied complexity, and
implies in itself a forward advance; but it must for all that, regarded as a
whole, be beyond all doubt rounded off and secure. It must therefore have a
distinct beginning and termination to the extent at least that the intermediate
part of it may be simply presented as the mediating link between that
beginning and end. Only as such a movement, asserted with unmistakable
emphasis, itself self-differentiated and returning on its own unity, does the
melody of music reflect the free self-consciousness[459] of soul-life, whose
expression it ought to be; only as thus perfected can music, in its own
peculiar medium of ideality, enforce expression in its pure immediacy, or
avail itself of the ideal freedom of that mode of expression which is the
untarnished reflection of the inner life, an expression which, despite its
subordination to the necessary laws of harmony, enables the soul to
perceive a more exalted vision.
3. THE RELATION BETWEEN MEANS OF EXPRESSION IN MUSIC AND ITS CONTENT
After passing in review the general nature of musical art we considered the
particular aspects according to which notes and their duration in time
secured their necessary form. Having now arrived in our discussion of
melody at the confines of a world of free artistic invention and actual
musical composition, what we have now to deal with is a content, which,
under its rhythm, harmony, and melody, is capable of receiving an
expression conformable to art's requirements. After fixing clearly in our
minds general modes of this expression we shall as our conclusion be in an
advantageous position to review the different provinces of musical
composition. With these objects before us we may in the first instance
advert to the following important distinction.
On the one side music may be, as already observed, in the nature of an
accompaniment. This is the case where its spiritual content is not merely
seized in the abstract ideality of its significance, or as individual emotion,
but enters into the movement of the music subordinate to the significance it
has already received from idea and words. As a type of music opposed to
this we have the composition which is disconnected with any such content
Page 371
already prepared for it; music in this case establishes itself in its own proper
sphere, so that it either, if it still is forced to deal with a definitely received
content, resolves the same wholly in melodies and their harmonic
development, or asserts its absolute independence in the medium of musical
tone simply and its harmonic or melodic configuration. We have already
seen that a similar distinction is apparent in a wholly different section of our
inquiry. I refer to the case of architecture considered either as an
independent art, or in the service it renders to that of building generally. But
in music the mode of its accompaniment is of an essentially freer type than
that of our illustration; it is far more intimately united with its content than
is ever possible in the case of architecture.
In the actual domain of art this distinction marks the difference between
vocal and instrumental music. We are not, however, entitled to accept it in
the purely external interpretation of it, as though in vocal music it was
merely the sound of the human voice, while in instrumental music it was
the more varied tones of the many distinct instruments which were made
serviceable. We must not in other words overlook the fact that the voice
expresses at the same time in its song deliberate speech, presenting us the
ideas of a specific content, so that music, regarded as the word that is sung,
if the twofold aspect of the same in tone and human speech is not to fall
into a condition of indifference or absence of relation, is obviously bound,
so far as the art enables it to do so, to supply its musical expression to this
content, which as such content is brought before the receptive faculties in
its nearest approach to definition, and no longer is left unrelated in more
indefinite feeling. In so far, however, as the presented content, as libretto, is,
despite of the above union, independently ascertainable in legible form, and
is also consequently distinguishable in the mind itself from its musical
expression, to this extent the music attached to a libretto is an
accompaniment, whereas in sculpture and painting the unfolded content
does not already attain to any presentment independently of its artistic form.
At the same time we must be careful not to go to the other extreme and
entertain an idea of such accompaniment, as though its entire purpose were
one solely of subordination; the truth is precisely the reverse. The libretto is
written in the interest of the music, and has no further importance save in so
far as it brings home to the mind a more intimate knowledge of the actual
subject the artist has selected for his work. Music maintains this freedom
pre-eminently by virtue of the fact that it does not apprehend the content in
sphere, so that it either, if it still is forced to deal with a definitely received
content, resolves the same wholly in melodies and their harmonic
development, or asserts its absolute independence in the medium of musical
tone simply and its harmonic or melodic configuration. We have already
seen that a similar distinction is apparent in a wholly different section of our
inquiry. I refer to the case of architecture considered either as an
independent art, or in the service it renders to that of building generally. But
in music the mode of its accompaniment is of an essentially freer type than
that of our illustration; it is far more intimately united with its content than
is ever possible in the case of architecture.
In the actual domain of art this distinction marks the difference between
vocal and instrumental music. We are not, however, entitled to accept it in
the purely external interpretation of it, as though in vocal music it was
merely the sound of the human voice, while in instrumental music it was
the more varied tones of the many distinct instruments which were made
serviceable. We must not in other words overlook the fact that the voice
expresses at the same time in its song deliberate speech, presenting us the
ideas of a specific content, so that music, regarded as the word that is sung,
if the twofold aspect of the same in tone and human speech is not to fall
into a condition of indifference or absence of relation, is obviously bound,
so far as the art enables it to do so, to supply its musical expression to this
content, which as such content is brought before the receptive faculties in
its nearest approach to definition, and no longer is left unrelated in more
indefinite feeling. In so far, however, as the presented content, as libretto, is,
despite of the above union, independently ascertainable in legible form, and
is also consequently distinguishable in the mind itself from its musical
expression, to this extent the music attached to a libretto is an
accompaniment, whereas in sculpture and painting the unfolded content
does not already attain to any presentment independently of its artistic form.
At the same time we must be careful not to go to the other extreme and
entertain an idea of such accompaniment, as though its entire purpose were
one solely of subordination; the truth is precisely the reverse. The libretto is
written in the interest of the music, and has no further importance save in so
far as it brings home to the mind a more intimate knowledge of the actual
subject the artist has selected for his work. Music maintains this freedom
pre-eminently by virtue of the fact that it does not apprehend the content in
Page 372
the manner the libretto may be assumed to make it intelligible. Rather it
exhibits its mastery of a medium, to which sense-perception and
imaginative idea do not belong[460]. In this respect I have already, when
discussing the general characteristics of music, pointed out that music
expresses the principle of ideality in its intrinsic quality. The ideality of
soul-life, however, may be of a twofold type. That is to say, to accept an
object in its ideal presentation[461] may, in the first place, mean that we do
not conceive it in its actual appearance in the phenomenal world, but
relatively to its ideal significance. We may, however, mean by this,
secondly, that a content is expressed as we find it realized in the experience
of personal emotion. Both forms of idealization are represented in the art of
music. I will therefore endeavour to explain in more detail how this comes
about.
In old church music, take the movement of a crucifixus est for example, we
find that the profound meanings unfolded in the central idea of the Passion
regarded as Christ's suffering, death, and burial, are severally so conceived,
that it is not simply one merely personal feeling of sympathy or individual
pain over these facts that is expressed, but along with this the very facts
themselves, or in other words the depth of their significance is motived by
the harmony of the music and its melodic progression. It is, of course, true
that even here the impression is one which acts upon the emotion of those
who hear it. We do not actually perceive the pain of the crucified, we do not
merely receive a general idea of it; the aim is throughout that we experience
in the depths of our being the ideal substance of this death and this divine
suffering, that we absorb with heart and soul its reality, so that it becomes as
it were a part of ourselves, permeating our entire conscious life to the
exclusion of everything else. And in like manner must the soul of the
composer, if his work is to disclose such a power of impress upon others,
entirely lose itself in these facts and only in them. It must not merely have
experienced a personal emotion of them. It must accept as its aim the task
of making in its music the facts themselves live again for the ideal sense.
Conversely, I may read a text, a libretto, which narrates an event, places
before me an action, gives to feelings the impress of speech, and thereby
become moved even to tears in my profoundest being. This effect of
personal emotion, which may attend all human action and conduct, every
expression of inner life, and further may be excited by the perception of
exhibits its mastery of a medium, to which sense-perception and
imaginative idea do not belong[460]. In this respect I have already, when
discussing the general characteristics of music, pointed out that music
expresses the principle of ideality in its intrinsic quality. The ideality of
soul-life, however, may be of a twofold type. That is to say, to accept an
object in its ideal presentation[461] may, in the first place, mean that we do
not conceive it in its actual appearance in the phenomenal world, but
relatively to its ideal significance. We may, however, mean by this,
secondly, that a content is expressed as we find it realized in the experience
of personal emotion. Both forms of idealization are represented in the art of
music. I will therefore endeavour to explain in more detail how this comes
about.
In old church music, take the movement of a crucifixus est for example, we
find that the profound meanings unfolded in the central idea of the Passion
regarded as Christ's suffering, death, and burial, are severally so conceived,
that it is not simply one merely personal feeling of sympathy or individual
pain over these facts that is expressed, but along with this the very facts
themselves, or in other words the depth of their significance is motived by
the harmony of the music and its melodic progression. It is, of course, true
that even here the impression is one which acts upon the emotion of those
who hear it. We do not actually perceive the pain of the crucified, we do not
merely receive a general idea of it; the aim is throughout that we experience
in the depths of our being the ideal substance of this death and this divine
suffering, that we absorb with heart and soul its reality, so that it becomes as
it were a part of ourselves, permeating our entire conscious life to the
exclusion of everything else. And in like manner must the soul of the
composer, if his work is to disclose such a power of impress upon others,
entirely lose itself in these facts and only in them. It must not merely have
experienced a personal emotion of them. It must accept as its aim the task
of making in its music the facts themselves live again for the ideal sense.
Conversely, I may read a text, a libretto, which narrates an event, places
before me an action, gives to feelings the impress of speech, and thereby
become moved even to tears in my profoundest being. This effect of
personal emotion, which may attend all human action and conduct, every
expression of inner life, and further may be excited by the perception of
Page 373
every such event and by participation in the presentment of such, the art of
music is able to regulate; by so doing it ameliorates, tranquilizes and
idealizes by its influence the fellow-feeling in the listener who finds himself
attuned to it. In both cases, therefore, the content rings through the inner
life, in which music, for the very reason that it subdues consciousness in the
simple attitude of rapt attention[462], is able to restrain the unfettered range
of thought, imagination, sensation, and passage beyond the true boundary-
line of the subject on hand. Music, in short, keeps the soul absorbed in a
particular content, fructifies its energy therein, and moves and fills the life
of feeling up to the brim within these limits.
Such is our conception and description, so far as the present occasion
permits, of the manner of which music, as an accompaniment, when dealing
with a definite content which is, as previously explained, set before it by
means of a libretto, elaborates that aspect of it we have termed ideality.
Inasmuch, however, as music is pre-eminently called up to do this in vocal
music, and the human voice is added to this associated with instruments, it
is customary to speak of instrumental music in a special sense as the music
of accompaniment. It is no doubt true that it accompanies the voice, and
should not either assert unqualified independence or claim an unqualified
precedency. But for all that vocal music is placed, as thus associated, in a
more direct relation still under the definition previously given of an
accompanying tone. The voice expresses words articulate to the mind; and
song is merely a fresh or additional modification of the content of these
words, or in other words it is the explication of them in the language of the
emotions. In the case of instrumental music, if taken by itself, the
expression of imaged idea vanishes, and such music must necessarily
confine itself to the means and modes of purely musical expression[463].
The discussion of these points suggests a third one, which, in conclusion, it
is well not to overlook. I have previously drawn attention to the fact that the
reality of a musical composition, in its full and vital embodiment, depends
on a continually repeated reproduction. In this respect it is at a disadvantage
as compared with sculpture and painting. The sculptor, no less than the
painter, conceives a given work and executes it throughout. The entire
artistic activity implied therein is centred in one single individual, and by
this means absolute reciprocity between the creative idea and its execution
is secured. The architect, on the contrary, is in a less favourable position,
music is able to regulate; by so doing it ameliorates, tranquilizes and
idealizes by its influence the fellow-feeling in the listener who finds himself
attuned to it. In both cases, therefore, the content rings through the inner
life, in which music, for the very reason that it subdues consciousness in the
simple attitude of rapt attention[462], is able to restrain the unfettered range
of thought, imagination, sensation, and passage beyond the true boundary-
line of the subject on hand. Music, in short, keeps the soul absorbed in a
particular content, fructifies its energy therein, and moves and fills the life
of feeling up to the brim within these limits.
Such is our conception and description, so far as the present occasion
permits, of the manner of which music, as an accompaniment, when dealing
with a definite content which is, as previously explained, set before it by
means of a libretto, elaborates that aspect of it we have termed ideality.
Inasmuch, however, as music is pre-eminently called up to do this in vocal
music, and the human voice is added to this associated with instruments, it
is customary to speak of instrumental music in a special sense as the music
of accompaniment. It is no doubt true that it accompanies the voice, and
should not either assert unqualified independence or claim an unqualified
precedency. But for all that vocal music is placed, as thus associated, in a
more direct relation still under the definition previously given of an
accompanying tone. The voice expresses words articulate to the mind; and
song is merely a fresh or additional modification of the content of these
words, or in other words it is the explication of them in the language of the
emotions. In the case of instrumental music, if taken by itself, the
expression of imaged idea vanishes, and such music must necessarily
confine itself to the means and modes of purely musical expression[463].
The discussion of these points suggests a third one, which, in conclusion, it
is well not to overlook. I have previously drawn attention to the fact that the
reality of a musical composition, in its full and vital embodiment, depends
on a continually repeated reproduction. In this respect it is at a disadvantage
as compared with sculpture and painting. The sculptor, no less than the
painter, conceives a given work and executes it throughout. The entire
artistic activity implied therein is centred in one single individual, and by
this means absolute reciprocity between the creative idea and its execution
is secured. The architect, on the contrary, is in a less favourable position,
Page 374
who, in carrying through all the variety of structure in a building, has to
entrust such work to other hands than his own. The composer in a similar
way, must leave the execution of his work to other hands and voices. But in
his case there is this difference, that the execution, from the point of view of
mere technique, no less than that of the vital spirit of his work, itself
demands an artistic activity, not one of mere craftsmanship. In this respect
we may in our own time, no less than previously in that of the older Italian
opera, whereas in other arts there has been little or nothing fresh of the
kind, point to a marvellous advance in two respects in music. The first is to
be noted in the conception, the second in the increased virtuosity of
execution. It is due to these results the very notion of what music implies
and is able to perform has, even in the case of acknowledged experts, been
increasingly enlarged[464].
We may now briefly summarize the heads of the concluding sections of this
portion of our work.
First, we shall investigate more carefully music regarded as
accompaniment, and raise the question with what modes of expression in a
given content it is as a rule most compatible.
Secondly, it will be necessary to consider this question more closely as
viewed in relation to musical composition that is exclusively independent.
Thirdly, our conclusion will be reached with a few observations upon
artistic execution.
(a) Music as Accompaniment
It follows, as a necessary result of what I have already described as being
the relative position of libretto and music, that, in this sphere of its activity,
musical expression is compelled to concern itself far more exclusively with
a defined content than in the alternative case where it is able to surrender
itself without restraint to its own movement and inspiration. A libretto offers
us to start with definite ideas, and compels the attention to forsake that field
of more visionary emotion destitute of distinct idea, in which we are
permitted to range without interruption, and are not forced to abandon our
licence to receive from pure music whatever chance impression or wave of
emotion it may arouse. In this act of artistic interlacery with words,
however, it is not right that music should carry its loyalty so far as to impair
entrust such work to other hands than his own. The composer in a similar
way, must leave the execution of his work to other hands and voices. But in
his case there is this difference, that the execution, from the point of view of
mere technique, no less than that of the vital spirit of his work, itself
demands an artistic activity, not one of mere craftsmanship. In this respect
we may in our own time, no less than previously in that of the older Italian
opera, whereas in other arts there has been little or nothing fresh of the
kind, point to a marvellous advance in two respects in music. The first is to
be noted in the conception, the second in the increased virtuosity of
execution. It is due to these results the very notion of what music implies
and is able to perform has, even in the case of acknowledged experts, been
increasingly enlarged[464].
We may now briefly summarize the heads of the concluding sections of this
portion of our work.
First, we shall investigate more carefully music regarded as
accompaniment, and raise the question with what modes of expression in a
given content it is as a rule most compatible.
Secondly, it will be necessary to consider this question more closely as
viewed in relation to musical composition that is exclusively independent.
Thirdly, our conclusion will be reached with a few observations upon
artistic execution.
(a) Music as Accompaniment
It follows, as a necessary result of what I have already described as being
the relative position of libretto and music, that, in this sphere of its activity,
musical expression is compelled to concern itself far more exclusively with
a defined content than in the alternative case where it is able to surrender
itself without restraint to its own movement and inspiration. A libretto offers
us to start with definite ideas, and compels the attention to forsake that field
of more visionary emotion destitute of distinct idea, in which we are
permitted to range without interruption, and are not forced to abandon our
licence to receive from pure music whatever chance impression or wave of
emotion it may arouse. In this act of artistic interlacery with words,
however, it is not right that music should carry its loyalty so far as to impair
Page 375
the free course of its progressions, even though it do so with the object of
emphasizing the full character of what is contained in the libretto. To do this
is to employ the mere pedantry of learning, to adapt means of musical
expression for the most faithful presentment possible of a content which is
not in the first instance its own, but supplied it externally. It is to accept this
artificial result rather than the creation of a real self-subsistent work of art.
And to that extent we have here evidenced a definite check and hindrance to
free artistic activity. It is equally wrong in the opposite extreme that music
should, as is almost invariably the fashion with modern Italian composers,
wholly emancipate itself from the contents of the libretto, as though its
specific character were only a bond, and with no other aim than that of
approaching independent music as closely as possible. The true function of
such music is this. It ought to steep itself in the meaning of the expressed
words, situation, or action, and by virtue of such impregnation, ideally
conceived, discover therefrom a vitally arresting expression, and elaborate
the same in terms congenial to art. That is the course followed by all great
masters. They appropriate everything of vital interest in the words; but the
stream of their music, the tranquil flow of the composition, remains for all
that as free as ever. We acknowledge the natural growth of the music no less
than its affinity to the text it illustrates. We would draw attention to three
distinct types of expression all illustrative of this free spirit.
(α) To start with, there is that aspect of musical expression which we may
describe as the truly melodic. We have here simply emotion, the utterance
of soul itself, which, apart from anything else, finds self-enjoyment in such
expression.
(αα) The domain here, in which the composer moves, is coincident with the
human heart and the moods of the soul; and melody, which is the pure
musical utterance of this inward world, is in the most profound sense the
soul of music. Musical tone only attains to expression that is really vital
when emotion is embodied in it or reflected in sound from it. Connected
with this the purely natural cry of feeling, whatever it may be, of horror, for
example, or the sobbing of grief, or the exclamation or outburst of
uncontrolled jubilation, are themselves highly expressive; and indeed I have
already referred to them as the starting-point of music, subject of course to
the statement that art is unable to accept them under the mode of purely
natural utterance. Here, too, we find a distinction between music and
emphasizing the full character of what is contained in the libretto. To do this
is to employ the mere pedantry of learning, to adapt means of musical
expression for the most faithful presentment possible of a content which is
not in the first instance its own, but supplied it externally. It is to accept this
artificial result rather than the creation of a real self-subsistent work of art.
And to that extent we have here evidenced a definite check and hindrance to
free artistic activity. It is equally wrong in the opposite extreme that music
should, as is almost invariably the fashion with modern Italian composers,
wholly emancipate itself from the contents of the libretto, as though its
specific character were only a bond, and with no other aim than that of
approaching independent music as closely as possible. The true function of
such music is this. It ought to steep itself in the meaning of the expressed
words, situation, or action, and by virtue of such impregnation, ideally
conceived, discover therefrom a vitally arresting expression, and elaborate
the same in terms congenial to art. That is the course followed by all great
masters. They appropriate everything of vital interest in the words; but the
stream of their music, the tranquil flow of the composition, remains for all
that as free as ever. We acknowledge the natural growth of the music no less
than its affinity to the text it illustrates. We would draw attention to three
distinct types of expression all illustrative of this free spirit.
(α) To start with, there is that aspect of musical expression which we may
describe as the truly melodic. We have here simply emotion, the utterance
of soul itself, which, apart from anything else, finds self-enjoyment in such
expression.
(αα) The domain here, in which the composer moves, is coincident with the
human heart and the moods of the soul; and melody, which is the pure
musical utterance of this inward world, is in the most profound sense the
soul of music. Musical tone only attains to expression that is really vital
when emotion is embodied in it or reflected in sound from it. Connected
with this the purely natural cry of feeling, whatever it may be, of horror, for
example, or the sobbing of grief, or the exclamation or outburst of
uncontrolled jubilation, are themselves highly expressive; and indeed I have
already referred to them as the starting-point of music, subject of course to
the statement that art is unable to accept them under the mode of purely
natural utterance. Here, too, we find a distinction between music and
Page 376
painting. The art of painting is frequently able to produce the most beautiful
and artistic effect by its realization in every respect of the actual form, the
colour and animation of a particular human being in some definite situation
and environment, and its complete reflection of all that it has thus
assimilated and received in its bare vitality. The truth of Nature, if presented
conformably to artistic truth, is here entirely justified. But the art of music
ought not thus to repeat emotional expression in the form it assumes as a
purely natural utterance of passion; what it should do is to vitalize with the
emotional forces musical sound elaborated under the definite conditions of
its tonal progression, and to this extent resolve the expression in a medium
of sound wholly created by art and inseparable from the artistic purpose, a
medium in which the mere cry becomes a series of musical tones with a
definite progression, the transitions and course of which are subject to the
laws of harmony and unfolded in the completeness of a melodic phrase.
(ββ) The essential significance of this melodic quality and its bearing on the
human spirit is best apprehended if we view the latter as a whole. The fine
arts of sculpture and painting give an objective existence to the ideality of
soul-life; moreover, they liberate the mind from this externality of their
presentation in so far as, from a certain point of view, it discovers itself
therein as an ideal, spiritual work, and from another everything which
partakes of adventitious singularity[465], of capricious idea, opinion, and
reflection, is rejected, the content thereof being placed before us in its
entirely appropriate individuality. The art of music, on the contrary, as we
have repeatedly pointed out, possesses as a means to such objectivity
merely the element of the soul-life itself, by means of which that which
purely belongs to this enters into conversation with itself, and as expressed
in the utterance of emotion itself returns, as it were, upon itself. Music is
spirit or soul, which ring forth in their untrammelled immediacy, and derive
satisfaction in this record of their self-knowledge. As a fine art, however, it
is its necessary function to regulate the expression of such life no less than
its effects. It ought not to permit that expression to be whirled away in
bacchantic thunder and tumult, or be left in the distraction of despair, but
retain the blessed freedom of its deliverance in the extremity of sorrow no
less than the jubilant outburst of delight. And this is the character of truly
ideal music, the utterance of melody such as we find it in Palestrina,
Durante, Lotti, Pergolese, Glück, Haydn, and Mozart. Tranquillity of soul is
never lost in the compositions of these masters. Grief is no doubt often
and artistic effect by its realization in every respect of the actual form, the
colour and animation of a particular human being in some definite situation
and environment, and its complete reflection of all that it has thus
assimilated and received in its bare vitality. The truth of Nature, if presented
conformably to artistic truth, is here entirely justified. But the art of music
ought not thus to repeat emotional expression in the form it assumes as a
purely natural utterance of passion; what it should do is to vitalize with the
emotional forces musical sound elaborated under the definite conditions of
its tonal progression, and to this extent resolve the expression in a medium
of sound wholly created by art and inseparable from the artistic purpose, a
medium in which the mere cry becomes a series of musical tones with a
definite progression, the transitions and course of which are subject to the
laws of harmony and unfolded in the completeness of a melodic phrase.
(ββ) The essential significance of this melodic quality and its bearing on the
human spirit is best apprehended if we view the latter as a whole. The fine
arts of sculpture and painting give an objective existence to the ideality of
soul-life; moreover, they liberate the mind from this externality of their
presentation in so far as, from a certain point of view, it discovers itself
therein as an ideal, spiritual work, and from another everything which
partakes of adventitious singularity[465], of capricious idea, opinion, and
reflection, is rejected, the content thereof being placed before us in its
entirely appropriate individuality. The art of music, on the contrary, as we
have repeatedly pointed out, possesses as a means to such objectivity
merely the element of the soul-life itself, by means of which that which
purely belongs to this enters into conversation with itself, and as expressed
in the utterance of emotion itself returns, as it were, upon itself. Music is
spirit or soul, which ring forth in their untrammelled immediacy, and derive
satisfaction in this record of their self-knowledge. As a fine art, however, it
is its necessary function to regulate the expression of such life no less than
its effects. It ought not to permit that expression to be whirled away in
bacchantic thunder and tumult, or be left in the distraction of despair, but
retain the blessed freedom of its deliverance in the extremity of sorrow no
less than the jubilant outburst of delight. And this is the character of truly
ideal music, the utterance of melody such as we find it in Palestrina,
Durante, Lotti, Pergolese, Glück, Haydn, and Mozart. Tranquillity of soul is
never lost in the compositions of these masters. Grief is no doubt often
Page 377
expressed, but the resolution is always there; the luminous sense of
proportion never breaks down in extremes: everything finds its due place
knit together in the whole; joy is never suffered to degenerate into unseemly
uproar and even lamentation carries with it the most benign repose. I have
already, when discussing Italian painting, emphasized the fact, that a spirit
of reconciliation is not wanting even in extreme examples of sorrow and
distraction of soul; by virtue of this, even where we have tears and
suffering, some trait of tranquillity and assurance is preserved; the
tenderness and grace which assert themselves in the harlequin's rôle
illustrates the same truth. In like manner a feeling for nature and the
endowment of musical expression is pre-eminently a characteristic of the
Italians. In their earlier church music we find that, along with the deepest
devotional feeling, the sense of reconciliation is expressed in its purity; and
though grief may stir the soul most profoundly, yet beauty and rapturous
joy, the simple greatness and impress of an imagination which discovers
delight in its own varied expatiation, is equally present. It is a beauty of an
apparently sensuous type, so that it is not unusual to refer to such melodious
contentment as a purely sensuous enjoyment. But it is sometimes
overlooked that it is precisely in this realm of the senses that art discovers
its life and movement, and thereby transfers Spirit to a sphere in which, as
in the world of Nature, this essential wave of self-satisfaction is throughout
the fundamental tone.
(γγ) Albeit, therefore, particularity of emotional content must be duly
represented, yet it is right that music, while permitting passion and
imagination to stream forth in its harmonies, should at the same time lift the
soul that is absorbed in such emotion over the same, enable it to hover
around such content, and in short create an atmosphere wherein the
recovery from such an absorption, and the pure reflection of itself is
possible. This it is which gives us in fact the really melodious character to
song-music. The important feature of it is not merely the progression of
determinate emotion such as we indicate by the words love, yearning,
jollity, and so forth; it is rather that inward sense, which presides over it,
which expatiates in its suffering no less than its delight, and finds
satisfaction in doing so. Precisely as the bird in the brake, the lark on high
sings its glad and touching song for the mere sake of singing, an outburst of
Nature herself, having no further thought or intention whatever, it is just the
same with human song and the expression of its melody. Consistently with
proportion never breaks down in extremes: everything finds its due place
knit together in the whole; joy is never suffered to degenerate into unseemly
uproar and even lamentation carries with it the most benign repose. I have
already, when discussing Italian painting, emphasized the fact, that a spirit
of reconciliation is not wanting even in extreme examples of sorrow and
distraction of soul; by virtue of this, even where we have tears and
suffering, some trait of tranquillity and assurance is preserved; the
tenderness and grace which assert themselves in the harlequin's rôle
illustrates the same truth. In like manner a feeling for nature and the
endowment of musical expression is pre-eminently a characteristic of the
Italians. In their earlier church music we find that, along with the deepest
devotional feeling, the sense of reconciliation is expressed in its purity; and
though grief may stir the soul most profoundly, yet beauty and rapturous
joy, the simple greatness and impress of an imagination which discovers
delight in its own varied expatiation, is equally present. It is a beauty of an
apparently sensuous type, so that it is not unusual to refer to such melodious
contentment as a purely sensuous enjoyment. But it is sometimes
overlooked that it is precisely in this realm of the senses that art discovers
its life and movement, and thereby transfers Spirit to a sphere in which, as
in the world of Nature, this essential wave of self-satisfaction is throughout
the fundamental tone.
(γγ) Albeit, therefore, particularity of emotional content must be duly
represented, yet it is right that music, while permitting passion and
imagination to stream forth in its harmonies, should at the same time lift the
soul that is absorbed in such emotion over the same, enable it to hover
around such content, and in short create an atmosphere wherein the
recovery from such an absorption, and the pure reflection of itself is
possible. This it is which gives us in fact the really melodious character to
song-music. The important feature of it is not merely the progression of
determinate emotion such as we indicate by the words love, yearning,
jollity, and so forth; it is rather that inward sense, which presides over it,
which expatiates in its suffering no less than its delight, and finds
satisfaction in doing so. Precisely as the bird in the brake, the lark on high
sings its glad and touching song for the mere sake of singing, an outburst of
Nature herself, having no further thought or intention whatever, it is just the
same with human song and the expression of its melody. Consistently with
Page 378
this not infrequently Italian music, in which this truth is pre-eminently
emphasized, will, just as poetry will, pass into mere melodious sound
simply, and can readily appear to part company with the emotional stimulus
and its particular mode of expression, or even in fact do so, for the very
good reason that its object is the enjoyment of art by itself, and the
contentment of all who thus are able to enjoy themselves. And apart from
the Italians this is more or less the characteristic of all right melody. The
specific nature of the expression, albeit present also, passes away, in so far
as our hearts are absorbed in what we appropriate rather as our own, than in
that which belongs to another, a something beyond us. By reason of this and
this alone—it is much as we receive the impression of pure light—we are
admitted to the most intimate conception of ideal blessedness and attuned
spirits.
(β) In the art of sculpture the predominant impression is ideal beauty or
self-repose. Painting, on the other hand, already presents a movement in the
direction of specific characterization, and the emphasis it attaches to
articulate expression is an essential feature of its executive purpose. In a
similar fashion the art of music is unable to rest satisfied with melodious
expression as above indicated. The purely emotional grasp by the soul of its
intrinsic nature, and the play in musical sound of this apprehension is,
regarded as the mere atonement of mood, when we take it strictly, too
general and abstract. It is inseparable from the danger not merely of an
alienation from the more careful interpretation of the content expressed in
the libretto, but of that of becoming generally empty and trivial. If sorrow,
joy, yearning, and so forth are to find adequate reflection in melody, the
soul that is actual and concrete only comes by such emotions in the
downright reality of the same as involved in a veritable content, that is, in
particular situations, events, actions, and so on. If, for example, a song
arouses the emotion of mourning, the lament at a loss, we inevitably ask
ourselves, what is the nature of that loss. Is it, shall we say, the loss of life
with all its many interests? Is it a loss of youth, happiness, wife, beloved,
children, friends, or anything else? For this reason it is further incumbent
upon music that it should of itself differentiate in like manner its mode of
expression when dealing with a specific content and the various relations
and situations, which the soul has experienced, and the more ideal or
intimate life of which it seeks to reflect in its harmonies. Music in short is
not primarily concerned with the bare form of the inward soul, but with that
emphasized, will, just as poetry will, pass into mere melodious sound
simply, and can readily appear to part company with the emotional stimulus
and its particular mode of expression, or even in fact do so, for the very
good reason that its object is the enjoyment of art by itself, and the
contentment of all who thus are able to enjoy themselves. And apart from
the Italians this is more or less the characteristic of all right melody. The
specific nature of the expression, albeit present also, passes away, in so far
as our hearts are absorbed in what we appropriate rather as our own, than in
that which belongs to another, a something beyond us. By reason of this and
this alone—it is much as we receive the impression of pure light—we are
admitted to the most intimate conception of ideal blessedness and attuned
spirits.
(β) In the art of sculpture the predominant impression is ideal beauty or
self-repose. Painting, on the other hand, already presents a movement in the
direction of specific characterization, and the emphasis it attaches to
articulate expression is an essential feature of its executive purpose. In a
similar fashion the art of music is unable to rest satisfied with melodious
expression as above indicated. The purely emotional grasp by the soul of its
intrinsic nature, and the play in musical sound of this apprehension is,
regarded as the mere atonement of mood, when we take it strictly, too
general and abstract. It is inseparable from the danger not merely of an
alienation from the more careful interpretation of the content expressed in
the libretto, but of that of becoming generally empty and trivial. If sorrow,
joy, yearning, and so forth are to find adequate reflection in melody, the
soul that is actual and concrete only comes by such emotions in the
downright reality of the same as involved in a veritable content, that is, in
particular situations, events, actions, and so on. If, for example, a song
arouses the emotion of mourning, the lament at a loss, we inevitably ask
ourselves, what is the nature of that loss. Is it, shall we say, the loss of life
with all its many interests? Is it a loss of youth, happiness, wife, beloved,
children, friends, or anything else? For this reason it is further incumbent
upon music that it should of itself differentiate in like manner its mode of
expression when dealing with a specific content and the various relations
and situations, which the soul has experienced, and the more ideal or
intimate life of which it seeks to reflect in its harmonies. Music in short is
not primarily concerned with the bare form of the inward soul, but with that
Page 379
innermost life as replenished, the specific content of which is most closely
related to the particular character of the emotion roused, so that the mode of
the expression will, or should, inevitably assert itself with essential
differences, according to the varied nature of the content. In a similar way
the soul, precisely in the degree that it takes a headlong plunge into any
distracting experience, proceeds through an accumulating series of effects,
and, in opposition to our previously described state of benign self-
contentment, passes through conflicts and distraction, wrestlings with
passions, and in short reaches an extreme of division, for which the mode of
expression hitherto observed is no longer adequate.
Now what we mean by the detail of the content is just that which is supplied
by the libretto or words. In the case of a simple melody, which is less
concerned with this specific character, the more defined characteristics of
the libretto are appreciably of less importance. A song, for instance,
although it essentially implies as a poem and text a whole of variedly
motived moods, perceptions, and ideas, none the less as a rule asserts
throughout one fundamental progression of emotion; it is primarily one
chord of the soul that it emphasizes. To grasp this, and to reflect the same in
the language of music, this is what such song-melody is mainly called upon
to do. Consequently we may have identically the same music through all the
verses of our poem, although the meaning they carry admits of much
variety; and what is more, this very repetition, so far from proving injurious
to the effect, may serve to enforce and enhance it. We may see the same
thing in a landscape, where, too, the most varied objects confront the vision,
and yet for all that the prevailing mood and aspect of Nature, which
animates the whole, is one and the same. It is just such a prevailing tone
that ought to assert itself in the song, and this, though it only applies strictly
to some of the verses, but does not so apply to others; and the reason of this
is that here the specific sense of the words is not to be taken as of most
importance. What comes first is the simple melody that floats freely over all
variety of content. In the case of many compositions which infringe this
principle, and which start every fresh verse with a novel melody, which not
unfrequently varies from the preceding one in beat, rhythm, and even scale,
it is quite impossible to understand why, if such essential modifications
were really inevitable, the poem itself ought not to have been altered in
metre, rhythm, and rhyme, through all its verses.
related to the particular character of the emotion roused, so that the mode of
the expression will, or should, inevitably assert itself with essential
differences, according to the varied nature of the content. In a similar way
the soul, precisely in the degree that it takes a headlong plunge into any
distracting experience, proceeds through an accumulating series of effects,
and, in opposition to our previously described state of benign self-
contentment, passes through conflicts and distraction, wrestlings with
passions, and in short reaches an extreme of division, for which the mode of
expression hitherto observed is no longer adequate.
Now what we mean by the detail of the content is just that which is supplied
by the libretto or words. In the case of a simple melody, which is less
concerned with this specific character, the more defined characteristics of
the libretto are appreciably of less importance. A song, for instance,
although it essentially implies as a poem and text a whole of variedly
motived moods, perceptions, and ideas, none the less as a rule asserts
throughout one fundamental progression of emotion; it is primarily one
chord of the soul that it emphasizes. To grasp this, and to reflect the same in
the language of music, this is what such song-melody is mainly called upon
to do. Consequently we may have identically the same music through all the
verses of our poem, although the meaning they carry admits of much
variety; and what is more, this very repetition, so far from proving injurious
to the effect, may serve to enforce and enhance it. We may see the same
thing in a landscape, where, too, the most varied objects confront the vision,
and yet for all that the prevailing mood and aspect of Nature, which
animates the whole, is one and the same. It is just such a prevailing tone
that ought to assert itself in the song, and this, though it only applies strictly
to some of the verses, but does not so apply to others; and the reason of this
is that here the specific sense of the words is not to be taken as of most
importance. What comes first is the simple melody that floats freely over all
variety of content. In the case of many compositions which infringe this
principle, and which start every fresh verse with a novel melody, which not
unfrequently varies from the preceding one in beat, rhythm, and even scale,
it is quite impossible to understand why, if such essential modifications
were really inevitable, the poem itself ought not to have been altered in
metre, rhythm, and rhyme, through all its verses.
Page 380
(αα) What is, however, appropriate for the song, which is a genuine
melodious utterance of the soul, is not applicable to every kind of musical
expression. It is necessary, therefore, to draw attention to a further aspect in
contrast to pure melody as such, one of equal importance, and by virtue of
which alone song is really brought into line with accompanying music. We
find this in that mode of expression which is dominant in the recitative.
Here we have no independently exclusive melody, which at the same time
reflects the fundamental mood of the content, in the elaboration of which
soul-life, as at home with itself, receives back in musical sound some
portion of its ideal activity; rather in the case before us the content of the
words, to the full compass of its specific character, is imprinted upon the
musical expression, the import of which no less than the course it
determines; and this is so whether we regard it from the point of view of the
elevation or profundity which distinguishes it, or the prominence or
subordination of its particular features. By such means music, as contrasted
with melodic expression, approximates to an emphatic declamation, one
accurately corresponding with the movement of the words, whether the
view we take of them be that of their meaning, or that of their syntactical
arrangement. And in so far as it adds also, as a novel element, the aspect of
a more exalted emotion, it stands midway between the pure melody and
poetical speech. Conformably to such a station, therefore, we have a free
accentuation, which adheres strenuously to the specific sense of particular
words. Moreover it is not necessary for the libretto in this case to be written
in any particular metre, nor need the musical exposition, as the pure melody
does in a like case, follow beat and rhythm with absolute precision; rather
the music under this condition of it, that is in its acceleration, suspension, or
pause in particular progressions, or rapid passage over such, is entitled to
adapt itself freely to the emotion aroused by the meaning of the words. For
the same reason the modulation is not so restricted as in the case of melody.
Precisely as the text which it attempts to express may suggest, it may begin,
proceed, pause, break off, begin again, or stop with absolute licence.
Unexpected accents, progressions only partially mediated, sudden
transitions and resolutions are equally permissible; and, in direct contrast to
the continuous stream of melodious music, provided always that the
libretto's content requires it, this latter mode of expression is equally in its
place, though delivered in fragments, and torn asunder by passionate
emotion.
melodious utterance of the soul, is not applicable to every kind of musical
expression. It is necessary, therefore, to draw attention to a further aspect in
contrast to pure melody as such, one of equal importance, and by virtue of
which alone song is really brought into line with accompanying music. We
find this in that mode of expression which is dominant in the recitative.
Here we have no independently exclusive melody, which at the same time
reflects the fundamental mood of the content, in the elaboration of which
soul-life, as at home with itself, receives back in musical sound some
portion of its ideal activity; rather in the case before us the content of the
words, to the full compass of its specific character, is imprinted upon the
musical expression, the import of which no less than the course it
determines; and this is so whether we regard it from the point of view of the
elevation or profundity which distinguishes it, or the prominence or
subordination of its particular features. By such means music, as contrasted
with melodic expression, approximates to an emphatic declamation, one
accurately corresponding with the movement of the words, whether the
view we take of them be that of their meaning, or that of their syntactical
arrangement. And in so far as it adds also, as a novel element, the aspect of
a more exalted emotion, it stands midway between the pure melody and
poetical speech. Conformably to such a station, therefore, we have a free
accentuation, which adheres strenuously to the specific sense of particular
words. Moreover it is not necessary for the libretto in this case to be written
in any particular metre, nor need the musical exposition, as the pure melody
does in a like case, follow beat and rhythm with absolute precision; rather
the music under this condition of it, that is in its acceleration, suspension, or
pause in particular progressions, or rapid passage over such, is entitled to
adapt itself freely to the emotion aroused by the meaning of the words. For
the same reason the modulation is not so restricted as in the case of melody.
Precisely as the text which it attempts to express may suggest, it may begin,
proceed, pause, break off, begin again, or stop with absolute licence.
Unexpected accents, progressions only partially mediated, sudden
transitions and resolutions are equally permissible; and, in direct contrast to
the continuous stream of melodious music, provided always that the
libretto's content requires it, this latter mode of expression is equally in its
place, though delivered in fragments, and torn asunder by passionate
emotion.
Page 381
(ββ) Being of this character this form of declamatory expression, known as
recitative, is suitable for tranquil statement of situation, or facts, no less
than the presentment of the entire compass of the emotions, under which the
distraction of the soul in exceptional circumstances is depicted, and which
in its soul-full harmonies stirs the heart sympathetically with its every
movement. The recitative is first mainly applicable to the oratorio, either as
the declamed narration, or the more vivacious presentment of instantaneous
occurrence; or, secondly, we find it in dramatic song, in which case it can
appropriately express every shade of parenthetical statement, no less than
every sort of passion, it matters not whether the result be expressed in
abrupt, curtailed, or fragmentary variation, or with aphoristic violence, or in
a dialogue of rapid lightning flashes and counter flashes, or in a more
continuous stream. In both these provinces of epic or dramatic poetry, we
may add that instrumental music is a possible accompaniment. Its function
in either case is either quite simply to emphasize the pauses in the harmonic
progression, or to interrupt the course of melody with incidental music,
which, agreeably to the general import of the former, depicts in musical
language other aspects and movements of the situation.
(γγ) What, however, we find defective in this declamatory recitative is just
the qualities which are essentially characteristic of the pure melody; these
are the definite articulation and unification of its parts, the expression of
that spiritual homogeneity or unity of which we have spoken, that which, it
is true, is confined in a particular content, but at the same time asserts its
own sense of unity in that content, being enabled to do this through its
refusal to be distracted or broken up by its absorption in particular aspects
of it, or rather, instead of this, still retaining in them as predominant its ideal
coalescence. For this reason the art of music cannot rest satisfied, even
where we are dealing with the more sharply defined features of the libretto
proposed, with such recitative of declamation; nor in general can it remain
content with the unmediated difference between the pure melody, which, in
comparison with it and as above explained, floats over the particularity of
the words, and the recitative, whose task it is so far as possible to identify
itself with it. On the contrary we must look for some mode of mediation
between these extremes. We may compare with this new type of unity a
constituent which entered into our consideration of the distinction between
harmony and melody. This harmony was acknowledged as being not merely
the general, but to a like extent the essentially specific and particularized
recitative, is suitable for tranquil statement of situation, or facts, no less
than the presentment of the entire compass of the emotions, under which the
distraction of the soul in exceptional circumstances is depicted, and which
in its soul-full harmonies stirs the heart sympathetically with its every
movement. The recitative is first mainly applicable to the oratorio, either as
the declamed narration, or the more vivacious presentment of instantaneous
occurrence; or, secondly, we find it in dramatic song, in which case it can
appropriately express every shade of parenthetical statement, no less than
every sort of passion, it matters not whether the result be expressed in
abrupt, curtailed, or fragmentary variation, or with aphoristic violence, or in
a dialogue of rapid lightning flashes and counter flashes, or in a more
continuous stream. In both these provinces of epic or dramatic poetry, we
may add that instrumental music is a possible accompaniment. Its function
in either case is either quite simply to emphasize the pauses in the harmonic
progression, or to interrupt the course of melody with incidental music,
which, agreeably to the general import of the former, depicts in musical
language other aspects and movements of the situation.
(γγ) What, however, we find defective in this declamatory recitative is just
the qualities which are essentially characteristic of the pure melody; these
are the definite articulation and unification of its parts, the expression of
that spiritual homogeneity or unity of which we have spoken, that which, it
is true, is confined in a particular content, but at the same time asserts its
own sense of unity in that content, being enabled to do this through its
refusal to be distracted or broken up by its absorption in particular aspects
of it, or rather, instead of this, still retaining in them as predominant its ideal
coalescence. For this reason the art of music cannot rest satisfied, even
where we are dealing with the more sharply defined features of the libretto
proposed, with such recitative of declamation; nor in general can it remain
content with the unmediated difference between the pure melody, which, in
comparison with it and as above explained, floats over the particularity of
the words, and the recitative, whose task it is so far as possible to identify
itself with it. On the contrary we must look for some mode of mediation
between these extremes. We may compare with this new type of unity a
constituent which entered into our consideration of the distinction between
harmony and melody. This harmony was acknowledged as being not merely
the general, but to a like extent the essentially specific and particularized
Page 382
foundation of melody; and far from the latter being thereby deprived of its
freedom of movement, we found that it only thus secured for the same a
power and definition comparable to that the human organism secures by
virtue of its consistent bone-structure, which only impedes inappropriate
postures and movements, while it adds stability and security to the right
ones.
This brings us to the final point of view of our discussion of music as an
accompaniment.
(γ) This third mode of expression consists in this that the melodic song,
which accompanies words, is also involved in their particularized
substance, and thereby is not permitted to remain wholly indifferent to the
principle of most force in recitative; rather it appropriates this with the
result that while it repairs its own defects in clear definition, it confers on
the characteristic recitative an organic articulation and a unified self-
consistency. For, as already observed, even that which is throughout melody
is impossible without a certain defined content. When, therefore, I mainly
emphasized the fact that in all and every mode of it the tranquil self-
reflection of the soul's own essential substance and ideal unity is the mode
of expression peculiarly that of simple melody, inasmuch as, musically
considered, it presents a similar unity and a similarly complete return upon
itself, I did so because I then had in view this aspect as the distinctive point
of contrast between the pure melody and the recitative. It is, however,
further incumbent on the melodic phrase to bring it about that its mode
come into actual possession of that which in the first instance appears
necessarily to have its movement outside it, and by means of this
replenishment, in so far as it then is equally of a declamatory or a melodic
character, for the first time attain to a truly concrete expression. It follows
also from the converse point of view that the declamatory part of it is no
longer independently aloof from it, but finds its own one-sidedness
supplemented in like manner by the accretion of melodic expression. This is
what constitutes the necessary condition of such concrete unity. In order to
examine this more closely we had better keep distinct the following points
of view.
First, it will be as well to glance at the kind of libretto, or text, which is
adapted to musical composition, and for this reason that it has been now
freedom of movement, we found that it only thus secured for the same a
power and definition comparable to that the human organism secures by
virtue of its consistent bone-structure, which only impedes inappropriate
postures and movements, while it adds stability and security to the right
ones.
This brings us to the final point of view of our discussion of music as an
accompaniment.
(γ) This third mode of expression consists in this that the melodic song,
which accompanies words, is also involved in their particularized
substance, and thereby is not permitted to remain wholly indifferent to the
principle of most force in recitative; rather it appropriates this with the
result that while it repairs its own defects in clear definition, it confers on
the characteristic recitative an organic articulation and a unified self-
consistency. For, as already observed, even that which is throughout melody
is impossible without a certain defined content. When, therefore, I mainly
emphasized the fact that in all and every mode of it the tranquil self-
reflection of the soul's own essential substance and ideal unity is the mode
of expression peculiarly that of simple melody, inasmuch as, musically
considered, it presents a similar unity and a similarly complete return upon
itself, I did so because I then had in view this aspect as the distinctive point
of contrast between the pure melody and the recitative. It is, however,
further incumbent on the melodic phrase to bring it about that its mode
come into actual possession of that which in the first instance appears
necessarily to have its movement outside it, and by means of this
replenishment, in so far as it then is equally of a declamatory or a melodic
character, for the first time attain to a truly concrete expression. It follows
also from the converse point of view that the declamatory part of it is no
longer independently aloof from it, but finds its own one-sidedness
supplemented in like manner by the accretion of melodic expression. This is
what constitutes the necessary condition of such concrete unity. In order to
examine this more closely we had better keep distinct the following points
of view.
First, it will be as well to glance at the kind of libretto, or text, which is
adapted to musical composition, and for this reason that it has been now
Page 383
proved that clear definition in the content of words adapted to music and its
expression is of essential importance.
Secondly, we have now introduced as a fresh constituent of composition
declamatory characterization; it will therefore be necessary to consider this
in its relation to the principle, which we, in the first instance, identified as
that of melody.
Thirdly, we must endeavour to specify the more prominent modes under
which we may review this type of musical expression.
(αα) Music[466] is not merely in a general way an accompaniment of the
content of a work in a sphere which already engages our attention, but it is
part of its function, as already observed, to define still further the
characterization of such a work. It is consequently an injurious assumption
that the construction of the libretto is a matter of indifference to the musical
composition. We find, on the contrary, that really distinguished musical
compositions presuppose an excellent libretto, carefully selected by the
composers or actually written by them. It is impossible that an artist should
treat with indifference the material with which he is dealing and a musician
least of all, precisely in the degree that poetry has already worked out and
settled for him the epic, lyrical, or dramatic configuration of the content in
question.
What is of first importance in the construction of a good text is this that its
content should be stamped by essential self-consistency.[467] It is impossible
that music should conjure forth an artistic product of real strength and
penetration from what is commonplace, trivial, barren, or absurd. With all
the spices and seasonings in the world your musical chef will never make a
hare pie out of a roasted cat. In the case of song compositions no doubt the
nature of the words is less decisive, yet even here we require words with a
really genuine content. From a further point of view, however, it is equally
necessary that such a content should not tax our reflection too much, or
aspire to philosophical profundity, as is rather the case with the lyrics of
Schiller. In such an example the extraordinary range of pathos exceeds the
musical expression of lyrical emotion. The same thing may be said of the
choruses of Aeschylus and Sophocles. The penetrative power here displayed
in imaginative conception is so exceptional, they are so elaborate in their
detail whether regarded in their scenic or ideal presentment, they are
expression is of essential importance.
Secondly, we have now introduced as a fresh constituent of composition
declamatory characterization; it will therefore be necessary to consider this
in its relation to the principle, which we, in the first instance, identified as
that of melody.
Thirdly, we must endeavour to specify the more prominent modes under
which we may review this type of musical expression.
(αα) Music[466] is not merely in a general way an accompaniment of the
content of a work in a sphere which already engages our attention, but it is
part of its function, as already observed, to define still further the
characterization of such a work. It is consequently an injurious assumption
that the construction of the libretto is a matter of indifference to the musical
composition. We find, on the contrary, that really distinguished musical
compositions presuppose an excellent libretto, carefully selected by the
composers or actually written by them. It is impossible that an artist should
treat with indifference the material with which he is dealing and a musician
least of all, precisely in the degree that poetry has already worked out and
settled for him the epic, lyrical, or dramatic configuration of the content in
question.
What is of first importance in the construction of a good text is this that its
content should be stamped by essential self-consistency.[467] It is impossible
that music should conjure forth an artistic product of real strength and
penetration from what is commonplace, trivial, barren, or absurd. With all
the spices and seasonings in the world your musical chef will never make a
hare pie out of a roasted cat. In the case of song compositions no doubt the
nature of the words is less decisive, yet even here we require words with a
really genuine content. From a further point of view, however, it is equally
necessary that such a content should not tax our reflection too much, or
aspire to philosophical profundity, as is rather the case with the lyrics of
Schiller. In such an example the extraordinary range of pathos exceeds the
musical expression of lyrical emotion. The same thing may be said of the
choruses of Aeschylus and Sophocles. The penetrative power here displayed
in imaginative conception is so exceptional, they are so elaborate in their
detail whether regarded in their scenic or ideal presentment, they are
Page 384
already so absolutely complete as poetry that we have nothing left for music
to add to them[468]. We have literally no room left us for any further play or
exposition of ideal significance or movement beyond that already
presented. The more modern material and mode of treatment we find in the
so-called romantic poetry are in their type the strongest contrast to these.
Their pretension, as a rule, is that of being naive and popular; but we only
too frequently find a naïveté which is finical, artificial, and stilted. Instead
of pure and genuine emotions we get a simplicitas that is nothing but
feeling worked upon and acting under the constraint of reflection; a false
kind of yearning and affectation, which is far too complaisant with dulness,
stupidity, and vulgarity, and is equally blind to the defects of passions, envy,
licence, and even devilish wickedness wholly without ideal content; which
is, moreover, as self-satisfied with its assumed excellence in the one case as
it is with the dissolution and baseness of the other. Emotion that is
spontaneous, simple, thorough, penetrative, is here entirely absent, and
music, in any attempt to reproduce it, can suffer no greater injury. We may
therefore accept the fact that neither mere depth of thought, nor the vanity
or worthlessness of mere emotion can give us a satisfactory content. On the
contrary what is most adapted for music is a certain intermediate type of
poetry, which we Germans are loth even to admit as poetry, and the true
feeling and talent for which is more largely possessed by Italians and
Frenchmen. It is a poetry of a genuine lyrical quality, extremely simple,
which indicates situations and emotions in a few words. Where it is more
dramatic it remains luminous and vital without too involved a development;
detail is not so much elaborated, but it is rather, as a rule, concerned to
supply general effects, than the completely articulate results of a poet's
activity. We find here that the composer receives, in accordance with his
demand, merely the general foundation, upon which he can, in
subordination to his own invention, and his own threshing out of motives of
every kind, erect his building, treating many aspects of the subject as part of
his own life and movement. For inasmuch as music has to adapt itself to
words, these words should not particularize the picture too closely; if they
do the musical declamation becomes absorbed in trifles, lacking in a
common impulse, too contracted in the direction of particular features, and
the unity and general effect is impaired. In this direction people are only too
frequently at fault when expressing an opinion upon the excellence or
insufficiency of a libretto. It is one of the most common verdicts, for
to add to them[468]. We have literally no room left us for any further play or
exposition of ideal significance or movement beyond that already
presented. The more modern material and mode of treatment we find in the
so-called romantic poetry are in their type the strongest contrast to these.
Their pretension, as a rule, is that of being naive and popular; but we only
too frequently find a naïveté which is finical, artificial, and stilted. Instead
of pure and genuine emotions we get a simplicitas that is nothing but
feeling worked upon and acting under the constraint of reflection; a false
kind of yearning and affectation, which is far too complaisant with dulness,
stupidity, and vulgarity, and is equally blind to the defects of passions, envy,
licence, and even devilish wickedness wholly without ideal content; which
is, moreover, as self-satisfied with its assumed excellence in the one case as
it is with the dissolution and baseness of the other. Emotion that is
spontaneous, simple, thorough, penetrative, is here entirely absent, and
music, in any attempt to reproduce it, can suffer no greater injury. We may
therefore accept the fact that neither mere depth of thought, nor the vanity
or worthlessness of mere emotion can give us a satisfactory content. On the
contrary what is most adapted for music is a certain intermediate type of
poetry, which we Germans are loth even to admit as poetry, and the true
feeling and talent for which is more largely possessed by Italians and
Frenchmen. It is a poetry of a genuine lyrical quality, extremely simple,
which indicates situations and emotions in a few words. Where it is more
dramatic it remains luminous and vital without too involved a development;
detail is not so much elaborated, but it is rather, as a rule, concerned to
supply general effects, than the completely articulate results of a poet's
activity. We find here that the composer receives, in accordance with his
demand, merely the general foundation, upon which he can, in
subordination to his own invention, and his own threshing out of motives of
every kind, erect his building, treating many aspects of the subject as part of
his own life and movement. For inasmuch as music has to adapt itself to
words, these words should not particularize the picture too closely; if they
do the musical declamation becomes absorbed in trifles, lacking in a
common impulse, too contracted in the direction of particular features, and
the unity and general effect is impaired. In this direction people are only too
frequently at fault when expressing an opinion upon the excellence or
insufficiency of a libretto. It is one of the most common verdicts, for
Page 385
example, that the libretto of the Magic Flute is hopelessly bad, though this
piece of manufacture is nevertheless among the best of opera librettos.
Among the many wildly fantastic and commonplace productions of his pen
Schickaneder has in this for once hit the right track. The empire of Night,
with its queen, the empire of the Sun, these mysteries, these initiations, this
Wisdom, Love, these ordeals, and with it all this typically world-wise ethic,
excellent in the breadth of its applicability—all this when combined with
the depth, the bewitching loveliness and soul of the music expands and
floods our imagination, and warms the heart.
To mention further examples, the old Latin texts of great masses and other
services are unrivalled for religious music. This is in part due to the fact that
they set before us in the greatest simplicity and brevity the most general
content of religious faith, in part also to this that they present in the same
spirit the varied stages of emotion that accompany the substance of this in
the consciousness of the community of the faithful, and by doing both offer
the musician a wide field for his own particular development. The great
Requiem and many selections from the Psalms are equally serviceable. In a
similar way Handel welded his texts, partly from religious dogmas
themselves, but, above all, from scriptural passages and situations of
symbolical import, into a completely consistent whole.
In the field of lyrical poetry the more suitable for this purpose are the
emotional and shorter poems, in particular the simple ones, in content no
less than speech, steeped in emotion, which penetrate into one prevailing
mood or affection, or those too of lighter and more gay character. There is
hardly a nation that does not possess such. In the sphere of drama I will
only mention Metastasio, and with him Marmontel the Frenchman, who,
himself richly emotional, cultured, and lovable, instructed Piccini in French,
and knew so wisely how to combine in the drama grace and vivacity with
the skill and interest of the action and development. But before all else we
shall do well to emphasize the libretti of the famous operas of Glück.
Without exception we shall find their motives simple. The content they
offer to the emotions is in a sphere the most sterling of all, depicting as they
do the love of mother, wife, sister, friendship, honour, and so forth, and
permitting these simple motives and the form of their essential collisions to
unfold in an atmosphere of tranquillity. And for this reason the passion they
disclose is throughout pure, great, noble, and of plastic simplicity.
piece of manufacture is nevertheless among the best of opera librettos.
Among the many wildly fantastic and commonplace productions of his pen
Schickaneder has in this for once hit the right track. The empire of Night,
with its queen, the empire of the Sun, these mysteries, these initiations, this
Wisdom, Love, these ordeals, and with it all this typically world-wise ethic,
excellent in the breadth of its applicability—all this when combined with
the depth, the bewitching loveliness and soul of the music expands and
floods our imagination, and warms the heart.
To mention further examples, the old Latin texts of great masses and other
services are unrivalled for religious music. This is in part due to the fact that
they set before us in the greatest simplicity and brevity the most general
content of religious faith, in part also to this that they present in the same
spirit the varied stages of emotion that accompany the substance of this in
the consciousness of the community of the faithful, and by doing both offer
the musician a wide field for his own particular development. The great
Requiem and many selections from the Psalms are equally serviceable. In a
similar way Handel welded his texts, partly from religious dogmas
themselves, but, above all, from scriptural passages and situations of
symbolical import, into a completely consistent whole.
In the field of lyrical poetry the more suitable for this purpose are the
emotional and shorter poems, in particular the simple ones, in content no
less than speech, steeped in emotion, which penetrate into one prevailing
mood or affection, or those too of lighter and more gay character. There is
hardly a nation that does not possess such. In the sphere of drama I will
only mention Metastasio, and with him Marmontel the Frenchman, who,
himself richly emotional, cultured, and lovable, instructed Piccini in French,
and knew so wisely how to combine in the drama grace and vivacity with
the skill and interest of the action and development. But before all else we
shall do well to emphasize the libretti of the famous operas of Glück.
Without exception we shall find their motives simple. The content they
offer to the emotions is in a sphere the most sterling of all, depicting as they
do the love of mother, wife, sister, friendship, honour, and so forth, and
permitting these simple motives and the form of their essential collisions to
unfold in an atmosphere of tranquillity. And for this reason the passion they
disclose is throughout pure, great, noble, and of plastic simplicity.
Page 386
(ββ) It is, then, the function of music, by the characterization of its
expression no less than its wealth of pure melody, fittingly to reproduce a
content of the above nature. And that we may obtain such a result it is not
merely necessary that the text contain in itself earnestness of heart, the
comic and tragic greatness of human passion, the depth of religious idea
and emotion, the powers and fatalities that the human breast discloses, the
composer also on his part must be absorbed wholly in the composition, and
must have lived in and through it heart and soul.
What is equally important is the relation under which what is characteristic
and melodious in such music is on either hand associated. The main point
appears to be, that as between them it is the melodic expression which
without exception, as the factor of synthetic unity, which gains the day,
rather than that which tends to distract and break up the whole into
particular characterization. To take an example of the latter case from
modern dramatic music, the effect often sought for here is one of powerful
contrasts, and this is brought about by forcing into one continuous stream of
music, under the conditions of conflict permitted to the art, contrasted
passions. We have, it may be, expressed for us jollity, marriage, and festive
associations, intermingled with which we may have hate, revenge, hostility,
so that for result we are presented a fine uproar in which joviality, delight,
dance-music, passionate scolding, and the very extremes of distraction are
all involved. But contrasts of interrupted life such as these are, and which
tumble us from one side to another, without any principle of union, are
opposed to harmonious beauty precisely in the degree that the point of
opposition in such characterization is acutely emphasized, and any return of
the melody to a real self-repose and self-enjoyment is out of the question.
And in general the union of the melodic and characteristic features of such
music readily incurs the risk of overstepping the finely drawn boundaries of
musical beauty, more especially when the intention is to express force,
selfishness, evil, impetuosity, and other extremes of exclusive passion of a
similar nature. The moment that music is involved in its abstract task of
such characteristic limitation it can hardly avoid making for chaos,
becoming, that is to say, more acute, unpliable, and, in fact, thoroughly
unmelodious and unmusical, to the extent even of sheer misuse of discord.
A similar result will be found if we look at the different features of
characterization generally. I mean that if these are strongly emphasized in
expression no less than its wealth of pure melody, fittingly to reproduce a
content of the above nature. And that we may obtain such a result it is not
merely necessary that the text contain in itself earnestness of heart, the
comic and tragic greatness of human passion, the depth of religious idea
and emotion, the powers and fatalities that the human breast discloses, the
composer also on his part must be absorbed wholly in the composition, and
must have lived in and through it heart and soul.
What is equally important is the relation under which what is characteristic
and melodious in such music is on either hand associated. The main point
appears to be, that as between them it is the melodic expression which
without exception, as the factor of synthetic unity, which gains the day,
rather than that which tends to distract and break up the whole into
particular characterization. To take an example of the latter case from
modern dramatic music, the effect often sought for here is one of powerful
contrasts, and this is brought about by forcing into one continuous stream of
music, under the conditions of conflict permitted to the art, contrasted
passions. We have, it may be, expressed for us jollity, marriage, and festive
associations, intermingled with which we may have hate, revenge, hostility,
so that for result we are presented a fine uproar in which joviality, delight,
dance-music, passionate scolding, and the very extremes of distraction are
all involved. But contrasts of interrupted life such as these are, and which
tumble us from one side to another, without any principle of union, are
opposed to harmonious beauty precisely in the degree that the point of
opposition in such characterization is acutely emphasized, and any return of
the melody to a real self-repose and self-enjoyment is out of the question.
And in general the union of the melodic and characteristic features of such
music readily incurs the risk of overstepping the finely drawn boundaries of
musical beauty, more especially when the intention is to express force,
selfishness, evil, impetuosity, and other extremes of exclusive passion of a
similar nature. The moment that music is involved in its abstract task of
such characteristic limitation it can hardly avoid making for chaos,
becoming, that is to say, more acute, unpliable, and, in fact, thoroughly
unmelodious and unmusical, to the extent even of sheer misuse of discord.
A similar result will be found if we look at the different features of
characterization generally. I mean that if these are strongly emphasized in
Page 387
their independent form the connection between themselves and other traits
is readily weakened and their self-subsistency in repose is at once evident:
but in musical exposition our difficulty is, we have an essential movement
throughout, and it is in this progression that we are forced to look for the
relation of stability; this being so the isolation of effect cannot fail to act
injuriously on the flow and unity of the music.
Genuine beauty in music consists, under the aspect now being discussed, in
this, that while there is no doubt a movement towards characterization out
of that which is simply melodic, yet within the sphere of this more defined
articulation[469], the melodic aspect is still maintained as the sustaining soul
and unity, much as we find in what is most characteristic in the paintings of
Raphael the fundamental tone of beauty is throughout conserved. Melody is
then not without definite significance, but in all such definition betrays a
coalescing and suffusing principle of life, and more characteristic detail
presents itself merely as the emphasized prominence of certain aspects,
which are none the less always and essentially fused again in this medium
of unity and animation. To hit off the just mean in this respect is, however, a
more difficult task for music than the other arts, for the reason that music
surrenders itself more readily to such antagonistic modes of expression. For
this reason criticism over musical composition is almost always divided
into two camps. The one attaches most importance to the melodic structure,
the other prefers further advance in characterization. Handel, for example,
who frequently in his operas insisted on having certain lyrical episodes
emphasized acutely, had to face many a tussle on this head with Italian
singers, and was finally compelled, when the public ranged itself on the
side of the Italians, to confine himself wholly to the composition of
oratorios, in which field his genius pre-eminently asserted itself. In the time
of Glück also the long and vehement controversy between the supporters of
Glück and Piccini is famous. Rousseau also in his turn insisted on the
superiority of the more melodious Italian music as compared with the
deficiency in this respect of the earlier French composers. We have in our
own days the same old controversy waged for or against Rossini and the
more modern Italian school. The opponents of the former condemn his
music as if it were so much empty ear-tickling; if we, however, assimilate
his melodies more generously we shall find that there is much in this music
of real feeling and genius; it is not without a real message to our faculties,
although it does not make any claim to the characteristic effects, which are
is readily weakened and their self-subsistency in repose is at once evident:
but in musical exposition our difficulty is, we have an essential movement
throughout, and it is in this progression that we are forced to look for the
relation of stability; this being so the isolation of effect cannot fail to act
injuriously on the flow and unity of the music.
Genuine beauty in music consists, under the aspect now being discussed, in
this, that while there is no doubt a movement towards characterization out
of that which is simply melodic, yet within the sphere of this more defined
articulation[469], the melodic aspect is still maintained as the sustaining soul
and unity, much as we find in what is most characteristic in the paintings of
Raphael the fundamental tone of beauty is throughout conserved. Melody is
then not without definite significance, but in all such definition betrays a
coalescing and suffusing principle of life, and more characteristic detail
presents itself merely as the emphasized prominence of certain aspects,
which are none the less always and essentially fused again in this medium
of unity and animation. To hit off the just mean in this respect is, however, a
more difficult task for music than the other arts, for the reason that music
surrenders itself more readily to such antagonistic modes of expression. For
this reason criticism over musical composition is almost always divided
into two camps. The one attaches most importance to the melodic structure,
the other prefers further advance in characterization. Handel, for example,
who frequently in his operas insisted on having certain lyrical episodes
emphasized acutely, had to face many a tussle on this head with Italian
singers, and was finally compelled, when the public ranged itself on the
side of the Italians, to confine himself wholly to the composition of
oratorios, in which field his genius pre-eminently asserted itself. In the time
of Glück also the long and vehement controversy between the supporters of
Glück and Piccini is famous. Rousseau also in his turn insisted on the
superiority of the more melodious Italian music as compared with the
deficiency in this respect of the earlier French composers. We have in our
own days the same old controversy waged for or against Rossini and the
more modern Italian school. The opponents of the former condemn his
music as if it were so much empty ear-tickling; if we, however, assimilate
his melodies more generously we shall find that there is much in this music
of real feeling and genius; it is not without a real message to our faculties,
although it does not make any claim to the characteristic effects, which are
Page 388
more especially dear to our severe German musical sense. And indeed it
must be admitted that only too often Rossini says good-bye to his libretto,
and gives free vent to his melodies, precisely as his mood dictates, so that
we have nothing left us but the alternative either to stick to the subject-
matter and grumble over the music that is indifferent to it, or abandon the
former and take our hearty delight in the inspired irrelevances of the
composer and the soul which they reveal[470].
must be admitted that only too often Rossini says good-bye to his libretto,
and gives free vent to his melodies, precisely as his mood dictates, so that
we have nothing left us but the alternative either to stick to the subject-
matter and grumble over the music that is indifferent to it, or abandon the
former and take our hearty delight in the inspired irrelevances of the
composer and the soul which they reveal[470].
Page 389
(γγ) I will now in conclusion briefly summarize the most notable forms of
music regarded as accompaniment.
First, in the order of our classification we may mention ecclesiastical
music. Music of this type, in so far as it is not concerned with the personal
emotion of individuals, but with the substantive content of emotion in its
widest compass, or shall we say the universal emotion of the community
viewed collectively, is in a large measure throughout of epical consistency,
even though it instructs us in no events in so many words. How an artistic
conception is able to be epical in significance, though we have in it no
narrative of event, we shall endeavour to explain at a later stage when we
come to deal more closely with epic poetry. This fundamentally religious
music is among the profoundest and most impressive creations that Art can
bring into being in any sphere whatever. Its true position, in so far, that is,
as it is associated with the sacerdotal petition for the community, we find in
the cult of Roman Catholicism, conjoint with the Mass, and more generally
as a means of musical devotion attendant to the most varied ecclesiastical
functions and festivals. Protestants can also boast of musicians of the
profoundest gifts not merely as religious men, but also in the sterling
character and opulence of their imaginative resource or executive ability.
Sebastian Bach here stands before us as the master of masters. For the first
time in our own day we have been taught to appreciate at something like its
value the great genius of this man, his truly protestant, robust temper, and
withal his profound erudition. Of first importance we may observe in this
connection, and in contrast to the direction followed by the music of
Catholicism, the emergence in complete form of the oratorio, in the first
instance out of the Passion music. Nowadays, of course, music for
Protestantism is no longer so closely associated with the cult of religion, nor
so essentially a part of its services; and indeed it is often more a matter of
exercise in musical scholarship than a really vital creation.
Second in order we have lyrical music, which expresses in melody isolated
moods, and for the most part should be disjoined from the wholly
characteristic or declamatory mode, although it may rightly undertake to
combine with its expression the specific content of the words illustrated,
whether their import be religious or otherwise.
music regarded as accompaniment.
First, in the order of our classification we may mention ecclesiastical
music. Music of this type, in so far as it is not concerned with the personal
emotion of individuals, but with the substantive content of emotion in its
widest compass, or shall we say the universal emotion of the community
viewed collectively, is in a large measure throughout of epical consistency,
even though it instructs us in no events in so many words. How an artistic
conception is able to be epical in significance, though we have in it no
narrative of event, we shall endeavour to explain at a later stage when we
come to deal more closely with epic poetry. This fundamentally religious
music is among the profoundest and most impressive creations that Art can
bring into being in any sphere whatever. Its true position, in so far, that is,
as it is associated with the sacerdotal petition for the community, we find in
the cult of Roman Catholicism, conjoint with the Mass, and more generally
as a means of musical devotion attendant to the most varied ecclesiastical
functions and festivals. Protestants can also boast of musicians of the
profoundest gifts not merely as religious men, but also in the sterling
character and opulence of their imaginative resource or executive ability.
Sebastian Bach here stands before us as the master of masters. For the first
time in our own day we have been taught to appreciate at something like its
value the great genius of this man, his truly protestant, robust temper, and
withal his profound erudition. Of first importance we may observe in this
connection, and in contrast to the direction followed by the music of
Catholicism, the emergence in complete form of the oratorio, in the first
instance out of the Passion music. Nowadays, of course, music for
Protestantism is no longer so closely associated with the cult of religion, nor
so essentially a part of its services; and indeed it is often more a matter of
exercise in musical scholarship than a really vital creation.
Second in order we have lyrical music, which expresses in melody isolated
moods, and for the most part should be disjoined from the wholly
characteristic or declamatory mode, although it may rightly undertake to
combine with its expression the specific content of the words illustrated,
whether their import be religious or otherwise.
Page 390
Tempestuous passions, however, which neither issue in repose or finality,
the unresolved division of the heart, emotional distraction destitute of all
relief, such experiences are more suitably reproduced as an integral part of
dramatic music; they are out of place in the harmonious consistency of the
lyrical mode.
This dramatic form is then our third and final division. The tragedy of the
ancients was associated with music; but this aspect was not emphasized,
and for this reason that in truly poetical works precedence must necessarily
be given to human speech and the poet's own exposition of ideas and
emotion; the only way music could in these times assist—which in its
harmonic and melodic expression had not as yet reached that of a
subsequent Christian era—was mainly from the rhythmical point of view by
heightening with increased animation the musical sound of the poetical
language, and thereby bringing the same more home to the heart.
Dramatic music, however, receives a really independent position when once
the form of church music is essentially complete, and in lyrical expression
some degree of perfection has been attained. We find this in our modern
operas and operettas. It must be admitted that from the point of view of
song the operetta is a halfway house of less importance, one which mixes
together with no vital connection speech and song, what is musical and
unmusical, the language of prose and that of melody. It is a common
objection no doubt that song in the drama is without exception unnatural.
Such an objection cannot be pressed, and would be far less open to
argument as against the opera, in which from the first line to the last every
idea, emotion, passion, and resolve is accompanied by and expressed in
song. On the contrary, it is rather the operetta which still requires
justification in so far as it introduces music in which we have a more
animated presentment of the emotions and passions, or the latter are
adapted for such presentment, while in the juxtaposition of a confused
melody of prosaic dialogue with these artistically treated interludes of song
we have what is a perpetual embarrassment. In other words, the
emancipation of art is incomplete. In genuine opera, however, in which the
action throughout receives its musical analogue, we are once and for all
transported into an ideal world of art, the atmosphere of which is
throughout the work maintained in so far as the music accepts for its
fundamental content the ideal aspects of emotional stress, the particular
the unresolved division of the heart, emotional distraction destitute of all
relief, such experiences are more suitably reproduced as an integral part of
dramatic music; they are out of place in the harmonious consistency of the
lyrical mode.
This dramatic form is then our third and final division. The tragedy of the
ancients was associated with music; but this aspect was not emphasized,
and for this reason that in truly poetical works precedence must necessarily
be given to human speech and the poet's own exposition of ideas and
emotion; the only way music could in these times assist—which in its
harmonic and melodic expression had not as yet reached that of a
subsequent Christian era—was mainly from the rhythmical point of view by
heightening with increased animation the musical sound of the poetical
language, and thereby bringing the same more home to the heart.
Dramatic music, however, receives a really independent position when once
the form of church music is essentially complete, and in lyrical expression
some degree of perfection has been attained. We find this in our modern
operas and operettas. It must be admitted that from the point of view of
song the operetta is a halfway house of less importance, one which mixes
together with no vital connection speech and song, what is musical and
unmusical, the language of prose and that of melody. It is a common
objection no doubt that song in the drama is without exception unnatural.
Such an objection cannot be pressed, and would be far less open to
argument as against the opera, in which from the first line to the last every
idea, emotion, passion, and resolve is accompanied by and expressed in
song. On the contrary, it is rather the operetta which still requires
justification in so far as it introduces music in which we have a more
animated presentment of the emotions and passions, or the latter are
adapted for such presentment, while in the juxtaposition of a confused
melody of prosaic dialogue with these artistically treated interludes of song
we have what is a perpetual embarrassment. In other words, the
emancipation of art is incomplete. In genuine opera, however, in which the
action throughout receives its musical analogue, we are once and for all
transported into an ideal world of art, the atmosphere of which is
throughout the work maintained in so far as the music accepts for its
fundamental content the ideal aspects of emotional stress, the particular
Page 391
phases of such in specific situations, and the conflicts of passion, that it
may, by virtue of the more complete effects of its expression, add the final
emphasis they would otherwise have lost. Conversely in the vaudeville,
where airs already popular and well known are set to the more pointed and
arresting rhymes, singing is merely a self-imposed kind of irony. The fact
that there is singing at all is intended to be taken rather as parody or
amusement: here the main point is the meaning of the text and its fun, and
the singing has no sooner ceased than we laugh that it should ever have
commenced.
(b) Independent Music
We may compare melody, as an essentially self-contained and self-
supported whole, to plastic sculpture; in the more detailed characterization
of painting we shall find an analogous type to that of musical declamation.
And inasmuch as in the latter case we have an aggregate of specific
differentia unfolded such as the more simple movement of the human voice
is unable in all its variety to express, the more all these many aspects of life
enter into the movement of the music, to that extent instrumental music is a
necessary accompaniment. In addition to this, as a farther point of view,
whether in its relation to the music that accompanies a libretto, or the
characteristic expression of the words, we have to recognize in its freedom
a content of definite ideas, which is, as transmitted, wholly independent of
musical sound.
Now what constitutes the essential principle of music is the ideality of the
soul-life. But this innermost, or ideality of the concrete self is the subjective
state in its bare simplicity, that is, as defined by no assured content, and for
this reason not forced into motion either one way or another, but reposing
on its unity in unfettered freedom. And if this subjective principle is to
come entirely to its own in music also it must rid itself of a traditional text,
and in all purity, out of its own resources, master its content, the movement
and the kind of expression, the unity and development of its creation, the
carrying out of a main conception, no less than all episodical or incidental
matter; and in doing this, for the reason that the significance of the whole is
not expressed in language, it must restrict its means to those exclusively of
musical value. And this is what does take place in the sphere I have already
described as independent music. Music, as an accompaniment, possesses
that which it undertakes to express outside its own domain; to this extent it
may, by virtue of the more complete effects of its expression, add the final
emphasis they would otherwise have lost. Conversely in the vaudeville,
where airs already popular and well known are set to the more pointed and
arresting rhymes, singing is merely a self-imposed kind of irony. The fact
that there is singing at all is intended to be taken rather as parody or
amusement: here the main point is the meaning of the text and its fun, and
the singing has no sooner ceased than we laugh that it should ever have
commenced.
(b) Independent Music
We may compare melody, as an essentially self-contained and self-
supported whole, to plastic sculpture; in the more detailed characterization
of painting we shall find an analogous type to that of musical declamation.
And inasmuch as in the latter case we have an aggregate of specific
differentia unfolded such as the more simple movement of the human voice
is unable in all its variety to express, the more all these many aspects of life
enter into the movement of the music, to that extent instrumental music is a
necessary accompaniment. In addition to this, as a farther point of view,
whether in its relation to the music that accompanies a libretto, or the
characteristic expression of the words, we have to recognize in its freedom
a content of definite ideas, which is, as transmitted, wholly independent of
musical sound.
Now what constitutes the essential principle of music is the ideality of the
soul-life. But this innermost, or ideality of the concrete self is the subjective
state in its bare simplicity, that is, as defined by no assured content, and for
this reason not forced into motion either one way or another, but reposing
on its unity in unfettered freedom. And if this subjective principle is to
come entirely to its own in music also it must rid itself of a traditional text,
and in all purity, out of its own resources, master its content, the movement
and the kind of expression, the unity and development of its creation, the
carrying out of a main conception, no less than all episodical or incidental
matter; and in doing this, for the reason that the significance of the whole is
not expressed in language, it must restrict its means to those exclusively of
musical value. And this is what does take place in the sphere I have already
described as independent music. Music, as an accompaniment, possesses
that which it undertakes to express outside its own domain; to this extent it
Page 392
is associated in its expression with that which does not belong to it as
music, but to an alien art, poetry. If music is to be nothing but music simply,
it must disengage itself from this factor, which it has only borrowed
elsewhere, detach itself absolutely from the definite substance of language.
Thus alone it becomes entirely free. And this is the point we have now to
examine more closely.
We have already noticed the beginnings of such an emancipation within the
limits of music as an accompaniment. For though it is true that in part here
music was compelled by the force of poetical language to be subservient,
yet also in part it either moved in benign repose over the more limited
characterization of the words or removed itself entirely from the
significance of ideas therein expressed, to expatiate of its free will in the
musical language of joy or sorrow. The same result is apparent in its effect
on an audience, the public as we say, and more especially in its attitude to
the music of drama. In other words, an opera has many constituents. We
have the local condition, landscape and the rest, or the movement of the
action, or incidental episodes and pageants. From another point of view we
are confronted with human passions and their expression. In short, there is a
twofold content—namely, the external action and the soul-emotion that
corresponds. If we take the action simply we shall find that, though it is that
in which all the parts cohere, yet regarded merely in its movement forward
it is less adapted to musical expression and mainly elaborated in recitative.
With a content of this nature an audience is not so arrested; its attention is
particularly liable to wander off from the dialogue of recitation, and to fix
itself upon the portion of the work that is really musical and melodious. We
have an exceptional illustration of this—I have already adverted to the fact
—in our modern Italian opera, which is from the first made to fall in with
the custom of the audience to engage in conversation, or other ways of
enjoying itself, during the chatter or trivialities of the musical dialogue, and
which only returns to that part of the music which is truly music, with the
full measure of sympathetic attention, enjoyment, and delight. In this case
we find, then, that composer, no less than audience, barely fall short of
bidding good-bye to the libretto's substance altogether, and of treating
music for the purposes of enjoyment as an absolutely independent art.
(α) The true province of such independence is, however, not the
accompaniment of vocal music undeniably conditioned by a text, but
music, but to an alien art, poetry. If music is to be nothing but music simply,
it must disengage itself from this factor, which it has only borrowed
elsewhere, detach itself absolutely from the definite substance of language.
Thus alone it becomes entirely free. And this is the point we have now to
examine more closely.
We have already noticed the beginnings of such an emancipation within the
limits of music as an accompaniment. For though it is true that in part here
music was compelled by the force of poetical language to be subservient,
yet also in part it either moved in benign repose over the more limited
characterization of the words or removed itself entirely from the
significance of ideas therein expressed, to expatiate of its free will in the
musical language of joy or sorrow. The same result is apparent in its effect
on an audience, the public as we say, and more especially in its attitude to
the music of drama. In other words, an opera has many constituents. We
have the local condition, landscape and the rest, or the movement of the
action, or incidental episodes and pageants. From another point of view we
are confronted with human passions and their expression. In short, there is a
twofold content—namely, the external action and the soul-emotion that
corresponds. If we take the action simply we shall find that, though it is that
in which all the parts cohere, yet regarded merely in its movement forward
it is less adapted to musical expression and mainly elaborated in recitative.
With a content of this nature an audience is not so arrested; its attention is
particularly liable to wander off from the dialogue of recitation, and to fix
itself upon the portion of the work that is really musical and melodious. We
have an exceptional illustration of this—I have already adverted to the fact
—in our modern Italian opera, which is from the first made to fall in with
the custom of the audience to engage in conversation, or other ways of
enjoying itself, during the chatter or trivialities of the musical dialogue, and
which only returns to that part of the music which is truly music, with the
full measure of sympathetic attention, enjoyment, and delight. In this case
we find, then, that composer, no less than audience, barely fall short of
bidding good-bye to the libretto's substance altogether, and of treating
music for the purposes of enjoyment as an absolutely independent art.
(α) The true province of such independence is, however, not the
accompaniment of vocal music undeniably conditioned by a text, but
Page 393
instrumental music simply. As already observed, the human voice is the
appropriate musical expression of man's inner life in its entirety, a life also
expressed in ideas and words, which therefore discovers in its own voice
and song its distinctive organ, so often as it seeks to express and recover
this inner world of its ideas permeated throughout with the concentrated
intensity of emotion. In the case of instruments taken by themselves,
however, this basis of an associated text of words disappears; here we find
an opening for the empire of a music that is confined strictly to its own
unassisted powers.
(β) Such a music of particular instruments presented us in quartets, quintets,
sextets, symphonies and the like, without text or vocal music, remains
unrelated to any movement of ideas independently asserted, and is for this
very reason compelled to have recourse to emotions of a more indefinite
character, emotions which in such music can only be expressed in general
terms. The aspect of importance here, in short, is the varied motion of the
music simply, the ups and downs of the harmony or melody, the stream of
sound through its degrees of opposition, preponderance, emphasis,
acuteness or vivacity, the elaboration of a melodic phrase in every respect
that is suitable to the means of musical art, the musician-like fusion of all
the instruments as one ensemble of tone, or in their succession, alternation,
and emphatic display of themselves and each other. It is in this sphere pre-
eminently that the distinction between the ordinary person and the expert of
music asserts itself. The ordinary man likes best in music an expression of
emotion and ideas that is at once intelligible, that whereof the content is
obvious; his predilection is consequently for music under the mode of an
accompaniment. The connoisseur, on the contrary, who is able to follow the
relation of musical sounds and instruments as composition, enjoys the
artistic result of harmonious modulation, and its interwoven melodies and
transitions on its own merits. He is entirely absorbed by this alone, and is
interested in comparing the detail to which he listens with the rules and
principles he is fully able to apply to it, in order thus to follow the
performance with judgment and delight, although even in his case it
frequently happens that our modern type of virtuosity, with variations in
tempo or other nuances for which our connoisseur is unprepared, will
perplex him not a little. A complete satisfaction of this kind comes rarely to
the mere amateur. He is seized with the vain desire to master this apparently
phantomnal process of music, to discover arresting points for his attention
appropriate musical expression of man's inner life in its entirety, a life also
expressed in ideas and words, which therefore discovers in its own voice
and song its distinctive organ, so often as it seeks to express and recover
this inner world of its ideas permeated throughout with the concentrated
intensity of emotion. In the case of instruments taken by themselves,
however, this basis of an associated text of words disappears; here we find
an opening for the empire of a music that is confined strictly to its own
unassisted powers.
(β) Such a music of particular instruments presented us in quartets, quintets,
sextets, symphonies and the like, without text or vocal music, remains
unrelated to any movement of ideas independently asserted, and is for this
very reason compelled to have recourse to emotions of a more indefinite
character, emotions which in such music can only be expressed in general
terms. The aspect of importance here, in short, is the varied motion of the
music simply, the ups and downs of the harmony or melody, the stream of
sound through its degrees of opposition, preponderance, emphasis,
acuteness or vivacity, the elaboration of a melodic phrase in every respect
that is suitable to the means of musical art, the musician-like fusion of all
the instruments as one ensemble of tone, or in their succession, alternation,
and emphatic display of themselves and each other. It is in this sphere pre-
eminently that the distinction between the ordinary person and the expert of
music asserts itself. The ordinary man likes best in music an expression of
emotion and ideas that is at once intelligible, that whereof the content is
obvious; his predilection is consequently for music under the mode of an
accompaniment. The connoisseur, on the contrary, who is able to follow the
relation of musical sounds and instruments as composition, enjoys the
artistic result of harmonious modulation, and its interwoven melodies and
transitions on its own merits. He is entirely absorbed by this alone, and is
interested in comparing the detail to which he listens with the rules and
principles he is fully able to apply to it, in order thus to follow the
performance with judgment and delight, although even in his case it
frequently happens that our modern type of virtuosity, with variations in
tempo or other nuances for which our connoisseur is unprepared, will
perplex him not a little. A complete satisfaction of this kind comes rarely to
the mere amateur. He is seized with the vain desire to master this apparently
phantomnal process of music, to discover arresting points for his attention
Page 394
in the musical development, and generally more definite ideas and a more
detailed content in the volume of sound that invades him. In this respect he
seeks to attach to music a symbolical significance, yet can find in the same
little beyond mysterious problems that vanish in the moment they are
propounded, which baffle his powers of solution and in general are capable
of a variety of interpretations.
The composer is able, it is true, on his part to associate with his work a
definite significance, a content of specific ideas and emotions, which are
expressed articulately in movement that excludes all else; conversely he
can, in complete indifference to such a scheme, devote himself to musical
structure simply and the assertion of his genius in such architectonic.
Composition, however, of this character readily tends to become defective
both in the range of its conception and emotional quality, and as a rule does
not imply any profound cultivation of mind or taste in other respects. And
by reason of the fact that such a content is not necessary, it frequently
happens that the gift of musical composition not merely will show
considerable development in very early age, but composers of eminence
remain their life long men of the poorest and most impoverished intellectual
faculty in other directions. More penetration of character may be assumed
where the composer even in instrumental music is equally attentive to both
aspects of composition; in other words, the expression of a content, if
necessarily less defined than in our previous mode, no less than its musical
structure, by which means it will be in his power at one time to emphasize
the melody, at another the depth and colour of the harmony, or finally to
fuse each with the other.
(γ) We have throughout posited subjectivity in its unconstrained
presentment within the limits of music as the general principle of this type
of composition. This independence of a content already proposed to it from
an alien source will, however, more or less assert itself in opposition to
mere caprice, though the restrictions under which it admits it are not
defined rigorously. For, albeit this type of composition has its own rules and
modes, the authority of which no mere whim or fancy can reject, yet they
are regulations which only affect the broader aspects of music; in actual
detail there is no end to the opportunity which the inner content of soul-
life[471], provided it once accepts the boundaries fixed by the essential
conditions of musical composition, may discover for its otherwise free
detailed content in the volume of sound that invades him. In this respect he
seeks to attach to music a symbolical significance, yet can find in the same
little beyond mysterious problems that vanish in the moment they are
propounded, which baffle his powers of solution and in general are capable
of a variety of interpretations.
The composer is able, it is true, on his part to associate with his work a
definite significance, a content of specific ideas and emotions, which are
expressed articulately in movement that excludes all else; conversely he
can, in complete indifference to such a scheme, devote himself to musical
structure simply and the assertion of his genius in such architectonic.
Composition, however, of this character readily tends to become defective
both in the range of its conception and emotional quality, and as a rule does
not imply any profound cultivation of mind or taste in other respects. And
by reason of the fact that such a content is not necessary, it frequently
happens that the gift of musical composition not merely will show
considerable development in very early age, but composers of eminence
remain their life long men of the poorest and most impoverished intellectual
faculty in other directions. More penetration of character may be assumed
where the composer even in instrumental music is equally attentive to both
aspects of composition; in other words, the expression of a content, if
necessarily less defined than in our previous mode, no less than its musical
structure, by which means it will be in his power at one time to emphasize
the melody, at another the depth and colour of the harmony, or finally to
fuse each with the other.
(γ) We have throughout posited subjectivity in its unconstrained
presentment within the limits of music as the general principle of this type
of composition. This independence of a content already proposed to it from
an alien source will, however, more or less assert itself in opposition to
mere caprice, though the restrictions under which it admits it are not
defined rigorously. For, albeit this type of composition has its own rules and
modes, the authority of which no mere whim or fancy can reject, yet they
are regulations which only affect the broader aspects of music; in actual
detail there is no end to the opportunity which the inner content of soul-
life[471], provided it once accepts the boundaries fixed by the essential
conditions of musical composition, may discover for its otherwise free
Page 395
expatiation and exposition. And, in fact, as a result of the elaboration of
modes congenial to this type, the caprice of individual composers asserts, in
contrast to the steady advance of purely melodic expression and music in
association with a definite text, a practically unrestrained mastery in every
sort of conceit, caprice, interlude, inspiriting drollery, startling suspension,
rapid transition, lightning flashes, extraordinary surprises and effects.
(c) The Artist as Executant
In sculpture and painting we have a work of art presented us as an external
and independent result of artistic activity; we do not regard this activity
itself as the actual creation of life[472]. It is, however, necessary to the
presentation of a musical work of art that we should have an executant
musician in co-operation, just as in dramatic poetry we have the
representative presence of living manhood as an essential factor in this type
of art's realization.
We have, then, reviewed musical composition under the two aspects, that is
to say, in so far as it sought to conform with a specific content, or struck out
on its own free path of independence. We may now in the same way
distinguish between two main types of purely executive art. The one is
wholly absorbed in the work of art on hand, and makes no attempt to
reproduce anything over and beyond this. The other, on the contrary, is not
simply reproductive; it actually creates expression, delivery, in short the
essential animation of the work, not merely from the composition as
composed, but predominantly from its own resources.
(α) In the case of the epic poem, wherein the poet seeks to unfold an
objective world of event and modes of action, the rhapsodist, who recites it,
has no occasion to do anything further than wholly withdraw the expression
of his own personality in the presence of the exploits and events he brings
home to us. The more reserved he is in this respect the better; indeed such
recitation is not incompatible with a monotoned and unemphasized
delivery. What is effective here is the fact of the poem, the poetical
execution, the narrative itself, not its realization in voice and speech. This
illustration will suggest to us the rationale for our first type of musical
reproduction. In other words, if the composition is in a similar way of a
genuine objective quality, in the sense that the composer has simply
translated his subject-matter, or the emotion that is absorbed with it, into
modes congenial to this type, the caprice of individual composers asserts, in
contrast to the steady advance of purely melodic expression and music in
association with a definite text, a practically unrestrained mastery in every
sort of conceit, caprice, interlude, inspiriting drollery, startling suspension,
rapid transition, lightning flashes, extraordinary surprises and effects.
(c) The Artist as Executant
In sculpture and painting we have a work of art presented us as an external
and independent result of artistic activity; we do not regard this activity
itself as the actual creation of life[472]. It is, however, necessary to the
presentation of a musical work of art that we should have an executant
musician in co-operation, just as in dramatic poetry we have the
representative presence of living manhood as an essential factor in this type
of art's realization.
We have, then, reviewed musical composition under the two aspects, that is
to say, in so far as it sought to conform with a specific content, or struck out
on its own free path of independence. We may now in the same way
distinguish between two main types of purely executive art. The one is
wholly absorbed in the work of art on hand, and makes no attempt to
reproduce anything over and beyond this. The other, on the contrary, is not
simply reproductive; it actually creates expression, delivery, in short the
essential animation of the work, not merely from the composition as
composed, but predominantly from its own resources.
(α) In the case of the epic poem, wherein the poet seeks to unfold an
objective world of event and modes of action, the rhapsodist, who recites it,
has no occasion to do anything further than wholly withdraw the expression
of his own personality in the presence of the exploits and events he brings
home to us. The more reserved he is in this respect the better; indeed such
recitation is not incompatible with a monotoned and unemphasized
delivery. What is effective here is the fact of the poem, the poetical
execution, the narrative itself, not its realization in voice and speech. This
illustration will suggest to us the rationale for our first type of musical
reproduction. In other words, if the composition is in a similar way of a
genuine objective quality, in the sense that the composer has simply
translated his subject-matter, or the emotion that is absorbed with it, into
Page 396
musical language, the artistic reproduction should retain the same objective
character. It is not merely true that here there is no reason for the executant
to import into it his idiosyncrasies; by doing so he necessarily impairs the
true artistic effect. He must subordinate himself entirely to the character of
the work, and prescribe to himself simply this attitude of attention. On the
other hand, he must not, as is too frequently the case, confuse such an
attitude with that of the purely servile artisan, and lower himself to the level
of an organ-grinder. If such execution is to retain any artistic claim the artist
is bound to avoid leaving the impression of a musical automaton, which
merely repeats its prescribed lesson mechanically, and instead to animate
the entire work with the heart and soul of the composer himself. The
virtuosity of such a vital reproduction is restricted, however, to the just
elucidation of the technical difficulties presented by the work, and in doing
so the object will be not merely to cover any appearance of triumph over an
exacting task, but to portray the freest movement under such conditions,
and, in so far as superior artistic endowment and experience can in the
particular case manage to do so, attain in the reproduction to the spiritual
altitude of the composer and reflect the same in actual performance.
(β) It is another matter when we come to deal with works of art, in which
personal idiosyncrasy and caprice are even by the composer himself
features brought into prominence, and where generally we find the traces of
such a clearly objective quality in expression, the treatment of the harmonic
or characteristic development less pronounced. In such a case the bravura
of virtuosity is, it is our first distinction, quite admissible; and over and
above this executive ability is not only limited to the reproduction of the
actual score, but may considerably amplify; an artist will himself add to the
composition in his delivery, supplement defects, add substance to what is
comparatively superficial, import into parts a new life, and in doing so
assert independent judgment and invention. In the Italian opera, for
example, much is always left to the singer's discretion; in particular where
we have embellishments a more liberal opportunity of display is granted,
and in so far as the exposition of sound is further removed from the mere
interpretation of the libretto, the execution in its independence becomes a
more spontaneous flow of melody, in which the soul of the singer is
permitted to enjoy itself and exult in its own free rapture. When therefore it
is objected that Rossini for one has made the singer's task too easy, the
stricture is only in part justified. The difficulty is none the less there, only
character. It is not merely true that here there is no reason for the executant
to import into it his idiosyncrasies; by doing so he necessarily impairs the
true artistic effect. He must subordinate himself entirely to the character of
the work, and prescribe to himself simply this attitude of attention. On the
other hand, he must not, as is too frequently the case, confuse such an
attitude with that of the purely servile artisan, and lower himself to the level
of an organ-grinder. If such execution is to retain any artistic claim the artist
is bound to avoid leaving the impression of a musical automaton, which
merely repeats its prescribed lesson mechanically, and instead to animate
the entire work with the heart and soul of the composer himself. The
virtuosity of such a vital reproduction is restricted, however, to the just
elucidation of the technical difficulties presented by the work, and in doing
so the object will be not merely to cover any appearance of triumph over an
exacting task, but to portray the freest movement under such conditions,
and, in so far as superior artistic endowment and experience can in the
particular case manage to do so, attain in the reproduction to the spiritual
altitude of the composer and reflect the same in actual performance.
(β) It is another matter when we come to deal with works of art, in which
personal idiosyncrasy and caprice are even by the composer himself
features brought into prominence, and where generally we find the traces of
such a clearly objective quality in expression, the treatment of the harmonic
or characteristic development less pronounced. In such a case the bravura
of virtuosity is, it is our first distinction, quite admissible; and over and
above this executive ability is not only limited to the reproduction of the
actual score, but may considerably amplify; an artist will himself add to the
composition in his delivery, supplement defects, add substance to what is
comparatively superficial, import into parts a new life, and in doing so
assert independent judgment and invention. In the Italian opera, for
example, much is always left to the singer's discretion; in particular where
we have embellishments a more liberal opportunity of display is granted,
and in so far as the exposition of sound is further removed from the mere
interpretation of the libretto, the execution in its independence becomes a
more spontaneous flow of melody, in which the soul of the singer is
permitted to enjoy itself and exult in its own free rapture. When therefore it
is objected that Rossini for one has made the singer's task too easy, the
stricture is only in part justified. The difficulty is none the less there, only
Page 397
he frequently leaves it to the trained intelligence of the executant to work it
out for himself. If in the result we are conscious of the co-operation of
genius, the work as thus reproduced makes an exceptionally favourable
impression. We have not merely a work of art reproduced, but we are
conscious at the same time of actual musical creation. In this very present
realization of life the external conditions of artistic reproduction disappear,
such as place, opportunity, the local associations of a divine service, the
content and intent of a dramatical situation; we have no further need for, nor
do we desire any text, we have left us simply the unspecialized impulse of
emotion, in the element of which the soul of the artist can surrender itself
without let or hindrance to its own rapture, displaying thereby inventive
genius, the finest qualities of emotion, and a mastery of technique; and in
fact, provided we find the right spirit, ability, and personal charm to justify
it, it may venture to interrupt the flow of melody itself with humour, caprice
and virtuosity, and accept for once the moods and suggestions of the
moment.
(γ) This kind of virtuosity is yet more remarkable in cases where the
instrument is not the human voice, but one of human invention. By this I
mean to say that such naturally in the kind of sound they produce are
further removed from the soul's direct expression; they are in relation to that
of an external object, apiece of dead mechanism, and music is essentially a
spiritual movement and activity. When we find, therefore, this externality of
the instrument vanishes altogether, in the case, that is, where the music of
the soul breaks right through this alien crust of mechanism, by means of
such virtuosity, even an instrument of this character is transformed into one
as fully adapted to express the soul of the artist as it is possible to conceive.
Among the memories of my youth I can still recall the case of an
astonishing executant on the guitar, who in his own eccentric fashion had
composed huge battle-pieces for this comparatively insignificant
instrument. By profession, if I remember rightly, he was a weaver, and in
conversation he had little enough to say for himself. But no sooner did he
begin to play than one wholly forgot the absurd pretensions of his
composition, forgot these precisely as he forgot all else but the music, and
the marvellous result he made of it by being totally absorbed body and soul
in his instrument, entirely witless of any form of nobler execution than that
expressed in the tones of a guitar[473].
out for himself. If in the result we are conscious of the co-operation of
genius, the work as thus reproduced makes an exceptionally favourable
impression. We have not merely a work of art reproduced, but we are
conscious at the same time of actual musical creation. In this very present
realization of life the external conditions of artistic reproduction disappear,
such as place, opportunity, the local associations of a divine service, the
content and intent of a dramatical situation; we have no further need for, nor
do we desire any text, we have left us simply the unspecialized impulse of
emotion, in the element of which the soul of the artist can surrender itself
without let or hindrance to its own rapture, displaying thereby inventive
genius, the finest qualities of emotion, and a mastery of technique; and in
fact, provided we find the right spirit, ability, and personal charm to justify
it, it may venture to interrupt the flow of melody itself with humour, caprice
and virtuosity, and accept for once the moods and suggestions of the
moment.
(γ) This kind of virtuosity is yet more remarkable in cases where the
instrument is not the human voice, but one of human invention. By this I
mean to say that such naturally in the kind of sound they produce are
further removed from the soul's direct expression; they are in relation to that
of an external object, apiece of dead mechanism, and music is essentially a
spiritual movement and activity. When we find, therefore, this externality of
the instrument vanishes altogether, in the case, that is, where the music of
the soul breaks right through this alien crust of mechanism, by means of
such virtuosity, even an instrument of this character is transformed into one
as fully adapted to express the soul of the artist as it is possible to conceive.
Among the memories of my youth I can still recall the case of an
astonishing executant on the guitar, who in his own eccentric fashion had
composed huge battle-pieces for this comparatively insignificant
instrument. By profession, if I remember rightly, he was a weaver, and in
conversation he had little enough to say for himself. But no sooner did he
begin to play than one wholly forgot the absurd pretensions of his
composition, forgot these precisely as he forgot all else but the music, and
the marvellous result he made of it by being totally absorbed body and soul
in his instrument, entirely witless of any form of nobler execution than that
expressed in the tones of a guitar[473].
Page 398
A virtuosity of this type, in so far as it asserts such a unique superiority, is
not only a proof of extraordinary mastery over material forces, but we
receive from it as it strides victoriously over difficulties apparently
unplayable, even turns aside to add to them, or in wayward mood breaks in
upon us jestingly with I know not what interruptions and surprises, and by
original invention even makes us enjoy what would otherwise be vulgar, is
a direct reflection of absolutely free soul-life[474]. It is quite true that a mere
charlatan[475] of this type is unable to produce original works of art; but
where real genius is part of the endowment we can have extraordinary
mastery in composition no less than over a particular instrument, the
limitations of which this virtuosity lays itself out to overcome, and in
audacious vindication of its triumph will reproduce the artistic effects of
other instruments entirely remote in other hands from its own. It is an
accomplishment of this kind which delights us with our acutest sense of the
life of music. And this riddle of riddles we discover in the fact that a mere
piece of mechanical craft can become an instrument one with our life,
which enables us to follow, as through a flash of lightning, a power of ideal
conception no less than execution, by virtue of which the imagination of
genius penetrates to the core of life as instantaneously as it vanishes
therefrom.
Such, then, are the most essential features, which I have selected from my
own experience of music, the more general points of view which I have
detached from the subject and concentrated attention upon in the present
discussion.
[377] Ein festes Daseyn, lit., an assured existence.
[378] We should not expect the plural. Hegel apparently includes the transitional
relief of sculpture.
[379] Lit., "But also strives to set itself back into the previous condition." He
refers to the mutual relation of tones.
[380] In sich selbst Ideellgezetzte. That is, posited as ideal in the way music does
with its object, as to which further explanation is given below.
[381] It is difficult to follow closely this very technical interpretation of musical
sound, and a doubt may be perhaps permitted as to whether it corresponds to the
scientific facts. I mean it does not appear fully to do justice to the reaction of the
organ of human hearing itself and the intelligence with which it is related upon
the sound waves that through such mediation are cognized as musical sound. The
ideality appears to me to be more complete than even Hegel's theory would
not only a proof of extraordinary mastery over material forces, but we
receive from it as it strides victoriously over difficulties apparently
unplayable, even turns aside to add to them, or in wayward mood breaks in
upon us jestingly with I know not what interruptions and surprises, and by
original invention even makes us enjoy what would otherwise be vulgar, is
a direct reflection of absolutely free soul-life[474]. It is quite true that a mere
charlatan[475] of this type is unable to produce original works of art; but
where real genius is part of the endowment we can have extraordinary
mastery in composition no less than over a particular instrument, the
limitations of which this virtuosity lays itself out to overcome, and in
audacious vindication of its triumph will reproduce the artistic effects of
other instruments entirely remote in other hands from its own. It is an
accomplishment of this kind which delights us with our acutest sense of the
life of music. And this riddle of riddles we discover in the fact that a mere
piece of mechanical craft can become an instrument one with our life,
which enables us to follow, as through a flash of lightning, a power of ideal
conception no less than execution, by virtue of which the imagination of
genius penetrates to the core of life as instantaneously as it vanishes
therefrom.
Such, then, are the most essential features, which I have selected from my
own experience of music, the more general points of view which I have
detached from the subject and concentrated attention upon in the present
discussion.
[377] Ein festes Daseyn, lit., an assured existence.
[378] We should not expect the plural. Hegel apparently includes the transitional
relief of sculpture.
[379] Lit., "But also strives to set itself back into the previous condition." He
refers to the mutual relation of tones.
[380] In sich selbst Ideellgezetzte. That is, posited as ideal in the way music does
with its object, as to which further explanation is given below.
[381] It is difficult to follow closely this very technical interpretation of musical
sound, and a doubt may be perhaps permitted as to whether it corresponds to the
scientific facts. I mean it does not appear fully to do justice to the reaction of the
organ of human hearing itself and the intelligence with which it is related upon
the sound waves that through such mediation are cognized as musical sound. The
ideality appears to me to be more complete than even Hegel's theory would
Page 399
suggest, or, at any rate, some of his expressions. And surely, too, in sight, though
it may be true we see independent objects, we only do so, in so far as their
secondary qualities are concerned, by virtue of a considerable action of what he
here calls Seelenhaftigkeit. But this is not the place for more than a suggestion.
The main points of contrast are in Hegel's interpretation sufficiently obvious.
[382] Des Körpers. I am not sure that I quite follow the meaning of this second
moment of negation. If it means the reaction or synthetic process of human
hearing it removes in great measure the objection above. We then have as the
twofold negation the negation by the ideality of sound and that through the
human sense. But owing to Hegel's use of Material to indicate the medium
which is subject to oscillation, it would rather appear to mean that one vibration
is cancelled by another.
[383] Das an und für sich schon etwas Ideelleres ist. This would correspond to
the ideality of the first negation of spatial condition.
[384] He means its own ideal existence. Aufgeben must here be used in the
primary sense of "delivers." He does not mean that it gives expression to the
ideality of spirit; this is added by the next clause.
[385] This is, I think, Hegel's meaning for das an sich selbst Subjektive. Its
content is also formally ideal or abstract as above explained, but to express this
he would rather have used the word ideell or innerlich. It is also, as I have
pointed out, in great measure ideal in the sense that as musical tone it is not
natural even in the qualified sense that colour is. It is even more dependent on
the human organism for its quality and synthesis. But I do not think Hegel means
subjective in this sense, but that it directly expresses human emotion.
[386] Both ideas are contained in the word Verschweben, which means to hover
and slowly vanish away.
[387] Figurationen. Their modal combinations.
[388] It is obvious that in this respect music to some extent infringes on the
distinction Hegel has already pointed out between its content and that of poetry.
[389] By verständige Formen Hegel means, of course, forms that express an
artistic, that is, an intelligible purpose. The whole passage is not very clearly
expressed. The general meaning is, however, that as architecture surrounds its
statues with a medium of material environment co-ordinated by artistic design
and invention, so, too, music in its medium of emotional content is equally
indefinite and may be used as an accompaniment (as architecture is a kind of
accompaniment to statuary) in the melodic play of its harmonies to definite ideas
in uttered speech. The reader of Browning will doubtless recollect the fine use
made of architecture as metaphorical illustration in the poem "Abt Vogler." I
think it was Schopenhauer who first spoke of architecture as frozen music. But
Schelling speaks of it in the same way.
[390] I presume Hegel here refers primarily to scholastic music, musical
exercises intended to exhibit the structure of music. The exercises, for example,
of Cramer or Fuchs. Bach's forty-eight fugues would occupy a transitional place.
[391] Tonseele. There is, of course, something almost mystic in Hegel's
conception of musical sound as the ideality issuing from the material world.
it may be true we see independent objects, we only do so, in so far as their
secondary qualities are concerned, by virtue of a considerable action of what he
here calls Seelenhaftigkeit. But this is not the place for more than a suggestion.
The main points of contrast are in Hegel's interpretation sufficiently obvious.
[382] Des Körpers. I am not sure that I quite follow the meaning of this second
moment of negation. If it means the reaction or synthetic process of human
hearing it removes in great measure the objection above. We then have as the
twofold negation the negation by the ideality of sound and that through the
human sense. But owing to Hegel's use of Material to indicate the medium
which is subject to oscillation, it would rather appear to mean that one vibration
is cancelled by another.
[383] Das an und für sich schon etwas Ideelleres ist. This would correspond to
the ideality of the first negation of spatial condition.
[384] He means its own ideal existence. Aufgeben must here be used in the
primary sense of "delivers." He does not mean that it gives expression to the
ideality of spirit; this is added by the next clause.
[385] This is, I think, Hegel's meaning for das an sich selbst Subjektive. Its
content is also formally ideal or abstract as above explained, but to express this
he would rather have used the word ideell or innerlich. It is also, as I have
pointed out, in great measure ideal in the sense that as musical tone it is not
natural even in the qualified sense that colour is. It is even more dependent on
the human organism for its quality and synthesis. But I do not think Hegel means
subjective in this sense, but that it directly expresses human emotion.
[386] Both ideas are contained in the word Verschweben, which means to hover
and slowly vanish away.
[387] Figurationen. Their modal combinations.
[388] It is obvious that in this respect music to some extent infringes on the
distinction Hegel has already pointed out between its content and that of poetry.
[389] By verständige Formen Hegel means, of course, forms that express an
artistic, that is, an intelligible purpose. The whole passage is not very clearly
expressed. The general meaning is, however, that as architecture surrounds its
statues with a medium of material environment co-ordinated by artistic design
and invention, so, too, music in its medium of emotional content is equally
indefinite and may be used as an accompaniment (as architecture is a kind of
accompaniment to statuary) in the melodic play of its harmonies to definite ideas
in uttered speech. The reader of Browning will doubtless recollect the fine use
made of architecture as metaphorical illustration in the poem "Abt Vogler." I
think it was Schopenhauer who first spoke of architecture as frozen music. But
Schelling speaks of it in the same way.
[390] I presume Hegel here refers primarily to scholastic music, musical
exercises intended to exhibit the structure of music. The exercises, for example,
of Cramer or Fuchs. Bach's forty-eight fugues would occupy a transitional place.
[391] Tonseele. There is, of course, something almost mystic in Hegel's
conception of musical sound as the ideality issuing from the material world.
Page 400
[392] That is, sculpture and painting.
[393] By Haltpunkte Hegel appears to mean material that will act as stays and
supports in contrast to those which are indifferent.
[394] I presume by solchen festen Bestimmungen Hegel refers to the general
definition of artistic function just enunciated. But the sense may possibly be,
"while the point of departure is the stable determinations of natural form."
[395] We are inevitably reminded of the release which Art was to such men as
Beethoven, Dante, Milton, and Blake.
[396] In the theme.
[397] It seems doubtful how how far a musician would accept this at least in so
far as it applies to classical music of the formal type. The development, for
instance, on the repetition of a theme in a sonata is at least part of the formal
content of the sonata movement as a whole.
[398] Ein Auseinandergehen. Variations on a theme would be a good example.
But surely the development of a theme may do precisely this in great measure, I
mean disclose both the depth of it and its concentration.
[399] No doubt this is so if we assume the content to be mainly a theme, a
motive. But the content of a movement includes the development. The main
difference after all is the fundamental one that in music the content is unfolded in
a time series and in the plastic arts instantaneously in spatial form. And in poetry
the apprehension is also in a temporal series.
[400] It is impossible in English to reflect the play of words between Erinnerung
(memory) and Er-innerung (self-penetration or ideal realization).
[401] I am not sure whether Hegel exactly means by Phantasiren what we
understand as Improvization. But it is the only form of music that strictly applies
to his definition. Even the rhapsodies of Liszt are controlled by the form, as in a
sense all music is.
[402] As the plastic arts. It certainly is not so closely associated with a definition
given outside it by Nature, that is, but it is obviously very closely associated to
the formal modes of music, such as the laws of counterpoint, fugue, sonata, etc.
[403] The first is its relation to architecture, the second that to the plastic arts.
[404] That is, the ideas. By "receiving self-subsistency" Hegel means it maybe
regarded independent of the art, something essentially outside it.
[405] By Ton Hegel means, of course, musical sound. The object of music is
music and ideas only in so far as they are expressed in music.
[406] In diesem Freiwerden. In this free medium of its existence.
[407] How far would Hegel have applied this criticism to the great symphonies
of his compatriots? I think it is obvious, at any rate, that his criticism of pure
music is somewhat lacking in sympathy. Nowadays it is not even a wholly
obvious fact that the song or the opera are the most popular. The truth is that
musical education, and that is what the appreciation of programme or symphonic
music implies, has made enormous strides since his day. But his criticism will
still hold for many in regard to more modern developments in Strauss and his
school.
[393] By Haltpunkte Hegel appears to mean material that will act as stays and
supports in contrast to those which are indifferent.
[394] I presume by solchen festen Bestimmungen Hegel refers to the general
definition of artistic function just enunciated. But the sense may possibly be,
"while the point of departure is the stable determinations of natural form."
[395] We are inevitably reminded of the release which Art was to such men as
Beethoven, Dante, Milton, and Blake.
[396] In the theme.
[397] It seems doubtful how how far a musician would accept this at least in so
far as it applies to classical music of the formal type. The development, for
instance, on the repetition of a theme in a sonata is at least part of the formal
content of the sonata movement as a whole.
[398] Ein Auseinandergehen. Variations on a theme would be a good example.
But surely the development of a theme may do precisely this in great measure, I
mean disclose both the depth of it and its concentration.
[399] No doubt this is so if we assume the content to be mainly a theme, a
motive. But the content of a movement includes the development. The main
difference after all is the fundamental one that in music the content is unfolded in
a time series and in the plastic arts instantaneously in spatial form. And in poetry
the apprehension is also in a temporal series.
[400] It is impossible in English to reflect the play of words between Erinnerung
(memory) and Er-innerung (self-penetration or ideal realization).
[401] I am not sure whether Hegel exactly means by Phantasiren what we
understand as Improvization. But it is the only form of music that strictly applies
to his definition. Even the rhapsodies of Liszt are controlled by the form, as in a
sense all music is.
[402] As the plastic arts. It certainly is not so closely associated with a definition
given outside it by Nature, that is, but it is obviously very closely associated to
the formal modes of music, such as the laws of counterpoint, fugue, sonata, etc.
[403] The first is its relation to architecture, the second that to the plastic arts.
[404] That is, the ideas. By "receiving self-subsistency" Hegel means it maybe
regarded independent of the art, something essentially outside it.
[405] By Ton Hegel means, of course, musical sound. The object of music is
music and ideas only in so far as they are expressed in music.
[406] In diesem Freiwerden. In this free medium of its existence.
[407] How far would Hegel have applied this criticism to the great symphonies
of his compatriots? I think it is obvious, at any rate, that his criticism of pure
music is somewhat lacking in sympathy. Nowadays it is not even a wholly
obvious fact that the song or the opera are the most popular. The truth is that
musical education, and that is what the appreciation of programme or symphonic
music implies, has made enormous strides since his day. But his criticism will
still hold for many in regard to more modern developments in Strauss and his
school.
Page 401
[408] By fertig Hegel must mean here that the world of poetry is one whose
claims to independent coherence is generally acknowledged.
[409] By "universal" Hegel appears to mean more universally intelligible, He
uses the same word in a like sense just below.
[410] If Hegel means to imply that pure music, in so far as it presents ideas by
suggestion, has any advantage over music the effect of which is entirely a
musical effect he is on dangerous ground. The Pastoral Symphony of Beethoven
may or may not be more popular than Beethoven's other symphonies, but it is
unquestionable that its artistic merit depends exclusively on its claims as musical
composition. And indeed its worth as music suggestive of ideas is mainly so
great because, as Beethoven himself claimed, it is rather a suggestion of
emotional mood than the imitation of natural sounds or the suggestion of distinct
ideas. So far as popularity or universality of appeal is concerned, he may be
right. But this is obviously no final test of the significance of music as compared
with other arts, though it may mark a distinguishing feature. And surely music
expresses emotions at least "as they are" (selber) more directly than poetry.
Poetry no doubt gives them as we express them in ordinary life. But music
makes us feel them as they are unexpressed in our souls, a still higher grade of
reality.
[411] Hegel probably never heard Beethoven's ninth symphony with its "Song of
Joy." As to its success as set to music there may be two opinions, but the fact that
it is the culmination of so celebrated a composition is in itself a qualification of
Hegel's statement.
[412] Both Mendelssohn and Schumann deplored the fact that they could get no
really good libretto and would unquestionably not have received all the
statements here without considerable qualification. Hegel appears to be too
dominated by the character of Italian opera. German opera as further developed
by Wagner and even in the hands of Beethoven and Glück and Weber makes a
very different demand. It is unquestionably true that there must be a certain
reciprocity of quality between the two. But some of the finest music has been
written for some of the finest poetical language, namely that of our Bible.
Composers like Bach, Handel, and S. S. Wesley insisted on having the very best
form of their religious ideas they could obtain.
[413] Lit., "Within the purely musical realm of tones." Hegel's strictures would
only apply to the most formal kind of exercises or studies. It would really be a
misnomer to say that Chopin's studies for the piano or Spohr's or even Kreutzer's
exercises for the violin wholly come under it.
[414] It is on this ground that Aristotle calls music the most imitative art. They
represent emotions directly without the mediatory office of Nature's objectivity
(vide "Three Lectures on Aesthetic," by Bernard Bosanquet, p. 53).
[415] It is more subjective because the content is more ideal, and more closely
related to the artist's personal qualities.
[416] More definite than feeling and soul-life is from tone.
[417] That is, vanishes with the evanescence of the music.
[418] Die Geschicklichkeit eines virtuosen Machwerks. Machwerk is used, of
course, in a depreciating sense. The contrast is between it and a truly inspired
claims to independent coherence is generally acknowledged.
[409] By "universal" Hegel appears to mean more universally intelligible, He
uses the same word in a like sense just below.
[410] If Hegel means to imply that pure music, in so far as it presents ideas by
suggestion, has any advantage over music the effect of which is entirely a
musical effect he is on dangerous ground. The Pastoral Symphony of Beethoven
may or may not be more popular than Beethoven's other symphonies, but it is
unquestionable that its artistic merit depends exclusively on its claims as musical
composition. And indeed its worth as music suggestive of ideas is mainly so
great because, as Beethoven himself claimed, it is rather a suggestion of
emotional mood than the imitation of natural sounds or the suggestion of distinct
ideas. So far as popularity or universality of appeal is concerned, he may be
right. But this is obviously no final test of the significance of music as compared
with other arts, though it may mark a distinguishing feature. And surely music
expresses emotions at least "as they are" (selber) more directly than poetry.
Poetry no doubt gives them as we express them in ordinary life. But music
makes us feel them as they are unexpressed in our souls, a still higher grade of
reality.
[411] Hegel probably never heard Beethoven's ninth symphony with its "Song of
Joy." As to its success as set to music there may be two opinions, but the fact that
it is the culmination of so celebrated a composition is in itself a qualification of
Hegel's statement.
[412] Both Mendelssohn and Schumann deplored the fact that they could get no
really good libretto and would unquestionably not have received all the
statements here without considerable qualification. Hegel appears to be too
dominated by the character of Italian opera. German opera as further developed
by Wagner and even in the hands of Beethoven and Glück and Weber makes a
very different demand. It is unquestionably true that there must be a certain
reciprocity of quality between the two. But some of the finest music has been
written for some of the finest poetical language, namely that of our Bible.
Composers like Bach, Handel, and S. S. Wesley insisted on having the very best
form of their religious ideas they could obtain.
[413] Lit., "Within the purely musical realm of tones." Hegel's strictures would
only apply to the most formal kind of exercises or studies. It would really be a
misnomer to say that Chopin's studies for the piano or Spohr's or even Kreutzer's
exercises for the violin wholly come under it.
[414] It is on this ground that Aristotle calls music the most imitative art. They
represent emotions directly without the mediatory office of Nature's objectivity
(vide "Three Lectures on Aesthetic," by Bernard Bosanquet, p. 53).
[415] It is more subjective because the content is more ideal, and more closely
related to the artist's personal qualities.
[416] More definite than feeling and soul-life is from tone.
[417] That is, vanishes with the evanescence of the music.
[418] Die Geschicklichkeit eines virtuosen Machwerks. Machwerk is used, of
course, in a depreciating sense. The contrast is between it and a truly inspired
Page 402
composition.
[419] Lit., "Of the business on hand."
[420] Gleichgültig. I am not sure whether Hegel means fortuitous in the sense
that Nature in its abstraction is such, or purely objective, i.e., no self-reflection,
probably the latter. They are "dead elements."
[421] That is, spatial externality.
[422] The meaning appears to me that apart from conscious life which can
contrast the fleeting moments of Time with its permanent self-identity the
process is without meaning—there is no process, it is a παντά ρεῖ with no
differentiation.
[423] It cancels itself in so far as it makes itself an object. The dialectical
movement of self-consciousness is here viewed in the bare form of its original
abstraction.
[424] Das Ich als solches.
[425] Abgeschmackte. Not so much bad taste here as false judgment.
[426] Auffasst. Hegel would appear to mean the intelligent hearer rather than the
composer, though the word would refer to either. Even then it is not clear why
music should not be said to exist by its mere performance. But, of course, such
presupposes the human executant, and this is possibly what Hegel intends to
imply.
[427] Nüancirt. Made subject to the nuances or modifications introduced into
such relations.
[428] Verstand as contrasted with Vernunft. The analytical faculty of science.
[429] That is, the quantitative basis.
[430] Die haltungslose Dauer. That is, a duration that is unbroken by arresting
points in its progress.
[431] That is, self-conscious, synthetic unity holding the temporal process in
relation to itself. It thus becomes not merely a werden but a für sich seyn. In
contrast to the purely abstract process the self is das Bei sich selbstseyende i.e.,
that which persists along with itself. This totality or aggregate of particulars
Hegel calls Sammlung. The analysis is really an analysis of the form of
conscious experience.
[432] This is the converse case of a series of definite points of contrast, but
unrelated by any integrating principle. I admit frankly that I am not sure I have
wholly seized the meaning in these difficult paragraphs. I have adhered in my
translation, therefore, as closely as possible to the original.
[433] Markirte.
[434] Herrschende Regel.
[435] Because their orbits are elliptical and motion is accelerated as they
approach the focus.
[436] Verlebendigung.
[437] He means of a specific collection of words, sentences.
[419] Lit., "Of the business on hand."
[420] Gleichgültig. I am not sure whether Hegel means fortuitous in the sense
that Nature in its abstraction is such, or purely objective, i.e., no self-reflection,
probably the latter. They are "dead elements."
[421] That is, spatial externality.
[422] The meaning appears to me that apart from conscious life which can
contrast the fleeting moments of Time with its permanent self-identity the
process is without meaning—there is no process, it is a παντά ρεῖ with no
differentiation.
[423] It cancels itself in so far as it makes itself an object. The dialectical
movement of self-consciousness is here viewed in the bare form of its original
abstraction.
[424] Das Ich als solches.
[425] Abgeschmackte. Not so much bad taste here as false judgment.
[426] Auffasst. Hegel would appear to mean the intelligent hearer rather than the
composer, though the word would refer to either. Even then it is not clear why
music should not be said to exist by its mere performance. But, of course, such
presupposes the human executant, and this is possibly what Hegel intends to
imply.
[427] Nüancirt. Made subject to the nuances or modifications introduced into
such relations.
[428] Verstand as contrasted with Vernunft. The analytical faculty of science.
[429] That is, the quantitative basis.
[430] Die haltungslose Dauer. That is, a duration that is unbroken by arresting
points in its progress.
[431] That is, self-conscious, synthetic unity holding the temporal process in
relation to itself. It thus becomes not merely a werden but a für sich seyn. In
contrast to the purely abstract process the self is das Bei sich selbstseyende i.e.,
that which persists along with itself. This totality or aggregate of particulars
Hegel calls Sammlung. The analysis is really an analysis of the form of
conscious experience.
[432] This is the converse case of a series of definite points of contrast, but
unrelated by any integrating principle. I admit frankly that I am not sure I have
wholly seized the meaning in these difficult paragraphs. I have adhered in my
translation, therefore, as closely as possible to the original.
[433] Markirte.
[434] Herrschende Regel.
[435] Because their orbits are elliptical and motion is accelerated as they
approach the focus.
[436] Verlebendigung.
[437] He means of a specific collection of words, sentences.
Page 403
[438] Perioden.
[439] Umschwung. Perhaps all that is meant is the return to the previous level, as
we should speak of the rise and fall of voices.
[440] Ein Körper.
[441] Seiner zeitlichen Gestalt.
[442] Gezwungene. I presume the meaning is that the oscillations are effected by
a curved form of musical instrument.
[443] I am not sure there is not a certain confusion here. Our text, at any rate,
when speaking of wind instruments, refers to the column of air as the medium of
sound, but in the case of stringed instruments draws attention rather to the thing
which creates the waves of vibration, the string itself. The nature of the timbre of
an instrument is no doubt an important one, but it may be questioned whether
this distinction between line or column and surface is very satisfactory or
sufficient.
[444] Jenem linearen Tönen. The expression appears to me not very easy to
interpret even from Hegel's own point of view. In what sense can you call a
musical tone linear? The theory here stated, though ingenious enough, appears to
me to miss the fundamental question, what actually constitutes the timbre of an
instrument, in its assertion, for instance, of distantly related harmonies or non-
assertion of such. Even assuming that the form of the instrument, or the part of it
set into vibration, may partially explain this, it is obvious, I think, that Hegel's
manner of stating it is open to considerable criticism.
[445] Die näher abgeschlossene Bestimmtheit. The meaning seems to be that
definition of them in which they stand out with most distinctness from others.
[446] The comparison is unfortunate—in two respects. Violet is a cardinal
colour, and the theory of Goethe to which it refers is, of course, untenable.
[447] The true scientific reason why octaves resemble each other so much more
closely than two notes at any other interval is that the upper of two notes at an
octave's distance is the first "upper-partial" tone of the lower, and all its
harmonies are also harmonies of the lower note; the compound tone, for there is
no entirely simple tone, of the higher note contains no new sound, which is not
in the compound tone of the lower. This is not the case with two notes at any
other interval.
[448] Ihre besonderen Seiten. I presume this means what is immediately called
below the several intervals between note and note.
[449] There is really a distinction between the consonance of the dominant and a
major or minor third.
[450] That is, the third is only third in relation to the key-note, or the leading-
note only as the note previous to the octave.
[451] Three notes are really essential to any true chord.
[452] The mediant lies about midway between the tonic and dominant as the
third of the scale. The researches of Helmholtz prove that the distinction between
consonant or semi-consonant and dissonant intervals is not arbitrary, but the
result of the nature of the intervals themselves. A musical tone is mostly a
[439] Umschwung. Perhaps all that is meant is the return to the previous level, as
we should speak of the rise and fall of voices.
[440] Ein Körper.
[441] Seiner zeitlichen Gestalt.
[442] Gezwungene. I presume the meaning is that the oscillations are effected by
a curved form of musical instrument.
[443] I am not sure there is not a certain confusion here. Our text, at any rate,
when speaking of wind instruments, refers to the column of air as the medium of
sound, but in the case of stringed instruments draws attention rather to the thing
which creates the waves of vibration, the string itself. The nature of the timbre of
an instrument is no doubt an important one, but it may be questioned whether
this distinction between line or column and surface is very satisfactory or
sufficient.
[444] Jenem linearen Tönen. The expression appears to me not very easy to
interpret even from Hegel's own point of view. In what sense can you call a
musical tone linear? The theory here stated, though ingenious enough, appears to
me to miss the fundamental question, what actually constitutes the timbre of an
instrument, in its assertion, for instance, of distantly related harmonies or non-
assertion of such. Even assuming that the form of the instrument, or the part of it
set into vibration, may partially explain this, it is obvious, I think, that Hegel's
manner of stating it is open to considerable criticism.
[445] Die näher abgeschlossene Bestimmtheit. The meaning seems to be that
definition of them in which they stand out with most distinctness from others.
[446] The comparison is unfortunate—in two respects. Violet is a cardinal
colour, and the theory of Goethe to which it refers is, of course, untenable.
[447] The true scientific reason why octaves resemble each other so much more
closely than two notes at any other interval is that the upper of two notes at an
octave's distance is the first "upper-partial" tone of the lower, and all its
harmonies are also harmonies of the lower note; the compound tone, for there is
no entirely simple tone, of the higher note contains no new sound, which is not
in the compound tone of the lower. This is not the case with two notes at any
other interval.
[448] Ihre besonderen Seiten. I presume this means what is immediately called
below the several intervals between note and note.
[449] There is really a distinction between the consonance of the dominant and a
major or minor third.
[450] That is, the third is only third in relation to the key-note, or the leading-
note only as the note previous to the octave.
[451] Three notes are really essential to any true chord.
[452] The mediant lies about midway between the tonic and dominant as the
third of the scale. The researches of Helmholtz prove that the distinction between
consonant or semi-consonant and dissonant intervals is not arbitrary, but the
result of the nature of the intervals themselves. A musical tone is mostly a
Page 404
compound one, containing, besides its principal tone, other tones with fixed
relations to the lowest note, called harmonics, or "upper partials." Helmholtz has
shown that when two of the earlier-produced and stronger of these upper partial
tones coincide in two notes sounded together, the resulting tone is pure, free, that
is, from the inequalities known as "beats" (Prout, "Harmony," 10th ed., pp. 21,
22).
[453] As, of course, in the scale, notes independent of each other.
[454] Schärfe.
[455] The reader of Browning will recall how the poet in his "Abt Vogler"
exclaims "Why rushed the discords in, but that harmony should be prized?" or
speaks of blunting the minor into the ninth where the musician "stands on alien
ground, surveying awhile the heights."
[456] This extreme emphasis on melody must be read as further explained lower
down of melody in the wider sense. Even as thus qualified it is rather an
overstatement. It may be questioned whether in the mind of a musician of genius
the freedom of harmonic progression is of a different quality to that of melodic.
It may appear no doubt less spontaneous. But it is the task of the great artist to
overcome that appearance in one case as much as in the other.
[457] It may be doubted how far such a statement is true of many chord
progressions in modern music. It seems to me that this notion of harmony as für
sich having no musical significance is, to say the least, very misleading.
[458] This really is the point. Inspired harmony in its progression unfolds what is
really a tissue of melodic threads. The complex musical structure of a Brahms
symphony is a good example.
[459] Lit., "the free self-subsistency (Beisichseyn) of subjective life."
[460] Hegel puts it the other way. What he means is that in the medium of music
we neither apprehend objects of sense nor ideas as we receive them in
imagination or thought.
[461] Hegel throughout uses the term Innerlichkeit. That which is the Inmost is,
in fact, the ideal. It is the raison d'être and the notion itself.
[462] He means at the point proposed by the dramatic theme. Hegel's words are
literally "it subdues the subject (i.e., of consciousness) referably to its simple
concentration (i.e., on the subject at hand)."
[463] The above distinction is hardly consonant with that of customary parlance.
We should rather say that the melody of the song gave an utterance to the words,
and the instrumentation was, for the very reason that it was more independent,
more directly an accompaniment. But the point emphasized here seems to be the
closeness of the association. In this aspect, no doubt, the music actually sung is
more an accompaniment to the intelligible content. As a rule accompaniment is
generally used as the accompaniment of a song or choral writing, and Hegel
himself uses it in this sense previously.
[464] A general truth, no doubt. But not without qualification if we consider the
works and indeed the execution of such giants as Bach and Handel.
relations to the lowest note, called harmonics, or "upper partials." Helmholtz has
shown that when two of the earlier-produced and stronger of these upper partial
tones coincide in two notes sounded together, the resulting tone is pure, free, that
is, from the inequalities known as "beats" (Prout, "Harmony," 10th ed., pp. 21,
22).
[453] As, of course, in the scale, notes independent of each other.
[454] Schärfe.
[455] The reader of Browning will recall how the poet in his "Abt Vogler"
exclaims "Why rushed the discords in, but that harmony should be prized?" or
speaks of blunting the minor into the ninth where the musician "stands on alien
ground, surveying awhile the heights."
[456] This extreme emphasis on melody must be read as further explained lower
down of melody in the wider sense. Even as thus qualified it is rather an
overstatement. It may be questioned whether in the mind of a musician of genius
the freedom of harmonic progression is of a different quality to that of melodic.
It may appear no doubt less spontaneous. But it is the task of the great artist to
overcome that appearance in one case as much as in the other.
[457] It may be doubted how far such a statement is true of many chord
progressions in modern music. It seems to me that this notion of harmony as für
sich having no musical significance is, to say the least, very misleading.
[458] This really is the point. Inspired harmony in its progression unfolds what is
really a tissue of melodic threads. The complex musical structure of a Brahms
symphony is a good example.
[459] Lit., "the free self-subsistency (Beisichseyn) of subjective life."
[460] Hegel puts it the other way. What he means is that in the medium of music
we neither apprehend objects of sense nor ideas as we receive them in
imagination or thought.
[461] Hegel throughout uses the term Innerlichkeit. That which is the Inmost is,
in fact, the ideal. It is the raison d'être and the notion itself.
[462] He means at the point proposed by the dramatic theme. Hegel's words are
literally "it subdues the subject (i.e., of consciousness) referably to its simple
concentration (i.e., on the subject at hand)."
[463] The above distinction is hardly consonant with that of customary parlance.
We should rather say that the melody of the song gave an utterance to the words,
and the instrumentation was, for the very reason that it was more independent,
more directly an accompaniment. But the point emphasized here seems to be the
closeness of the association. In this aspect, no doubt, the music actually sung is
more an accompaniment to the intelligible content. As a rule accompaniment is
generally used as the accompaniment of a song or choral writing, and Hegel
himself uses it in this sense previously.
[464] A general truth, no doubt. But not without qualification if we consider the
works and indeed the execution of such giants as Bach and Handel.
Page 405
[465] That is, particularity due to the idiosyncrasies of the artist, and merely
personal to him. But the statement applies to classic art more strictly than
modern.
[466] That is, music as an accompaniment.
[467] Gediegenheit. Something that rings true as a whole, not a thing of patches.
[468] The music of Mendelssohn and others in this direction will raise a doubt in
some whether Hegel does not rather overstate his case here.
[469] Besonderung. The relative isolation that is effected by marked assertion.
[470] Throughout this discussion the personal bias of Hegel for the Italian opera
is obvious. In the light of the actual knowledge of his day the wonder is that his
own tastes permitted his being even as fair as he is. It may be doubted whether
he had any strong sense for orchestral or chamber music at all. His reflections
must be read throughout with this reservation.
[471] Or, as Hegel more technically calls it, and I have above translated it,
"subjectivity."
[472] That is, dependent on living beings for its presentation in every case.
[473] The execution of Paganini is, of course, the classic example. But all
cadenzas executed by a great artist, even though carefully studied, express
something of the spirit.
[474] Hegel means that such music expresses not so much rational freedom as
the fundamental independence of the self-conscious principle.
[475] By dürftiger Kopf I understand Hegel to mean the headstrong charlatan as
contrasted with the virtuoso who is also a trained musician. Paganini had a vein
of both in his composition. The epithet dürftig, lit., thirsty, is, however, not very
clear, and in so far as it is, the emphasis would not be so much on quackery as
absence of all training.
END OF VOL. III
INDEX
Accompaniment, Music as, iii, 377-379,
413-418; of human voice, iii, 383.
Aeschylus, reference to the "Agamemnon," i, 285;
to the "Eumenides," i, 302, 303, 372;
ii, 213-215, 223; iv, 306, 324;
to the "Coephorae," and the "Seven before Thebes,"
iv, 318; change of scene in his dramas, iv, 257;
personal to him. But the statement applies to classic art more strictly than
modern.
[466] That is, music as an accompaniment.
[467] Gediegenheit. Something that rings true as a whole, not a thing of patches.
[468] The music of Mendelssohn and others in this direction will raise a doubt in
some whether Hegel does not rather overstate his case here.
[469] Besonderung. The relative isolation that is effected by marked assertion.
[470] Throughout this discussion the personal bias of Hegel for the Italian opera
is obvious. In the light of the actual knowledge of his day the wonder is that his
own tastes permitted his being even as fair as he is. It may be doubted whether
he had any strong sense for orchestral or chamber music at all. His reflections
must be read throughout with this reservation.
[471] Or, as Hegel more technically calls it, and I have above translated it,
"subjectivity."
[472] That is, dependent on living beings for its presentation in every case.
[473] The execution of Paganini is, of course, the classic example. But all
cadenzas executed by a great artist, even though carefully studied, express
something of the spirit.
[474] Hegel means that such music expresses not so much rational freedom as
the fundamental independence of the self-conscious principle.
[475] By dürftiger Kopf I understand Hegel to mean the headstrong charlatan as
contrasted with the virtuoso who is also a trained musician. Paganini had a vein
of both in his composition. The epithet dürftig, lit., thirsty, is, however, not very
clear, and in so far as it is, the emphasis would not be so much on quackery as
absence of all training.
END OF VOL. III
INDEX
Accompaniment, Music as, iii, 377-379,
413-418; of human voice, iii, 383.
Aeschylus, reference to the "Agamemnon," i, 285;
to the "Eumenides," i, 302, 303, 372;
ii, 213-215, 223; iv, 306, 324;
to the "Coephorae," and the "Seven before Thebes,"
iv, 318; change of scene in his dramas, iv, 257;
Page 406
universal powers in dramas, i, 377; char acter
of Clytemnaestra, ii, 345.
Aesop, Fables of, ii, 115.
Anacreon, odes of, iv, 203, 233.
Aphrodite, description of, iii, 185. Architecture, types of classical,
iii, 80-90;
Roman, iii, 87-88; Gothic, iii, 91-104;
Byzantine, iii, 105.
Aristophanes, subject-matter of his comedies,
iv, 277, 283, 304, 329; himself an actor,
iv, 286; his "Ecclesiazusae," iv, 303.
Aristotle, reference to the "Poetics," i, 19;
on tragedy, i, 283; on use of simile, ii, 143;
proper subject of tragedy, iv, 131;
on unities of time and place, iv, 256.
Artist, as executant, iii, 426-430.
Athene, nature of as goddess of Athens, iv, 325.
Bach, J. S., supreme master of ecclesiastical
music, iii, 419.
Beethoven, L. van, soul-release in art's freedom,
iii, 349; symphonies of, iii, 355 n.
Bosanquet, B., references to translation of
Hegel's Introduction by in present translator's
notes, i, 28, 29, 31, 32, 37, 40, 45, 52,
65, 66, 68, 69, 71, 73, 76, 88,
93, 96, 100, 108, 109, 116, 181.
Bradley, A. C., reference to Lectures on Poetry, i, 265 n.
Bradley, F. H., i, 73, 96 n.
Brahman, supreme godhead in Hindu theosophy, ii, 50-61, 91.
Calderon, quotation from, ii, 142; comparisons of, ii, 149.
Camoens, the "Lysiad" of, iv, 190.
Cervantes, type of comedy in "Don Quixote," i, 262; ii, 374;
dissolution of chivalry as depicted by Cervantes and
Ariosto, ii, 373.
Chivalry, general description of, iv, 185-187.
of Clytemnaestra, ii, 345.
Aesop, Fables of, ii, 115.
Anacreon, odes of, iv, 203, 233.
Aphrodite, description of, iii, 185. Architecture, types of classical,
iii, 80-90;
Roman, iii, 87-88; Gothic, iii, 91-104;
Byzantine, iii, 105.
Aristophanes, subject-matter of his comedies,
iv, 277, 283, 304, 329; himself an actor,
iv, 286; his "Ecclesiazusae," iv, 303.
Aristotle, reference to the "Poetics," i, 19;
on tragedy, i, 283; on use of simile, ii, 143;
proper subject of tragedy, iv, 131;
on unities of time and place, iv, 256.
Artist, as executant, iii, 426-430.
Athene, nature of as goddess of Athens, iv, 325.
Bach, J. S., supreme master of ecclesiastical
music, iii, 419.
Beethoven, L. van, soul-release in art's freedom,
iii, 349; symphonies of, iii, 355 n.
Bosanquet, B., references to translation of
Hegel's Introduction by in present translator's
notes, i, 28, 29, 31, 32, 37, 40, 45, 52,
65, 66, 68, 69, 71, 73, 76, 88,
93, 96, 100, 108, 109, 116, 181.
Bradley, A. C., reference to Lectures on Poetry, i, 265 n.
Bradley, F. H., i, 73, 96 n.
Brahman, supreme godhead in Hindu theosophy, ii, 50-61, 91.
Calderon, quotation from, ii, 142; comparisons of, ii, 149.
Camoens, the "Lysiad" of, iv, 190.
Cervantes, type of comedy in "Don Quixote," i, 262; ii, 374;
dissolution of chivalry as depicted by Cervantes and
Ariosto, ii, 373.
Chivalry, general description of, iv, 185-187.
Page 407
Chorus, Greek, nature of, iv, 315-317.
Cid, the Spanish poem of the,
description of, iv, 182;
heroic personality of the, ii, 348; iv, 138-140;
nature of collision in, i, 321.
Columns, Greek, iii, 69-76; orders of, iii, 82-85;
on the Greek temple generally, iii, 79.
Creutzer, his work on symbolism, iii, 17, 18;
affinity of Egyptian and Hellenic art on coins, iii, 203.
See also ii, 138; iii, 39, 41.
Cuvier, analytical power of, i, 176.
Dante, conciseness of, i, 350; allegory in, ii, 19;
on the love of Beatrice, iii, 340;
description of the damned, iii, 319;
the "Divine Comedy" contrasted with "Æneid" and
"Odyssey" as epical narrative, iv, 163;
general description of "Divine Comedy," iv, 184.
Denner, realistic portraits of, iii, 270.
Destiny, supreme significance of in Epos, iv, 144;
fate in tragedy, iv, 312, 322; as necessity, iv, 254.
See also particularly as to Greek art, ii, 261-264.
Drapery. See under Sculpture.
Dutch School, description of, i, 228-230; ii, 382-386;
iii, 334-337; landscape in art of, i, 397;
colouring of, iii, 276.
Einbildungskraft, meaning of as distinct from Phantasie
and Vorstellung, i, 55 n., 62 n., 381 n.
Euripides, the "Alcestis" of, i, 275;
treatment of love in the Phedra, iii, 340;
transition of drama of to sentimental pathos, iv, 321.
Eyck, H. van, supreme concep tion of God the Father, iii, 252;
his picture of the Madonna, iii, 255;
his "Adoration," iii, 262;
description of brothers Hubert and John, iii, 330.
Cid, the Spanish poem of the,
description of, iv, 182;
heroic personality of the, ii, 348; iv, 138-140;
nature of collision in, i, 321.
Columns, Greek, iii, 69-76; orders of, iii, 82-85;
on the Greek temple generally, iii, 79.
Creutzer, his work on symbolism, iii, 17, 18;
affinity of Egyptian and Hellenic art on coins, iii, 203.
See also ii, 138; iii, 39, 41.
Cuvier, analytical power of, i, 176.
Dante, conciseness of, i, 350; allegory in, ii, 19;
on the love of Beatrice, iii, 340;
description of the damned, iii, 319;
the "Divine Comedy" contrasted with "Æneid" and
"Odyssey" as epical narrative, iv, 163;
general description of "Divine Comedy," iv, 184.
Denner, realistic portraits of, iii, 270.
Destiny, supreme significance of in Epos, iv, 144;
fate in tragedy, iv, 312, 322; as necessity, iv, 254.
See also particularly as to Greek art, ii, 261-264.
Drapery. See under Sculpture.
Dutch School, description of, i, 228-230; ii, 382-386;
iii, 334-337; landscape in art of, i, 397;
colouring of, iii, 276.
Einbildungskraft, meaning of as distinct from Phantasie
and Vorstellung, i, 55 n., 62 n., 381 n.
Euripides, the "Alcestis" of, i, 275;
treatment of love in the Phedra, iii, 340;
transition of drama of to sentimental pathos, iv, 321.
Eyck, H. van, supreme concep tion of God the Father, iii, 252;
his picture of the Madonna, iii, 255;
his "Adoration," iii, 262;
description of brothers Hubert and John, iii, 330.
Page 408
Ferdusi, "Shahrameh" of, i, 251, 277.
Fichte, his position in history of Aesthetic Philosophy, i, 89-91.
Flesh-colour, nature of, in painting, iii, 285.
Giotto, reforms of, in painting, iii, 322.
Goethe, definition of the beautiful by, i, 21, 36-38, 91;
reference to his "Iphigeneia," i, 262, 304-306, 373; iv, 307;
to "Faust," iv, 333; to his Tasso, iv, 307;
to "Hermann and Dorothea," i, 256, 353;
to "Werther," i, 271, 321;
to the "Bride of Corinth," ii, 270;
to the "Westöstlicher Divan," i, 372; ii, 96, 400; iv, 233;
to "Dichtung und Wahrheit," iii, 289;
to the "King of Thule," ii, 363; his "Mignon," iii, 298;
his theory of colour, i, 117 n.;
on the innate reason of nature, i, 179;
Goethe on Hamlet, i, 307; ii, 364;
his pathos contrasted with that of Schiller, i, 313;
rivalry of with Shakespeare, iv, 338;
quotation from Goetz von Berlichengen, i, 366;
the ripeness of his maturity, i, 384;
on Gothic architecture, iii, 76;
Xenien of, ii, 145; on harmonious colouring, iii, 283;
supreme quality of folk-songs of, 386;
songs of comradeship, iv, 205;
prose in his dramas, iv, 71;
imitation of Icelandic, iv, 208;
as a Lyric poet generally, iv, 217.
Greek art, origin of in freedom, ii, 183;
content of, ii, 184-186;
Gods of, ii, 224-228; iii, 183-186, 188;
absence of the sublime in, ii, 237;
incapable of repetition, iii, 396;
Greek epigrams, ii, 398;
character of dramatis personae in Greek art, iv, 317-320.
Fichte, his position in history of Aesthetic Philosophy, i, 89-91.
Flesh-colour, nature of, in painting, iii, 285.
Giotto, reforms of, in painting, iii, 322.
Goethe, definition of the beautiful by, i, 21, 36-38, 91;
reference to his "Iphigeneia," i, 262, 304-306, 373; iv, 307;
to "Faust," iv, 333; to his Tasso, iv, 307;
to "Hermann and Dorothea," i, 256, 353;
to "Werther," i, 271, 321;
to the "Bride of Corinth," ii, 270;
to the "Westöstlicher Divan," i, 372; ii, 96, 400; iv, 233;
to "Dichtung und Wahrheit," iii, 289;
to the "King of Thule," ii, 363; his "Mignon," iii, 298;
his theory of colour, i, 117 n.;
on the innate reason of nature, i, 179;
Goethe on Hamlet, i, 307; ii, 364;
his pathos contrasted with that of Schiller, i, 313;
rivalry of with Shakespeare, iv, 338;
quotation from Goetz von Berlichengen, i, 366;
the ripeness of his maturity, i, 384;
on Gothic architecture, iii, 76;
Xenien of, ii, 145; on harmonious colouring, iii, 283;
supreme quality of folk-songs of, 386;
songs of comradeship, iv, 205;
prose in his dramas, iv, 71;
imitation of Icelandic, iv, 208;
as a Lyric poet generally, iv, 217.
Greek art, origin of in freedom, ii, 183;
content of, ii, 184-186;
Gods of, ii, 224-228; iii, 183-186, 188;
absence of the sublime in, ii, 237;
incapable of repetition, iii, 396;
Greek epigrams, ii, 398;
character of dramatis personae in Greek art, iv, 317-320.
Page 409
Greek chorus. See under Chorus.
Greek mysteries. See under Mysteries.
Greek oracles. See under Oracles,
Hafis, Lyrics of, iv, 237; quotation from, ii, 94, 95, 147.
Helmholtz, researches of in music, iii, 390 n.
Herder, his conception of Folkslied, i, 364.
Herodotus, statement of as to Homer and Hesiod, ii, 190, 231;
his account of temple of Belus, iii, 37;
date of his history's commencement, iv, 39;
on battle of Thermopylae, iv, 23;
as general authority for Egyptian history and art,
see vol. iii, ch. i.
Hesiod, mythology of, ii, 63, 64, 167, 216;
reference to his "Works and Days," iv, 108.
Hindoos, architecture of, iii, 48-51; religion of, ii, 47-64.
Hippel, humour of his "Life's Careers," ii, 365.
Hirt, connoisseur, his emphasis on the characteristic, i, 22-24;
on origins of architecture, iii, 27;
on Memnons, iii, 41;
on the original materials of building, iii, 66.
Homer, vividness of his characterization, i, 225, 235;
the heroes of, i, 250;
starting-point of Iliad in wrath of Achilles, i, 290;
iv, 30, 156, 167; hero as focus of many traits, i, 316;
landscape in, i, 341; iv, 123, 154;
type of society in Iliad, i, 352, 377;
whether personal experience of poet, i, 357; iv, 122;
his use of simile, ii, 154;
quotations from the Iliad, ii, 154, 155;
sacrifices in the Iliad, ii, 192;
unity of Homeric god-world, ii, 219;
human motives defined through god's action, ii, 234, 235;
freedom of Greek gods in, ii, 239;
individuality of gods in, ii, 242-258;
poet later than the Trojan war, iv, 124.
Horace, Ars Poetica of, i, 19, 69;
Greek mysteries. See under Mysteries.
Greek oracles. See under Oracles,
Hafis, Lyrics of, iv, 237; quotation from, ii, 94, 95, 147.
Helmholtz, researches of in music, iii, 390 n.
Herder, his conception of Folkslied, i, 364.
Herodotus, statement of as to Homer and Hesiod, ii, 190, 231;
his account of temple of Belus, iii, 37;
date of his history's commencement, iv, 39;
on battle of Thermopylae, iv, 23;
as general authority for Egyptian history and art,
see vol. iii, ch. i.
Hesiod, mythology of, ii, 63, 64, 167, 216;
reference to his "Works and Days," iv, 108.
Hindoos, architecture of, iii, 48-51; religion of, ii, 47-64.
Hippel, humour of his "Life's Careers," ii, 365.
Hirt, connoisseur, his emphasis on the characteristic, i, 22-24;
on origins of architecture, iii, 27;
on Memnons, iii, 41;
on the original materials of building, iii, 66.
Homer, vividness of his characterization, i, 225, 235;
the heroes of, i, 250;
starting-point of Iliad in wrath of Achilles, i, 290;
iv, 30, 156, 167; hero as focus of many traits, i, 316;
landscape in, i, 341; iv, 123, 154;
type of society in Iliad, i, 352, 377;
whether personal experience of poet, i, 357; iv, 122;
his use of simile, ii, 154;
quotations from the Iliad, ii, 154, 155;
sacrifices in the Iliad, ii, 192;
unity of Homeric god-world, ii, 219;
human motives defined through god's action, ii, 234, 235;
freedom of Greek gods in, ii, 239;
individuality of gods in, ii, 242-258;
poet later than the Trojan war, iv, 124.
Horace, Ars Poetica of, i, 19, 69;
Page 410
artificial character of his Odes, iv, 229.
Iffland, reference to, iv, 290, 344;
superficial quality of, ii, 381.
Immortality, contrast of conception in Pagan
and Christian thought, ii, 287-290.
Irony, the views of Schlegel,
Solger and Tieck on, i, 90-94; iv, 271.
Jacobi, the "Woldemar" of, i, 322.
Kant, Immanuel, relation of his
philosophy to Philosophy of
Aesthetik, i, 78-84, 149, 154 n.;
on the sublime, iii, 86, 87.
Klopstock, his rank as an Epic poet, iv, 150-152;
his personality, iv, 216, 244, 245;
partly artificial enthusiasm, iv, 229.
Kotzebue, popular effects of, i, 362;
superficial rapidity of, ii, 381;
bad composition of, iv, 290;
ethical baseness of, iv, 304.
Landscape gardening, i, 332-333
Laocoon, statue group, iii, 191.
Lessing, his introduction of prose into drama, iv, 71;
didactic drama of, iv, 277.
Libretto, nature of good, iii, 355-357.
Light, the nature of as an element, ii, 225-226.
Longinus, his Essay on the Sublime, i, 19.
Lötze, See i, 82 n.
Luther. See ii, 13.
Memnons, iii, 41-43.
Meredith, George, i, 36 n., 216 n.; ii, 339 n.; iv, 347 n.
Michelangelo, his power to depict devils, iii, 307.
See also, i, 224 n.; iii, 27 n.
Iffland, reference to, iv, 290, 344;
superficial quality of, ii, 381.
Immortality, contrast of conception in Pagan
and Christian thought, ii, 287-290.
Irony, the views of Schlegel,
Solger and Tieck on, i, 90-94; iv, 271.
Jacobi, the "Woldemar" of, i, 322.
Kant, Immanuel, relation of his
philosophy to Philosophy of
Aesthetik, i, 78-84, 149, 154 n.;
on the sublime, iii, 86, 87.
Klopstock, his rank as an Epic poet, iv, 150-152;
his personality, iv, 216, 244, 245;
partly artificial enthusiasm, iv, 229.
Kotzebue, popular effects of, i, 362;
superficial rapidity of, ii, 381;
bad composition of, iv, 290;
ethical baseness of, iv, 304.
Landscape gardening, i, 332-333
Laocoon, statue group, iii, 191.
Lessing, his introduction of prose into drama, iv, 71;
didactic drama of, iv, 277.
Libretto, nature of good, iii, 355-357.
Light, the nature of as an element, ii, 225-226.
Longinus, his Essay on the Sublime, i, 19.
Lötze, See i, 82 n.
Luther. See ii, 13.
Memnons, iii, 41-43.
Meredith, George, i, 36 n., 216 n.; ii, 339 n.; iv, 347 n.
Michelangelo, his power to depict devils, iii, 307.
See also, i, 224 n.; iii, 27 n.
Page 411
Molière, character of comedies of, iv, 345-347.
Mozart, example of precocity, i, 37 n.;
symphonies of, iii, 385;
Libretto of his "Magic Flute," iii, 415;
just mean of splendour in opera, iv, 291.
Mysteries, Greek, ii, 221.
Natural, the natural in art as distinct from
the barbarous or childish, iii, 6-8;
natural diction in Lessing,
Goethe and Schiller, iv, 265-267.
Oracles, Greek, ii, 205-208.
Originality, nature of in art, i, 394-405.
Ossian, character of his heroes, i, 343;
similes of, ii, 151, 153;
authorship of, iv, 146, 180. See also iv, 114, 127.
Ovid, Metamorphoses of, ii, 126;
similes of, ii, 152, 198.
Pathos, nature of, i, 308-325;
pathos of drama, iv, 265;
that of Goethe and Schiller compared, i, 313.
Pheidias, school of, i, 235;
materials used by, iii, 199;
the plastic ideal of, iii, 133;
Elgin marbles, iii, 138;
the "Zeus" of, iii, 117, 184.
Pindar, Odes of as occasional, i, 271;
his odes compared with elegies
of Callinus and Tyrtaeus, iv, 201;
Pythian priestess on his merit, iv, 216;
enthusiasm of, iv, 229;
his creative gift, iv, 241.
Plastic, personality, of Greeks, as Pericles,
Pheidias and Sophocles, iii, 133.
Plato, relation of his philosophy
to the universal concept or notion, i, 27, 28, 197;
Mozart, example of precocity, i, 37 n.;
symphonies of, iii, 385;
Libretto of his "Magic Flute," iii, 415;
just mean of splendour in opera, iv, 291.
Mysteries, Greek, ii, 221.
Natural, the natural in art as distinct from
the barbarous or childish, iii, 6-8;
natural diction in Lessing,
Goethe and Schiller, iv, 265-267.
Oracles, Greek, ii, 205-208.
Originality, nature of in art, i, 394-405.
Ossian, character of his heroes, i, 343;
similes of, ii, 151, 153;
authorship of, iv, 146, 180. See also iv, 114, 127.
Ovid, Metamorphoses of, ii, 126;
similes of, ii, 152, 198.
Pathos, nature of, i, 308-325;
pathos of drama, iv, 265;
that of Goethe and Schiller compared, i, 313.
Pheidias, school of, i, 235;
materials used by, iii, 199;
the plastic ideal of, iii, 133;
Elgin marbles, iii, 138;
the "Zeus" of, iii, 117, 184.
Pindar, Odes of as occasional, i, 271;
his odes compared with elegies
of Callinus and Tyrtaeus, iv, 201;
Pythian priestess on his merit, iv, 216;
enthusiasm of, iv, 229;
his creative gift, iv, 241.
Plastic, personality, of Greeks, as Pericles,
Pheidias and Sophocles, iii, 133.
Plato, relation of his philosophy
to the universal concept or notion, i, 27, 28, 197;
Page 412
his relation to art generally, i, 141;
citation from, i, 210; his use of simile, ii. 143.
Portraiture, in painting, iii, 307-311. Praxiteles, iii, 190.
Prometheus, ii, 209-215.
Psalms, Hebrew, general character of, i, 378;
illustrate the sublime, ii, 102-104;
iv, 226-228.
Pyramids, the, iii, 55.
Racine, the "Esther" of, i, 361; his Phèdre, i, 321.
Ramajana, the, episodes from, ii, 51-53, 61.
See also iv, 110, 112, 165, 175.
Raphael, general references to, i, 37, 212, 380, 385;
possesses "great" manner with Homer and Shakespeare, i, 405;
his Madonna pictures, iii, 227; cartoons of, iii, 242;
mythological subjects, iii, 245;
his "Sistine Madonna," iii, 255, 262, 304;
his "School of Athens," iii, 254;
vitality of drawings of, iii, 275;
perfection of technique, iii, 328;
translator's criticism on extreme praise
of Raphael and Correggio, iii, 329 n.
Reni, Guido, sentimental mannerisms of, iii, 264.
Richter, J. P., Kaleidoscopic effects of, i, 402;
sentimentalism of, ii, 365;
humour of compared with Sterne's, ii, 387.
Rösel, Author of "Diversions of Insect life," i, 59.
Rumohr, von, Author on Aesthetic Philosophy, i, 148, 232;
on style, i, 399; on Italian painters and in particular,
Duccio, Cimabue, Giotto, Masaccio, Fra Angelico,
Perugino, Raphael and Correggio, iii, 316-330.
Ruskin, J., i, 62 n., 72 n., 230 n.
Sachs, Hans, religious familiarity of, i, 359.
Satire, in Plautus and Terence, ii, 277; iv, 305;
in Sallust and Tacitus, ii, 278;
not successful in modern times, ii, 279;
belongs to third type after tragic
citation from, i, 210; his use of simile, ii. 143.
Portraiture, in painting, iii, 307-311. Praxiteles, iii, 190.
Prometheus, ii, 209-215.
Psalms, Hebrew, general character of, i, 378;
illustrate the sublime, ii, 102-104;
iv, 226-228.
Pyramids, the, iii, 55.
Racine, the "Esther" of, i, 361; his Phèdre, i, 321.
Ramajana, the, episodes from, ii, 51-53, 61.
See also iv, 110, 112, 165, 175.
Raphael, general references to, i, 37, 212, 380, 385;
possesses "great" manner with Homer and Shakespeare, i, 405;
his Madonna pictures, iii, 227; cartoons of, iii, 242;
mythological subjects, iii, 245;
his "Sistine Madonna," iii, 255, 262, 304;
his "School of Athens," iii, 254;
vitality of drawings of, iii, 275;
perfection of technique, iii, 328;
translator's criticism on extreme praise
of Raphael and Correggio, iii, 329 n.
Reni, Guido, sentimental mannerisms of, iii, 264.
Richter, J. P., Kaleidoscopic effects of, i, 402;
sentimentalism of, ii, 365;
humour of compared with Sterne's, ii, 387.
Rösel, Author of "Diversions of Insect life," i, 59.
Rumohr, von, Author on Aesthetic Philosophy, i, 148, 232;
on style, i, 399; on Italian painters and in particular,
Duccio, Cimabue, Giotto, Masaccio, Fra Angelico,
Perugino, Raphael and Correggio, iii, 316-330.
Ruskin, J., i, 62 n., 72 n., 230 n.
Sachs, Hans, religious familiarity of, i, 359.
Satire, in Plautus and Terence, ii, 277; iv, 305;
in Sallust and Tacitus, ii, 278;
not successful in modern times, ii, 279;
belongs to third type after tragic
Page 413
and comic drama, iv, 305.
Schelling, Art Philosophy of, iii, 23 n.
Schiller, rawness of early work, iii, 38;
his "Letters on Aesthetic," i, 84-86;
quotation from, i, 214;
reference to "Braut von Messina," i, 258;
to "Kabale und Liebe," i, 261; iv, 333;
to Wallenstein," iv, 288;
to the "Maid of Orleans," i, 261; iv, 291, 339;
extreme scenic effect of the latter drama, iv, 291;
narrative too epical in same drama, iv, 161;
reference to "Wilhelm Tell," i, 379;
pathos of Schiller, i, 394;
his use of metaphor, ii, 144;
attitude to Christianity, ii, 268;
profundity of, iii, 414;
character of his songs, iv, 207, 239;
his criticism of Goethe's Iphigeneia, iv, 275;
leaves much to actor, iv, 288.
Schlegel, F. von, Aesthetic theory of, i, 87-89;
art as allegory, ii, 134; statement of,
that architecture is frozen music, iii, 65.
Sculpture, drapery of, iii, 165-171;
materials of, iii, 195-201; Egyptian, iii, 203-210;
Etruscan, iii, 211; Christian, iii, 213;
the Laocoon group, iii, 178-191; soul-suffering of, iii, 256.
Shakespeare, William, materials of his dramas, i, 255, 324;
reference to drama "Macbeth," i, 277; to Lady Macbeth, i, 324;
to witches of "Macbeth," i, 307; ii, 366;
to "Macbeth," iv, 337, 341; to "Hamlet," ii, 378; iv, 334, 342;
to "Othello," iv, 337; to "Falstaff," ii, 375;
to tragedy of "Othello," i, 283; to "King Lear," i, 296;
to "Romeo and Juliet," i, 319; iv, 342; to "Richard III," iv, 341;
the clowns of, i, 320; the fool in "King Lear," ii, 375;
quotations from "Richard II," ii, 141, 159;
from "Romeo and Juliet," ii, 153; from "Henry IV," ii, 158;
from "Henry VIII," ii, 159, 160; from "Julius Caesar," ii, 260;
Schelling, Art Philosophy of, iii, 23 n.
Schiller, rawness of early work, iii, 38;
his "Letters on Aesthetic," i, 84-86;
quotation from, i, 214;
reference to "Braut von Messina," i, 258;
to "Kabale und Liebe," i, 261; iv, 333;
to Wallenstein," iv, 288;
to the "Maid of Orleans," i, 261; iv, 291, 339;
extreme scenic effect of the latter drama, iv, 291;
narrative too epical in same drama, iv, 161;
reference to "Wilhelm Tell," i, 379;
pathos of Schiller, i, 394;
his use of metaphor, ii, 144;
attitude to Christianity, ii, 268;
profundity of, iii, 414;
character of his songs, iv, 207, 239;
his criticism of Goethe's Iphigeneia, iv, 275;
leaves much to actor, iv, 288.
Schlegel, F. von, Aesthetic theory of, i, 87-89;
art as allegory, ii, 134; statement of,
that architecture is frozen music, iii, 65.
Sculpture, drapery of, iii, 165-171;
materials of, iii, 195-201; Egyptian, iii, 203-210;
Etruscan, iii, 211; Christian, iii, 213;
the Laocoon group, iii, 178-191; soul-suffering of, iii, 256.
Shakespeare, William, materials of his dramas, i, 255, 324;
reference to drama "Macbeth," i, 277; to Lady Macbeth, i, 324;
to witches of "Macbeth," i, 307; ii, 366;
to "Macbeth," iv, 337, 341; to "Hamlet," ii, 378; iv, 334, 342;
to "Othello," iv, 337; to "Falstaff," ii, 375;
to tragedy of "Othello," i, 283; to "King Lear," i, 296;
to "Romeo and Juliet," i, 319; iv, 342; to "Richard III," iv, 341;
the clowns of, i, 320; the fool in "King Lear," ii, 375;
quotations from "Richard II," ii, 141, 159;
from "Romeo and Juliet," ii, 153; from "Henry IV," ii, 158;
from "Henry VIII," ii, 159, 160; from "Julius Caesar," ii, 260;
Page 414
from "Macbeth," ii, 160; from "Anthony and Cleopatra," ii, 161;
mythical material of dramas, i, 351 n.;
his historical dramas, i, 374;
his use of metaphor, ii, 144, 156;
the fidelity of Kent in "King Lear," ii, 346;
self-consistency of characters, ii, 356-358; iv, 340;
intelligence of vulgar characters, ii, 366, 375;
subsidiary interest of part of material in dramas, iv, 260;
vitality of characterization, iv, 274,
and in particular, iv, 337; superiority
in modern comedy, iv, 348.
Sophocles, reference to the "Philoctetes," i, 275, 301; iv, 306;
to "Œdipus Rex," i, 276; iv, 319;
to the "Antigone," i, 293; ii, 215; iv, 318;
to "Œdipus Coloneus," ii, 503; iv, 319;
to the "Electra," iv, 318; the choruses of, i, 371;
no unity of place in the "Ajax," iv, 257;
quotation from "Œdipus Coloneus," ii, 222;
treatment of love in the "Antigone," ii, 339;
praise of the "Antigone" as work of art, iv, 324;
the "Œdipus Coloneus" as a drama of reconciliation, iv, 325.
Style, significant of vitality, iii, 9;
the beautiful style, iii, 10;
the great style, ii, 400;
educated style of Roman poetry, iii, 11.
Tasso, his "Jerusalem Liberated," iv, 141.
See also iv, 132, 149, 159, 189,
and for Goethe's play under head of Goethe.
Thorwaldsen, the "Mercury" of, i, 270.
Tieck, novels of, ii, 167; and for both Tieck
and Solger under "Irony."
Van-Dyck, the portraiture of described, iii, 292.
Velasquez, reference to Turner and Velasquez, i, 336 n.
See also iii, 337 n.
Vergil, artifice of V. and Horace, iv, 69;
mythical material of dramas, i, 351 n.;
his historical dramas, i, 374;
his use of metaphor, ii, 144, 156;
the fidelity of Kent in "King Lear," ii, 346;
self-consistency of characters, ii, 356-358; iv, 340;
intelligence of vulgar characters, ii, 366, 375;
subsidiary interest of part of material in dramas, iv, 260;
vitality of characterization, iv, 274,
and in particular, iv, 337; superiority
in modern comedy, iv, 348.
Sophocles, reference to the "Philoctetes," i, 275, 301; iv, 306;
to "Œdipus Rex," i, 276; iv, 319;
to the "Antigone," i, 293; ii, 215; iv, 318;
to "Œdipus Coloneus," ii, 503; iv, 319;
to the "Electra," iv, 318; the choruses of, i, 371;
no unity of place in the "Ajax," iv, 257;
quotation from "Œdipus Coloneus," ii, 222;
treatment of love in the "Antigone," ii, 339;
praise of the "Antigone" as work of art, iv, 324;
the "Œdipus Coloneus" as a drama of reconciliation, iv, 325.
Style, significant of vitality, iii, 9;
the beautiful style, iii, 10;
the great style, ii, 400;
educated style of Roman poetry, iii, 11.
Tasso, his "Jerusalem Liberated," iv, 141.
See also iv, 132, 149, 159, 189,
and for Goethe's play under head of Goethe.
Thorwaldsen, the "Mercury" of, i, 270.
Tieck, novels of, ii, 167; and for both Tieck
and Solger under "Irony."
Van-Dyck, the portraiture of described, iii, 292.
Velasquez, reference to Turner and Velasquez, i, 336 n.
See also iii, 337 n.
Vergil, artifice of V. and Horace, iv, 69;
Page 415
eclogues of compared with idylls of Theocritus, iv, 170.
The "Æneid" as a national Epos, iv, 179.
Versification, rhythmical of ancients discussed, iv, 81-84.
That of rhyme compared, iv, 84-98.
Vishnu, the Conserver of Life in Hindoo theosophy, iii, 52;
second Deity in triune Trimûrtis with Brahman and Sivas, ii, 59.
Voltaire, contrasted with Shakespeare, i, 313;
his "Henriad," iv, 132; his "Tancred" and "Mahomet," iv, 290.
Watts, George, R.A., flesh colour of, i, 337 n.;
relation to symbolism, ii, 27 n.
Weber, his "Oberon" and "Freischütz," i, 216.
Winckelmann, on Greek sculpture,
iii, 138, 150-155, 172-176, 182, 184;
on Greek coins, iii, 181.
Zend-Avesta, light-doctrine of, ii, 37-44; cultus of, ii, 44.
The "Æneid" as a national Epos, iv, 179.
Versification, rhythmical of ancients discussed, iv, 81-84.
That of rhyme compared, iv, 84-98.
Vishnu, the Conserver of Life in Hindoo theosophy, iii, 52;
second Deity in triune Trimûrtis with Brahman and Sivas, ii, 59.
Voltaire, contrasted with Shakespeare, i, 313;
his "Henriad," iv, 132; his "Tancred" and "Mahomet," iv, 290.
Watts, George, R.A., flesh colour of, i, 337 n.;
relation to symbolism, ii, 27 n.
Weber, his "Oberon" and "Freischütz," i, 216.
Winckelmann, on Greek sculpture,
iii, 138, 150-155, 172-176, 182, 184;
on Greek coins, iii, 181.
Zend-Avesta, light-doctrine of, ii, 37-44; cultus of, ii, 44.
Page 416
*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE
PHILOSOPHY OF FINE ART, VOLUME 3 (OF 4) ***
Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will
be renamed.
Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
States without permission and without paying copyright royalties.
Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license,
apply to copying and distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic
works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™ concept and
trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not
be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following the terms of
the trademark license, including paying royalties for use of the Project
Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
eBook, complying with the trademark license is very easy. You may
use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative
works, reports, performances and research. Project Gutenberg eBooks
may be modified and printed and given away—you may do practically
ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected by U.S.
copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark license,
especially commercial redistribution.
START: FULL LICENSE
PHILOSOPHY OF FINE ART, VOLUME 3 (OF 4) ***
Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will
be renamed.
Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
States without permission and without paying copyright royalties.
Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license,
apply to copying and distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic
works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™ concept and
trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not
be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following the terms of
the trademark license, including paying royalties for use of the Project
Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
eBook, complying with the trademark license is very easy. You may
use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative
works, reports, performances and research. Project Gutenberg eBooks
may be modified and printed and given away—you may do practically
ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected by U.S.
copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark license,
especially commercial redistribution.
START: FULL LICENSE
Page 417
THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG™ LICENSE
PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free
distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work (or
any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project
Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
Gutenberg License available with this file or online at
www.gutenberg.org/license.
Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing
Project Gutenberg electronic works
1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg electronic
work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to and accept
all the terms of this license and intellectual property
(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
all copies of Project Gutenberg electronic works in your possession. If
you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project Gutenberg
electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the terms of this
agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or entity to whom
you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be
used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people
who agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg electronic works
even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
Gutenberg electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg electronic
works. See paragraph 1.E below.
1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the
Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the
PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free
distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work (or
any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project
Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
Gutenberg License available with this file or online at
www.gutenberg.org/license.
Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing
Project Gutenberg electronic works
1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg electronic
work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to and accept
all the terms of this license and intellectual property
(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
all copies of Project Gutenberg electronic works in your possession. If
you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project Gutenberg
electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the terms of this
agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or entity to whom
you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be
used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people
who agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg electronic works
even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
Gutenberg electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg electronic
works. See paragraph 1.E below.
1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the
Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the
Page 418
collection of Project Gutenberg electronic works. Nearly all the
individual works in the collection are in the public domain in the
United States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in
the United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
that you will support the Project Gutenberg mission of promoting free
access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg works
in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the Project
Gutenberg name associated with the work. You can easily comply with
the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the same format
with its attached full Project Gutenberg License when you share it
without charge with others.
1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
other Project Gutenberg work. The Foundation makes no
representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
country other than the United States.
1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
access to, the full Project Gutenberg License must appear prominently
whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg work (any work on which
the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase
“Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed,
viewed, copied or distributed:
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States
and most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
under the terms of the Project Gutenberg™ License included with
individual works in the collection are in the public domain in the
United States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in
the United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
that you will support the Project Gutenberg mission of promoting free
access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg works
in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the Project
Gutenberg name associated with the work. You can easily comply with
the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the same format
with its attached full Project Gutenberg License when you share it
without charge with others.
1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
other Project Gutenberg work. The Foundation makes no
representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
country other than the United States.
1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
access to, the full Project Gutenberg License must appear prominently
whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg work (any work on which
the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase
“Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed,
viewed, copied or distributed:
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States
and most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
under the terms of the Project Gutenberg™ License included with
Page 419
this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located
in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the
country where you are located before using this eBook.
1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is derived
from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not contain a
notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the copyright
holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in the United
States without paying any fees or charges. If you are redistributing or
providing access to a work with the phrase “Project Gutenberg”
associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply either with
the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or obtain
permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg
trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is posted
with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
will be linked to the Project Gutenberg License for all works posted
with the permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of
this work.
1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg
License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg.
1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
Gutenberg License.
1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide
access to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg work in a format
other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official
in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the
country where you are located before using this eBook.
1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is derived
from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not contain a
notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the copyright
holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in the United
States without paying any fees or charges. If you are redistributing or
providing access to a work with the phrase “Project Gutenberg”
associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply either with
the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or obtain
permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg
trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is posted
with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
will be linked to the Project Gutenberg License for all works posted
with the permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of
this work.
1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg
License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg.
1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
Gutenberg License.
1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide
access to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg work in a format
other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official
Page 420
version posted on the official Project Gutenberg website
(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of
obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain
Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the
full Project Gutenberg License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg works
unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
access to or distributing Project Gutenberg electronic works provided
that:
• You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from the
use of Project Gutenberg works calculated using the method you
already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed to the
owner of the Project Gutenberg trademark, but he has agreed to donate
royalties under this paragraph to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid within 60 days
following each date on which you prepare (or are legally required to
prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty payments should be clearly
marked as such and sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation at the address specified in Section 4, “Information about
donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.”
• You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he does
not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ License. You
must require such a user to return or destroy all copies of the works
possessed in a physical medium and discontinue all use of and all
access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ works.
• You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
receipt of the work.
(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of
obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain
Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the
full Project Gutenberg License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg works
unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
access to or distributing Project Gutenberg electronic works provided
that:
• You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from the
use of Project Gutenberg works calculated using the method you
already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed to the
owner of the Project Gutenberg trademark, but he has agreed to donate
royalties under this paragraph to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid within 60 days
following each date on which you prepare (or are legally required to
prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty payments should be clearly
marked as such and sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation at the address specified in Section 4, “Information about
donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.”
• You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he does
not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ License. You
must require such a user to return or destroy all copies of the works
possessed in a physical medium and discontinue all use of and all
access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ works.
• You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
receipt of the work.
Page 421
• You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free distribution
of Project Gutenberg™ works.
1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg™
electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set forth
in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from the
Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of the
Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in
Section 3 below.
1.F.
1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend
considerable effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and
proofread works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the
Project Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project
Gutenberg™ electronic works, and the medium on which they may be
stored, may contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete,
inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
cannot be read by your equipment.
1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES -
Except for the “Right of Replacement or Refund” described in
paragraph 1.F.3, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation,
the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party
distributing a Project Gutenberg™ electronic work under this
agreement, disclaim all liability to you for damages, costs and
expenses, including legal fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO
REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, BREACH
OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE
FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY
DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT,
CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES
of Project Gutenberg™ works.
1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg™
electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set forth
in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from the
Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of the
Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in
Section 3 below.
1.F.
1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend
considerable effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and
proofread works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the
Project Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project
Gutenberg™ electronic works, and the medium on which they may be
stored, may contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete,
inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
cannot be read by your equipment.
1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES -
Except for the “Right of Replacement or Refund” described in
paragraph 1.F.3, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation,
the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party
distributing a Project Gutenberg™ electronic work under this
agreement, disclaim all liability to you for damages, costs and
expenses, including legal fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO
REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, BREACH
OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE
FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY
DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT,
CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES
Page 422
EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGE.
1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you
discover a defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it,
you can receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by
sending a written explanation to the person you received the work
from. If you received the work on a physical medium, you must return
the medium with your written explanation. The person or entity that
provided you with the defective work may elect to provide a
replacement copy in lieu of a refund. If you received the work
electronically, the person or entity providing it to you may choose to
give you a second opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu
of a refund. If the second copy is also defective, you may demand a
refund in writing without further opportunities to fix the problem.
1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth in
paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO
OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. If
any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the law
of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the
Foundation, the trademark owner, any agent or employee of the
Foundation, anyone providing copies of Project Gutenberg™
electronic works in accordance with this agreement, and any
volunteers associated with the production, promotion and distribution
of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works, harmless from all liability,
costs and expenses, including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly
from any of the following which you do or cause to occur: (a)
DAMAGE.
1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you
discover a defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it,
you can receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by
sending a written explanation to the person you received the work
from. If you received the work on a physical medium, you must return
the medium with your written explanation. The person or entity that
provided you with the defective work may elect to provide a
replacement copy in lieu of a refund. If you received the work
electronically, the person or entity providing it to you may choose to
give you a second opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu
of a refund. If the second copy is also defective, you may demand a
refund in writing without further opportunities to fix the problem.
1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth in
paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO
OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. If
any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the law
of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the
Foundation, the trademark owner, any agent or employee of the
Foundation, anyone providing copies of Project Gutenberg™
electronic works in accordance with this agreement, and any
volunteers associated with the production, promotion and distribution
of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works, harmless from all liability,
costs and expenses, including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly
from any of the following which you do or cause to occur: (a)
Page 423
distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg work, (b) alteration,
modification, or additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg work,
and (c) any Defect you cause.
Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project
Gutenberg
Project Gutenberg is synonymous with the free distribution of
electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
from people in all walks of life.
Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg’s goals
and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg collection will remain freely
available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure and
permanent future for Project Gutenberg and future generations. To
learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and
the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.
Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation
The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the state
of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal Revenue
Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification number is
64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by U.S.
federal laws and your state’s laws.
The Foundation’s business office is located at 41 Watchung Plaza
#516, Montclair NJ 07042, USA, +1 (862) 621-9288. Email contact
modification, or additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg work,
and (c) any Defect you cause.
Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project
Gutenberg
Project Gutenberg is synonymous with the free distribution of
electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
from people in all walks of life.
Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg’s goals
and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg collection will remain freely
available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure and
permanent future for Project Gutenberg and future generations. To
learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and
the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.
Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation
The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the state
of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal Revenue
Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification number is
64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by U.S.
federal laws and your state’s laws.
The Foundation’s business office is located at 41 Watchung Plaza
#516, Montclair NJ 07042, USA, +1 (862) 621-9288. Email contact
Page 424
links and up to date contact information can be found at the
Foundation’s website and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without
widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small
donations ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax
exempt status with the IRS.
The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United States.
Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a considerable
effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up with these
requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations where we have
not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate.
While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
approach us with offers to donate.
International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate.
Foundation’s website and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without
widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small
donations ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax
exempt status with the IRS.
The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United States.
Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a considerable
effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up with these
requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations where we have
not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate.
While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
approach us with offers to donate.
International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate.
Page 425
Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg
electronic works
Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg
concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
Gutenberg eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed
editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
edition.
Most people start at our website which has the main PG search facility:
www.gutenberg.org.
This website includes information about Project Gutenberg, including
how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
electronic works
Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg
concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
Gutenberg eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed
editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
edition.
Most people start at our website which has the main PG search facility:
www.gutenberg.org.
This website includes information about Project Gutenberg, including
how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.